7 HK Vts 13 en LR

Interface Technology
and Switching Devices

2013 / 2014
7
PCB connection technology and electronics housing
• PCB terminal blocks and plug-in connectors
• Electronics housing
Connection technology for field devices

• Plug-in connectors
• Cables and connectors
Modular terminal blocks

• Modular terminal blocks
Sensor/actuator cabling and industrial plug-in connectors

• Sensor/actuator cabling
• Cables and connectors
• Plug-in connectors
Marking systems, tools, and mounting material

• Marking and labeling
• Tools
• Installation and mounting material
Surge protection and power supply units

• Lightning monitoring system
• Surge protection and interference filters
• Power supply units and UPS
• Protective devices
Interface technology
and switching devices
Control technology, I/O systems and automation infrastructure

• Ethernet networks • Functional safety • HMIs and industrial PCs • I/O systems
• Industrial lighting and signaling • Industrial communication technology
• Fieldbus components and systems • Wireless data communication
• Process infrastructure • Software • Controllers
Table of contents
Complete overview 2
Electronic switching devices and motor control 7
Measurement and control technology 53
Monitoring 193
Relay modules 265
System cabling for controllers 417
Technical information/index 566

Complete overview
Product range overview
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Motor management Hybrid motor starters Solid-state contactors IP67 motor starters
Page 12 Page 18 Page 38 Page 48
Measurement and control technology
Digital displays Ex i isolating amplifiers with functional safety Multiplexers for HART signals Ex i 2-conductor field devices
Monitoring
Compressed air meters Current transformers Test disconnect terminal blocks Current transducers, current protectors
Page 208 Page 212 See Catalog 3 Page 229
Compact monitoring relays Multifunctional monitoring relays Ultra-narrow timer relays Multifunctional timer relays
2 PHOENIX CONTACT
Complete overview
Frequency inverters Highly compact isolating amplifiers Isolating amplifiers with functional safety Isolating amplifiers, special designs
Monitoring
Shield fast connection and test plugs Controllers Energy meters Complete packages for data logging
Page 191 See Catalog 8 Page 200 Page 206
Voltage transducers, AC and DC PV system monitoring Residual current monitoring Components for E-Mobility
Special function modules Lightning current measuring system HMIs Signal towers
Page 262 See Catalog 6 See Catalog 8 See Catalog 8
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 3

Complete overview
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete PLC series PR series DEK series

System cabling for controllers
Front adapters Termination boards V8 adapters System cables

4 PHOENIX CONTACT
Complete overview
Multi-channel relay modules Safety devices Monitoring relays Timer relays

Universal interface modules Potential distributors

Page 524 Page 548

6 PHOENIX CONTACT
Switching devices for starting, reversing,

and protecting electric motors are some of
the most frequently used components in au-
Product overview 8
tomation technology. These are often de-

signed redundantly for safety-sensitive appli- Electronic motor management 10
cations. When it comes to reducing 3-phase hybrid motor starters 16
installation time and space requirements,
CONTACTRON hybrid motor starters are Hybrid motor starters with short-circuit protection 29
the state-of-the-art alternative. Hybrid motor starters with SmartWire-DT™ support 31
This is because CONTACTRON hybrid
motor starters combine up to 4 functions in 3-phase solid-state reversing contactors 38
a single device. Integration in popular field-
3-phase solid-state contactors 40
bus systems is implemented using the
SmartWire-DTTM wiring system. Solid-state reversing contactor for DC motors 44
For protection of the entire system, the Single-phase solid-state contactors 46
product range now includes the electronic IP67 motor starters 48
motor manager (EMM). In addition to typi-
cal measured values such as voltage and cur- IP20 frequency inverters 50
rent, the behavior of the system is moni-
tored and protected by means of real power
measurement. The process data in all popu-
lar fieldbus systems can be supplied via gate-
ways and evaluated by a controller.
PHOENIX CONTACT 7
Product overview
Motor management
Electronic motor management Gateways Software Reversing load relays with soft starter
Solid-state contactors
3-phase solid-state reversing contactors 3-phase solid-state contactors Solid-state reversing contactor for Single-phase solid-state contactors
Page 38 Page 40 DC motors Page 44 Page 46
Frequency inverters
Inline frequency inverters for the

control cabinet Page 50
8 PHOENIX CONTACT
Product overview
Hybrid motor starters
3-phase hybrid motor starters 3-phase hybrid motor starters with Hybrid motor starters with Accessories
Page 18 short-circuit protection Page 29 SmartWire-DT™ support Page 31 Page 36
IP67 motor starters
PROFINET motor starters Stainless steel base, IP67 protection

Page 48 Page 49

Motor management
Electronic motor management This state can only be deactivated via a

(EMM) defined reset. If the effective power con-
The electronic motor management mod- sumed is determined as being above or be-
ules offer all the advantages of modern real low the message thresholds, all that occurs
power monitoring. is that a check-back is returned for the du-
ELR-MM modules combine fast, wear-free ration for which the module was addressed.
electronic reversing load relays with mod- In addition, signals are generated by the
ern measurement and evaluation electron- module for the recognition of the direction
ics. EMM offers the same functionality for all of rotation. Asymmetry and phase failures
performance classes, only without a power are detected and signalized.
section. Permanent status monitoring with high
scanning rates and the fast semiconductor
Power within limits
switch enable complete system protection,
Monitoring is based on freely parameter-
izable switching and signaling thresholds for including motor protection.
Without any extra wiring - and with just a
overload and underload detection. Identical
single device - pumps, actuating drives, fans,
or separate settings can be made for the
thresholds relating to the two directions of and tools are monitored for proper func-
tioning, contamination (filter or similar), and
rotation. Parameterization relies on the real
wear. The adjustable “inrush suppression”
power consumed (calculated from three
currents, voltages, and the phase angle), time can be used to mask out the switching
operation from the monitoring process.
thereby offering a much more precise basis
than if only the current is taken into consid-
eration, as it is independent of voltage fluc-
tuations and drive load. If a switching
threshold is exceeded or not reached, the
ELR-MM or EMM initiates an emergency
shutdown of the motor immediately (or af-
ter an adjustable “delay time”). In addition, a
message can be sent via an output.
10 PHOENIX CONTACT
Motor management
Protection against dry running, blocking, Protection against blocking, warning Protection against blocking and broken
and cavitation, warning thresholds to indi- thresholds for bearing wear and other cases tools, warning thresholds for tool and bear-
cate filter contamination. that trigger overload. ing wear.
Real power (P) Switch-on delay Delay time
Excess performance
Switch-on delay Delay time Switch-on delay Delay time due to possible
broken tool
Real power (P)
Real power (P)
Performance threshol
Upper Broken tool
performance threshold
Continuous dry running Increased performance Signaling threshold
with forced shutdown Temporary Tool wear Tool wear
Signaling threshold,
dry running contamination of screen
or filter
Performance Performance
Performance
Lower Lower when idling
performance threshold performance threshold
Time (t) Time (t) Time (t)
Motor startup
Tool positioning
Milling process
Drive shutdown
In the case of motor-driven pumps, the Forced shutdown of the drive can be de- Tooling machines are monitored and pro-
lower performance threshold provides reli- layed by the “delay time”. tected in a similar way when drilling, milling
able protection against hazardous dry run- This prevents forced shutdown in the or grinding. If the feed value on a milling ma-
ning. event of air bubbles. chine is set too high, a tool may break in the
“worst-case” scenario. The power thresh-
old - parameterized accordingly - can be
used to resolve this issue.
Additionally, a message threshold signals
tool wear in advance.

Motor management
Electronic motor management
H H
D W D W
The EMM motor management module
(with/without current transformer) for all
performance classes monitors and protects
3-phase loads, such as electrical drives.
– Freely parameterizable signaling or
switching thresholds
– Digital outputs control external switching
elements
– Optional connection to INTERFACE
system and PROFIBUS-GATEWAY-IFS via Allows the use of external current transformers With integrated current transformers
TBUS
Notes:
 
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Ex:  Ex: 
ERR
DAT
US IFS- US IFS- DAT
R
Port Port
L
24 VDC ERR
Reset Reset
IN1 IN1 L
V1
IN2 Digital IN2 Digital
V2 R
IN3 IN V3 IN3 IN
IN4 Logic IN4 Logic 1/L1
I11
O1 μP P I21 O1 μP 3/L2
O2 Digital I31 O2 Digital 5/L3
P
O3 OUT I12 O3 OUT 2/T1
O4 I22 O4 4/T2
I32 6/T3
USO USO
T-BUS Th1 T-BUS Th1
O Thermistor O 24 VDC Thermistor
Th2 Th2
Technical data Technical data

Input data
Rated control supply voltage US 24 V DC 230 V AC 24 V DC 230 V AC
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US 0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1 0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1
Rated control supply current IS at US 25 mA 10 mA 25 mA 10 mA

Input data of digital inputs EMM 3- 24DC/500AC-IFS1) EMM 3-230AC/500AC-IFS1) EMM 3- 24DC/500AC-16-IFS1) EMM 3-230AC/500AC-16-IFS1)
Number of inputs 4 (IN1 - IN4) 4 (IN1 - IN4) 4 (IN1 - IN4) 4 (IN1 - IN4)
Rated actuating voltage UC 24 V DC 230 V AC 24 V DC 230 V AC
Rated actuating current IC 3.3 mA 3.5 mA 3.3 mA 3.5 mA
Power measurement
Voltage measuring input 42 V AC ... 575 V AC 42 V AC ... 575 V AC - -
Nominal current, voltage measuring input < 0.5 mA < 0.5 mA - -
Current measuring input 5 A Secondary external converter 5 A Secondary external converter max. 16 A max. 16 A
Output power of the converter > 1.25 VA > 1.25 VA - -
Internal resistance EMM 0.02 Ω 0.02 Ω - -
Output data for confirmation contacts
O1 - O4 in the case of 1 signal 24 V DC (semiconductor output) 230 V AC (relay output/500 mA) 24 V DC (semiconductor output) 230 V AC (relay output/500 mA)
/ 500 mA / 500 mA / 500 mA / 500 mA
General data
Rated insulation voltage 500 V 500 V
Rated surge voltage 6 kV/safe isolation 6 kV/safe isolation 6 kV/safe isolation 6 kV/safe isolation
Ambient temperature (operation) -25°C ... 70°C -25°C ... 70°C
Standards/regulations EN 60947 / EN 60947-4-2 EN 60947 / EN 60947-4-2
EMC regulations EN 61000-6-2 / EN 61000-6-3 / EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2 / EN 61000-6-3 / EN 61000-6-4
Degree of protection according to IEC 60529/ EN 60529 IP20 IP20
Mounting position Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
Dimensions W/H/D 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm
Ordering data Ordering data
Pcs. / Pcs. /
Description Type Order No. Type Order No.
Pkt. Pkt.
EMM 3- 24DC/500AC-IFS1) 2297497 1 EMM 3- 24DC/500AC-16-IFS1) 2297523 1
EMM 3-230AC/500AC-IFS1) 2297507 1 EMM 3-230AC/500AC-16-IFS1) 2297536 1
Accessories Accessories
Programming adapter for configuring modules with S-PORT IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1) 2811271 1 IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1) 2811271 1
interface
DIN rail connector ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN 2707437 50 ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN 2707437 50
Voltage transducer for 690 V, for EMM 3-.../500AC-IFS, UT 4-MTD-R/CVC 690/SET 2901667 1
comprising 3 modular terminal blocks and cover
Multi-functional memory block for the INTERFACE system
- Flat design IFS-CONFSTICK1) 2986122 1 IFS-CONFSTICK1) 2986122 1

- Tall design IFS-CONFSTICK-L 2901103 1 IFS-CONFSTICK-L 2901103 1
Mini COMBICON connectors
- Socket contact MC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 1803604 50 MC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 1803604 50
- Pin contact IMC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 1857919 50 IMC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 1857919 50
12 PHOENIX CONTACT
Motor management
L1
L2
L3
UT 4-MTD-R/CVC 690
UT 4-MTD-R/CVC 690
UT 4-MTD-R/CVC 690
Module
Module
supply
Digital
inputs
supply
Digital
inputs
S1/k P1
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
I11
US IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 US IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4
I21
I31
V1
V2
V3
Current measurement Voltage Current S2/l P2
measurement measurement S1/k P1
EMM 3-.../500AC-16-IFS EMM 3-.../500AC-IFS

S2/l P2
S1/k P1
Current measurement Current measurement
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
Th1
Th1
Th2
Th2
I12
I22
I32
O USO O1 O2 O3 O4 O USO O1 O2 O3 O4
S2/l P2
outputs
outputs
Thermistor
outputs
outputs
Supply
Digital
Thermistor
Digital
Supply
digital
digital
input input
Reverse running Reverse running

1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
Separate switching module Separate switching module
Forward running Forward running 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
GND GND
M M
The electronic motor management mod- The EMM modules can record the follow- Current transformer
ules offer all the advantages of modern ef- ing data: The external converters should be select-
fective power monitoring. Every 6.6 ms, the – Apparent effective and reactive power ed with a secondary nominal current of 5 A.
effective power of a drive system or of any – Currents and voltages The primary current is determined by the
other 3-phase consumer is calculated from – Phase angle current consumption of the consumer (re-
three currents, voltages and the phase an- – Switching-cycle and operating-hours fer to connection diagram). For suitable cur-
gle. Currents of up to 16 A can be directly – Power meter. rent transformers, see catalog INTERFACE.
acquired and currents >16 A are supplied via Additional Functions:
DIN rail connector TBUS
external converters. Digital outputs can be – Adjustable bimetal function class 5-30 The TBUS (Order No. 2707437 ) can be
used to control separate mechanical or – Thermistor monitor
used to supply several EMMs with 24 V DC
electronic switching elements that adopt – Recording measured values
or to couple up to 31 EMMs (for example)
the actual switching of the load. In this con- – PROFIBUS connection via TBUS to the PROFIBUS-GATEWAY-IFS.
figuration, the EMM reliably protects con- – Pre-configured motor exits such as re-
nected loads – irrespective of their power versing starters, star delta starters, etc. Switching element
consumption – against overload and under- The EMM modules can be used to record Depending on the particular requirement
load, and provides permanent status moni- complete "curves that can be used for sys- of the application, either an electro-me-
toring. tem documentation. chanical contactor or reversing contactor
Up to 8 freely parameterizable switching, The operating modes forward and revers- combination, or a semiconductor contactor
message thresholds and up to four freely ing running, reverse and limit switch opera- or a solid-state reversing contactor is to be
configurable inputs and outputs enable the tion (with integrated restart inhibit) switch used for the actual task of switching the
protection of electrical drives and the sys- actuating and regulating drives, pumps etc. load. These switching elements are con-
tem. and also check for wear. trolled via the digital outputs of the EMM
modules.

Motor management
IFS gateways for electronic motor Notes:
management modules 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 H
D W
EM...GATEWAY-IFS for connecting
EMM...IFS modules to popular bus systems:
PROFIBUS DP, Modbus, Modbus TCP,
DeviceNet™, and CANopen®.
– Communication via T-BUS with up to
31 EMMIFS modules
– Equipped with freely parameterizable
digital inputs and outputs
– Digital switching outputs for direct
control of EMMIFS (forward/reverse
running)
US GND IN1
EPROM IN2
24V IFS- IN3
DC Port IN4
Reset
IN IN5
IN6
IN7
IN8
Fieldbus µController
connection TO O1
USO
OUT O2
O3
O4
Status IFS TBUS
Technical data
Input data
Operating voltage UB 24 V DC -20 % ... +25 %
Nominal input current at UIN 85 mA
Input circuit Polarity protection, surge protection
Digital inputs
Input voltage 24 V DC ±20%
Nominal input current at UIN 3 mA
Input circuit Polarity protection, surge protection
Digital outputs
Maximum switching voltage 23 V DC (UB - Uresid. of the output)
Max. switching current 500 mA
Residual voltage 1V
Output protection Parallel protection against polarity reversal, pay attention to the fuse
IFS interface
Connection method TBUS
General data
Test voltage data interface/power supply 1.5 kV
Ambient temperature (operation) -35°C ... 50°C
Nominal operating mode 100% operating factor
Standards/regulations EN 50178
Degree of protection IP20
Mounting position/mounting Any / -
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Dimensions W/H/D 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Description Type Order No.
Pkt.
IFS gateways for electronic motor management modules
PROFIBUS DP EM-PB-GATEWAY-IFS1) 2297620 1

RS-232 EM-RS232-GATEWAY-IFS 2901526 1
RS-485 EM-RS485-GATEWAY-IFS 2901527 1
Modbus TCP EM-MODBUS-GATEWAY-IFS 2901528 1
DeviceNet™ EM-DNET-GATEWAY-IFS 2901529 1
CANopen® EM-CAN-GATEWAY-IFS 2901504 1
Accessories
Programming adapter for configuring modules with IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1) 2811271 1
S-PORT interface
DIN rail connector ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN 2707437 50
Mini COMBICON connectors
- Socket contact MC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 1803604 50
- Pin contact IMC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 1857919 50
14 PHOENIX CONTACT
Motor management
Device Type Manager (DTM) for
motor management modules
EMM...IFS
– CONTACTRON-DTM-IFS, program-
ming adapter, and user manual on CD
available as configuration package
– Also available as USB programming
adapter even individually
– CONTACTRON-DTM-IFS also available
free of charge as a separate download
from www.phoenixcontact.com
Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Configuration package for the EMM...IFS, comprising
CONTACTRON-DTM-IFS, USB programming adapter, and user
manual on CD
MM-CONF-SET 2297992 1
Accessories
S-PORT interface

Hybrid motor starters for controlling Short-circuit-proof hybrid motor starters

3-phase asynchronous motors combine up with integrated protective devices, for
to four functions in one device as required. mounting on 35 mm DIN rails and 60 mm
These include forward running, reverse run- busbar systems and connection to popular
ning with optional reversing function includ- bus systems via SmartWire-DT™ complete
ing load wiring. The locking circuit for the the product portfolio.
reversing function is also integrated and cer-
tified as a single electronic reversing starter
according to UL 508a and the new
UL 60947-1. Furthermore, the devices pro-
tect the motor by means of an integrated
motor protection relay with automatic and
remote reset function. The implemented
safety function according to Performance
Level e (PL e) of EN ISO 13849-1 provides
the emergency stop requirement. A PDT
confirmation contact provides information
regarding the availability of the device, and
the motor state. This means that in the
event of motor control without an error
message the integrated current measure-
ment and symmetry scanning ensures that
the motor is turning. Even with these nu-
merous functions, the hybrid motor starter
is just 22.5 mm wide.
16 PHOENIX CONTACT
Hybrid motor starters with up to four Short-circuit-proof hybrid motor starters

functions in one device: forward running, with integrated fuses for mounting on 35 mm
reverse running, motor protection, and DIN rails and 60 mm busbar systems.
emergency stop.
Connection of hybrid motor starters in a The uniform design of the control side
bus system via SmartWire-DT™. Gateways enables the combination of short-circuit-
are provided for the main bus systems: proof hybrid motor starters with
PROFIBUS, Modbus TCB, EtherNet/IP™, SmartWire-DT™ adapters for integration
and CANopen®. in a bus system.

“4 in 1” hybrid motor starter with
reversing function, motor protection, H H
and emergency stop
D W D W
These 3-phase “4 in 1” hybrid motor
starters combine four functions in one de-
vice: right contactor, left contactor, motor
protection relay, and emergency stop up to
category 3.
Offer the following advantages:
– 22.5 mm wide
– They save wiring
– Bi-metal function can be set up to 9 A
– Long service life For reversing 3~ AC motors For reversing 3~ AC motors
– Space-saving up to 550 V AC/3 x 0.6 A up to 550 V AC/3 x 2 A
– 3-phase loop bridging
Safety level according to:  
Ex:  Ex: 
– IEC 61508-1: SIL3
– ISO 13849: PL e MAN 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 MAN 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
RES RES
RES Logic RES Logic
AUTO µP AUTO µP
Notes:
Type of housing: Us Us
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. T T
T T
Marking systems and mounting material E E
See Catalog 5 & Error & Error
R R
L 97 96 95 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 L 97 96 95 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3

Input data
Rated control supply voltage US 24 V DC 230 V AC (50/60 Hz) 24 V DC 230 V AC (50/60 Hz)

Rated actuating voltage UC R/L 24 V DC 230 V AC 24 V DC 230 V AC
Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC 0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1 0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1
Rated actuating current IC at UC 5 mA 7 mA 5 mA 7 mA

Input circuit Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Surge protection Surge protection
Operating voltage / status / error indicator Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED
Output data load side
Output voltage range 42 V AC ... 550 V AC 42 V AC ... 550 V AC 42 V AC ... 550 V AC 42 V AC ... 550 V AC
Load current max. 600 mA max. 600 mA max. 2.4 A max. 2.4 A
(see derating curve) (see derating curve) (see derating curve) (see derating curve)
Surge current 100 A (t = 10 ms) 100 A (t = 10 ms) 100 A (t = 10 ms) 100 A (t = 10 ms)
Min. load current 75 mA 75 mA 180 mA 180 mA
Residual voltage < 0.2 V < 0.2 V < 0.3 V < 0.3 V
Output protection Surge protection Surge protection
General data
Electrical service life 7
3 x 10 cycles 7
3 x 10 cycles
Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Mounting Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
Safety data
EC-type examination certificate according to ATEX  II (2) G,  II (2) D  II (2) G,  II (2) D  II (2) G,  II (2) D  II (2) G,  II (2) D
PTB 07 ATEX 3145 PTB 07 ATEX 3145 PTB 07 ATEX 3145 PTB 07 ATEX 3145
Pcs. / Pcs. /
Pkt. Pkt.
“4 in 1” hybrid motor starter, incl. right contactor, left contactor,
motor protection relay, and emergency stop
Screw connection ELR H5-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-0,6 2900582 1 ELR H5-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-2 2900414 1
Push-in connection ELR H5-IES-PT-24DC/500AC-0,6 2903902 1 ELR H5-IES-PT-24DC/500AC-2 2903904 1
Screw connection ELR H5-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-0,6 2900692 1 ELR H5-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-2 2900420 1
motor protection relay, and emergency stop, terminals L1, L2, L3
and T1, T2, T3 rotated
ELR W3- 24DC/500AC- 2I 2297031 1

ELR W3-230AC/500AC- 2I 2297044 1
18 PHOENIX CONTACT
Conventional structure Structure with CONTACTRON

Main current path reversing contactor according to category 3 Main and control current path for “4 in 1” hybrid motor starter with
H reversing function according to category 3
D W
L1
F1 L1 F1
F2 F2
L2 L2 F3
F3 L3
L3
+24V DC
K1 K5
L1 L2 L3
K2 T3
K1
T1 T2 T3 T1 T2
K5
K5 K5
For reversing 3~ AC motors K1 +US R L
K5
K3 K4 S2
up to 550 V AC/3 x 9 A M
3~ E
M1
PE
 K5 K5
Ex: 
F4
K5
MAN 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 M
RES 3~
RES Logic
M1 GND
AUTO µP PE
Us K1 + K2 = Emergency stop contactor K1 = “4 in 1” hybrid motor starter with reversing function

T K3 = Left contactor K5 = PSR SCP-24DC.../Safety relay
T K4 = Right contactor T1 = Left, T2 = Right, T3 = Reset
E F4 = Motor protection relay S2 = Emergency stop
& Error
R
L 97 96 95 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3

Conventional structure
Technical data Control current path reversing contactor according to category 3 0,9
Output current [A]

0,8
0,7
24 V DC 230 V AC (50/60 Hz) 0,6 1
0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1 0,5 2
+24V DC F5 0,4
40 mA 4 mA 0,3
24 V DC 230 V AC K5 K5 0,2
0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1 S2 0,1
F4 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
5 mA 7 mA Ambient temperature [°C]
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Derating curve ELR H5-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-0,6
T1 K5 K5
Surge protection 100% operating time
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED K5
42 V AC ... 550 V AC 42 V AC ... 550 V AC T2 T3

max. 9 A max. 9 A
(see derating curve) (see derating curve)
100 A (t = 10 ms) 100 A (t = 10 ms) K1

Output current [A]
9
1.5 A 1.5 A K4 K3 K5 K5 8
< 0.5 V < 0.5 V 7
K2 6
Surge protection 5 1
4
3
2
500 V K3 K4 K5 K5 K1 K2 2
6 kV/safe isolation 6 kV/safe isolation 1 2
0,18
-25°C ... 70°C
GND 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
7
3 x 10 cycles
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 Ambient temperature [°C]
K1 + K2 = Emergency stop contactor
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) K3 = Left contactor Derating curve ELR H5-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-2 and
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm K4 = Right contactor ELR H5-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-9
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 K5 = PSR SCP-24DC.../Safety relay 100% operating time
22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm T1 = Left, T2 = Right, T3 = Reset
S2 = Emergency stop
 II (2) G,  II (2) D  II (2) G,  II (2) D F4 = Motor protection relay
PTB 07 ATEX 3145 PTB 07 ATEX 3145
Ordering data
0,9
Output current [A]
Output current [A]
0,8 1 9
Pcs. /
Type Order No. 0,7 8
Pkt. 7
0,6
6
0,5 5 1
0,4 2 4
2
0,3 3
2
ELR H5-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-9 2900421 1 0,2 1 2
ELR H5-IES-PT-24DC/500AC-9 2903906 1 0,1 0,18
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
ELR H5-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-9 2900422 1
Ambient temperature [°C] Ambient temperature [°C]
Derating curve ELR H5-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-0,6 Derating curve ELR H5-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-2 and
100% operating time ELR H5-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-9
100% operating time
ELR W3- 24DC/500AC- 9I 2297057 1 1 Aligned with > 20 mm spacing
ELR W3-230AC/500AC- 9I 2297060 1 2 Aligned without spacing

motor protection and emergency stop H H
D W D W
starters combine three functions in one de-
vice: right contactor, motor protection re-
lay, and emergency stop up to category 3.
– 22.5 mm wide
– Long service life
– Space-saving For starting 3~ AC motors For starting 3~ AC motors
– 3-phase loop bridging up to 550 V AC/3 x 0.6 A up to 550 V AC/3 x 2 A
Safety level according to:
– IEC 61508-1: SIL3  
Ex:  Ex: 
– ISO 13849: PL e
MAN 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 MAN 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
RES RES
Notes: RES Logic RES Logic
AUTO µP AUTO µP
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
Us Us
Marking systems and mounting material T T
See Catalog 5 T T
E E
& Error & Error
ON ON
97 96 95 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 97 96 95 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3

Input data

Rated actuation voltage UC ON 24 V DC 230 V AC 24 V DC 230 V AC

General data
3 x 10 cycles 7
3 x 10 cycles
Safety data
EC-type examination certificate according to ATEX  II (2) G,  II (2) D  II (2) G,  II (2) D  II (2) G,  II (2) D  II (2) G,  II (2) D
PTB 07 ATEX 3145 PTB 07 ATEX 3145 PTB 07 ATEX 3145 PTB 07 ATEX 3145
Pcs. / Pcs. /
Pkt. Pkt.
“3 in 1” hybrid motor starter, incl. right contactor, motor
protection relay, and emergency stop
Screw connection ELR H3-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-0,6 2900566 1 ELR H3-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-2 2900567 1
Push-in connection ELR H3-IES-PT-24DC/500AC-0,6 2903914 1 ELR H3-IES-PT-24DC/500AC-2 2903916 1
Screw connection ELR H3-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-0,6 2900689 1 ELR H3-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-2 2900568 1
20 PHOENIX CONTACT

Main current path contactor according to category 3 Main and control current path for “3 in 1” hybrid motor starter
H according to category 3
D W
F1 F1
L1 L1 F2
F2 L2 F3
L2 F3
L3 L3
+24V DC
K1 K4
L1 L2 L3
K2 T3
K1
T1 T2 T3 T1
K4
K4 K4
For starting 3~ AC motors K1 +US ON
K4
K3 S2
up to 550 V AC/3 x 9 A M
3~ E
M1
PE
 K4 K4
Ex: 
F4
K4
MAN 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 M
RES 3~
RES Logic
M1 GND
AUTO µP PE
Us K1 + K2 = Emergency stop contactor K1 = “3 in 1” hybrid motor starter

T K3 = Right contactor K4 = PSR SCP-24DC.../Safety relay
T F4 = Motor protection relay T1 = Right, T3 = Reset
E S2 = Emergency stop
& Error
ON
97 96 95 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3

Technical data Control current path contactor according to category 3 0,9
Output current [A]

0,8
0,7
24 V DC 230 V AC (50/60 Hz) 0,6 1
0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1 0,5 2
+24V DC F5 0,4
40 mA 4 mA 0,3
24 V DC 230 V AC K4 K4 0,2
0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1 S2 0,1
F4 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Derating curve ELR H3-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-0,6
K4 K4
Surge protection 100% operating time
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED K4
42 V AC ... 550 V AC 42 V AC ... 550 V AC T1 T2

max. 9 A max. 9 A
100 A (t = 10 ms) 100 A (t = 10 ms) K1

Output current [A]
9
1.5 A 1.5 A K4 K4 8
< 0.5 V < 0.5 V 7
K2 6
4
3
2
500 V K3 K4 K4 K1 K2 2
0,18
-25°C ... 70°C
GND 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
7
3 x 10 cycles
K1 + K2 = Emergency stop contactor
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) K3 = Right contactor Derating curve ELR H3-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-2 and
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm K4 = PSR SCP-24DC.../Safety relay ELR H3-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-9
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 T1 = Right, T3 = Reset 100% operating time
22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm S2 = Emergency stop
F4 = Motor protection relay
 II (2) G,  II (2) D  II (2) G,  II (2) D
PTB 07 ATEX 3145 PTB 07 ATEX 3145
Ordering data
0,9
Output current [A]
Output current [A]
0,8 1 9
Pcs. /
Type Order No. 0,7 8
Pkt. 7
0,6
6
0,5 5 1
0,4 2 4
2
0,3 3
ELR H3-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-9 2900569 1 2
ELR H3-IES-PT-24DC/500AC-9 2903918 1 0,2 1 2
0,1 0,18
ELR H3-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-9 2900570 1
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
Derating curve ELR H3-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-0,6 Derating curve ELR H3-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-2 and
100% operating time ELR H3-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-9
100% operating time
1 Aligned with > 20 mm spacing
2 Aligned without spacing

reversing function and motor protection H H
D W D W
starters combine three functions in one
device: right contactor, left contactor, and
motor protection relay.
– 22.5 mm wide
– Space-saving For starting 3~ AC motors For starting 3~ AC motors
– 3-phase loop bridging up to 550 V AC/3 x 0.6 A up to 550 V AC/3 x 2 A
Notes:
Type of housing:  
Marking systems and mounting material 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
MAN RES MAN RES
See Catalog 5
RES Logic RES Logic
AUTO μP AUTO μP
Us Us
T T
& Error & Error

R R
L L
97 96 95 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 97 96 95 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3

Input data


General data
3 x 10 cycles 7
3 x 10 cycles
Pcs. / Pcs. /
Pkt. Pkt.
and motor protection relay
ELR H5-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-0,6 2900573 1 ELR H5-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-2 2900574 1
ELR H5-I-SC-230AC/500AC-0,6 2900691 1 ELR H5-I-SC-230AC/500AC-2 2900575 1
22 PHOENIX CONTACT

Main current path contactor according to category 3 Main and control current path for “3 in 1” hybrid motor starter
D W
F1 F1
L1 L1 F2
F2 L2 F3
L2 F3
L3 L3
+24V DC
L1 L2 L3
K1
T1 T2 T3 T1 T2
For starting 3~ AC motors K1 +US R L

K1 K2 M
up to 550 V AC/3 x 9 A 3~
M1
PE

F4
MAN 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 M

RES 3~
RES Logic
M1 GND
AUTO μP PE
Us K1 = Left contactor K1 = “3 in 1” hybrid motor starter

T K2 = Right contactor T1 = Right, T2 = Left, T3 = Reset
F4 = Motor protection relay
& Error
R
L
97 96 95 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
Output current [A]

0,8
0,7
24 V DC 230 V AC (50/60 Hz) 0,6 1
0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1 0,5 2
+24V DC F5
0,4
40 mA 4 mA 0,3
24 V DC 230 V AC 0,2
0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1 0,1
F4 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Derating curve ELR H5-I-SC-230AC/500AC-0,6
Surge protection T1
100% operating time
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED
42 V AC ... 550 V AC 42 V AC ... 550 V AC T2

max. 9 A max. 9 A
100 A (t = 10 ms) 100 A (t = 10 ms)

Output current [A]
9
1.5 A 1.5 A K2 K1 8
< 0.5 V < 0.5 V 7
6
4
3
2
500 V K1 K2 2
0,18
-25°C ... 70°C
GND 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
7
3 x 10 cycles
K1 = Left contactor
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) K2 = Right contactor Derating curve ELR H5-I-SC-24DC/500AC-2 and
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm T1 = Right, T2 = Left, T3 = Reset ELR H5-I-SC-24DC/500AC-99
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 F4 = Motor protection relay 100% operating time
22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Type Order No.
Pkt.
0,9
Output current [A]
Output current [A]
0,8 1 9
0,7 8
ELR H5-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-9 2900576 1 0,6 7
6
0,5 5
ELR H5-I-SC-230AC/500AC-9 2900578 1 1
0,4 2 4
2
0,3 3
2
0,2 1 2
0,1 0,18
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
Derating curve ELR H5-I-SC-24DC/500AC-0,6 Derating curve ELR H5-I-SC-230AC/500AC-2 and
100% operating time ELR H5-I-SC-230AC/500AC-9
100% operating time

motor protection H H
D W D W
starters combine two functions in one de-
vice: right contactor and motor protection.
The devices offer the following advantag-
es:
– 22.5 mm wide
– Low-wear switching
– Long service life For starting 3~ AC motors For starting 3~ AC motors
– Space-saving up to 550 V AC/3 x 0.6 A up to 550 V AC/3 x 2 A
 
Notes:
Type of housing: MAN 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 MAN 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
RES RES
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. RES Logic RES Logic
Marking systems and mounting material AUTO μP AUTO μP
See Catalog 5
Us Us
T T
& Error & Error

ON ON
97 96 95 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 97 96 95 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3

Input data


General data
3 x 10 cycles 7
3 x 10 cycles
Pcs. / Pcs. /
Pkt. Pkt.
“2 in 1” hybrid motor starter, incl. right contactor and
motor protection relay
ELR H3-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-0,6 2900542 1 ELR H3-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-2 2900543 1
ELR H3-I-SC-230AC/500AC-0,6 2900685 1 ELR H3-I-SC-230AC/500AC-2 2900544 1
24 PHOENIX CONTACT

Main current path reversing contactor according to category 3 Main and control current path for “2 in 1” hybrid motor starter
D W
F1 F1
L1 L1 F2
F2 L2 F3
L2 F3
L3 L3
+24V DC
L1 L2 L3
K1
T1
T1 T2 T3
For starting 3~ AC motors K1 +US ON

K1 M
up to 550 V AC/3 x 9 A 3~
M1
PE

F4
MAN 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 M

RES 3~
RES Logic
M1 GND
AUTO μP PE
Us K1 = Right contactor K1 = “2 in 1” hybrid motor starter

T F4 = Motor protection relay T1 = Right, T3 = Reset
& Error
ON
97 96 95 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3

Output current [A]

0,8
0,7
24 V DC 230 V AC (50/60 Hz) 0,6 1
0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1 0,5 2
+24V DC F5
0,4
40 mA 4 mA 0,3
24 V DC 230 V AC 0,2
0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1 0,1
F4 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
Protection against polarity rever- Surge protection Derating curve ELR H3-I-SC-230AC/500AC-0,6
sal, Surge protection 100% operating time
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED
42 V AC ... 550 V AC 42 V AC ... 550 V AC T1

max. 9 A max. 9 A
100 A (t = 10 ms) 100 A (t = 10 ms)

Output current [A]
9
1.5 A 1.5 A 8
< 0.5 V < 0.5 V 7
6
4
3
2
500 V K1 2
0,18
-25°C ... 70°C
GND 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
7
3 x 10 cycles
K1 = Right contactor
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) T1 = Right, T3 = Reset Derating curve ELR H3-I-SC-24DC/500AC-2 and
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm F4 = Motor protection relay ELR H3-I-SC-24DC/500AC-9
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 100% operating time
22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Type Order No.
Pkt.
0,9
Output current [A]
Output current [A]
0,8 1 9
0,7 8
ELR H3-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-9 2900545 1 0,6 7
6
0,5 5
ELR H3-I-SC-230AC/500AC-9 2900546 1 1
0,4 2 4
2
0,3 3
2
0,2 1 2
0,1 0,18
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
Derating curve ELR H3-I-SC-24DC/500AC-0,6 Derating curve ELR H3-I-SC-230AC/500AC-2 and
100% operating time ELR H3-I-SC-230AC/500AC-9
100% operating time

“2 in 1” hybrid motor starter with Notes:
reversing function Type of housing: H
Marking systems and mounting material
D W
3-phase hybrid motor starter for revers- See Catalog 5
ing three-phase induction motors
The devices offer the following advantages:
– 22.5 mm wide
– Up to 9 A
– Space-saving
– 3-phase loop bridging For reversing 3~ AC motors
up to 550 V AC/3 x 9 A

1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
Us
T
Logic
µP
R
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
Technical data
Input data
Rated control supply voltage US 24 V DC 230 V AC (50/60 Hz)
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US 0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1
Rated control supply current IS at US 40 mA 4 mA

Rated actuating voltage UC R/L 24 V DC 230 V AC
Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC 0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1
Rated actuating current IC at UC 5 mA 7 mA

Input circuit Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Surge protection
Operating voltage / status / error indicator Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED
Output voltage range 42 V AC ... 550 V AC 42 V AC ... 550 V AC
Load current max. 9 A max. 9 A
Surge current 100 A (t = 10 ms) 100 A (t = 10 ms)

Minimum load current 0A 0A
Residual voltage < 0.5 V < 0.5 V
Output protection Surge protection
General data
Rated insulation voltage 500 V
Rated surge voltage 6 kV/safe isolation 6 kV/safe isolation
Output current [A]
9 Ambient temperature (operation) -25°C ... 70°C

3 x 10 cycles
8
7 1 Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
6 Mounting position Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
5 Mounting Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
4 Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
3 2
2 1 = Aligned with 20 mm spacing
1 2 = Aligned without spacing Ordering data
0,18
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 Pcs. /
Ambient temperature [°C] Pkt.
Derating curve for ELR H3-SC-24DC/500AC-9 “2 in 1” hybrid motor starter, incl. right contactor and
100% operating time left contactor
ELR H5-SC- 24DC/500AC-9 2900538 1
Output current [A]
9 ELR H5-SC-230AC/500AC-9 2900539 1

8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1 = Aligned with 20 mm spacing
1 2 = Aligned without spacing
0,18
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
Ambient temperature [°C]
Derating curve for ELR H3-SC-230AC/500AC-9
100% operating time
26 PHOENIX CONTACT
“1 in 1” hybrid motor starter Notes:
Type of housing: H
D W
3-phase hybrid motor starter for starting See Catalog 5
three-phase induction motors
The devices offer the following advantages:
– 22.5 mm wide
– Up to 9 A
– Space-saving
For starting 3~ AC motors
up to 550 V AC/3 x 9 A

1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
Us
T
Logic
µP
ON
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
Technical data
Input data
Rated control supply voltage US 24 V DC 230 V AC (50/60 Hz)
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US 0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1
Rated control supply current IS at US 40 mA 4 mA

Rated actuation voltage UC ON 24 V DC 230 V AC
Rated actuating current IC at UC 5 mA 7 mA

Surge protection

Minimum load current 0A 0A
General data
Rated surge voltage 6 kV/safe isolation 6 kV/safe isolation
Output current [A]

3 x 10 cycles
8
7 1 Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
5 Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
4 Dimensions W/H/D 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm
3 2
2 1 = Aligned with 20 mm spacing Ordering data
0,18 Pcs. /
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 Pkt.
“1 in 1” hybrid motor starter, incl. right contactor
Derating curve for ELR H5-SC-24DC/500AC-9
100% operating time ELR H3-SC- 24DC/500AC-9 2900530 1
ELR H3-SC-230AC/500AC-9 2900531 1
Output current [A]
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1 = Aligned with 20 mm spacing
0,18
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
Derating curve for ELR H5-SC-230AC/500AC-9
100% operating time

CONTACTRON hybrid motor starters
with short-circuit protection
Input data
Rated control supply voltage US
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US
Rated control supply current IS at US

Rated actuating voltage UC R/L
Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC
Rated actuating current IC at UC

These short-circuit-proof 3-phase “4 in Offer the following advantages: Input circuit
1” hybrid motor starters for mounting on – 22.5 mm wide Operating voltage / status / error indicator
30 mm DIN rails or 60 mm busbars com- – Bi-metal function can be set up to 9 A Output voltage range
bine four functions in one device: right con- – Long service life Load current
tactor, left contactor, motor protection re- – Space-saving Minimum load current
lay, and emergency stop up to category 3. – They save wiring Residual voltage
– 3-phase loop bridging Output protection
General data
– Plug-in motor output terminal block Rated insulation voltage
– Coordination type 2 according to Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
IEC/EN 60947-4-2 Electrical service life
Standards/regulations
Mounting position
Mounting
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions W/H/D
Description
Short-circuit-proof hybrid motor starters

DIN rail adapter
Power rail adapter, 160 mm
Power rail adapter, 200 mm
Set consisting of short-circuit-proof hybrid motor starter and
DIN rail adapter
Fuse
Coordination type 2 to 10 kA/500 V
28 PHOENIX CONTACT
H H H
D W D W D W
For reversing 3~ AC motors For reversing 3~ AC motors For reversing 3~ AC motors

up to 550 V AC/3 x 0.6 A up to 550 V AC/3 x 2.4 A up to 550 V AC/3 x 9 A
Ex:  Ex:  Ex: 
MAN L1 L2 L3 MAN L1 L2 L3 MAN L1 L2 L3

Reset RES Logic Reset RES Logic Reset RES Logic
Reset2 Reset2 Reset2
Auto- AUT Auto- AUT Auto- AUT
reset μP reset μP reset μP
Us 24 Us 24 Us 24
T T T
VDC VDC VDC
T Reset T Reset T Reset
E & Error E & Error E & Error
R 24VDC R 24VDC R 24VDC

2/T1 6/T3 2/T1 6/T3 2/T1 6/T3
L 97 96 95 4/T2 L 97 96 95 4/T2 L 97 96 95 4/T2
Technical data Technical data Technical data
24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25 0.8 ... 1.25 0.8 ... 1.25
40 mA 40 mA 40 mA
24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25 0.8 ... 1.25 0.8 ... 1.25
5 mA 5 mA 5 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED
42 V AC ... 550 V AC 42 V AC ... 550 V AC 42 V AC ... 550 V AC

max. 600 mA max. 2.4 A max. 9 A
75 mA 180 mA 1.5 A
< 0.3 V < 0.4 V < 0.6 V
Surge protection, short-circuit protection Surge protection, short-circuit protection Surge protection, short-circuit protection
500 V 500 V 500 V

6 kV/safe isolation 6 kV/safe isolation 6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C -25°C ... 70°C -25°C ... 70°C
3 x 107 cycles 3 x 107 cycles 3 x 107 cycles
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 160 mm / 114.5 mm 22.5 mm / 160 mm / 114.5 mm 22.5 mm / 160 mm / 114.5 mm
Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data
Pcs. / Pcs. / Pcs. /

Type Order No. Type Order No. Type Order No.
Pkt. Pkt. Pkt.
ELR H51-IESSC-24DC500AC-06 2902746 1 ELR H51-IESSC-24DC500AC-2 2902744 1 ELR H51-IESSC-24DC500AC-9 2902745 1

EM RD-ADAPTER 2902747 1 EM RD-ADAPTER 2902747 1 EM RD-ADAPTER 2902747 1
EM RI-ADAPTER COMPACT 2902748 1 EM RI-ADAPTER COMPACT 2902748 1 EM RI-ADAPTER COMPACT 2902748 1
EM RI-ADAPTER CLASSIC 2902831 1 EM RI-ADAPTER CLASSIC 2902831 1 EM RI-ADAPTER CLASSIC 2902831 1
ELR H51-0.6-DIN-RAIL-SET 2902952 1 ELR H51-2.4-DIN-RAIL-SET 2902953 1 ELR H51-9-DIN-RAIL-SET 2902954 1
Accessories Accessories Accessories
FUSE-10X38-16A-GR 2903126 10 FUSE-10X38-16A-GR 2903126 10 FUSE-10X38-16A-GR 2903126 10

FUSE-10X38-20A-GR 2903384 10 FUSE-10X38-20A-GR 2903384 10 FUSE-10X38-20A-GR 2903384 10
FUSE-10X38-30A-MR 2903119 10 FUSE-10X38-30A-MR 2903119 10 FUSE-10X38-30A-MR 2903119 10

CONTACTRON hybrid motor starters Notes:
with SmartWire-DT™ support Switching device technical data
You can download the SmartWire-DT™ Assist software for easy
creation of SmartWire-DT™ networks free of charge at
www.phoenixcontact.com
Controller
SmartWire-DT™ is a registered trademark of Eaton Corporation.
MRESET
STOP
RUN/PROG
RESET
1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1

PRG
1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2
1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3

LINK
TM
1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4
SmartWireDT line
Ethernet connection Start Stop Reset

0511
01
+15V
SWD
EN
SWD
EN
SWD
EN
SWD
EN
SWD
EN
EN
EN
EN
EN
EN
EN
EN
EN
EN
EN
AUX
POW
24V
0V
SWD M1 M2 M3 M4 M5
A1 S34 S33 S11
S12 S21 S22 A2 Network termination
DP Config.
plug
Config. Power
PSR-ESA4
K1
Emergency stop
RS232
US R L US R L US R L US R L US R L
K2
EU5C-SED-EIP-MODTCP PXC
MAN RES AUT E MAN RES AUT E MAN RES AUT E MAN RES AUT E MAN RES AUT E
97 96 95 97 96 95 97 96 95 97 96 95 97 96 95
0,39 1,63 1,63 6,5 6,5
0,25 0,87 0,87 4,0 4,0
0,6 2,4 2,4 9,0 9,0
ETH1
0,075 0,18 0,18 1,5 1,5

FOR LAN ONLY
max.
0,6A max.
2,4A max.
2,4A max.
9A max.
9A 31 13 14
ELRH5-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-2
32 33 24
ELRH5-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-0,6
ETH2
PWR PWR PWR PWR PWR
Err Err Err Err Err

L L L L L
POW 24V R R R R R
0V
Reset Reset Reset Reset Reset
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3

1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
PSR safety relays
Gateway

with SmartWireDTTM connection
Switch and reverse motors safely and reli- The hybrid motor starters, as well as the
ably with CONTACTRON compact hybrid command and signaling devices, are directly
motor starters. The CONTACTRON “4 in connected to the controller with
1” combines all the functions of a conven- SmartWire-DT™ via a gateway. Safe
tional reversing contactor circuit in a single shutdown is implemented with a PSR safety
device – for motors up to 4 kW, with a relay. Thanks to SmartWire-DT™, the
design width of just 22.5 mm. amount of wiring is significantly reduced.
The SmartWire-DT™ communication You benefit from clearly arranged and com-
Input data
system makes the complex cabling of the pact control cabinets. Rated control supply voltage US
control and signal levels easier and clearer. Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US
You can also combine the hybrid motor Rated control supply current IS at US
starters with standard fieldbus systems. Rated actuating voltage UC R/L
Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC
Rated actuating current IC at UC

Input circuit
Operating voltage / status / error indicator
Output voltage range
Load current
Surge current
Minimum load current
Residual voltage
Output protection
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage
Electrical service life
Mounting position
Mounting
Dimensions (including adapter) W/H/D
Safety data
EC-type examination certificate according to ATEX
Description
Reversing starter + emergency stop + motor protection +

SmartWire-DT™ adapter as a set
30 PHOENIX CONTACT
H H H
D W D W D W
Reversing starter + emergency stop + motor Reversing starter + emergency stop + motor Reversing starter + emergency stop + motor
protection + SmartWire-DT™ adapter, as a set protection + SmartWire-DT™ adapter, as a set protection + SmartWire-DT™ adapter, as a set
550 V AC/3 x 0.6 A 550 V AC/3 x 2.4 A 550 V AC/3 x 9 A
EM-SWD CONTACTRON n in 1" EM-SWD CONTACTRON n in 1" EM-SWD CONTACTRON n in 1"

" " "
+ + +
EN+ RESET EN+ RESET EN+ RESET
1/L1 1/L1 1/L1
EN- EN- EN-
MAN. I MAN. I MAN. I
- RESET - RESET - RESET
AUTO 3/L2 AUTO 3/L2 AUTO 3/L2
Logic 5/L3 Logic 5/L3 Logic 5/L3

Us Us Us
SmartWire-DT TM
SmartWire-DT TM
SmartWire-DT TM
& μP 2/T1 & μP 2/T1 & μP 2/T1
R 4/T2 R 4/T2 R 4/T2
L & Error 6/T3 L & Error 6/T3 L & Error 6/T3
24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25 0.8 ... 1.25 0.8 ... 1.25
40 mA 40 mA 40 mA
24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25 0.8 ... 1.25 0.8 ... 1.25
5 mA 5 mA 5 mA
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED
42 V AC ... 550 V AC 42 V AC ... 550 V AC 42 V AC ... 550 V AC

max. 600 mA (see derating curve) max. 2.4 A (see derating curve) max. 9 A (see derating curve)
100 A (t = 10 ms) 100 A (t = 10 ms) 100 A (t = 10 ms)

75 mA 180 mA 1.5 A
< 0.2 V < 0.3 V < 0.5 V
Surge protection Surge protection Surge protection
500 V 500 V 500 V

6 kV/safe isolation 6 kV/safe isolation 6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C -25°C ... 70°C -25°C ... 70°C
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
 II (2) G,  II (2) D  II (2) G,  II (2) D  II (2) G,  II (2) D

PTB 07 ATEX 3145 PTB 07 ATEX 3145 PTB 07 ATEX 3145

Pkt. Pkt. Pkt.
ELR H5-IES-SC-SWD/500AC-0,6 2903116 1 ELR H5-IES-SC-SWD/500AC-2 2903117 1 ELR H5-IES-SC-SWD/500AC-9 2903118 1

SmartWire-DT™ accessories
With the “EM SWD-ADAPTER”

SmartWire-DT™ adapter for the
CONTACTRON 24 V DC “n in 1” devices,
the device concerned can be seamlessly in-
tegrated into the fieldbus environment using
SmartWire-DT™. Corresponding gateways
are available for the following bus systems:
– PROFIBUS-DP
– CANopen
– Modbus TCP/Ethernet IP SmartWire DT adapter
Technical data
Input data
Supply voltage UAUX -
Rated current IAUX -
Supply voltage UPOW -
Rated current IPOW -
Input data
Description Enable input
Input voltage 24 V DC
Input current 5 mA
Output data
Description -
Output supply -
Output current -
SmartWire-DT interface
Connection method Pin strip, 8-pos.
Data rate 125 kBd / 250 kBd
Current consumption IAUX 120 mA
Current consumption IPOW 25 mA
General data
Standards/regulations IEC 60947-1 / EN 60947-1
Degree of protection according to IEC 60529/ EN 60529 IP20
Mounting position Any
Mounting On CONTACTRON hybrid motor starter
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 1 mm² / 0.14 - 1 mm² / 26 - 18
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
SmartWire-DT™ adapter
EM SWD-ADAPTER 2902776 1
Gateways
CANopen®
PROFIBUS
Ethernet
I/O modules
Digital, 4 inputs, 4 outputs
Digital, 4 inputs
Digital, 8 outputs
Analog, 2 inputs, 2 outputs
Power feed module for supplying further SmartWire-DT™
devices
32 PHOENIX CONTACT
H H H
D W D W D W
Gateways Input/output modules Power feed
  

- -
24 V DC -15% ... +20% - - 24 V DC -15% ... +20%
3A - - 3A
24 V DC -15% ... +20% - - 24 V DC -15% ... +20%
700 mA - - 700 mA
- -
- Digital inputs Analog inputs -
- 24 V DC - -
- Typ. 4 mA - -
- -
- Digital outputs Analog outputs -
- 24 V DC -15% ... +20% - -
- Typ. 500 mA - -
- -
Pin strip, 8-pos. Pin strip, 8-pos. Pin strip, 8-pos. Pin strip, 8-pos.
125 kBd / 250 kBd 125 kBd / 250 kBd 125 kBd / 250 kBd 125 kBd / 250 kBd
- - - -
- - - -
-25°C ... 55°C - -

EN 50178 EN 50178 EN 50178
IP20 IP20 IP20
Any Any Any
- - -
0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
35 mm / 90 mm / 127 mm 35 mm / 90 mm / 101 mm 35 mm / 90 mm / 124 mm

Pkt. Pkt. Pkt.
EU5C-SWD-CAN PXC 2903098 1

EU5C-SWD-DP PXC 2903100 1
EU5C-SWD-EIP-MODTCP PXC 2903244 1
EU5E-SWD-4D4D PXC 2903101 1

EU5E-SWD-4DX PXC 2903102 1
EU5E-SWD-X8D PXC 2903103 1
EU5E-SWD-2A2A PXC 2903104 1
EU5C-SWD-PF2-1 PXC 2903113 1

Plug tools Flat-ribbon cable, 8-pos.
Pcs. / Pcs. /
Description Color Type Order No. Type Order No.
Pkt. Pkt.
Pliers for device plugs
SWD4-CRP-1 PXC 2903110 1
Pliers for flat plugs
SWD4-CRP-2 PXC 2903114 1
Flat-ribbon cable, 8-pos., 100 m
SWD4-100LF-8-24 PXC 2903111 1
Flat-ribbon cable, assembled with 2 flat plugs, 8-pos., 3 m
SWD4-3LF8-24-2S PXC 2903112 1
Accessories for SmartWire-DT™ and

SmartWire-DT™ devices for connecting
digital and analog input and output signals.
Plug and coupler Programming adapter
Pcs. / Pcs. /
Pkt. Pkt.
Plug and coupling
Network dummy plug SWD4-RC8-10 PXC 2903106 1
Device plug, 8-pos. SWD4-8SF2-5 PXC 2903107 10
Flat plug, 8-pos. SWD4-8MF2 PXC 2903108 10
Coupling for 8-pos. flat plug SWD4-8SFF2-5 PXC 2903109 1
Programming adapter
EU4A-RJ45-USB-CAB1 PXC 2903465 1
34 PHOENIX CONTACT
F1
L1 F2 Intended use
L2 F3
L3 The SmartWire-DT™ adapter is approved exclusively for use in
conjunction with the following CONTACTRON hybrid motor start-
+24V DC ers. If other switching devices are used, correct operation, in par-
ticular of the safety function, cannot be ensured.
GND
S1 Motor protection and safe shutdown

S11
S12
S21
S22
13 23 2900582 ELR H5-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-0,6
2900414 ELR H5-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-2
PSR-SCP-24UC/ESA4/2x1/1x2 14 24 2900421 ELR H5-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-9
2900566 ELR H3-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-0,6
A1 A2 S33 S34
2900567 ELR H3-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-2
2900569 ELR H3-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-9
2297031 ELR W3- 24DC/500AC-2I
2297057 ELR W3- 24DC/500AC-9I
2902952 ELR H51-0,6-DINRAIL-SET
2902953 ELR H51-2,4-DINRAIL-SET
2902954 ELR H51-9-DINRAIL-SET
2902746 ELR H51-IESSC-24DC500AC-06
SWD
2902744 ELR H51-IESSC-24DC500AC-2
2902745 ELR H51-IESSC-24DC500AC-9
Motor protection only
SWD SWD
2900573 ELR H5-I-SC-24DC/500AC-0,6

+ EN+ EN– – 2900574 ELR H5-I-SC-24DC/500AC-2
AUX
SWD EN
2900576 ELR H5-I-SC-24DC/500AC-9
EM SWD-ADAPTER
2900542 ELR H3-I-SC-24DC/500AC-0,6
Config.
EU5C SWD-DP PXC

2900543 ELR H3-I-SC-24DC/500AC-2
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
US GND R L GND_E MAN RES AUT 2900545 ELR H3-I-SC-24DC/500AC-9

PROFIBUS-DP
CONTACTRON N in1
POW
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
96 95 97
M
3~
PE
Emergency stop wiring example (two-channel)
F1
L1 F2 0,9
Output current [A]
L2 F3
L3 0,8 1
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4 2
SWD 0,3
0,2
0,1
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
SWD SWD
+ EN+ EN– – Derating curve for ELR H5-IES-SC-SWD/500AC-0,6

AUX
SWD EN 100% operating time
EM SWD-ADAPTER
Config.
EU5C SWD-DP PXC
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
US GND R L GND_E MAN RES AUT

Output current [A]
9
8
PROFIBUS-DP
7
CONTACTRON N in1 6
5 1
4
3
2
POW 2
1 2
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
96 95 97 0,18
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70

Derating curve for ELR H5-IES-SC-SWD/500AC-2 and
ELR H5-IES-SC-SWD/500AC-9
M 100% operating time
3~
PE
Wiring example without emergency stop 1 Aligned with > 20 mm spacing


CONTACTRON bridge
The flexible CONTACTRON loop bridge

(BRIDGE-) simplifies the supply and loop-
ing through of phases L1, L2, and L3.
It is available in 2- to 10-way versions for
modules in the CONTACTRON family with
22.5 mm housing width.
Features of the 3-phase loop bridge:
– Saves considerable wiring
– Suitable for CONTACTRON series
- ELR H3 0.3 m connecting cable
- ELR H5 with ferrules
- ELR (W)3
- EMMIFS
– Bridging of 2 to 10 devices with maximum
module spacing of 22.5 mm Technical data
– Up to 575 V AC/3 x 25 A General data
– Additional bridge versions available on Nominal voltage UN 575 V AC
request Nominal current at UN 25 A
Cross section 2.5 mm²
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
3-phase loop bridge
2-way BRIDGE- 2 2900746 1
3-way BRIDGE- 3 2900747 1
4-way BRIDGE- 4 2900748 1
5-way BRIDGE- 5 2900749 1
6-way BRIDGE- 6 2900750 1
7-way BRIDGE- 7 2900751 1
8-way BRIDGE- 8 2900752 1
9-way BRIDGE- 9 2900753 1
10-way BRIDGE-10 2900754 1
≤22,5 mm
1 2 3 4 ... 10
≤55 mm
36 PHOENIX CONTACT
3 m connecting cable
without ferrules
Technical data
575 V AC
25 A
2.5 mm²
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Type Order No.
Pkt.
BRIDGE- 2-3M 2901543 1

BRIDGE- 3-3M 2901656 1
BRIDGE- 4-3M 2901659 1
BRIDGE- 5-3M 2901545 1
BRIDGE- 6-3M 2901697 1
BRIDGE- 7-3M 2901698 1
BRIDGE- 8-3M 2901700 1
BRIDGE- 9-3M 2901701 1
BRIDGE-10-3M 2901702 1

Three-phase solid-state reversing Notes:
contactors Type of insulation housing: H
ELR W 3...2, ELR W 3...9
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green D W
The three-phase solid-state reversing ELR W 3...16, ELR W 3...37
Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: green
contactor with an integrated locking circuit
and load wiring are intended for applications See Catalog 5
such as control valves, slides, separating fil-
ters, ship steering gears, etc. The scope of
performance ranges from 575 V AC/3 x 2 A
to 575 V AC/3 x 37 A.
Advantages of three-phase solid-state re-
versing contactors:
– Noise-free and wear-free switching For reversing 3~ AC motors
– Integrated protective circuit up to 575 V AC/3 x 2 A
– Stable and short switching times

– High switching frequency
– Integrated locking and load wiring 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
– Thermal fuse optional
R
L
T
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
Technical data
Input data
Rated actuating voltage UC R/L 24 V DC 230 V AC
Rated actuating current IC at UC 12.7 mA 11.2 mA

Surge protection
Operating voltage / status / error indicator - / Yellow LED / Red LED
Periodic peak reverse voltage 1200 V 1200 V

Minimum load current 100 mA 100 mA
Leakage current 6 mA 6 mA
Maximum load value I2 x t (t = 10 ms) 250 A2s 250 A2s
Output protection RCV circuit
General data
Rated surge voltage 6 kV/basic isolation 6 kV/basic isolation
Reversing frequency max. 10 Hz max. 2 Hz
Output current [A]
10 Switching frequency max. 5 Hz max. 1 Hz

ELR ...-9
8 Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
7 Power station requirements DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d
6
5 Degree of protection according to IEC 60529/ EN 60529 IP20
3 ELR ...-2 Mounting Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
2 Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
1
- Control side 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
- Load side 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
10 20 40 60
Dimensions W/H/D 40 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm
Load current as a function of the ambient temperature Ordering data
Operating time: 100% operating factor
Pcs. /
Output current [A]

45 Pkt.
40 ELR ...-37
3-phase solid-state reversing contactor
35
ELR W3- 24DC/500AC- 2 2297293 1
30
25 ELR W3-230AC/500AC- 2 2297303 1
20 ELR ...-16 Accessories
15
10 Thermal fuse THERMAL FUSE TF104 2900796 1
5
10 20 40 60
Load current as a function of the ambient temperature
38 PHOENIX CONTACT
H H H
D W D W D W
For reversing 3~ AC motors For reversing 3~ AC motors For reversing 3~ AC motors

up to 575 V AC/3 x 9 A up to 575 V AC/3 x 16 A up to 575 V AC/3 x 37 A
  
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
R
R R L
L L T
T T
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
24 V DC 230 V AC 24 V DC 230 V AC 24 V DC 230 V AC

0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1 0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1 0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1
12.7 mA 11.2 mA 12.7 mA 11.2 mA 12.7 mA 11.2 mA

- / Yellow LED / Red LED - / Yellow LED / Red LED - / Yellow LED / Red LED
48 V AC ... 575 V AC 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V 1200 V 1200 V 1200 V 1200 V 1200 V
max. 9 A max. 9 A max. 16 A max. 16 A max. 37 A max. 37 A
(see derating curve) (see derating curve) (see derating curve) (see derating curve) (see derating curve) (see derating curve)
300 A (t = 10 ms) 300 A (t = 10 ms) 300 A (t = 10 ms) 300 A (t = 10 ms) 1300 A (t = 10 ms) 1300 A (t = 10 ms)
100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 200 mA 200 mA
< 1.5 V < 1.5 V < 1.5 V < 1.5 V < 1.5 V < 1.5 V
6 mA 6 mA 6 mA 6 mA 6 mA 6 mA
580 A2s 580 A2s 580 A2s 580 A2s 9000 A2s 9000 A2s
RCV circuit RCV circuit RCV circuit
500 V 500 V 500 V

6 kV/basic isolation 6 kV/basic isolation 6 kV/basic isolation 6 kV/basic isolation 6 kV/basic isolation 6 kV/basic isolation
max. 10 Hz max. 2 Hz max. 10 Hz max. 2 Hz max. 10 Hz max. 2 Hz
-25°C ... 70°C -25°C ... 70°C -25°C ... 70°C
DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d
IP20 IP20 IP20
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 0.5 - 16 mm² / 0.5 - 16 mm² / 20 - 6 0.5 - 16 mm² / 0.5 - 16 mm² / 20 - 6

Pkt. Pkt. Pkt.
ELR W3- 24DC/500AC- 9 2297316 1 ELR W3- 24DC/500AC-16 2297332 1 ELR W2+1- 24DC/500AC-37 2297374 1
ELR W3-230AC/500AC- 9 2297329 1 ELR W3-230AC/500AC-16 2297345 1 ELR W2+1-230AC/500AC-37 2297387 1

THERMAL FUSE TF104 2900796 1 THERMAL FUSE TF104 2900796 1 THERMAL FUSE TF104 2900796 1

Three-phase semiconductor contactor Notes:
Type of insulation housing: H
ELR 3...2, ELR 3...9
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green D W
Motors of mixers, machine tools, convey- ELR 3...16, ELR 3...37
Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: green
ing systems, pumps, and fans up to
575 V AC/3 x 37 A (equivalent to 1 kW to See Catalog 5
18.5 kW) can be controlled using the
CONTACTRON three-phase semiconduc-
tor contactors.
Advantages of three-phase semiconduc-
tor contactors:
– Noise-free and wear-free switching
– Integrated protective circuit For switching 3~ AC motors
– Stable and short switching times up to 575 V AC/3 x 2 A

– Thermal fuse optional
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3

ON
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
Technical data
Input data
Rated actuation voltage UC ON 24 V DC 230 V AC
Rated actuating current IC at UC 8.3 mA 12.5 mA

Surge protection
Operating voltage / status / error indicator - / Yellow LED / Red LED

Leakage current 6 mA 6 mA
General data
Rated surge voltage 6 kV/basic isolation 6 kV/basic isolation
Switching frequency max. 10 Hz max. 1 Hz
Output current [A]

ELR ...-9
9 Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
8 Power station requirements DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d
7 Degree of protection according to IEC 60529/ EN 60529 IP20
6
3 ELR ...-2 Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
2 - Control side 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
1
- Load side 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
Dimensions W/H/D 40 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm
10 20 40 60
Ambient temperature [°C] Ordering data
Operating time: 100% operating factor Pcs. /
Pkt.
Output current [A]
45 Three-phase semiconductor contactor

40 ELR ...-37
ELR 3- 24DC/500AC- 2 2297196 1
35
ELR 3-230AC/500AC- 2 2297206 1
30
25 Accessories
20 ELR ...-16
15 Thermal fuse THERMAL FUSE TF104 2900796 1
10
5
10 20 40 60
40 PHOENIX CONTACT
H H H
D W D W D W
For switching 3~ AC motors For switching 3~ AC motors For switching 3~ AC motors

up to 575 V AC/3 x 9 A up to 575 V AC/3 x 16 A up to 575 V AC/3 x 37 A
  
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3

ON ON ON
T T T
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
24 V DC 230 V AC 24 V DC 230 V AC 24 V DC 230 V AC

0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1 0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1 0.8 ... 1.25 0.4 ... 1.1
8.3 mA 12.5 mA 8.3 mA 12.5 mA 8.3 mA 12.5 mA

- / Yellow LED / Red LED - / Yellow LED / Red LED - / Yellow LED / Red LED
48 V AC ... 575 V AC 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V 1200 V 1200 V 1200 V 1200 V 1200 V
max. 9 A max. 9 A max. 16 A max. 16 A max. 37 A max. 37 A
(see derating curve) (see derating curve) (see derating curve) (see derating curve) (see derating curve) (see derating curve)
300 A (t = 10 ms) 300 A (t = 10 ms) 300 A (t = 10 ms) 300 A (t = 10 ms) 1300 A (t = 10 ms) 1300 A (t = 10 ms)
100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 200 mA 200 mA
< 1.5 V < 1.5 V < 1.5 V < 1.5 V < 1.5 V < 1.5 V
6 mA 6 mA 6 mA 6 mA 6 mA 6 mA
580 A2s 580 A2s 580 A2s 580 A2s 9000 A2s 9000 A2s
RCV circuit RCV circuit RCV circuit
500 V 500 V 500 V

6 kV/basic isolation 6 kV/basic isolation 6 kV/basic isolation 6 kV/basic isolation 6 kV/basic isolation 6 kV/basic isolation
-25°C ... 70°C -25°C ... 70°C -25°C ... 70°C
DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d
IP20 IP20 IP20
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 0.5 - 16 mm² / 0.5 - 16 mm² / 20 - 6 0.5 - 16 mm² / 0.5 - 16 mm² / 20 - 6

Pkt. Pkt. Pkt.
ELR 3- 24DC/500AC- 9 2297219 1 ELR 3- 24DC/500AC-16 2297235 1 ELR 2+1- 24DC/500AC-37 2297277 1
ELR 3-230AC/500AC- 9 2297222 1 ELR 3-230AC/500AC-16 2297248 1 ELR 2+1-230AC/500AC-37 2297280 1

THERMAL FUSE TF104 2900796 1 THERMAL FUSE TF104 2900796 1 THERMAL FUSE TF104 2900796 1

Electronic reversing load relay, Notes:
with integrated soft switch Type of housing: D W
Polycarbonate PC, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material H
The ELR W 3/9-400 S soft switch can be See Catalog 5
used to increase the service life of a 3-phase 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
induction motor.
– Parameterization is performed directly on
the device via display and keyboard
– Friction time
– Torque, start
– Start time
– Stop time
– Torque, stop
– Braking time
– Braking torque
– Drive can be controlled locally via
keyboard
Parameterization
24V DC UIN
1/L1
3/L2
Logic 5/L3
2/T1
4/T2
L 6/T3
24V DC
& Memory
24V DC
R
Alarm
Technical data
Input data
Supply nominal voltage UVN 24 V DC
Supply voltage range with reference to UVN 0.8 ... 1.2
Quiescent current 85 mA
Control voltage UST right/left 24 V DC
Control voltage range in reference to UST 0.8 ... 1.2
Typ. input current at UN 5 mA
Maximum switching voltage 440 V AC (L1/T1)
440 V AC (L2/T2)
440 V AC (L3/T3)
Output voltage range 110 V AC ... 433 V AC
Periodic peak reverse voltage 1000 V
Load current < 8 A (IL1, at 20°C Tu, see derating)
< 8 A (IL2, at 20°C Tu, see derating)

< 8 A (IL3, at 20°C Tu, see derating)
Surge current 230 A (tp = 10 ms, at 25°C)
Minimum load current 150 mA
Residual voltage Typ. 1.5 V (For IL)
Leakage current 5 mA (IL1, in switched-off state)
Output protection RC element, surge protection
General data
Test voltage input/output 2.5 kV
Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178 / Safe isolation
Power station requirements DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d
EMC regulations EN 61000-6-2 / EN 61000-6-4
Mounting position Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Mounting Can be aligned with > 20 mm spacing
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 - 6 mm² / 0.2 - 4 mm² / 24 - 10
Dimensions W/H/D 62 mm / 94 mm / 122 mm
Ordering data
Load current [A]
Pcs. /
Pkt.
8
7 Electronic reversing load relay, with an integrated soft switch
6
5 ELR W3/ 9-400 S1) 2963569 1
4
3
2
1
0
10 20 30 40 50 60
42 PHOENIX CONTACT
Operation
ON OFF
delay delay
100% operation positive
Torque, start
Torque, stop
Start time Switch Stop time

Friction time
operation
100% operation positive
Torque, start
Braking time
Torque, stop
Start time Switch

Friction time
operation
100% operation negative
Switch-off procedure
The figure shows the control of the

reversing load relay with a soft starter and
the operation of a three-phase current load.

Electronic reversing load relay for DC Notes:
motors Type of housing: D W
The ELR-DC electronic reversing load See Catalog 5
relays allow mechanically commutated DC PWM = Pulse Width Modulation
motors to be switched. They reverse and 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
reduce the speed of DC motors up to 24
V/6 A in a wear-free manner. A short-circuit,
surge-voltage, and overload-proof output
guarantees reliable use in the plant.
If a 24 V DC signal is applied to the “left”
input, the ELR-DC is interconnected so that
the output supplies the motor with voltage.
If the “right” input is triggered, the polarity
of the voltage is inverted on the output. By
triggering both inputs, i.e., “right” and

“left”, the motor is short-circuited internal-
ly via the ELR-DC and reduces the speed. +U
Thanks to the internal interlocking circuit
and load wiring, wiring expense is reduced
to a minimum.
M+
R Logic
M-
L
GND
Technical data
Input data
Control voltage UST right/left 24 V DC 24 V DC
Control voltage range in reference to UST 0.8 ... 1.2 0.8 ... 1.2
Typ. input current at UN 3 mA 3 mA
Operating voltage / status / error indicator Green LED / LED yellow, forward running (R), LED yellow,
reverse running (L) / -
PWM option
Application example Maximum clock frequency of the PWM at the control inputs 1000 Hz 1000 Hz
Pulse width repetition rate of the PWM 0% ... 100% 0% ... 100%
M
Output voltage range 10 V DC ... 30 V DC 10 V DC ... 30 V DC
Load current 2A 6A
(Mounted in rows with (see derating curve)
zero spacing)
24V GND
M+ M-
R
Quiescent current Approx. 7 mA Approx. 7 mA

(When switched off) (When switched off)
U
R
L
L
Current limitation at short-circuits 15 A 20 A

24 V DC - + Output protection Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Operating voltage / status / error indicator Green LED / - / -
General data
Test voltage input/output 2.5 kV AC
Status table Standards/regulations EN 50178 / Basic insulation
Input Output Mounting position Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Right Left M+ M– Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 - 6 mm² / 0.2 - 4 mm² / 24 - 10
0 0 High resistance High resistance
1 0 +24 V GND
Ordering data
0 1 GND +24 V Pcs. /
Pkt.
1 1 GND GND
3-phase solid-state reversing contactor, for controlling DC motors
Load current depending on ambient temperature ELR W1/ 2-24DC1) 2963598 1

Operating time: 100% OT ELR W1/ 6-24DC1) 2982090 1
Load current [A]
6 1
5
4
3 2
2
1
0 10 20 30 40 50 60
1 Single device
44 PHOENIX CONTACT

Single-phase solid-state contactors Notes:
Type of housing: H
D W
Single-phase solid-state contactors are See Catalog 5
used in AC voltage networks wherever
silent switching, high switching frequencies,
and a practically unlimited service life are
required.
The sturdy power semi-conductors
switch in zero voltage crossing and thus
produce no additional high-frequency inter-
ferences. The modules are insensitive to
shock loads and vibrations – even use in ag- For switching 1~ AC motors
gressive, polluted environments is unprob- up to 660 V AC/20 A
lematic.
They offer the following advantages:

– Wear-free and output-free
– Input voltage versions 24 V DC and A1
+ 1/L1
230 V AC
Common areas of application are:
Zero voltage
switch
– Production machines
– Temperature controllers
– Conveyor equipment A2
– Light and lighting systems. - 2/T1
Technical data
Input data
Input voltage range 4 V DC ... 32 V DC 24 V AC ... 275 V AC
Typ. input current at UN Approx. 12 mA Approx. 17 mA
Switching level 1 signal (“H”) ≥ 4 V DC ≥ 22 V AC
0 signal (“L”) ≤ 1 V DC ≤ 6 V AC
Transmission frequency flimit 25 Hz 6 Hz
Operating voltage / status / error indicator Green LED / - / -
Output voltage range 42 V AC ... 660 V AC (45/65 Hz) 42 V AC ... 660 V AC (45/65 Hz)
Load current 20 A (see derating curve) 20 A (see derating curve)

Leakage current < 3 mA (In off state) < 3 mA (In off state)
Phase angle (cos φ) 0.5 0.5

General data
Test voltage input/output 4 kVrms
Standards/regulations EN 61000-4-2 / EN 61000-4-3 / EN 61000-4-4 / EN 61000-4-5 /
EN 61000-4-6 / EN 55011 / Basic insulation

Mounting Can be aligned with ≥ 22.5 mm spacing
- Control side 0.5 - 2.5 mm² / 0.5 - 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14
- Load side 0.5 - 4 mm² / 0.5 - 4 mm² / 20 - 12
Dimensions W/H/D 22.5 mm / 103 mm / 103 mm
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Single-phase electronic load relay
Output current [A]
ELR 1- 24DC/600AC-20 2297138 1

50 ELR 1-230AC/600AC-20 2297141 1
40
30
28,5
20
16
1011
10 20 40 60
46 PHOENIX CONTACT
H H
D W D W
For switching 1~ AC motors For switching 1~ AC motors

up to 660 V AC/30 A up to 660 V AC/50 A
 
A1 A1
+ 1/L1 + 1/L1
Zero voltage
Zero voltage
switch
switch
A2 A2
- 2/T1 - 2/T1
4 V DC ... 32 V DC 24 V AC ... 275 V AC 4 V DC ... 32 V DC 24 V AC ... 275 V AC

Approx. 12 mA Approx. 17 mA Approx. 12 mA Approx. 17 mA
≥ 4 V DC ≥ 22 V AC ≥ 4 V DC ≥ 22 V AC
≤ 1 V DC ≤ 6 V AC ≤ 1 V DC ≤ 6 V AC
25 Hz 6 Hz 25 Hz 6 Hz
Green LED / - / - Green LED / - / -
42 V AC ... 660 V AC (45/65 Hz) 42 V AC ... 660 V AC (45/65 Hz) 42 V AC ... 660 V AC (45/65 Hz) 42 V AC ... 660 V AC (45/65 Hz)
1200 V 1200 V 1200 V 1200 V
30 A (see derating curve) 30 A (see derating curve) 50 A (see derating curve) 50 A (see derating curve)
400 A (t = 10 ms) 400 A (t = 10 ms) 1900 A (t = 10 ms) 1900 A (t = 10 ms)

150 mA 150 mA 150 mA 150 mA
< 1.6 V < 1.6 V < 1.6 V < 1.6 V
< 3 mA (In off state) < 3 mA (In off state) < 3 mA (In off state) < 3 mA (In off state)
0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

1800 A2s 1800 A2s 18,000 A2s 18,000 A2s
RCV circuit RCV circuit
4 kVrms 4 kVrms
-30°C ... 70°C -30°C ... 70°C
EN 61000-4-2 / EN 61000-4-3 / EN 61000-4-4 / EN 61000-4-5 / EN 61000-4-2 / EN 61000-4-3 / EN 61000-4-4 / EN 61000-4-5 /
EN 61000-4-6 / EN 55011 / Basic insulation EN 61000-4-6 / EN 55011 / Basic insulation
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)

Can be aligned with ≥ 22.5 mm spacing Can be aligned with ≥ 22.5 mm spacing
0.5 - 2.5 mm² / 0.5 - 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 0.5 - 4 mm² / 0.5 - 4 mm² / 20 - 12
0.5 - 4 mm² / 0.5 - 4 mm² / 20 - 12 4 - 25 mm² / 4 - 25 mm² / 12 - 3
22.5 mm / 103 mm / 103 mm 45 mm / 103 mm / 103 mm
Pcs. / Pcs. /
Type Order No. Type Order No.
Pkt. Pkt.
ELR 1- 24DC/600AC-30 2297154 1 ELR 1- 24DC/600AC-50 2297170 1

ELR 1-230AC/600AC-30 2297167 1 ELR 1-230AC/600AC-50 2297183 1

IP67 motor starters
PROFINET motor starter
Motor starters in robust stainless steel

housing (IP67) can be used directly in the
system as a compact function unit. This
eliminates the complex wiring of individual
functions in the control cabinet.
The motor starter can be used to control
three-phase asynchronous motors in two
directions of rotation, completely via
PROFINET. Distributed sensors and actua-
tors can be directly connected to Electronic motor starters,
PROFINET without the need for further in- 1 x 1.1 kW and 2 x 1.1 kW
termediate stations or additional cabling.
A complete PROFINET motor starter con-
PROFIBUS
sists of three products. For example:
– ELR 5011 IP PN Technical data
– IBS IP 400 MBH-F ELR 5011 IP PN ELR 5011-2 IP PN
– IBS PG SET Interface
Fieldbus system PROFINET
Additional features: Connection method 8-pos. RJ45 socket on motor starter
– Performance classes: 0.06 kW to 3.0 kW Power supply for module electronics
Supply voltage 24 V DC (US1 / US2)
– Simple assembly Supply voltage range 20 V DC ... 30 V DC (including ripple)
– Plug-in connection system
Power supply for sensors
– Exchangeable module electronics Minimum voltage UINI = US1 minus 1 V
– Status and diagnostic indicators on the Nominal current per sensor 500 mA
module Type of protection Short-circuit/overload protection
Digital inputs
– 10 digital inputs for connecting sensors Number of inputs 10
– 4 digital outputs for connecting actuators Connection method M12 plug-in connector
– One- and two-motor reversing starters Connection method
Digital outputs
2, 3, 4-conductor
Notes: Number of outputs 4

Connection method M12 plug-in connector
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Connection method 2-conductor
Output current max. 500 mA (per channel)
Motor starter, output
Connection method POWER-COMBICON
Operating voltage 360 V AC ... 550 V AC (line voltage 50/60 Hz)
Nominal current range 0.18 A ... 2.4 A

Frequency range 50 Hz ... 60 Hz (mains frequency)
Nominal motor power 1.1 kW (at Umains= 400 V AC)
Motor monitoring
Parameterization range 0.2 A ... 2.4 A
Tripping class Based on class 10 A of IEC 60947
General data
Weight 2115 g 2425 g
Degree of protection IP67 according to IEC 60529
Ambient temperature (operation) -25°C ... 50°C (no condensation)
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
- 1-channel reversing starter, 1.1 kW ELR 5011 IP PN 2700745 1
- 2-channel reversing starter, 1.1 kW ELR 5011-2 IP PN 2701007 1
- 1-channel reversing starter, 3.0 kW
- 2-channel reversing starter, 3.0 kW
Lower part of the housing, stainless steel
- Standard version IBS IP 400 MBH -F1) 2732868 1
Pg screw connection, plastic (IP67), for INTERBUS and
PROFINET motor starters and variable frequency drives.
IBS PG SET 2836599 1
Accessories
RJ45 connector, shielded, with bend protection sleeve, x 2
- gray for straight cables FL PLUG RJ45 GR/2 2744856 1

- green for crossed cables FL PLUG RJ45 GN/2 2744571 1
Bus system cable VS-937/... 1402611 1
Crimping pliers, for assembling the RJ45 connectors FL CRIMPTOOL 2744869 1
48 PHOENIX CONTACT
IP67 motor starters
Electronic motor starters, High-grade steel lower part,

1 x 3.0 kW and 2 x 3.0 kW IP67 degree of protection

ELR 5030 IP PN ELR 5030-2 IP PN IBS IP 400 MBH -F1)
PROFINET -
8-pos. RJ45 socket on motor starter -
24 V DC (US1 / US2) -
20 V DC ... 30 V DC (including ripple) -
UINI = US1 minus 1 V -

500 mA -
Short-circuit/overload protection -
10 -
M12 plug-in connector -
2, 3, 4-conductor -
4 -
M12 plug-in connector -
2-conductor -
max. 500 mA (per channel) -
POWER-COMBICON -
360 V AC ... 550 V AC (line voltage 50/60 Hz) -
2.4 A ... 6 A -
50 Hz ... 60 Hz (mains frequency) -
3 kW (at Umains= 400 V AC) -
2.4 A ... 6 A -
Based on class 10 A of IEC 60947 -
2115 g 2425 g 1130 g -

IP67 according to IEC 60529 IP67 according to IEC 60529 -
-25°C ... 50°C (no condensation) -
Pcs. / Pcs. /
Pkt. Pkt.
ELR 5030 IP PN 2701006 1

ELR 5030-2 IP PN 2701008 1
IBS IP 400 MBH -F1) 2732868 1 IBS IP 400 MBH -F1) 2732868 1
IBS PG SET 2836599 1 IBS PG SET 2836599 1
FL PLUG RJ45 GR/2 2744856 1 FL PLUG RJ45 GR/2 2744856 1

FL PLUG RJ45 GN/2 2744571 1 FL PLUG RJ45 GN/2 2744571 1
VS-937/... 1402611 1 VS-937/... 1402611 1
FL CRIMPTOOL 2744869 1 FL CRIMPTOOL 2744869 1

IP20 frequency inverters
Inline frequency inverters
Inline frequency inverters for the control

cabinet are the compact solution for ex-
tending your Easy Automation solution to
include electronic speed regulation for asyn-
chronous motors. The devices seamlessly
integrate into the Inline system and have
IP20 protection. Depending on the drive
task, you can select frequency inverters
from various performance classes, up to a
maximum of 4 kW. In order to connect to 0.75 kW
the Inline system via the Fieldline local bus,
you just need the IB IL 24 FLM-PAC Inline
module. The Inline frequency inverter can
be connected to a Phoenix Contact con-
troller via the Inline module. Technical data
Additional features: Interface
Name Fieldline local bus
– Maximum motor power Connection method 9-pos. D-SUB plug/socket
0.75 kW, 1.5 kW, 2.2 kW, and 4.0 kW Power supply for module electronics
– 3 x 400 V mains input (±15%) 50/60 Hz Supply voltage 24 V DC ±15%
Supply voltage range 20.4 V DC ... 27.6 V DC ±15%
– DTM for parameterization and diagnos- Digital inputs
tics Number of inputs 5
– 8 freely programmable parameter records Connection method
Connection method
COMBICON
Spring-cage connection
– PTC evaluation for Digital outputs
2.2 kW and 4.0 kW versions Number of outputs 1
Connection method COMBICON
– Integrated line filter Connection method Spring-cage connection
– U/f linear and U/f square operating modes Motor starter, output
– S-ramp function Connection method PCB terminal block
Nominal current range 2.6 A (Short-term peak current, 1.5 times the nominal current for 30 s;
– Motor protection function (I2t) permissible continuous current, 1.2 times the nominal current range)
– Connection of a braking resistor
– DC braking Frequency range 0 Hz ... 400 Hz
– Evaluation of the temperature switch in Nominal motor power 0.75 kW
Tripping class 5.6 A OC tripping current
the motor General data
– Voltage boost Weight 1400 g
– 1 x analog input, 1 x analog output, Degree of protection IP20
Width 86.8 mm
1 x relay output Height 184 mm
Depth 132.9 mm
Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Inline frequency inverters for the control cabinet
VFD 5007 IL IB 2701054 1
Accessories
Inline Modular branch terminal for coupling one IB IL 24 FLM-PAC1) 2736903 1
Fieldline Modular M8 local bus at the end of an Inline station
Remote bus cable, highly stranded, 3 x 2 x 0.25 mm² IBS RBC/F-T/ 2740151 1
50 PHOENIX CONTACT
IP20 frequency inverters
Frequency inverter for a max. motor power of Frequency inverter for a max. motor power of Frequency inverter for a max. motor power of
up to 1.5 kW up to 2.2 kW up to 4.0 kW
Fieldline local bus Fieldline local bus Fieldline local bus

9-pos. D-SUB plug/socket 9-pos. D-SUB plug/socket 9-pos. D-SUB plug/socket
24 V DC ±15% 24 V DC ±15% 24 V DC ±15%

20.4 V DC ... 27.6 V DC ±15% 20.4 V DC ... 27.6 V DC ±15% 20.4 V DC ... 27.6 V DC ±15%
5 5 5
COMBICON COMBICON COMBICON
Spring-cage connection Spring-cage connection Spring-cage connection
1 1 1
COMBICON COMBICON COMBICON
Spring-cage connection Spring-cage connection Spring-cage connection
PCB terminal block PCB terminal block PCB terminal block

4.1 A (Short-term peak current, 1.5 times the nominal current for 30 s; 5.8 A (Short-term peak current, 1.5 times the nominal current for 30 s; 9.1 A (Short-term peak current, 1.5 times the nominal current for 30 s;
permissible continuous current, 1.2 times the nominal current range) permissible continuous current, 1.2 times the nominal current range) permissible continuous current, 1.2 times the nominal current range)
0 Hz ... 400 Hz 0 Hz ... 400 Hz 0 Hz ... 400 Hz

1.5 kW 2.2 kW 4 kW
8.8 A OC tripping current 12.5 A OC tripping current 21 A OC tripping current
1400 g 2006 g 2006 g

IP20 IP20 IP20
86.8 mm 114 mm 114 mm
184 mm 184 mm 184 mm
132.9 mm 153 mm 153 mm

Pkt. Pkt. Pkt.
VFD 5015 IL IB 2701055 1 VFD 5022 IL IB 2701057 1 VFD 5040 IL IB 2701058 1

IB IL 24 FLM-PAC1) 2736903 1 IB IL 24 FLM-PAC1) 2736903 1 IB IL 24 FLM-PAC1) 2736903 1
IBS RBC/F-T/ 2740151 1 IBS RBC/F-T/ 2740151 1 IBS RBC/F-T/ 2740151 1

52 PHOENIX CONTACT
The modular analog converters for mea-

surement and control technology prevent
analog signals from being distorted by dis-
Product overview 54
turbance variables. With accurate conver-

sion, isolation, filtering or amplification of Selection guide for isolating amplifiers 56
analog signals, they secure and increase
transmission quality and therefore the qual- Basics 58
ity of closed-loop control circuits.
Highly compact isolating amplifiers –
We offer the following product ranges: MINI Analog 64
Analog IN/Analog OUT 66
Highly compact isolating amplifiers – Temperature 76
MINI Analog Frequency 82
For significant space savings and efficiency Potentiometers 84
– Design width of just 6.2 mm
– System cabling and multiplexer solutions Limit values 85
– 3-way electrical isolation Digital IN 86
Accessories 87
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional
safety – MACX Analog Isolating amplifiers with
For maximum signal safety SIL functional safety – MACX Analog 100
– Consistent SIL certification Analog IN/Analog OUT 102
– Safe 3-way electrical isolation Temperature potentiometers/limit values 110
Digital IN 120
Isolating amplifiers, special types, and Accessories 126
digital displays – MCR Analog
For special applications in signal processing
Isolating amplifiers, special designs, and
– Electrical isolation digital displays – MCR Analog 130
– Record and convert temperatures directly Analog IN/Analog OUT 131
in the field
Temperature potentiometers/limit values 136
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL Frequency 144
functional safety – MACX Analog Ex Limit values 146
For intrinsically safe circuits in the Ex area Accessories 149
– Maximum explosion protection for all Digital displays 150
Ex zones and gas groups
– Design width of just 12.5 mm for all
EX i isolating amplifiers with
single- and two-channel devices SIL functional safety – MACX Analog Ex 152
– Safe 3-way electrical isolation
Analog IN 160
Analog OUT 164
Temperature 165
Digital IN 172
Digital OUT 179
Accessories 182

Multiplexers for HART signals 186

Ex i 2-conductor field devices 187
Accessories 190
PHOENIX CONTACT 53
Product overview
Highly compact isolating amplifiers
MINI Analog Supply components, feed-through terminal System cabling, termination carriers Surge protection
Page 64 blocks, marking material Page 88 Page 92 Page 98
Digital displays Ex i isolating amplifiers with functional safety
For standard signals, setpoint adjusters MACX Analog Ex Supply components, marking material System cabling, termination carriers
Energy and power measuring technology
EMpro energy meters EMpro special function and communication PSK data logger kits PSK compressed air meters
Page 200 modules Page 202 Page 206 Page 208
Current protectors, AC Voltage transducers SOLARCHECK PV string monitoring EMD-BL

Page 235 Page 236 Page 134 compact monitoring relays Page 250
54 PHOENIX CONTACT
Product overview
Isolating amplifiers with functional safety Isolating amplifiers

Special designs
MACX Analog Supply components, marking material System cabling, termination carriers MCR Analog
Multiplexers Ex i 2-cond. field devices Accessories
Multiplexers for HART signals Ex i 2-conductor field devices Shield fast connection Test plugs
Current transformers Test disconnect Current and voltage measuring technology

terminal blocks
PACT current transformers Test disconnect terminal blocks Current transducers, AC/DC Current transducers, AC
Controllers Surge protection
EMD Controllers Surge protection for measurement and

multifunctional monitoring relays Page 252 See Catalog 8 control technology
See Catalog 6

Selection guide for isolating amplifiers
Highly compact isolating amplifiers -

MINI Analog
Analog IN/Analog OUT Page

3-way isolating amplifiers Configurable From 66
Fixed signal combinations 71
4-way signal duplicators Configurable 72
3-way repeater power supplies 1-channel 73
Signal duplicators
2-channel
2-way passive isolators Supplied by an input loop 74
Supplied by an output loop 75
3-way output isolators Fixed signal combinations
Digital displays Standard signals
Setpoint adjuster
Temperature
Temperature transducers Universal
Universal, supplied by an output loop
For resistance thermometers (RTD) 76
For resistance thermometers (RTD), passive
For Pt 100 From 77
For Pt 100, supplied by an output loop 79
For thermocouples 80
For thermocouples, type J and K 81
Temperature head transmitters Universal, supplied by an output loop
Pt 100, supplied by an output loop
Frequency
Frequency transducers Universal 82
Analog frequency transducers 83
Potentiometer/resistor
Potiposition transducers 84
Setpoint potentiometers
Limit values
Threshold value switches Standard analog signals, universal
Standard analog signals 85
Temperature
Digital IN
Isolation amplifiers NAMUR sensors, floating contacts 86
NAMUR sensors, floating contacts, 2-channel
NAMUR sensors, floating contacts, wide range

NAMUR sensors on NAM
Digital OUT
Solenoid drivers Loop-powered
With line fault detection
Accessories
Configuration Configuration software
Cables 119
Display unit and operator interface, removable
Holder module for display unit and operator interface
Constant voltage source Constant voltage source 87
Setpoint potentiometers
System cabling System components 94
1:1 feed-through terminal block 88
Termination carriers 97
Multiplexers Analog multiplexers 95
Multiplexers for HART signals
Power terminal block/error message modules/
Supply components From 89
T-Connectors/system power supply
Marking material 88
Surge protection 98
Shield fast connection 191
Test plugs
Resistance circuit For line fault detection 183
56 PHOENIX CONTACT
Selection guide for isolating amplifiers
Isolating amplifiers with Special types of isolating amplifiers Ex i isolating amplifiers with
functional safety - MACX Analog and digital displays functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Page Page Page

From 102
131 160
132
106 160
107 161
162
134
109 164
150
151
From 114 136 From 168

140 187
110 165
138
141
112 166
142 188
143 189
144
From 114 From 168

148
146
147
139
116 170
146
120 172
124 176
122 174
125 177
123 175
178
From 179
179
149 149
119 149 149
118
118
148
129 184
186
From 126 126
127 127
191 191 191

191 191
183 183

Basics
Input Analog output Digital output

Maximum input signal Maximum output signal Relays
The maximum input signal describes the If the devices operate without fault condi- Many of the products with a relay output
value achieved before any damage occurs to tions, an overload at the input cannot cause that are shown in the catalog feature hard
the module and the signal generator. If these greater values than this maximum to occur gold-plated relay contact material. The volt-
values are exceeded, suppresser diodes can at the output. age range has an important role to play in
be triggered to short circuit this input when terms of how this contact material can be
a surge voltage is detected. The transmis- Zero/span adjustment used. Up to 50 mA can be transmitted with
sion range of the analog signals is located When the zero point is set, the zero point voltage ranges of up to 30 V AC/36 V DC.
exclusively within the specified input ranges. of an analog output is adjusted and set in re- Even very small currents are transmitted
lation to the input signal. perfectly. If the aforementioned voltage
Input resistance When the “amplification” span is set, the range is exceeded and values of 250 V
The input resistance of an isolating ampli- analog output is adjusted in relation to the AC/DC are processed, currents of up to 2
fier or measuring transducer is determined input signal. In this case, the output charac- A can flow. However, in this case the subse-
in such a way as to ensure that the input sig- teristic is increased or decreased by an am- quent transmission of small currents can no
nal is loaded only slightly. This results in a plification factor. longer be guaranteed.
low-resistance input for current inputs and
a high-resistance input for voltage inputs. Load Transistor
The load on the output side indicates the A PNP transistor switching output can be
Voltage drop load-carrying capacity of a measuring trans- used to transmit 24 V DC switching signals
In the case of passive isolators, the input ducer or an isolating amplifier. Current out- up to approximately 100 mA.
voltage drop occurs as a result of the volt- puts can usually drive a maximum of 500 ,
age drop of the operational load and the voltage outputs can be loaded with a mini-
auxiliary power requirements of the mod- mum of up to 10 k.
ule. The greater the auxiliary power re- General data
quirements of the passive isolator, the Residual ripple/ripple
smaller the operational output load is al- A superimposed ripple can appear on the Supply voltage
lowed to be. Low auxiliary power require- output signal due to signal conditioning re- The product range includes DC and AC
ments are regarded as an indicator of device quired by the circuit. The residual ripple is power supply units for specific products.
quality. indicated in mVPP or mVrms. There is a standard power supply unit avail-
able in the form of a 24 V DC version that
Common mode rejection Open circuit response operates within a voltage range of
In the case of isolating amplifiers, opera- With some measuring transducers, the 20 ... 30 V DC. For other supply voltages,
tional amplifiers are used internally for input signal is permanently monitored for please refer to the technical data.
transmission purposes. In theory, opera- possible open circuits in the signal cable. If
tional amplifiers should display ideal trans- the signal exceeds or falls below a tolerance Current consumption
mission and amplification behavior. Howev- limit, an open circuit is detected and a de- The value specified here describes the
er, it is a different matter in practice. When fined output signal is sent. With program- auxiliary power requirements of the devic-
both input voltages are changed in the same mable devices, the output signals can be es. It also includes the output current and,
direction, i.e., exactly the same voltage to freely selected. where applicable, the switching output load.
ground is applied to both input terminal
blocks, this leads to an unintended output Transmission errors
signal. Theoretically, if the operational am- The transmission precision is a gauge of
plifier is ideal, no output signal should ap- the quality of a measuring transducer. It is
pear since the differential input signal is the deviation from the ideal transmission
“0 V”. Common mode rejection indicates characteristic curve and includes linearity,
the factor (in dB) by which the common in- span, and offset errors.
put voltage at both inputs is amplified to a
lesser extent than the difference in voltage Non-linearity
between the two inputs. Non-linearity is the deviation from the
ideal transmission precision without includ-
ing span and offset errors.
The non-linearity of a signal makes it pos-
sible to evaluate the course from zero to
end point. Normally, the linearity errors are
expressed as a percentage that indicates the
extent of deviation from the ideal transmis-
sion characteristic curve.
58 PHOENIX CONTACT
Basics
Temperature coefficient Ambient temperature range Protective circuit
The temperature coefficient provides an The temperature limits specified here re- In order to protect the measurement and
assessment of the extent to which precision late exclusively to operation. These limits control modules against surge voltages, sup-
deviates when the ambient temperature do not apply to storage and transport. It is pressor diodes are connected upstream of
around an isolating amplifier or measuring here where the temperature limits of the the signal and supply paths. These diodes
transducer changes. In most cases this is materials used are the decisive factor. If the behave in a similar manner to conventional
specified as a percentage. An alternative devices are outside of the specified temper- Zener diodes, except for the fact that sup-
definition is ppm/K (parts per million/Kel- ature range during assembly, they must be pressor diodes have faster response times
vin). Example: brought back within the specified tempera- and a higher maximum current.
250 ppm/K = 0.025%/K. ture range prior to system startup. It is im-
portant to make sure that no condensation
Limit frequency occurs during this process.
Isolating amplifiers are basically designed
to transmit DC signals. However, signal
changes call for a dynamic form of behavior
so that small AC quantities (normally:
30 Hz) can also be transmitted. This is
achieved by defining a limit frequency. At the
same time, a low limit frequency can be
used to suppress higher-frequency AC com-
ponents.
Step response
The step response indicates the response
time of the output signal when an input sig-
Information on directives and stan-
nal step occurs (10 ... 90%). The step re-
dards
sponse is inversely proportional to the limit When carrying out further processing of non-independent items of equip-
frequency. This means that the response ment (components), the applicable regulations pertaining to installation The relevant device-specific regulations also apply with regard to installa-
must be observed. tion in devices.
time decreases as the limit frequency in- (Standards applicable at the time of going to print)
creases. Directives EU International
EMC Directive (electromagnetic compatibility) 2004/108/EC -

Test voltage
The test voltage indicates the dielectric Low Voltage Directive (LVD) 2006/95/EC -
strength of an isolated distance and is deter-
Ex Directive (ATEX) 94/9/EC -
mined by type tests. In this test, a 50 Hz
voltage is applied for one minute; it de- Product standards
scribes the value achieved before a disrup- Electronic equipment for use in power installations EN 50178:1997 -
tive discharge is able to move to another
Safety requirements for electrical equipment for measurement, control and laboratory
potential level in the device. use - EN 61010-1:2001 IEC 61010-1:2004
Part 1: General requirements
Safe isolation Programmable controllers -

Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests EN 61131-2:2007 IEC 61131-2:2007
“Safe isolation” is defined as protection
EMC
against hazardous shock currents. When
module specifications are provided in accor- EMC - Part 6-2: Generic standards - Immunity for industrial environments EN 61000-6-2:2005 IEC 61000-6-2:2005
dance with EN 61010, a distinction is made
between faultless operation and operation EMC - Part 6-4: Generic standards - Emission standard for industrial environments EN 61000-6-4:2007 IEC 61000-6-4:2006
under fault conditions. Nominal supply volt-
ages of 30 V AC/60 V DC are deemed valid Electrical equipment for measurement, control and laboratory use EN 61326-1:2006 IEC 61326-1:2005
EMC requirements
for faultless operation.
ATEX
Electrical apparatus for explosive gas atmospheres - EN 60079-0:2006 IEC 60079-0:2007

Part 0: General requirements
Explosive atmospheres - EN 60079-11:2007 IEC 60079-11:2006

Part 11: Equipment protection by intrinsic safety “i”
Electrical apparatus for explosive gas atmospheres -

Part 15: Construction, test and marking of type of protection “n” electrical apparatus EN 60079-15:2005 IEC 60079-15:2005
Environmental tests
Environmental testing - EN 60068-2-1:2007 IEC 60068-2-1:2007

Part 2-1: Tests - Test A: Cold

Part 2-2: Tests - Test B: Dry heat

Part 2-6: Tests - Test Fc: Vibration (sinusoidal)

Basics
Active isolation
3-way isolation Input isolation Repeater power supply

Power for measuring
IN OUT Output sig- Output transducer IN OUT Output
Input signal Input signal IN OUT
nal signal signal
Input signal
POWER POWER
POWER
In the case of modules with this isolation In the case of modules with this isolation Repeater power supplies use the signal in-
method, all components that are connected method, the electronics connected on the put side not only for measured value acqui-
to the input, output or power supply are output side (e.g., the controller) are to be sition, but also to provide the necessary
protected against interference from each protected from interference from the field. power to the passive measurement sensors
other. All three directions (input, output, For this reason, only the input is electrically connected on the input side.
and power supply) are electrically isolated isolated from the output and the power On the output side, they provide a fil-
from one another accordingly. supply that are at the same potential. tered and amplified signal (e.g., from the
The 3-way isolation provides electrical On the input side, the modules need ac- controller).
isolation between the measurement sensor tive signals (e.g., from measurement sen- The isolation method used by these mod-
and the controller as well as between the sors). On the output side, they provide a fil- ules is input isolation.
controller and the actuator. tered and amplified signal (e.g., from the
On the input side, the modules need ac- controller).
tive signals. On the output side, they pro-
vide a filtered and amplified signal.
Passive isolation Applications

Passive isolation, supplied on the Passive isolation, supplied on the Problem: disruptive radiation
input side output side (loop-powered)
Power Power I
via signal IN Output IN
via signal
Input signal
Input signal OUT signal OUT RE
Output
signal
Solution:
The modules draw the power needed for The modules draw the power needed for
signal transmission and electrical isolation signal transmission and electrical isolation
from the active input circuit. On the output from the active output circuit, ideally from a I
side, a conditioned current signal is provid- PLC input board that supplies power. RE
ed to the controller or to actuators. On the output side, the loop-powered
This passive isolation allows signal condi- modules operate with a 4 ... 20 mA stan-
tioning (interruption of ground loops) and dard signal. On the input side, the passive
Problem: voltage difference in the ground potential
filtering without an additional power supply. isolator processes active signals.
When this isolation method is used, it is
important to make sure that the active sig-
RE
nal source connected on the output side
(e.g., an active PLC input board) is able to PGround 1 Ground current loop P
Ground 2
supply the passive isolator with power, as
well as operate its load. Solution:
RE
No ground current
PGround 1 loop PGround 2
60 PHOENIX CONTACT
Basics
Resistance thermometers
Resistance thermometers: Two-conductor connection technology Identical cable lengths and an identical
Resistance change as a function of the temperature
The resistance thermome- i ambient temperature are essential here.
ter is connected to the MCR R L1 Since this is more or less the case in the
10000
Resistance []
Pt 1000
measuring transducer using a R L2
majority of applications, three-conductor
1000 two-core cable. Please note technology is the most commonly encoun-
Pt 100
100 that the supply cable resistances are added tered today. Line compensation is not nec-
Pt 10 to the measured resistance and conse- essary.
0
-200
-100
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
quently distort the result.
Temperature [°C] A distance of 10 m should not be exceed-
ed.
Example: a 50 m long copper cable with a cross section of 0.5 mm2 has
Resistance thermometers (e.g., Pt 100, a specific resistance of 3.4 . A Pt 100 sensor has a resistance change of Four-conductor connection technology
Ni 1000) change their resistance value de- 0.384  per 1 K temperature change. This corresponds to an error of Four-conductor connection technology is
8.8°C.
pending on the temperature. The MCR an ideal connection technology for resis-
temperature transducers detect this change tance thermometers.
and convert it into a proportional analog The measurement result is affected nei-
signal. ther by cable resistances nor by their tem-
To avoid unwanted self-heating of the Three-conductor connection technology perature-dependent fluctuations. The volt-
sensor, the constant measured current Three-conductor technol- i age drop on the supply and return lines can
used is kept as low as possible ogy is normally used to mini- R L1
therefore be measured and compensated
(MCR-T-UI...  250 A). mize the effect of cable resis- for separately. Line compensation is not
R L2
tances. An additional cable is R L3 necessary.
connected to the resistance
thermometer, so that the latter can be mea-
sured using two measuring circuits, one of
which acts as a reference. In this way, it is
possible to compensate for the cable resis-
tance.
Thermocouples
Thermocouples: If the same temperature Fe Therefore, only the difference in the ther-
Thermocouple voltage change as a function of the temperature Cu
prevails at the measuring mal voltages between constantan (Cu-Ni)
junction (1) and the cold and iron is of relevance.
Thermocouple voltage [mV]
80
Typ E Cu
Typ J
junction (2), no current will CuNi A role is also played by the temperature
60
Typ K flow because the generated at the terminal point. If it is known, the tem-
Typ N
40
partial voltages cancel each other out. How- perature at the measuring junction can be
ever, if the temperatures at the measuring derived by adding the thermal voltage mea-
Typ R
20 Typ T
Typ S
junction and the cold junction are different, sured at the same junction.
Typ B different voltages are produced. These volt- The MCR temperature transducers for
0
ages do not completely cancel each other thermocouples therefore detect the tem-
out, and so current flows. perature at the terminal points and com-
0
-200
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
1400
1600
1800
Temperature [°C]
A thermocouple therefore always mea- pensate this value, which is also referred to
sures only one temperature difference. This as the reference junction or the cold junc-
In contrast to resistance thermometers, is derived from the difference between the tion.
thermocouples are active sources that gen- thermal voltages at the measuring junction This process is sometimes called cold
erate a voltage in the microvolt range. The and at the cold junction. junction compensation.
temperature difference measured between The voltage produced by the thermoelec-
the measurement junction and the cold tric effect is very low; only a few microvolts
junction is converted into an absolute temper Kelvin.
perature with the help of cold junction Example: if a type J thermocouple (FE-CuNi) is connected to a copper
terminal block, thermal voltages with opposite polarity will be generated
compensation. (at the iron-copper and copper-constantan transitions) and cancel each
other out.
Operating principle:
If different metals are joined together, a
thermal voltage is produced in the metal at-
oms as a result of the different binding en-
ergies of the electrons. This voltage is de-
pendent firstly on the metals themselves
and secondly on the temperature.

Basics
Digital displays
Use of the freely programmable l/min) to the total flow integrated in the Application:
Pressure measurement and display on MCR-SL-D-U-I
characteristic curve background, which can be displayed in any
The freely programmable characteristic unit. This saves space and money, because 4...20 mA
curve, i.e., the assignment of the displayed there is no need for a second digital display.
value to the input value, is important in pro- Limit values can also be called at the
cess applications for indicating flow rates or touch of a button. Limit values 1 and 2 can bar
liquid levels. be assigned to either the actual value or the

The purpose of level measurements is cumulative value. If the latter value is ex-
very often not to determine how much liq- ceeded, one of the two output relays is ac-
Table: Analog signal Display value
uid is still inside the tank, but rather to es- tivated.
tablish how much has been drawn out of it. Other applications include indicating liq- Interpolation 4 mA 15 bar
In this case, the characteristic curve can uid levels, pressures, and temperatures. point 1
simply be inverted in order to display the re- With servo motors, the analog output sig- Interpolation
point 2
20 mA 30 bar
quired value. nals (0 ... 10 V) generated by the tachome-

Characteristic curve:
ter can be supplied to the input of the digital
Parameterization of the characteristic display in order to indicate the motor
Measured value [mA]

curve using interpolation points speed. Interpolation point 2
With non-linear input signals, the re-
ceived analog values can be assigned to the
value to be displayed by means of a pro-
Interpolation point 1
grammable characteristic curve. This curve
can consist of up to 24 interpolation points. Pressure [bar]
This allows flow sensors with a non-linear

characteristic curve to be adapted, for in-
stance. The analog signal digital displays in
the Function Line additionally feature a sum-
ming function which - to take a typical ex-
ample from bottling technology - allows you
to switch over at the touch of a button from
the instantaneous value (= flow rate in
Switching behavior of relay or – In the “on” state, the relay is permanently Possible settings for the switching behavior
transistor outputs: picked up. It only responds if there is an

Relay picks up when the value is below SPL,
open circuit and it has been set to drop hysteresis active
out when this happens. Relay picks up when SPH is exceeded,
A different kind of switching behavior can hysteresis active
– In the “off” state, the relay only responds
be defined for each relay or each transistor if there is an open circuit and it has been
Relay picks up when the value is below SPL
when it reaches a preset switching point.

set to pick up when this happens. Relay picks up when SPL is exceeded
All the possible settings for the switching
Relay picks up when the value is below SPH
behavior are shown and explained in the list:
– The first two options include hysteresis, Relay picks up when SPH is exceeded
i.e., the behavior of the relay depends on Relay picks up when value is between SPL and SPH
the direction from which a switching point
is reached. Relay picks up when value is outside SPL and SPH
– For the remaining options, with the excep- Relay is permanently dropped
tion of the last two (“on” and “off”), a
Relay is permanently picked up
switching tolerance is taken into account
to prevent the relay contact from “chat- SPL = Set Point Low (lower switching point)
tering”. The relay is not switched until the SPH = Set Point High (upper switching point)
switching point plus switching tolerance

has been reached.
62 PHOENIX CONTACT
Basics
Non-intrinsically safe signal transmission in potentially explosive

areas
Electrical equipment operated in systems EN 60079-0) with IP54 protection mini- Installation requirements
with potentially explosive areas is subject to mum. The figure shows a range of options for
different usage requirements, depending on installing electrical devices in areas with a
the application. Example: danger of gas explosions. Special require-
For example, electrical equipment could A sensor/actuator with protection type ments regarding the configuration, selec-
be used in the following locations when an- “n” can be connected to an isolator from tion, and installation of electrical systems in
alog signals are being transmitted: the MINI Analog or MACX Analog ranges areas with a danger of gas explosions can be
– Sensors and actuators can be located in in zone 2. found in EN 60079-14.
zone 0, zone 1 or zone 2. In the 2008 edition, the relevant contents
– Signal transmitters can be located in When selecting suitable devices for zone of EN 61241-14 were incorporated in
zone 1, zone 2 or the safe area. 2, it must be ensured that the electrical data EN 60079-14.
– The controller, e.g., PLC, is in the safe area. of the sensors/actuators is not exceeded. EN 61241-14 must still be observed when
If the sensors/actuators are mounted in installing electrical equipment in areas con-
For examples of the kinds of electrical de- explosion-proof housing or if they have taining combustible dust. Other important
vices that can be installed for the purpose of their own explosion-proof housing, they factors when it comes to running systems in
transmitting signals, please see the figure. can also be installed in zone 1. potentially explosive areas are inspection,
Devices must be designed to offer a suit- maintenance, and repairs. Stipulations re-
able protection type if they are to be used garding these matters can be found in
in zone 2. The MINI Analog and EN 60079-17 and EN 60079-19.
MACX Analog ranges are designed to pro-
vide protection type “n” for this purpose
and must be installed in zone 2 in suitable
and approved housing (EN 60079-15 and
Installation of electrical devices for signal transmission
Safe area
Zone 2 Sensor/
actuator MACX
Ex n Ex n
Zone 1
Sensor/
actuator MACX
Ex n Ex n
Housing
e.g., Ex d
MACX
Sensor/ Ex n
actuator
Housing
IP54*
Housing
e.g., Ex d
MINI
Sensor/ Ex n
actuator
Sensor/
actuator MINI
Ex n Ex n
Housing
IP54*
Sensor/
MINI
actuator
Ex n
Ex n
*Use of suitable housing approved for use in zone 2

Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Highly compact and efficient Frequency Fault monitoring

MINI Analog isolating amplifiers isolate, – Frequency transducer up to 80 kHz Fault monitoring is a modular solution for
convert, filter, and amplify your analog sig- – Analog frequency transducers convenient error evaluation in multi-chan-
nals – with a design width of just 6.2 mm. nel applications.
Potentiometer/resistor
The isolating amplifiers from the MINI – Potentiometer measuring transducers Depending on the module type, the fol-
Analog range offer the full spectrum of ana- lowing errors can be indicated by means of
with automatic potentiometer detection
log signal conditioning. They are therefore a group error message:
extremely efficient with regard to saving Limit values – Overrange
costs, space, and energy. – Threshold value switches with PDT relay – Underrange
The comprehensive approval package Digital IN – Open circuit
means that they can be used in a variety of – NAMUR isolating amplifiers with relay – Short circuit
areas. output – Module error
It is also possible to detect and indicate
Choose the right MINI Analog isolating Accessories
amplifier for your application: the failure of a supply voltage at the power
– Supply components terminal block.
Analog IN/OUT – Fault monitoring module The modularity is characterized by the
– Universal and standard 3-way isolating – System cabling ability to freely adjust error evaluation, both
amplifiers – Marking material on the device side and in the evaluation
– 3-way repeater power supplies – Surge protection module.
– 4-way signal duplicators Fault monitoring is compatible with and
– 2-way passive isolators can be used for the following isolating ampli-
– Output loop-powered isolators fier ranges:
Temperature – MINI Analog
– Universal measuring transducers for resis- – MACX Analog
tance thermometers and thermocouples
– Active measuring transducers for Pt 100
and thermocouples
– Output loop-powered Pt 100 measuring
transducers
64 PHOENIX CONTACT
Space savings of up to 65% Fault monitoring and power bridging Clearly arranged wiring
– Compared to other isolating amplifiers – The DIN rail connector simplifies supply – Eight connections, with a choice of screw
on the market with design widths up to and enables group error monitoring. or spring-cage terminal blocks.
17.5 mm.
Low power consumption High operational reliability Easy configuration

– The resulting minimal self-heating results – 3-way electrical isolation increases the – Can be configured easily via DIP switches
in a long service life and a high degree of operational reliability against system or software, for extended functionality
operational reliability. disturbances. and monitoring.
Reduction in analog inputs on controllers Time-saving system cabling Fast and error-free signal connection
– The MINI Analog multiplexer reduces up to – Plug and play – for eight channels on the – Compact termination carriers connect
eight analog signals to a single 4  20 mA isolating amplifier and controller side. MINI Analog devices to the automation
signal. system – plug and play and hot-swappable.

Analog IN / Analog OUT
3-way isolating amplifier
Sensor / Field IN OUT PLC / DCS
OUT IN U,I OUT U,I

1 + 1 5 + 5
U,I
US 4-wire active passive
GND
2 – 2
GND 1 GND 2
6 – 6 D W
+ 3
+24V +24V
7 + H
GND 3
– 4 GND 3
8 –
IN U,I U,I OUT
Configurable, up to 36 signal combinations
+24V
POWER GND 3
Zone 2
Div. 2

Ex:  
Housing width 6.2 mm
Technical data
Input data U input I input
Input signal 0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
– Highly compact isolating amplifier for 0 ... 10 V / 2 ... 10 V
electrical isolation, conversion, amplifica- Input resistance Approx. 100 kΩ Approx. 50 Ω
Output data U output I output
tion, and filtering of standard analog sig- Output signal 0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
nals 0 ... 10 V / 2 ... 10 V
Maximum output signal Approx. 12.5 V 28 mA
– Up to 36 signal combinations can be con- No-load voltage Approx. 12.5 V
figured using DIP switches Short-circuit current Approx. 22 mA
– 3-way isolation Load RB ≥ 10 kΩ < 500 Ω (at 20 mA)
Ripple < 20 mVPP (at 10 kΩ) < 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω)
– Low power consumption General data U output I output
– Power supply possible through the foot Supply voltage UB 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
element (T-Connector) Nominal supply voltage 24 V DC
Current consumption < 9 mA (Voltage output, < 19 mA (Current output,
– Standard configuration: at 24 V DC incl. load) at 24 V DC incl. load)
0 ... 10 V input, 0 ... 20 mA output
Power consumption < 200 mW (Voltage output) < 450 mW (Current output)
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required Maximum transmission error ≤ 0.1% (of final value)
configuration by referring to the adjacent order key. Temperature coefficient < 0.01%/K, typ. < 0.002%/K
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking Limit frequency (3 dB) Approx. 100 Hz
components can be found starting at page 88 Step response (10 - 90%) Approx. 3.2 ms
Electrical isolation Basic insulation according to EN 61010
Test voltage, input/output/supply 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Mounting Any
Housing material PBT
Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Conformance / approvals
Conformance CE-compliant
ATEX  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL, USA / Canada UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5
GL GL EMC 2 D
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR 3-way isolating amplifier, for electrical isolation of
analog signals,
Order configuration Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI1) 2864383 1
Order configuration Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI-SP1) 2864710 1
Standard configuration Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI-NC1) 2864150 1
Standard configuration Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI-SP-NC1) 2864163 1
66 PHOENIX CONTACT
Order key MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI (Standard configuration entered as example)
Input Output Factory calibration

Order No. certificate
2864383 / IN03 / OUT01 / NONE
NONE = Without factory
2864383 = IN01 = 0...20 mA OUT01 = 0...20 mA YES = With factory
...-UI-UI IN02 = 4...20 mA OUT02 = 4...20 mA calibration
IN03 = 0...10 V OUT03 = 0...10 V certificate (fee)
2864710 = IN04 = 2...10 V OUT04 = 2...10 V YESPLUS = Factory calibration
...-UI-UI-SP IN05 = 0...5 V OUT05 = 0...5 V certificate with
IN06 = 1...5 V OUT06 = 1...5 V 5 measuring points
(fee)
Combination table for input and output signals

DIP switch SW 2 DIP switch SW 1
Input Output DIP 1 DIP 2 DIP 3 DIP 4 DIP 5 DIP 6 DIP 1 DIP 2
0 - 10 V 0 - 20 mA OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
4 - 20 mA OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF
0 - 10 V ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
2 - 10 V ON OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF
0-5V ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
1-5V ON ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF
2 - 10 V 0 - 20 mA OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF
4 - 20 mA OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
0 - 10 V ON OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF
2 - 10 V ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
0-5V ON ON OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF
1-5V ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
0-5V 0 - 20 mA OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF
4 - 20 mA OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF
0 - 10 V ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF
2 - 10 V ON OFF ON OFF OFF ON ON OFF
0-5V ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF
1-5V ON ON OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF
1-5V 0 - 20 mA OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF
4 - 20 mA OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF
0 - 10 V ON OFF ON ON ON OFF ON OFF
2 - 10 V ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF
0-5V ON ON OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF
1-5V ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF
0 - 20 mA 0 - 20 mA OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON
4 - 20 mA OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF ON
0 - 10 V ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON
2 - 10 V ON OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF ON
0-5V ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON
1-5V ON ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF ON
4 - 20 mA 0 - 20 mA OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON
4 - 20 mA OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON
0 - 10 V ON OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF ON
2 - 10 V ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON
0-5V ON ON OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON
1-5V ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON
Application example: Level measurement
Level sensor
24V
0...20mA 0...10V
1 IN OUT 5
2 GND1 GND2 6
Control system
3 UB+ UB+ 7
4 GND3 GND3 8
MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI 24V
Mains voltage

OUT U IN U OUT U,I

1 + 1 5 + 5
GND
2 – 2
GND 1 GND 2
6 – 6 D W
+ 3
+24V +24V
7 + H
GND 3
– 4 GND 3
8 –
IN U U,I OUT
Configurable, for shunt measurements
+24V
POWER GND 3
Zone 2

Ex: 
Technical data
Input data
Input signal (can be configured using DIP switches) 0 ... 50 mV
– Highly compact isolating amplifier for Maximum input signal Approx. 30 V DC
electrical isolation, conversion, amplifica- Input resistance Approx. 10 kΩ
tion, and filtering of mV signals to create Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch) 0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
standard analog signals 0 ... 10 V / 2 ... 10 V
-5 ... 5 V / -10 ... 10 V
– Ideal for converting signals in the case of ( The bi-polar output can be used
shunt measurements only for bi-polar input signals.)
– Up to 280 signal combinations can be
configured using DIP switches
Maximum output signal 12.5 V 28 mA
– 3-way isolation Load RB ≥ 10 kΩ < 500 Ω (at 20 mA)
– Low power consumption Ripple < 20 mVPP (at 10 kΩ) < 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω)
– Power supply possible through the foot General data
Supply voltage UB 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
element (T-Connector) Nominal supply voltage 24 V DC
– Standard configuration: Power consumption < 450 mW (Current output)
Maximum transmission error ≤ 0.2%
0 ... 50 mV input, 0 ... 20 mA output Temperature coefficient < 0.01%/K, typ. < 0.002%/K
Limit frequency (3 dB) (100 Hz / 30 Hz switchable)
Notes:
Step response (10 - 90%) 3.5 ms (At 100 Hz)
To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required Electrical isolation Basic insulation according to EN 61010
configuration by referring to the adjacent order key. Test voltage, input/output/supply 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking Degree of protection IP20
components can be found starting at page 88 Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 65°C
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Mounting Any
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for
GL GL EMC 2 D
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR 3-way isolating amplifier, for realization of mV voltages in
standard signals,
Order configuration Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI 2810858 1
Order configuration Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI-SP 2810874 1
Standard configuration Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI-NC1) 2810780 1
Standard configuration Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI-SP-NC1) 2810793 1
68 PHOENIX CONTACT
Order key MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI-... (standard configuration entered as an example)
Input Output Limit frequency Factory calibration certificate

Order No. FCC
2810858 / IN40 / OUT01 / 100 / NONE
IN40 = 0...50 mV IN28 = 0...500 mV IN53 = -50...+50 mV IN17 = -500...+500 mV OUT01 = 0...20 mA 30 = 30 Hz NONE = without FCC
2810858 = IN24 = 0...60 mV IN46 = 0...600 mV IN13 = -60...+60 mV IN59 = -600...+600 mV OUT02 = 4...20 mA 100 = 100 Hz YES = with FCC (a fee is
...-SHUNT-UI IN41 = 0...75 mV IN47 = 0...750 mV IN54 = -75...+75 mV IN60 = -750...+750 mV OUT03 = 0...10 V charged)
IN42 = 0...80 mV IN48 = 0...800 mV IN55 = -80...+80 mV IN61 = -800...+800 mV OUT04 = 2...10 V
IN25 = 0...100 mV IN29 = 0...1.0 V IN14 = -100...+100 mV IN18 = -1.0...+1.0 V OUT05 = 0...5 V YESPLUS = Factory calibration
2810874 = IN43 = 0...120 mV IN49 = 0...1.2 V IN56 = -120...+120 mV IN62 = -1.2...+1.2 V OUT06 = 1...5 V certificate with
...-SHUNT-UI-SP IN44 = 0...150 mV IN50 = 0...1.5 V IN57 = -150...+150 mV IN63 = -1.5...+1.5 V 5 measuring points
IN26 = 0...200 mV IN30 = 0...2.0 V IN15 = -200...+200 mV IN19 = -2.0...+2.0 V OUT13 = -5...+5 V (a fee is charged)
IN45 = 0...240 mV IN51 = 0...2.4 V IN58 = -240...+240 mV IN64 = -2.4...+2.4 V OUT14 = -10...+10 V
IN27 = 0...300 mV IN52 = 0...3.0 V IN16 = -300...+300 mV IN65 = -3.0...+3.0 V
Note:
A bipolar output (-5...+5 V, -10...+10 V) can only be used for a bipolar input signal.
Combination table for input and output signals

Voltage output Current output
Input -10...+10 V 0...10 V 2...10 V -5...+5 V 0...5 V 1...5 V 0...20 mA 4...20 mA
0...50 mV x x x x x x
0...60 mV x x x x x x
0...75 mV x x x x x x
0...80 mV x x x x x x
0...100 mV x x x x x x
0...120 mV x x x x x x
0...150 mV x x x x x x
0...200 mV x x x x x x
0...240 mV x x x x x x
0...300 mV x x x x x x
0...500 mV x x x x x x
0...600 mV x x x x x x
0...750 mV x x x x x x
0...800 mV x x x x x x
0...1 V x x x x x x
0...1.2 V x x x x x x
0...1.5 V x x x x x x
0...2 V x x x x x x
0...2.4 V x x x x x x
0...3 V x x x x x x
-50...50 mV x x x x x x x x
-60...60 mV x x x x x x x x
-75...75 mV x x x x x x x x
-80...80 mV x x x x x x x x
-100...100 mV x x x x x x x x
-120...120 mV x x x x x x x x
-150...150 mV x x x x x x x x
-200...200 mV x x x x x x x x
-240...240 mV x x x x x x x x
-300...300 mV x x x x x x x x
-500...500 mV x x x x x x x x
-600...600 mV x x x x x x x x
-750...750 mV x x x x x x x x
-800...800 mV x x x x x x x x
-1...1 V x x x x x x x x
-1.2...1.2 V x x x x x x x x
-1.5...1.5 V x x x x x x x x
-2...2 V x x x x x x x x
-2.4...2.4 V x x x x x x x x
-3...3 V x x x x x x x x
Application example: Monitoring of loading and unloading currents
Shunt 1 IN OUT 5
resistor ±...mV U/I
2 GND1 GND2 6
Controller
3 UB+ UB+ 7
4 GND3 GND3 8
MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI 24V
+ –
Battery
Supply

OUT U IN U OUT U,I

1 + 1 5 + 5
GND
2 – 2
GND 1 GND 2
6 – 6 D W
+ 3
+24V +24V
7 + H
GND 3
– 4 GND 3
8 –
IN U U,I OUT
Configurable,
+24V
POWER GND 3 for 0 ... 24 V / 0 ... 30 V input signals
Zone 2
Div. 2

Ex:  
Technical data
Input data
Input signal 0 ... 24 V / 0 ... 30 V
– Highly compact isolating amplifier for Input resistance Approx. 125 kΩ (0 ... 24 V)
electrical isolation, conversion, amplifica- Output data U output I output
Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch) 0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
tion, and filtering of 24 V or 30 V DC 0 ... 10 V / 2 ... 10 V
signals to create standard analog signals Maximum output signal ≤ 12.5 V 28 mA
No-load voltage ≤ 12.5 V
– Up to 12 signal combinations can be con- Short-circuit current ≤ 22 mA
figured using DIP switches Load RB > 10 kΩ < 500 Ω (at 20 mA)
– 3-way isolation Ripple < 20 mVPP (at 10 kΩ) < 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω)
General data
– Low power consumption Supply voltage UB 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
– Power supply possible through the foot Power consumption < 450 mW
element (T-Connector) Maximum transmission error < 0.1% (of final value)
Temperature coefficient < 0.01%/K, typ. < 0.002%/K
– Standard configuration: Limit frequency (3 dB) Approx. 100 Hz
0 ... 30 V input, 0 ... 20 mA output Step response (10 - 90%) Approx. 3.5 ms
Notes: Test voltage, input/output/supply 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 65°C
desired configuration by referring to the order key; see below. Housing material PBT
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found starting at page 88
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Conformance / approvals
GL GL EMC 2 D
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
analog signals,
Order configuration Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-U-UI1) 2864053 1
Order configuration Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-U-UI-SP1) 2811213 1
Standard configuration Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-U-UI-NC1) 2865007 1
Standard configuration Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-U-UI-SP-NC1) 2810078 1
Order key MINI MCR-SL-U-UI (standard configuration entered as example)

Order No. Input Output
0...24V 0...10V
1 IN U OUT 5 2864053 / IN39 / OUT01
2 GND1 GND2 6 2864053 = ...-U-UI IN38 = 0...24 V OUT01 = 0...20 mA

IN39 = 0...30 V OUT02 = 4...20 mA
3 UB+ UB + 7 OUT03 = 0...10 V
2811213 = ...-U-UI-SP OUT04 = 2...10 V
4 GND3 GND3 8 OUT05 = 0...5 V
24V
OUT06 = 1...5 V
MINI MCR-SL-U-UI
Mains voltage
Signal conversion to uninterruptible power supply (UPS)
70 PHOENIX CONTACT
OUT U IN U OUT I
1 + 1 5 + 5
GND
2 – 2
GND 1 GND 2
6 – 6 D W
+ 3
+24V +24V
7 + H
GND 3
– 4 GND 3
8 –
IN U,I U,I OUT
With fixed signal combinations
+24V
POWER GND 3
Zone 2

Ex: 
Technical data
Input resistance Approx. 100 kΩ Approx. 50 Ω
– Highly compact isolating amplifier for elec- Output data U output I output
trical isolation, conversion, amplification, Maximum output signal 12.5 V 28 mA
No-load voltage Approx. 12.5 V
and filtering of standard analog signals Short-circuit current Approx. 2 mA
– Fixed signal combinations Load RB ≥ 10 kΩ ≤ 500 Ω
Ripple < 20 mVPP (at 10 kΩ) < 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω)
– Entry-level alternative to configurable General data
isolating amplifiers Supply voltage UB 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
– 3-way isolation Nominal supply voltage 24 V DC
Current consumption < 20 mA
– Low power consumption Maximum transmission error ≤ 0.1% (of final value)
– Power supply possible through the foot Temperature coefficient < 0.01%/K, typ. < 0.002%/K
element (T-Connector) Limit frequency (3 dB) Approx. 100 Hz
Step response (10 - 90%) Approx. 3.5 ms
Notes: Degree of protection IP20
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking Test voltage, input/output/supply 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
components can be found starting at page 88
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Housing material PBT
GL GL EMC 2 D
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Description Input signal Output signal Type Order No.
Pkt.
analog signals,
Screw connection 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 20 mA MINI MCR-SL-U-I-01) 2813512 1
Spring-cage conn. 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 20 mA MINI MCR-SL-U-I-0-SP1) 2813570 1
Screw connection 0 ... 10 V 4 ... 20 mA MINI MCR-SL-U-I-41) 2813525 1

Spring-cage conn. 0 ... 10 V 4 ... 20 mA MINI MCR-SL-U-I-4-SP1) 2813583 1
Screw connection 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 10 V MINI MCR-SL-I-U-01) 2813541 1

Spring-cage conn. 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 10 V MINI MCR-SL-I-U-0-SP1) 2813554 1
Screw connection 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 10 V MINI MCR-SL-I-U-41) 2813538 1

Spring-cage conn. 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 10 V MINI MCR-SL-I-U-4-SP1) 2813567 1
Screw connection 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA MINI MCR-SL-I-I1) 2864406 1

4 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA
Spring-cage conn. 0 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA MINI MCR-SL-I-I-SP1) 2864723 1
4 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA
Screw connection 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 10 V MINI MCR-SL-U-U1) 2864684 1
-10 ... 10 V -10 ... 10 V
Spring-cage conn. 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 10 V MINI MCR-SL-U-U-SP1) 2864697 1
-10 ... 10 V -10 ... 10 V

Analog IN/Analog OUT
signal duplicators
OUT IN U,I OUT 1 I

1 + 1 5 + 5
U,I
GND
2 – 2
GND 3 GND 1
6 – 6 D W
OUT1 OUT 2 I +24V
H
+ 3 7 +
active
I GND 2
– 4 GND 4
8 –
IN U,I I OUT2
3 Configurable,
+24V
POWER GND 4
passive with two current output signals
4
Zone 2
Div. 2

Ex:  
Technical data
Input signal 0 ... 10 V / 1 ... 5 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
– Highly compact isolating amplifier for Maximum input signal 30 V 50 mA
electrical isolation, conversion, amplifica- Input resistance Approx. 100 kΩ Approx. 50 Ω
Output data
tion, filtering, and duplication of standard Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch) 2x ; 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
analog signals Maximum output signal 22 mA
No-load voltage 9V
– Duplication of a standard analog signal on Load RB ≤ 250 Ω (at 20 mA)
two current outputs Ripple < 20 mVPP (at 250 Ω)
– Up to 8 signal combinations can be config- General data
ured using DIP switches Current consumption < 30 mA (at 24 V DC incl. load)
– 4-way isolation Power consumption < 600 mW
– Power supply possible through the foot Maximum transmission error ≤ 0.2% (of final value), typ. < 0.1%
Temperature coefficient < 0.01%/K, typ. < 0.004%/K
element (T-Connector) Limit frequency (3 dB) Approx. 35 Hz
– Standard configuration: Step response (0 - 99%) Approx. 10 ms
Input: 0 ... 10 V, output 1: 0 ... 20 mA, Test voltage, input/output/supply 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
output 2: 0 ... 20 mA Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 60°C
Notes: Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
desired configuration by referring to the order key; see below. Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
components can be found starting at page 88 Conformance CE-compliant
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 UL, USA / Canada UL 508 Recognized
GL GL EMC 2 D
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR signal duplicator, for duplication and electrical isolation of
analog signals
Order configuration Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I1) 2864794 1
Order configuration Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I-SP1) 2864804 1
Standard configuration Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I-NC1) 2864176 1
Standard configuration Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I-SP-NC1) 2864189 1
Order key for MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I (standard configuration entered as an example)
Input Output combi- Behavior of the analog out- Factory calibration certifi-
Order No. nation 1) puts cate (FCC) Explanation for output combination:
2864794 / IN03 / A / 0 / NONE Output 1 Output 2
NONE = without FCC A 0...20 mA 0...20 mA
2864794 = IN01 = 0...20 mA A 0 = Analog behavior YES = with FCC (a fee B 0...20 mA 4...20 mA
...-UI-2I IN02 = 4...20 mA B is charged) C 4...20 mA 4...20 mA
IN03 = 0...10 V C 1 = Limitation
2864804 = IN06 = 1...5 V YESPLUS = FCC with
...-UI-2I-SP 5 measuring
points (a fee is
charged)
1) For explanations, see adjacent text on the right; for further details, see data sheet: www.phoenixcontact.net/products
72 PHOENIX CONTACT
repeater power supplies
OUT I IN I OUT I
1 – 1 5 + 5
2-wire active passive D W

PWR PWR OUT GND 2
2 + 2 6 – 6
IN
OUT I
H
1 GND 1 +24V
PWR – 3 7 +
3-wire 2
IN
POWER 3
GND 1
I I OUT GND
– 4 GND 3
OUT I 8 –
IN 1
Optionally available with HART transmission
US 4-wire
POWER 3
+24V
GND
GND 3
Zone 2 
Ex: 
Technical data
Input data MINI MCR-SL-RPSS-I-I1) MINI MCR-SL-RPS-I-I1)
Input signal 0 ... 20 mA, 0 ... 20 mA,
– Highly compact repeater power supplies isolator operation / 4 ... 20 mA isolator operation / 4 ... 20 mA
for electrical isolation, amplification, and Input resistance Approx. 50 Ω Approx. 50 Ω
filtering of standard analog signals Transmitter supply voltage 16.5 V 14.7 V DC ... 25.5 V DC
(UB - max. 4.5 V for load
– Supply of 2-conductor and passive 3-con- 0 mA ... 20 mA)
ductor sensors Output data
– Can also be used as an isolator without Output signal 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
Maximum output signal 21 mA 28 mA
supply No-load voltage Approx. 12.5 V Approx. 12.5 V
– 3-way isolation Load RB ≤ 500 Ω (at I = 20 mA) ≤ 500 Ω (at I = 20 mA)
Ripple < 20 mVrms (at 500 Ω) < 20 mVrms (at 500 Ω)
– Alternatively bidirectional HART trans- General data
mission Supply voltage UB 20.4 V DC ... 30 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
– Power supply possible through the foot Nominal supply voltage 24 V DC 24 V DC
Current consumption
element (T-Connector) Power consumption < 900 mW (at 24 V DC and in < 900 mW (at 24 V DC and in
repeater power supply operation) repeater power supply operation)
Notes:
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking Maximum transmission error ≤ 0.2% (of final value), ≤ 0.2% (of final value),
components can be found starting at page 73 typ. ≤ 0.1% (of final value) typ. ≤ 0.1% (of final value)
Temperature coefficient < 0.005%/K, typ. < 0.002%/K < 0.01%/K, typ. < 0.002%/K
Limit frequency (3 dB) 175 Hz (typ.) Approx. 100 Hz
Communication HART specification in both -
operating modes (RPSS isolator /
RPSS repeater power supply)
Step response (10 - 90%) < 2 ms (typ.) Approx. 3.5 ms

Test voltage, input/output/supply 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Degree of protection IP20 IP20
Mounting Any Any
Housing material PBT PBT
Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
Conformance CE-compliant CE-compliant
ATEX  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL, USA / Canada UL 508 Recognized applied for UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D
T5 applied for T5
GL GL EMC 2 D GL EMC 2 D
Ordering data
Pcs. /
4...20mA Description Type Order No.
1 IN I OUT I 5 Pkt.
2 PWR OUT GND2 6 MCR repeater power supplies

with HART® protocol Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-RPSS-I-I1) 2864079 1
Control system
3 GND1 UB + 7 with HART® protocol Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-RPSS-I-I-SP1) 2810230 1
Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-RPS-I-I1) 2864422 1
4 GND1 GND3 8
Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-RPS-I-I-SP1) 2864752 1
MINI MCR-SL-RPSS-I-I 24V
Mains voltage
Repeater power supply operation with a passive sensor

passive isolators
OUT I IN I 1 OUT I 1
1 + 1 5 + 5
US PWR active passive
4-wire
max.18 VDC
GND
2 – 2
GND 1 GND 2
6 – 6 D W
OUT I
3 + 3
IN I 2 OUT I 2
7 + 7 H
PWR
US 4-wire max.18 VDC active passive
GND 3
4 – 4 GND 4
GND 8– 8
IN I I OUT
Either 1- or 2-channel
Zone 2

Ex:  
Technical data
Input data
Input signal 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
– Highly compact 2-conductor passive iso- Voltage drop 1.7 V (at I = 20 mA)
lators for electrical isolation and filtering Response current Approx. 190 µA
Maximum input current / overload 40 mA
of standard analog signals Maximum input voltage 18 V
– Input loop-supplied Output data
Output signal 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
– Does not require any additional auxiliary Load RB < 600 Ω (at I = 20 mA output signal)
voltage Ripple < 10 mVrms (at 600 Ω)
– 2 channels in conj. with a design width of General data
Maximum transmission error ≤ 0.1% (of final value)
just 6.2 mm Additional error per 100 Ω load 0.03% (of measured value / 100 Ω load)
– Voltage drop on isolating amplifier of Temperature coefficient ≤ 0.002%/K (of measured value / 100 Ω load)
just 1.7 V Limit frequency (3 dB) 75 Hz
Step response (10 - 90%) 5 ms (At 600 Ω load)
Notes: Electrical isolation Basic insulation according to EN 61010
Test voltage input/output 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
When using passive isolators, make sure that the current sourcing Degree of protection IP20
voltage of the measuring transducer UB is sufficient to drive the
maximum current of 20 mA via the passive isolator with a voltage
drop UV = 1.7 V and load RB. Mounting Any
This means: Housing material PBT
UB ≥ UE = 1.7 V + 20 mA x RB Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
Information on components for power bridging, system cabling,
and marking can be found in the INTERFACE catalog or at Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
www.phoenixcontact.net/products Conformance / approvals
ATEX  II 3 G Ex nA II T6 X
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D
GL GL EMC 2 D
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR passive isolator, for electrical isolation of current signals
without auxiliary power
two-channel Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-2CP-I-I 2864655 1
two-channel Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-2CP-I-I-SP 2864781 1
single-channel Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-1CP-I-I 2864419 1
single-channel Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-1CP-I-I-SP 2864749 1
UB
UV = 1,7 V
I
I
UE RB
I I
MINI MCR-SL-1CP-I-I
74 PHOENIX CONTACT
loop-powered isolator
OUT IN I PWR IN
1 + 1 5 + 5
I
US passive PWR
4-wire
active
GND
2 – 2
GND OUT I
6 – 6 D W
OUT
U
3 + 3
IN U
7 H
US 4-wire
U, I GND
4 – 4
GND 8
IN POWER
OUT Configurable,
I up to 74 signal combinations,
loop-powered
Zone 2
Applied for:
cUL / UL
Technical data
Input signal (configurable using the DIP switch) 2 ... 10 V, additional areas can be configured, see table
– Highly compact isolating amplifier for
electrical isolation, conversion, and filter- Maximum input signal < 40 V < 50 mA
ing of standard analog signals (Dielectric strength up to 30 V)
– Supplied by an output loop Input resistance Approx. 100 kΩ (At ≤ 1 V,
otherwise approximately 1 MΩ)
≤ 50 Ω
– Does not require any additional auxiliary Output data

voltage Output signal 4 ... 20 mA
Maximum output signal 35 mA
– Up to 74 signal combinations can be Load RB ((UB - 8 V) / 22 mA)
configured using DIP switches Ripple < 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω)
– Voltage input from mV voltages right up General data
Supply voltage UB 8 V DC ... 30 V DC
to 30 volts Current consumption < 3.5 mA (without signal current)
– Current input from 2 mA right up to Power consumption 28 mW (without signal)
Maximum transmission error < 0.1% (of final value)
40 mA Temperature coefficient 0.01%/K, typ. 0.005%/K
– 2-way isolation ZERO / SPAN adjustment ±2% / ±2%
– Standard configuration: Limit frequency (3 dB) Approx. 30 Hz
Step response (10 - 90%) Approx. 16 ms
Input 2...10 V, output 4...20 mA Electrical isolation Basic insulation according to EN 61010
Notes:
Other input signals that have not been listed can be provided on re- Ambient temperature (operation) -25°C ... 70°C
quest. Mounting Any
Information on components for power bridging, system cabling, Housing material PBT
and marking can be found in the INTERFACE catalog or at Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
www.phoenixcontact.net/products Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR loop-powered isolator
Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-UI-I-LP-NC1) 2902829 1
Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-UI-I-LP-SP-NC1) 2902830 1
Possible input signal ranges (configurable via DIP switch)
0...40 mA 0...30 V 0...10 V 2...10 V 0...1000 mV ±30 V ±10 V ±1000 mV

0...30 mA 0...25 V 0...7.5 V 0...750 mV ±25 V ±7.5 V ±750 mV
0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...20 V 0...5 V 1...5 V 0...500 mV ±20 V ±5 V ±500 mV
0...12 mA 0...15 V 0...3 V 0...300 mV ±15 V ±3 V ±300 mV
0...10 mA 2...10 mA 0...12.5 V 0...2.5 V 0...250 mV ±12.5 V ±2.5 V ±250 mV
0...8 mA 0...12 V 0...2 V 0...200 mV ±12 V ±2 V ±200 mV
0...7.5 mA 0...1.5 V 0...150 mV ±1.5 V ±150 mV
0...6 mA 0...1.25 V 0...125 mV ±1.25 V ±125 mV
0...5 mA 1...5 mA 0...1.2 V 0...120 mV ±1.2 V ±120 mV
0...4 mA 0...100 mV ±100 mV
0...3 mA 0...75 mV ±75 mV
0...2.5 mA 0...60 mV ±60 mV
0...2 mA 0...50 mV ±50 mV

Temperature
Temperature transducers
for resistance thermometers
S-Port
OUT U,I
1 1 5 + 5
active
GND 1
passive
D W
2 2 6 – 6
ϑ ϑ ϑ
3 3
+24V
7 +
H
4 4 GND 2
IN U,I OUT 8 –
FM
GND 2 +24V Universal measuring transducer
FM
POWER for resistance thermometers
Zone 2

Technical data
Input data
Input signal (can be configured using DIP switches) Pt, Ni, Cu sensors : 2, 3, 4-conductor
Universal temperature transducer for Temperature range -200°C ... 850°C (Range depending on the sensor type)
electrical isolation, conversion, amplifica- Measuring range span min. 50 K
tion, and filtering of resistance thermome- Linear resistance measuring range 0 Ω ... 4000 Ω (Minimum measuring span: 10% of the selected
ters and remote resistance-type sensors measuring range)
– High level of accuracy over the entire Output signal 0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
measuring range 0 ... 10 V / 10 ... 0 V 20 ... 0 mA / 20 ... 4 mA
Maximum output signal Approx. 12.3 V 24.6 mA
– For 2-, 3- or 4-conductor sensors accord- Load RB 10 kΩ 500 Ω (at 20 mA)
ing to IEC 751, JIS, GOST Ripple < 20 mVPP < 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω)
General data
– Configurable via DIP switches and soft- Current consumption < 27 mA (at 24 V DC)
ware Power consumption ≤ 700 mW (at IOUT = 20 mA, 9.6 V DC, load 500 Ω)
– Software available free of charge on the Transmission error 0.1% * 350 K / set measuring range; 0.1% > 350 K (Pt/Ni) 0.3% * 200 K /
Internet set measuring range; 0.3% > 200 K (Cu)
– Power supply possible through the foot Temperature coefficient 0.01%/K
element (T-Connector) Step response (0 - 99%) Typ. 200 ms (2-conductor)
– Supports fault monitoring Typ. 500 ms (3-conductor)
Typ. 500 ms (4-conductor)
– Standard configuration: Pt 100 sensor Electrical isolation Basic insulation according to EN 61010
IEC 751; 3-conductor; -50 ... 150°C; 4 ... Test voltage, input/output/supply 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
20 mA output; error evaluation according Housing material PBT
to NE43 (downscale); fault monitoring Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
contact responds on any error Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
Notes: Conformance / approvals
The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet:
www.phoenixcontact.net/products
UL, USA / Canada UL 508 Recognized applied for
For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 119 Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for
GL GL applied for
components can be found starting at page 88 Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Temperature transducers for resistance thermometers
Standard configuration Screw connection MINI MCR-RTD-UI-NC1) 2902849 1

Standard configuration Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-RTD-UI-SP-NC1) 2902850 1
Accessories
S-PORT interface
Sensor type Standard Measuring range Smallest measuring range span

Pt100 IEC 751 = GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00385) -200°C ... +850°C 50 K
Pt200 IEC 751 = GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00385) -200°C ... +850°C 50 K
Pt500 IEC 751 = GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00385) -200°C ... +850°C 50 K
Pt1000 IEC 751 = GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00385) -200°C ... +850°C 50 K
Pt100 GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00391) -200°C ... +850°C 50 K
Pt1000 GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00391) -200°C ... +850°C 50 K
Pt100 JIS C1604-1997 -200°C ... +850°C 50 K
Pt1000 JIS C1604-1997 -200°C ... +850°C 50 K
Ni100 DIN 43760 -60°C ... +250°C 50 K
Ni1000 DIN 43760 -60°C ... +250°C 50 K
Cu50 GOST 6651-2009 ( = 1.428) -180°C ... +200°C 50 K
Cu100 GOST 6651-2009 ( = 1.428) -180°C ... +200°C 50 K
Cu53 GOST 6651-2009 ( = 1.426) -50°C ... +180°C 50 K
Customer-specific characteristic curves
76 PHOENIX CONTACT
Temperature
Temperature transducer for Pt 100
PT 100
OUT U,I
1 1 5 + 5
active passive
2 2
GND 1
6 – 6 D W
ϑ ϑ ϑ
3 3
+24V
7 + H
4 4 GND 2
8 –
IN U,I OUT
PT100
Configurable, for a temperature measuring
+24V
POWER GND 2 range of -50°C ... +200°C
Zone 2
Div. 2

Ex: 
Technical data
Input data
Input signal (can be configured using DIP switches) Pt 100 (IEC 60751/EN 60751) : 2, 3, 4-conductor
– Highly compact temperature transducer Temperature range -50°C ... 200°C (configurable)
for electrical isolation, conversion, ampli- Measuring range span min. 50 K
fication, and filtering of Pt 100 signals to Output signal 0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
create standard signals 0 ... 10 V / 10 ... 0 V 20 ... 0 mA / 20 ... 4 mA
– Optimized temperature measuring range Load RB > 10 kΩ < 500 Ω (at 20 mA)
of -50°C to +200°C for increased accuracy Ripple < 20 mVPP (at 10 kΩ) < 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω)
– For 2-, 3- or 4-conductor Pt 100 sensors General data
according to IEC 60751 Current consumption < 21 mA (at 24 V DC)
– Input and output signals can be configured Power consumption < 500 mW
via DIP switches Transmission error for the full/set measurement range ≤ 0.25% ; ((50 K / Δ Temp) + 0.05)%
Temperature coefficient < 0.02%/K
– 3-way isolation Step response (0 - 99%) < 200 ms
– Error signaling via diagnostic LED and an- Electrical isolation Basic insulation according to EN 61010
alog signal Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 65°C
– Power supply possible through the foot Housing material PBT
element (T-Connector) Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
Notes: Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the
desired configuration by referring to the order key; see below.
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking UL, USA / Canada UL 508 Recognized
components can be found starting at page 88 Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 GL GL EMC 2 D
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR temperature measuring transducer, for
Pt 100 temperature sensors
Order configuration Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200 2864309 1
Order configuration Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200-SP1) 2864192 1
Unconfigured Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200-NC1) 2864370 1
Unconfigured Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200-SP-NC1) 2864202 1
Order key for MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200 (standard configuration entered as an example)
Connection Measuring range [°C] Output Failure in- Factory calibration Failure information (depends on the output signal range):
Order No. technology Start End formation 1) certificate (FCC) Overrange Open circuit
2864309 / 3 / 0 / 100 / OUT01 / A / NONE 0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 V 0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 V
2 = 2-con- 0 Range OUT01 = 0...20 mA A NONE = without FCC A 20.5 mA 20.5 mA 10.25 V 21 mA 21 mA 10.5 V
2864309 = ductor -5 (increment) OUT02 = 4...20 mA B YES = with FCC (a fee B 20.5 mA 20.5 mA 10.25 V 21 mA 21 mA 10.5 V
...-PT100-UI-200 3 = 3-con- -10 OUT03 = 0...10 V C is charged) C 20 mA 20 mA 10 V 21 mA 21 mA 10.5 V
D 20 mA 20 mA 10 V 0 mA 4 mA 0V
ductor -15 0...200 (5 K) OUT05 = 0...5 V D
2864192 = 4 = 4-con- -20 OUT06 = 1...5 V YESPLUS = FCC with Underrange Short circuit
...-PT100-UI-200-SP ductor -30 OUT07 = 20...0 mA 5 measuring 0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 V 0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 V
-40 OUT08 = 20...4 mA points (a fee is A 0 mA 4 mA 0V 0 mA 4 mA 0V
-50 OUT09 = 10...0 V charged) B 0 mA 3.5 mA 0V 0 mA 3 mA 0V
C 0 mA 4 mA 0V 21 mA 21 mA 10.5 V
1) For explanations, see adjacent text on the right; for further details, see data sheet: www.phoenixcontact.net/products D 0 mA 4 mA 0V 0 mA 4 mA 0V

Temperature
PT 100
OUT U,I
1 1 5 + 5
active passive
2 2
GND 1
6 – 6 D W
ϑ ϑ ϑ
3 3
+24V
7 + H
4 4 GND 2
8 –
IN U,I OUT
PT100
+24V
Zone 2
Div. 2

Ex:  
Technical data
Input data
– Highly compact temperature transducer Temperature range -150°C ... 850°C (configurable)
for electrical isolation, conversion, ampli- Measuring range span min. 50 K
fication, and filtering of Pt 100 signals to Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch) 0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
create standard signals 0 ... 10 V / 10 ... 0 V 20 ... 0 mA / 20 ... 4 mA
– Temperature measuring range of Load RB ≥ 10 kΩ < 500 Ω (at 20 mA)
-150°C to +850°C Ripple < 20 mVPP (at 10 kΩ) < 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω)
– For 2-, 3- or 4-conductor Pt 100 sensors General data
according to IEC 60751 Current consumption < 21 mA (at 24 V DC)
– Input and output signals can be configured Power consumption < 500 mW
via DIP switches Transmission error for the full/set measurement range ≤ 0.2% ; ((100 K / set measurement range [K]) + 0.1%)
– 3-way isolation Temperature coefficient < 0.02%/K

– Error signaling via diagnostic LED and Step response (0 - 99%) < 160 ms
analog signal Test voltage, input/output/supply 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
– Power supply possible through the foot Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 65°C
element (T-Connector) Housing material PBT
Notes: Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the Conformance / approvals
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking ATEX  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
components can be found starting at page 88 UL, USA / Canada UL 508 Recognized
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5
GL GL EMC 2 D
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Pt 100 temperature sensors
Order configuration Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI1) 2864435 1
Order configuration Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-SP 2864736 1
Unconfigured Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-NC1) 2864273 1
Unconfigured Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-SP-NC1) 2864286 1
Order key for MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI (standard configuration entered as an example)
Connection Measuring range [°C] Output Failure in- Factory calibration certifi- Failure information (depends on the output signal range):
Order No. technology Start End formation 1) cate (FCC) Overrange Open circuit
2864435 / 3 / 0 / 100 / OUT01 / A / NONE 0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 V 0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 V
2 = 2-conduc- 0 Range OUT01 = 0...20 mA A NONE = without FCC A 20.5 mA 20.5 mA 10.25 V 21 mA 21 mA 10.5 V
2864435 = tor -10 (increment) OUT02 = 4...20 mA B YES = with FCC (a fee B 20.5 mA 20.5 mA 10.25 V 21 mA 21 mA 10.5 V
...-PT100-UI 3 = 3-conduc- -20 OUT03 = 0...10 V C is charged) C 20 mA 20 mA 10 V 21 mA 21 mA 10.5 V
D 20 mA 20 mA 10 V 0 mA 4 mA 0V
tor -30 0...100 (5 K) OUT05 = 0...5 V D
2864736 = 4 = 4-conduc- -40 110...300 (10 K) OUT06 = 1...5 V YESPLUS = FCC with Underrange Short circuit
...-PT100-UI-SP tor -50 320...700 (20 K) OUT07 = 20...0 mA 5 measuring 0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 V 0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 V
-100 750...850 (50 K) OUT08 = 20...4 mA points (a fee is A 0 mA 4 mA 0V 0 mA 4 mA 0V
-150 OUT09 = 10...0 V charged) B 0 mA 3.5 mA 0V 0 mA 3 mA 0V
C 0 mA 4 mA 0V 21 mA 21 mA 10.5 V
1) For explanations, see adjacent text on the right; for further details, see data sheet: D 0 mA 4 mA 0V 0 mA 4 mA 0V
78 PHOENIX CONTACT
Temperature
PT 100
PWR IN
1 1 5 + 5
passive PWR
active
2 2
OUT I
6 – 6 D W
ϑ ϑ ϑ
3 3 7 H
4 4
8
IN POWER
I
PT100 OUT Configurable, for a temperature measuring
range of -150°C ... +300°C, loop-powered
Zone 2

Ex: 
Technical data
Input data
– Highly compact loop-powered tempera- Temperature range -150°C ... 300°C (configurable)
ture transducer for electrical isolation, Measuring range span min. 50 K
Output data
conversion, amplification, and filtering of Output signal 4 ... 20 mA / 20 ... 4 mA
Pt 100 signals to create standard signals Maximum output signal 23 mA
Load RB ((Usupply - 12 V) / 22 mA)
– Supplied by an output loop Ripple < 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω)
– Does not require any additional auxiliary General data
voltage Supply voltage UB 12 V DC ... 30 V DC
Current consumption < 3.5 mA (without signal current)
– Temperature measuring range of Power consumption < 42 mW (without signal current)
-150°C to +300°C Transmission error for the full/set measurement range ≤ 0.25% ; ((90 K / set measuring range [K]) + 0.05%)
– 2-, 3- or 4-conductor Pt 100 sensors Temperature coefficient < 0.02%/K
– Input signals can be configured via DIP Step response (0 - 99%) < 200 ms
switches Electrical isolation Basic insulation according to EN 61010
– 2-way isolation Degree of protection IP20
– Error signaling via diagnostic LED and Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 65°C
analog signal Mounting Any
To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking Conformance CE-compliant
components can be found starting at page 88 ATEX  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Pt 100 temperature sensors, loop-powered
Order configuration Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-PT100-LP 2810298 1
Order configuration Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-PT100-LP-SP 2810382 1
Unconfigured Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-PT100-LP-NC1) 2810308 1
Unconfigured Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-PT100-LP-NC-SP1) 2810395 1
Order key for MINI MCR-SL-PT100-LP (standard configuration entered as an example)
Connection Measuring range [°C] Output Failure in- Factory calibration certifi- Failure information
Order No. technology Start End formation 1) cate (FCC) Overrange Open circuit
2810298 / 3 / 0 / 100 / OUT02 / 1 / NONE
2 = 2-conductor 0 Range NONE = without FCC 1 - Start of range
2810298 = -10 (increment) OUT02 = 4...20 mA 1 YES = with FCC (a fee 2 21.5 mA 21.5 mA
3 3.5 mA 3.5 mA
...-PT100-LP 3 = 3-conductor -20 OUT08 = 20...4 mA 2 is charged)
4 21.5 mA 21.5 mA
-30 0...300 (5 K) 3
2810382 = 4 = 4-conductor -40 4 YESPLUS = FCC with Underrange Short circuit
...-PT100-LP-SP -50 5 measuring
-100 points (a fee is 1 - Start of range
-150 charged) 2 21.5 mA 21.5 mA
3 3.5 mA 3.5 mA
1) For explanations, see adjacent text on the right; for further details, see data sheet: www.phoenixcontact.net/products 4 3.5 mA 3.5 mA

Temperature
Temperature transducers for
thermocouples
S-Port
OUT U,I
1 + 1 5 + 5
active
TC
GND 1
passive
D W
2 – 2 6 – 6
3
+24V
7 +
H
4 GND 2
IN U,I OUT 8 –
FM
GND 2 +24V Universal measuring transducer
FM
POWER for thermocouples
Zone 2

Technical data
Input data
Input signal (can be configured using DIP switches) B, E, J, K, N, R, S, T, L, U, A-1, A-2, A-3, M, L
Highly compact temperature transducer Temperature range -250°C ... 2500°C (Range depending on the sensor type)
for electrical isolation, conversion, amplifi- Measuring range span min. 50 K
cation, and filtering of thermocouple signals. Output data U output I output
– For thermocouples according to IEC 584 Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch) 0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V / 10 ... 0 V 20 ... 0 mA / 20 ... 4 mA
and GOST Maximum output signal Approx. 12.3 V 24.6 mA
– Internal cold junction compensation No-load voltage
– Configurable via DIP switches and soft- Short-circuit current
Load RB ≥ 10 kΩ < 500 Ω (at 20 mA)
ware Ripple < 20 mVPP < 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω)
– Software available free of charge on the General data
Internet Current consumption < 27 mA (at 24 V DC)
– Power supply possible through the foot Power consumption ≤ 700 mW (at IOUT = 20 mA, 9.6 V DC, load 500 Ω)
element (T-Connector)
Transmission error 0.1% * 600 K / set measuring range; 0.1% > 600 K (E, J, K, N, T, L, U,
– Supports fault monitoring M Gost, L Gost) 0.2% * 600 K / set measuring range; 0.2% > 600 K
– Standard configuration: TC sensor type J (B, R, S, A1, A2, A3)
IEC 584 TC; cold junction compensation Cold junction errors < 3 K ( typ. < 2 K )
“ON”; -200 ... 1200°C; 4 ... 20 mA out- Temperature coefficient ≤ 0.01%/K
Step response (0 - 99%) Typ. 400 ms
put; error evaluation according to NE43 Electrical isolation Basic insulation according to EN 61010
(downscale); fault monitoring contact re- Test voltage, input/output/supply 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
sponds on any error. Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 65°C
For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 119 Conformance / approvals
The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet: Conformance CE-compliant
www.phoenixcontact.net/products ATEX  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking UL, USA / Canada UL 508 Recognized applied for
components can be found starting at page 88 Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for
GL GL applied for
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Universal temperature transducer for thermocouples
Standard configuration Screw connection MINI MCR-TC-UI-NC1) 2902851 1
Accessories
S-PORT interface
Sensor type Standard Measuring range Sensor type Standard Measuring range
B IEC 584-1 +500°C ... +1820°C L DIN 43710 -200°C ... +900°C
E IEC 584-1 -230°C ... +1000°C U DIN 43710 -200°C ... +600°C
J IEC 584-1 -210°C ... +1200°C A-1 GOST 8.585 0°C ... +2500°C
K IEC 584-1 -250°C ... +1372°C A-2 GOST 8.585 0°C ... +1800°C
N IEC 584-1 -200°C ... +1300°C A-3 GOST 8.585 0°C ... +1800°C
R IEC 584-1 -50°C ... +1768°C M GOST 8.585 -200°C ... +100°C
S IEC 584-1 -50°C ... +1768°C L GOST 8.585 -200°C ... +800°C
T IEC 584-1 -200°C ... +400°C Customer-specific characteristic curves
80 PHOENIX CONTACT
Temperature
Temperature transducer for
J- and K-type thermocouples
OUT U,I
1 1 5 + 5
active passive
TC
2 + 2
GND 1
6 – 6 D W
3
– 3
+24V
7 + H
4 GND 2
8 –
IN U,I OUT
+24V
Zone 2
Div. 2

Ex:  
Technical data
Input data
Input signal (can be configured using DIP switches) Thermocouples type J, K (IEC 584-1)
– Highly compact temperature transducer
Temperature range Typ J : -150°C ... 1200°C (configurable)
for electrical isolation, conversion, ampli- Typ K : -150°C ... 1350°C
fication, and filtering of thermocouple sig- Measuring range span min. 50 K
nals to create standard signals Output data U output I output
Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch) 0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
– Temperature measuring range of 0 ... 10 V / 10 ... 0 V 20 ... 0 mA / 20 ... 4 mA
-150°C to +1350°C Maximum output signal Approx. 12.5 V 23 mA
– For J and K thermocouples according to No-load voltage Approx. 12.5 V
Short-circuit current Approx. 10 mA
IEC 584-1 Load RB ≥ 10 kΩ < 500 Ω (at 20 mA)
– Internal cold junction compensation Ripple < 20 mVPP (at 10 kΩ) < 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω)
General data
– Input and output signals can be configured Supply voltage UB 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
via DIP switches Current consumption < 25 mA (at 24 V DC)
– 3-way isolation Power consumption < 500 mW
Transmission error for the full/set measurement range ≤ 0.2% ; ((150 K / set measurement range [K]) + 0.1%)
– Error signaling via diagnostic LED and
analog signal Cold junction errors < 3 K ( typ. < 2 K )
– Power supply possible through the foot Step response (0 - 99%) < 30 ms
element (T-Connector) Electrical isolation Basic insulation according to EN 61010
Notes: Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 65°C
To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the Housing material PBT
desired configuration by referring to the order key; see below. Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
components can be found starting at page 88 Conformance / approvals
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 ATEX  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
GL GL EMC 2 D
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR temperature measuring transducer, for thermocouples
Order configuration Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-TC-UI1) 2864448 1

Unconfigured Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-TC-UI-NC1) 2864299 1
Order key for MINI MCR-SL-TC-UI (standard configuration entered as an example)
Sensor type Measuring range [°C] Output Failure in- Factory calibration certifi- Failure information (depends on the output signal range):
Order No. Start End formation 1) cate (FCC) Overrange Open circuit
2864448 / J / 0 / 1000 / OUT01 / A / NONE 0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 V 0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 V
J = Type J 0 Range OUT01 = 0...20 mA A NONE = without FCC A 20.5 mA 20.5 mA 10.25 V 21 mA 21 mA 10.5 V
-10 (increment) OUT02 = 4...20 mA B YES = with FCC (a fee B 20.5 mA 20.5 mA 10.25 V 21 mA 21 mA 10.5 V
K = Type K -20 OUT03 = 0...10 V C is charged) C 20 mA 20 mA 10 V 21 mA 21 mA 10.5 V
D 20 mA 20 mA 10 V 0 mA 4 mA 0V
-30 OUT05 = 0...5 V D
-40 0 ... 300 (10 K) OUT06 = 1...5 V YESPLUS = FCC with Underrange
-50 320 ... 700 (20 K) OUT07 = 20...0 mA 5 measuring 0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 V
-100 750...1350 (50 K) OUT08 = 20...4 mA points (a fee is A 0 mA 4 mA 0V
-150 OUT09 = 10...0 V charged) B 0 mA 3.5 mA 0V
C 0 mA 4 mA 0V
1) For explanations, see adjacent text on the right; for further details, see data sheet: www.phoenixcontact.net/products D 0 mA 4 mA 0V

Frequency
Frequency transducers
For up to 80 kHz

Teach In
NAMUR OUT U,I

1 1 5 + 5
active
NPN GND 2
passive
D W
4 2 6 – 6
2 3
PNP +24V
7 +
H
NPN
PNP
4 GND 1
4 GND 3
IN U,I OUT 8 –
FM
3 GND 2 +24V Frequency transducer for up to 80 kHz
FM
POWER 4
Zone 2

Technical data
Input data
Input sources NPN/PNP transistor outputs
Configurable 3-way isolated frequency NAMUR initiators
Floating relay contact (dry contact)
transducer. Frequency measuring range 0.002 Hz ... 20 kHz (DIP switch)
– Suitable for the connection of NAMUR 0.002 Hz ... 80 kHz (Teach-in wheel)
Maximum input signal 30 V (incl. DC voltage)
proximity sensors (IEC 60947-5-6 and Output data U output I output
EN 50227) as well as for sensors with Output signal 0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
NPN and PNP outputs that generate a 0 ... 10 V / 10 ... 0 V 20 ... 0 mA / 20 ... 4 mA
Maximum output signal Approx. 12.3 V 24.6 mA
frequency signal Load RB ≥ 10 kΩ 500 Ω (at 20 mA)
– The device is configured via DIP switches Ripple < 20 mVPP < 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω)
– Frequency range is freely adjustable via a General data
press/slide button (“teach-in wheel”) Power consumption < 800 mW (at IOUT = 20 mA, 9.6 V DC, load 500 Ω)
– Supports fault monitoring
Transmission error of the full measuring span 0.1%
– Standard configuration: NAMUR sensor; Temperature coefficient 0.01%/K
mean-value generation “OFF”; Step response (0 - 99%) < 35 ms (At f > 500 Hz)
0.002 Hz ... 20 kHz frequency range; Electrical isolation Basic insulation according to EN 61010
4 ... 20 mA output; error evaluation NE43 Degree of protection IP20
(downscale); fault monitoring contact Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 65°C
Mounting Any
responds on any error Housing material PBT
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
components can be found starting at page 88 Conformance / approvals
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Conformance CE-compliant
GL GL applied for
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR frequency transducers
Standard configuration Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-F-UI-NC1) 2902832 1
Standard configuration Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-F-UI-SP-NC1) 2902833 1
82 PHOENIX CONTACT
Frequency
Analog-frequency transducer

supply
max. 30VDC
OUT IN U,I OUT + –
1 + 1 5 + 5
U,I
US 4-wire passive max. 20mA
D W
GND – OUT +
GND 1 GND 2
2 – 2 6 – 6
GND
+24V +24V
H
+ 3 7 + RL
GND 3
IN U,I f OUT – 4 GND 3
8 –
Configurable,
POWER +24V
frequency and PWM output
GND 3
Zone 2

Ex: 
Technical data
Input signal (configurable using the DIP switch) 0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
– Highly compact analog-to-frequency 0 ... 10 V / 2 ... 10 V 0 ... 10 mA / 2 ... 10 mA -
transducer for electrical isolation, amplifi- Maximum input signal 30 V DC 100 mA
Input resistance Approx. 110 kΩ Approx. 50 Ω
cation, conversion, and filtering of stan- Output data Frequency output PWM output
dard signals to create frequencies or Output signal (can be configured using DIP switches) 0 Hz ... 10 kHz / 0 Hz ... 5 kHz 7.8 kHz (10 bit) / 3.9 kHz (10 bit)
0 Hz ... 2.5 kHz / 0 Hz ... 1 kHz 1.9 kHz (12 bit) / 977 Hz (12 bit)
PWM signals 0 Hz ... 500 Hz / 0 Hz ... 250 Hz 488 Hz (14 bit) / 244 Hz (14 bit)
– Configurable interference filter 0 Hz ... 100 Hz / 0 Hz ... 50 Hz 122 Hz (16 bit) / 61 Hz (16 bit)
– Input and output signals can be configured Minimum load 4 mA ≤ (UL / RL) ≤ 20 mA 12 mA ≤ (UL / RL) ≤ 20 mA
Maximum load current 20 mA
via DIP switches Maximum switching voltage 30 V
– 3-way isolation Overrange/underrange Can be set (via DIP switch)
– Error signaling via diagnostic LED and Protective circuit Short-circuit protection, polarity reversal protection
General data
analog signal Supply voltage UB 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
– Power supply possible through the foot Nominal supply voltage 24 V DC
Current consumption < 10 mA (at 24 V DC)
element (T-Connector) Power consumption < 200 mW
– PWM output of 5 ... 95% Maximum transmission error ≤ 0.1% (> 7 kHz ≤ 0.2%)
Notes: Step response (0 - 99%) < 15 ms (+ (1/f) smallest filter)
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking < 1 s (+ (1/f) largest filter)
components can be found starting at page 88 Electrical isolation Basic insulation according to EN 61010
Mounting Any
GL GL EMC 2 D
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR frequency transducer
Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-UI-F1) 2864082 1
Frequency output Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-UI-F-SP1) 2810243 1
T T T T T T
Variable frequency / Period duration T
PWM output (pulse width modulation)

T T T T T T
Variable pulse-pause ratio / Fixed period duration T

Potentiometer
Potiposition transducer
IN OUT U,I
1 1 5 + 5
active passive
2 2
IN GND 1
6 – 6 D W
3 3
IN +24V
7 + H
4 GND 2
8 –
IN R U,I OUT
Configurable,
+24V
POWER GND 2 automatic potentiometer detection
Zone 2

Ex: 
Technical data
Input data
Potentiometer 100 Ω ... 100 kΩ
– Highly compact potiposition transducer Reference voltage source < 3.6 V
for electrical isolation, conversion, ampli- Output data U output I output
Output signal 0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
fication, and filtering of potentiometer 0 ... 10 V / 10 ... 0 V 20 ... 0 mA / 20 ... 4 mA
signals to create standard signals Maximum output signal 12.5 V 23 mA
No-load voltage Approx. 12.5 V
– Automatic potentiometer detection Short-circuit current Approx. 10 mA
without manual adjustment Load RB > 10 kΩ < 500 Ω (20 mA)
– For potentiometers from 100 Ω to 100 kΩ Ripple < 20 mVPP (at 10 kΩ) < 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω)
Behavior in the event of a sensor error 0% ... 105% (configurable)
– Configurable measuring range and output General data
signals Supply voltage UB 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
– A potentiometer sub-range can be linear- Nominal supply voltage 24 V DC
ized via the “teach-in” switch on the de- Power consumption < 500 mW
vice Maximum transmission error < 0.2%
– Input and output signals can be configured Step response (0 - 99%) < 30 ms
via DIP switches Electrical isolation Basic insulation according to EN 61010
– 3-way isolation Test voltage, input/output/supply 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
– Error signaling via diagnostic LED and an- Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 65°C
alog signal Mounting Any
– Power supply possible through the foot Housing material PBT
element (T-Connector) Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking Conformance CE-compliant
components can be found starting at page 88 ATEX  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
GL GL EMC 2 D
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR potiposition transducer
Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-R-UI1) 2864095 1
Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-R-UI-SP1) 2810256 1
Lifting platform
M
Actuator motor ACTUAL TARGET
Potentiometer 0...10 V 0...10 V
Controller
1 OUT 5
Control system
2 GND1 6
3 UB + 7
4 GND2 8
MINI MCR-SL-R-UI 24V
Mains voltage
Height adjustment of a lifting platform with setpoint and actual

value control
84 PHOENIX CONTACT
Limit values
Threshold value switch
OUT IN U,I
5 + 5 1
U,I
US 4-wire
GND 1
D W
6 – 6 2 2 14
GND
+24V
H
+ 7 3 3 11
GND 2
IN U,I OUT – 8 4 4 12
Configurable, with relay PDT output

POWER GND 2
+24V
Zone 2

Ex:  
Technical data
Input signal (configurable using the DIP switch) 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 20 mA
– Highly compact threshold value switch for Maximum input signal 30 V 100 mA
switching analog limit values Input resistance > 100 kΩ 50 Ω
Specification of the switching point With 25-speed potentiometer
– Input signal, hysteresis, and delay time can Switching output
be configured via DIP switches Relay output 1 PDT
Contact material AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
– Limit value can be freely adjusted via po- Max. switching voltage 250 V AC
tentiometer on front Limiting continuous current 2A
– 3-way isolation Hysteresis (configurable using the DIP switch) (0.1%; 1%; 2.5%; 5%)
Operating and closed circuit current behavior Switchable using DIP switch
– PDT relay at output Setting range of the response delay (configurable using the DIP 0 s ... 10 s (0 s; 1 s; 2 s; 3 s; 4 s; 6 s; 8 s; 10 s)
– Operating current/quiescent current switch)
General data
switchover Supply voltage UB 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
– Status and error signaling via two diagnos- Nominal supply voltage 24 V DC
tic LEDs Current consumption < 14 mA (at 24 V DC)
Power consumption < 330 mW (at 24 V DC)
– Power supply possible through the foot Linearity error < 0.05% (of final value)
element (T-Connector) Temperature coefficient < 0.02%/K
Step response (0 - 99%) < 35 ms
Notes: Electrical isolation Basic insulation according to EN 61010
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking Test voltage input/power supply 1.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
components can be found starting at page 88 Degree of protection IP20
Mounting Any
ATEX  II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X
UL, USA Class I, Zone 2, AEx nC IIC T6
UL, Canada Class I, Zone 2, Ex nC IIC T6
GL GL EMC 2 D
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR threshold value switch
Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-UI-REL1) 2864480 1
Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-UI-REL-SP1) 2864493 1

Digital IN
NAMUR isolation amplifiers
IN OUT 1
1 + 1 5 5 13
DI 1
2 – 2
IN OUT 1
6 6 14 D W
1
3
OUT 2 +24V
7 + H
2
OUT 2
4 GND
1 8 –
IN OUT
2
3 13 Configurable, for NAMUR sensors and
+24V
POWER GND DI 2 floating contacts
4 14
Zone 2

Ex: 
Technical data
Input data
Input signal NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)
– Highly compact isolation amplifier for Open circuit switch contacts
Switch contacts with resistance circuit
electrical isolation, amplification, and du- Control circuit
plication of proximity sensor signals No-load voltage 8.2 V DC ±10%
– For proximity sensors in accordance with Switching points (according to IEC 60947-5-6) < 1.2 mA (blocking)
> 2.1 mA (conductive)
IEC 60947-5-6 and EN 50227 Line error detection > 6 mA (in the event of a short-circuit)
– Floating contacts and contacts with resis- < 0.35 mA (With wire break)
Switching output
tance circuit can be connected Relay output 2 N/O contacts
– Input and output signals can be configured Contact material Hard gold plated AgNi
via DIP switches Maximum switching voltage 250 V AC
Maximum switching current 2A
– N/O contacts at output Minimum contact current 1 mA (for 5 V DC)
– Second output can be used as a doubler Switching frequency 0.5 Hz (240 V AC / 30 V DC / 2 A)
10 Hz (without load)
or error signaling output General data
– 3-way isolation Supply voltage UB 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
– Switchover between operating current Nominal supply voltage 24 V DC
and quiescent current (inverted switching Power consumption < 600 mW
behavior) Electrical isolation Basic insulation according to EN 61010
– Error signaling via diagnostic LED and an- Test voltage, input/output/supply 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
alog signal Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 65°C
– Power supply possible through the foot Mounting Any
element (T-Connector) Dimensions W / H / D 6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking Conformance / approvals
components can be found starting at page 88 Conformance CE-compliant
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 ATEX  II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X
GL GL EMC 2 D
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR NAMUR switching amplifier
Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-NAM-2RNO1) 2864105 1
Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-NAM-2RNO-SP1) 2810269 1
86 PHOENIX CONTACT
Accessories
Constant voltage source
OUT OUT
OUT U OUT U
+ 1 5 +
– 2
GND 1 GND 1
6 – D W
+ 3
+24V +24V
7 + H
POWER GND 2
– 4 GND 2
8 –
IN OUT
Configurable,
UCV +24V
output signals 2.5 V / 5 V / 7.5 V / 10 V
GND 2
Ex: 
Zone 2
Applied for: cUL / UL

Technical data
Input data
Input signal 9.6 ... 30 V
– Constant voltage source for potentiome- Output data
ters, measuring bridges, encoders Output signal (can be configured using DIP switches) 10 V DC
7.5 V DC
– Highly precise 5 V DC
2.5 V DC
– Input signal corresponds to power supply Short-circuit current Approx. 32 mA
– Input signal and, in turn, the power supply Ripple < 20 mVPP
can be provided via the foot element General data
(T-Connector) Power consumption < 600 mW (at 24 V IN)
– Standard configuration: Maximum transmission error ≤ 0.1% (of final value)
Output 10 V DC Temperature coefficient < 0.01%/K, typ. < 0.002%/K
Notes: Test voltage input/output 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Information on components for power bridging, system cabling, Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 65°C
and marking can be found in the INTERFACE catalog or at
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR constant voltage source
With screw connection Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-CVS-24-5-10-NC1) 2902822 1
With spring-cage connection Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-CVS-24-5-10-SP-NC1) 2902823 1
Accessories
Setpoint potentiometer, to set setpoints individually
Resistance value 4.7 kΩ EMG 30-SP- 4K7LIN 2940252 10

Resistance value 10 kΩ EMG 30-SP-10K LIN 2942124 10

Accessories
Feed-through terminal blocks
– Feed-through terminal block for 1:1 for-
1:1
warding of signals in the MINI Analog 1
IN OUT
5
group IN OUT
6
2
– For plugging gaps in system cabling with
IN OUT
the V8 system adapter, e.g., when there 3 7
D W
are fewer than eight signals IN OUT
4 8 H
– Used in conjunction with the
MINI Analog multiplexer
– For direct mounting in the case of applica-
tions without signal conversion and with- 1:1 connection
out electrical isolation
Technical data
General data
Mounting Any
GL GL EMC 2 D
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
MINI Analog feed-through terminal block
Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-TB 2811420 1
Accessories
Marking material
– Flexible labeling system with pivoting

transparent cover and matching insert
strips
– Transparent cover that can be snapped
onto the module instead of the standard
cover
– Insert strips on pre-punched paper sheets
– Marking option for standard cover in the
form of ZBF 6 zack marker strip marking
labels Transparent cover with insert strips
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Fold-up transparent cover, for labeling MINI Analog modules
with insert strips
MINI MCR DKL 2308111 10
Accessories
Insert strips, stamped, for transparent cover MINI MCR-DKL-LABEL 2810272 10
Zack marker strip, flat ZBF 6 (see Catalog 5)

UniCard sheets, for marker groove UC-TMF 6 (see Catalog 5)
88 PHOENIX CONTACT
Accessories
Power terminals
IN 1 2 3 4
– For up to 80 MINI Analog modules OUT FM
IN
+ 1 5 +
– The MINI MCR-SL-PTB-FM(-SP) power +24V
PWR 1 PWR 1
+24V
IN / OUT-FM IN
terminal block is used to supply the sup- – 2 6 –
ply voltage to the DIN rail connector

+ 3 7 +
– Monitoring of supplies in combination +24V
PWR 2
IN / OUT-FM
PWR 2
IN +24V
D W
with the fault monitoring module – 4 8 –
H
– Flexible redundant supply from one or PWR OUT
both module sides – +

+24V Zone 2
– Extended supply voltage range from
0 ... 30 V DC Power terminal block, can be monitored
Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Technical data
Input data
Input voltage range 0 V DC ... 30 V DC
Output data
Output voltage (Input voltage - 0.8 V)
Output current ≤2A
General data
GL GL applied for
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
MINI Analog power terminal blocks
MINI MCR-SL-PTB-FM1) 2902958 1
MINI MCR-SL-PTB-FM-SP1) 2902959 1
Accessories
Error message modules
IN 1 2 OUT
Fault monitoring module for evaluating OUT RC
+ 1 5 +
and reporting group errors from the fault +24V PWR 1 FAULT
IN CONTACT
monitoring system. – 2
OUT RC
6 –
– Monitoring of supply voltages of + 3 7 +

MINI MCR-SL-PTB-FM(-SP) power ter- +24V PWR 1
IN
PWR
OUT
D W
minal blocks – 4 8 –
FM +24V H
– Drawing off the supply is possible
– The error is reported via an N/C contact – +
+24V Zone 2
– Standard configuration: group error de-
tection “ON”; redundancy monitoring Group error message and
“ON”; relay “active” Supply monitoring
Notes: Technical data

1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Input data/output data
Input signal 9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC
Output signal 9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC
Output signal maximum current 2A
Switching output
Maximum switching voltage 30 V DC
Maximum switching current 50 mA
Test voltage input/output 1.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
GL GL applied for
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
MINI Analog error message modules
Standard configuration Screw connection MINI MCR-SL-FM-RC-NC1) 2902961 1
Standard configuration Spring-cage conn. MINI MCR-SL-FM-RC-SP-NC1) 2902962 1

Accessories
ME 6,2 TBUS... T-Connector
– For bridging the supply voltage

– Reduces wiring costs
– Module can be replaced without inter-
rupting the supply to the remaining mod-
ules (hot swap)
– One T-Connector for two MINI Analog
modules
– Current carrying capacity of 2 A to
MINI Analog modules
For bridging the supply voltage
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
DIN rail connector (TBUS), for bridging the supply voltage, can be
snapped onto 35 mm DIN rails as per EN 60715, with UL approval
ME 6,2 TBUS-2 1,5/5-ST-3,81 GN 2869728 10
Accessories
Power terminals
IN IN
– For supplying the supply voltage via the
+ 1 5
+
foot element (T-Connector) where DC +24V PWR 1 IN PWR 2 IN +24V
voltages of up to 30 V are already available – 2 6

–
– Option of redundant supply decoupled 3 7

from diode D W
– For up to 80 MINI analog modules 4
8
H
– For up to 2 A PWR OUT
– +
– Status and error signaling via diagnostic +24V Zone 2
LEDs
Redundant supply for existing 24 V
Notes:
Recommended fuse for power terminal block:
Fuse according to IEC 60127-2/V Technical data
Nominal current: 2.5 A
Characteristics: Slow-blow Input data
(e.g., Wickmann 5 x 20 mm/No. 195 - glass fuse) Input voltage range 20 V DC ... 30 V DC
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Output data
Output voltage (Input voltage - 0.8 V)
Output current ≤2A
General data
GL GL EMC 2 D
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR power terminal block
MINI MCR-SL-PTB1) 2864134 1
MINI MCR-SL-PTB-SP1) 2864147 1
90 PHOENIX CONTACT
Accessories
ME 17,5 TBUS-...T-Connector
– For bridging the supply voltage when us-

ing a MINI POWER system power supply
Notes:
If the system power supply is used, you need two ME 17,5 TBUS
T-Connectors to establish the connection with the ME 6,2 TBUS T-
Connectors of the MINI Analog system and provide an effective
power supply.
For system power supply
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
DIN rail connector, for bridging the supply voltage, can be
snapped onto 35 mm DIN rails as per EN 60715, with UL approval,
two pieces are required per system power supply
ME 17,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN 2709561 10
Accessories
System power supply H
D W
– For supplying the supply voltage via the
foot element (T-Connector) where AC
voltages are available
– 100 ... 240 V AC nominal input voltage
range
– 24 V DC output voltage
– For up to 60 MINI Analog modules
– For up to 1.5 A, secondary
– Status and error signaling via diagnostic
LEDs For applications with local voltages of
over 100 V
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
System power supply unit, primary-switched with zone 2 approval.
More information is given in the INTERFACE Power Supply catalog
part.
MINI-PS-100-240AC/24DC/1.5/EX 2866653 1
System power supply unit, primary-switched (not for zone 2).
More information is given in the INTERFACE Power Supply catalog
part.
MINI-SYS-PS-100-240AC/24DC/1.5 2866983 1

Accessories
System cabling
A high number of channels enables ana-

log signal transmission across 6 mm in a
confined space for many applications. In
this kind of context, in particular, it is real-
ly important to have access to wiring solu-
tions that avoid errors and are time-effi-
cient, thereby cutting costs.
The MINI Analog system cabling solution
allows you to wire up to eight channels
quickly, easily, and without errors. V8 system adapter
for MINI Analog
System cabling can take various forms.
System cabling with a front adapter

This includes:
– A 16-pos. FLK cable
– The V8 system adapter for MINI Analog
modules
– A front adapter that needs to be specifi-
cally selected based on the analog card of
the controller
With this solution, all you need to do is 16-pos. FLK cable
connect the components together. There
is virtually no wiring effort involved.
What's more, it completely rules out wir-
ing errors, as the pre-assembled compo-
nents ensure correct assignment by virtue
of their design.
System cabling without a front adapter Front adapter for analog card
The version that does not require the
use of a front adapter is the ideal addition.
This solution involves using a 16-pos. System cabling with a front adapter
FLK cable with open ends on one side. The

open ends are fitted with ferrules and are The tables below are designed to serve as
numbered. This allows you to create a sys- a configuration aid. Details of other solu-
tem cabling connection to virtually any tions are available on the Internet or on re-
module without having to fit a front adapt- quest.
er. The other advantage is that you can im-
plement system cabling on the module side
quickly, easily, and without errors.
Configuration aid for MINI Analog system cabling
Controller Analog card Front adapter FLK cable V8 system adapter for MINI Analog
Siemens 6ES7-331-7KF02-0AB0
SIMATIC S7-300 / 6ES7-331-7KB02-0AB0
ET 200 M FLKM 16-PA-S300/MINI-MCR
6ES7-331-7KB81-0AB0 (in the catalog on page 454)
6ES7-331-7TF00-0AB0 FLK 16/EZ-DR/.../KONFEK
(non-molded plugs, MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16-A
6ES7-332-8TF01-0AB0 (in the catalog on page 94)
in the catalog on page 506)
6ES7-331-1KF01-0AB0 FLKM 16-PA-331-1KF/I/MINI-MCR
(for current signals) (in the catalog on page 455)
6ES7-331-5HF00-0AB0 FLKM 16-PA-332-5HF/I/MINI-MCR
(for current signals) (in the catalog on page 455)
AAI 141 CABLE-40/2/FLK16/.../YUC

Yokogawa (non-molded plugs, 2 x MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16-A
Not required
Centum CS 3000 R3 (in the catalog on page 94)
AAI 143 in the catalog on page 467)
CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/...M
(non-molded plugs,
Miscellaneous controllers / MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16-A
All cards Not required or alternatively
actuators / sensors (in the catalog on page 94)
VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/OE/0,14/...M
(molded plugs,
92 PHOENIX CONTACT
V8 system adapter
for MINI Analog
Plug-in connection
16-pos. VIP or FLK cable with

open ends
Innovative concept
System cabling without a front adapter
Innovative concept Increased protection

Thanks to its innovative design concept, The new VIP cables with molded FLK
the MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16 A MINI Ana- plugs offer enhanced protection in harsh
log system adapter can be used on both industrial environments. If you opt for sys-
the input and output side. Consequently, tem cabling without a front adapter, you
there is nothing at all to prevent you from can enjoy all the advantages of the new VIP
using the same components for system ca- cables on the system adapter side. Complete flexibility
bling on both output and input modules.
Addition
Complete flexibility If the application demands a form of sys-
The proven FLK cable series offers com- tem cabling with fewer than eight channels,
plete flexibility in terms of selection and is the MINI MCR-SL-TB feed-through termi-
the ideal solution for system cabling with a nal block (page 88) represents the perfect
front adapter. The flat and flexible plug addition.
connections mean that the products can
be easily installed in any analog module.
Increased protection
Addition

Accessories
MINI Analog system adapter
– Time-saving wiring solution thanks to

unique plug-in concept
– System cabling on PLC side
– Plug and play
– For up to eight channels
– Reduces wiring costs and errors
System adapter

Ex: 
Technical data
General data
Contact resistance < 10 mΩ
Current carrying capacity ≤1A
Test voltage 500 V (50 Hz, 1 min. from channel to channel)
Vibration resistance ≤ 0.7 g

Surge voltage category / Pollution degree III / 2
Connection to the signal level Flat-ribbon cable plug connector according to IEC 60603-13
Insertion/withdrawal cycles ( System adapter / FLK 16 ) 10 / ≥ 200

GL GL EMC 2 D
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
System adapter, for MINI analog modules with screw connection
MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16-A 2811268 1
MINI Analog system cabling
94 PHOENIX CONTACT
Accessories
MINI Analog multiplexer
AO BIT1 BIT2 BIT3

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1xIOUT POWER
IN 8xIIN OUT
3xDO 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PWR I D1+ D1- D2+ D2- D3+ D3-
In Out
Ex: 
FLK pin strip assignment Housing width 50.4 mm
Technical data
Input data
Description 2, 4, 6, or 8-channel (can be switched over)
– Generates an analog output from up to Can be configured/parameterized Via DIP switches
eight analog input signals – parallel analog Input signal 4 ... 20 mA
Maximum input signal < 30 mA
signals are transmitted serially via a cable Switching cycles 2 or 1 sec. (can be selected)
– The desired number of channels is select- Output data
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA
ed via DIP switches (8, 6, 4 or 2 channels) Maximum output signal < 30 mA
– The channel currently switched is indicat- Load RB ((Usupply - 7 V) / I max)
ed as a bit pattern via three digital outputs Status indication Active input 1, 2, 3-bit digital output (can be selected)
Switching output 3 x PNP optocouplers
– Two clock cycles for execution can be se- Maximum switching voltage 30 V DC
lected via DIP switches (one- or two-sec- General data
ond clock) Supply voltage UB 7 V DC ... 30 V DC (Loop-powered)
Current consumption < 3.5 mA (without signal current)
– Supplied by an output loop Power consumption < 24 mW (without signal current)
– For 4 ... 20 mA current signals Maximum transmission error 0.3% (0.1%, typical)
– Can be easily snapped onto MINI Analog Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 65°C
modules with screw connection method Housing material PBT
– Huge reduction in analog inputs at con- Dimensions W / H / D 50.4 / 45.5 / 46.2 mm
Connection to control level Flat-ribbon cable plug connector according to IEC 60603-13
trollers
– System cabling on the output side using Insertion/withdrawal cycles ( System adapter / FLK 16 ) 10 / ≥ 200
pre-assembled FLK cables with open Conformance CE-compliant
ends. ATEX  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
Notes: Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for
For six, four or two channels you will also need the corresponding Ordering data
number of feed-through terminal blocks (i.e., two, four or six).
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Pcs. /
Pkt.
Multiplexer for MINI Analog modules with screw connection
MINI MCR-SL-MUX-V8-FLK 161) 2811815 1
Accessories
MINI Analog feed-through terminal block MINI MCR-SL-TB 2811420 1
For round cable with one open end, see VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/OE/0,14/...
“System cabling for controllers” section
For round cable with one open end, see CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/...
“System cabling for controllers” section
1 x Analog IN
Controller
8 x Analog IN
Power
MINI MCR-SL-MUX..
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI AO
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI 4...20 mA
....
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI DO
00
t0 l1
Bi nne
a
Ch ve
ti
Ac Controller
3 x Digital IN
Monitoring of eight motor temperatures with just one

analog control input

Termination carrier for
MINI Analog isolating amplifier
Select standard DIN rail device
Select module carrier
TC... termination carriers are com- Compact

pact solutions for conveniently and smooth- – The compact design associated with
ly connecting standard DIN rail isolating MINI Analog saves up to 65% of space in
amplifiers from the MINI Analog series to the control cabinet
input/output cards of automation systems Robust and reliable
using system cables.
– Stable, vibration-resistant aluminum car-
rier device profile
The most compact isolating amplifiers – PCB is completely decoupled from isolat-
combined with the most compact and flex-
ing amplifiers
ible module carriers on the market enable
– PCB without active electronics
you to achieve a hitherto unparalleled pack- – Redundant supply via separate DIN rail
ing density in your control cabinet together
module
with professional system cabling.
– Horizontal or vertical DIN rail mounting
Flexible Select controller-specific front adapter and system cable
– Profile sections without pitch markings
– Quick and safe module connection with
plug-in cable sets
– Can be flexibly adapted to suit any con-
troller or higher-level control system
– Solutions tailored to your requirements
on request
– Available pre-assembled with modules
and wired, or for self-assembly
Solutions are also available for MACX Analog,

MACX Analog Ex, and Safety
96 PHOENIX CONTACT
MINI Analog isolating amplifier
The TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-M-P-UNI
universal termination carrier is a compact
solution which connects isolating amplifiers
from the MINI Analog series to input/out-
put cards of automation systems.
The TC-D37SUB-AIO16-M-PS-UNI
termination carrier version also enables the
coupling and decoupling of HART signals.
– Connection of up to 16 channels
– Can be universally connected, thanks to
37-pos. D-SUB cable with open ends. This
enables flexible connection to automa-
tion systems
– Redundant power supply, decoupled from Housing width 136 mm
diode via separate MINI MCR-PTB power Technical data
module and MINI MCR-SL-TB feed- General data
through terminal block Connection to the control system level D-SUB pin strip
Number of positions 37
Notes: Maximum operating voltage < 50 V DC (Per signal/channel)
Contact us: together, we can develop optimum solutions for your Maximum permissible current 1 A (Signal/channel)
automation system with the termination carrier for MINI Analog. Rated insulation voltage 50 V
Surge voltage category II
Pollution degree 2
Rated surge voltage 0.5 kV
Air and creepage distances DIN EN 50178 ( Basic insulation )
Ambient temperature range -40°C ... 80°C (Please observe module specifications)
Shock 15g, according to IEC 60068-2-27

Vibration (operation) 2g, according to IEC 60068-2-6
Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0
Dimensions W / H / D 136 / 170 / 160 mm
Power supply via power module
Input voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
Redundant supply yes, decoupled from diodes
Polarization and surge protection Yes
Fuse 2.5 A Slow-blow
Status indication 2 x red LED (error)
1 x green LED (PWR)
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Module carrier for 16 MINI Analog channels, power and
feed-through module
TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-M-P-UNI 2902933 1
- With connection for MACX MCR-S-MUX HART multiplexer TC-D37SUB-AIO16-M-PS-UNI1) 2902934 1
Accessories
MINI Analog power terminal blocks MINI MCR-SL-PTB-FM1) 2902958 1
MINI Analog error message modules MINI MCR-SL-FM-RC-NC1) 2902961 1
HART multiplexer, 32-chanel, including two 14-wire flat-ribbon MACX MCR-S-MUX 2865599 1
cables
Alarm
X20 COMBICON
4 (-) PW1
6 (-) PW2
X1 DSUB 37
3 (+)
5 (+)
17
18
36
37
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
10
29
11
30
12
31
13
32
14
33
15
34
16
35
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
F1
F2
CH11
CH13
CH15
CH10
CH12
CH14
CH16
CH1
CH3
CH5
CH7
CH9
CH2
CH4
CH6
CH8
PTB
FM
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
PTSM
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
1
T-BUS
MINI PTB
2811420
PW1 2864134
MINI TB
-
+
TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-M-P-UNI and TC-D37SUB-AIO16-M-PS-UNI connection scheme

Accessories
Surge protection
LINETRAB LIT
The ideal addition to MINI Analog - the
innovative surge protection solution in
6.2 mm housing.
Because the LINETRAB LIT and Assembled 16-pos. round cable
VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR...
MINI Analog housing is the same shape,
you can benefit from the numerous advan-
tages of system cabling. The advantage of
combining MINI Analog and LINETRAB
LIT products is that it enables you to set
up a space-saving, protected, and optimally
coordinated signal chain from the sensor
right up to the controller.
The tables below are designed to serve
as configuration aids for combining
MINI Analog and LINETRAB products.
On the left, you will find a list of the
components and combination options for
setting up system cabling between
MINI Analog and LINETRAB.
For details of system cabling solutions
that can be used between MINI Analog and V8 system adapters
for MINI Analog
the controller side, please refer to
page 92.
For more detailed information on
LINETRAB LIT surge protection modules,
please see the TRABTECH catalog.
LINETRAB LIT
LINETRAB LIT surge protection
modules
Reliable and systematic measurements - LINETRAB LIT and MINI Analog
Configuration aid for LINETRAB LIT - MINI Analog

Cabling via MINI Analog system adapter (8 modules)
LINETRAB LIT (surge protection) MINI Analog

MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI 2864383
MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI-NC 2864150
MINI MCR-SL-U-UI-NC 2865007
MINI MCR-SL-U-I-0 2813512
MINI MCR-SL-U-I-4 2813525
MINI MCR-SL-I-U-0 2813541
MINI MCR-SL-I-U-4 2813538
MINI MCR-SL-I-I 2864406
MINI MCR-SL-U-U 2864684
LIT 1X2-24 2804610 MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I 2864794
MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I-NC 2864176
MINI MCR-SL-RPS-I-I 2864422
MINI MCR-SL-RPSS-I-I 2864079
MINI MCR-SL-1CP-I-I 2864419
MINI MCR-SL-UI-F 2864082
MINI MCR-SL-NAM-2RNO 2864105
MINI MCR-SL-UI-REL 2864480
MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI 2810858
MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI-NC 2810780
Components required for system cabling
Available 16-pos. VIP... round cables V8 system adapter for MINI Analog
Type Length Order No. Type

VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/FR/0,14/0,5M 0.5 m 2900154
2 x MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16-A
VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/FR/0,14/1,0M 1.0 m 2900155 (in the catalog on page 94)
VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/FR/0,14/2,0M 2.0 m 2900156
VIP... round cables are available in special lengths on request.
98 PHOENIX CONTACT
VIP system cable Surge protection

The new VIP cables provide a way of set- Surge protection is a reliable means of ac-
ting up secure and robust connections, tively preventing and protecting against sys-
even in harsh industrial environments. tem damage and downtimes. LINETRAB is
able to limit transient surge voltages safely
Innovative concept and without affecting the signal - all in a
The MINI Analog system adapter does compact device with a design width of just
not just support system cabling on the in- 6.2 mm.
put and output sides. It also allows cabling
VIP system cable
to be installed with LINETRAB surge pro-
tection modules quickly, easily, and with-
out errors.
Increased protection
In addition to all the advantages associat-
ed with electrical isolation, filtering, ampli-
fication, and the conversion of standard
analog signals using MINI Analog, there is
now also the option of effective surge pro-
tection.
Innovative concept
Configuration aid for LINETRAB LIT - MINI Analog

Manual cabling
LINETRAB LIT (surge protection) MINI Analog Increased protection
MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI 2864383

MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI-NC 2864150
MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI-SP 2864710
MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI-SP-NC 2864163
MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI-SP 2810874
MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI-SP-NC 2810793
MINI MCR-SL-U-UI-SP 2811213
MINI MCR-SL-U-UI-SP-NC 2810078
MINI MCR-SL-U-I-0-SP 2813570
LIT 1X2-24 2804610 MINI MCR-SL-U-I-4-SP 2813583
MINI MCR-SL-I-U-0-SP 2813554 Surge protection
MINI MCR-SL-I-U-4-SP 2813567
MINI MCR-SL-I-I-SP 2864723
MINI MCR-SL-U-U-SP 2864697
MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I-SP 2864804
MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I-SP-NC 2864189
MINI MCR-SL-RPS-I-I-SP 2864752
MINI MCR-SL-RPSS-I-I-SP 2810230
MINI MCR-SL-1CP-I-I-SP 2864749
MINI MCR-SL-2CP-I-I 2864655
LIT 2X2-24 2804623
MINI MCR-SL-2CP-I-I-SP 2864781
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200 2864309
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200-NC 2864370
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200-SP 2864192
LIT 2-12 2804665 MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200-SP-NC 2864202
(for 2-conductor connection MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI 2864435
technology) MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-NC 2864273
LIT 4-12 2804678 MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-SP 2864736
(for 3- and 4-conductor connection MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-SP-NC 2864286
technology) MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-LP 2810298
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-LP-NC 2810308
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-LP-SP 2810382
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-LP-SP-NC 2810395
MINI MCR-SL-UI-F-SP 2810243
LIT 1X2-24 2804610 MINI MCR-SL-NAM-2RNO-SP 2810269
MINI MCR-SL-UI-REL-SP 2864493
MINI MCR-SL-R-UI 2864095
LIT 4-24 2804678
MINI MCR-SL-R-UI-SP 2810256

Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Reliable and safe Temperature of a device right up to device operation.

MACX Analog - safe and high-perfor- – Universal temperature transducers for re- These measures are audited within the
mance signal isolating amplifiers. This prod- sistance thermometers, resistance-type scope of a full assessment by an indepen-
uct range enables you to safely isolate, con- sensors, potentiometers, thermocouples, dent test center.
dition, filter, and amplify all the signals of and mV sources – also with safe limit val- Phoenix Contact therefore makes a signif-
your system. ue relays as an option icant contribution to high system safety and
In all phases of the product life cycle, the – Configurable temperature transducer for availability.
MACX Analog range has been consistently resistance thermometers and resistance-
developed and produced according to stan- type sensors
dards for functional safety. Save planning and – Configurable temperature transducer for
operating costs – by combining high signal thermocouples and mV sources
flexibility with safe isolation and SIL evalua-
tion. Digital IN
The universal nature of the product range – Isolation amplifiers with input for
provides you with a solution for all applica- NAMUR proximity sensor or switch
tions using analog signal transmission. You – Single-channel with PDT or passive tran-
are free to choose between either multi- sistor output
functional high-end devices or reasonably- – Single-channel with double N/O contact
priced standard modules with exactly the output DIN rail connector-compatible
right functions. – Two-channel with one N/O contact out- The DIN rail connector enables the
put per channel modular bridging of the 24 V supply
Choose the right MACX Analog iso- – Two-channel with one PDT or passive voltage.
lating amplifier for your application: transistor output per channel
Analog IN/OUT Functional safety – from the initial

– Configurable 3-way isolating amplifiers idea to the finished product Wide-range power supply
– Repeater power supplies with HART sig- Phoenix Contact meets the requirements The modules featuring a wide-range
nal transmission for supplying 2-conduc- of functional safety according to IEC 61508 power supply (...-UP) can be used in
tor transmitters in a standardized development process. all power supply networks the
– Output isolating amplifiers with HART Here, all fault avoidance and fault control world over without the need for ad-
signal transmission measures are taken into consideration, ditional power supply units.
from the very development and production
100 PHOENIX CONTACT

Safe and reliable functions Precise transmission and high Easy configuration
– Consistent SIL certification. This ensures operational reliability – Without software via DIP switches on the
the highest level of reliability and safety – Thanks to patented transmission concept device front or with the operator inter-
for your systems. face and display unit.
Easy configuration and monitoring Flexible power bridging Easy-maintenance connection

– Either via FDT/DTM or user-friendly – The DIN rail connector simplifies wiring, technology
stand-alone software – with integrated system expansion or module replacement – Plug-in connection terminal blocks with
monitoring function. during operation. screw connection or fast push-in technol-
ogy – coded, with integrated sockets.
Precise transmission, long service life Even for the Ex area Fast and error-free signal connection
– Patented circuit concepts ensure precise – Maximum explosion protection for all Ex – Compact termination carriers connect
signal transmission and minimal self-heat- zones with the MACX Analog Ex range. MACX Analog devices to the automation
ing. system – plug and play.

4.1
4-wire
US ±50 mV... ±1000 mV
[mA]
5.2 ±1 mA... ±5 mA - 3.2 -
4.2 3.2
active + passive
±10 mA... ±100 mA +
4.1 3.1 3.1
4-wire 4.2 +
US GND
[mV] 5.2 2.2 2.2
5.2 passive
±1 V... ±100 V active
5.1 2.1
-
2.1
GND
IN U,I U,I OUT 4-wire 5.1 1.2
US
[V] +24 V
5.2 1.1 Universal,
POWER more than 1600 signal combinations
GND +24 V
Zone 2
Div. 2
Functional safety
Ex:   // Applied for: cUL / UL
Technical data
Input signal (configurable using the DIP switch) 0 ... 10 V, please indicate if different setting when ordering
Universal isolating amplifier for operating
Maximum input signal ±100 V ±100 mA
4-conductor measuring transducers Input resistance Approx. 1 MΩ Approx. 10 Ω
(±1 V DC ... ±100 V DC) (±10 mA DC ... ±100 mA DC)
– Analog isolating amplifier for isolating, fil- Output data U output I output
Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch) 0 ... 20 mA, please indicate if different setting when ordering
tering, amplifying, and converting stan-
dard analog signals Load RB ≥ 1 kΩ (10 V) ≤ 600 Ω (20 mA; active)
(passive: ≤ (UB-2 V) / Ioutmax)
– Configurable input and output signals, in- General data
cluding bipolar current and voltage signals Supply voltage UB 12 V DC ... 24 V DC (-20% / +25%)
Power dissipation < 0.7 W (at 24 V DC / 20 mA)
– 3-way electrical isolation Maximum transmission error ≤ 0.1% (Compared to the final value)
– Over 1600 signal conversions can be set Temperature coefficient 0.0075%/K
via DIP switches on the front ZERO / SPAN adjustment ±4% / ±4%
Limit frequency (3 dB) 10 kHz (Can be switched to 30 Hz)
– 10 kHz limit frequency for time-critical Step response (10 - 90%) 35 µs (at 10 kHz)
applications 11 ms (at 30 Hz)
Electrical isolation
– Output active or passive Input/output/power supply 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
– Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage con- 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
nection method safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
– Power supply via DIN rail connector pos-
sible Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 70°C
– Status indicator for supply voltage Mounting Any
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Housing material PA 66-FR
Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
– Installation in zone 2 permissible Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required Conformance CE-compliant
configuration by referring to the adjacent order key. ATEX  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well IECEx Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be UL, USA / Canada UL applied for
found from page 126 Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 GL -
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
3-way isolating amplifier, for electrical isolation of analog signals
Order configuration Screw connection MACX MCR-UI-UI1) 2811284 1

Order configuration Spring-cage connection MACX MCR-UI-UI-SP1) 2811572 1
Standard configuration Screw connection MACX MCR-UI-UI-NC1) 2811446 1
Standard configuration Spring-cage connection MACX MCR-UI-UI-SP-NC1) 2811556 1
102 PHOENIX CONTACT

Order key for MACX MCR-UI-UI-... (standard configuration entered as an example)
Input Output Limit frequency Factory calibration certifi-

Order No. cate (FCC)
2811284 / IN03 / OUT01 / 10K / NONE
IN40 = 0...50 mV IN53 = -50...+50 mV IN70 = 0...1.0 mA OUT19 = 0...2.5 V OUT15 = 0...5 mA 30 = 30 Hz NONE = without FCC
2811284 = IN24 = 0...60 mV IN13 = -60...+60 mV IN71 = 0...1.5 mA OUT05 = 0...5 V OUT16 = 0...10 mA 10K = 10 kHz YES = with FCC (a fee
...-UI-UI IN41 = 0...75 mV IN54 = -75...+75 mV IN72 = 0...2.0 mA OUT03 = 0...10 V OUT01 = 0...20 mA is charged)
IN25 = 0...100 mV IN14 = -100...+100 mV IN73 = 0...3.0 mA
IN43 = 0...120 mV IN56 = -120...+120 mV IN36 = 0...5 mA OUT20 = -2.5...+2.5 V OUT21 = -5...+5 mA YESPLUS = FCC with
2811572 = IN44 = 0...150 mV IN57 = -150...+150 mV IN37 = 0...10 mA OUT13 = -5...+5 V OUT22 = -10...+10 mA 5 measuring
...-UI-UI-SP IN26 = 0...200 mV IN15 = -200...+200 mV IN74 = 0...15 mA OUT14 = -10...+10 V OUT23 = -20...+20 mA points (a fee is
IN27 = 0...300 mV IN16 = -300...+300 mV IN01 = 0...20 mA charged)
IN28 = 0...500 mV IN17 = -500...+500 mV IN75 = 0...30 mA OUT24 = 0.5...+2.5 V OUT25 = 1...5 mA
IN66 = 0...1000 mV IN78 = -1000...+1000 mV IN76 = 0...50 mA OUT06 = 1...5 V OUT26 = 2...10 mA
IN29 = 0...1.0 V IN18 = -1.0...+1.0 V IN77 = 0...100 mA OUT04 = 2...10 V OUT02 = 4...20 mA
IN50 = 0...1.5 V IN63 = -1.5...+1.5 V
IN30 = 0...2.0 V IN19 = -2.0...+2.0 V IN83 = -1.0...+1.0 mA OUT27 = 2.5...0 V OUT28 = 5...0 mA
IN52 = 0...3.0 V IN65 = -3.0...+3.0 V IN84 = -1.5...+1.5 mA OUT11 = 5...0 V OUT29 = 10...0 mA
IN05 = 0...5 V IN21 = -5...+5 V IN85 = -2.0...+2.0 mA OUT09 = 10...0 V OUT07 = 20...0 mA
IN03 = 0...10 V IN22 = -10...+10 V IN86 = -3.0...+3.0 mA
IN67 = 0...15 V IN79 = -15...+15 V IN33 = -5...+5 mA
IN32 = 0...20 V IN23 = -20...+20 V IN34 = -10...+10 mA
IN39 = 0...30 V IN80 = -30...+30 V IN87 = -15...+15 mA
IN68 = 0...50 V IN81 = -50...+50 V IN35 = -20...+20 mA
IN69 = 0...100 V IN82 = -100...+100 V IN88 = -30...+30 mA
IN89 = -50...+50 mA
IN90 = -100...+100 mA
IN06 = 1...5 V IN91 = 1...5 mA

IN04 = 2...10 V IN92 = 2...10 mA
IN02 = 4...20 mA
Application example: level measurement and active analog input card
MACX MCR-UI-UI
IN OUT
Level sensor ±50 mV... ±1000 mV
±1 mA... ±5 mA –
4.2 3.2
24 V 0...20 mA ±10 mA... ±100 mA
active +
4.1 3.1
GND
5.2 2.2
passive
±1 V... ±100 V
5.1 2.1
GND
1.2
+24 V
1.1
Controller
GND +24 V 24 V
Mains voltage
Application example: shunt measurement and Inline terminal with passive analog input channels within an Inline station
MACX MCR-UI-UI
M
IN OUT
±50 mV... ±1000 mV
±1 mA... ±5 mA –
4.2 3.2
active D
Shunt resistor ±10 mA... ±100 mA +
mV 4.1 3.1
AI2
GND
5.2 2.2
passive
±1 V... ±100 V 1 2
5.1 2.1
GND 1 1
1.2
+24 V
+ – 1.1 2 2
Battery 3 3
GND +24 V 24 V 4 4
Mains voltage
IB IL AI 2/SF
(Information on automation solutions from Phoenix Contact can be found in Catalog 8 or at www.phoenixcontact.net/products)

4.1
4-wire
US ±50 mV... ±1000 mV
[mA]
5.2 ±1 mA... ±5 mA - 3.2 -
4.2 3.2
active + passive
±10 mA... ±100 mA +
4.1 3.1 3.1
4-wire 4.2 +
US GND
[mV] 5.2 2.2 2.2
5.2 passive
±1 V... ±100 V active
5.1 2.1
-
2.1
IN U,I U,I OUT 4-wire 5.1 Power
1.2
US 24V ...230V AC/DC
[V]
5.2 1.1 Universal, more than 1600 signal combinations,
POWER wide-range power supply
Zone 2
Div. 2
  Functional safety
Ex:   
Technical data
Input signal (configurable using the DIP switch) 0 ... 10 V, please indicate if different setting when ordering
– Analog isolating amplifier for isolating,
Maximum input signal ±100 V ±100 mA
filtering, amplifying, and converting stan- Input resistance Approx. 1 MΩ Approx. 10 Ω
dard analog signals (±1 V DC ... ±100 V DC) (±10 mA DC ... ±100 mA DC)
– Configurable input and output signals, in- Output data U output I output
Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch) 0 ... 20 mA, configurable via DIP switches
cluding bipolar current and voltage signals Maximum output signal 15 V 35 mA
– 3-way electrical isolation Load RB ≥ 1 kΩ (10 V) ≤ 600 Ω (20 mA; active)
(passive: ≤ (UB-2 V) / Ioutmax)
– Over 1600 signal conversions can be set General data
via DIP switches on the front Supply voltage UB 24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20%/+10%, 50/60 Hz)
– Output active or passive Power dissipation < 0.8 W (at 24 V DC / 20 mA)
< 0.9 W (At 230 V AC / 20 mA)
– Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage con- Maximum transmission error ≤ 0.1% (Compared to the final value)
nection method Temperature coefficient 0.0075%/K
ZERO / SPAN adjustment ±4% / ±4%
– Wide-range power supply: Electrical isolation
19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC Input/output/power supply 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
– Status indicator for supply voltage surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
– Installation in zone 2 permissible Degree of protection IP20
Notes:
Housing material PA 66-FR
To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
configuration by referring to the adjacent order key. Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
ATEX  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
IECEx Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
UL, USA / Canada -
Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2
GL -
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
3-way isolating amplifier, for electrical isolation of analog signals
with long-range power supply
Order configuration Screw connection MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP1) 2811459 1

Order configuration Spring-cage connection MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP-SP1) 2811585 1
Standard configuration Screw connection MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP-NC1) 2811297 1
Standard configuration Spring-cage connection MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP-SP-NC1) 2811569 1
104 PHOENIX CONTACT

Order key for MACX MCR-UI-UI-... (standard configuration entered as an example)
Input Output Limit frequency Factory calibration certifi-

Order No. cate (FCC)
2811459 / IN03 / OUT01 / 10K / NONE
IN40 = 0...50 mV IN53 = -50...+50 mV IN70 = 0...1.0 mA OUT19 = 0...2.5 V OUT15 = 0...5 mA 30 = 30 Hz NONE = without FCC
2811459 = IN24 = 0...60 mV IN13 = -60...+60 mV IN71 = 0...1.5 mA OUT05 = 0...5 V OUT16 = 0...10 mA 10K = 10 kHz YES = with FCC (a fee
...-UI-UI-UP IN41 = 0...75 mV IN54 = -75...+75 mV IN72 = 0...2.0 mA OUT03 = 0...10 V OUT01 = 0...20 mA is charged)
IN25 = 0...100 mV IN14 = -100...+100 mV IN73 = 0...3.0 mA
IN43 = 0...120 mV IN56 = -120...+120 mV IN36 = 0...5 mA OUT20 = -2.5...+2.5 V OUT21 = -5...+5 mA YESPLUS = FCC with
2811585 = IN44 = 0...150 mV IN57 = -150...+150 mV IN37 = 0...10 mA OUT13 = -5...+5 V OUT22 = -10...+10 mA 5 measuring
...-UI-UI-UP-SP IN26 = 0...200 mV IN15 = -200...+200 mV IN74 = 0...15 mA OUT14 = -10...+10 V OUT23 = -20...+20 mA points (a fee is
IN27 = 0...300 mV IN16 = -300...+300 mV IN01 = 0...20 mA charged)
IN28 = 0...500 mV IN17 = -500...+500 mV IN75 = 0...30 mA OUT24 = 0.5...+2.5 V OUT25 = 1...5 mA
IN66 = 0...1000 mV IN78 = -1000...+1000 mV IN76 = 0...50 mA OUT06 = 1...5 V OUT26 = 2...10 mA
IN29 = 0...1.0 V IN18 = -1.0...+1.0 V IN77 = 0...100 mA OUT04 = 2...10 V OUT02 = 4...20 mA
IN50 = 0...1.5 V IN63 = -1.5...+1.5 V
IN30 = 0...2.0 V IN19 = -2.0...+2.0 V IN83 = -1.0...+1.0 mA OUT27 = 2.5...0 V OUT28 = 5...0 mA
IN52 = 0...3.0 V IN65 = -3.0...+3.0 V IN84 = -1.5...+1.5 mA OUT11 = 5...0 V OUT29 = 10...0 mA
IN05 = 0...5 V IN21 = -5...+5 V IN85 = -2.0...+2.0 mA OUT09 = 10...0 V OUT07 = 20...0 mA
IN03 = 0...10 V IN22 = -10...+10 V IN86 = -3.0...+3.0 mA
IN67 = 0...15 V IN79 = -15...+15 V IN33 = -5...+5 mA
IN32 = 0...20 V IN23 = -20...+20 V IN34 = -10...+10 mA
IN39 = 0...30 V IN80 = -30...+30 V IN87 = -15...+15 mA
IN68 = 0...50 V IN81 = -50...+50 V IN35 = -20...+20 mA
IN69 = 0...100 V IN82 = -100...+100 V IN88 = -30...+30 mA
IN89 = -50...+50 mA
IN90 = -100...+100 mA
IN06 = 1...5 V IN91 = 1...5 mA

IN04 = 2...10 V IN92 = 2...10 mA
IN02 = 4...20 mA
Application example: level measurement and active analog input card
MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP
IN OUT
Level sensor ±50mV... ±1000mV
±1mA... ±5mA –
4.2 3.2
24V 0...20mA ±10mA... ±100mA
active +
4.1 3.1
GND
5.2 2.2
passive
±1V... ±100V
5.1 2.1
Power
1.2
≃
24V ...230V AC/DC
1.1
Controller
Power
24V ...230V AC/DC
Application example: shunt measurement and Inline terminal with analog input channels within an Inline station
MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP
M
IN OUT
±50mV... ±1000mV
±1mA... ±5mA –
4.2 3.2
active D
Shunt resistor ±10mA... ±100mA +
mV 4.1 3.1
AI2
GND
5.2 2.2
passive
±1V... ±100V 1 2
5.1 2.1
1 1
Power
1.2
≃
24V ...230V AC/DC
+ – 1.1 2 2
Battery 3 3
4 4
Power
24V ...230V AC/DC
IB IL AI 2/SF
(Information on automation solutions from Phoenix Contact can be found in Catalog 8 or at www.phoenixcontact.net/products)

passive active
+
-
4.2 4.2 3.2 3.2 3.2
-
2-wire + +
4.1 4.1 3.1 3.1
-
2.2 2.2
5.2 5.2
US -
4-wire 2.1
+ 250 W
POWER 5.1 5.1
I I OUT GND
IN 1.2
Repeater power supply and
+24V
1.1
POWER Power
input isolating amplifier
GND +24V
Zone 2
Div. 2
Functional safety
Ex: 
Technical data
Input data
Input signal 0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA
Repeater power supply and input isolating Transmitter supply voltage > 16 V (at 20 mA)
amplifier for the operation of 2-conductor Voltage drop < 3.5 V (in input isolating amplifier operation)
Output data
measuring transducers, 4-conductor mea- Output signal 0 mA ... 20 mA (active)
suring transducers, and mA current sources 4 mA ... 20 mA (active)
0 mA ... 20 mA (14 ... 26 V ext. source voltage)
– Input 0/4...20 mA (feeding or non-feeding) Load < 600 Ω
Output ripple < 20 mVrms
– 0/4...20 mA output (active or passive) General data
– Bidirectional transmission of digital HART Supply voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
communication signals Current consumption < 60 mA (at 24 V DC)
– Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage con- Temperature coefficient < 0.01%/K
nection method, with integrated sockets Step response (10 - 90%) < 600 µs (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step)
Transmission error, typical < 0.05% (of final value)
for HART communicators Maximum transmission error < 0.1% (of final value)
– Terminal point with 250 Ω resistor to in- Under-/overload range as per NE 43
crease the HART impedance in the case Electrical isolation
Input/output/power supply 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
of low-impedance systems 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
– 3-way electrical isolation surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
– Power supply via DIN rail connector
possible Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
Status indication Green LED (supply voltage)
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 SMART communication Yes
– Installation in zone 2 permitted Signal bandwidth as per HART specifications
Protocols supported HART
Notes: Housing material PA 66-FR
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
found from page 126 Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 191
Conformance CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling ATEX  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
can be found from page 128 UL, USA / Canada UL applied for
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2 according to EN 61508
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Repeater power supply, with HARTR protocol
Screw connection MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-I1) 2865955 1

Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-I-SP1) 2924207 1
106 PHOENIX CONTACT

4.2 - 4.2 -
3.2 - 3.2
2-wire OUT 1 passive
+ + +
4.1 4.1 3.1 3.1
OUT1
-
2.2 2.2
OUT 2 passive
I +
5.2 - 5.2 2.1 2.1
POWER OUT2
US 4-wire
I I 5.1
+
5.1 GND
1.2
IN Repeater power supply and
+24V
1.1
POWER Power
input isolating amplifier,
with two electrically isolated outputs
GND +24V
Zone 2
Div. 2
Functional safety
Ex: 
Technical data
Input data
Repeater power supply and input isolating Transmitter supply voltage > 21.5 V (at 20 mA)
measuring transducers, 4-conductor mea- Output data

suring transducers, and mA current sources Output signal (Per output) 0 mA ... 20 mA (active)
4 mA ... 20 mA (active)
Load < 450 Ω (at 20 mA)
– Input 0/4...20 mA (feeding or non-feeding) Output ripple < 20 mVrms
General data
– Two electrically isolated 0/4 ... 20 mA Supply voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC (-20% ... +25%))
(active) outputs Current consumption < 75 mA (at 24 V DC)
– Bidirectional transmission of digital HART Power dissipation < 1.45 W (at 24 V DC / 20 mA)
communication signals (both outputs) Step response (10 - 90%) < 1.3 ms (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step)
– Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage con- Transmission error, typical < 0.05% (of final value)
nection method, with integrated sockets Maximum transmission error < 0.1% (of final value)
Under-/overload range as per NE 43
for HART communicators Electrical isolation
– 4-way electrical isolation Input/output/power supply 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
– Power supply via DIN rail connector surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
possible safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Output 1/output 2 1.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
– Installation in zone 2 permitted Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
Status indication Green LED (PWR supply voltage)
Notes: SMART communication (Per output) Yes
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well Protocols supported HART
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be Housing material PA 66-FR
found from page 126 Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling Conformance / approvals
can be found from page 128 Conformance CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 ATEX  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2 according to EN 61508
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Screw connection MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-2I1) 2924825 1

Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-2I-SP1) 2924838 1

active
-
4.3 3.3 3.3
S2
passive
- -
4.2 4.2 250 W 3.2 3.2 +
3.2
2-wire
+ S1 +
4.1 4.1 3.1 3.1
250 W
-
4.3
US 4-wire
POWER +
4.2
I I OUT
– 1.2
1.2 ~
IN Power –
~ Repeater power supply and
24V ...230V AC/DC
– 1.1
1.1 ~
POWER input isolating amplifier,
wide-range power supply
Zone 2
Div. 2
Functional safety
Ex: 
Technical data
Input data
measuring transducers, 4-conductor mea- Output data

suring transducers, and mA current sources Output signal 0 mA ... 20 mA (active)
4 mA ... 20 mA (active)
– Input 0/4...20 mA (feeding or non-feeding) 4 mA ... 20 mA (14 ... 26 V ext. source voltage)
0 V ... 5 V (internal resistance, 250 Ω, 0.1%)
– Output 0/4...20 mA (active or passive), 1 V ... 5 V (internal resistance, 250 Ω, 0.1%)
0/1...5 V, can be switched via the DIP Load < 600 Ω (I output)
switch General data
– Bidirectional transmission of digital HART Supply voltage range 24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20%/+10%, 50/60 Hz)
communication signals Power dissipation < 1.8 W
– Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage con- Temperature coefficient < 0.01%/K
nection method, with integrated sockets Step response (10 - 90%) < 600 µs (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step)
– 250 Ω resistor that can be activated via Under-/overload range as per NE 43
DIP switches to increase the HART im- Electrical isolation
pedance in the case of low-impedance 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
systems surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Wide-range power supply: Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC SMART communication Yes
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Signal bandwidth as per HART specifications
– Installation in zone 2 permitted Housing material PA 66-FR
Notes:
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be Conformance / approvals
found from page 126
Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 191 ATEX  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 UL, USA / Canada UL applied for
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Screw connection MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-I-UP1) 2865968 1

Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-I-UP-SP1) 2924210 1
108 PHOENIX CONTACT

Analog OUT
output isolating amplifier
Sensor / Field OUT IN PLC / DCS
active
-
-
4.2 - 4.2 3.2 - 3.2
P
+ + + +
4.1 4.1 3.1
3.1
-
4.2
+
4.1
I I
OUT IN GND
1.2
-
4.2
+24V
+ 1.1
POWER 4.1
Power
GND +24V
Zone 2
Div. 2
Functional safety
Ex: 
Technical data
Input data
Output isolating amplifier for controlling Input voltage 5.4 V (at 20 mA)
I/P transducers, control valves, and displays Input impedance in the event of a cable break at the output > 100 kΩ (If there is a line fault)
Output data
– 0/4 ... 20 mA input Output signal 0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA
Load < 800 Ω (at 20 mA)
– 0/4 ... 20 mA output Output ripple < 20 mVrms
– Bidirectional transmission of digital HART General data
communication signals Supply voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
Current consumption < 46 mA (at 24 V DC / 20 mA)
– Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage con- Power dissipation < 1.1 W (at 24 V DC / 20 mA)
nection method, with integrated sockets Temperature coefficient < 0.01%/K
Step response (10 - 90%) < 140 µs
– Line fault detection (LF) Electrical isolation
– Power supply via DIN rail connector surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
– Installation in zone 2 permitted Humidity 10% ... 95% (no condensation)
SMART communication Yes
Notes: Signal bandwidth as per HART specifications
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 126 Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0
Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 191 Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
can be found from page 128 Conformance / approvals
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Conformance CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Output isolating amplifier
Screw connection MACX MCR-SL-IDSI-I1) 2865971 1
Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-SL-IDSI-I-SP1) 2924223 1

Temperature
Temperature transducer
-
4.2 4.2 3.2 - 3.2
ϑ ϑ ϑ
μC μC passive
+ +
4.1 4.1 3.1 3.1
5.2 5.2
5.1 5.1
IN I OUT GND
1.2
+24V
1.1 For resistance thermometers and
Power
POWER resistance-type sensors
GND +24V
Zone 2
Div. 2

Ex: 
Technical data
Input data
Resistance thermometers Pt, Ni, Cu sensors: 2, 3, 4-conductor
Programmable temperature transducer Resistor 0 Ω ... 2000 Ω
for operating resistance thermometers and Cable resistance 50 Ω per line
Sensor input current (200 μA ... 1 mA)
resistance-type sensors. The measured val- Measuring range span min. 50 K
ues are converted into a linear 0 ... 20 mA Output data
Output signal 0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA
or 4 ... 20 mA signal. Load ≤ 500 Ω
Behavior in the event of a sensor error As per NE 43 or can be freely defined
– Input for resistance thermometers and Output ripple < 50 µAPP
General data
resistance-type sensors Supply voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
– 0 ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA output Current consumption < 40 mA (24 V DC)
– Configuration via software (FDT/DTM): Power dissipation <1W
Temperature coefficient 0.01%/K
Sensor type, connection method, mea- Step response (0 - 99%) Typ. 800 ms (With SIL)
suring range, measuring unit, filter, alarm max. 1200 ms (With SIL)
Typ. 700 ms (Without SIL)
signal, and output range max. 1100 ms (Without SIL)
– Programming during operation and also volt- Transmission error, total 0.05% x 100 [K] / measuring range span [K] + 0.05%
age-free using IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER ZERO / SPAN adjustment ±5% / ±5%

programming adapter Electrical isolation
– Status indicator for supply voltage, cable, 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
sensor, and module errors surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
– Power supply via DIN rail connector Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
Humidity 5% ... 95% (no condensation)
possible Housing material PA 66-FR
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0
– Installation in zone 2 permitted Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required
configuration by referring to the adjacent order key.
ATEX  II 3 G Ex nA ic IIC T4 Gc X
The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2 according to EN 61508
(www.phoenixcontact.net/products).
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well Ordering data
found from page 126 Pcs. /
Pkt.
For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 119
Order configuration Screw connection MACX MCR-SL-RTD-I1) 2865065 1
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling Order configuration Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-SL-RTD-I-SP1) 2924317 1
can be found from page 128 Standard configuration Screw connection MACX MCR-SL-RTD-I-NC1) 2865078 1
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Standard configuration Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-SL-RTD-I-SP-NC1) 2924320 1
Accessories
S-PORT interface
110 PHOENIX CONTACT

Order key and temperature ranges
for MACX-MCR-SL-RTD-I(-SP) tem-
perature transducer
Order key for MACX-MCR-SL-RTD-I(-SP) temperature transducer (standard configuration entered as an example)
Order No. Sensor type Safety integrity level Connection Measuring range: Measuring Output range Filter Filter
(SIL) technology Start End unit Oversampling Moving average value
2865065 / PT100 / ON / 3 / 0 / 100 / C / OUT02 / 10 / 1 / ...
2865065 = see below ON = active 2 = 2-conductor see be- see be- C = °C OUT01 = 0...20 mA 1 = 1 value 1 = 1 value
MACX MCR- NONE = not active low low F = °F 3 = 3 values 2 = 2 values
SL-RTD-I 3 = 3-conductor O =  OUT02 = 4...20 mA 5 = 5 values 3 = 3 values
ON only with output range 7 = 7 values 4 = 4 values
2924317 = = OUT02 4 = 4-conductor 10 = 10 values
MACX MCR- 20 = 20 values
SL-RTD-I-SP Smallest measuring
range span
RES01 = Resistor 0 2000  25 
PT50 = Pt 50 acc. to IEC 751 -200 850 °C 50 K
PT100 = Pt 100 acc. to IEC 751 -200 850 °C 50 K
PT200 = Pt 200 acc. to IEC 751 -200 850 °C 50 K
PT500 = Pt 500 acc. to IEC 751 -200 850 °C 50 K
PT100S = Pt 100 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966 -200 600 °C 50 K
NI100DIN = Ni 100 acc. to DIN 43760 -60 250 °C 50 K
CU50 = Cu 50 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00428) -50 200 °C 50 K
Alarm signal Alarm signal

Short circuit/ Sensor break/ Factory calibration certificate = FCC
overrange underrange
... / I035 / I215 / NONE Temperature conversion guide for °C to °F:
I000 = 0 mA I000 = 0 mA NONE = without FCC 9

I035 = 3.5 mA I035 = 3.5 mA YES = with FCC (a fee is charged) T [°F] = – T [°C] + 32
I215 = 21.5 mA I215 = 21.5 mA YESPLUS = FCC with 5 measuring points (a 5
fee is charged)
I035 only with output range = OUT02
Alarm signals can also be configured individually using soft-

ware.

Temperature
-
4.2 4.2 3.2 - 3.2
-
µC µC passive
+ + +
4.1 4.1 3.1 3.1
IN I OUT GND
1.2
+24V
1.1 For thermocouples and mV sources
Power
POWER
GND +24V
Zone 2
Div. 2

Ex: 
Technical data
Input data
Thermocouple sensors E, J, K, N as per IEC / EN 60584, L as per DIN 43760
Programmable temperature transducer
Voltage -20 mV ... 70 mV
for operating thermocouples and mV sourc- Measuring range span (Min. 50 K for thermocouples, 3 mV for mV sources)
es. The measured values are converted into
a linear 0 ... 20 or 4 ... 20 mA signal. Output data
Load max. 500 Ω
– Input for thermocouples and mV sources Behavior in the event of a sensor error As per NE 43 or can be freely defined
Output ripple < 50 µAPP
– 0 ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA output General data
– Configuration via software (FDT/DTM): Supply voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
Sensor type, connection method, mea- Current consumption < 40 mA (24 V DC)
Power dissipation <1W
suring range, measuring unit, filter, alarm Temperature coefficient 0.01%/K
signal, and output range Step response (0 - 99%) Typ. 800 ms (With SIL)
max. 1200 ms (With SIL)
– Programming during operation and also volt- Typ. 700 ms (Without SIL)
age-free using IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER max. 1100 ms (Without SIL)
Transmission error, total 0.05% x 200 [K]/Measuring range span [K] + 0.05%
programming adapter
– Status indicator for supply voltage, cable, Cold junction errors ±1 K
sensor, and module errors ZERO / SPAN adjustment ±5% / ±5%
– Power supply via DIN rail connector 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
configuration by referring to the adjacent order key. Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet Conformance / approvals
(www.phoenixcontact.net/products). Conformance CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326

ATEX  II 3 G Ex nA ic IIC T4 Gc X
found from page 126 Ordering data
Pcs. /
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling Description Type Order No.
Pkt.
can be found from page 128
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Temperature transducer
Order configuration Screw connection MACX MCR-SL-TC-I1) 2924333 1
Standard configuration Screw connection MACX MCR-SL-TC-I-NC1) 2924346 1
Accessories
S-PORT interface
112 PHOENIX CONTACT

for MACX-MCR-SL-TC-I tempera-
ture transducer
Order key for MACX-MCR-SL-TC-I temperature transducer (standard configuration entered as an example)
Order No. Sensor type Safety integrity level Cold junction Measuring range: Measuring Output range Filter Filter
(SIL) compensation Start End unit Oversampling Moving average value
2924333 / J / ON / 1 / 0 / 1000 / C / OUT02 / 10 / 1 / ...
MACX MCR- see below ON = active 1 = switched on see be- see be- C = °C OUT01 = 0...20 mA 1 = 1 value 1 = 1 value
SL-TC-I NONE = not active low low F = °F 3 = 3 values 2 = 2 values
0 = switched off V = mV OUT02 = 4...20 mA 5 = 5 values 3 = 3 values
(e.g., for mV volt- 7 = 7 values 4 = 4 values
age measure- 10 = 10 values
ON only with output range ment) 20 = 20 values
= OUT02
Smallest measuring
range span
V03 = Voltage (mV) -20 +70 mV 3 mV
E = acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCr-CuNi) -250 1000 °C 50 K
J = acc. to IEC 584-1 (Fe-CuNi) -210 1200 °C 50 K
K = acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCr-Ni) -250 1372 °C 50 K
N = acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCrSi-NiSi) -250 1300 °C 50 K
L = acc. to DIN 43760 (Fe-CuNi) -200 900 °C 50 K

Overrange Sensor break/ Factory calibration certificate = FCC
underrange

I215 = 21.5 mA I215 = 21.5 mA YESPLUS = FCC with 5 measuring points 5
(a fee is charged)
Alarm signals can also be configured individually using

software.

Temperature
passive
RTD
-
4.3 4.3 GND 3.3 3.3 3.3 -
S-PORT
TC ϑ
+
- 4.2 4.2 I OUT 3.2 3.2
ϑ +
+ 4.1 4.1 U OUT 3.1 3.1
µC
Poti
4.3 2.3 2.3 14
ϑ
4.2 2.2 2.2 11 DI
U,I 4.1 2.1 2.1 12
5.3 5.3 NC 1.3

IN OUT
5.2 5.2 Power 1.2
5.1 5.1
24V ...230V AC/DC
1.1
Universal, with switching output,
Zone 2
Div. 2
Functional safety
Ex:  
Technical data
Input data
Universal temperature transducer with Thermocouple sensors B, E, J, K, N, R, S, T, L, U, CA, DA, A1G, A2G, A3G, MG, LG
freely configurable properties Resistor 0 Ω ... 50 kΩ
– Input for resistance thermometers, ther- Voltage -1000 mV ... 1000 mV
mocouples, resistance-type sensors, po- Output signal 4 mA ... 20 mA (in the case of SIL; further free configuration without SIL)
tentiometers, and mV sources
Maximum output signal ±11 V 22 mA
– Measure differential temperatures Load RB ≥ 10 kΩ ≤ 600 Ω (20 mA)
– Freely programmable input and output Behavior in the event of a sensor error According to NE 43 or freely configurable
– Option of inverse output signal ranges Switching output Relay output
Contact type 1 PDT
– Relay switching output Contact material AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
– Configuration via software (FDT-DTM) or Maximum switching voltage 30 V AC (30 V DC)
IFS-OP-UNIT operating and display unit Maximum switching current 0.5 A (30 V AC) / 1 A (30 V DC)
General data
– Programming during operation and also Supply voltage range 24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20%/+10%, 50/60 Hz)
voltage-free using IFS-USB-PROG- Power consumption < 1.5 W
ADAPTER programming adapter Transmission error, total < 0.1% (e.g., for Pt 100, 300 K span, 4 ... 20 mA)
– Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage con- Electrical isolation
nection method Input/output/power supply 2.5 kV 1 (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
– Cold junction compensation with sepa- surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
rate connector safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
– Wide-range power supply: Input/output 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC Input/power supply 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
Input/switching output 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
– Status indicator for supply voltage, cable, Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 65°C
sensor, and module errors Humidity Typ. 5% ... 95% (no condensation)
To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required Conformance / approvals
configuration by referring to the adjacent order key. Conformance CE-compliant
The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet ATEX  II 3 G Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc X
(www.phoenixcontact.net/products). IECEx Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc X
Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2, PL d
Information on the IFS-OP-UNIT operating and display unit and the
associated IFS-OP-CRADLE DIN rail cradle can be found on Ordering data
page 118
For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 119 Pcs. /
Pkt.
Standard configuration Screw connection MACX MCR-T-UI-UP1) 2811394 1
Standard configuration Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-T-UI-UP-SP1) 2811860 1
Order configuration Screw connection MACX MCR-T-UI-UP-C1) 2811873 1
Order configuration Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-T-UI-UP-SP-C1) 2811970 1
Accessories
S-PORT interface
114 PHOENIX CONTACT

Order key for MACX-MCR-T-UI-UP(-SP)-C temperature transducer (standard configuration entered as an example)
Order No. Safety integrity level Sensor type Connection Cold junction com- Measuring range: Measuring Output range Factory calibration certificate
(SIL) technology pensation Start End unit = FCC
2811873 / ON / PT100 / 4 / 0 / -50 / 150 / C / OUT02 / NONE
2811873 = ON = active see below 2 = 2-conductor 0 = off, e.g., with see be- see be- C = °C OUT15 = 0...5 mA NONE = without FCC
MACX MCR- RTD, R, potenti- low low F = °F OUT16 = 0...10 mA
T-UI-UP-C NONE = not active ometer, mV O =  OUT01 = 0...20 mA
3 = 3-conductor P = % OUT15 = 0...5 mA YES = with FCC (a fee is
2811970 = V = mV OUT25 = 1...5 mA charged)
MACX MCR- ON only with output 1 = on, e.g., with TC OUT26 = 2...10 mA
T-UI-UP-SP-C range = OUT02 4 = 4-conductor OUT02 = 4...20 mA
OUT05 = 0...5 V YESPLUS = FCC with
OUT03 = 0...10 V 5 measuring points
OUT06 = 1...5 V (a fee is charged)
OUT04 = 2...10 V
OUT13 = -5...+5 V
OUT14 = -10...+10 V
Others can be freely
configured in the soft-
ware
Smallest measuring Other setting options can be configured

range span with the IFS-CONF software:
Resistance thermometers (RTD) PT100 = Pt 100 acc. to IEC 751 -200 850 °C 20 K - Freely configurable user characteristic curve
Others can be selected or freely config- PT200 = Pt 200 acc. to IEC 751 -200 850 °C 20 K with 30 interpolation points
ured in the software. PT500 = Pt 500 acc. to IEC 751 -200 850 °C 20 K
PT1000 = Pt 1000 acc. to IEC 751 -200 850 °C 20 K - Output behavior in the event of a short circuit,
PT100S = Pt 100 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966 -200 850 °C 20 K sensor break or overrange/underrange can be
freely configured or set according to NE43
(standard configuration: NE43 upscale)
PT100G = Pt 100 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00385) -200 850 °C 20 K
PT1000G = Pt 1000 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00385) -200 850 °C 20 K - Filter setting (standard configuration: 1)
PT100J = Pt 100 acc. to JIS C1604/1997 -200 850 °C 20 K
PT1000J = Pt 1000 acc. to JIS C1604/1997 -200 850 °C 20 K - Restart after failsafe (standard configuration:
NI100 = Ni 100 acc. to DIN 43760/DIN IEC 60751 -60 250 °C 20 K ON)
NI1000 = Ni 1000 acc. to DIN 43760/DIN IEC 60751 -60 250 °C 20 K
NI100S = Ni 100 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966 -60 180 °C 20 K - Switching behavior: switching output ?
NI1000S = Ni 1000 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966 -60 180 °C 20 K (limit values, times, etc.) (standard configura-
NI1000L = Ni 1000 (Landis & Gyr) -50 160 °C 20 K tion: OFF)
CU10 = Cu 10 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966 -70 500 °C 100 K
CU50 = Cu50 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00428) -50 200 °C 100 K
KTY81 = KTY81-110 (Philips) -55 150 °C 20 K
Thermocouples (TC) B = acc. to IEC 584-1 (Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh) 500 1820 °C 50 K

Others can be selected in the software. E = acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCr-CuNi) -230 1000 °C 50 K
R = acc. to IEC 584-1 (Pt13Rh-Pt) -50 1768 °C 50 K
S = acc. to IEC 584-1 (Pt10Rh-Pt) -50 1768 °C 50 K
T = acc. to IEC 584-1 (Cu-CuNi) -200 400 °C 50 K
U = acc. to DIN 43760 (Cu-CuNi) -200 600 °C 50 K
CA = C ASTM JE988 (2002) 0 2315 °C 50 K
DA = D ASTM JE988 (2002) 0 2315 °C 50 K
A1G = A-1 GOST 8.585-2001 0 2500 °C 50 K
A2G = A-2 GOST 8.585-2001 0 1800 °C 50 K
A3G = A-3 GOST 8.585-2001 0 1800 °C 50 K
MG = M GOST 8.585-2001 -200 100 °C 50 K
LG = L GOST 8.585-2001 -200 800 °C 50 K
Remote resistance-type sensors (R) RES03 = 0...150  resistor 0 150 

(2, 3, 4-conductor) RES05 = 0...600  resistor 0 600 
Others can be selected in the software. RES06 = 0...1200  resistor 0 1200  10% of the selected
RES09 = 0...6250  resistor 0 6250  measuring range
RES10 = 0...12500  resistor 0 12500 
RES12 = 0...50000  resistor 0 50000 
Potentiometers POT03 = 0...150  potentiometer 0 100 %

(3-conductor) POT05 = 0...600  potentiometer 0 100 %
Others can be selected in the software. POT06 = 0...1200  potentiometer 0 100 % 10% of the selected
POT09 = 0...6250  potentiometer 0 100 % measuring range
POT10 = 0...12500  potentiometer 0 100 %
Voltage signals (mV) V04 = Voltage (mV) -1000 +1000 mV 10% of nominal
Others can be selected in the software. span
9
Temperature conversion guide for °C to °F: T [°F] = – T [°C] + 32
5

Temperature
passive
RTD -
3.3 3.3 -
TC ϑ
4.3 4.3 GND 3.3
+
+ 3.2
- 4.2 4.2 I OUT 3.2
ϑ 3.1
+ 4.1 4.1 U OUT 3.1
Poti 3x 3.6 34
4.3
ϑ
3.5 31 DI
4.2
3.4 32
U,I 4.1
2.6 24
5.3 5.3 NC 1.3
IN OUT 2.5 21 DI
5.2 5.2 Power 1.2
3x 5.1 5.1
24V ...230V AC/DC
1.1
2.4 22 Universal, with three limit value relays,
1.6 14
1.5 11 DI
Zone 2
1.4 12 Functional safety
Div. 2
Ex:  
Housing width 35 mm
Technical data
Input data
freely configurable properties Resistor 0 Ω ... 50 kΩ
– Input for resistance thermometers, ther- Voltage -1000 mV ... 1000 mV
mocouples, resistance-type sensors, po- Output signal 4 mA ... 20 mA (in the case of SIL; further free configuration without SIL)
tentiometers, and mV sources
– Measure differential temperatures Load RB ≥ 10 kΩ ≤ 600 Ω (20 mA)
– Freely programmable input and output Behavior in the event of a sensor error According to NE 43 or freely configurable
– Option of inverse output signal ranges Switching output Relay output
Contact type 3 PDTs
– Three limit value relays, can be used in Contact material AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
combination as a safe limit value relay Maximum switching voltage 250 V AC (250 V DC)
– Configuration via software (FDT-DTM) or Maximum switching current 2 A (250 V AC) / 2 A (28 V DC)
General data
IFS-OP-UNIT operating and display unit Supply voltage range 24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20%/+10%, 50/60 Hz)
– Programming during operation and also Power consumption < 2.4 W
voltage-free using IFS-USB-PROG- Transmission error, total < 0.1% (e.g., for Pt 100, 300 K span, 4 ... 20 mA)
ADAPTER programming adapter Electrical isolation
– Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage con- Input/output/power supply 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
nection method surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
– Cold junction compensation with sepa- safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
rate connector Input/output 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

– Wide-range power supply: Input/power supply 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
Input/switching output 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 65°C
– Status indicator for supply voltage, cable, Humidity Typ. 5% ... 95% (no condensation)
sensor, and module errors Housing material PA 66-FR
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Dimensions W / H / D 35 / 99 / 114.5 mm
– Installation in zone 2 permitted Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required
configuration by referring to the adjacent order key. ATEX  II 3 G Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc X
IECEx Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc X
The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2, PL d
Information on the IFS-OP-UNIT operating and display unit and the Ordering data
associated IFS-OP-CRADLE DIN rail cradle can be found on
page 118 Pcs. /
Pkt.
Standard configuration Screw connection MACX MCR-T-UIREL-UP1) 2811378 1
Standard configuration Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-T-UIREL-UP-SP1) 2811828 1
Order configuration Screw connection MACX MCR-T-UIREL-UP-C1) 2811514 1
Order configuration Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-T-UIREL-UP-SP-C1) 2811831 1
Accessories
S-PORT interface
116 PHOENIX CONTACT

Order key for MACX-MCR-T-UIREL-UP(-SP)-C temperature transducer (standard configuration entered as an example)
Order No. Safety integrity level Sensor type Connection Cold junction Measuring range: Measuring Output range Factory calibration
(SIL) technology compensation Start End unit certificate = FCC
2811514 / ON / PT100 / 4 / 0 / -50 / 150 / C / OUT02 / NONE
MACX MCR- RTD, R, potenti- low low F = °F OUT16 = 0...10 mA
T-UIREL-UP-C NONE = not active ometer, mV O =  OUT01 = 0...20 mA
MACX MCR- ON only with output 1 = on, e.g., with TC OUT26 = 2...10 mA
T-UIREL-UP-SP-C range = OUT02 4 = 4-conductor OUT02 = 4...20 mA
OUT04 = 2...10 V
OUT13 = -5...+5 V
OUT14 = -10...+10 V
ware


CA = C ASTM JE988 (2002) 0 2315 °C 50 K
DA = D ASTM JE988 (2002) 0 2315 °C 50 K
A1G = A-1 GOST 8.585-2001 0 2500 °C 50 K
A2G = A-2 GOST 8.585-2001 0 1800 °C 50 K
A3G = A-3 GOST 8.585-2001 0 1800 °C 50 K
MG = M GOST 8.585-2001 -200 100 °C 50 K
LG = L GOST 8.585-2001 -200 800 °C 50 K

RES10 = 0...12500  resistor 0 12500 
RES12 = 0...50000  resistor 0 50000 

9
5

Accessories
Operating and display unit
– Local display of actual values

– Copy function
– Easy guided operation
– Easy configuration without PC software
– Operating and display unit can be snapped
directly onto compatible devices with a
housing width of 35 mm
– DIN rail mounting possible for thinner
devices in conjunction with cradle unit
– Backlighting Can be snapped directly onto
– Installation in zone 2 permissible compatible 35 mm devices
Notes: Technical data

1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 General data
Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 65°C (-4°F ... 149°F)
Humidity 90% (at 25°C, no condensation)
Housing material PA 6.6
Connection method PC side S port (socket)
Measuring transducer side S port (plug)
ATEX  II 3G Ex nA ic IIC T4 Gc X
IECEx Ex nA ic IIC T4 Gc X
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Operating and display unit
IFS-OP-UNIT1) 2811899 1
Accessories
Cradle unit
– For snapping onto the DIN rail

– For control cabinet mounting of the oper- H
ating and display unit D W
Notes:
Cradle for operating and display unit
Technical data
General data
Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 65°C (-4°F ... 149°F)
Humidity 90% (at 25°C, no condensation)
Housing material PA 6.6
Dimensions W / H / D 35.2 / 29 / 99 mm
Connection method IFS-OP-UNIT operator interface S port (socket)
Measuring transducer side S port (plug)
ATEX  II 3G Ex nA ic IIC T4 Gc X
IECEx Ex nA ic IIC T4 Gc X
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Cradle unit, for snapping the operating and display unit onto the
DIN rail
IFS-OP-CRADLE1) 2811886 1
118 PHOENIX CONTACT

Accessories
Programming adapter
The IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER program-

ming adapter is used for configuring
Phoenix Contact INTERFACE modules
with S-PORT interface.
The adapter is used with FDT/DTM soft-
ware or ANALOG-CONF software.
For programming MACX Analog and
MINI Analog.
Notes:
Applied for:
cUL / UL
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Programming adapter for configuring modules with
S-PORT interface
IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1) 2811271 1

Digital IN
4.2 4.2 3.2 - 3.2 11

-
+ + DI
4.1 4.1 3.1 3.1 14
-
4.2 12
2.2 2.2
+
4.1
Faultsignal
IN OUT GND
1.2
4.2 +24V
1.1 Signal output: PDT relay
4.1 Power
POWER
LFD +24V
GND
Zone 2
Div. 2
 Functional safety
Ex: 
Technical data
Input data
NAMUR isolation amplifier for operating Floating switch contacts
proximity sensors and mechanical contacts No-load voltage 8 V DC ±10%
Switching points > 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors Switching hysteresis < 0.2 mA
Line error detection Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or con- Short-circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω
tacts with resistance circuit Switching output Relay output
Contact type 1 PDT
– Relay signal output (PDT) Contact material AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
– Reversible direction of action (operating Maximum switching voltage 250 V AC (2 A) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A)
current or closed-circuit current behavior) Maximum switching capacity 500 VA
Recommended minimum load 5 V / 10 mA
– Line fault detection (LFD), can be activat- Mechanical service life 107 cycles
ed/deactivated, error message signaled by Switching behavior Can be inverted via slide switch
Maximum switching frequency 20 Hz (without load)
red flashing LED with de-excitation of General data
output relay Supply voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
– Power supply and error indication possi- Current consumption 21 mA (24 V DC)
Power dissipation < 650 mW
ble via the DIN rail connector Electrical isolation
– LED displays for indicating supply voltage, Input/output/supply, T-Connector 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
circuit state, and malfunctions to safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
NAMUR NE 44 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
– 3-way electrical isolation Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Humidity 10% ... 95% (no condensation)
Notes: Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
found from page 126
Information about resistance circuits is given on page 183 ATEX  II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2 according to EN 61508
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
NAMUR isolation amplifier
Screw connection MACX MCR-SL-NAM-R1) 2865997 1
Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-SL-NAM-R-SP1) 2924252 1
120 PHOENIX CONTACT

Digital IN
4.2 4.2 3.2 3.2 13

-
OUT1 DI
+ 3.1 3.1 14
4.1 4.1
-
4.2 2.2 2.2 13
OUT2 DI
+
4.1
2.1 2.1 14
Faultsignal
IN OUT GND
1.2
4.2 +24V
1.1 2 signal outputs: N/O contact relay
4.1 Power
POWER
LFD +24V
GND
Zone 2
Div. 2
Ex: 
Technical data
Input data
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors Switching hysteresis < 0.2 mA
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or con- Short-circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω
tacts with resistance circuit Switching output Relay output
Contact type 2 N/O contacts
– Two relay signal outputs (N/O contact); Contact material AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
output 2 can be used as an error message Maximum switching voltage 250 V AC (2 A) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A)
output Maximum switching capacity 500 VA
– Reversible direction of action (operating Mechanical service life 107 cycles
current or closed-circuit current behavior) Switching behavior Can be inverted via slide switch
– Line fault detection (LFD), can be activat- General data
ed/deactivated, error message signaled by Supply voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
red flashing LED with de-excitation of Current consumption 30 mA (24 V DC)
output relay Electrical isolation
– Power supply and error indication possi- Input/supply, T connector 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
ble via the DIN rail connector surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
– LED displays for indicating supply voltage, safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
circuit state, and malfunctions to Output 1/output 2/input, power supply, T connector 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
NAMUR NE 44 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category III; pollution degree 2,
– 4-way electrical isolation safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
Notes:
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
Information about resistance circuits is given on page 183 Conformance / approvals
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 128 ATEX  II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Screw connection MACX MCR-SL-NAM-2RO1) 2865010 1
Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-SL-NAM-2RO-SP1) 2924265 1

Digital IN
-
4.2 3.2 3.2 13
-
+ CH1 DI
+ 3.1 3.1 14
4.1
-
5.2 2.2 2.2 13
-
+ CH2 DI
2.1 2.1 14
IN1 OUT1 +
5.1
Faultsignal
IN2 - GND
OUT2 1.2
+24V
+ 1.1 2-channel, signal output: N/O contact relay
Power
POWER
LFD +24V
GND
Zone 2
Div. 2
Ex: 
Technical data
Input data
NAMUR isolating amplifier for intrinsical- Floating switch contacts
ly safe operation of proximity sensors and No-load voltage 8 V DC ±10%
mechanical contacts installed in Ex areas. Switching points > 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)
Switching hysteresis < 0.2 mA
– 2-channel Short-circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors Switching output Relay output
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or con- Contact material AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
tacts with resistance circuit Maximum switching voltage 250 V AC (2 A) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A)
– Relay signal output (N/O contact) Maximum switching capacity 500 VA
current or closed-circuit current behav- Switching behavior Can be inverted via slide switch
ior) General data
– Line fault detection (LFD), can be activat- Supply voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
ed/deactivated, error message signaled by Current consumption 35 mA (24 V DC)
red flashing LED with de-excitation of Electrical isolation
output relay Input/supply, T connector 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
– Power supply and error indication possi- surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
ble via the DIN rail connector safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
– LED displays for indicating supply voltage, Output 1/output 2/input, power supply, T connector 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
circuit state, and malfunctions to 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
NAMUR NE 44 safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
Notes: Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
found from page 126 Conformance / approvals
Information about resistance circuits is given on page 183
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2 according to EN 61508
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Screw connection MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-RO1) 2865049 1
Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-RO-SP1) 2924294 1
122 PHOENIX CONTACT

Digital IN
-
4.3 3.3 3.3 12
-
+ CH1 DI
+ 3.2 3.2 11
4.1
3.1 3.1 14
-
2.3 2.3 12
5.3
+ - DI
CH2 2.2 2.2 11
IN1 OUT1 +
5.1 2.1 2.1 14
IN2 -
OUT2 24...230 V –
1.2
~
+ AC/DC 2-channel, signal output: PDT relay,
1.1
Zone 2
Div. 2
Functional safety
Ex: 
Technical data
Input data
NAMUR isolation amplifier for operating open circuit switch contacts
– 2-channel Switching hysteresis Approx. 0.2 mA
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors Short-circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or con- Switching output Relay output
Contact type 2 PDT
tacts with resistance circuit Contact material AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
– Relay signal output (PDT) Maximum switching voltage 250 V AC (2 A, 60 Hz) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A)
– Reversible direction of action (operating Maximum switching capacity 500 VA
current or closed-circuit current behav- Mechanical service life 107 cycles
ior) Switching behavior can be inverted using DIP switch
Maximum switching frequency 20 Hz (Load-dependent)
ed/deactivated, error message signaled by Supply voltage range 24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20% ... +10%, 50 ... 60 Hz)
red flashing LED with de-excitation of
Current consumption < 80 mA ; < 42 mA (24 V DC)
output relay Power dissipation max. 1.3 W
– Wide-range power supply: Electrical isolation
Input/power supply 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
– LED displays for indicating supply voltage, surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
circuit state, and malfunctions to
NAMUR NE 44 Output 1/output 2/input, power supply 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
– 3-way electrical isolation surge voltage category III; pollution degree 2,
– Installation in zone 2 permitted Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C

Notes: Housing material PA 66-FR
Information on resistance circuits and marking material can be Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0
found on page 183 Dimensions W / H / D 17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Screw connection MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-R-UP1) 2865052 1
Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-R-UP-SP1) 2924304 1

Digital IN
4.2 4.2 3.2 3.2 -

-
OUT1 DI
+ 3.1 3.1 +
4.1 4.1
-
4.2 2.2 2.2 -
OUT2 DI
OUT1 +
4.1
2.1 2.1 +
Faultsignal
GND
IN OUT2 4.2
1.2
+24V
1.1 2 signal outputs: transistor (passive)
4.1 Power
POWER
LFD +24V
GND
Zone 2
Div. 2
Ex: 
Technical data
Input data
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors Line error detection Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA
Short-circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or con- Switching output 2 transistor outputs, passive
tacts with resistance circuit Maximum switching voltage 30 V DC (per output)
Maximum switching current 50 mA (short-circuit resistant)
– 2 signal outputs: transistor (passive); up Drop (ΔU) < 1.4 V
to 5 kHz Switching behavior can be inverted using DIP switch
– Signal output 2 can also be used as a fault Maximum switching frequency 5 kHz
General data
signaling output Supply voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
– Reversible direction of action (operating Current consumption < 28 mA (24 V DC)
Power dissipation 800 mW
current or closed-circuit current behav- Electrical isolation
ior) Input/output/supply, T-Connector 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
– Line fault detection (LFD), can be activat- surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
ed/deactivated, error message signaled by 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
red flashing LED with inhibiting of transis- Output 1/output 2 1 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
tor output 50 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
– Power supply and error indication possi- safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
ble via the DIN rail connector
– LED displays for indicating supply voltage, Humidity 10% ... 95% (no condensation)
circuit state, and malfunctions to Housing material PA 66-FR
NAMUR NE 44 Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0
– 4-way electrical isolation Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
– Installation in zone 2 permitted Conformance / approvals
Notes: ATEX  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be Ordering data
found from page 126
Information about resistance circuits is given on page 183 Pcs. /
Pkt.
can be found from page 128 NAMUR isolation amplifier
Screw connection MACX MCR-SL-NAM-2T1) 2865023 1
Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-SL-NAM-2T-SP1) 2924278 1
124 PHOENIX CONTACT

Digital IN
-
4.2 3.2 3.2 -
-
+ CH1 DI
+ 3.1 3.1 +
4.1
-
5.2 2.2 2.2 -
-
+ CH2 DI
2.1 2.1 +
IN1 OUT1 +
5.1
Faultsignal
IN2 - GND
OUT2 1.2
+24V
+ 1.1 2-channel, signal output transistor (passive)
Power
POWER
LFD +24V
GND
Zone 2
Div. 2
Ex: 
Technical data
Input data
– 2-channel Line error detection Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors Switching output Transistor output, passive
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or con- Maximum switching voltage 30 V DC (per output)
tacts with resistance circuit Drop (ΔU) < 1.4 V
– Signal output transistor (passive); up to Switching behavior can be inverted using DIP switch
5 kHz Maximum switching frequency 5 kHz
General data
– Reversible direction of action (operating Supply voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
current or closed-circuit current behav- Current consumption < 34 mA (24 V DC)
ior) Electrical isolation
– Line fault detection (LFD), can be activat- Input/output/supply, T-Connector 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
ed/deactivated, error message signaled by surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
red flashing LED with inhibiting of transis- 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
tor output Output 1/output 2 1 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
– Power supply and error indication possi- 50 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
– LED displays for indicating supply voltage,
circuit state, and malfunctions to Humidity 10% ... 95% (no condensation)
NAMUR NE 44 Housing material PA 66-FR
– 3-way electrical isolation Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
– Installation in zone 2 permitted Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Notes: Conformance CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well ATEX  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2 according to EN 61508
found from page 126
Ordering data
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling Pcs. /
can be found from page 128 Pkt.
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 NAMUR isolation amplifier

Screw connection MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-T1) 2865036 1
Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-T-SP1) 2924281 1

Accessories
Power and error message module

Power and error message module for
feeding the 24 V supply voltage to the DIN 3.3 14
3.2 12 Fault out
rail connectors and signaling line faults and 3.1 11
power supply failures. H
2.2 –
– One-time or redundant supply, decoupled PWR 2 D W
2.1 +
Faultsignal
from diode, protected against polariza-
tion 1.2 –
PWR 1
– Supply current up to 3.75 A 1.1 +
– Relay output (PDT) and flashing LED for LFD +24V
GND
error messages
– Error message in the event of a power
supply failure or fuse fault 
– Bus cable fault message for Housing width 17.5 mm
MACX MCR-...(2)NAM... devices Technical data
connected via DIN rail connectors Input data
– Replaceable fuse Input signal 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
– Installation in zone 2 permissible Redundant supply yes, decoupled from diodes
Output data
Maximum output signal 3.75 A
Output voltage (Input voltage - max 0.8 V at 3.75 A)
Switching output Relay
Contact type 1 PDT
Contact material Gold (Au)
Maximum switching voltage 50 V AC (2 A)
General data
Current consumption
Fuse 5 A (replaceable), slow-blow 250 V AC
2 x green LEDs (PWR1 and PWR2)
Housing material Polyamide (PA 6.6)
IECEx Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X
UL, USA / Canada UL 61010
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Supply and error message module, including the relevant
DIN rail connector ME 17,5 TBUS 1,5/5-ST-3,81 GN
Screw connection MACX MCR-PTB 2865625 1

Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-PTB-SP 2924184 1
126 PHOENIX CONTACT

Accessories
ME 6,2 TBUS... T-Connector

DIN rail connector (5-pos.) for bridging
the supply voltage of 12.5 mm wide MACX
analog modules
– Reduces wiring costs
– System can be extended or module
replaced even while process is active
– Inter-extendable
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
DIN rail connector (TBUS), for bridging the supply voltage, can be
snapped onto 35 mm DIN rails as per EN 60715, with UL approval
ME 6,2 TBUS-2 1,5/5-ST-3,81 GN 2869728 10
Accessories
Marking material for device marking

– For device marking inside the control cab-
inet and in the field
– Self-adhesive with high adhesive strengths
– Large temperature range
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Description Color Type Order No.
Pkt.
UniCard, with self-adhesive plastic labels
10-part, lettering field size: 11 x 9 mm white UC-EMLP (11X9) 0819291 10

UniCard, with self-adhesive plastic labels,
marked according to customer specifications
For ordering details, see Catalog 5 or
10-part, lettering field size: 11 x 9 mm white UC-EMLP (11X9) CUS 0824547 1

MACX Analog Ex isolating amplifiers
TC... termination carriers are com- Compact

pact solutions for quickly and smoothly con- – Saves up to 30% of space due to compact
necting DIN rail devices from the MACX design
Analog Ex series to input/output cards of
Robust and reliable
automation systems using system cabling. – Stable, vibration-resistant aluminum car-
rier device profile
The termination carriers combine the ad-
– PCB is completely decoupled from mod-
vantages of modular DIN rail devices with ules
those offered by plug and play rapid cabling
– PCB without active components
solutions to provide a consistent solution
– Redundant supply and monitoring in sep-
for system technology. arate DIN rail module
Easy maintenance
– Use of standard DIN rail devices
– Easy access to connection points Select controller-specific front adapter and system cable
plug-in and coded cable sets
Flexible
– Profile section without pitch markings for
I/O cards with specific number of chan-
nels
– Can be specifically adapted for I/O cards
of various automation systems with dif-
ferent system plug types
Solutions are also available for MINI Analog,

128 PHOENIX CONTACT

MACX Analog Ex isolating amplifiers
The TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-EX-P-UNI
from the MACX Analog series to analog or
binary input/output cards of automation sys-
tems.
The TC-D37SUB-AIO16-EX-PS-UNI
termination carrier design, when combined
with the MACX MCR-S-MUX HART multi-
plexer, also enables communication be-
tween HART-capable field devices and a
management system.
– Connection of up to 16 single-channel
(Ex i-)isolating amplifiers Housing width 244 mm
– Universal 1:1 signal routing to a 37-pos. Technical data
D-SUB plug-in connector General data
– For system cables with D-SUB socket and Connection to the control system level D-SUB pin strip
open ends for universal connection Number of positions 37
Maximum operating voltage < 50 V DC (Per signal/channel)
– Redundant supply and monitoring in sep- Maximum permissible current 1 A (Signal/channel)
arate DIN rail module Rated insulation voltage 50 V
Notes: Pollution degree 2
Contact us: specific termination carrier designs for I/O modules of Rated surge voltage 0.5 kV
various automation systems are available, planned or can be im- Air and creepage distances DIN EN 50178 ( Basic insulation )
plemented according to your specifications. Degree of protection IP20
Fuse 5 A Slow-blow (can be exchanged)
Switching output 1 PDT
Contact material Au
Maximum switching voltage 50 V DC (0.3 A) / 30 V DC (2 A) / 33 V AC (2 A)
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Universal termination carrier for 16 MACX MCR-EX isolators
TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-EX-P-UNI 2924854 1
- With connection for MACX MCR-S-MUX HART multiplexer TC-D37SUB-AIO16-EX-PS-UNI1) 2902932 1
Accessories
Supply and error message module MACX MCR-PTB 2865625 1
MACX MCR-PTB-SP 2924184 1
HART multiplexer, 32-channel MACX MCR-S-MUX 2865599 1
X1 DSUB 37
X20 COMBICON
4 (-) PWR1
6 (-) PWR2
Alarm
3 (+)
5 (+)
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
10
29
11
30
12
31
13
32
14
33
15
34
16
35
1
9
1
2
CH10
CH11
CH12
CH13
CH14
CH15
CH16
PW1
PW2
CH1
CH2
CH3
CH4
CH5
CH6
CH7
CH8
CH9
PTSM
+
+
-
-
3.1
3.2
3.1
3.2
3.1
3.2
3.1
3.2
3.1
3.2
3.1
3.2
3.1
3.2
3.1
3.2
3.1
3.2
3.1
3.2
3.1
3.2
3.1
3.2
3.1
3.2
3.1
3.2
3.1
3.2
3.1
3.2
3.1
1.1
1.2
3.2
2.1
2.2
MACX
MCR-
PTB
TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-EX-P-UNI and TC-D37SUB-AIO16-EX-PS-UNI connection scheme

Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
Also for special applications Frequency Your advantages:

MCR Analog isolating amplifiers and digi- – Programmable frequency transducers for – High operational reliability in the event of
tal displays – for special applications using frequencies of up to 120 kHz disturbances, thanks to electrical isolation
signal processing. – User-friendly wiring, thanks to plug-in
Limit value switches
Isolating amplifiers in the MCR Analog – Limit value switches for standard analog connection terminal blocks
range can be used to record temperatures – Easy configuration via software,
signals
directly in the field, for example, or to con- DIP switches or display keypad
vert digital signals into analog signals. You Digital displays – Digital displays can be programmed with-
can monitor your process values using digi- – Programmable digital displays for out software: via the keypad on the front
tal displays. standard signals – The digital displays are easy to read,
– Setpoint adjuster thanks to the large five-digit display
Choose the right MACX Analog
isolating amplifier for your application:
– Configurable signal multipliers to double
standard analog signals
– Configurable loop-powered isolators and
standard passive isolators for tempera-
ture
– Programmable temperature transducers
– Configurable temperature transducers
for Pt 100
– Temperature relay for Pt 100
– Programmable loop-powered tempera-
ture transducers.
130 PHOENIX CONTACT

3-way isolating amplifier D W
H
IN OUT
IN I/U 1 U, 5 OUT I/U

GND 1 2 U 6 GND 2
IN U,I U,I OUT

7 +20...30V
8 GND 3 With fixed signal combinations
POWER

Technical data
Input signal 0 ... 10 V / -10 ... 10 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
– Processing standard signals Maximum input signal 30 V 50 mA
– Fixed setting of input and output signals Input resistance 100 kΩ 50 Ω
– 3-way isolation Output signal 0 ... 10 V / -10 ... 10 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
Maximum output signal 15 V 30 mA
Notes: Load RB ≥ 10 kΩ ≤ 500 Ω
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Linear transmission range 0% ... 105% -5% ... 105%
(in reference to the output range end value) -110% ... 110%
(Bipolar signals)
General data
Current consumption < 15 mA (without load)
Maximum transmission error ≤ 0.3% (of final value), typ. < 0.2% (of final value)

Limit frequency (3 dB) 30 Hz
Step response (10 - 90%) 11 ms
Mounting Any
Housing material Polyamide PA non-reinforced
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
analog signals,
Input signal Output signal
0 ... 10 V 4 ... 20 mA MCR-C-U-I- 4-DC1) 2814537 5
4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 10 V MCR-C-I-U- 4-DC1) 2814511 5
0 ... 10 V, -10 ... 10 V 0 ... 10 V, -10 ... 10 V MCR-C-U-U-DC1) 2814469 5
0 ... 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA MCR-C-I-I-00-DC1) 2814508 5

signal multiplier D W
H
OUT OUT
OUT I2 1 7 OUT I1
A D
OUT U2 2 8 OUT U1
D A
OUT1 GND 2 3 9 GND 1
U,I
IN I 4 10 +24V DC
A
IN U,I U,I OUT2 IN U 5 11 GND 4
D
GND 3 6 12 GND 4
With freely configurable input and two outputs
IN
POWER

Ex: 
Technical data
Input signal 0 V ... 12 V 0 mA ... 24 mA
– 4-way isolation (freely selectable in 0.1 V steps) (freely selectable in 0.1 mA
steps)
– Calibrated reversible input and output Measuring range span min. 4 V min. 8 mA
signals Maximum input signal 30 V 50 mA
Input resistance 200 kΩ 50 Ω
Notes: Output data U output I output
To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch) refer to the order key refer to the order key
configuration by referring to the adjacent order key.
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Load RB ≥ 10 kΩ ≤ 600 Ω
General data
Maximum transmission error ≤ 0.15% (of final value), typ. 0.05% (of final value)
Temperature coefficient < 0.015%/K, typ. 0.0075%/K

UL, USA / Canada Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D or non-hazardous locations
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR signal multiplier, for multiplication and electrical isolation of
analog signals,
Order configuration MCR-FL-C-UI-2UI-DCI1) 2814854 1
Standard configuration MCR-FL-C-UI-2UI-DCI-NC1) 2814867 1
132 PHOENIX CONTACT

Order key for MCR-FL-C-UI-2UI-DCI (standard configuration entered as an example)
Input signal (standard and special signals) Output signal (standard signals) Factory calibration
Order No. Input signal Initial value Final value Output 1 Output 2 certificate (FCC)
2814854 / I / 0.0 / 20.0 / OUT01 / OUT01 / NONE
I = Current 0.0 = 0.0 mA 20.0 = 20.0 mA OUT01 = 0...20 mA OUT01 = 0...20 mA NONE = without FCC
U = Voltage I : freely selectable between I : freely selectable between OUT02 = 4...20 mA OUT02 = 4...20 mA YES = with FCC (a fee
0.0 ... 24.0 mA 0.0 ... 24.0 mA OUT03 = 0...10 V OUT03 = 0...10 V is charged)
OUT04 = 2...10 V OUT04 = 2...10 V
U : freely selectable between U : freely selectable between OUT05 = 0...5 V OUT05 = 0...5 V YESPLUS = FCC with
0.0 ... 12.0 V 0.0 ... 12.0 V OUT06 = 1...5 V OUT06 = 1...5 V 5 measuring
OUT16 = 0...10 mA OUT16 = 0...10 mA points (a fee is
8.0 mA/4.0 V min. measuring range span charged)
0.1 mA/0.1 V increment
Ordering examples: Input signal (standard and special signals) Output signal (standard signals) Factory calibration certifi-
Initial value Final value Output 1 Output 2 cate (FCC)
2814854 / I / 5.3 / 13.3 / OUT01 / OUT01 / NONE
I = Current I = 5.3 mA I = 13.3 mA OUT01 = 0...20 mA OUT01 = 0...20 mA NONE = without FCC
8.0 mA measuring range span, i.e., order is possible.
2814854 / U / 7.8 / 11.8 / OUT01 / OUT03 / NONE
U = Voltage U = 7.8 V U = 11.8 V OUT01 = 0...20 mA OUT03 = 0...10 V NONE = without FCC
4.0 V measuring range span, i.e., order is possible.
Combination table for input and output signals that can be set via DIP switches
Output 1 Output 2
Input 0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 mA 0...10 V 0...5 V 1...5 V 2...10 V 0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 mA 0...10 V 0...5 V 1...5 V 2...10 V
0...20 mA x x x x x x x x x x x x x x
0...10 V x x x x x x x x x x x x x x
Application example: level measurement with subsequent signal multiplication
Level sensor
0...20mA
24V 0...20mA IN OUT 2 OUT 1 POWER

4 I 1 I2 MCR-FL-C-UI-2UI-DCI I 7 +24V 10
POWER
5 U 2 U2 U1 8 GND 4 11
6 GND 3 3 GND 2 GND 1 9 GND 4 12

Controller
0...10V
15m3
24V
Mains voltage

passive isolators D W
H
IN OUT
(+) 0-20mA 1 5 (+) 20mA

(-) GND 2 6 (-) GND
IN I I OUT
1-channel,
with safe isolation

Technical data
Input data
– Electrical isolation without additional Voltage drop 2.5 V (at I = 20 mA)
auxiliary power supply Response current < 50 µA
Maximum input current 50 mA (100 mA overload)
– Current signals 0(4)...20 mA Maximum input voltage 30 V (30 V overload)
– Safe isolation Input voltage limitation 33 V 5% (with Zener diode)
Output data
Notes: Output signal 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
Maximum output signal < 50 mA
When using passive isolators, make sure that the current sourcing
voltage of the measuring transducer UB is sufficient to drive the Load RB ≤ 1375 Ω (at I = 20 mA output signal)
maximum current of 20 mA via the passive isolator with the voltage
drop UV = 2.5 V and the load RB. Ripple < 5 mV (rms)
This means: General data
UB ≥ UE = 2.5 V + 20 mA x RB Maximum transmission error ≤ 0.1% (of final value)
Additional error per 100 Ω load 0.02% (of measured value / 100 Ω load)
Temperature coefficient ≤ 0.002%/K (of measured value / 100 Ω load)
Test voltage input/output 4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Protection against electric shock Increased insulation according to DIN EN 61 010 part 1 and safe iso-
lation according to VDE 0100 part 410 along the lines of VDE 0106
part 101 up to 300 V AC/DC for surge voltage category II and pollu-
tion degree 2 between all isolated distances.

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR-SL-1CLP-I-I-00-4KV 2814841 1
Input voltage in relation to load for IA = 20 mA UE [V]

UB 25
UV = 2,5 V The diagram shows input voltage UI in relation to load RB taking
I into account voltage failure UV. 20
I
UE RB If the load is known, the minimum voltage the sensor must sup-
ply in order to drive the maximum current of 20 mA via the passive 15
I I
isolator and the load can be read on the Y-axis.
MCR-1CLP 10
5
UV= 2,5 V
0 UE [Ω]
0 200 400 600 800 1000
134 PHOENIX CONTACT

passive isolators D W
H
IN OUT
(+) 0-20mA 1 5 (+) 20mA

(-) GND 2 6 (-) GND
IN I I OUT
1-, 2- or 4-channel options

Technical data
Input data
– Electrical isolation without additional Voltage drop 2.5 V (at I = 20 mA)
auxiliary power supply Response current < 50 µA
Maximum input current 50 mA (100 mA overload)
– Current signals 0(4)...20 mA Maximum input voltage 30 V (30 V overload)
– Alternatively 1-, 2- or 4-channel version Input voltage limitation 33 V (with Zener diode)
Output data
When using passive isolators, make sure that the current sourcing
voltage of the measuring transducer UB is sufficient to drive the Load RB ≤ 1375 Ω (at I = 20 mA output signal)
maximum current of 20 mA via the passive isolator with the voltage
drop UV = 2.5 V and the load RB. Ripple < 5 mV (rms)
This means: General data
UB ≥ UE = 2.5 V + 20 mA x RB Additional error per 100 Ω load 0.02% (of measured value)
Temperature coefficient ≤ 0.002%/K (of measured value / 100 Ω load)
Test voltage input/output 510 V (50 Hz, 1 min.)

Dimensions H / D 99 / 114.5 mm
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
1-channel 12.5 mm wide MCR-1CLP-I-I-00 2814016 1
Flow measurement
UB
Magnetic inductive flow sensor
UV = 2,5 V
I
I 24V 0...20mA
UE RB 0...20mA
1 MCR-1CLP-I-I-00 5
I I I I
IN OUT
2 GND 1 GND 2 6
MCR-1CLP
Controller

Temperature
Temperature transducer D W
H
IN OUT
1 D 7
C
2 D A 8
3 9
U,I 4 = 10 (+) 24VDC
IN OUT NC 5 = 11 SP
NC 6 12 (-) GND For resistance thermometers, thermocouples,
POWER resistance-type sensors, and mV sources

Ex: 
Technical data
Input data
Resistance thermometers Pt, Ni, Cu sensors : 2, 3, 4-conductor
– For resistance thermometers and Thermocouple sensors U, T, L, J, E, K, N, S, R, B, C, W, HK
thermocouples Resistor 0 Ω ... 8000 Ω (freely adjustable, min. measuring range 100 Ω)
– Measure differential temperatures Voltage -20 mV ... 2400 mV

– With transistor switching output (freely adjustable, minimum measuring range span of 10 mV)
Temperature range (Depending on sensor type used)
– Freely programmable via
MCR/PI-CONF-WIN Sensor input current 250 µA (resistance thermometer)
– Option of inverse output signal ranges Output data U output I output

Output signal 0 ... 5 V / 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
Notes:
-5 ... 5 V / -10 ... 10 V -
To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required Maximum output signal ±12 V 24 mA
configuration by referring to the adjacent order key. D/A resolution ±12 bit ±12 bit
Further information about the configuration software can be found Load RB ≥ 10 kΩ ≤ 500 Ω
on page 149 Ripple < 20 mVPP
Output signal with open circuit -12 V ... 12 V 0 A ... 24 mA
Measuring range overrange/underrange -12 V ... 12 V 0 A ... 24 mA
Switching output Transistor output, pnp
Can carry a load of 100 mA, switches supply voltage (not protected
against short-circuit); locked in case of order-specific configuration,
otherwise freely programmable through MCR/PI-CONF-WIN
General data
Current consumption ≤ 60 mA, typ. 40 mA
Maximum transmission error ≤ 0.1% (of maximum range, ±6 mV or ±12 µA at output)
Cold junction errors ≤ 3 K, typ. 1.5 K

Temperature coefficient ≤ 0.01%/K, typ. 0.005%/K
Test voltage input/power supply 1 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Mounting Any
GL Germanischer Lloyd
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR temperature measuring transducers, for resistance
thermometers and thermocouple sensors, with electrical isolation
of input/output and input/supply voltage
Order configuration MCR-T-UI-E1) 2814113 1

Standard configuration MCR-T-UI-E-NC1) 2814126 1
Order configuration, without electrical isolation MCR-T-UI1) 2814090 1
Standard configuration, without electrical isolation MCR-T-UI-NC1) 2814100 1
136 PHOENIX CONTACT

Order key for MCR-T-UI(-E)... (standard configuration entered as an example)
Sensor type Input characteristic curve Connection Measuring range: Measur- Output Output charac- Factory calibration
Order No. technology Start End ing unit teristic curve certificate (FCC)
2814113 / PT100 / D / 3 / -200.0 / +850.0 / C / OUT02 / N / NONE
See tables D = DIN 2 = 2-conductor for 0 mA for 20 mA C = °C OUT01 = 0...20 mA N = Normal NONE = without FCC
2814113 = under “Sen- S = SAMA (see table) 3 = 3-conductor (e.g., - (e.g., F = °F OUT02 = 4...20 mA I = Inverse YES = with FCC (a fee
MCR-T-UI-E sor type” 4 = 4-conductor 200.0°C) +850.0°C) V = mV OUT03 = 0...10 V is charged)
0 = for Ni1000 (Landis & Gyr), 0 = for O = W OUT05 = 0...5 V
2814090 = Cu10, Cu50, Cu53, thermocouple, P = % OUT13 = -5...+5 V YESPLUS = FCC with
MCR-T-UI KTY81-110, resistor, OUT14 = -10...+10 V 5 measuring
thermocouple, potentiometer, points (a fee is
resistor, voltage charged)
potentiometer,
voltage
Resistance thermometers Thermocouples Resistors, potentiometers, mV voltages
Sensor type 1) Standard Measuring Smallest Sensor Thermocou- Measuring range Smallest Sensor Input Measuring range Smallest
(input charac- range measuring type ple measuring type measuring
teristic curve) range span range span range span
PT... DIN/SAMA -200°C ... 850°C 0.4 K U Cu-CuNi -200°C ... 600°C >1K RES Resistor 0  ... 8000  2
NI... DIN/SAMA -60°C ... 180°C 0.4 K T 2) Cu-CuNi -200°C ... 400°C >1K (2-conductor)
Ni1000 Landis & Gyr -50°C ... 160°C 0.4 K L Fe-CuNi -200°C ... 900°C >1K
2) POT Potentiometer 0 ... 100% 0.2%
CU10 SAMA -70°C ... 500°C 0.4 K J Fe-CuNi -210°C ... 1200°C >1K
2)
(max. 8 k) (3-conductor)
CU50 – -50°C ... 200°C 0.4 K E NiCr-CuNi -226°C ... 1000°C >1K
CU53 – -50°C ... 180°C 0.4 K K 2) NiCr-Ni -200°C ... 1372°C >1K V01 Voltage -20 mV ...+2400 mV 2 mV
KTY81 Philips -55°C ... 150°C 0.4 K N 2) NiCrSi-NiSi -200°C ... 1300°C >1K
KTY84 – -40°C ... 300°C 0.4 K S 2) Pt10Rh-Pt -50°C ... 1768°C >4K
R 2) Pt13Rh-Pt -50°C ... 1768°C >4K
Temperature ranges according to IEC 60751/EN 60751 and 2)
B Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh 500°C ... 1820°C > 10 K Temperature conversion guide for °C to °F:
DIN 43760 SAMA RC 21-4-1966 with 2, 3 or 4-conductor circuit.
1) Note: Pt sensors in increments of 10, 20, ...100 and
C -18°C ... 2316°C >4K 9
W -18°C ... 2316°C >4K T [°F] = – T [°C] + 32
100, 200, ...1000, 2000. 5
HK -200°C ... 800°C >1K
KTY81 = KTY81-110.
2) Thermocouples according to IEC 60584/EN 60584.
Other types or characteristic curves available on request.
Other types or characteristic curves available on request.
Ordering examples with different input versions:
Resistance thermometer 2814113 / PT100 / D / 3 / -200.0 / +850.0 / C / OUT02 / N / NONE

(Configuration for 3-conductor Pt 100 sensor; according to DIN from -200.0°C to +850.0°C with 4 ... 20 mA output characteristic curve)
Thermocouple 2814113 / J / 0 / 0 / -346 / +2192 / F / OUT02 / I / NONE

(Configuration for type J thermocouple from -346°F to +2192°F with 20 ... 4 mA output characteristic curve)
Voltage 2814113 / V01 / 0 / 0 / -10 / 1200 / V / OUT03 / I / NONE

(Configuration for voltage input from -10 mV to +1200 mV with 10 ... 0 V output characteristic curve)
Resistor 2814113 / RES / 0 / 0 / 0 / 7500 / O / OUT05 / N / NONE

(2-conductor connection) (Configuration for connecting a resistor varying between 0  and 7500 . The output signal is 0 ... 5 V.)
Potentiometer 2814113 / POT / 0 / 0 / 10 / 90 / P / OUT02 / N / NONE

(3-conductor connection) (Configuration for connecting a 3-conductor potentiometer, where 10 … 90% of the range is used. The output signal is 4 … 20 mA.)
Application examples:
Resistance thermometer: 2-conductor connection tech- Resistance thermometer: 3-conductor connection tech- Resistance thermometer: 4-conductor connection tech-
nology nology nology
R L1 R L1 R L1
1 MCR-T-UI-E 7 10 +24 V DC 1 MCR-T-UI-E 10 +24 V DC
R, GND 2 8 GND
R L2 Mode Power R L2 4 1 MCR-T-UI-E 10 +24 V DC
Mode Power
3 9 12 3 9 12 R L2 2 11 GND
OUT I OUT U R L3 3 Mode Power
9 12
GND GND SP
R L3 Output:
Output: 0(4) ... 20 mA current signal 0 ... (5)10 V, (5)10 V voltage signal R L4 Output: switching output
Application: Application: Application:
• For short distances (< 10 m) • For long distances between the Pt 100 sensor and the MCR • For long distances between the Pt 100 sensor and the MCR
Please note: module (RL1, RL2, RL3  25 ) module and different cable resistances (RL1  RL2  RL3  RL4)
• Cable resistances RL1 and RL2 are incorporated in the measure- Please note: Please note:
ment result directly and falsify the result accordingly (example • To compensate the cable resistance, all cable resistances must • The cable resistance (RL2 + RL4) must not exceed a value of
for Pt 100: 0.385  = 1 K). have exactly the same values (RL1 = RL2 = RL3) 50 .
Compensation of 5% is possible.
Potentiometer Thermocouple: absolute temperature measurement Thermocouple: differential temperature measurement

R L1
1 MCR-T-UI-E 7 10 +24 V DC 1 MCR-T-UI-E 7 10 +24 V DC + 1 MCR-T-UI-E 7 10 +24 V DC
+ TC
2 8 11 GND mV / TC - - GND
R 2 8 11 GND +
2 8 11
TC
3 Mode Power
9 12 Mode Power
9 12 - 6 Mode Power
9 12
OUT I OUT I OUT I
R L2
GND GND GND
Application: Application: Application:
• For short distances and gradual changes. • Connecting a thermocouple or an mV signal. • Differential temperature measurement with thermocouples.
Please note: Note: • Deactivate cold junction compensation for the device.
• Cable resistances RL1 and RL2 are incorporated in the measure- • Activate cold junction compensation for the device in the case
ment result directly and falsify the result accordingly. Compen- of thermocouple measurements.
sation of 5% is possible.

Temperature
H
IN OUT
1 U 7 OUT U/I
2 U 8
3 9 GND 1
4 = 10 (+) 24VDC
Shield 5 = 11 GND 2
IN U,I OUT
PT100 Shield 6 12 GND 2 For Pt 100, either voltage or current output
Power
POWER MM

Technical data
Input data
Resistance thermometers Pt 100 (IEC 60751/EN 60751) : 2, 3, 4-conductor
– Temperature range adjustable via Temperature range 0°C ... 300°C (0 ... 100/150/200/300) /
-50°C ... 250°C (-50 ... 50/100/150/250)
DIP switch Sensor input current Approx. 1 mA
– ZERO/SPAN adjustment Output data U output I output
– Open circuit detection Output signal 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
– Alternatively with galvanically isolated Load RB ≥ 10 kΩ ≤ 500 Ω
supply voltage Output signal with open circuit > 11 V > 22 mA
General data ...-U-DC ...-I-DC ...-U ...-I
Notes: Supply voltage UB 20 ... 30 V DC 20 ... 30 V DC 20 ... 30 V DC 20 ... 30 V DC
When ordering, you must use the order key to specify the desired Current consumption 35 mA 60 mA 20 mA 45 mA
configuration. Maximum transmission error ≤ 0.4% (of final value)
Temperature coefficient ≤ 0.02%/K
Test voltage power supply/signal 750 V AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR temperature measuring transducer, for Pt 100 temperature
sensors with 2, 3, 4-conductor technology with electrically isolated
supply voltage
Output: 0..0.10 V MCR-PT100-U-DC1) 2810311 1
Output: 0...(4)20 mA MCR-PT100-I-DC1) 2810337 1
Output: 0...10 V, without electrical isolation MCR-PT100-U1) 2810340 1
Output: 0...(4)20 mA, without electrical isolation MCR-PT100-I1) 2810353 1
Order key MCR-PT100-...(-DC) (standard configuration entered as example)
Connection Temperature range Output Factory calibration

Order No. method certificate
2810337 / 3 / TR05 / OUT02 / NONE
2 = 2-conductor TR01 = -50...+50°C OUT01 = 0...20 mA NONE = Without certificate
2810311 = MCR-PT100-U-DC TR02 = -50...+100°C OUT02 = 4...20 mA YES = With factory
2810337 = MCR-PT100-I-DC 3 = 3-conductor TR03 = -50...+150°C calibration
2810340 = MCR-PT100-U TR04 = -50...+250°C With the devices: certificate (fee)
2810353 = MCR-PT100-I 4 = 4-conductor TR05 = 0...100°C 2810311 MCR-PT100-U-DC YESPLUS = Factory
TR06 = 0...150°C 2810340 MCR-PT100-U calibration
TR07 = 0...200°C The output signal is 0...10 V. No details certificate with
TR08 = 0...300°C are necessary. 5 measuring
points (fee)
138 PHOENIX CONTACT

Temperature
Temperature relay D W
H
IN OUT
SETPOINT
1 5 11
Pt 100
2 U 6 12
IN OUT
PT100 +24 VDC 3 DC 7 11
For Pt 100
GND 4 DC 8 14
POWER

Technical data
Input data
Resistance thermometers Pt 100 (IEC 60751/EN 60751) : 2-conductor
– Switching point in the temperature range Temperature range -100°C ... 700°C
from -100°C ... +700°C freely selectable Sensor input current Approx. 1 mA
Switching output Relay output
– Changeover relay output Contact type 1 PDT
– Galvanically isolated Contact material AgSnO, hard gold-plated
Maximum switching current 50 mA (for gold layer, 30 V AC/ 36 V DC)
– Adjustable switch hysteresis 2 A (in case of a destroyed gold layer, 250 V AC)
Operate delay time Approx. 6 ms
Notes:
Off delay time Approx. 200 ms
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Switching hysteresis Adjustable using DIP switches (0.5 K, 2 K, 3 K, 5 K)
Error/status indicator Red LED (short-circuit/wire break) / Yellow LED (relay active)
General data
Linearity error < 0.1%
Setting accuracy < 1%, typ. < 0.5%
Temperature coefficient < 0.01%/K, typ. 0.005%/K
Mounting Any
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR temperature relay, for Pt 100 in 2-conductor system
MCR-SL-PT100-SP1) 2814948 1
MCR-SL-PT100-SP
SP
ERROR
Pt 100 0
10
20
K
30
50
40
SETPOINT
IN
1 2
+24V
GND
3 4
24V
Application example - Temperature control of a heated medium

1 = mains voltage

Temperature
H
IN OUT
- 1 5 OUT I
DC D
C IN
2 D DC A 6 POWER
IN POWER 3
I
OUT Loop-powered,
+ 4
programmable

Ex: 
Technical data
Input data
Resistance thermometers Pt, Ni (100, 500, 1000);
– Two-wire transmitter for resistance minimum measurement range 10 K : 2, 3, 4-conductor
Thermocouple sensors B, C, D, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T, U;
thermometers, thermocouples, minimum measurement range 50 K/500 K
resistance-type, and voltage sensors Resistor (Resistance-type sensor from 10 Ω to 400 Ω and from 10 Ω to 2000 Ω;
minimum measurement range 10 Ω/100 Ω)
– Freely programmable via
MCR/PI-CONF-WIN Voltage -10 mV ... 100 mV (min. measurement range 5 mV)
Output data
The devices are supplied with the standard configuration: Load RB (Max (Vsupply -12 V) / 0.023 A (current output))
Pt 100 sensor, measuring range 0 ... 100°C, 3-cond. connection.
Output signal with short-circuit ≤ 3.6 mA or ≥ 21 mA (adjustable, not for thermocouples)
You can implement your own measuring range settings, lineariza-
tion, and characteristic curve adjustments. For this purpose, you
Output signal with open circuit ≤ 3.6 mA or ≥ 21 mA (adjustable)
need the MCR-PAC-T-USB programming adapter and the
MCR/PI-CONF-WIN configuration software, see page 149 Measuring range overrange/underrange ≤ 20.5 mA / ≥ 3.8 mA (linear increase/decrease)
General data
Current consumption < 3.5 mA
Transmission error Resistance thermometers 0.2 K (Pt 100, Ni 100), 0.5 K (Pt 500, Ni 500), 0.3 K (Pt 1000, Ni 1000)
Thermocouple sensors Type 0.5 K (K, J, T, E, L, U), 1.0 K (N, C, D), 2.0 K (S, B, R)
Resistance-type sensors ±0.1 Ω (10...400 Ω), ±1.5 Ω (10...2000 Ω)
Voltage sensor ±20 µV (-10...100 mV)
Step response (10 - 90%) <2s
Pickup delay 4s
Mounting Any
UL, USA / Canada Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR temperature measuring transducer, loop-powered
for resistance thermometers, thermocouples, resistance-type, and MCR-FL-T-LP-I 2864561 1

voltage sensors
140 PHOENIX CONTACT

Temperature
H
IN OUT
1 DC D 5 OUT I
C IN
2 D DC A 6 POWER
IN POWER 3
I
PT100 OUT
4
Loop-powered,
programmable

Ex: 
Technical data
Input data
Resistance thermometers Pt 100 ; minimum measurement range 10 K : 2, 3, 4-conductor
– Two-wire transmitter for
Output data
Pt 100 resistance thermometers Output signal 4 ... 20 mA / 20 ... 4 mA
– Freely programmable via Load RB (Max (Vsupply -12 V) / 0.023 A (current output))
MCR/PI-CONF-WIN
Output signal with short-circuit ≤ 3.6 mA or ≥ 21 mA (adjustable)
Notes: Output signal with open circuit ≤ 3.6 mA or ≥ 21 mA (adjustable)
Measuring range overrange/underrange ≤ 20.5 mA / ≥ 3.8 mA (linear increase/decrease)
The devices are supplied with the standard configuration:
Pt 100 sensor, measuring range 0 ... 100°C, 3-cond. connection. General data
You can implement your own measuring range settings, lineariza- Supply voltage UB 12 V DC ... 35 V DC
tion, and characteristic curve adjustments. For this purpose, you Current consumption < 3.5 mA
need the MCR-PAC-T-USB programming adapter and the Transmission error Resistance thermometers 0.2 K
MCR/PI-CONF-WIN configuration software, see page 149 Step response (10 - 90%) <2s
Pickup delay 4s
Mounting Any
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
for Pt 100 resistance thermometer MCR-SL-PT100-LP-I 2864558 1

Temperature
Temperature head transmitter
IN OUT
3 DC D 1 OUT I
C IN
4 D DC A 2 POWER
IN POWER
I 5
OUT Loop-powered,
6
programmable

Ex: 
Technical data
Input data
Resistance thermometers Pt, Ni (100, 500, 1000);
– Two-wire transmitter for resistance minimum measurement range 10 K : 2, 3, 4-conductor
Thermocouple sensors B, C, D, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T, U;
thermometers, thermocouples, resis- minimum measurement range 50 K/500 K
tance-type, and voltage sensors Resistor (Resistance-type sensor from 10 Ω to 400 Ω and from 10 Ω to 2000 Ω;
minimum measurement range 10 Ω/100 Ω)
– For mounting in the connecting head,
form B Voltage -10 mV ... 75 mV (min. measurement range 5 mV)
– Freely programmable via Output data
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA / 20 ... 4 mA
MCR/PI-CONF-WIN Load RB (Max (Vsupply - 8 V) / 0.025 A (current output))
Notes: Output signal with short-circuit ≤ 3.6 mA or ≥ 21 mA (adjustable, not for thermocouples)
Pt 100 sensor, measuring range 0 ... 100°C, 3-cond. connection. Output signal with open circuit ≤ 3.6 mA or ≥ 21 mA (adjustable)
Measuring range overrange/underrange ≤ 20.5 mA / ≥ 3.8 mA (linear increase/decrease)
General data
MCR/PI-CONF-WIN configuration software, see page 149 Supply voltage UB 8 V DC ... 35 V DC
Pickup delay 6s
Degree of protection IP00, IP66 (integrated in the connecting head)
Mounting Any
Housing material Polycarbonate, PC
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
for resistance thermometers, thermocouples, resistance-type, and MCR-FL-HT-T-I 2864529 1

voltage sensors
∅44
∅33
4 5
∅5
3
6
∅7
1
21
142 PHOENIX CONTACT

Temperature
Temperature head transmitter
IN OUT
3 D 1 OUT I
C IN
4 D A 2 POWER
IN POWER
I 5
PT100 OUT
6 Loop-powered,
programmable

Ex: 
Technical data
Input data
Resistance thermometers Pt 100 ; minimum measurement range 10 K : 2, 3, 4-conductor
– Two-wire transmitter for Pt 100
Output data
resistance thermometers Output signal 4 ... 20 mA / 20 ... 4 mA
– For mounting in the connecting head, Load RB (Max (Vsupply - 10 V) / 0.023 A (current output))
form B
Output signal with short-circuit ≤ 3.6 mA or ≥ 21 mA (adjustable)
– Freely programmable via Output signal with open circuit ≤ 3.6 mA or ≥ 21 mA (adjustable)
MCR/PI-CONF-WIN Measuring range overrange/underrange ≤ 20.5 mA / ≥ 3.8 mA (linear increase/decrease)
Notes: General data

Pt 100 sensor, measuring range 0 ... 100°C, 3-cond.connection. Current consumption < 3.5 mA
Transmission error Resistance thermometers 0.2 K
You can implement your own measuring range settings, lineariza- Step response (10 - 90%) <2s
Pickup delay 4s
MCR/PI-CONF-WIN configuration software, see page 149 Degree of protection IP00, IP54 (integrated in the connecting head)
Mounting Any
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
for Pt 100 resistance thermometer MCR-SL-HT-PT 100-I 2864516 1
∅44
∅33
4 5
∅5
3
6
∅7
1
21

Frequency
Frequency transducer D W
H
+8,2 V
1 DC
DC
9 +24 V
Namur
2 IN
DC 10 GND
f in
3
4 GND 1 11 SW
NPN mC
PNP 5
NPN 12 GND
PNP
Dry 6 +15 V 13 NC
U,I Contact
IN OUT A D 14 I OUT
f,U,I U in
0-10 V 7 D A
Programmable,
A D 15 U OUT
POWER 0-20 mA 8
I in
D A 16 GND 2 for frequencies of up to 120 kHz

Ex: 
Housing width 45 mm
Technical data
Input data Frequency input
Frequency range 0.1 Hz ... 120 kHz
– Frequencies up to 120 kHz Input sources NPN/PNP transistor outputs
NAMUR initiators
– For NAMUR sensors, floating contacts, Floating relay contact (dry contact)
frequency generators, and NPN/PNP Frequency generator
Transducer supply Approx. 15 V DC / max. 25 mA (constant)
transistor outputs Signal level 2 VPP (In case of rectangle 0.1 Hz ... 120 kHz)
– Analog and switching output 2 VPP (In case of sine 8 Hz ... 120 kHz)
13 VPP (In case of sine 1 Hz ... 120 kHz)
– 3-way isolation Maximum input signal 30 V (incl. DC voltage)
– Programmable using membrane keypad or Signal form Any
software Pulse length ≥ 1 µs
Resolution > 12 bit
– Display of input or output signal Signal conversion time ≤ 32 ms
Input data Isolating amplifier function
Notes:
Input signal 0 V ... 10 V (freely adjustable) 0 mA ... 20 mA (freely adjustable)
Further information about the configuration software can be found
on page 149 Maximum input signal 12 V 24 mA
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Input resistance 95 kΩ 200 Ω
Resolution 14 bit (full-scale) 14 bit (full-scale)
Output signal 0 ... 5 V / 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 20 mA
Maximum output signal 12.5 V 25 mA
Load RB ≥ 500 Ω ≤ 500 Ω
Ripple < 20 mVPP
Switches supply voltage to terminal block SW, can carry a load of
100 mA, not protected against short-circuit
General data
Current consumption < 60 mA (without load, without switching output)
Maximum transmission error ≤ 0.15% (of measured value), typ. 0.1%
Temperature coefficient 0.015%/K, typ. 0.01%/K
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 65°C (for specified data)
Status indication LC display
Operating elements Membrane keypad with 3 keys and LCD display
Housing material ASA-PC (V0)

GL Germanischer Lloyd
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR frequency measuring transducer, for conversion of
frequencies into analog signals 0(4)...20 mA, 0...(5)10 V and
their inverse signals
MCR-F-UI-DC1) 2814605 1
144 PHOENIX CONTACT

Connection examples for common frequency transmitters
2-wire DC (mechanical contact) 3-wire DC 3-wire DC
• With PNP transistor output • PNP transistor with pull-down resistance
bn Terminal block 1 bn
1 +8,2 V 1 +8,2 V 1 +8,2 V
MCR-f-UI-DC
MCR-f-UI-DC
MCR-f-UI-DC
also possible instead
bu 2 NAMUR
IN
bu 2 NAMUR 2 NAMUR
of terminal block 6. IN bk
IN
3 f IN pnp bk 3 f IN 3 f IN
bu
4 GND1 4 GND1 4 GND1
NPN NPN NPN
5 PNP 5 PNP 5 PNP
6 +15 V bn 6 +15 V
6 +15 V
7 U IN 7 U IN 7 U IN
8 I IN 8 I IN 8 I IN
2-wire DC NAMUR sensor • With NPN transistor output • NPN transistor with pull-up resistance
bn bu
1 +8,2 V 1 +8,2 V 1 +8,2 V
MCR-f-UI-DC
MCR-f-UI-DC
MCR-f-UI-DC
bu 2 NAMUR bn 2 NAMUR 2 NAMUR

IN
IN IN
bk
3 f IN npn bk 3 f IN 3 f IN
bu
4 GND1 4 GND1 4 GND1
NPN NPN NPN
5 PNP 5 PNP 5 PNP
6 +15 V bn 6 +15 V
6 +15 V
4-wire DC Incremental rotary transducer with push-pull: Incremental rotary transducer with HTL logic:
• With PNP transistor output • Supply of the external signaling encoder • Supply of the external signaling encoder
bn
1 +8,2 V UB = 5-30 V DC 1 +8,2 V UB = 24 V DC 1 +8,2 V
MCR-f-UI-DC
MCR-f-UI-DC
bu 2 NAMUR 2 NAMUR MCR-f-UI-DC 2 NAMUR

IN IN IN
pnp bk 3 f IN 3 f IN 3 f IN
wh 4 GND1
4 GND1 4 GND1 K1, K2, K0
NPN NPN NPN
5 PNP 5 PNP 5 PNP
K1, K2, K0
6 +15 V 6 +15 V 6 +15 V
UB = 0 V DC
8 I IN 8 I IN UB = 0 V 8 I IN
• With NPN transistor output • Supply of the signaling encoder from the module • Supply of the signaling encoder from the module
bu
1 +8,2 V 15 V/25 mA 1 +8,2 V The external supply can 15 V/25 mA 1 +8,2 V
MCR-f-UI-DC
MCR-f-UI-DC
MCR-f-UI-DC
be picked off by
bn 2 NAMUR 2 NAMUR 2 NAMUR
IN
IN IN terminal blocks 9
npn bk 3 f IN 3 f IN +24VDC and 0 GND 3 f IN
wh 4 GND1 4 GND1 as well. 4 GND1
K1, K2, K0
NPN NPN Any 3-way isolation NPN
5 PNP 5 PNP 5 PNP
then no longer applies. K1, K2, K0
6 +15 V 6 +15 V 6 +15 V
Application examples: Application example:

Flow measurement
The MCR-F-UI-DC frequency 1
+8,2 V
Namur
DC
DC
9 +24 V
2 DC 10 GND
transducer converts the pulse signal into an 3
IN
F in
4 11 SW
analog standard signal that provides NPN
PNP 5
GND 1
NPN
μC
12 GND
PNP 24 V
information about the numbers of bottles in Dry
Contact
6 +15 V 13 NC
NAMUR sensor 14 I OUT

filling systems recorded in a defined time 0-10 V 7
U in
A
D
D
A
Mains voltage
unit. 0-20 mA 8
I in
A
D
D
A
15 U OUT
16 GND 2
For speed measurements, it is possible

to enter the measuring range in revolutions
per minute (rpm) and to display the current
measured value on the device.
Control system
The frequency measuring transducer has
an automatic measuring range selection
function (autorange) to ensure the best Application example:
Measurement of revolutions of a drive
possible resolution. This permits response 1
2
+8,2 V
Namur
IN
DC
DC
DC
9 +24 V
10 GND
times to be reduced to a minimum and the 3

4
F in
11 SW
GND 1
measured value is optimally adapted to the NPN

PNP 5
NPN
PNP
μC
12 GND
24 V
input value. Dry

Contact
6 +15 V 13 NC
A D 14 I OUT
U in
0-10 V 7 D A
Mains voltage
A D 15 U OUT
I in
0-20 mA 8 D A 16 GND 2
NAMUR
Actuated:  1.2 mA
Not actuated:  2.1 mA
Control system

Programmable limit value switch
75 45
110
IN ,U,I,R OUT
MCR-PSP-DC
POWER

(+) 24 VDC 1 - 9 MM
POWER 0000
(-) GND 2 - 10 shield
IN
– For thermocouple sensors, resistance D 11 I (±)
12 3
thermometers, and linear resistors 11 4 μC 12 U (±)
– For current or voltage signals 13 GND (±)
14 5 A
– Four independently adjustable switching OUT 14 U (-)
22 6 15 U (+)
thresholds 21 7 E 16 I
– With or without electrical isolation of 24 8
input signals
– Programming via membrane keypad or
MCR-PICONF-WIN software Technical data
– Continuous measured value display Input data
Input sources Resistance thermometer 2, 3 or 4-conductor system (according to
DIN 43760/DIN IEC 751 or SAMA RC 21-4-1966), e.g., PT sensors,
Ni sensors, etc.
Further information about the configuration software can be found Thermocouple sensors (according to DIN IEC 584-1/DIN 43710):
on page 149 B, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T, U
Resistance: 0 kΩ ... 8 kΩ (only 2-conductor connection)
Current: - 30 mA...+30 mA
Voltage: - 30 V...+30 V
Measuring rate 2 Hz
Input resistance Current / voltage 50 Ω / 200 kΩ
Discontinuous control resolution 0.1°C / 0.01 V / 0.01 mA / 0.1 Ω
Switching output
Contact type 2 x PDT contact, / 2 switching points each, pick-up/drop-out
(can be switched)
Contact material AgNi 0,15 + HTV (hard gold-plated)
Maximum switching voltage 250 V AC
Maximum switching current 2 A AC
Mechanical service life 2 x 107 cycles
Response delay 0 s ... 2 s (adjustable)
Status indication LED display
General data
Maximum transmission error 0.1% (of final value)
Test voltage input/power supply 1 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Status indication 5-position 7-segment display and LEDs
Mounting Any
Housing material ABS
UL, USA / Canada cULus
Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR threshold value switch, with two relay contacts
With electrically isolated input MCR-PSP-DC1) 2811925 1

MCR-PSP1) 2811912 1
146 PHOENIX CONTACT

Limit values,
threshold value switch D W
H
IN OUT
IN I/U 1 7 OUT A
GND 1 2 A B C 8 OUT B
0 IN
GND 1 3 9 OUT C
IN U,I 3x OUT
12 4 10 + 24VDC
11 5 11 GND 2 For either standard voltage or
POWER 14 6 12 GND 2 standard current signals

Technical data
Input data MCR-SWS-U1) MCR-SWS-I1)
Input signal 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
– 0 ... 10 V or 0 ... 20 mA input Maximum input signal 11 V 22 mA
– Relay/transistor output Input resistance ≥ 100 kΩ ≤ 120 Ω
Limit value setting Setting potentiometer, scaled 270° potentiometer
– Limit indicator Setting range of the limit value 0 V ... 10 V 0 A ... 20 mA
– Adjustable hysteresis Setting range for the hysteresis 0.1 V ... 10 V 0.2 mA ... 20 mA
(setting accuracy: ±30 mV) (setting accuracy: ±60 µA)
– Monitoring of three signal statuses
Internal hysteresis ±30 mV (around the lower/upper ±60 µA (around the lower/upper
Notes: switching point) switching point)
Number of outputs 3
Output voltage 20 V DC ... 30 V DC
Continuous load current 100 mA
Contact type 1 PDT
Contact material AgNi 0,15 + HTV (hard gold-plated)
Maximum switching voltage 250 V AC (30 V DC)
Maximum switching current 2A
Mechanical service life 107 cycles
Error/status indicator
General data
Current consumption Typ. 60 mA
Mounting Any
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR threshold value switch, with adjustable hysteresis and
relay/transistor output
Input: 0..0.10 V MCR-SWS-U1) 2766465 1
Input: 0(4) - 20 mA MCR-SWS-I1) 2766478 1

Setpoint value potentiometer
D W
H
Uref
IN OUT
U
10 V Sw 0V 0V

Housing width 30 mm
Technical data
Input data EMG 30-SP- 4K7LIN EMG 30-SP-10K LIN
Resistance value 4.7 kΩ ±20% 10 kΩ ±20%
– For direct setpoint definition in combina- Linearity 5% (of final value) 5% (of final value)
tion with a constant voltage source Load capacity 1W 0.5 W
General data
Notes:
Ambient temperature (operation) 0°C ... 40°C
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Mounting Any
Housing material Polycarbonate fiber reinforced PC-F
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Setpoint potentiometer, to set setpoints individually
Resistance value 4.7 kΩ EMG 30-SP- 4K7LIN 2940252 10

Resistance value 10 kΩ EMG 30-SP-10K LIN 2942124 10
Accessories
MCR constant voltage source
With screw connection MINI MCR-SL-CVS-24-5-10-NC1) 2902822 1
With spring-cage connection MINI MCR-SL-CVS-24-5-10-SP-NC1) 2902823 1
148 PHOENIX CONTACT

Accessories
Configuration software package
The MCR/PI-CONF-WIN configura-

tion software package is used to config-
ure and visualize all parameters for the pro-
grammable MCR measuring transducers.
– Straightforward menu interface
– Rapid programming
Notes:
The software runs under the following operating systems:
Windows NT™, 2000™, and XP™.
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR configuration software, for programming MCR-T-...-,
MCR-...-LP-...-, MCR-...-HT-...-, MCR-S-...-, MCR-F-..., and
MCR-PSP-... modules, CD-ROM
MCR/PI-CONF-WIN 2814799 1
Accessories
Labels, for labeling MCR-T and MCR-S modules, four sheets MCR-ET 38X35 WH 2814317 1
DIN A4 marking labels (112 pieces.)
USB adapter cable

Software adapter cable
The following adapter cables are available

for programming:
– USB adapter cable
– Interface converter
The following modules are supported:

– MCR-T-UI(-E)...
– MCR-F-UI-DC
– MCR-PSP...
– MCR-FL-T-LP-I Data cable
– MCR-SL-PT100-LP-I
– MCR-FL-HT-T-I Ordering data
– MCR-SL-HT-PT100-I
Pcs. /
Pkt.
USB adapter cable,
D-9-SUB to USB, with adapter D-9-SUB to D-25-SUB
CM-KBL-RS232/USB 2881078 1
Software adapter cable (stereo jack plug/25-pos. D-SUB),
1.2 m long, for programming MCR-T-..., MCR-S-..., and
MCR-F-... modules
MCR-TTL-RS232-E 2814388 1
Software adapter cable (6-pos./D-SUB 25-pos.), 1.5 m length,
for programming MCR-PSP modules
MCR-TTL-RS232 2814391 1
Software adapter cable, 2.4 m length, with USB connection,
for programming MCR-...-LP-... and MCR-...-HT-... modules
MCR-PAC-T-USB 2309000 1
Accessories
Adapter cable, stranded, PSM-KAD 9 SUB 25/BS 2761295 1
9-pos. D-SUB socket on 25-pos. D-SUB pin
Analog IN
standard signals
10 VDC/30 mA 1 -
GND 1 2 -
GND 1 3 μC
LATCH 4
00000
IN U,I I 5 A
IN GND 2 6 D 0000
U 7 For standard analog signals, programmable
POWER

Housing width 48 mm
Technical data
Input signal 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
– For 0 ... 10 V and 0(4) ... 20 mA standard Maximum input signal 30 V DC 50 mA
analog signals Input resistance > 1 MΩ (approx. 100 Ω with 5 mA /
approx. 70 Ω with 20 mA)
– Programmable Resolution 1 mV 2 µA
– 5 positions displayed Measuring rate 0.5 to 2 measurements/second
Input latch signal Display stop
– 8 mm LED, 7-segment Switching level 1 signal (“H”) 4 V DC ... 30 V DC
– Galvanically isolated 0 signal (“L”) 0 V DC ... 2 V DC
– Min./max. value saving Output data
Display 7-segment LED; 8 mm; red
– Freely programmable decimal point Number of the displayed positions 5
display Accuracy < 0.1% ±1 digit (At an ambient temperature of 20°C)
– Latch/hold function for storing the display General data
value Supply voltage UB 10 V DC ... 30 V DC
– Display 48 x 24 mm Current consumption 50 mA
Data memory EEPROM 1 mil. memory cycles or 10 years
Resolution A/D 14 bit

System hum suppression Digital filtering 50/60 Hz
Test voltage input/power supply 500 Vrms (50/60 Hz, 1 min.)
Degree of protection IP65 from the front
Housing material Macrolon 2405
Control panel cutout 22(+0.6)x45(+0.8) mm
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR digital display, for measurement and display of
standard signals
MCR-SL-D-U-I 2864011 1
Accessories
MCR DIN rail adapter for digital displays in a 24 x 48 mm housing MCR-SL-D-RA 2810081 1
48
24
max. 19,3
59
150 PHOENIX CONTACT

Analog OUT
setpoint adjuster
+10...30 V 1 DC
GND 1 2 DC
HOLD 4
GND 2 3
Uref 7 0...12 V
0000 µC U OUT
Iref OUT 6 GND 3
D I OUT
IN 0000
With manual and automatic ramp function
A 5 0...24 mA
POWER

Housing width 48 mm
Technical data
Input data
Display 7-segment, 8 mm, red
– Manual setpoint definition with step Number of the displayed positions 4
width setting Switching level 1 signal (“H”) 4 V DC ... 30 V DC
0 signal (“L”) 0 V DC ... 2 V DC
– Manual setpoint definition via direct input Output data U output I output
– Automatic setpoint definition with hold Output signal 0 ... 12 V 0 ... 24 mA
Length of step 10 mV 10 µA
function and 20 support points Load RB ≥ 2 kΩ ≤ 500 Ω (Up to 20 mA)
– Highly adjustable 0 ... 12 V or 0 ... 24 mA ≤ 400 Ω (> 20 mA)
signal ranges Ripple ≤ 10 mVPP
General data
– Data backup in case of a power failure Supply voltage UB 10 V DC ... 30 V DC
– Display value parameterization Power consumption 1 W (With 24 mA/12 V)
Maximum transmission error < 0.2% ((full-scale) at rated voltage)
– Electrical isolation between output and Test voltage output/power supply 500 V AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
supply Degree of protection IP65 from the front
Housing material Macrolon 2405
Control panel cutout 45(+0.6)x22.2(+0.3) mm
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR digital setpoint encoder, for presetting current and
voltage signals
MCR-SL-D-SPA-UI 2710314 1
Accessories
MCR DIN rail adapter for digital displays in a 24 x 48 mm housing MCR-SL-D-RA 2810081 1
48
24
max.19,3
59

Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Highly compact – leading technology such as UL and GOST are available. Digital IN
MACX Analog Ex – single- and two-chan- NAMUR isolating amplifiers for the intrin-
nel signal isolating amplifiers for intrinsically sically safe operation of proximity sensors
Choose the right MACX Analog Ex
safe circuits in the Ex area. and switches.
isolating amplifier for your applica-
MACX Analog Ex isolating amplifiers en- tion: Digital OUT
sure maximum system safety and explosion
Solenoid drivers for the intrinsically safe
protection within a minimum amount of Analog IN
operation of solenoid valves and alarm
space. With a design width of just 12.5 mm, Measuring transducer repeater power
supply and input isolating amplifier for the transmitters.
this comprehensive range for analog signal
conditioning is approved according to ATEX intrinsically safe operation of 2-wire trans-
and IECEx and consistently SIL-certified. mitters, 4-conductor measuring transduc-
ers, and current sources.
Maximum explosion protection for all Analog OUT
Ex zones and gas groups Output isolating amplifiers for the intrin-
Many process technology systems have sically safe operation of control valves, I/P
areas where potentially explosive atmo- converters, and displays.
spheres may occur. As such, measuring and Temperature
control circuits are usually designed with in- Configurable temperature transducers
trinsic safety protection type Ex i. DIN rail connector-compatible
for the intrinsically safe operation of resis- The DIN rail connector enables the
MACX Analog Ex i isolating amplifiers and tance thermometers, remote resistance-
measuring transducers isolate intrinsically modular bridging of the 24 V supply
type sensors, thermocouples, and mV voltage.
safe circuits from non-intrinsically safe cir- sources – with safe limit value relays as an
cuits and safely limit the energy supplied to option.
the Ex area. Furthermore, they handle ex-
tensive signal conditioning tasks.
Wide-range power supply
All MACX Analog Ex isolating amplifiers
The modules featuring a wide-range
are approved in accordance with the appli-
power supply (...-UP) can be used in
cable ATEX and IECEx standards:
all power supply networks the
– [Ex ia] – for intrinsically safe circuits up to
world over without the need for ad-
Ex zone 0 and Ex zone 20
ditional power supply units.
– Ex n – for installing devices in Ex zone 2
– In addition, relevant national approvals
152 PHOENIX CONTACT

Significant space savings Easy-maintenance connection method: Flexible power bridging and diagnostics
– Housing width of just 12.5 mm for all sin- – Plug-in connection terminal blocks with – Supply voltage bridging and the option of
gle- and two-channel 24 V devices. Saves screw connection or fast push-in technol- redundant, diode-decoupled supply and
up to 45% of space, when compared to ogy – coded, with integrated sockets. error indication.
design widths up to 22.5 mm.
Easy configuration and monitoring Easy configuration Precise transmission, long service life
– Either via FDT/DTM or user-friendly – Without software via DIP switches on the – Patented circuit concepts ensure precise
stand-alone software – with integrated device front or with the operator inter- transmission and minimal self-heating.
monitoring function. face and display unit.
High operational reliability Safe and reliable functions Fast and error-free signal connection
– High operational reliability, thanks to safe – Consistent SIL certification. This ensures – Compact termination carriers connect
3-way electrical isolation. the highest level of reliability and safety MACX Analog Ex devices to the automa-
for your systems. tion system – plug and play.

Facts about explosion protection
The chemical and petrochemical indus-

tries involve industrial processes which pro-
duce explosive atmospheres. They are
caused, for example, by gases, fumes or va-
pors. Explosive atmospheres are also likely
to occur in mills, silos, and sugar and fodder
factories due to the dust present there.
Therefore, electrical devices in potentially
explosive areas are subject to special direc-
tives.
Devices and protective systems in po-

tentially explosive areas
European Parliament directive 94/9/EC of
March 23, 1994 (ATEX manufacturer direc-
tive) is of particular importance within
CENELEC (European Community and
Western European EFTA states). It is de-
signed to facilitate the harmonization of le-
gal provisions in the member states of the
European Union for devices and protective Components are defined as those parts to occur, excluding mines susceptible to
systems in terms of ensuring correct use in that are necessary for ensuring the safe op- firedamp.
potentially explosive areas. Directive eration of devices and protective systems, This also includes devices for the chemi-
94/9/EC must be applied to all explosion- but do not perform an autonomous func- cal, petrochemical, and pharmaceutical in-
protected devices and protective systems tion in themselves. dustries as well as for waste water treat-
placed on the market in the European European directives are implemented in ment.
Union. ordinances or laws at a national level. Electrical devices are further divided into
The scope of this directive also includes subcategories according to the properties
safety, monitoring, and control devices Systems in potentially explosive areas of the explosive atmosphere.
which are used outside of potentially explo- Directive 1999/92/EC (ATEX Operator In the case of the intrinsic safety protec-
sive areas, but which are necessary for, or Directive) was passed in Europe to regulate tion type, classification is based on the min-
contribute towards, the safe operation of the operation of systems in potentially ex- imum ignition energy of the gas or vapor.
devices and protective systems with respect plosive areas. Ignition energy/J
Designation Typical gas
to explosion hazards. Terminology associated with the Ex area
Intrinsic safety
The term device includes machines, II A Propane > 180

Explosive atmosphere II B Ethylene 60 ... 180
equipment, stationary or mobile devices, A mixture of combustible gases, steam, vapors or dust and air in atmo-
II C Hydrogen < 60
control components, and system accesso- spheric conditions that allow the entire mixture to combust once ig-
nited.
ries. The directive also covers alarm and Potentially explosive area
Group III:
An area where the atmosphere has the potential to explode due to lo-
protection systems which are meant to be cal or operational conditions (“Ex area”). Electrical devices for operation in areas
used, either individually or in combination, Electrical equipment
where explosive dust atmospheres are likely
The entire set of components, electric circuits or parts of electric cir-
for the generation, transmission, storage, cuits that are usually located within a single housing. to occur, excluding mines susceptible to
measurement, control, and conversion of Intrinsically safe electrical equipment
firedamp.
An electrical device in which all circuits are intrinsically safe.
energy as well as for processing materials Note: these devices may be used directly in the Ex area. This includes devices for areas associated
and which have the potential to ignite and Associated equipment
Electrical devices that contain both intrinsically safe and non-intrinsical- with the food industry (mills, silos), for ex-
cause an explosion. ly safe circuits and that are designed in such a way that the non-intrin-
ample.
sically safe circuits cannot influence the intrinsically safe ones.
Protective systems are devices de- Note: associated electrical equipment must not be used directly in po- Electrical devices are further divided into
signed to stop an incipient explosion imme- tentially explosive areas without additional protection defined by a fur-
subcategories according to the properties
ther protection type.
diately and/or restrict the area affected by of the explosive atmosphere.
the explosion, and which are placed on the
Classification into groups
market separately as autonomous systems. Designation Dusts
The general stipulations of EN 60079-0
divide electrical devices for potentially ex- III A Combustible flyings
III B Non-conductive dust
plosive areas into three groups. III C Conductive dust
Group I:
Electrical devices for firedamp areas
(mines) which are susceptible to pit gases
(methane) and/or combustible dusts (coal
dust).
Group II:
Electrical devices for operation in areas
where explosive gas atmospheres are likely
154 PHOENIX CONTACT

Classification into temperature classes Zone classification Categories
Simply dividing the various gases into ex- Potentially explosive areas are divided The ATEX Directive assigns devices for
plosion or gas groups according to their into zones according to the probability of use in potentially explosive areas to catego-
minimum ignition energy is not sufficient to their occurrence. The EN 60079-10-1 stan- ries. In IEC 60079-0, “Equipment Protection
describe the gases adequately with regard dard defines the zones containing explo- Level (EPL)” is the term used instead of
to their explosive properties. sive atmospheres as follows: “category”.
A gas may explode either when the igni- In the same way that there are different
tion energy is exceeded or where there is Zone 0: zones, there are also different device cate-
an excessively high temperature caused by a Area in which an explosive atmosphere is gories. These consist of categories M1 and
hot surface. This ignition temperature is, present for continuous or long periods. M2 for Group I and categories 1, 2, and 3 for
however, not usually linked to the ignition These conditions are usually present in- Group II. The categories for equipment
energy, i.e., a gas with a low ignition energy side containers, pipelines, apparatus, and group II are described in more detail be-
does not necessarily explode at a low tem- tanks. low:
perature. Consequently, devices that are Zone 1:
used directly in potentially explosive atmo- Area in which an explosive atmosphere is Category 1:
spheres are divided into temperature class- to be expected only occasionally during Devices constructed to guarantee a very
es. Temperature classes define the maxi- normal operation. high degree of safety.
mum surface temperature even in the event This includes the immediate area sur- Devices in this category must guarantee
of errors. Parallel to this, the gases are clas- rounding zone 0, as well as areas close to the required degree of safety even in the un-
sified according to their different ignition filling and emptying equipment. likely event of a device failure and therefore
temperatures. Zone 2: be provided with measures to protect
Temperature class Maximum permis- Ignition tempera-
Area in which an explosive atmosphere is against explosion, so that:
sible surface tures of combustible not expected during normal operation; – In the event of one integrated protection
temperature of substances
equipment however, if it does occur, then it does so measure failing, a second, independent
°C °C only rarely and for a short period. protection measure is able to guarantee
T1 450 > 450
Zone 2 includes areas that are used exclu- the necessary safety.
T2 300 > 300  450 sively for storage, areas around pipe con- – In the event of two independent errors,
T3 200 > 200  300 nections that can be disconnected, and gen- the necessary safety is guaranteed.
T4 135 > 135  200 erally the immediate area surrounding
T5 100 > 100  135
zone 1. Category 2:
T6 85 > 85  100
Devices constructed to guarantee a very
The following table provides an overview Areas that are potentially explosive as a high degree of safety.
of the ignition energies and ignition temper- result of combustible dusts are divided The explosion protection measures asso-
atures for certain gases: into the following zones according to EN ciated with this category guarantee the re-
Tempera- 60079-10-2 (formerly: EN 61241-10): quired degree of safety, even in the case of
Substance Tign ture Emin Group
class frequent device failures or common error
Ethoxyethane 170 T4 190 II B Zone 20: states.
Ethylene 425 T2 82 II B Area in which an explosive atmosphere is
Ammonia 630 T1 14000 II A present for continuous, frequent or long pe- Category 3:
Butane 365 T2 250 II A
Methane 595 T1 280 I
riods in the form of an airborne cloud of Devices constructed to guarantee a stan-
Propane 470 T1 250 II A combustible dust. dard degree of safety.
Carbon disulfide 95 T6 9 II C Zone 21: Devices in this category guarantee an ad-
Hydrogen 560 T1 16 II C Area in which an explosive atmosphere in equate degree of safety in normal opera-
the form of an airborne cloud of combusti- tion.
ble dust is to be expected only occasionally The table below shows which categories
during normal operation. are assigned to which zones:
Zone 22:
Category For Zone Also possible
Area in which an explosive atmosphere in
0 1 and 2
the form of an airborne cloud of combusti- 1 20 21 and 22
ble dust is not expected during normal op- 2 1 2
21 22
eration. However, if it does occur, then it
2
does so only for a short period. 3 22

Protection types
Protection principle Protection type Area of application (selection) Standard
Oil immersion o Transformers, relays, startup controls, switching devices EN 60079-6
Isolation Sand filling q Transformers, relays, capacitors EN 60079-5
Molded encapsulation m* Coils of relays and motors, electronics, solenoid valves, connection systems EN 60079-18
Exclusion Pressurized enclosure p Control cabinets, motors, measuring and analysis devices, computers EN 60079-2
Special mechanical design Flameproof enclosure d Motors, switching devices, power electronics EN 60079-1
Clearance from electrically Increased safety e Terminal blocks, housing, lights, motors EN 60079-7
conductive parts
Intrinsic safety Electronics, measurement and control EN 60079-11
Energy limitation Intrinsically safe systems i* Electronic systems EN 60079-25
Intrinsically safe fieldbus systems Fieldbus systems EN 60079-27
Improved industrial quality
nA: non-sparking
nC: sparking equipment Protection type “n” n** Motors, housing, lights, electronics EN 60079-15
nR: restricted breathing housing
nL: energy-limited
nP: simplified pressurized enclosures
* ia, ma: application in zone 0, 1, 2 / ib, mb: application in zone 1, 2 / ic, mc: application in zone 2 only ** Application in zone 2 only
Marking according to Designation according to EC-type examination certificate

ATEX Directive EN 60079-0
Current year of manufacture
Associated electrical
equipment
Conformity assessment ac-
cording to ATEX Directive
94/9/EC
Associated electrical equip-

ment Intrinsic safety

0344
10  II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC IBExU 08 ATEX 1069
Increased safety

0344
10  II 2 G Ex e IIC T6 Gb
Certificate number
Equipment protection level (EPL)

Atmosphere (Ga, Gb, Gc, Da, Db, Dc)
(G = Gas, D = Dust) Type-tested according to
94/9/EC
Temperature class,
Equipment category for equipment used directly
(1, 2, 3) in the Ex area (T1 ... T6)
Year of EC-type examination
certificate
Equipment group Gas group
(I, II) (IIA, IIB, IIC) or
Dust group Notified body
(IIIA, IIIB, IIIC)
Notified body, production
monitoring (e.g., KEMA) Protection type
(ia, ib, ic, e, d, ...)
Explosion-protected
 mark does not apply to components.
156 PHOENIX CONTACT

Solenoid drivers for controlling sole- Below is an extract from a table showing Example circuit
noid valves possible combinations of valves and sole-
noid drivers.
In order to control intrinsically safe Ex i A complete and updated list (along with Ex area Safe area
solenoid valves, you have to have an intrin- details of the technical data of suitable
sically safe control circuit. This is provided valves, the maximum cable lengths, and the
by the solenoid drivers that are available maximum cable resistances of the individual
from Phoenix Contact. combinations) can be found on the Internet
The following must be taken into account at:
when dimensioning your intrinsically safe www.phoenixcontact.net/products PLC
control circuit:
– Valve
– Cable with corresponding resistance Intrinsically safe
equipment Associated equipment, e.g.,
– Solenoid driver  II 1 G MAC MCR-EX-SL-SD-...
Ex ia IIB T6  II (1) GD [Ex ia] IIC
As a result, it may be the case that not all
valves are compatible with the solenoid
drivers.
Valves overview INTERFACE Ex solenoid driver
MACX MCR-EX- MACX MCR-EX- MACX MCR-EX- MACX MCR-EX-

Manufacturer Type designation Ex certificate Condition SL-SD-21-25-LP SL-SD-21-40-LP SL-SD-24-48-LP SL-SD-21-60-LP
ASCO Coil 195 LCIE 08 ATEX 6083
Coil 302 (12 V) INERIS 03 ATEX 0249X
Coil 302 (24 V) INERIS 03 ATEX 0249X
Bürkert Coil AC 10, standard PTB 01 ATEX 2101
Coil AC 10, high-resistance PTB 01 ATEX 2101
Coil AC 21, standard PTB 01 ATEX 2175 700 mW / 65°C
Coil AC 21, high-resistance PTB 01 ATEX 2175 700 mW / 65°C
Coil G1 642735, standard 600 mW / 50°C
Coil G1 642735, high-resistance 600 mW / 50°C
Coil G1 642735, standard PTB 01 ATEX 2173 800 mW / 40°C
Coil G1 642735, high-resistance PTB 01 ATEX 2173 800 mW / 40°C
Coil G1 642735, standard PTB 01 ATEX 2173 1000 mW / 40°C
Coil G1 642735, high-resistance PTB 01 ATEX 2173 1000 mW / 40°C
FESTO Coil MFH-...IA-SA-EX GBXE022AIAD03 PTB 03 ATEX 2097
Coil (J)MFH-...BIA-SA-EX GBXE022AIAD03 PTB 03 ATEX 2097
Norgren Herion Coil 2050 PTB 07 ATEX 2019
Coil 2051 PTB 07 ATEX 2019
Coil 2085 PTB 06 ATEX 2001 U
Coil 2086 PTB 06 ATEX 2001 U
Hörbiger Piezo P8 38x RF-Nx-SPN65 DMT 01 ATEX E026X 30 V type
Piezo P20 381RF-NG-CPN61 DMT 01 ATEX E025X 30 V type
Parker Coil VZ07 488650.01 LCIE 02 ATEX 6024X
Coil VZ33 494035.10 LCIE 02 ATEX 6024X
Coil VZ95 482160.01 LCIE 02 ATEX 6024X EEx ia IIB T6
Samson Coil 3701-11 (6 V) PTB 02 ATEX 2178
Coil 3701-12 (12 V) PTB 02 ATEX 2178
Coil 3701-13 (24 V) PTB 02 ATEX 2178
Coil 3963-11 (6 V) PTB 01 ATEX 2085
Coil 3963-12 (12 V) PTB 01 ATEX 2085
Coil 3963-13 (24 V) PTB 01 ATEX 2085
Coil 3964-11 (6 V) PTB 02 ATEX 2047
Coil 3964-12 (12 V) PTB 02 ATEX 2047
Coil 3964-13 (24 V) PTB 02 ATEX 2047
Coil 3965-11 (6 V) PTB 05 ATEX 2044X
Coil 3965-12 (12 V) PTB 05 ATEX 2044X
Coil 3965-13 (24 V) PTB 05 ATEX 2044X
Coil 3967-11 (6 V) PTB 06 ATEX 2027
Coil 3967-12 (12 V) PTB 06 ATEX 2027
Coil 3967-13 (24 V) PTB 06 ATEX 2027
Seitz Pilot valve PV 12F73 Ci oH PTB 99 ATEX 2146
Pilot valve PV 12F73 Xi oH PTB 00 ATEX 2030
Pilot valve PV 12F73 Xi oH-2 PTB 00 ATEX 2030
Solenoid 11 G 52 PTB 01 ATEX 2020

Safety-related function for the Ex
area
The term SIL (safety integrity level) is be-
coming more and more significant in the
field of process technology. It defines the re-
quirements that a device or a system is ex-
pected to fulfill so that the failure probabili-
ty can be specified. The aim is to achieve
maximum possible operational reliability. If a
device or system fails, a defined state is at-
tained. Standard-based inspections are car-
ried out to determine statistical probability.
Application of SIL on the basis of

EN 61508 and EN 61511
The SIL standard is used for a wide range
of industries within the process industry, in-
cluding the chemical industry, refineries, oil
and gas production, paper manufacturing,
and conventional power generation. In addi-
tion to functional safety requirements, sys-
tems in potentially explosive areas are also
subject to Ex standards EN 60079-0 ff.
EN 61508: “Functional safety of elec-

trical/electronic/programmable elec-
tronic safety-related systems”
This standard describes the requirements
that the manufacturer has to bear in mind
when producing devices or systems.
EN 61511: “Functional safety - Safety

instrumented systems for the process
industry sector”
Standard EN 61511 describes the require- SIL marking on devices
ments for achieving systems with functional
safety. The products in the MACX range from be used, you need to calculate the sum of
Compliance with the standard is deter- Phoenix Contact, which have been devel- the probability failure values for all the de-
mined by operators, owners, and planners oped in accordance with EN 61508, are vices in the signal circuit. The values re-
on the basis of safety plans and national reg- marked with the designation SIL 2 or SIL 3. quired for this can be found in the safety
ulations. In addition, the standard also de- This indicates clearly that the devices may manual accompanying any SIL product.
scribes the requirements for using a device be suitable for safety instrumented func-
in an application on the basis of its proven tions (SIF).
effectiveness (proven in use). To determine whether they can actually
Overview of terms from SIL standards EN 61508 and EN 61511
SIL Safety integrity level E/E/PES Electrical/electronic/programmable electronic

systems
One of four discrete levels for the specification of re- This term is used for all electrical devices or systems
quirements for the safety integrity of safety instrument- which can be used to execute a safety instrumented
ed functions, which are assigned to the E/E/PE safety function. It includes simple electrical devices and all types
instrumented systems, where SIL 4 is the highest and SIL of programmable logic controllers (PLCs).
1 the lowest level.
PFH Probability of dangerous failure per hour
Describes the probability of a dangerous failure occur-
EUC Equipment under control
Equipment, machines, devices or systems used in pro- ring per hour.
duction, materials processing or transport.
SFF Safe failure fraction
Describes the proportion of harmless failures. This is the
MTBF Mean Time Between Failures
The expected mean time between failures. ratio of the rate of safe failures plus the rate of diagnosed
or detected faults in relation to the total failure rate of
the system.
PFD Probability of failure on demand
The probability of a failure on demand.
Describes the probability of a safety instrumented sys- SIF Safety instrumented function
Describes the safety instrumented functions of a system.
tem failing to perform its function when required.
PFDavg Average probability of failure on demand SIS Safety instrumented system

An SIS (safety instrumented system) consists of one or
The average probability of the function failing on de-
mand. more safety instrumented functions. An SIL requirement
is applicable for each of these safety instrumented func-
tions.
158 PHOENIX CONTACT

SIL inspection A system with a single-channel structure The INTERFACE Analog and INTERFACE
The complete signal path must be taken with a low demand rate is used as an exam- Ex product ranges include products that
into account during the SIL inspection. The ple; for SIL 2 the average PFD value is be- meet the requirements for explosion pro-
example shows how in a typical safety appli- tween 10-3 and < 10-2. tection as well as functional safety.
cation the calculation is based on average
Operating mode with a low demand rate
failure probabilities of individual devices. Safety integrity
level (average probability of the specified function failing
Table 2 of standard EN 61508-1 describes SIL on demand)
the relationship between the average failure
probability and the attainable SIL. Here, the 4  10-5 to < 10-4
level required determines the overall budget 3  10-4 to < 10-3
for the sum of all PFD values. 2  10-3 to < 10-2
1  10-2 to < 10-1
Safety integrity level: failure limit values for a safety function which is op-
erated in an operating mode with a low demand rate.
Example: Error distribution in the closed-loop control circuit

A sensor and actuator are assembled in
the field and are exposed to chemical and
Digital Digital
physical loads (process medium, pressure, Sensor input output Actuator
temperature, vibration, etc.). Accordingly,
Sensor Analog Controller Analog Actuator
these components have a high risk of failure: input output
– The sensor accounts for 25% of the overall
PFD
– The actuator accounts for 40% of the
overall PFD
Neither the failsafe controller nor the in-

terface modules come into contact with the
process medium and both are usually locat-
PFD1 PFD2 PFD3 PFD4 PFD5
ed in a protected control cabinet:
– The failsafe controller accounts for 15% of
10% 10%
the overall PFD Signal path Signal path
– Each of the interface modules accounts for
10% of the overall PFD 35% 15% 50%
Sensors and signal path SPLC Actuator and signal path
Typically, the values form the basis for a

calculation.

Analog IN
Repeater power supply, Ex i

AI
passive
-
4.2 - 4.2 3.2 3.2
+ +
4.1 4.1 3.1 3.1
2.2
-
2.1
5.2 - 5.2 2.1
active
250 W
+
POWER 5.1
+
5.1 GND 3.2
I I OUT 1.2
IN +24V -
Repeater power supply and
1.1 2.2
Power
POWER input isolating amplifier
GND +24V +
Zone 0,1,2 2.1
Zone 20,21,22
Div. 1,2
Zone 2
Div. 2
 Functional safety
Ex:    // Applied for: GL
Technical data
Input data
amplifier for the operation of intrinsically Voltage drop < 3.5 V (in input isolating amplifier operation)
Output data
safe (Ex-i) 2-conductor measuring transduc- Output signal 0 mA ... 20 mA (active)
ers, 4-conductor measuring transducers, 4 mA ... 20 mA (active)
and mA current sources installed in Ex ar- 4 mA ... 20 mA (14 ... 26 V ext. source voltage)
eas. Load < 600 Ω
General data
– 0/4 ... 20 mA input, [Ex ia] Supply voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
(powered or not powered) Current consumption < 60 mA (at 24 V DC)
– 0/4...20 mA output (active or passive) Temperature coefficient < 0.01%/K
– Bidirectional transmission of digital HART Step response (10 - 90%) < 600 µs (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step)
communication signals Maximum transmission error < 0.1% (of final value)
– Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage con- Under-/overload range as per NE 43
nection method, with integrated sockets Electrical isolation
for HART communicators 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
– Terminal point with 250 Ω resistor to in- surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
crease the HART impedance in the case
of low-impedance systems Input/output 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
Input/power supply 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
– 3-way electrical isolation Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
– Power supply via DIN rail connector Humidity 10% ... 95% (no condensation)
possible Status indication Green LED (supply voltage)
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Signal bandwidth as per HART specifications
– Installation in zone 2 permitted Protocols supported HART
Notes: Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Uo 25.2 V
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling Maximum current Io 93 mA
can be found from page 184 Maximum power Po 587 mW
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Maximum voltage Um 253 V AC (125 V DC)
ATEX  II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB
 II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
 II 3(1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC/IIB T4 Gc
IECEx [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC/IIB T4 Gc
UL, USA / Canada Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Repeater power supply, smart, intrinsically safe input
Screw connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-I1) 2865340 1

Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-I-SP1) 2924016 1
160 PHOENIX CONTACT

Analog IN

AI
passive
-
4.2 - 4.2 3.2 3.2
OUT 1
+ +
4.1 4.1 3.1 3.1
OUT1 2.2
passive
OUT 2 -
2.2
I 5.2 - 5.2 2.1
+
POWER OUT2 5.1
+
5.1 GND 2.1
I I 1.2
IN +24V Repeater power supply and

1.1
Power
GND +24V with two electrically isolated outputs
Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22 Zone 2
Div. 1,2 Div. 2
Functional safety
Ex:  
Technical data
Input data
Output data
safe (Ex-i) 2-conductor measuring transduc- Output signal (Per output) 4 mA ... 20 mA (active)
ers, 4-conductor measuring transducers, Load < 450 Ω (at 20 mA)
and mA current sources installed in Ex ar- General data
eas. Supply voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC (-20% ... +25%))
Current consumption < 75 mA (24 V DC/ 20 mA)
Power dissipation < 1.45 W (24 V DC/ 20 mA)
– 0/4 ... 20 mA input, [Ex ia] Temperature coefficient < 0.01%/K
(powered or not powered) Step response (10 - 90%) < 1.3 ms (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step)
– Two electrically isolated 0/4 ... 20 mA Transmission error, typical < 0.05% (of final value)
(active) outputs Under-/overload range as per NE 43
– Bidirectional transmission of digital HART Electrical isolation
communication signals (both outputs) 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
– Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage con- surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
nection method, with integrated sockets
for HART communicators Input/output 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
– 4-way electrical isolation Output 1/output 2 1.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
possible Status indication Green LED (PWR supply voltage)
SMART communication (Per output) Yes
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Protocols supported HART
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be Safety data as per ATEX
found from page 182 Maximum voltage Uo 25.2 V
Maximum current Io 93 mA
Maximum power Po 587 mW
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling Maximum voltage Um 253 V AC (125 V DC)
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Screw connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-2I1) 2865366 1

Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-2I-SP1) 2924236 1

Analog IN

AI
passive
-
4.2 - 4.2 3.2 3.2
CH1 active CH1
+ +
4.1 4.1 3.1 3.1
HHT HHT
passive
5.2 - 5.2
-
2.2 2.2
POWER CH2 active CH2
I I OUT + +
IN 5.1 5.1 2.1 2.1
HHT
POWER I I OUT GND HHT
1.2
IN 2-channel repeater power supply
+24V
1.1
Power
POWER
GND +24V
Zone 0,1,2

Technical data
Input data Per channel
Input signal 4 mA ... 20 mA
Repeater power supply for the operation Transmitter supply voltage > 16 V (at 20 mA)
of intrinsically safe (Ex i) 2-conductor mea- Underload/overload signal range 0 mA ... 24 mA
Output data Per channel
suring transducers installed in the Ex area. Output signal 4 mA ... 20 mA (active)
Load 450 Ω (at 20 mA)
Underload/overload signal range 0 mA ... 24 mA
– 2-channel General data
– 4 ... 20 mA input, [Ex ia] (powered) Supply voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC (-20% ... +25%))
– 4 ... 20 mA output (active) Current consumption < 100 mA (24 V / 20 mA)
– Bidirectional transmission of digital HART Temperature coefficient < 0.01%/K
communication signals Step response (10 - 90%) < 1.3 ms (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step)
– Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage con- Transmission error, typical < 0.05% (of final value)
nection method, with integrated sockets Electrical isolation
for HART communicators Input/output/power supply 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
– Safe 3-way electrical isolation surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
– Power supply via DIN rail connector safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
possible Input/output 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)

– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Input/power supply 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
Output 1/output 2 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
– Installation in zone 2 permitted Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
Notes:
Information on the supply and error evaluation module, DIN rail Signal bandwidth as per HART specifications
connectors, system cabling, and marking material can be found Protocols supported HART
from page 182
Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 191 Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
can be found from page 184 Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Maximum voltage Um 253 V AC (125 V DC)
ATEX  II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
 II 3(1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
IECEx [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Repeater power supply, 2-channel, smart, intrinsically safe input
Screw connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSS-2I-2I 2865382 1

Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSS-2I-2I-SP 2924676 1
162 PHOENIX CONTACT

Analog IN
Repeater power supply with wide
range power supply, Ex i

AI
passive
- 4.2 4.3 3.3 -
S2 3.2
+
4.1
4.2 250 W 3.2 +
3.1
S1
4.1 3.1
250 W
active
- 4.3
-
3.3
POWER +
4.2
I I OUT 24...230 V –
1.2
IN ~ +
AC/DC 3.2 Repeater power supply and
1.1

wide-range power supply
Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22
Div. 1,2
Zone 2
Div. 2
Ex:    // Applied for: GL
Technical data
Input data
Output data
safe (Ex-i) 2-conductor measuring transduc- Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch) 0 mA ... 20 mA (active)
ers, 4-conductor measuring transducers, 4 mA ... 20 mA (active)
and mA current sources installed in Ex ar- 4 mA ... 20 mA (14 ... 26 V ext. source voltage)
eas. 0 V ... 5 V (internal resistance, 250 Ω, 0.1%)
1 V ... 5 V (internal resistance, 250 Ω, 0.1%)
Load < 600 Ω (I output)
– 0/4 ... 20 mA input, [Ex ia] Output ripple < 20 mVrms
General data
(powered or not powered) Supply voltage range 24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20%/+10%, 50/60 Hz)
– Output 0/4...20 mA (active or passive), Current consumption < 80 mA (at 24 V DC)
0/1...5 V, can be switched via the Power dissipation < 1.6 W
DIP switch Step response (10 - 90%) < 600 µs (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step)
– Bidirectional transmission of digital HART Transmission error, typical < 0.05% (of final value)
communication signals Under-/overload range as per NE 43
– Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage con- Electrical isolation
nection method, with integrated sockets Input/output/power supply 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
for HART communicators surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
– 250 Ω resistor that can be activated via safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
DIP switches to increase the HART im- Input/output 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
pedance in the case of low-impedance Input/power supply 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
systems Humidity 10% ... 95% (no condensation)
– 3-way electrical isolation Status indication Green LED (supply voltage)
– Wide-range power supply: SMART communication Yes
Signal bandwidth as per HART specifications
19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC Protocols supported HART
Information on marking material can be found on page 127 Safety data as per ATEX
Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 191 Maximum voltage Uo 25.2 V
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Screw connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-I-UP1) 2865793 1

Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-I-UP-SP1) 2924029 1

Analog OUT
Output isolating amplifier, Ex-i
AO
- -
4.2 - 4.2 3.2 3.2
P
+ + +
4.1 4.1 3.1 3.1
-
4.2
+
4.1
I I
OUT IN -
GND
1.2
4.2
+ +24V
4.1 1.1
POWER Power
Zone 0,1,2 GND +24V

Zone 20,21,22
Div. 1,2
Zone 2
Div. 2
Ex:   
Technical data
Input data
Output isolating amplifier for controlling Input voltage 5.4 V (at 20 mA)
intrinsically safe (Ex-i) I/P converters, Input impedance in the event of a cable break at the output > 100 kΩ (If there is a line fault)
Output data
control valves, and indicators installed in Output signal 0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA
Ex areas. Load < 800 Ω (at 20 mA)
General data
– 0/4...20 mA input Supply voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
– 0/4...20 mA output, [Ex ia] IIC Current consumption < 46 mA (at 24 V DC / 20 mA)
– Bidirectional transmission of digital HART Temperature coefficient < 0.01%/K
communication signals Step response (10 - 90%) < 140 µs
– Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage con- Maximum transmission error < 0.1% (of final value)
nection method, with integrated sockets Input/output/power supply 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
for HART communicators 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
– Line fault detection (LF) safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
Output/input 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
– Power supply via DIN rail connector Output/power supply 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
possible Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Status indication Green LED (supply voltage)
– Installation in zone 2 permitted SMART communication Yes
Signal bandwidth as per HART specifications
Notes: Protocols supported HART
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well Housing material PA 66-FR
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0
found from page 182 Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 191 Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling Safety data as per ATEX
 II 3(1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
IECEx [Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Output isolating amplifier, smart, output intrinsically safe
Screw connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-IDSI-I 2865405 1

Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-EX-SL-IDSI-I-SP 2924032 1
164 PHOENIX CONTACT

Temperature transducer, Ex i

AI
-
4.2 4.2 3.2 3.2
ϑ ϑ ϑ
μC μC passive
+
4.1 4.1 3.1 3.1
5.2 5.2
5.1 5.1
IN I OUT GND
1.2
+24V
1.1 For resistance thermometers and
Power
POWER resistance-type sensors
GND +24V
Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22
Div. 1,2
Zone 2
Div. 2

Ex:   
Technical data
Input data
Programmable temperature transducer Resistor 0 Ω ... 2000 Ω
for intrinsically safe operation of resistance Cable resistance 50 Ω per line
Sensor input current (200 μA ... 1 mA)
thermometers and resistance-type sensors Measuring range span min. 50 K
installed in Ex areas. The measured values Output data
are converted into a linear 0 ... 20 mA or Load max. 500 Ω
4 ... 20 mA signal. Behavior in the event of a sensor error As per NE 43 or can be freely defined
General data
– Input for resistance thermometers and Supply voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC (-20% ... +25%))
resistance-type sensors, [Ex ia] Current consumption < 40 mA (24 V DC)
– 0 ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA output Power dissipation <1W
– Configuration via software (FDT/DTM): Step response (0 - 99%) Typ. 800 ms (With SIL)
Sensor type, connection method, mea- max. 1200 ms (With SIL)
Typ. 700 ms (Without SIL)
suring range, measuring unit, filter, alarm max. 1100 ms (Without SIL)
signal, and output range Transmission error, total 0.05% x 100 [K] / measuring range span [K] + 0.05%
– Programming during operation with Ex Electrical isolation
measuring circuit connected and also volt- Input/output/power supply 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
age-free using IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
programming adapter safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
Input/output 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
– Status indicator for supply voltage, cable, Input/power supply 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
sensor, and module errors Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
– 3-way electrical isolation Humidity 5% ... 95% (no condensation)
Status indication Green LED (supply voltage, PWR)
– Power supply via DIN rail connector Red LED, flashing (line, sensor error, ERR)
possible Red LED (module error, ERR)
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0
To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the Safety data as per ATEX
desired configuration by referring to the order key, see page 167 Maximum voltage Uo 6V
Maximum current Io 6.3 mA
The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet
Maximum power Po 9.4 mW
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well Conformance CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be ATEX  II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
found from page 182  II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 119  II 3(1) G Ex nA ic [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc X
IECEx [Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA ic [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2 TÜV Rheinland 968/EZ374.00/09
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Temperature measuring transducers for
resistance thermometers, intrinsically safe input
Order configuration Screw connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-RTD-I1) 2865939 1
Order configuration Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-EX-SL-RTD-I-SP1) 2924142 1
Standard configuration Screw connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-RTD-I-NC1) 2865573 1
Standard configuration Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-EX-SL-RTD-I-SP-NC1) 2924168 1
Accessories
S-PORT interface

AI
-
4.2 4.2 3.2 3.2
-
μC μC passive
+ +
4.1 4.1 3.1 3.1
IN I OUT GND
1.2
+24V
1.1 For thermocouples and mV sources
Power
POWER
GND +24V
Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22
Div. 1,2
Zone 2
Div. 2

Ex:   
Technical data
Input data
Thermocouple sensors E, J, K, N as per IEC / EN 60584, L as per DIN 43760
Programmable temperature transducer
Voltage -20 mV ... 70 mV
for intrinsically safe operation of thermo- Measuring range span (Min. 50 K for thermocouples, 3 mV for mV sources)
couples and mV sources installed in Ex ar-
eas. The measured values are converted Output data
into a linear 0 ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA signal. Load max. 500 Ω
Behavior in the event of a sensor error As per NE 43 or can be freely defined
– Input for thermocouples and mV sources, General data
[Ex ia] Supply voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
– 0 ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA output Current consumption < 40 mA (24 V DC)
– Configuration via software (FDT/DTM): Temperature coefficient 0.01%/K
Sensor type, connection method, mea- Step response (0 - 99%) Typ. 800 ms (With SIL)
max. 1200 ms (With SIL)
suring range, measuring unit, filter, alarm Typ. 700 ms (Without SIL)
signal, and output range max. 1100 ms (Without SIL)
Transmission error, total 0.05% x 200 [K]/Measuring range span [K] + 0.05%
– Programming during operation with Ex Cold junction errors ±1 K
measuring circuit connected and also volt- ZERO / SPAN adjustment ±5% / ±5%
age-free using IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER Electrical isolation
programming adapter 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
– Status indicator for supply voltage, cable, surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
sensor, and module errors
– 3-way electrical isolation Input/output 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
possible Humidity 5% ... 95% (no condensation)
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Status indication Green LED (supply voltage, PWR)
Red LED, flashing (line, sensor error, ERR)
– Installation in zone 2 permitted Red LED (module error, ERR)
Notes: Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0
To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
desired configuration by referring to the order key, see page 167 Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Maximum voltage Uo 6V
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well Maximum power Po 7 mW
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be Maximum voltage Um 253 V AC (125 V DC)
found from page 182
For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 119 Conformance CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling ATEX  II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
can be found from page 184  II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
 II 3(1) G Ex nA ic [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc X
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 IECEx [Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA ic [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2 TÜV Rheinland 968/EZ374.00/09
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Temperature measuring transducers for thermocouples,
intrinsically safe input
Order configuration Screw connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-TC-I1) 2865942 1
Standard configuration Screw connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-TC-I-NC1) 2865586 1
Accessories
S-PORT interface
166 PHOENIX CONTACT

for MACX-MCR-EX-SL-RTD-I(-SP)
temperature transducer
Order key for MACX-MCR-EX-SL-RTD-I(-SP) temperature transducer (standard configuration entered as an example)
Order No. Sensor type Safety integrity level Connection Measuring range: Measuring Output range Filter Filter
(SIL) technology Start End unit Oversampling Moving average value
2865939 / PT100 / ON / 3 / 0 / 100 / C / OUT02 / 10 / 1 / ...
2865939 = see below ON = active 2 = 2-conductor see be- see be- C = °C OUT01 = 0...20 mA 1 = 1 value 1 = 1 value
MACX MCR-EX- NONE = not active low low F = °F 3 = 3 values 2 = 2 values
SL-RTD-I 3 = 3-conductor O =  OUT02 = 4...20 mA 5 = 5 values 3 = 3 values
ON only with output range 7 = 7 values 4 = 4 values
2924142 = = OUT02 4 = 4-conductor 10 = 10 values
MACX MCR-EX- 20 = 20 values
SL-RTD-I-SP Smallest measuring
range span
RES01 = Resistor 0 2000  25 
PT50 = Pt 50 acc. to IEC 751 -200 850 °C 50 K
PT100 = Pt 100 acc. to IEC 751 -200 850 °C 50 K
PT200 = Pt 200 acc. to IEC 751 -200 850 °C 50 K
PT500 = Pt 500 acc. to IEC 751 -200 850 °C 50 K
CU50 = CU50 acc. to GOST 6651 ( = 1.428) -50 200 °C 50 K
CU53 = CU53 acc. to GOST 6651 ( = 1.426) -50 180 °C 50 K

Short circuit/ Sensor break/ Factory calibration certificate = FCC
overrange underrange

fee is charged)

ware.

for MACX-MCR-EX-SL-TC-I
temperature transducer
Order key for MACX-MCR-EX-SL-TC-I temperature transducer (standard configuration entered as an example)
Order No. Sensor type Safety integrity level Cold junction com- Measuring range: Measuring Output range Filter Filter
(SIL) pensation Start End unit Oversampling Moving average value
2924942 / J / ON / 1 / 0 / 1000 / C / OUT02 / 10 / 1 / ...
MACX MCR-EX- see below ON = active 1 = switched on see be- see be- C = °C OUT01 = 0...20 mA 1 = 1 value 1 = 1 value
SL-TC-I NONE = not active low low F = °F 3 = 3 values 2 = 2 values
0 = switched off V = mV OUT02 = 4...20 mA 5 = 5 values 3 = 3 values
(e.g., for mV volt- 7 = 7 values 4 = 4 values
age measure- 10 = 10 values
ON only with output range ment) 20 = 20 values
= OUT02
Smallest measuring
range span
V03 = Voltage (mV) -20 +70 mV 3 mV
E = acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCr-CuNi) -250 1000 °C 50 K

Overrange Sensor break/ Factory calibration certificate = FCC
underrange

fee is charged)

ware.

passive
RTD
-
4.3 4.3 GND 3.3 3.3 3.3 -
S-PORT
TC ϑ
+
- 4.2 4.2 I OUT 3.2 3.2
ϑ +
+ 4.1 4.1 U OUT 3.1 3.1
μC
Poti
4.3 2.3 2.3 14
ϑ
4.2 2.2 2.2 11 DI
U,I 4.1 2.1 2.1 12
5.3 5.3 NC 1.3

IN OUT
5.2 5.2 Power 1.2
5.1 5.1
24V ...230V AC/DC
1.1
Universal, with switching output,
Zone 0,1,2
Functional safety
Ex:  
Technical data
Input data
freely configurable properties for intrinsical- Resistor 0 Ω ... 50 kΩ
ly safe operation of resistance thermome- Potentiometer 0 Ω ... 50 kΩ
ters, thermocouples, resistance-type Voltage -1000 mV ... 1000 mV
sensors, and potentiometers installed in Output signal 4 mA ... 20 mA (in the case of SIL; further free configuration without SIL)
Ex areas
Load RB ≥ 10 kΩ ≤ 600 Ω (20 mA)
– Input for resistance thermometers, ther- Behavior in the event of a sensor error According to NE 43 or freely configurable
mocouples, resistance-type sensors, po- Switching output Switching output
Contact type 1 PDT
tentiometers, and mV sources, [Ex ia] Contact material AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
– Measure differential temperatures Maximum switching voltage 30 V AC (30 V DC)
– Freely programmable input and output Maximum switching current 0.5 A (30 V AC) / 1 A (30 V DC)
General data
– Option of inverse output signal ranges Supply voltage range 24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20%/+10%, 50/60 Hz)
– Relay switching output Power consumption < 1.5 W
– Configuration via software (FDT-DTM) or Transmission error, total < 0.1% (e.g., for Pt 100, 300 K span, 4 ... 20 mA)
IFS-OP-UNIT operating and display unit Electrical isolation
– Programming during operation with Input/output/power supply 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
Ex measuring circuit connected and also Input/power supply 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
voltage-free using IFS-USB-PROG- Input/switching output 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
ADAPTER programming adapter Output/power supply 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
– Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage con- safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
nection method Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 65°C
– Cold junction compensation with sepa- Humidity Typ. 5% ... 95% (no condensation)
rate connector Housing material PA 66-FR
– Wide-range power supply: Dimensions W / H / D 17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
– Status indicator for supply voltage, cable, Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
sensor, and module errors Maximum voltage Uo 6V
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Maximum current Io 7.4 mA
– Installation in zone 2 permitted Conformance / approvals
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required  II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
configuration by referring to the adjacent order key.  II 3 G Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc X
The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet IECEx [Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc
(www.phoenixcontact.net/products). Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2, PL d
Information on the IFS-OP-UNIT operating and display unit and the Ordering data
associated IFS-OP-CRADLE DIN rail cradle can be found on
page 118 Pcs. /
For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 119 Pkt.
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Temperature transducer, intrinsically safe input
Standard configuration Screw connection MACX MCR-EX-T-UI-UP1) 2865654 1

Standard configuration Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-EX-T-UI-UP-SP1) 2924689 1
Order configuration Screw connection MACX MCR-EX-T-UI-UP-C1) 2811763 1
Order configuration Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-EX-T-UI-UP-SP-C1) 2924692 1
Accessories
S-PORT interface
168 PHOENIX CONTACT

Order key for MACX-MCR-EX-T-UI-UP(-SP)-C temperature transducer (standard configuration entered as an example)
2811763 / ON / PT100 / 4 / 0 / -50 / 150 / C / OUT02 / NONE
MACX MCR-EX- RTD, R, potenti- low low F = °F OUT16 = 0...10 mA
T-UI-UP-C NONE = not active ometer, mV O =  OUT01 = 0...20 mA
MACX MCR-EX- ON only with output 1 = on, e.g., with TC OUT26 = 2...10 mA
T-UI-UP-SP-C range = OUT02 4 = 4-conductor OUT02 = 4...20 mA
OUT04 = 2...10 V
OUT13 = -5...+5 V
OUT14 = -10...+10 V
ware


CA = C ASTM JE988 (2002) 0 2315 °C 50 K
DA = D ASTM JE988 (2002) 0 2315 °C 50 K
A1G = A-1 GOST 8.585-2001 0 2500 °C 50 K
A2G = A-2 GOST 8.585-2001 0 1800 °C 50 K
A3G = A-3 GOST 8.585-2001 0 1800 °C 50 K
MG = M GOST 8.585-2001 -200 100 °C 50 K
LG = L GOST 8.585-2001 -200 800 °C 50 K

RES10 = 0...12500  resistor 0 12500 
RES12 = 0...50000  resistor 0 50000 

9
5

passive
RTD -
3.3 3.3 -
TC ϑ
4.3 4.3 GND 3.3
+
+ 3.2
- 4.2 4.2 I OUT 3.2
ϑ 3.1
+ 4.1 4.1 U OUT 3.1
Poti 3x 3.6 34
4.3
ϑ
3.5 31 DI
4.2
3.4 32
U,I 4.1
2.6 24
5.3 5.3 NC 1.3
IN OUT 2.5 21 DI
5.2 5.2 Power 1.2
3x 5.1 5.1
24V ...230V AC/DC
1.1
2.4 22 Universal, with three limit value relays,
1.6 14
Zone 0,1,2 1.5 11 DI

1.4 12 Functional safety
Ex:  
Housing width 35 mm
Technical data
Input data
freely configurable properties for intrinsical- Resistor 0 Ω ... 50 kΩ
ly safe operation of resistance thermome- Potentiometer 0 Ω ... 50 kΩ
ters, thermocouples, resistance-type Voltage -1000 mV ... 1000 mV
sensors, and potentiometers installed in Output signal 4 mA ... 20 mA (in the case of SIL; further free configuration without SIL)
Ex areas
Load RB ≥ 10 kΩ ≤ 600 Ω (20 mA)
– Input for resistance thermometers, ther- Behavior in the event of a sensor error According to NE 43 or freely configurable
mocouples, resistance-type sensors, po- Switching output Relay output
Contact type 3 PDTs
tentiometers, and mV sources, [Ex ia] Contact material AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
– Measure differential temperatures Maximum switching voltage 250 V AC (250 V DC)
– Freely programmable input and output Maximum switching current 2 A (250 V AC) / 2 A (28 V DC)
General data
– Option of inverse output signal ranges Supply voltage range 24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20%/+10%, 50/60 Hz)
– Three limit value relays, can be used in Power consumption < 2.4 W
combination as a safe limit value relay Transmission error, total < 0.1% (e.g., for Pt 100, 300 K span, 4 ... 20 mA)
– Configuration via software (FDT-DTM) or Electrical isolation
IFS-OP-UNIT operating and display unit Input/output/power supply 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
– Programming during operation with Input/power supply 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
Ex measuring circuit connected and also Input/switching output 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
voltage-free using IFS-USB-PROG- Output/power supply 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
ADAPTER programming adapter safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
– Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage con- Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 65°C
nection method Humidity Typ. 5% ... 95% (no condensation)
– Cold junction compensation with sepa- Housing material PA 66-FR
rate connector Dimensions W / H / D 35 / 99 / 114.5 mm
– Wide-range power supply: Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
– Status indicator for supply voltage, cable, Maximum voltage Uo 6V
sensor, and module errors Maximum current Io 7.4 mA
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Conformance / approvals
– Installation in zone 2 permitted Conformance CE-compliant
Notes:  II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required  II 3 G Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc X
configuration by referring to the adjacent order key. IECEx [Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc
(www.phoenixcontact.net/products). Ordering data
Information on the IFS-OP-UNIT operating and display unit and the
associated IFS-OP-CRADLE DIN rail cradle can be found on Pcs. /
page 118 Pkt.
For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 119 Temperature transducer, intrinsically safe input
Standard configuration Screw connection MACX MCR-EX-T-UIREL-UP1) 2865751 1
Standard configuration Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-EX-T-UIREL-UP-SP1) 2924799 1
Order configuration Screw connection MACX MCR-EX-T-UIREL-UP-C1) 2865722 1
Order configuration Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-EX-T-UIREL-UP-SP-C1) 2924809 1
Accessories
Programming adapter for configuring modules with S-PORT IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1) 2811271 1
interface
170 PHOENIX CONTACT

Order key for MACX-MCR-EX-T-UIREL-UP(-SP)-C temperature transducer (standard configuration entered as an example)
2865722 / ON / PT100 / 4 / 0 / -50 / 150 / C / OUT02 / NONE
MACX MCR-EX- RTD, R, potenti- low low F = °F OUT16 = 0...10 mA
T-UIREL-UP-C NONE = not active ometer, mV O =  OUT01 = 0...20 mA
MACX MCR-EX- ON only with output 1 = on, e.g., with TC OUT26 = 2...10 mA
T-UIREL-UP-SP-C range = OUT02 4 = 4-conductor OUT02 = 4...20 mA
OUT04 = 2...10 V
OUT13 = -5...+5 V
OUT14 = -10...+10 V
ware


T = acc. to IEC 584 (Cu-CuNi) -200 400 °C 50 K
CA = C ASTM JE988 (2002) 0 2315 °C 50 K
DA = D ASTM JE988 (2002) 0 2315 °C 50 K
A1G = A-1 GOST 8.585-2001 0 2500 °C 50 K
A2G = A-2 GOST 8.585-2001 0 1800 °C 50 K
A3G = A-3 GOST 8.585-2001 0 1800 °C 50 K
MG = M GOST 8.585-2001 -200 100 °C 50 K
LG = L GOST 8.585-2001 -200 800 °C 50 K

RES10 = 0...12500  resistor 0 12500 
RES12 = 0...50000  resistor 0 50000 

9
5

Digital IN
NAMUR isolating amplifier, Ex i

DI
4.2 4.2 3.2 3.2 11

-
+
4.1 4.1 3.1 3.1 14
-
4.2 12
2.2 2.2
+
4.1
Faultsignal
IN OUT GND
1.2
4.2 +24V
1.1 Signal output: PDT relay
4.1 Power
POWER
LFD +24V
Zone 0,1,2 GND
Zone 20,21,22
Div. 1,2
Zone 2
Div. 2
Ex:   
Technical data
Input data
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or Switching output Relay output
Contact type 1 PDT
contacts with resistance circuit, [Ex ia] Contact material AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
– Relay signal output (PDT) Maximum switching voltage 250 V AC (2 A) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A)
– Reversible direction of action (operating Maximum switching capacity 500 VA
current or closed-circuit current behav- Mechanical service life 107 cycles
ior) Switching behavior Can be inverted via slide switch
ed/deactivated, error message signaled by Supply voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
red flashing LED with de-excitation of Current consumption 21 mA (24 V DC)
output relay Number of channels 1
– Power supply and error indication possi- Electrical isolation
ble via the DIN rail connector Input/output 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
– LED displays for indicating supply voltage, Input/output/supply, T-Connector 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
circuit state, and malfunctions to surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
basic insulation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
NAMUR NE 44 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
– Installation in zone 2 permitted Status indication Green LED (supply voltage)
LED yellow (switching state)
Notes: Red LED (line errors)
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0
found from page 182
Information about resistance circuits is given on page 183 Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
can be found from page 184 Maximum voltage Uo 9.6 V
 II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X
IECEx [Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
NAMUR isolating amplifier, 1-channel, input intrinsically safe,
output: PDT contact
Screw connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-R1) 2865434 1
Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-R-SP1) 2924045 1
172 PHOENIX CONTACT

Digital IN

DI
4.2 4.2 3.2 3.2 13

-
OUT1
+ 3.1 3.1 14
4.1 4.1
-
4.2 2.2 2.2 13
OUT2
OUT1 +
4.1
2.1 2.1 14
Faultsignal
GND
IN OUT2 4.2
1.2
+24V
1.1 2 signal outputs: N/O contact relay
4.1 Power
POWER
LFD +24V
Zone 0,1,2 GND
Zone 20,21,22
Div. 1,2
Zone 2
Div. 2
Ex:   
Technical data
Input data
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or Switching output Relay output
contacts with resistance circuit, [Ex ia] Contact material AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
– Two relay signal outputs (N/O contact); Maximum switching voltage 250 V AC (2 A) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A)
output 2 can be used as an error message Maximum switching capacity 500 VA
output Mechanical service life 107 cycles
– Reversible direction of action (operating Switching behavior Can be inverted via slide switch
current or closed-circuit current behav- General data
ior) Supply voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
– Line fault detection (LFD), can be activat- Current consumption 30 mA (24 V DC)
ed/deactivated, error message signaled by Number of channels 1
red flashing LED with de-excitation of Electrical isolation
output relay Input/output 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
– Power supply and error indication possi- Input/supply, T connector 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
– LED displays for indicating supply voltage, 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
circuit state, and malfunctions to Output 1/output 2/input, power supply, T connector 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
NAMUR NE 44 safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
– 4-way electrical isolation 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
– Installation in zone 2 permitted Status indication Green LED (supply voltage)
LED yellow (switching state)
Notes: Red LED (line errors)
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0
found from page 182
Information about resistance circuits is given on page 183 Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
can be found from page 184 Maximum voltage Uo 9.6 V
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
output: 2 N/O contacts
Screw connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-2RO1) 2865450 1
Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-2RO-SP1) 2924061 1

Digital IN

DI
-
4.2 3.2 3.2 13

-
+ CH1 CH1
+ 3.1 3.1 14
4.1
5.2 2.2 2.2 13

- CH2
+ CH2
2.1 2.1 14
IN1 OUT1 +
5.1
Faultsignal
IN2 - GND
OUT2 1.2
+24V
+ 1.1 2-channel, signal output: N/O contact relay
Power
POWER
LFD +24V
Zone 0,1,2 GND
Zone 20,21,22
Div. 1,2
Zone 2
Div. 2
Ex:   
Technical data
Input data
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or Contact material AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
contacts with resistance circuit, [Ex ia] Maximum switching voltage 250 V AC (2 A) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A)
– Relay signal output (N/O contact) Maximum switching capacity 500 VA
current or closed-circuit current behav- Switching behavior Can be inverted via slide switch
ior) General data
– Line fault detection (LFD), can be activat- Supply voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
ed/deactivated, error message signaled by Current consumption 35 mA (24 V DC)
red flashing LED with de-excitation of Number of channels 2
– Power supply and error indication possi- Input/output 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
ble via the DIN rail connector Input/supply, T connector 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
– LED displays for indicating supply voltage, surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
circuit state, and malfunctions to 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
NAMUR NE 44 Output 1/output 2/input, power supply, T connector 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
– 3-way electrical isolation safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
Notes: LED yellow (switching state)
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well Red LED (line errors)
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be Housing material PA 66-FR
found from page 182 Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
can be found from page 184 Safety data as per ATEX
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Maximum voltage Uo 9.6 V
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
output: N/O contact
Screw connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-RO1) 2865476 1
Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-RO-SP1) 2924087 1
174 PHOENIX CONTACT

Digital IN

DI
-
4.3 3.3 3.3 12

-
+ CH1 CH1
+ 3.2 3.2 11
4.1
3.1 3.1 14
-
2.3 2.3 12
5.3 CH2
-
+ CH2 2.2 2.2 11
IN1 OUT1 +
5.1 2.1 2.1 14
IN2 -
OUT2 24...230 V –
1.2
~
+ AC/DC 2-channel, signal output: PDT relay,
1.1

Zone 0,1,2
Div. 1,2 Div. 2
Functional safety
Technical data
Input data
NAMUR isolating amplifier for intrinsical- open circuit switch contacts
Switching hysteresis Approx. 0.2 mA
Contact type 2 PDT
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or Contact material AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
contacts with resistance circuit, [Ex ia] Maximum switching voltage 250 V AC (2 A, 60 Hz) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A)
– Relay signal output (PDT) Maximum switching capacity 500 VA
current or closed-circuit current behav- Switching behavior can be inverted using DIP switch
Max. switching frequency 20 Hz (Load-dependent)
ior) General data
– Line fault detection (LFD), can be activat- Supply voltage range 24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20% ... +10%, 50 ... 60 Hz)
ed/deactivated, error message signaled by
Current consumption < 80 mA ; < 42 mA (24 V DC)
red flashing LED with de-excitation of Power dissipation max. 1.3 W
– Wide-range power supply: Input/power supply 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
circuit state, and malfunctions to 2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
NAMUR NE 44 Output 1/output 2/input, power supply 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
– 3-way electrical isolation surge voltage category III; pollution degree 2,
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C
Notes: Humidity 10% ... 95% (no condensation)
Information on resistance circuits and marking material can be
found on page 183
Maximum voltage Um 253 V AC/DC (Supply terminals)
250 V AC (Output terminals)
120 V DC (Output terminals)
 II 3(1) G Ex nA nC [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc X
IECEx [Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA nC [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
output: Changeover contact
Screw connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-R-UP1) 2865984 1
Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-R-UP-SP1) 2924249 1

Digital IN

DI
4.2 4.2 3.2 3.2 -

-
OUT1
+ 3.1 3.1 +
4.1 4.1
-
4.2 2.2 2.2 -
OUT2
OUT1 +
4.1
2.1 2.1 +
Faultsignal
GND
IN OUT2 4.2
1.2
+24V
1.1 2 signal outputs: transistor (passive)
4.1 Power
POWER
LFD +24V
Zone 0,1,2 GND
Zone 20,21,22
Div. 1,2
Zone 2
Div. 2
Ex: 
Technical data
Input data
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors Switching output 2 transistor outputs, passive
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or Maximum switching voltage 30 V DC (per output)
contacts with resistance circuit, [Ex ia] Drop (ΔU) < 1.4 V
– 2 signal outputs: transistor (passive); Switching behavior can be inverted using DIP switch
up to 5 kHz Maximum switching frequency 5 kHz
General data
– Signal output 2 can also be used as a fault Supply voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
signaling output Current consumption < 28 mA (24 V DC)
– Reversible direction of action (operating Number of channels 1
current or closed-circuit current behav- Electrical isolation
ior) Input/output 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
Input/supply, T-Connector 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
– Line fault detection (LFD), can be activat- Input/output/supply, T-Connector 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
ed/deactivated, error message signaled by surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
red flashing LED with inhibiting of transis- 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
tor output
Output 1/output 2 50 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
– Power supply and error indication possi- surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
1 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
– LED displays for indicating supply voltage,
circuit state, and malfunctions to Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
NAMUR NE 44 Status indication Green LED (supply voltage)
– 4-way electrical isolation LED yellow (switching state)
Red LED (line errors)
– Installation in zone 2 permitted Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be Safety data as per ATEX
found from page 182 Maximum voltage Uo 9.6 V
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling Maximum voltage Um 253 V AC (125 V DC)
 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
IECEx [Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
NAMUR isolating amplifier, input intrinsically safe,
output: Transistor, passive
Screw connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-2T1) 2865463 1
Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-2T-SP1) 2924074 1
176 PHOENIX CONTACT

Digital IN

DI
-
4.2 3.2 3.2 -

-
+ CH1 CH1
+ 3.1 3.1 +
4.1
5.2 2.2 2.2 -

- CH2
+ CH2
2.1 2.1 +
IN1 OUT1 +
5.1
Faultsignal
IN2 - GND
OUT2 1.2
+24V
+ 1.1 2-channel, signal output transistor (passive)
Power
POWER
LFD +24V
Zone 0,1,2 GND
Zone 20,21,22
Div. 1,2
Zone 2
Div. 2
Ex: 
Technical data
Input data
– 2-channel Switching output Transistor output, passive
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors Maximum switching voltage 30 V DC (per output)
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or Drop (ΔU) < 1.4 V
contacts with resistance circuit, [Ex ia] Switching behavior can be inverted using DIP switch
– Signal output transistor (passive); up to Maximum switching frequency 5 kHz
General data
5 kHz Supply voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
– Reversible direction of action (operating Current consumption < 34 mA (24 V DC)
current or closed-circuit current behav- Number of channels 2
ior) Electrical isolation
– Line fault detection (LFD), can be activat- Input/output 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
Input/supply, T-Connector 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
ed/deactivated, error message signaled by Input/output/supply, T-Connector 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
red flashing LED with inhibiting of transis- surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
tor output 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
– Power supply and error indication possi-
Output 1/output 2 50 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
1 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
circuit state, and malfunctions to
NAMUR NE 44 Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
– 3-way electrical isolation Status indication Green LED (supply voltage)
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 LED yellow (switching state)
Red LED (line errors)
Notes:
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
found from page 182 Safety data as per ATEX
Information about resistance circuits is given on page 183 Maximum voltage Uo 9.6 V
can be found from page 184 Maximum power Po 25 mW
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Conformance / approvals
IECEx [Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
output: Transistor, passive
Screw connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-T1) 2865489 1
Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-T-SP1) 2924090 1

Digital IN

DI-NAM
- -
4.2 4.2 3.2 3.2
+ +
4.1 4.1 3.1 3.1
-
4.2
+
4.1
Faultsignal
GND
1.2
IN OUT 4.2 +24V
1.1 With line fault transparency
4.1 Power
POWER
LFD +24V
Zone 0,1,2 GND

Technical data
Input data
NAMUR isolation amplifiers for the in- Floating switch contacts
trinsically safe operation of proximity sen- No-load voltage 8 V DC ±10%
sors or mechanical contacts installed in the Switching points > 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)
Ex area. Line error detection Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA
Switching output Resistive (transistor, passive)
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors Switching voltage Typ. 8.2 V DC ±10% (according to EN 60947-5-6)
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or Switching frequency ≤ 5 kHz (Ohmic load)

contacts with resistance circuit, [Ex ia] Impedance 0-signal 11 kΩ ±5%
Impedance 1-signal 1.4 kΩ ±5%
– Signal output with resistive behavior Impedance fault > 100 kΩ
(transistor) Switching behavior can be inverted using DIP switch
– Signal output with line fault transparency: General data
Supply voltage range 12 V DC ... 24 V DC -20 % ... +25 %
line error message directly via output to Current draw 25 mA (24 V DC)
PLC or PCS. The output responds in ac- Power dissipation < 0.6 W
cordance with EN 60947-5-6. Electrical isolation
– Up to 5 kHz Input/supply, T-Connector 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
– Direction of operation can be selected Input/output/supply, T-Connector 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
– Line fault detection can be activated/deac- safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
tivated 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
– Power supply and error indication possi- Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
ble via the DIN rail connector Humidity 10% ... 95% (no condensation)
– LED indicators for supply voltage, status, LED yellow (switching state)
and fault according to NAMUR NE 44 Red LED (line errors)
– Plug-in screw or spring-cage connection Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0
technology Dimensions W / H / D 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
– Safe 3-way electrical isolation Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508 Safety data as per ATEX
– Installation in zone 2 permissible Maximum voltage Uo 9.6 V
Notes: Maximum power Po 25 mW
Information on the supply and error evaluation module, DIN rail Maximum voltage Um 253 V AC (125 V DC)
connectors, system cabling, and marking material can be found Conformance / approvals
from page 182 Conformance CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
Information about resistance circuits is given on page 183 ATEX  II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
 II 3G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
IECEx Yes
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
NAMUR isolation amplifier, intrinsically safe input, output with
line fault transparency
Screw connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-NAM 2866006 1
Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-NAM-SP 2924883 1
178 PHOENIX CONTACT

Digital OUT
Solenoid driver, Ex i
DO
-
4.2 4.2 3.2 3.2 -
+
4.1 4.1 3.1 3.1 +
Faultsignal
- 2.2 2.2
DI
+ 2.1 2.1
-
OUT IN 4.2
Faultsignal
+ GND
1.2
4.1 Current limitation 48 mA,
+24V
1.1
POWER with line fault detection
Zone 0,1,2 LFD +24V
Zone 20,21,22 GND Zone 2

Technical data
Input data
Switching level 0 signal (“L”) 0 V DC ... 5 V DC (Open)
Solenoid driver for the intrinsically safe Switching level 1 signal (“H”) 15 V DC ... 30 V DC
control of Ex i solenoid valves, alarm trans- Input current < 12 mA
Input impedance in the event of a line fault at the output 3 MΩ (High resistance (Mega Ω))
mitters or indicators installed in the
Ex area. Transparent for test pulses Yes
Output data
Output voltage ≥ 9.5 V DC (At 48 mA)
– Input: logic (low/high signal) Current limitation > 48 mA (With cable error detection)
– Output: 48 mA current limitation at 9.5 V, No-load voltage > 23 V DC
Internal resistance ≥ 269 Ω (Internal resistance Ri)
[Ex ia] Immunity to short-circuiting Yes
– Line fault detection (can be activated/de- Response time tA < 30 ms
Line error detection < 50 Ω (short circuit on the line)
activated) > 10 kΩ (line break)
- Directly via signal channel Error message output
- Or via switching output Switch contact N/C contact
Maximum switching voltage 30 V DC
– Transparent for test pulses Maximum switching current 50 mA
– Power supply and error indication possi- Short-circuit-proof Yes
General data
ble via the DIN rail connector Supply voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC (-20% ... +25%))
– LED indicators for supply voltage, status, Current draw < 90 mA
and fault according to NAMUR NE 44 Power dissipation < 1.5 W
– Plug-in screw or spring-cage connection Input/output, supply, error message output 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
technology 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
– Safe 3-way electrical isolation surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
– Installation in zone 2 permissible Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
Notes: Status indication Green LED (supply voltage)
Information on the supply and error evaluation module, DIN rail LED yellow (switching state)
connectors, system cabling, and marking material can be found Red LED (line errors)
from page 182 Degree of protection IP20
Maximum voltage Um 253 V
 II 3(1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc X
IECEx Yes
Functional safety (SIL) SIL 3 (applied for)
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Solenoid driver, logic input, intrinsically safe output, line fault
detection
Screw connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-23-48-LFD 2924867 1
Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-23-48-LFD-SP 2924870 1

Digital OUT
Solenoid driver, Ex i
DO
-
4.2 - 4.2 3.2 3.2 -
+ +
4.1 4.1 3.1 3.1 +
- -
4.2
+ +
- 4.1
OUT IN
+
Current limitation 25 mA
Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22
Div. 1,2
Zone 2
Div. 2
Ex:   
Technical data
Input data
Input signal 20 V DC ... 30 V DC
Solenoid drivers for controlling intrinsi- Input current 10 mA DC ... 70 mA DC (45 mA for Ue = 24 V DC)
cally safe solenoid valves, alarm transmit- Output data
Output voltage 5.5 V DC (At 25 mA)
ters, and indicators installed in Ex areas. Current limitation 25 mA
No-load voltage 21.9 V DC
Internal resistance 641 Ω (Internal resistance Ri)
– 20 ... 30 V DC input Immunity to short-circuiting Yes
– Output [Ex ia] Response time tA 20 ms
– Various output characteristic curves com- General data
patible with the commercial solenoid Temperature coefficient 0.01%/K
valves Electrical isolation
– Loop-powered: The required power is Output/input 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
supplied via the control signal on the in- 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
put side. safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
– Mechanically compatible with DIN rail Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
connector Humidity 10% ... 95% (no condensation)
Status indication Yellow LED (switching state / status, lights up when output circuit is
– Galvanic 2-way isolation active)
– Up to SIL 3 as per EN 61508 Degree of protection IP20
– Installation in zone 2 permitted Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0
Notes:
A list of suitable valves and notes for calculating a valve circuit Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
are available from the download center at Safety data as per ATEX
www.phoenixcontact.net/products Maximum voltage Uo 25.1 V
Information on marking material can be found on page 127 Maximum current Io 39 mA
can be found from page 184 Maximum voltage Um 253 V AC (125 V DC)
ATEX  II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB/IIA
IECEx [Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Solenoid driver, loop-powered, output intrinsically safe
Screw connection MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-25-LP 2865492 1

Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-25-LP-SP 2924113 1
30
output voltage UV [V]
21,9 V
20
10
5,5 V
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60
output current IV [mA]
180 PHOENIX CONTACT

Current limitation 40 mA Current limitation 48 mA Current limitation 58 mA,

[Ex ia] IIB
 Functional safety  Functional safety  Functional safety

Ex:    Ex:    Ex:   
Housing width 12.5 mm Housing width 12.5 mm Housing width 12.5 mm
20 V DC ... 30 V DC 20 V DC ... 30 V DC 20 V DC ... 30 V DC

10 mA ... 95 mA (65 mA for Ue = 24 V DC) 10 mA ... 95 mA (75 mA for Ue = 24 V DC) 10 mA ... 105 mA (95 mA for Ue = 24 V DC)
10 V DC (At 40 mA) 10.5 V DC (At 48 mA) 12.9 V DC (At 58 mA)

40 mA 48 mA 58 mA
21.9 V DC 24 V DC 21.9 V DC
287 Ω (Internal resistance Ri) 276 Ω (Internal resistance Ri) 133 Ω (Internal resistance Ri)
Yes Yes Yes
20 ms 30 ms 30 ms
< 1.2 W < 1.4 W < 1.4 W

0.01%/K 0.01%/K 0.01%/K
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11) 375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, 300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, surge voltage category II; pollu-
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2, surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2, tion degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178) safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position) -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position) -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
10% ... 95% (no condensation) 10% ... 95% (no condensation) 10% ... 95% (no condensation)
Yellow LED (switching state / status, lights up when output circuit is Yellow LED (switching state / status, lights up when output circuit is Yellow LED (switching state / status, lights up when output circuit is
active) active) active)
IP20 IP20 IP20
PA 66-FR PA 66-FR PA 66-FR
V0 V0 V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
25.1 V 27.7 V 25.1 V

87 mA 101 mA 188 mA
550 mW 697 mW 1.18 W
253 V AC (125 V DC) 253 V AC (125 V DC) 253 V AC (125 V DC)
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326 CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326 CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326

 II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB/IIA  II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB/IIA  II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIB/IIA
 II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC  II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC  II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
[Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X [Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X [Ex ia Ga] IIB; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1 Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1 Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1
SIL 3 SIL 3 SIL 3

Pkt. Pkt. Pkt.
MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-40-LP 2865764 1 MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-24-48-LP 2865609 1 MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-60-LP 2865515 1

MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-40-LP-SP 2924139 1 MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-24-48-LP-SP 2924126 1 MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-60-LP-SP 2924100 1
30 30 30
24 V
21,9 V 21,9 V
20 20 20
12,9 V
10,0 V 10,5 V
10 10 10
0 0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
output current IV [mA] output current IV [mA] output current IV [mA]

Accessories

Power and error message module for
feeding the 24 V supply voltage to the DIN 3.3 14
3.2 12 Fault out
rail connectors and signaling line faults and 3.1 11
power supply failures. H
2.2 –
– One-time or redundant supply, decoupled PWR 2 D W
2.1 +
Faultsignal
from diode, protected against polariza-
tion 1.2 –
PWR 1
– Supply current up to 3.75 A 1.1 +
– Relay output (PDT) and flashing LED for LFD +24V
GND
error messages
– Error message in the event of a power
supply failure or fuse fault 
– Bus cable fault message for Housing width 17.5 mm
MACX MCR-...(2)NAM... devices con- Technical data
nected via DIN rail connectors Input data
– Replaceable fuse Input signal 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
– Installation in zone 2 permissible Redundant supply yes, decoupled from diodes
Output data
Maximum output signal 3.75 A
ME 6,2 TBUS... T-Connector Output voltage (Input voltage - max. 0.8 V at 3.75 A)
DIN rail connector (5-pos.) for bridging Switching output Relay
the supply voltage of 12.5 mm wide MACX Contact type
Contact material
1 PDT
Gold (Au)
analog Ex modules. Maximum switching voltage 50 V AC (2 A)
– Reduces wiring costs General data
Current consumption
– System can be extended or module re- Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
placed even while process is active Humidity 5% ... 95% (no condensation)
– Inter-extendable Fuse 5 A (replaceable), slow-blow 250 V AC
Housing material Polyamide (PA 6.6)
IECEx Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X
UL, USA / Canada UL 61010
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Supply and error message module, including the relevant
DIN rail connector ME 17,5 TBUS 1,5/5-ST-3,81 GN
Screw connection MACX MCR-PTB 2865625 1

Spring-cage conn. MACX MCR-PTB-SP 2924184 1
Accessories
DIN rail connector (TBUS), for bridging the supply voltage, ME 6,2 TBUS-2 1,5/5-ST-3,81 GN 2869728 10
can be snapped onto 35 mm DIN rails as per EN 60715,
with UL approval
182 PHOENIX CONTACT

Accessories
Marking material for device marking

– For device marking inside the control cab-
inet and in the field
– Self-adhesive with high adhesive strengths
– Large temperature range
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
UniCard, with self-adhesive plastic labels
10-part, lettering field size: 11 x 9 mm white UC-EMLP (11X9) 0819291 10

UniCard, with self-adhesive plastic labels,
marked according to customer specifications
For ordering details, see Catalog 5 or
10-part, lettering field size: 11 x 9 mm white UC-EMLP (11X9) CUS 0824547 1
Accessories
Resistance circuit
Double-level terminal block with resis-
tance circuit according to NAMUR for line
fault detection in the case of mechanical
contacts
Important:
– For intrinsically safe circuits, only in com-
bination with D-UKK 3/5 cover
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Double-level terminal block, with preassembled resistors
With screw connection UKK 5-2R/NAMUR 2941662 50

Cover, width 2.5 mm
gray D-UKK 3/5 2770024 50
blue D-UKK 3/5 BU 2770105 50

MACX Analog Ex-isolating amplifiers
TC... termination carriers are Compact

compact solutions for quickly and smoothly – Saves up to 30% of space due to compact
connecting DIN rail devices from the design
MACX Analog Ex series to input/output
Robust and reliable
cards of automation systems using system – Stable, vibration-resistant aluminum
cables.
carrier device profile
– PCB is completely decoupled from
The termination carriers combine the ad- modules
vantages of modular DIN rail devices with
– PCB without active components
those offered by plug and play rapid cabling
– Redundant supply and monitoring in
solutions to provide a consistent solution separate DIN rail module
for system technology.
Easy maintenance
– Use of standard DIN rail devices
– Easy access to connection points Select controller-specific front adapter and system cable
plug-in and coded cable sets
Flexible
– Profile section without pitch markings for
I/O cards with specific number of chan-
nels
– Can be specifically adapted for I/O cards
of various automation systems with dif-
ferent system plug types
Solutions are also available for MINI Analog,

184 PHOENIX CONTACT

MACX Analog Ex-isolating amplifiers
The TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-EX-P-UNI
from the MACX Analog Ex series to analog
or binary input/output cards of automation
systems.
The TC-D37SUB-AIO16-EX-PS-UNI
termination carrier design, when combined
with the MACX MCR-S-MUX HART multi-
plexer, also enables communication be-
tween HART-capable field devices and a
management system.
– Connection of up to 16 single-channel
(Ex i-)isolating amplifiers Housing width 244 mm
– Universal 1:1 signal routing to a Technical data
37-pos. D-SUB plug-in connector General data
– For system cables with D-SUB socket and Connection to the control system level D-SUB pin strip
open ends for universal connection Number of positions 37
Maximum operating voltage < 50 V DC (Per signal/channel)
– Redundant supply and monitoring in Maximum permissible current 1 A (Signal/channel)
separate DIN rail module Rated insulation voltage 50 V
Notes: Pollution degree 2
Contact us: specific termination carrier designs for I/O modules of Rated surge voltage 0.5 kV
various automation systems are available, planned or can be im- Air and creepage distances DIN EN 50178 ( Basic insulation )
plemented according to your specifications. Degree of protection IP20
Fuse 5 A Slow-blow (can be exchanged)
Switching output 1 PDT
Contact material Au
Maximum switching voltage 50 V DC (0.3 A) / 30 V DC (2 A) / 33 V AC (2 A)
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-EX-P-UNI 2924854 1
Accessories
Supply and error message module MACX MCR-PTB 2865625 1
MACX MCR-PTB-SP 2924184 1
HART multiplexer, 32-channel MACX MCR-S-MUX 2865599 1
X1 DSUB 37
X20 COMBICON
4 (-) PWR1
6 (-) PWR2
Alarm
3 (+)
5 (+)
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
10
29
11
30
12
31
13
32
14
33
15
34
16
35
1
9
1
2
CH10
CH11
CH12
CH13
CH14
CH15
CH16
PW1
PW2
CH1
CH2
CH3
CH4
CH5
CH6
CH7
CH8
CH9
PTSM
+
+
-
-
3.1
3.2
3.1
3.2
3.1
3.2
3.1
3.2
3.1
3.2
3.1
3.2
3.1
3.2
3.1
3.2
3.1
3.2
3.1
3.2
3.1
3.2
3.1
3.2
3.1
3.2
3.1
3.2
3.1
3.2
3.1
3.2
3.1
1.1
1.2
3.2
2.1
2.2
MACX
MCR-
PTB
TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-EX-P-UNI and TC-D37SUB-AIO16-EX-PS-UNI connection scheme

H
D W
Multiplexer for digital connection of
HART-capable field devices (such as measur-
ing transducers or control valves) to a PC
or management system.
– Supports online configuration and diag-

nostics for the connected HART-capable
field devices
– Constant documentation of process vari-
ables and states
– 32 HART channels per multiplexer
– Up to 128 HART multiplexers at one
PC interface
– Communication via software tool Housing width 35.2 mm
(e.g., HART OPC Server) using RS-485 in- Technical data
terface Field devices interface (HART)
– Electrical isolation between auxiliary en- Channels 16 or 32; adjustable using a switch
ergy, RS-485 bus and the HART channels Connection method Flat-ribbon cable, 14-pos. (inclusive)
Signal HART FSK
– HART field devices are accessed at the HART specification HART Field Communication Protocol Rev. 6.0 (downward compatible
same time that the measurement signal is up to Rev 4.0); FSK Physical Layer Specification (Rev. 8.1)
transmitted without affecting measured Data transmission display Two yellow “Tx” and “Rx” “HART” LEDs
value processing Display error Red “ERR” LED (flashes in case of an error in the HART bus)
– HART field devices connected via univer- RS-485 interface
sal HART connection boards; direct con- Connection method D-SUB-9 socket
nection if processing non-Ex signals, with Signal RS-485
Data flow control/protocols Compatible with OPC HART server, PDM, PRM, and FDT/DTM
separate Ex i signal isolator connected
upstream if processing Ex signals Number of HART multiplexers per bus segment Max. 31
Address setting 0...127; using a rotary switch at the front
– Power supplied via HART connection Data rate 9600 / 19200 / 38400 / 57600 [bps]; via rotary switch at the front
board
Transmission length ≤ 1200 m
Display Two yellow “Tx” and “Rx” “RS-485” LEDs
Notes: General data
Supply voltage range 18 V ... 31.2 V
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Nominal supply voltage 24 V DC
Current consumption 55 mA
Power consumption 1.35 W
Operating voltage display Green “PWR” LED
Undervoltage monitoring Yes (no faulty devices / output states)
Galvanic isolation of HART signal/RS-485 350 V AC

Galvanic isolation of HART signals between each other 100 V DC (Capacitive)
Galvanic isolation of HART signal/supply 350 V AC
Galvanic isolation of RS-485/supply 350 V AC
Error monitoring Processor error: The “PWR” LED flashes;
error in the HART communication: the “ERR” LED flashes
Humidity ≤ 95% (no condensation)
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
HART multiplexer, 32-channel including two 14-wire flat-ribbon
cables
MACX MCR-S-MUX 2865599 1
Accessories
Universal termination carrier for 16 MINI MCR isolators
- With connection for MACX MCR-S-MUX HART multiplexer TC-D37SUB-AIO16-M-PS-UNI1) 2902934 1
HART connection board MACX MCR-S-MUX-TB 2308124 1

Interface converter, for conversion from RS-232 (V.24) to PSM-ME-RS232/RS485-P1) 2744416 1
RS-485, with electrical isolation, rail-mountable, changeover of
data direction self-controlling or through RTS/CTS
Repeater, for electrical isolation and increased range PSM-ME-RS485/RS485-P1) 2744429 1
186 PHOENIX CONTACT

Ex i 2-conductor field devices
Programmable loop-powered
temperature measuring transducer, D W
Ex i
H
– 1-channel
– Loop-powered
– Input for resistance thermometers,
thermocouples, and linear mV signals,
Ex ia IIC
-
– Output 4...20 mA/20...4 mA 1 DC D
5 OUT 1
– Can be installed in zone 1 2 D DC A 6 GND 1
– Galvanic 2-way isolation 3

– HART-capable (MCR-FL-TS-LP-I-EX) 4
+
– Configuration using software Loop-powered,
programmable
Notes:

Ex:  
To configure the MCR-FL-TS-LPI-EX HART-capable device Block diagram MCR-FL-TS-LP-I-EX Housing width 12.5 mm
(2864587), you need a HART modem.
Technical data
To configure the MCR-FL-T-LP-EX device (2864574), you Measuring input
need the MCR-PAC-T-USB programming adapter and the Resistance thermometers Pt, Ni (100, 500, 1000); min. measurement range 10 K
MCR/PI-CONF-WIN software, see page 190 Thermocouple sensors B, C, D, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T, U; min. measurement range 50 K/500 K
Resistor 10 Ω ... 400 Ω (min. measurement range 10 Ω)

10 Ω ... 2000 Ω (min. measurement range 100 Ω)
Voltage -10 mV ... 100 mV (min. measurement range 5 mV)
Configuration Yes, programmable
Measuring output
Output signal range 4 mA ... 20 mA / 20 mA ... 4 mA
Maximum output signal ≤ 23 mA
Load ≤ 520 Ω (At UV = 24 V; Usupply - 12 V / 0.023 A)
Line monitoring NE 43
Short-circuit current ≤ 3.6 mA or ≥ 21 mA (adjustable, not for thermocouples)
Output current with open circuit ≤ 3.6 mA or ≥ 21 mA (adjustable)

Output current, measuring range overrange/underrange 3.8 mA ... 20.5 mA
General data
Supply voltage range 12 V DC ... 30 V DC
Test voltage input/output 2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Switch on delay time 4s
Standards/regulations NAMUR recommendation NE 21
Connection method Plug-in screw connection
Safety data as per ATEX MCR-FL-TS-LP-I-EX MCR-FL-T-LP-I-EX
Maximum voltage Ui 30 V 30 V
Maximum current Ii 100 mA 100 mA
Maximum power Pi 750 mW 750 mW
Maximum voltage Uo 5 V DC 4.4 V DC
Maximum current Io 5.9 mA 9.6 mA
Maximum power Po 7.2 mW 10.6 mW
Gas group II A II B II C II A II B II C
- max. external inductivity Lo [mH] 100 100 100 100 100 100
- max. external capacity Co [µF] 10 10 2 12 12 2.4
Maximum ambient temperature T4 = 85°C, T5 = 70°C, T4 = 85°C, T5 = 65°C,
T6 = 55°C T6 = 50°C
ATEX  II 2(1) G Ex ia IIC T6  II 2(1) G Ex ia IIC T4...T6
UL, USA / Canada cULus cULus
Functional safety (SIL) SIL 2 according to EN 61508 -
-
1 DC 5 OUT 1
D Ordering data
2 D DC A 6 GND 1
Pcs. /
3 Pkt.
+ 4 MCR temperature transducer, for resistance thermometers,

thermocouples, resistance-type sensors, and voltage sensors
HART-compatible MCR-FL-TS-LP-I-EX 2864587 1

MCR-FL-T-LP-I-EX 2864574 1
Block diagram MCR-FL-T-LP-I-EX

temperature measuring transducers
with connection heads, Ex i
– 1-channel
– Loop-powered
Ex ia IIC
– Output 4...20 mA/20...4 mA 3 DC D
1 OUT 1

– HART-compatible 6
Loop-powered,
Notes:
programmable
Pt 100 sensor, measuring range 0 ... 100°C, 3-conductor connection.
To configure the MCR-FL-TS-LPI-EX HART-capable device,

you need a HART modem. Ex:  
Block diagram MCR-FL-HT-TS-I-EX
Technical data
Measuring input
Resistance thermometers Pt, Ni (100, 500, 1000); min. measurement range 10 K
Thermocouple sensors B, C, D, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T, U; min. measurement range 50 K/500 K

Measuring output
Load ≤ 630 Ω (At UV = 24 V; Usupply - 10 V / 0.023 A)

Output current, measuring range overrange/underrange 3.8 mA ... 20.5 mA (linear increase/decrease)
General data
Mounting position Connecting head according to DIN 43729 form B
Connection Installation in connection head according to DIN 43729 form B
Maximum voltage Ui 30 V
Maximum current Ii 100 mA
Maximum power Pi 750 mW
Maximum voltage Uo 5 V DC
Gas group II A II B II C
- max. external inductivity Lo [mH] 100 100 100
- max. external capacity Co [µF] 9.9 9.9 2
Maximum ambient temperature Category 1: T4 = 60°C, T5 = 50°C, T6 = 40°C
∅44 Category 2: T4 = 85°C, T5 = 70°C, T6 = 55°C
∅33
4 5
ATEX  II 1 G and II 2 G Ex ia IIC T6/T5/T4
∅5

3

∅7
Ordering data
2
1 Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR temperature measuring transducer, smart, for
resistance thermometers, thermocouples, resistance-type sensors,
and voltage sensors
21
MCR-FL-HT-TS-I-EX 2864545 1
188 PHOENIX CONTACT

temperature measuring transducers
with connection heads, Ex i
– 1-channel
– Loop-powered
Ex ia IIC
– Output 4...20 mA/20...4 mA 3 DC D
1 OUT 1

– Configuration using software 6
Loop-powered,
Notes:
programmable

tion, and characteristic curve adjustments. For this purpose, you Ex:  
Block diagram MCR-FL-HT-T-I-EX
MCR/PI-CONF-WIN configuration software, see page 190
Technical data
Measuring input
Resistance thermometers Pt, Ni (100, 500, 1000); min. measurement range 10 K
Thermocouple sensors B, C, D, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T, U; min. measurement range 50 K/500 K

Measuring output
Load ≤ 720 Ω (For UV = 24 V; Usupply - 8 V / 0.025 A)

Output current, measuring range overrange/underrange 3.8 mA ... 20.5 mA (linear increase/decrease)
General data
Mounting position Connecting head according to DIN 43729 form B
Connection Installation in connection head according to DIN 43729 form B
Maximum voltage Ui 30 V
Maximum current Ii 100 mA
Maximum power Pi 750 mW
Maximum voltage Uo 8.2 V DC
Gas group II B II C
- max. external inductivity Lo [mH] 8.5 4.5
- max. external capacity Co [µF] 1.9 0.974
Maximum ambient temperature Category 1: T4 = 60°C, T5 = 50°C, T6 = 40°C
∅44 Category 2: T4 = 85°C, T5 = 70°C, T6 = 55°C
∅33
4 5
ATEX  II 1 G Ex ia IIC T6/T5/T4
∅5

3
6
∅7
Ordering data
2
Pcs. /
1 Pkt.
resistance thermometers, thermocouples, resistance-type sensors,
and voltage sensors
MCR-FL-HT-T-I-EX 2864532 1
21

Accessories

grammable loop-powered temperature
transducers.
– For temperature transducers
MCR-FL-T(S)-LP-I-EX and
MCR-FL-HT-T(S)-I-EX
– Galvanically isolated
– Configuration possible during operation
– Straightforward menu interface Ordering data
The computer and the measuring trans- Description Type Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
ducer communicate with one another via a
MCR configuration software, for programming MCR-T-...-,
software adapter cable and a serial inter- MCR-...-LP-...-, MCR-...-HT-...-, MCR-S-...-, MCR-F-..., and
face. MCR-PSP-... modules, CD-ROM
Notes: MCR/PI-CONF-WIN 2814799 1

Windows NT™, 2000™, and XP™.
Accessories
USB adapter cable

For connecting the programmable
MCR-/PI modules to the USB interface of a
computer, the USB adapter cable
CM-KBL-RS232/USB can be used togeth-
er with the relevant adapter cables. Pro-
gramming with the MCR/PI-CONF-WIN
software is possible under the operating sys-
tems Windows 98™, Windows 2000™ and
Windows XP™.
The following modules are supported: Ordering data
– MCR-FL-T-LP-I-EX
– MCR-FL-HT-T-I-EX Description Type Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
USB adapter cable,
CM-KBL-RS232/USB 2881078 1
Software adapter cable, 2.4 m length, with USB connection, for
programming MCR-...-LP-... and MCR-...-HT-... modules
MCR-PAC-T-USB 2309000 1
Accessories
Adapter cable, stranded, 9-pos. D-SUB socket on 25-pos. D-SUB PSM-KAD 9 SUB 25/BS 2761295 1
pin
190 PHOENIX CONTACT

Accessories
Accessories
Shield fast connection

– For connecting cable shielding to cable
terminal points
– Can be connected to PLUGTRAB PT
– Easy assembly
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Shield fast connection
For Ø 3-6 mm SSA 3-6 2839295 10
For Ø 5-10 mm SSA 5-10 2839512 10
Accessories
Test plug
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Test plug, consisting of:
Metal part for 2.3 mm Ø socket hole and MPS-MT 0201744 10
Insulating sleeve, for MPS metal part red MPS-IH RD 0201676 10
white MPS-IH WH 0201663 10
blue MPS-IH BU 0201689 10
yellow MPS-IH YE 0201692 10
green MPS-IH GN 0201702 10
gray MPS-IH GY 0201728 10
black MPS-IH BK 0201731 10

192 PHOENIX CONTACT
Monitoring

EMpro energy meters measure, analyze,
and communicate important electrical sys-
Product overview 194
tem parameters.

PSK DL data logger kits monitor and log Energy and
operating states. power measuring technology 196
PSK meters record compressed air con- EMpro energy meters 200
sumption.
Extension modules 202
Current transformers
Complete packages for data logging 206
PACT current transformers convert cur-
rents up to 4000 A into secondary currents Compressed air meters 208
of 1 and 5 A.
Current transformers 210
Current and voltage measuring technology Selection guide 212
MCR current and voltage transducers
convert currents and voltages into standard PACT current transformers 213
analog signals. Accessories 223
Solar and PV system monitoring
Current and
The SOLARCHECK modular monitoring voltage measuring technology 226
system is used for string monitoring in
photovoltaic systems. Current transducers 229
Voltage transducers 236
Residual current monitoring
RCM devices provide residual current Accessories 237
monitoring in grounded power supply
systems. They detect residual currents at an Solar and
early stage before they result in forced PV system monitoring 238
shutdown. SOLARCHECK PV string monitoring 240
Components for E-Mobility
Residual current monitoring 242
EV Charge Control is the charging con-
Residual current monitoring - RCM 244
troller used to charge electric vehicles on
the AC mains according to IEC 61851-1.
Components for E-Mobility 246
Electronic monitoring relays EV Charge Control charging controller 247
EMD monitoring relays detect and indi-

cate deviations in important system param- Monitoring relays, timer relays,
eters at an early stage. special function modules 248
Electronic timer relays EMD electronic monitoring relays 250
ETD timer relays are used for straightfor- ETD electronic timer relays 258
ward time control functions. EMG special function modules 262
Special function modules
EMG special function modules enable
simple components such as diodes to be
used in an industrial context. These prod-
ucts feature professional housing and con-
nection technology.
PHOENIX CONTACT 193

Monitoring
Product overview
EMpro energy meters for EMpro energy meters for Special function and DIN rail adapters
front-panel installation Page 200 DIN rail mounting Page 201 communication modules Page 202 Page 205
Current and voltage measuring technology
PACT winding current transformers Mounting accessories, shock protection MCR current transducers for AC/DC and MCR current transducers for AC/DC and
Page 222 Page 223 distorted currents up to 600 A Page 229 distorted currents up to 55 A, programmable
Page 230
Accessories SOLARCHECK PV string monitoring SOLARCHECK PV string monitoring SOLARCHECK PV string monitoring
Configuration software and Communication module Page 240 Current measuring modules Page 241 Voltage measuring modules Page 241
USB adapter cable Page 149
Monitoring relays Timer relays
EMD-BL EMD ETD-BL ETD

Compact monitoring relays Page 250 Multifunctional monitoring relays Page 252 Ultra-narrow timer relays Page 258 Multifunctional timer relays Page 260
194 PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring
Product overview
Complete packages for data logging Compressed air meters PACT bus-bar current transformers PACT plug-in current transformers
Can be calibrated Page 224 Can be calibrated Page 224
MCR current transducers for AC currents, MCR current transducers for AC currents, si- MCR current protectors for AC currents, MCR voltage transducers
sinusoidal up to 12 A Page 232 nusoidal and distorted, up to 200 A sinusoidal up to 16 A Page 235 for DC voltages up to 660 V Page 236
Passive, up to 5 A Page 234 Page 233 For AC voltages up to 444 V Page 236
Residual current monitoring Components for E-Mobility
RCM type B+ for DC residual currents and RCM type A for pulsating DC and EV Charge Control EV Charge Lock Release
pulsating DC and AC residual currents AC residual currents Page 245 Charging controller Page 247 Mains failure plug release Page 247
Page 244
Special function modules Lightning current HMIs Signal towers

measuring system
EMG Lightning current measuring system HMIs Signal towers

Diode modules, lamp testing modules, See Catalog 6 See Catalog 8 See Catalog 8
display modules Page 262

Monitoring
Energy costs at a glance Advantages of energy data acquisition Measurement – monitoring – commu-
Within industry, energy is viewed as a Continuously recorded energy flow pro- nication
variable cost factor. As a result, lower ener- vides the basis for a target-oriented energy Efficient energy management – network-
gy costs are becoming increasingly impor- management system. capable EMpro energy meters can be used
tant in terms of providing companies with a Access comprehensive information re- to acquire and monitor the characteristic
major competitive advantage in the areas of garding the characteristic electrical data of electrical data of your machines and sys-
production, process, and industrial engi- your machinery and benefit from the advan- tems.
neering. tages of this: They can be freely extended with commu-
– Reduce your energy costs by identifying nication modules and special function mod-
Alongside energy consumption, the quali- potential energy savings. ules, enabling your energy meters to keep
ty of the energy supplied, the reliability of – Optimize your system capacity: through pace with your growing requirements. Fu-
supply, and effective system utilization also intelligent switching of system parts, uni- ture-proof planning and investment is there-
play an important role in ensuring profitabil- form network load, and reduced harmon- fore ensured.
ity. This calls for continuous measurement ics.
and analysis of all sources of energy. – Reduce peak loads using forward-looking
trend calculation and load management.
– Safeguard your production processes and
minimize downtimes by continuously
monitoring important system parame-
ters.
196 PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring
The communication expert The universal solution on the front panel The compact starter for use in the
The EMpro MA600 is capable of perform- The EMpro MA400 is capable of all stan- sub-distribution
ing all measurement tasks associated with dard measurement tasks in the main distri- The EMpro MA200 energy meter is ideal
power supply applications up to 700 V AC – bution up to 500 V AC. for simple measurement tasks where on-
from straightforward current and power – Plug-in RS-485 extension module for inte- site analysis of the measured values is suffi-
measurement and detection of harmonics gration in JBUS and MODBUS systems cient.
to spectral analysis and trend calculation.
The highly communicative device for
– Flexible network connection use on DIN rails
– Can be extended with plug-in communi-
The EMpro MA250 performs simple mea-
cation modules and special function mod-
suring tasks in small control cabinets direct-
ules
ly on the machine.
– Remote access via web server – With built-in RS-485 interface for integra-
tion in JBUS and MODBUS systems
Data logger kits Sensors and meters Inline power measurement terminal
PSK DL data logger kits monitor the op- Use of resources at a glance - determine The Inline power measurement terminal
erating state of your plant and inform you of all relevant states using sensors and meters. enables analysis of AC networks.
any change in state by SMS. – Detailed procurement measurement, – For measuring current, voltage, and
The complete package is available in two thanks to precise sensor and meter tech- power, as well as identifying distortion
versions: nology and harmonics
– PSK DL BASIC with all basic functions – Intelligent sensor communication, thanks The power measurement terminal can be
– PSK DL FLEX allows programming di- to IO-Link technology found in Catalog 8, control technology, I/O
rectly in SQL and supports modular ex- systems, and network structure.
pansion. Sends e-mails via GPRS or DSL.

Monitoring
Energy meters Measurement – monitoring – commu-
nication
In order to achieve efficient energy man-
agement, all energy data that has been de-
termined is acquired and analyzed centrally
Ethernet in the control center.
For data transmission, integrate the EM-
pro measuring devices flexibly into your
RS-485 RS-485 network structures.
Ethernet- 692,1 V
EMpro
470,8 kW
EMpro
87,2 kW
EMpro
The network components from Phoenix

SHDSL modem U2-3689,9 100 100 100
PSI-MODEM-SHDSL/ETH
Ord.-No.23 13 643
VCC
Gateway 3-1690,3
F 50,00 Hz
50
C 000217683 kWh
50 50
101,2 kvar
481,6 kVA
1,5 kvar
87,2 kVA
Contact offer interference-free and high-
DIAG LINK
performance communication of energy da-

DSL A
ACT STAT
ETH
LINK LINK
DSL B
ERR STAT
USB
ta, even in harsh industrial environments:

ETH
Energy meter Energy meter Energy meter

EMpro MA600 EMpro MA400 EMpro MA400
– Copper-based and fiber optic data trans-
mission
DSL (up to 20 km) – Ethernet and modem communication
– Industrial wireless transmission
SHDSL modem
PSI-MODEM-SHDSL/ETH
Ord.-No.23 13 643
VCC
DIAG LINK
DSL A
ACT STAT
ETH
LINK LINK
DSL B
ERR STAT
Energy meter
USB
ETH
COM-Server EMpro MA400

EMpro
720,2 kW
350,6 kvar
UL
801,0 kVA
FD
100
Ethernet TD
RD
RS-485
Direct access to measured values Planning reliability and investment se- Remote access to multiple meters -
Analyze your system parameters quickly curity with just one IP address
on site. At the touch of a button, you can EMpro extension modules, special func- The web server that has been integrated
access precisely those measured values that tion modules, and communication modules into the Ethernet communication modules
are of relevance. enable you to remain flexible and extend allows you to conveniently configure key pa-
You can also use the user-friendly web your EMpro measuring devices at any time: rameters online. It also allows remote ac-
server function to request measured values – Digital inputs and outputs cess to key electrical characteristics such as
directly from the control center. – Pulse outputs current, voltage, power, energy, and har-
– Analog outputs monics.
– Communication interfaces
– Measured data memory
– Temperature measurement
198 PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring
You can easily select the right device for
your application by referring to the table be-
low:
The highly communicative The universal solution

Product type The compact starter device for use on DIN rails on the front panel The communication expert
EEM-MA200 EEM-MA250 EEM-MA400 EEM-MA600

with RS-485 EEM-MA600-24DC
Mounting
DIN rail ∙ ∙
Front panel
Measurement
∙ ∙
Currents
I1, I2, I3, Σ3 ∙ ∙ ∙
I1, I2, I3, IN (calculation) ∙ ∙
Maximum values ∙ ∙ ∙ ∙
Average values ∙ ∙
Supports current measurement without an external transformer
Voltages
∙
U12, U23, U31, V1, V2, V3 ∙ ∙ ∙ ∙
Maximum values ∙
Average values ∙
Voltage measurement via voltage transducer ∙
Voltage measurement, direct, up to 500 V ∙ ∙ ∙ ∙
Voltage measurement, direct, up to 700 V ∙
Frequency
Power
∙ ∙ ∙ ∙
ΣP, ΣQ, ΣS (±) ∙ ∙ ∙ ∙
P, Q, S per phase (±) ∙ ∙
Maximum values P, Q, S ∙ ∙ ∙ ∙
Average values P, Q, S ∙ ∙
Trend power
Power factor
∙
ΣPF ∙ ∙ ∙ ∙
PF per phase
THD (Total Harmonic Distortion)
∙ ∙
I1, I2, I3, U12, U23, U31, V1, V2, V3 Up to 51st harmonic Up to 51st harmonic Up to 51st harmonic Up to 63rd harmonic
Temperature
Temperature measurement (internal)
Metering
∙ ∙
Active and reactive energy (kWh+, kvarh+) ∙ ∙ ∙ ∙
Active and reactive energy (kWh±, kvarh±) ∙
Two-tariff meter ∙ ∙
Operating hours
Analysis
∙ ∙ ∙ ∙
Harmonics analysis Up to 63rd harmonic
Outputs
One configurable pulse output (kWh+, kvarh+) or alarm (threshold value)
Inputs
∙ ∙
One configurable input for tariff switch-over
Special function modules (optional)
∙ ∙
Memory ∙
Two digital I/Os ∙
One pulse output or one threshold value ∙
Two pulse outputs ∙
Two analog outputs ∙
Temperature measurement
Communication modules (optional)
∙
JBUS/Modbus RTU (RS-485) ∙ ∙
PROFIBUS DP ∙
PROFIBUS (D-SUB) ∙
Ethernet ∙
RS-485/Ethernet gateway ∙
Key
I1, I2, I3 Conductor currents P Real power
IN Neutral conductor current Q Reactive power
U12, U23, U31 Phase conductor voltages S Apparent power
V1, V2, V3 Conductor voltages to N PF Power factor
THD Total harmonic distortion

Monitoring
Energy meters
H
D W
EMpro energy meters are capable of ac-
quiring, monitoring, and displaying all elec-
trical system and machine parameters local-
ly.
EEM-MA600
– Can be extended with special function
and communication modules
– Remote access via web server, integrated
into Ethernet communication module Measuring voltage of up to 700 V AC,
– Acquisition of individual harmonic com- extendable
ponents up to 63rd order
– Trend calculation for active and reactive
power 
Housing width 96 mm
EEM-MA400 Technical data
– Can be extended with a pulse module Input data
– Can be extended with RS-485 communi- Measuring principle True r.m.s. value measurement
cation module (JBUS/MODBUS) Acquisition of harmonics up to 63rd harmonic
Measured value AC sine (50/60 Hz)
– Acquisition of total harmonic content up Voltage measuring input V1, V2, V3
to harmonic of 51st order Input voltage range 18 V AC ... 700 V AC (Phase/Phase)
11 V AC ... 404 V AC (Phase/neutral conductor)
EEM-MA250 500 kV AC (Primary, via external voltage transducers)
(Secondary, 60, 100, 110, 115, 120, 173, 190 V AC)
– Two-tariff measurement via pulse input
– Pulse output Accuracy 0.2%
– RS-485 interface ( JBUS/MODBUS) Current measuring input I1, I2, I3
Input current range ( Via external transformers ) 9999 A (primary)
(1 A and 5 A, secondary)
EEM-MA200 Overload capacity 6 A (Permanent)
– Two-tariff measurement via pulse input Operate threshold 10 mA
– Pulse output Accuracy 0.2%
Power measurement
Notes: Measuring range 0 MW ... 8000 MW / 0 Mvar ... 8000 Mvar / 0 MVA ... 8000 MVA
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Accuracy 0.5%

Active energy (IEC 62053-22) Class 0.5S
Reactive power (IEC 62053-23) Class 2
Digital input
Voltage input signal (Via extension module)
Switching output
Output description Via extension module
Maximum switching voltage -
Current carrying capacity -
Serial port
Output description Via extension module
Serial transmission speed -
Display
Type LCD display, backlighting
Measuring rate approximately
General data
Supply voltage
Nominal power consumption 10 VA
20 VA (With maximum number of extension modules)
Degree of protection IP52 (front), IP30 (back)
Ambient temperature range -10°C ... 55°C (14°F to 131°F)
Dimensions W / H / D With extension module 96 / 96 / 80 mm
Connection cross section (solid / stranded / AWG)
Voltage and other connections 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14
Current connection 0.5 ... 6 mm² / 0.5 ... 6 mm² / 20 - 8
UL, USA / Canada UL 61010-1
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Energy meter, for installation in front panel
EEM-MA6001) 2901366 1
Energy meter, for front-panel installation, 24 V DC
Energy meter, for mounting on a DIN rail
200 PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring
H H H
D W D W D W
Measuring voltage of up to 700 V AC, Measuring voltage of up to 500 V AC, Measuring voltage of up to 500 V AC,
supply voltage 24 V DC can be extended with RS-485 interface with DIN rail mounting,
also with RS-485 interface
 
Housing width 96 mm Housing width 96 mm Housing width 72 mm
True r.m.s. value measurement True r.m.s. value measurement True r.m.s. value measurement
up to 63rd harmonic up to 51st harmonic up to 51st harmonic
AC sine (50/60 Hz) AC sine (50/60 Hz) AC sine (50/60 Hz)
18 V AC ... 700 V AC (Phase/Phase) 50 V AC ... 500 V AC (Phase/Phase) 50 V AC ... 519 V AC (Phase/Phase)

11 V AC ... 404 V AC (Phase/neutral conductor) 28 V AC ... 289 V AC (Phase/neutral conductor) 28 V AC ... 300 V AC (Phase/neutral conductor)
500 kV AC (Primary, via external voltage transducers) - -
(Secondary, 60, 100, 110, 115, 120, 173, 190 V AC)
0.2% 0.2% 0.2%
9999 A (primary) 9999 A (primary) 9999 A (primary)

(1 A and 5 A, secondary) 5 A (secondary) 5 A (secondary)
6 A (Permanent) 6 A (Permanent) 6 A (Permanent)
10 mA 5 mA 5 mA
0.2% 0.2% 0.2%
0 MW ... 8000 MW / 0 Mvar ... 8000 Mvar / 0 MVA ... 8000 MVA 0 MW ... 11 MW / 0 Mvar ... 11 Mvar / 0 MVA ... 11 MVA 0 kW ... 9999 kW / 0 kvar ... 9999 kvar / 0 kVA ... 9999 kVA
0.5% 0.5% 0.5%

Class 0.5S Class 0.5S Class 0.5S
Class 2 Class 2 Class 2
(Via extension module) - 230 V AC 10% (Tariff switchover: e.g., day/nighttime tariff)
Via extension module - Transistor output, active

- - 30 V DC
- - 27 mA
EEM-MA2501) EEM-MA2001)
Via extension module Via extension module Modbus RTU/JBUS RS-485 None
- - 2,4 ... 38.4 kbps
LCD display, backlighting LCD display, backlighting LCD display, backlighting

approximately approximately approximately
10 VA 5 VA 5 VA
20 VA (With maximum number of extension modules) 10 VA (With maximum number of extension modules)
IP52 (front), IP30 (back) IP52 (front), IP30 (back) IP51 (front), IP20 (back)
-10°C ... 55°C (14°F to 131°F) -10°C ... 55°C (14°F to 131°F) -10°C ... 55°C (14°F to 131°F)
96 / 96 / 82 mm 96 / 96 / 82 mm 72 / 90 / 64 mm
96 / 96 / 80 mm 96 / 96 / 80 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14
0.5 ... 6 mm² / 0.5 ... 6 mm² / 20 - 8 0.5 ... 6 mm² / 0.5 ... 6 mm² / 20 - 8 0.5 ... 4 mm² / 0.5 ... 4 mm² / 20 - 10
CE-compliant CE-compliant CE-compliant

- UL 61010-1 UL 61010-1

Pkt. Pkt. Pkt.
EEM-MA4001) 2901364 1
EEM-MA600-24DC 2902352 1
EEM-MA2501) 2901363 1
EEM-MA2001) 2901362 1

Monitoring
Extension modules
Plug-in special function module for the

EEM-MA600 energy meter
EEM-2DIO-MA600
– Two digital inputs and outputs
– Configurable threshold values
EEM-2AO-MA600
– Two 0 ... 20 mA/4 ... 20 mA analog out-
puts, configurable
Two digital inputs and outputs Two analog outputs
Notes:
Digital input
Voltage input signal 10 V DC ... 30 V DC -
Input pulse length 10 ms -
Output
Output description Relay output Current output
Maximum switching voltage 250 V AC/DC -
General data
Supply voltage 9 V (via EEM-MA600) 9 V (via EEM-MA600)
Ambient temperature range -10°C ... 55°C (14°F to 131°F) -10°C ... 55°C (14°F to 131°F)
UL, USA / Canada UL 61010-1 UL 61010-1
Pcs. / Pcs. /
Pkt. Pkt.
Special function module (for EEM-MA600)
With two digital I/Os EEM-2DIO-MA6001) 2901371 1
With two analog outputs EEM-2AO-MA6001) 2901475 1
Extension modules

EEM-MEMO-MA600
– Stores the last ten alarms together with
the time and date
– Stores the real and reactive power, e.g.,
for 45 days with a 15-minute synchroniza-
tion pulse
Notes: Memory module
Technical data
Digital input
Voltage input signal 10 V DC ... 30 V DC
General data
Supply voltage 9 V (via EEM-MA600)
Memory size 512 kByte
UL, USA / Canada UL 61010-1
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Memory module (for EEM-MA600)
EEM-MEMO-MA6001) 2901370 1
202 PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring
Extension modules
Communication modules
EEM-RS485-MA...
– JBUS/Modbus RTU (RS-485)
EEM-PB...-MA600
– PROFIBUS DP, with transmission speeds
of 1.5 or 12 Mbps
Notes:
RS-485 PROFIBUS

Serial port EEM-PB-MA6001) EEM-PB12-MA6001)
Output description Modbus RTU/JBUS RS-485 PROFIBUS DP RS-485 PROFIBUS DP RS-485
Serial transmission speed 2.4 ... 38.4 kbps 9.6 kbps ... 1.5 Mbps 9.6 kbps ... 12 Mbps
General data
Pcs. / Pcs. /
Pkt. Pkt.
Communication module (for EEM-MA400)
JBUS/Modbus RTU (RS-485) EEM-RS485-MA4001) 2901365 1
JBUS/Modbus RTU (RS-485) EEM-RS485-MA6001) 2901367 1
PROFIBUS DP (1.5 Mbps) EEM-PB-MA6001) 2901368 1
PROFIBUS DP (12 Mbps) EEM-PB12-MA6001) 2901418 1
Communication modules
EEM-ETH-MA600
– Ethernet
– Integrated web server
EEM-ETH-RS485-MA600
– Ethernet/RS-485 gateway
– MODBUS RTU master for up to
246 slaves
– Integrated web server
Notes: Ethernet Ethernet/RS-485 gateway
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 (MODBUS TCP) (MODBUS TCP/MODBUS RTU)
Serial port
Output description Modbus TCP Ethernet (RJ45) Modbus TCP Ethernet (RJ45)
Serial transmission speed 10/100 Mbps 10/100 Mbps
General data
Pcs. / Pcs. /
Pkt. Pkt.
Ethernet EEM-ETH-MA6001) 2901373 1
RS-485/Ethernet gateway EEM-ETH-RS485-MA6001) 2901374 1

Monitoring
Extension module

EEM-TEMP-MA600
– Temperature recording for up to three
PT 100 temperature sensors
– Temperature measur-
ing range -20°C...+150°C
– Internal temperature recording of the am-
bient temperature -10°C...+55°C Temperature module
Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Technical data
Input data
Description of the input Pt 100 input: 2, 3, 4-conductor
Temperature range -20°C ... 150°C (Connected sensors)
-10°C ... 55°C (in the immediate vicinity)
Transmission error 0.5 K/m (2-conductor)
0.25 K/m (3-conductor)
0 K/m (4-conductor)
Basic accuracy ±1 K
General data
Supply voltage 9 V (via EEM-MA600)
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
EEM-TEMP-MA6001) 2901949 1
Extension modules
Plug-in special function modules for the

EEM-MA400 and EEM-MA600 energy me-
ters.
EEM-IMP-MA400
– One configurable pulse output
– One configurable threshold value
EEM-IMP-MA600
– Two configurable pulse outputs
Pulse module Pulse module

Digital input
Voltage input signal - -
Input pulse length - -
Output
Output description Relay output Relay output
Maximum switching voltage 100 V DC 100 V DC
General data
Pcs. / Pcs. /
Pkt. Pkt.
With two digital I/Os EEM-IMP-MA400 2904314 1
With two analog outputs EEM-IMP-MA600 2904313 1
204 PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring
Measuring instrument bracket
H
D W
– For mounting the EEM-MA600 or
EEM-MA400 energy meters on a
35 mm DIN rail according to EN 60715
For mounting on DIN rails
Technical data
General data
Vibration resistance 57 Hz ... 150 Hz (2 g)
Weight 265 g
DIN rail clip material Aluminum, natural anodized
Fixing sheet material Stainless steel VA
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
DIN rail adapter for EEM-MA600 and EEM-MA400 energy meters
EEM-MKT-DRA 2902078 1

Monitoring
Complete packages for data logging
BASIC data logger kit

Optimize your use of energy and resourc-
es. Data loggers from Phoenix Contact can
be used to monitor and log the supply of
water, compressed air, and electricity to
your system. This enables efficient cost con-
trol. No additional software or operator
panels are needed to parameterize data log-
gers – simply use a web browser on your
PC.
The BASIC data logger kit features:
– Low installation and energy costs, thanks
to parameterization via web interface
without programming knowledge
– Comprehensive solution – complete Technical data
package available under one order num- See www.phoenixcontact.net/products
ber
– Flexible communication, thanks to the in-
Ordering data
tegrated GSM/GPRS modem and Ether-
net interface Description Type Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
– Maximum system availability, thanks to
Parameterizable data logger kit with Ethernet interface and
limit value monitoring GSM modem, including power supply unit with 8 digital outputs
– Standardized data routing, thanks to SQL and 16 digital inputs, plus accessories and patch cable
interface
– Process information sent to the user via PSK DL BASIC 2700726 1
e-mail or SMS
– Set digital outputs on the data logger via
SMS
– Integrated FTP and web server
206 PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring
Complete packages for data logging Notes:
FLEX data logger kit

The PSK DL FLEX data logger kit is the
extended version of the PSK DL BASIC ba-
sic package. A maximum of three digital in-
put terminals and four analog input terminals
from the Inline I/O system can also be con-
nected to the FLEX kit. The mounted termi-
nals are automatically detected and started
up. The PSK DL FLEX can be used to send
digital and analog status information via SMS
or e-mail or via mobile phone networks or
Ethernet. In addition, the PSK DL FLEX can
write the information directly to an SQL da-
tabase that is provided.
In addition to all the properties of the Technical data
BASIC version, the FLEX extended See www.phoenixcontact.net/products
solution kit also offers the following:

– Direct SQL connection via SQL interface
Ordering data
– Process information via e-mail and SMS
– Flexible extension with additional Description Type Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
I/O modules
Extendable parameterizable data logger kit with Ethernet interface
and GSM/GPRS modem, including power supply unit with 8 digital
outputs, 24 digital inputs, and 8 analog inputs, plus accessories and
patch cable
PSK DL FLEX 2700727 1
Accessories
Inline digital input terminal, complete with accessories
(connector and labeling field)
- 2 inputs IB IL 24 DI 2-PAC1) 2861221 1

- S0 counter IB IL DI 8/S0-PAC1) 2897020 1
Inline analog input terminal, complete with accessories
(connector and labeling field)
- 2 inputs IB IL AI 2/SF-PAC1) 2861302 1
- 8 inputs IB IL AI 8/SF-PAC1) 2861412 1
- 8 inputs, initiator with supply outputs IB IL AI 8/IS-PAC1) 2861661 1

Monitoring
Sensors and meters
Compressed air meters
Use meters from Phoenix Contact to

monitor the use of compressed air, an ex-
pensive production resource. By using com-
pressed air efficiently, you can decrease
compressor usage and therefore reduce en-
ergy costs. The calorimetric measuring pro-
cedure records even the smallest consump-
tion rates. You can therefore detect wear or
leaks based on the amount of air consumed.
Compressed air counter up to 75 Nm3/h
Use compressed air meters to acquire
the following values:
– The current volumetric flow according to
ISO 2533 and DIN 1343 
– The total volume used
– The temperature of the compressed air in Technical data
the monitored operating processes PSK AFS6050IOL PSK AFS6000IOL
Flow monitoring
The compressed air meters impress Measuring range 0 Nm³/h ... 75 Nm³/h
Display area 0 Nm³/h ... 90 Nm³/h
thanks to their: Repeatability (±1.5% of the measured value)
– Detailed reference measurement with Response time < 0.1 s ((dAP = 0))
flow rate, total volume, and temperature Measured value error ±15% of the measured value
+1.5% of the measuring range fi-
Depending on the air quality:
±3% of the measured value
display nal value +0.3% of the measuring range fi-
nal value; ±6% of the measured
– Intelligent sensor communication, thanks value +0.6% of the measuring
to IO-Link technology range final value
– Measuring range from 0.06 Nm3/h to Temperature monitoring
700.0 Nm3/h Measuring range 0°C ... 60°C
– Flexible use, thanks to IP65 protection: Display area -12°C ... 72°C
Response time 30 s (Q > 0.1 Nm3/h)
resistant to dust and splash water Resolution 0.5°C
Accuracy ±2.5°C (Q > 0.1 Nm3/h)
Supply for module electronics
Connection method M12 plug-in connector
No. of pos. 4
Current draw < 100 mA
Digital outputs
Pulse value 0.0010 m³ ... 1000000 m³
Pulse length min. 0.04 s
Delay time 0.5 s (Operational readiness)
Analog outputs
Type of protection Short-circuit protection, polarity reversal protection
Current output signal 4 mA ... 20 mA
Load/output load current output ≤ 500 Ω
General data
Weight 581 g 961 g
Width 45 mm
Height 111 mm 300 mm
Depth 79.5 mm 76.8 mm
Protection class III
Ambient temperature (storage/transport) -20°C ... 85°C
Vibration resistance according to IEC 60068-2-6 5 g (55 ... 2000 Hz)
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Compressed air meter: G1/2 process connection,
measuring range up to 75 Nm3/h
PSK AFS6050IOL 2700704 1
Compressed air meter: G1/2 process connection,
PSK AFS6000IOL 2700707 1
Compressed air meter: R1/4 process connection,
Compressed air meter: R1 process connection,

Compressed air meter: R2 process connection,

208 PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring
Compressed air counter up to 15 Nm3/h Compressed air counter up to 225 Nm3/h Compressed air counter up to 700 Nm3/h
  
0 Nm³/h ... 15 Nm³/h 0 Nm³/h ... 225 Nm³/h 2 Nm³/h ... 700 Nm³/h
0 Nm³/h ... 18 Nm³/h 0 Nm³/h ... 270 Nm³/h 0 Nm³/h ... 840 Nm³/h
(±1.5% of the measured value) (±1.5% of the measured value) (±1.5% of the measured value)
< 0.1 s ((dAP = 0)) < 0.1 s ((dAP = 0)) < 0.1 s ((dAP = 0))
Depending on the air quality: ±3% of the measured value +0.3% of Depending on the air quality: ±3% of the measured value +0.3% of Depending on the air quality: ±3% of the measured value +0.3% of
the measuring range final value; ±6% of the measured value +0.6% the measuring range final value; ±6% of the measured value +0.6% the measuring range final value; ±6% of the measured value +0.6%
of the measuring range final value of the measuring range final value of the measuring range final value
0°C ... 60°C 0°C ... 60°C 0°C ... 60°C

-12°C ... 72°C -12°C ... 72°C -12°C ... 72°C
30 s (Q > 0.1 Nm3/h) 30 s (Q > 0.1 Nm3/h) 30 s (Q > 0.1 Nm3/h)
0.5°C 0.5°C 0.5°C
±2.5°C (Q > 0.1 Nm3/h) ±2.5°C (Q > 0.1 Nm3/h) ±2.5°C (Q > 0.1 Nm3/h)
M12 plug-in connector M12 plug-in connector M12 plug-in connector

4 4 4
19 V DC ... 30 V DC 19 V DC ... 30 V DC 19 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 100 mA < 100 mA < 100 mA
0.0010 m³ ... 1000000 m³ 0.0030 m³ ... 3000000 m³ 0.0100 m³ ... 4000000 m³

min. 0.2 s min. 0.02 s min. 0.043 s
0.5 s (Operational readiness) 1 s (Operational readiness) 0.5 s (Operational readiness)
Short-circuit protection, polarity reversal protection Short-circuit protection, polarity reversal protection Short-circuit protection, polarity reversal protection
4 mA ... 20 mA 4 mA ... 20 mA 4 mA ... 20 mA
≤ 500 Ω ≤ 500 Ω ≤ 500 Ω
887 g 2.053 kg 4.332 kg

45 mm 45 mm 133 mm
193.3 mm 475 mm 475 mm
74.5 mm 88.5 mm -
IP65 IP65 IP65
III III III
0°C ... 60°C 0°C ... 60°C 0°C ... 60°C
-20°C ... 85°C -20°C ... 85°C -20°C ... 85°C
5 g (55 ... 2000 Hz) 5 g (55 ... 2000 Hz) 5 g (55 ... 2000 Hz)

Pkt. Pkt. Pkt.
PSK AFS5000IOL 2700705 1
PSK AFS8000IOL 2700708 1
PSK AFS2000IOL 2700709 1

Monitoring
Extremely versatile Also available for higher accuracy classes

PACT current transformers offer a com- For standard applications, such as in ma-
plete product range for converting alternat- chine building or system manufacturing,
ing currents up to 4000 A into secondary Phoenix Contact offers current transform-
currents of 1 A and 5 A. Depending on re- ers with accuracy classes 0.5 and 1 in a ver-
quirements, bus-bar, plug-in, and winding sion that cannot be calibrated.
current transformers are available. PACT For higher accuracy or for billing purposes
current transformers are available in differ- in energy supply, type-tested transformers
ent transformation ratios, accuracy classes, that can be calibrated as well as calibrated
and rated powers - in 3000 versions, for transformers are available - with classes
your current measurement requirements. 0.2/0.2S/0.5 and 0.5S.
210 PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring
I PN
120 %
100 %
Fast and secure installation Variable and space-saving mounting Safe detection of current peaks
The current transformer quick-action In addition to the vertical and horizontal PACT current transformers can be used
mechanism offers the following advantages: mounting position, the optional accessories to safely detect current peaks greater than
– Tool-free mounting offer further installation options such as the rated nominal current strength – with-
– Considerable reduction in installation mounting on the DIN rail or on the control out resulting in any damage: the transform-
time cabinet panel. ers are designed for a continuous thermal
– Easy handling and secure fastening by All PACT current transformers are just nominal current that is 120% of the primary
pressing with finger 30 mm wide. This saves space – for example rated current strength.
– Current transformers align themselves – flat mounting when measuring branch out- Example: a PACT transformer with a
no need for subsequent alignment lets. specified rated power of 10 VA does indeed
deliver 14.4 VA on a continual basis.
Safe isolation
LNK
ETH
MRESET
PLC
RUN LNK
ETH
MRESET
PLC
RUN
PACT current transformers are manu-
factured in accordance with EN 50178. This
ACT
STP FAIL ACT
STP FAIL
100 RUN / PROG 100 RUN / PROG
10/100 10/100
LNK
ACT
100
IB
RESET
INLINE CONTROL
ILC 370 ETH 2TX-IB
Ord. No.: 2876999 PLC LNK
ACT
100
IB
RESET
INLINE CONTROL
ILC 370 ETH 2TX-IB
Ord. No.: 2876999 PLC
RB IN RB OUT RB IN RB OUT
RC
BA
RD
TR
PRG
BSA
FAIL
PF
IL
RDY / RUN
RC
BA
RD
TR
PRG IL
RDY / RUN
BSA
FAIL
PF is relevant for electronic equipment for use
in power installations.
EN 50178 differs considerably from
EN 60044, the usual standard for trans-
1.1 1.1 1.1
OUT GND GND GND

1.1 1.1 1.1
OUT GND GND GND

1.1 1.1
formers, with regard to safety.
Your advantages:
MACX MCR-SL-CAC-S-I
MACX MCR-SL-CAC-S-I
Current trans- Current trans-

PWR
ERR
ducer
PWR
ERR
ducer – PACT current transformers offer safe iso-

lation, thanks to greater air and creepage
ON OFF ON OFF
1 1
2 2
0,5 0,5 nc D 0,5 0,5 nc D
distances
– PACT current transformers ensure that
there is no sparkover on the secondary
side of the transformer and human life is
protected inside and outside the control
cabinet
PACT MCR V2
12020-1 59
– Up to 1000 V (L-N) operating voltage

possible
– Routine testing with 12 kV (1.2/50 s)
Current transformer PACT current transformer
According to EN 60044-1 – Surge voltage category 3 is met

Monitoring
Selection guide
– Complete range consisting of winding,

bus-bar, and plug-in current transformers
– Popular types available from stock; alter-
natively, order key can be used for custom
dimensioning
– Versions available to support official cali-
bration
Selection
– Select your converter in accordance with
the dimensions of the copper rail
– Specify the four electrical characteristics Technical data
of the converter: Input data
Thermal rated short-time current Ith = 60 * In
1.The primary rated current Rated surge current Idyn = 2.5 * Ith
strength Ipn - the maximum amperage Rated frequency 50 Hz ... 60 Hz
Surge current limitation factor FS 5
occurring in the path to be measured General data
2.The secondary rated current Isn - Rated insulation voltage 1 kV
supplied to the downstream measuring Test voltage 3 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Impulse withstand voltage 12 kV (1.2 / 50 μs)
devices Insulating material class E
3. Class - accuracy for adherence to the Connection capacity of secondary terminals 2 x (2.5 x 4) mm
specified tolerances Ambient temperature (operation) -25°C ... 40°C
Standards/regulations IEC 60044-1, EN 50178
4. Rated power Sn [VA] - takes ac- Housing material Polyamide PA fiberglass reinforced
count of all the loads occurring in the
measuring circuit
Calculation guide Order key - example for PACT MCR-V2-3015-60

Preferred types that can be ordered directly are marked in green in the selection table.
Order No. Primary current Ipn Secondary current Isn Class Rated power Sn
Determination of the secondary side rated power Sn
2277271 / IP02000 / IS05 / C10 / P750
All the occurring loads must be added:
– Calculate the power requirement of the copper cable (forward and IP00600 = 60 A P125 = 1.25 VA
return line) IP00750 = 75 A IS01 = 1 A C02 = 0.2 P250 = 2.5 VA
– Take into account the power requirement of the connected devices IP00800 = 80 A IS05 = 5 A C05 = 0.5 P375 = 3.75 VA
(measuring devices) IP01000 = 100 A C10 = 1 P500 = 5.0 VA
– Add a reserve requirement IP01250 = 125 A P750 = 7.5 VA
IP02000 = 200 A P1000 = 10 VA
Sn total = Sn copper cable + Sn measuring device + Sn reserve
IP02500 = 250 A
Power requirement of copper cables with a different diameter 1. 2. 3. 4.

Conductor cross Rated power in VA/m
section in mm2 (consider the forward and return line)
Secondary current Isn Secondary current Isn Selection table (extract)
5A 1A
1.5 0.2917 0.0117 Primary rated current strength Ipn [A]
Isn Cl.
2.5 0.1750 0.0070 60 75 80 100 125 150 200 250
4 0.1094 0.0044 1.25 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
6 0.0729 0.0029 0.5 3.75 5
Example:
Sn copper cable = cable length x 2 x rated power 1A
Rated power Sn [VA]
Sn copper cable = 10 m x 2 x 0.1750 VA/m = 3.50 VA 1.25 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
1 3.75 5 5 5
Sn measuring device = 2 VA 7.5
Sn reserve < 0.5 x (Sn copper cable + Sn measuring device) 2.5 2.5
Sn reserve = 2 VA 0.5 3.75 5
Sn total = Sn copper cable + Sn measuring device + Sn reserve

5A
Sn total = 3.5 VA + 2 VA + 2 VA = 7.5 VA 1.25 1.25 1.25 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
1 1.5 2 3.75 3.75 5 5
5 7.5 7.5
10
212 PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring
PACT MCR-V1-21-44
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(50...500) A
44 30
– Round conductor dimensions: Ø 21 mm
16
Notes:
Our configurator, which is available at
www.phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy.
Current transformers that support official calibration: To specify
the type of current transformer you require, please use the order Bus-bar curr. transf.,
21
50
key on page 224
official calibration as an option
The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 223
26
Ordering data
Rated power Pcs. /

Sn Pkt.
Preferred versions available from stock
(marked in green in the selection table)
Primary rated current Ipn:
- 50 A 1.25 VA PACT MCR-V1-21-44- 50-5A-1 2277019 1
- 75 A 2.5 VA PACT MCR-V1-21-44- 75-5A-1 2277611 1
- 100 A 2.5 VA PACT MCR-V1-21-44-100-5A-1 2277022 1
- 125 A 3.75 VA PACT MCR-V1-21-44-125-5A-1 2277763 1
- 150 A 5 VA PACT MCR-V1-21-44-150-5A-1 2277035 1
- 200 A 5 VA PACT MCR-V1-21-44-200-5A-1 2277776 1
- 250 A 5 VA PACT MCR-V1-21-44-250-5A-1 2277048 1
- 300 A 10 VA PACT MCR-V1-21-44-300-5A-1 2277789 1
- 400 A 5 VA PACT MCR-V1-21-44-400-5A-1 2277051 1
- 500 A 10 VA PACT MCR-V1-21-44-500-5A-1 2277792 1
Current transformers, pay attention to the following order key for
determining the desired current transformer type
PACT MCR-V1-21-44 2277268 1
Add order key from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange)
2277268 / IP05000 / IS01 / C05 / P1000
Selection table PACT MCR-V1-21-44 (Order No.: 2277268)
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn Cl.
50 60 75 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 400 500
1.25 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
C05 3.75 5 5 5 5 5
= 0.5 7.5 7.5 10
IS01
=1A
Rated power Sn [VA]
1.25 1.25 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
C10 3.75 5 5 5 5 5 5
=1 7.5 7.5 10
1.25 1.25 1.25 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5

C05 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.75 5 5 5 5
= 0.5 7.5 10 7.5 7.5
IS05
=5A 1.25 1.25 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
C10 1.5 3.75 5 5 5 5 5 5
=1 7.5 7.5 10 7.5 10

Monitoring
PACT MCR-V2-3015-60
0...(50...750) A
– Round conductor dimensions: Ø 28 mm 60 30
– Rail dimensions:
30x15 mm; 20x20 mm
16
Notes:
33x16
23x23
16x33
28
64
www.phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy. Plug-in curr. transformer,
Current transformers that support official calibration: To specify official calibration as an option
the type of current transformer you require, please use the order
key on page 224
Ordering data
Rated power Pcs. /

Sn Pkt.
- 60 A 1.25 VA PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 60-5A-1 2277815 1
- 75 A 1.25 VA PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 75-5A-1 2277828 1
- 75 A 1.5 VA PACT MCR-V2- 3015- 60- 75-5A-1 2276502 1
- 80 A 1.25 VA PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 80-5A-1 2277831 1
- 100 A 2.5 VA PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 100-5A-1 2277064 1
- 125 A 3.75 VA PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 125-5A-1 2277624 1
- 150 A 3.75 VA PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 150-5A-1 2277844 1
- 150 A 5 VA PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 150-5A-1 2277077 1
- 200 A 5 VA PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 200-5A-1 2277637 1
- 200 A 7.5 VA PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 200-5A-1 2277857 1
- 250 A 5 VA PACT MCR-V2- 3015- 60-250-5A-1 2276544 1
- 250 A 7.5 VA PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 250-5A-1 2277860 1
- 250 A 10 VA PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 250-5A-1 2277080 1
- 300 A 7.5 VA PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 300-5A-1 2277640 1
- 400 A 10 VA PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 400-5A-1 2277093 1
- 500 A 10 VA PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 500-5A-1 2277653 1
- 600 A 10 VA PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 600-5A-1 2277103 1
- 750 A 10 VA PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 750-5A-1 2277666 1
PACT MCR-V2- 3015- 60 2277271 1
Accessories
Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 16 mm
Fixing pin length 40 mm PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L40 2276638 1

2277271 / IP07500 / IS01 / C05 / P1500
Isn Cl.
50 60 75 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 400 500 600 750
1.25 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
C05 3.75 5 5 5 5 5 5
= 0.5 7.5 10 10 10 10
IS01
=1A 15 15
Rated power Sn [VA]
1.25 1.25 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5
C10 3.75 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 10
=1 7.5 10 10 10 10 15
15 20
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
C05 3.75 5 5 5 5 5 5
= 0.5 7.5 10 10 10 10
IS05
=5A 1.25 1.25 1.25 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
C10 1.5 2 3.75 3.75 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
=1 5 7.5 7.5 7.5 10 10 10 10
10 10 15 15
214 PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring
PACT MCR-V2-4012-70
0...(75...1000) A
70 30
16
40x12 mm; 2x 30x10 mm
13x40,5
Notes:
40,5x13
31x31
33
74
key on page 224
Ordering data
Rated power Pcs. /

Sn Pkt.
- 250 A 5 VA PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 250-5A-1 2277116 1
- 300 A 7.5 VA PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 300-5A-1 2277679 1
- 400 A 7.5 VA PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 400-5A-1 2277129 1
- 500 A 10 VA PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 500-5A-1 2277682 1
- 600 A 10 VA PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 600-5A-1 2277132 1
- 750 A 10 VA PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 750-5A-1 2277695 1
- 800 A 10 VA PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 800-5A-1 2277145 1
- 1000 A 10 VA PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70-1000-5A-1 2277158 1
PACT MCR-V2- 4012- 70 2277284 1
Accessories

2277284 / IP010000 / IS05 / C10 / P250
Primary rated current strength Ipn [A]
Isn Cl.
75 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 400 500 600 750 800 1000
1.25 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
C05 3.75 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
= 0.5 7.5 10 10 10 10 10
IS01
=1 A 15
Rated power Sn [VA]
1.25 1.25 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
C10 3.75 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
=1 7.5 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
15 15
1.25 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
C05 3.75 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
= 0.5 7.5 10 10 10 10 10
IS05 15
=5A 1.25 1.25 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
C10 3.75 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
=1 7.5 7.5 7.5 10 10 10 10 10
15 15

Monitoring
PACT MCR-V2-5012-85
0...(100...1500) A
16
50x12 mm; 2x 40x10 mm
13x50,5
Notes:
50,5x13
41x31
31x41
42
92
key on page 224
Ordering data
Rated power Pcs. /

Sn Pkt.
- 150 A 3.75 VA PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 150-5A-1 2276117 1
- 200 A 5 VA PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 200-5A-1 2276120 1
- 250 A 7.5 VA PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 250-5A-1 2276133 1
- 300 A 10 VA PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 300-5A-1 2276146 1
- 400 A 10 VA PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 400-5A-1 2277161 1
- 500 A 15 VA PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 500-5A-1 2276159 1
- 600 A 10 VA PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 600-5A-1 2277174 1
- 600 A 15 VA PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 600-5A-1 2276162 1
- 750 A 10 VA PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 750-5A-1 2276175 1
- 800 A 10 VA PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 800-5A-1 2277187 1
- 1000 A 10 VA PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85-1000-5A-1 2276463 1
- 1000 A 15 VA PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85-1000-5A-1 2277190 1
- 1250 A 15 VA PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85-1250-5A-1 2277200 1
- 1500 A 15 VA PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85-1500-5A-1 2276188 1
PACT MCR-V2- 5012- 85 2277297 1
Accessories

2277297 / IP02500 / IS01 / C10 / P750
Isn Cl.
100 125 150 200 250 300 400 500 600 750 800 1000 1250 1500
1.25 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
C05 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
= 0.5 7.5 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
IS01
=1A 15 15 15 15 15 15
Rated power Sn [VA]
1.25 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 5 5
C10 3.75 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 10 10 10
=1 7.5 7.5 10 10 10 10 10 10 15 15 15
10 15 20 20 15 20 20 30
1.25 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
C05 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
= 0.5 7.5 10 10 20 10 10 10 10 10
IS05 15 15 15 15 15 15
=5A 1.25 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 5 2.5 2.5 5 5 5
C10 3.75 5 5 5 5 10 10 5 5 10 10 10
=1 7.5 7.5 10 10 15 15 10 10 15 15 15
10 15 20 20 15 20 20 20
216 PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring
PACT MCR-V2-6015-85
0...(200...1600) A
60x15 mm; 2x 50x10 mm; 40x40 mm
16
16x60,5
Notes:
60,5x16
42x42
32x52
52x32
52
92
key on page 224
Ordering data
Rated power Pcs. /

Sn Pkt.
- 200 A 2.5 VA PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 200-5A-1 2277873 1
- 250 A 2.5 VA PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 250-5A-1 2277886 1
- 300 A 2.5 VA PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 300-5A-1 2277899 1
- 400 A 2.5 VA PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 400-5A-1 2277909 1
- 500 A 5 VA PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 500-5A-1 2277912 1
- 600 A 10 VA PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 600-5A-1 2277925 1
- 750 A 10 VA PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 750-5A-1 2277938 1
- 800 A 10 VA PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 800-5A-1 2277941 1
- 1000 A 15 VA PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85-1000-5A-1 2277954 1
- 1250 A 15 VA PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85-1250-5A-1 2277967 1
- 1500 A 15 VA PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85-1500-5A-1 2277970 1
- 1600 A 15 VA PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85-1600-5A-1 2277983 1
PACT MCR-V2- 6015- 85 2277336 1
Accessories

2277336 / IP05000 / IS01 / C10 / P375
Isn Cl.
200 250 300 400 500 600 750 800 1000 1250 1500 1600
1.25 1.25 1.25 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
C05 5 5
= 0.5
IS01
=1A
Rated power Sn [VA]
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
C10 3.75 5 3.75 3.75 5
=1
1.25 1.25 1.25 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 5 5

C05 2.5 5 5 5 5 5 10 10 10
= 0.5 10 10 10 10 15 15 15
IS05 15 15 20 20
=5A 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 5 5 5
C10 5 5 5 5 10 10 10 10
=1 10 10 10 15 15 15 15
15 20 30

Monitoring
PACT MCR-V2-6315-95
0...(200...2500) A
63x15 mm
2x 50x10 mm
40x40 mm
PACT MCR-V2-6040-96 Plug-in curr. transformer, Plug-in curr. transformer,
– Primary rated current Ipn: official calibration as an option official calibration as an option
0...(200...2000) A
60x40 mm; 50x50 mm
96 30
95 30
Notes:
16
16

16x64

64x16
54x32
42x42
32x54
54x54
44x64
key on page 225
105
105
53
61
Rated power Pcs. / Pcs. /

Sn Pkt. Pkt.
- 600 A 10 VA PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96- 600-5A-1 2276191 1
- 750 A 10 VA PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96- 750-5A-1 2276201 1
- 800 A 10 VA PACT MCR-V2-6315- 95- 800-5A-1 2277213 1 PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96- 800-5A-1 2276214 1
- 1000 A 10 VA PACT MCR-V2-6315- 95-1000-5A-1 2277226 1 PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96-1000-5A-1 2277705 1
- 1250 A 10 VA PACT MCR-V2-6315- 95-1250-5A-1 2277239 1
- 1250 A 15 VA PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96-1250-5A-1 2276227 1
- 1500 A 10 VA PACT MCR-V2-6315- 95-1500-5A-1 2277242 1 PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96-1500-5A-1 2277718 1
- 1600 A 10 VA PACT MCR-V2-6315- 95-1600-5A-1 2277255 1
- 1600 A 15 VA PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96-1600-5A-1 2276230 1
- 2000 A 15 VA PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96-2000-5A-1 2276243 1
PACT MCR-V2- 6315- 95 2277307 1 PACT MCR-V2- 6040- 96 2277349 1
Fixing pin length 40 mm PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L40 2276638 1 PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L40 2276638 1

Fixing pin length 65 mm PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L65 2276641 1 PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L65 2276641 1

2277307 / IP25000 / IS05 / C05 / P500
Selection table PACT MCR-V2-6315-95 (Order No.: 2277307) Selection table PACT MCR-V2-6040-96 (Order No.: 2277349)
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A] Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn Cl. Isn Cl.
200 250 300 400 500 600 750 800 1000 1250 1500 1600 2000 2500 200 250 300 400 500 600 750 800 1000 1250 1500 1600 2000
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
C05 5 5 5 5 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 C05 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
= 0.5 7.5 10 10 15 15 15 15 15 = 0.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 10 10
IS01
20 IS01
=1A
=1A
Rated power Sn [VA]
Rated power Sn [VA]
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 5 5 5 5 5 10 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
C10 3.75 5 5 5 5 5 10 10 10 10 10 10 15 C10 3.75 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
=1 7.5 10 10 10 15 15 15 15 20 =1 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 10 10
15 20
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5
C05 3.75 5 5 5 5 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 C05 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 10
= 0.5 7.5 10 10 10 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 = 0.5 7.5 7.5 10 10 7.5 10 10 10 15
IS05 15 15 20 20 30 20 30 30 30 30 IS05 15
=5A 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 5 5 5 10 5 5 10 10 10 =5A 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 2.5 5 5
C10 3.75 5 5 5 10 10 10 10 15 10 10 15 15 15 C10 3.75 3.75 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 10 5 10 10
=1 10 10 15 15 15 15 30 15 15 30 30 30 =1 7.5 7.5 10 10 10 10 15 10 15 15
15 20 20 30 30 30 30 15
218 PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105
0...(400...2500) A
80x15 mm; 2x 60x10 mm; 3x 50x10 mm
PACT MCR-V2-8020-105
0...(500...2000) A Plug-in curr. transformer, Plug-in curr. transformer,
– Round conductor dimensions: Ø 70 mm official calibration as an option official calibration as an option
2x 80x10 mm; 60x60 mm
Notes:
105 30 105 30
16
16
16x83
key on page 225

31x81
60x64
64x53
33x63
53x53
116
116
61
70

Sn Pkt. Pkt.
- 400 A 7.5 VA PACT MCR-V2-8015-105- 400-5A-1 2276256 1
- 500 A 10 VA PACT MCR-V2-8015-105- 500-5A-1 2276269 1
- 600 A 10 VA PACT MCR-V2-8015-105- 600-5A-1 2276272 1
- 750 A 10 VA PACT MCR-V2-8015-105- 750-5A-1 2276285 1
- 800 A 15 VA PACT MCR-V2-8015-105- 800-5A-1 2276298 1
- 1000 A 10 VA PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-1000-5A-1 2277721 1 PACT MCR-V2-8020-105-1000-5A-1 2277747 1
- 1000 A 15 VA PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-1000-5A-1 2276308 1
- 1250 A 10 VA PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-1250-5A-1 2276311 1
- 1500 A 15 VA PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-1500-5A-1 2277734 1 PACT MCR-V2-8020-105-1500-5A-1 2277750 1
- 1600 A 15 VA PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-1600-5A-1 2276324 1
- 2000 A 10 VA PACT MCR-V2-8020-105-2000-5A-1 2276382 1
- 2000 A 20 VA PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-2000-5A-1 2276337 1
- 2500 A 20 VA PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-2500-5A-1 2276340 1
PACT MCR-V2- 8015-105 2277352 1 PACT MCR-V2- 8020-105 2277365 1
2277352 / IP25000 / IS05 / C10 / P3000
Isn Cl. Isn Cl.
400 500 600 750 800 1000 1250 1500 1600 2000 2500 500 600 750 800 1000 1250 1500 1600 2000
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
C05 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 10 C05 5 5 5 5 5 5
= 0.5 10 10 7.5 10 10 10 15 = 0.5 10
IS01 IS01
=1A 15 15 20 =1A
Rated power Sn [VA]
Rated power Sn [VA]
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 5 10 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
C10 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 10 10 15 C10 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
=1 7.5 10 10 10 10 10 10 15 15 20 =1 7.5 7.5 7.5 10
15 15 20 20 25 15
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
C05 5 5 5 5 5 10 5 5 5 5 10 C05 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
= 0.5 10 10 10 15 10 10 10 10 15 = 0.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 10 10 10 10 10
IS05 15 15 20 15 15 20 IS05 15
=5A 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 5 2.5 2.5 5 5 10 =5A 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 5
C10 5 5 5 5 10 10 5 5 10 10 15 C10 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 10 10
=1 7.5 10 10 10 15 15 10 10 15 15 20 =1 7.5 7.5 10 10 10 10 15
15 20 15 20 30 15

Monitoring
PACT MCR-V2-10020-129
0...(400...4000) A
2x 100x10 mm; 80x64 mm
PACT MCR-V2-10036-129
0...(400...4000) A Plug-in curr. transformer, Plug-in curr. transformer,
– Rail dimensions: official calibration as an option official calibration as an option
3x 100x12 mm
Notes:
129 30 129 30
16
16
key on page 225
31x101

64x84
81x54
56x101
140
140
85

Sn Pkt. Pkt.
- 2500 A 15 VA PACT MCR-V2-10020-129-2500-5A 2276395 1
- 3000 A 15 VA PACT MCR-V2-10036-129-3000-5A 2276405 1
PACT MCR-V2-10020-129 2277378 1 PACT MCR-V2-10036-129 2277381 1
2277378 / IP40000 / IS05 / C05 / P2500
Isn Cl. Isn Cl.
400 500 600 750 800 1000 1250 1500 1600 2000 2500 3000 4000 400 500 600 750 800 1000 1250 1500 1600 2000 2500 3000 4000
2.5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 2.5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
C05 5 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 C05 5 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
= 0.5 15 15 15 15 15 15 = 0.5 15 15 15 15 15 15
IS01 20 20 IS01 20 20
Rated power Sn [VA]
Rated power Sn [VA]
=1A 2.5 2.5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 =1A 2.5 2.5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

C10 5 5 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 C10 5 5 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
=1 15 15 15 15 15 15 =1 15 15 15 15 15 15
25 30 25 30
2.5 2.5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 2.5 2.5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
C05 5 5 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 C05 5 5 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
= 0.5 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 = 0.5 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
IS05 20 20 25 25 IS05 20 20 25 25
=5A 2.5 2.5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 =5A 2.5 2.5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
C10 5 5 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 C10 5 5 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
=1 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 =1 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
20 25 30 30 30 20 25 30 30 30
220 PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring
PACT MCR-V2-12020-159
0...(400...4000) A
2x 120x10 mm; 3x 100x10 mm;
80x80 mm
PACT MCR-V2-12040-159
– Primary rated current Ipn: Plug-in current transformer Plug-in current transformer
0...(400...4000) A
4x 120x10 mm
Notes:
159 30 159 30
16
16
34x126
55x103
72x122
83x83
172
172
96

Sn Pkt. Pkt.
- 4000 A 15 VA PACT MCR-V2-12040-159-4000-5A 2276418 1
PACT MCR-V2-12020-159 2277394 1 PACT MCR-V2-12040-159 2277404 1
Order No. Primary current Ipn Secondary current Isn Class Rated power
2277404 / IP08000 / IS01 / C05 / P250
Isn Cl. Isn Cl.
400 500 600 750 800 1000 1250 1500 1600 2000 2500 3000 4000 400 500 600 750 800 1000 1250 1500 1600 2000 2500 3000 4000
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 5 5 5 5 5 10 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 5 5 5 5 5 10
C05 5 5 5 5 5 5 10 10 10 10 10 10 15 C05 5 5 5 5 5 5 10 10 10 10 10 10 15
= 0.5 10 10 10 10 10 10 15 15 15 15 15 15 30 = 0.5 10 15 15 15 15 15 15 30
IS01 IS01
= 1A 15 20 30 30 30 30 30 45 = 1A
Rated power Sn [VA]
Rated power Sn [VA]
2.5 5 5 2.5 2.5 5 5 5 5 5 5 10 10 2.5 5 5 2.5 2.5 5 5 5 5 5 5 10 10

C10 5 10 10 5 5 10 10 10 10 10 10 15 15 C10 5 10 10 5 5 10 10 10 10 10 10 15 15
=1 10 15 15 10 10 15 15 15 15 15 15 30 30 =1 10 15 15 10 15 15 15 15 15 15 30 30
15 20 20 15 20 30 30 30 30 30 45 45
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 5 10 5 5 5 10 10 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 5 10 5 5 5 10 10
C05 5 5 5 5 5 10 10 15 10 10 10 15 15 C05 5 5 5 5 5 10 10 15 10 10 10 15 15
= 0.5 10 10 10 10 10 15 15 30 15 15 15 30 30 = 0.5 10 10 15 15 30 15 15 15 30 30
IS05 15 15 30 30 45 30 30 30 45 45 IS05
=5A 2.5 5 5 5 5 5 5 10 5 5 10 10 10 =5A 2.5 5 5 5 5 5 5 10 5 5 10 10 10
C10 5 10 10 10 10 10 10 15 10 10 15 15 15 C10 5 10 10 10 10 10 10 15 10 10 15 15 15
=1 10 15 15 15 15 15 15 30 15 15 30 30 30 =1 10 15 15 15 15 15 15 30 15 15 30 30 30
15 20 20 20 30 30 30 45 30 30 45 45 45

Monitoring
PACT MCR-V3-60
0...(1...40) A
60 30
– Current-carrying copper lines connected

directly to the screw terminal blocks on
16
the primary side
Notes:
64
Winding current transformer
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
PACT MCR-V3-60 2277417 1
2277417 / IP00025 / IS01 / C10 / P250
Selection table PACT MCR-V3-60 (Order No.: 2277417)
Primary rated current strength Ipn [A]
Isn Cl.
1 2 2.5 4 5 6 7.5 10 12.5 15 20 25 30 40
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
C05 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
= 0.5
IS01
=1 A
Rated power Sn [VA]
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
C10 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
=1
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
C05 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
= 0.5
IS05
=5A 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
C10 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
=1
222 PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring
Quick-action mechanism for
PACT current transformers
– No tools necessary for mounting

– Extremely easy handling, thanks to secure
fastening by pressing with finger
– Set consisting of two fixing pins and a
holding latch
Notes:
The 16 mm wide quick-action mechanism can also be used for
larger current transformers if the length of the fixing pins is suffi-
cient.
for: ...-V2-4012-70..., ...-V2-5012-85... for: ...-V2-3015-60..., ...-V2-6015-85...,

...-V2-6315-95...
General data
Material PA 6 PA 6
Pcs. / Pcs. /
Pkt. Pkt.


Accessories
– Copper sleeves
– DIN rail adapter
– Secondary terminal cover
– Insulating caps
Copper sleeves Secondary terminal cover

DIN rail adapter Insulating caps
Pcs. / Pcs. /
Pkt. Pkt.
Copper sleeves, for establishing a conductive connection during
the horizontal assembly of PACT analog current transformers. The
size of the copper sleeve depends on the diameter of the inner hole
of the current transformer.
- for PACT MCR-V1-21-44-... Ø 21/8 mm PACT MCR-CB-21- 8 2277569 1

- for PACT MCR-V1-21-44-... Ø 21/12 mm PACT MCR-CB-21-12 2277556 1
DIN rail adapter
PACT MCR-RA 2277598 12
Secondary terminal cover, for increasing the clearances and
creepage distances
Length: 60 mm PACT MCR-ETC-60 2277572 9
Length: 75 mm PACT MCR-ETC-75 2277585 9
Insulating caps, for protection against unintended contact with
mounting screws of the primary rail
PACT MCR-ICAP 2277608 18

Monitoring
Calibratable current transformers - order key and selection tables
Add order key from the relevant selection table (ordering examples are marked in orange)
Order No. Primary current Ipn Secondary current Isn Class Rated power Sn Calibration Calibration certificate
/ / / / / /
IP01500 = 150 A
IP02000 = 200 A IS05 = 5 A C02S = 0.2S P250 = 2.5 VA NONE = not calibrated NONE = no calibration certificate
IP02500 = 250 A C02 = 0.2 P500 = 5.0 VA YES = calibrated YES = calibration certificate (a fee is
IP03000 = 300 A C05S = 0.5S P1000 = 10 VA charged)
IP04000 = 400 A C05 = 0.5 P1500 = 15 VA
IP05000 = 500 A P2000 = 20 VA
IP06000 = 600 A P3000 = 30 VA YESPLUS = Calibration certificate with catalog
IP07500 = 750 A of errors (5 measuring points) (a fee
IP08000 = 800 A is charged)
IP10000 = 1000 A
IP12000 = 1200 A
IP12500 = 1250 A
IP15000 = 1500 A
IP16000 = 1600 A
IP20000 = 2000 A
IP25000 = 2500 A
PACT MCR-V1C-21-44 (Order No.: 2277420)

You will find information about the product on page 213.
Add order key from the selection table
2277420 / IP03000 / IS05 / C02 / P250 / NONE / NONE
Selection table
Isn Cl.
150 200 250 300 400 500
2.5 2.5
C02S
= 5
0.2S
Rated power Sn [VA]
2.5 2.5 2.5

C02 5 5 5
= 0.2
IS05
=5A 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
C05S
= 5 5 5 5
0.5S 10 10
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5

C05 5 5 5 5 5
= 0.5 10 10
PACT MCR-V2C-3015-60 (Order No.: 2277433) PACT MCR-V2C-4012-70 (Order No.: 2277446)
You will find information about the product on page 214. You will find information about the product on page 215.
Add order key from the selection table Add order key from the selection table
2277433 / IP02000 / IS05 / C05 / P250 / NONE / NONE 2277446 / IP06000 / IS05 / C02 / P1000 / NONE / NONE
Selection table Selection table
Isn Cl. Isn Cl.
200 250 300 400 500 600 750 200 250 300 400 500 600 750 800 1000
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5
C02S C02S
= 5 5 = 5 5 5 10
0.2S 10 10 0.2S 10 10
Rated power Sn [VA]
Rated power Sn [VA]

2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 2.5 5
C02 5 5 5 C02 5 5 5 10 5 10
= 0.2 10 10 = 0.2 10 10 10
IS05 IS05
=5A 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 =5A 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 5 2.5 5
C05S C05S
= 5 5 5 5 5 = 5 5 5 10 10 5 10
0.5S 10 10 10 10 0.5S 10 10 10
15
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 5 2.5 5
C05 5 5 5 5 5 5 C05 5 5 5 5 10 10 5 10
= 0.5 10 10 10 10 = 0.5 10 10 10
15
Isn Cl. Isn Cl.
200 250 300 400 500 600 750 800 1000 1200 250 300 400 500 600 750 800 1000 1200
2.5 2.5 2.5 5 5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
C02S C02S
= 5 5 5 10 10 = 5 5 5 5
0.2S 10 10 15 15 0.2S 10 10
20 30
Rated power Sn [VA]
Rated power Sn [VA]
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
C02 5 5 5 5 5 10 10 C02 5 5 5 5
= 0.2 10 10 10 15 15 = 0.2 10 10
IS05 30 30 IS05 15
=5A 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 5 5 5 5 =5A 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
C05S C05S
= 5 5 5 10 10 10 10 10 = 5 5 5 5 5 5
0.5S 10 10 15 15 0.5S 10 10 10 10
30 30 15 15
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 5 5 5 5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
C05 5 5 5 5 10 10 10 10 10 C05 5 5 5 5 5 5
= 0.5 10 10 15 15 = 0.5 10 10 10 10
30 30 15 15
224 PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring
Calibratable current transformers - order key and selection tables
Add order key from the relevant selection table (ordering examples are marked in orange)
Order No. Primary current Ipn Secondary current Isn Class Rated power Sn Calibration Calibration certificate
/ / / / / /
IP01500 = 150 A
IP02000 = 200 A IS05 = 5 A C02S = 0.2S P250 = 2.5 VA NONE = not calibrated NONE = no calibration certificate
IP02500 = 250 A C02 = 0.2 P500 = 5.0 VA YES = calibrated YES = calibration certificate (a fee is
IP03000 = 300 A C05S = 0.5S P1000 = 10 VA charged)
IP04000 = 400 A C05 = 0.5 P1500 = 15 VA
IP05000 = 500 A P2000 = 20 VA
IP06000 = 600 A P3000 = 30 VA YESPLUS = Calibration certificate with catalog
IP07500 = 750 A of errors (5 measuring points) (a fee
IP08000 = 800 A is charged)
IP10000 = 1000 A
IP12000 = 1200 A
IP12500 = 1250 A
IP15000 = 1500 A
IP16000 = 1600 A
IP20000 = 2000 A
IP25000 = 2500 A
Isn Cl. Isn Cl.
200 250 300 400 500 600 750 800 1000 1200 1250 1500 500 600 750 800 1000 1200 1250 1500
2.5 5 5 5 2.5 2.5 2.5
C02S C02S
= 5 10 10 10 = 5 5 5
0.2S 10 15 15 15 0.2S 10
20 20 20 15
Rated power Sn [VA]
Rated power Sn [VA]

2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 5 5 5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
C02 5 5 5 5 5 10 10 10 10 C02 5 5 5 5 5 5
= 0.2 10 10 10 15 15 15 15 = 0.2 10 10
IS05 15 15 20 20 20 30 IS05 15
=5A 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 5 5 5 5 =5A 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
C05S C05S
= 5 5 5 5 10 10 10 10 10 = 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
0.5S 10 10 10 15 15 15 15 15 0.5S 10 10 10 10 10
15 20 20 20 30 30 15 15
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 5 5 5 5 5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
C05 5 5 5 5 5 10 10 10 10 10 10 C05 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
= 0.5 10 10 10 15 15 15 15 15 15 = 0.5 10 10 10 10 10 10
15 15 15 20 30 30 20 30 30 15 15
2277491 / IP05000 / IS05 / C05 / P500 / NONE / NONE 2277501 / IP15000 / IS05 / C05S / P1000 / NONE / NONE
Isn Cl. Isn Cl.
400 500 600 750 800 1000 1200 1250 1500 400 500 600 750 800 1000 1200 1250 1500
2.5 2.5 2.5
C02S C02S
= 5 = 5 5
0.2S 0.2S
Rated power Sn [VA]
Rated power Sn [VA]

2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
C02 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 C02 5 5 5 5
= 0.2 10 10 10 10 10 10 = 0.2 10 10 10
IS05 15 15 IS05
=5A 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 =5A 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
C05S C05S
= 5 5 5 10 5 5 5 = 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
0.5S 10 10 15 10 10 10 0.5S 10 10 10 10 10
15 20 15
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
C05 5 5 5 5 5 10 5 5 5 C05 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
= 0.5 10 10 10 15 10 10 10 = 0.5 10 10 10 10 10
15 15 20 15
Isn Cl. Isn Cl.
500 600 750 800 1000 1200 1250 1500 1600 2000 2500 500 600 750 800 1000 1200 1250 1500 1600 2000 2500
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
C02S C02S
= 5 5 5 5 =
0.2S 10 0.2S
Rated power Sn [VA]
Rated power Sn [VA]
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
C02 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 C02 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
= 0.2 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 = 0.2 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
IS05 15 15 15 15 15 IS05 15 15 15 15
=5A 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 =5A
C05S C05S
= 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 =
0.5S 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 0.5S
15 15 15 15 15 15
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
C05 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 C05 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
= 0.5 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 = 0.5 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15

Monitoring
With flexible power supply – current Flexible signal conditioning – current Voltage transducers, AC and DC
transducers up to 12 A AC transducers up to 55 A AC/DC Voltage transducers convert AC and DC
Active current transducers convert sinu- Current transducers up to 55 A offer an voltages into standard analog signals.
soidal alternating currents up to 12 A. The infinitely adjustable measuring range. This
integrated wide-range power supply unit en- range is mapped over the entire output sig-
ables use in various different countries. nal range. This ensures extremely accurate
resolution of measured values. Basic config-
With hinged Rogowski sensor – cur-
rent transducers up to 200 A AC uration can be performed quickly via the
DIP switches. Additional useful device func-
The AC current transducers measure si-
tions can be set via the software.
nusoidal and non-sinusoidal alternating cur-
rents up to 200 A. The hinged Rogowski For high currents – current
sensor ensures very easy installation, as ca- transducers up to 600 A AC/DC
bles that are to be measured do not have to The universal current transducers are the
be isolated. This enables mounting to be ideal solution for measuring high currents
carried out without interruptions. with any waveform up to 600 A AC/DC.
Limit value monitoring with the The product range offers various different
devices in graded measuring ranges with
current protector
current or voltage output.
At the current protector, a desired am-
perage is specified at which a PDT contact
switches a load on or off.
226 PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring
For sinusoidal alternating currents up For sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal Limit value monitoring
to 12 A alternating currents up to 200 A The current protector converts sinusoi-
– 3-way electrical isolation – Distorted alternating currents up to dal alternating currents to binary switching
– Wide-range version from 19.2 ... 253 V 6000 Hz can be also acquired, thanks to signals.
AC/DC true r.m.s. value measurement (RMS) – Switching point can be freely selected in
– Voltage bridging with DIN rail connector – Uninterrupted installation and lossless the measuring range of 0 ... 16 A AC
– Input/output can be configured via DIP current measurement thanks to hinged – Changeover relay output
switches Rogowski sensor – Adjustable switch hysteresis
– Suitable for potentially explosive areas, – Measuring range selection with slide – 3-way isolation
thanks to ATEX approval for Ex zone 2 switch – Settable operating current/quiescent
current behavior
With flexible measuring ranges for all For high currents – current transduc- Voltage transducers, AC and DC
waveforms up to 55 A ers up to 600 A AC/DC – For DC voltages from 0 ... ±660 V DC and
– Lossless true r.m.s. value measurement – Lossless true r.m.s. value measurement AC voltages from 0 ... 444 V AC
without shunt via Hall sensor (TRMS) without shunt via Hall sensor (TRMS)
– Optimum mapping of the measuring – Compact dimensions also enable distrib-
range up to 55 A, thanks to software-pro- uted use – Bidirectional output signals
grammable upper and lower limits – Variable mounting on DIN rail and – Adjustable voltage ranges
– Limit value alarm in the event of threshold mounting plate – ZERO/SPAN adjustment ±20%
value overrange or underrange up to 55 A – COMBICON plug-in connection terminal – 3-way isolation
– via relay or transistor output blocks
– 3-way isolation
– For a conductor diameter of up to 32 mm

Monitoring
Current acquisition True r.m.s. value acquisition according

If purely ohmic loads (incandescent to the Rogowski principle (TRMS)
lamps, heaters, etc.) are operated on a The Rogowski measuring principle is
conventional 230 V network, no distor- used to measure sinusoidal and non-sinu-
tions are produced on the power grid. soidal alternating currents. A non-ferrous
As non-linear loads increase as a result induction coil (air-core coil), known as the
of phase angle-controlled regulation mod- Rogowski coil, measures the magnetic
ules, pure sinusoidal waves gradually take voltage along a closed circumference
on a trapezoidal waveform. around a live conductor.
The majority of current and voltage The output signal of the Rogowski coil is
transducers are calibrated for sinusoidal al- then conditioned so as to obtain an exact
ternating currents, which means that they replica of the primary current.
can only indicate the r.m.s. value of an al-
ternating current by mean-value genera- True r.m.s. value acquisition with a
tion. Hall sensor (TRMS)
True r.m.s. measuring transducers do The magnetic flux generated by the pri-
not rely on specific form factors and ac- mary current IP is condensed in the mag-
cept all waveforms. netic circuit and measured in the air gap
using a Hall sensor. The output signal of
r.m.s. value acquisition according to the Hall sensor is then conditioned so as
the transformer principle (RMS) to obtain an exact replica of the primary
According to Faraday's law of induction, current.
a magnetic flux which changes over time
produces an induced voltage at the termi- r.m.s. value acquisition according to the trans-
former principle (RMS)
nals of a coil. A circuit arrangement con-
sisting of two electrically isolated but mag-
netically coupled circuits is known as a
transformer. This is one of the simplest
and most commonly used methods of cur-
rent transfer.
True r.m.s. value acquisition according to the

Rogowski principle (TRMS)
Mean-value generation Arithmetic average value

The arithmetic average value is used to
r.m.s. value measure direct currents or filter a DC com-
(root mean square value) ponent out from a pulsating current. Apply- Analog
The r.m.s. value of an alternating current ing the arithmetic average value to a sym- OUT
corresponds to the steady-state value that metrical alternating current would result in
results from the instantaneous values of this a measured value of “0”.
current. This steady-state value generates The arithmetic average value enables di-
the same thermal work in an ohmic resistor rect currents to be made available at the True r.m.s. value acquisition with a Hall sensor
as a direct current of identical magnitude. output in the form of standard analog sig- (TRMS)
The term “true r.m.s. value” simply means nals. The polarity can be evaluated by means
that distorted, direct, and pulsating currents of a bipolar output signal.
IS
can be acquired. Here, the measuring trans-
ducer is compatible with any waveform. For a 230 V/50 Hz power grid, this results Irms
For a sinusoidal AC current this means: in the following with regard to the voltage
I US levels: Iavg
Irm = S Ur = Urms = 230 V

2 2
US = 325 V
Uavg = 0V
Arithmetic average value
228 PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring
AC/DC current transducers and
distorted currents
The MCR-SL-CUC-... current transduc-

ers measure DC, AC, and distorted cur-
rents of 0 ... 600 A.
– Universal current measurement, no shunt
required
– Compact dimensions also enable distrib-
uted use
– Variable mounting on DIN rail and
mounting plate
– Simple connection method thanks to For DC, AC, and distorted currents of For DC, AC, and distorted currents of
COMBICON plug-in connection terminal 0 ... 300 A, 0 ... 600 A,
blocks voltage output current output
– 3-way isolation
 
Housing width 90 mm Housing width 90 mm
1.4 GND 1.4 GND

ADC DAC ADC DAC
IN 1.3 OUT U IN 1.3 NC
μC U µC I
1.2 NC 1.2 OUT I
1.1 +24 V DC 1.1 +24 V DC

Input data
Frequency range 20 Hz ... 6000 Hz (0 Hz) 20 Hz ... 6000 Hz (0 Hz)
Curve type AC, DC or distorted currents AC, DC or distorted currents
Connection method Cable design: 32 mm diameter Cable design: 32 mm diameter
Output data
Output signal 0 ... 10 V 4 ... 20 mA
Load RB ≥ 10 kΩ < 300 Ω
General data
Supply voltage UB 20 V DC ... 30 V DC 20 V DC ... 30 V DC
Maximum transmission error <±1% (of final value) <±1% (of final value)
Temperature coefficient typ. 0.02%/K (0 ... 60°C) 0.04%/K (-40 ... 65°C) typ. 0.02%/K (0 ... 60°C) 0.04%/K (-40 ... 65°C)
Step response (10 - 90%) 150 ms 150 ms

Safe isolation acc. to EN 61010 acc. to EN 61010
Rated insulation voltage 300 V AC 300 V AC
Surge voltage category / pollution degree III / 2 III / 2
Ambient temperature range -40°C ... 65°C -40°C ... 65°C
Dimensions W / H / D 90 / 33.8 / 85 mm 90 / 33.8 / 85 mm
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG) 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
UL, USA / Canada UL/C-UL listed UL 508 UL/C-UL listed UL 508
Overload ca- Pcs. / Pcs. /

pacity Pkt. Pkt.
Universal current transducer
Input current range: 0 ... 100 A 6 x IIN MCR-SL-CUC-100-U 2308108 1 MCR-SL-CUC-100-I 2308027 1
Input current range: 0 ... 200 A 3 x IIN MCR-SL-CUC-200-U 2308205 1 MCR-SL-CUC-200-I 2308030 1
Input current range: 0 ... 300 A 3.33 x IIN MCR-SL-CUC-300-U 2308302 1 MCR-SL-CUC-300-I 2308043 1
Input current range: 0 ... 400 A 2.5 x IIN MCR-SL-CUC-400-I 2308072 1
Universal current transducer without UL approval
Input current range: 0 ... 500 A 3.6 x IIN MCR-SL-CUC-500-I 2308085 1

Input current range: 0 ... 600 A 3 x IIN MCR-SL-CUC-600-I 2308098 1

Monitoring
AC/DC current transducers and
distorted currents D W D W
H H
The MCR-S-...-UI(-SW)-DCI current
transducers measure direct, alternating and
distorted currents.
– Device can be set via DIP switches or
MCR/PI-CONF-WIN configuration soft-
ware
– True r.m.s. value measurement
– 3-way isolation
– With optional relay and transistor output
For DC, AC, and distorted currents For DC, AC, and distorted currents
0 ... 11 A 0 ... 55 A
Notes:
To order a configurable product, enter the required configuration
by referring to the adjacent order key.
 
Ex:  Ex: 
Further information about the configuration software can be found Housing width 22.5 mm Housing width 22.5 mm
on page 237
10A 5 DAC ADC DAC
ADC OUT IN OUT
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 5A 6 µC µC I
I
1A 9 O UT I 9 O UT I
7
10 O UT U 10 O UT U
SPAN
SPAN
8 DAC DAC
11 GND 2 11 GND 2
U U
IN 12 GND 2 12 GND 2
TIME POINT ZERO

TIME POINT ZERO Po Po
wer wer
13 24VDC 13 24VDC
= =
14 GND 1 14 GND 1
12 1 12 1
SET
15 SW
SET
11 2 15 SW 11 2
16 GND 1 14 3
16 GND 1
14 3
NC 4 NC 4
OUT OUT

Input data
Input current 0 A ... 11 A (AC/DC) 0 A ... 55 A (AC/DC)
Operate threshold 2% (of measuring range nominal value 1/5/10 A) 0.8% (of measuring range nominal value 50 A)
Frequency range 15 Hz ... 400 Hz 15 Hz ... 400 Hz
Curve type AC, DC or distorted currents AC, DC or distorted currents
Overload capacity 2 x IN (continuous) Depending on through connected conductor
Surge strength 20 x IN (1 s) Depending on through connected conductor
Connection method Screw connection Through connection, diameter 10.5 mm
Output data U output I output U output I output
Output signal (normal and inverse) 0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V / 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V / 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
2 ... 10 V / -5 ... 5 V / -10 ... 10 V 2 ... 10 V / -5 ... 5 V / -10 ... 10 V
Load RB > 10 kΩ < 500 Ω > 10 kΩ < 500 Ω
Switching output
Relay output Contact material 1 PDT / AgSnO, hard gold-plated 1 PDT / AgSnO, hard gold-plated
Max. switching current 50 mA (for gold layer, 30 V AC/ 36 V DC) 50 mA (for gold layer, 30 V AC/ 36 V DC)
2 A (in case of a destroyed gold layer, 250 V AC) 2 A (in case of a destroyed gold layer, 250 V AC)
Transistor output pnp Output voltage 19 V ... 29 V (supply voltage - 1 V) 19 V ... 29 V (supply voltage - 1 V)
Continuous load current 80 mA (Not short-circuit proof) 80 mA (Not short-circuit proof)
Setting range of the threshold value 1% ... 110% 1% ... 110%
Response delay 0.1 s ... 20 s 0.1 s ... 20 s
Status indication Yellow LED Yellow LED
General data
Current consumption < 50 mA (without load) < 50 mA (without load)
Maximum transmission error < 0.5% (of nominal range value under nominal conditions) < 0.5% (of nominal range value under nominal conditions)
Temperature coefficient typ. < 0.025%/K typ. < 0.025%/K
Step response (10 - 90%) 330 ms (with AC) 40 ms (with DC) 330 ms (with AC) 40 ms (with DC)
Safe isolation as per EN 50178, EN 61010 as per EN 50178, EN 61010
Rated insulation voltage 300 V AC (to ground) 300 V AC (to ground)
Test voltage input/output 4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Test voltage input/power supply 4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Test voltage output/power supply 500 V (50 Hz, 1 min.) 500 V (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Dimensions W / H / D 22.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm 22.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
UL, USA / Canada Class I, Zone 2, AEx nC IIC T6, Ex nC IIC T6 Class I, Zone 2, AEx nC IIC T6, Ex nC IIC T6
Pcs. / Pcs. /
Pkt. Pkt.
MCR current measuring transducer for measuring AC, DC, and
distorted currents with relay and transistor switching output
Configurable product MCR-S-1-5-UI-SW-DCI1) 2814650 1 MCR-S-10-50-UI-SW-DCI1) 2814663 1

Standard product MCR-S-1-5-UI-SW-DCI-NC1) 2814731 1 MCR-S10-50-UI-SW-DCI-NC1) 2814744 1
Configurable product, without switching output MCR-S-1-5-UI-DCI1) 2814634 1 MCR-S-10-50-UI-DCI1) 2814647 1
Standard product, without switching output MCR-S-1-5-UI-DCI-NC1) 2814715 1 MCR-S10-50-UI-DCI-NC1) 2814728 1
230 PHOENIX CONTACT
Monitoring
Order key for the current transducers (standard configuration entered as example)
Measuring range: Output Threshold value Suppression Operating behavior of relay and transistor
Order No. Start End time
2814634 / 0.00 / 5.00 / OUT01
2814650 / 0.00 / 5.00 / OUT01 / 50 / 3.0 / A / O
2814634 = Measuring range Measuring range OUT01 = 0...20 mA Switching threshold between A = Operating O = Overrange
MCR-S-1-5-UI-DCI starting value is final value OUT02 = 4...20 mA between 1 ... 110% 0.1 ... 20 s current
between between OUT03 = 0...10 V controlled
2814650 = 0.00…7.50 A 0.2...11 A OUT04 = 2...10 V 50 = 50% of set upper 3.0 = 3 s
MCR-S-1-5-UI-SW-DCI OUT05 = 0...5 V measuring range
0.00 = 0.00 A 5.00 = 5.00 A OUT06 = 1...5 V value (here: 2.5 A) R = Closed-circuit U = Underrange
OUT07 = 20...0 mA current
OUT08 = 20...4 mA controlled
OUT09 = 10...0 V
OUT10 = 10...2V
OUT11 = 5...0 V
OUT12 = 5...1 V
OUT13 = -5...+5 V
OUT14 = -10...+10 V
OUT17 = +10...-10 V
OUT18 = +5...-5 V
Measuring range: Output Threshold value Suppression Operating behavior and transistor
Order No. Start End time
2814647 / 0.0 / 50.0 / OUT01
2814663 / 0.0 / 50.0 / OUT01 / 50 / 3.0 / A / O
2814647 = Measuring range Measuring range OUT01 = 0...20 mA Switching threshold between A = Operating O = Overrange
MCR-S-10-50-UI-DCI start value is final value OUT02 = 4...20 mA between 1 ... 110% 0.1 ... 20 s current
between between OUT03 = 0...10 V controlled
2814663 = 0.00…37.5 A 9.5...55 A OUT04 = 2...10 V 50 = 50% of set upper 3.0 = 3 s
MCR-S-10-50-UI-SW-DCI OUT05 = 0...5 V measuring range
0.0 = 0.0 A 50.0 = 50.0 A OUT06 = 1...5 V value (here: 25 A) R = Closed-circuit U = Underrange
OUT07 = 20...0 mA current
OUT08 = 20...4 mA controlled
OUT09 = 10...0 V
OUT10 = 10...2V
OUT11 = 5...0 V
OUT12 = 5...1 V
OUT13 = -5...+5 V
OUT14 = -10...+10 V
OUT17 = +10...-10 V
OUT18 = +5...-5 V
Function diagrams: Switching behavior of relay and transistor output:
1) Operating current-controlled when threshold value is exceeded 2) Operating current-controlled when below the threshold value
IIN I IN
SW condition SW condition
t t
Operating voltage UB ( H) Operating voltage UB ( H)
( L) ( L)
t t
(1) (1)
Relay N/O contact and Relay N/O contact and
transistor output t1 t1 transistor output t1
(0) (0)
t t
(0) (0)
Relay N/C contact t1 t1 Relay N/C contact t1
t t
(1) (1)
3) Quiescent current-controlled when threshold value is exceeded 4) Quiescent current-controlled when below the threshold value
IIN IIN
SW condition SW condition
t t
Operating voltage UB ( H) Operating voltage UB ( H)
( L) ( L)
t t
(1) (1)
Relay N/O contact and Relay N/O contact and
transistor output t1 t1 transistor output t1
(0) (0)
t t
(0) (0)
Relay N/C contact t1 t1 Relay N/C contact t1
(1) t t
(1)
(0) = N/O contact and transistor open / N/C contact closed

(1) = N/O contact and transistor closed / N/C contact open

Monitoring
AC current transducers,
sinusoidal H H
D W D W
The MCR-SL-CAC-... current transduc-
ers measure sinusoidal alternating currents
within the range 0 ... 1/5/12 A.
– Wide-range version from
19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC
– 3-way isolation
– Input/output can be configured using the
DIP switch
For sinusoidal alternating currents For sinusoidal alternating currents

Notes:
0 ... 1 A/0 ... 5 A 0 ... 5 A/0 ... 12 A

Ex: 
Housing width 22.5 mm Housing width 22.5 mm
OUT OUT
L(+) 1.1 L(+) 1.1
L(+) 1.2 3.1 OUT1 L(+) 1.2 3.1 OUT1
N(-) 1.3 3.2 GND N(-) 1.3 3.2 GND
N(-) 1.4 3.3 GND N(-) 1.4 3.3 GND
3.4 GND 3.4 GND
4.1 1A 4.1 12A

4.2 5A 4.2 5A
4.3 NC 4.3 NC
4.4 4.4
IN IN

Input data
Input current (configurable) 0 A AC ... 1 A AC (configurable) / 0 A AC ... 5 A AC (configurable) /
0 A AC ... 5 A AC (configurable) 0 A AC ... 12 A AC (configurable)
Nominal frequency 50 Hz 50 Hz
Curve type Sine Sine
Overload capacity 2 x IN (continuous) 1 x IN (continuous)
Surge strength 20 x IN (1 s) 8 x IN (1 s)
Connection method Screw terminal block Screw terminal block
Output data
Output signal (configurable) 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
Maximum output signal 25 mA 25 mA
Load RB < 500 Ω (at 20 mA) < 500 Ω (at 20 mA)
Ripple < 10 mVPP (for 500 Ω at 20 mA) < 10 mVPP (for 500 Ω at 20 mA)
General data MACX MCR-SL-CAC- 5-I1) MACX MCR-SL-CAC- 5-I-UP1) MACX MCR-SL-CAC-12-I-UP1)
Supply voltage UB 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 19.2 V AC/DC ... 253 V AC/DC 19.2 V AC/DC ... 253 V AC/DC
Current consumption < 32 mA < 30 mA < 33 mA
(at UB=24 V DC, IOUT=20 mA) (at UB=24 V DC, IOUT=20 mA) (at 24 V DC)
Maximum transmission error ≤ 0.5% (of nominal range value ≤ 0.5% (of nominal range value ≤ 0.5% (of nominal range value
under nominal conditions) under nominal conditions) under nominal conditions)
Temperature coefficient < 0.02%/K < 0.02%/K < 0.02%/K

Step response (10 - 90%) max. 300 ms Typ. 200 ms max. 300 ms Typ. 200 ms < 300 ms
Safe isolation acc. to EN 61010 acc. to EN 61010 acc. to EN 61010
Rated insulation voltage - - 300 V AC (to ground)
Surge voltage category Input/output - - III
Pollution degree 2 2 2
Test voltage input/output 4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Test voltage output/power supply 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20
Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 65°C (-4°F ... 149°F) -20°C ... 65°C (-4°F ... 149°F) -20°C ... 65°C (-4°F ... 149°F)
Dimensions W / H / D 22.5 / 104 / 114.5 mm 22.5 / 104 / 114.5 mm 22.5 / 104 / 114.5 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² /
24 - 14 24 - 14 24 - 14
ATEX  II 3 G Ex nA II T4 X  II 3 G Ex nA II T4 X
UL, USA / Canada UL 508 Recognized -
Pcs. / Pcs. /
Pkt. Pkt.
MCR current measuring transducers for sinusoidal alternating
currents
Supply voltage 19.2 ... 30 V DC MACX MCR-SL-CAC- 5-I1) 2810612 1
Supply voltage 19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC MACX MCR-SL-CAC- 5-I-UP1) 2810625 1 MACX MCR-SL-CAC-12-I-UP1) 2810638 1
DIN rail connector, for bridging the supply voltage (19.2...30 V DC), ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN 2707437 50
can be snapped on to 35 mm DIN rails as per EN 60715
232 PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring
AC current transducers,
sinusoidal and distorted D W D W
H H
The MCR-SL-S-...00-... current trans-
ducers measure sinusoidal and non-sinusoi-
dal alternating currents within the range
0 ... 200 A.
– True/r.m.s. value measurement from
30...6000 Hz
– Measuring range selection with slide
switch
– Loop-powered
– Can be retrofitted with the open-up For sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal alternating For sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal alternating
Rogowski coil currents, 0 ... 200 A, currents, 0 ... 200 A,
voltage output current output (loop-powered)
 
Ex:  Ex: 
Housing width 55 mm Housing width 55 mm
OUT OUT
GND
IN U OUT
IN
= OUT I +24V
= +24V

Input data ...-S-100-U ...-S-200-U ...-S-100-I-LP ...-S-200-I-LP
Input current (configurable) 0 A ... 100 A (0...50/75/100 A) 0 A ... 200 A (0..100/150/200 A) 0 A ... 100 A (0...50/75/100 A) 0 A ... 200 A (0...100/150/200 A)
Operate threshold 1% (of final value) 1% (of final value)
Curve type Sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal Sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal
Overload capacity Depending on laid conductor Depending on laid conductor
Surge strength Depending on through connected conductor Depending on through connected conductor
Connection method Clamp-on cable design, diameter 18.5 mm Clamp-on cable design, diameter 18.5 mm
Output data
Output signal 0 ... 5 V / 0 ... 10 V 4 ... 20 mA
Maximum output signal ((0 V ... 10 V) 14 V, (0 V ... 5 V) 7 V) < 25 mA
Load RB ≥ 10 kΩ ((UB - 12 V) x 350 / 12 A)
General data
Maximum transmission error < 1% (of final value) < 1% (of final value)
Cable position error < 0.63% < 0.63%
Temperature coefficient < 0.035%/K < 0.025%/K
Step response (10 - 90%) < 340 ms < 340 ms
Safe isolation As per IEC 61010-1 and IEC 61326 As per IEC 61010-1 and IEC 61326
Rated insulation voltage 300 V AC (to ground) 300 V AC (to ground)
Test voltage input/output 5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Dimensions W / H / D 55 / 85 / 70.5 mm 55 / 85 / 70.5 mm
UL, USA / Canada cULus cULus
Pcs. / Pcs. /
Pkt. Pkt.
MCR current measuring transducers for sinusoidal and
non-sinusoidal alternating currents
Input current range: 0...50/75/100 A MCR-SL-S-100-U 2813457 1 MCR-SL-S-100-I-LP 2813486 1
Input current range: 0..0.100/150/200 A MCR-SL-S-200-U 2813460 1 MCR-SL-S-200-I-LP 2813499 1

Monitoring
Passive AC current transducers, Notes:
sinusoidal 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 D W
H
The MCR-SLP-1-5-UI-0 passive current
transducer measures sinusoidal alternating
currents within the range 0 ... 1 A/0 ... 5 A.
– Loop-powered
– Measuring ranges 1 A and 5 A AC, recon-
nectable
For sinusoidal alternating currents

0 ... 1 A/0 ... 5 A

IN OUT
1A IOUT
1
9 OUT I
5A 2
NC 3
4 J
10 OUT U
500 11 GND
12 GND
Technical data
Input data 1 A input 5 A input
Input current 0 A AC ... 5 A AC 0 A AC ... 0.005 A AC
Curve type Sine Sine
Overload capacity 2 x IN (5 min. at 60°C ambient -
temperature)
Surge strength 50 A (1 s) 100 A (1 s)
Permissible output range 1.2 x IN 1.2 x IN
Connection method Screw connection Screw connection
Output signal 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 20 mA
Load RB > 100 kΩ < 750 Ω
< 250 Ω (when current and
voltage outputs are used
simultaneously)
Ripple < 50 mVPP < 50 mVPP

General data
Safe isolation as per EN 50178, EN 61010
Rated insulation voltage 300 V AC (to ground)
Surge voltage category / pollution degree III / 2
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR passive current measuring transducers for sinusoidal
alternating currents
MCR-SLP-1-5-UI-01) 2814359 1
234 PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring
AC current protectors, sinusoidal Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 D W
H
The MCR-SL-S-16-SP-24 current
protector converts sinusoidal 50 Hz/60 Hz
alternating currents into binary switching
signals.
– Switching point can be freely selected in
the measuring range of 0...16 A AC
– Changeover relay output
– Adjustable switch hysteresis
– 3-way isolation
– Settable operating current/quiescent For sinusoidal alternating currents,
current behavior 0 ... 16 A AC

SETPOINT
Delay 5 12
IN 6 11
7 14
8 NC
24V DC 13 =
GND 14 = OUT
NC 15
NC 16
Technical data
Input data
Input current 0 A AC ... 16 A AC
Frequency range 45 Hz ... 65 Hz
Curve type Sine
Overload capacity 2 x IN (continuous)
Connection method Through connection, diameter 4.2 mm
Contact type 1 PDT
Contact material AgSnO, hard gold-plated
Maximum switching current 50 mA (for gold layer, 30 V AC/ 36 V DC)
2 A (in case of a destroyed gold layer, 250 V AC)
Switching hysteresis Adjustable using a DIP switch (0.5%, 5%, 10%, 15%)
Response delay Typ. 0.1 s ... 10 s (Adjustable using a potentiometer)

Operating and closed circuit current behavior Adjustable using a DIP switch
Relay status display Yellow LED (relay active)
General data
Setting accuracy < 0.5%
Safe isolation as per EN 50178, EN 61010-1
Rated insulation voltage 300 V AC (to ground)
Surge voltage category / pollution degree III / 2
Test voltage input/power supply 4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
N L1
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Lighting system
MCR current protector for sinusoidal alternating currents
MCR-SL-S- 16-SP- 241) 2864464 1

DELAY TIME
12 + 24V
0
50
SETPOINT
RELAY ACTIV
10
40
11 GND
20
30
K
14 NC
NC MCR - SL - S - 16 - SP - 24 NC
Emergency lighting 24V
L2 N Mains voltage
Lighting system with emergency lighting

Monitoring
Voltage transducers
D W D W
H H
The MCR-VDC-UI-B-DC voltage
transducer measures DC voltages within
the range 0 ... ±660 V DC.
The MCR-VAC-UI-O-DC voltage
transducer measures sinusoidal AC voltages
from 0 ... 444 V AC.
– Bidirectional output signals
– Adjustable voltage ranges
– ZERO/SPAN adjustment ±20%
– 3-way isolation For DC voltages For sinusoidal AC voltages
0 ... ±660 V DC 0...444 V AC
Notes:  
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Housing width 22.5 mm Housing width 22.5 mm
IN OUT IN OUT
9 OUT I 9 OUT I
±550V 1 10 OUT U 0-370V 1 10 OUT U
±370V 2 11 GND2 0-250V 2 11 GND2
±250V 3 12 GND2 0-170V 3 12 GND2
±170V 4 0-120V 4
13 + 24VDC 13 + 24VDC
±120V 5 14 + 24VDC 0-80V 5 14 + 24VDC
±80V 6 15 GND3 0-54V 6 15 GND3
J J
±54V 0-36V
±36V J 16 GND3 16 GND3
7 J
7 J
±24V 0-24V
GND 1 8 GND 1 8

Input data
Input voltage range / resistor -550 V DC ... 550 V DC 550 kΩ 0 V ... 370 V AC 370 kΩ
-370 V DC ... 370 V DC 370 kΩ 0 V ... 250 V AC 250 kΩ
-250 V DC ... 250 V DC 250 kΩ 0 V ... 170 V AC 170 kΩ
-170 V DC ... 170 V DC 170 kΩ 0 V ... 120 V AC 120 kΩ
-120 V DC ... 120 V DC 120 kΩ 0 V ... 80 V AC 80 kΩ
-80 V DC ... 80 V DC 80 kΩ 0 V ... 54 V AC 54 kΩ
-54 V DC ... 54 V DC 54 kΩ 0 V ... 36 V AC 36 kΩ
-36 V DC ... 36 V DC 36 kΩ 0 V ... 24 V AC 24 kΩ
-24 V DC ... 24 V DC 24 kΩ
ZERO / SPAN adjustment ±20% / ±20% ±20% / ±20%
Frequency range - 45 Hz ... 400 Hz
Output data U output I output U output I output
Output signal -10 ... 10 V -20 ... 20 mA 0 ... 10 V 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
Maximum output signal ±15 V ±30 mA 15 V 30 mA
Load RB > 10 kΩ < 500 Ω > 10 kΩ < 500 Ω
Ripple < 50 mVPP < 50 mVPP < 50 mVPP < 50 mVPP
General data
Supply voltage UB 18.5 V DC ... 30.2 V DC 18.5 V DC ... 30.2 V DC
Current consumption < 50 mA < 45 mA
Maximum transmission error < 1% (of final value) < 1.5% (of final value)
Temperature coefficient < 0.015%/K -
Limit frequency (3 dB) 40 Hz -
Step response (10 - 90%) 12 ms 250 ms
Safe isolation acc. to EN 50178 acc. to EN 50178
Rated insulation voltage - 300 V DC
Surge voltage category / pollution degree II / 2 III / 2
Test voltage input/output 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 3.3 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Pcs. / Pcs. /
Pkt. Pkt.
MCR voltage measuring transducer, for DC voltages from
0...±20 V DC to 0...±660 V DC
MCR-VDC-UI-B-DC1) 2811116 1
MCR voltage transducer, for sinusoidal AC voltages from
0...20 V AC to 0...440 V AC
MCR-VAC-UI-O-DC1) 2811103 1
236 PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring
Accessories

grammable MCR measuring transducers.
– Straightforward menu interface
Notes:
Windows NT™, 2000™, and XP™. For MCR-S-... current transducer
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR configuration software, for programming
MCR-T-...-, MCR-...-LP-...-, MCR-...-HT-...-, MCR-S-...-, MCR-F-...,
and MCR-PSP-... modules, CD-ROM
MCR/PI-CONF-WIN 2814799 1
Accessories
Labels, for labeling MCR-T and MCR-S modules, four sheets MCR-ET 38X35 WH 2814317 1
DIN A4 marking labels (112 pieces)
USB adapter cable

The following adapter cables are available

for programming the MCR-S... current
transducers:
– USB adapter cable
– Software adapter cable
For MCR-S-... current transducer
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
USB adapter cable,
CM-KBL-RS232/USB 2881078 1
Software adapter cable (stereo jack plug/25-pos. D-SUB), 1.2 m long,

for programming MCR-T-..., MCR-S-..., and MCR-F-... modules
MCR-TTL-RS232-E 2814388 1
Accessories
Adapter cable, stranded, PSM-KAD 9 SUB 25/BS 2761295 1
9-pos. D-SUB socket on 25-pos. D-SUB pin

Monitoring
Utilize solar electricity efficiently Current topic: reliable monitoring Energy of the future
Detect errors – increase efficiency: pho- Whether a small roof-top system on a From installation to monitoring - in the
tovoltaic systems should achieve maximum family home or a megawatt outdoor system: “Components and systems for photovolta-
energy yield within the shortest possible for reliable operation, the photovoltaic mar- ics” brochure you will find further innova-
time. ket requires monitoring systems where sta- tive solutions for your photovoltaic system,
SOLARCHECK provides reliable informa- tus information is continuously available and such as:
tion regarding the performance of your visualization is easy. Phoenix Contact offers – Connection technology
photovoltaic system. It can be used to de- a comprehensive portfolio of hardware and – Surge protection
tect faults, which may be caused by damaged software products specifically designed for – Hardware and software solutions
panels, defective contacts or damage in the this purpose. – Generator connection boxes
cabling. This allows you to implement coun- – Tools and marking
termeasures quickly, thereby increasing the
efficiency of your system.
238 PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring
Easy integration in monitoring sys-
tems
The modular Solarcheck monitoring sys-
GSM E I2 I10
AV TR
UL
US RDY FAIL I5 I6 I13 I14
UM BSA PF I7 I8 I15 I16

MRESET
STOP
RUN/PROG
LNK ACT
tem consists of various measuring modules
for current and voltage measurement and
an associated communication module.
SCK-C-MODBUS
Modbus RTU slave
SCK-C-MODBUS
Modbus RTU slave
The communication module collects the
1....8 x SCK-M-... 1....8 x SCK-M-...
measured values from the current measur-
+24V GND1 GND1 +24V GND1 GND1
ing modules and forwards them to a higher-
level controller. You can acquire up to eight
T6
T8
COM
GND2 GND2 B
T5
T7
A
T6
T8
COM
GND2 GND2 B
T5
T7
A
or four string currents with one current

measuring module each. A maximum of
SCK-M-I-8S-... SCK-M-I-8S-... SCK-M-I-4S-... SCK-M-I-8S-... SCK-M-I-8S-... SCK-M-I-4S-... eight current measuring modules of any
P_OUT
UOUT GND1 GND2 UIN
0...10V
P_OUT 0...10V P_OUT 0...10V P_OUT 0...10V
P_OUT 0...10V P_OUT 0...10V
type can be connected to one communica-
tion module. The 2-conductor communica-
UOUT GND1 GND2 UIN UOUT GND1 GND2 UIN UOUT GND1 GND2 UIN
UOUT GND1 GND2 UIN UOUT GND1 GND2 UIN
STRING
STRING STRING STRING
CURRENT STRING STRING
CURRENT CURRENT CURRENT
CURRENT CURRENT
Order No. 2903241
Order No. 2903241
Order No. 2903242
tion cable is also used to supply the measur-
2903239
Order No. 2903241
SCK-M-I-8S-20A
SCK-M-I-8S-20A
SCK-M-I-4S-20A
2903239
Order No. 2903241
2903239
Order No. 2903242
SCK-M-I-8S-20A
SCK-M-I-8S-20A
SCK-M-I-4S-20A
SCK-M-I-8S-4A
SCK-M-I-8S-4A
SCK-M-I-8S-4A
P TX P TX P TX P TX P TX P TX
SCK-M-U-1500V SCK BUS D_IN

SCK-M-U-1500V
ing modules with power. This means that no
SCK BUS D_IN SCK BUS D_IN SCK BUS D_IN SCK BUS D_IN SCK BUS D_IN
VOLTAGE INPUT MAX 1500V DC
- ! +
VOLTAGE INPUT MAX 1500V DC
- ! + additional power supply unit is required in

the field.
Order No. 2903591
Order No. 2903591

SCK-M-U-1500V
SCK-M-U-1500V
≤8 x 0...20 A DC
≤8 x 0...20 A DC
≤4 x 0...20 A DC
≤8 x 0...20 A DC
≤8 x 0...20 A DC
≤4 x 0...20 A DC
+ PE-
2...10 V OUT P - In
24V 0V + PE-
2...10 V OUT P - In
24V 0V
The voltage measuring module is usually
connected to and also supplied via the ana-
1 x 1500 V
1 x 1500 V
log input provided on the 8-channel current

measuring modules.
1500 V DC
Contact-free current measurement Space-saving installation without an Flexible expansion

Contact-free measurement using Hall additional power supply unit Optional extension of voltage measure-
sensors offers many advantages: With a width of just 22.5 mm, the nar- ment up to 1500 V DC.
– Safe isolation is already ensured by the ca- row measuring module bundles the cables in – Also suitable for grounded systems.
ble insulation. a confined space. – Suitable for PV systems with extra high
– No contact resistance due to additional – The 2-conductor communication cable is system voltages.
contact points. also used to supply the measuring mod- – Flexible use, even outside the Solarcheck
– The current is forwarded safely as the line ules. system.
circuit is not directly accessed. – This means that one communication
module supplies up to eight measuring
modules – without an additional power
supply unit.

Monitoring
PV string monitoring Notes:
Solarcheck 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 H
D W
The modular Solarcheck monitoring sys-
tem consists of various devices for current
and voltage measurement and an associated
communication module.
Communication module:
– For connecting and collecting measured
values from up to eight measuring mod-
ules
– Provision of data for transfer to higher- Communication module
level controllers RS-485 (Modbus RTU)
Current measuring modules:
– 8-channel current measurement up
to 20 A DC Housing width 22.5 mm
– Detection of reverse currents
T1
up to -1 A
T2
– 4-channel extension modules RS-485
A
T3 B
for 20 A DC
SCK-MODBUS
GND2
INPUT
T4
– Internal temperature monitoring C GND2
– Digital input for monitoring, e.g., the re- T5
+24 V
mote indication contacts of surge protec- T6
DC +24 V
tion modules T7 DC GND1
GND1
– Supply via the communication module T8
Voltage measuring module Technical data

– Voltage measurement up to 1500 V DC in
Supply
any grounded PV system Supply voltage 24 V DC -10% ... +25%
– Connection and supply is usually via the
Own current consumption 12 mA
analog input provided (0 ... 10 V) on the Measuring input
8-channel Solarcheck current measuring Current measuring range -
module Maximum transmission error -
Temperature coefficient -
– Output of the voltage measured value as Reverse current detection -
a 2 ... 10 V analog signal Number of measuring channels -
Voltage measuring range -
– As an option, can also be removed from Connection method -
the Solarcheck group and used separately Digital input
Controlled by external floating contact -
Analog input
Input voltage range -
Analog output
Output voltage range -
SCK-C-MODBUS data interface
Cable length (for 0.15 mm2) -
Communication protocol -
Serial port RS-485
Serial transmission speed 9.6/14.4/19.2/38.4 kbps
Cable length ≤ 1200 m
Communication protocol Modbus RTU
General data
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Communication module
SCK-C-MODBUS1) 2901674 1
Current measuring module, 8-channel
Current measuring module, 4-channel for extension
Voltage measuring module
240 PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring
H H H
D W D W D W
Current measuring module, 20 A DC, Extension module, 4-channel Voltage measuring module,
8-channel Current measurement 20 A DC 0...1500 V DC
Housing width 22.5 mm Housing width 22.5 mm Housing width 22.5 mm

Digital
IN
SCK- SCK- RX U1
Digital
μC BUS COM mC BUS COM
OUT IN OUT
+
0...10V U-IN
– U_OUT
0...1500 V DC
1
2 U2
RX
3 1
8x 4x
4 2
I-IN I-IN
5 3
6 0V
4 P_IN
7 24 V
8
- - 24 V DC -10% ... +25% (or via SCK-M-I-8S-...)
45 mA 45 mA 35 mA
0 A ... 20 A 0 A ... 20 A -
±1% (From the measuring range final value) ±1% (From the measuring range final value) 1% (After additional adjustment)
0.02%/K (From T > 25°C) 0.02%/K (From T > 25°C) < 0.03%/K
-1 A ... 0 A -1 A ... 0 A -
8 4 1
- - 0 V DC ... 1500 V DC
Through connection, 9.5 mm diameter Through connection, 9.5 mm diameter Screw connection
Floating switch contacts - -
0 V ... 10 V - -
- - 2 V ... 10 V
max. 300 m max. 300 m max. 0.5 m

Proprietary Proprietary -
- - -
- - -
- - -
IP20 IP20 IP20

-20°C ... 70°C -20°C ... 70°C -20°C ... 70°C
22.5 / 102 / 128.5 mm 22.5 / 102 / 128.5 mm 22.5 / 102 / 128.5 mm
0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16

Pkt. Pkt. Pkt.
SCK-M-I-8S-20A 2903241 1
SCK-M-I-4S-20A 2903242 1
SCK-M-U-1500V 2903591 1

Monitoring
Detect errors before they actually occur
RCM devices provide residual current Increasing use is being made of equipment
monitoring in grounded power supply sys- such as frequency inverters. In the event of
tems. They detect residual currents at an an error, residual currents with a frequency
early stage, such as those that occur as a re- of up to 50 kHz can be generated. Type B+
sult of insulation errors. They can therefore RCM devices from Phoenix Contact are al-
be used to prevent forced system shut- ready able to detect residual currents with
down. Plans can be made to remove errors frequencies up to 100 kHz. This far exceeds
outside of operating hours. RCM devices present-day requirements of 20 kHz for
also act as a form of fire prevention. type B+ devices.
Single-phase Three-phase
Single-phase
with smoothing star circuit
Circuit
Correct load current
Residual current to ground potential
Type A – –
Solution
Type B Type B Type B
242 PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring
Residual currents can increase continually

due to gradual processes. This can be attrib-
uted to humidity or conductive dirt on live
parts, for example. Residual current circuit In
breakers trip at different rated residual cur-
rents In, depending on their type. Addition-
ally installed residual current monitoring de-
vices prevent sudden system downtimes
thanks to early warnings. The continuous Ialarm
supply of information about gradually in-
creasing residual currents allows timely in-
tervention. Unplanned system failures can
be avoided. t
Normal operation Warning range Normal operation

following intervention
System failure
Full bridge circuit

Semi-controlled Three-phase Phase-controlled modula-
Full bridge circuit between phase Burst control
full bridge circuit full bridge circuit tor
conductors
Type A Type A – – Type A Type A
Type B Type B Type B Type B Type B Type B

Monitoring
Residual current monitoring - RCM
– Adjustable residual response current of

30 mA to 3 A
– Adjustable pre-alarm threshold and delay
time
– Actual differential current can be read via
LED display kHz
– Remote signaling for main and pre-alarm
Notes:
Cables for type B+ converter connection (RJ45, 4-pair, 1:1 line)
can be found in the accessories section by entering the order num- RCM type B+ for smooth and pulsating DC and Converter for RCM type B+
ber (RCM/converter) at: www.phoenixcontact.net/products AC residual currents up to 100 kHz
Total width 71.6 mm Total width 65.5 mm
RJ 45
U
U
I
I
12 14
A1
A2 11
Alarm
12 14 RJ 45
11
Pre-alarm

Electrical data ...SCT-35 ...SCT-70 ...SCT-105
Nominal voltage range 85 V AC ... 264 V AC - - -
Nominal frequency fN 50 Hz (60 Hz) - - -
Rated current In - 125 A 200 A 300 A
Max. required back-up fuse 16 A (B) - - -
RCM data
Rated response differential current Idyn 3A 3A 3A 3A
Differential current acquisition characteristic Type B+ (DC up to 100 kHz) Type B+ (DC Type B+ (DC Type B+
up to 100 kHz) up to 100 kHz) (DC up to 100 kHz)
Response differential current IΔn 30, 100, 300, 1000, 3000 mA (adjustable) 0.03 A ... 3 A 0.03 A ... 3 A 0.1 A ... 3 A
Discrimination threshold main alarm 80% ... 100% (of the set response differential current IΔn) - - -
Discrimination threshold pre-alarm 10% ... 90% (of the main alarm threshold, adjustable) - - -
Response time for 2 x IΔn 0.1 s ... 1 s (adjustable) - - -

Thermal permanent differential current Icth - 150 A (50 150 A (50 150 A (50 Hz/20 kHz)
Hz/20 kHz) Hz/20 kHz)
Thermal rated short-time differential current Ith - 3 kA for 1 s (50 3 kA for 1 s (50 3 kA for 1 s (50 Hz/20 kHz)
Hz/20 kHz) Hz/20 kHz)
Rated surge voltage resistance Uimp 4 kV 8 kV 8 kV 8 kV
General data
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 -
Maximum permissible outside diameter of cables - 23.00 mm 46.00 mm 70.00 mm
Housing material polycarbonate polycarbonate
Test standards DIN EN 62020 / DIN EN 60664 / DIN VDE 0664-110 DIN EN 62020 / VDE 0663 / DIN EN 60044-1 /
Test standards - VDE 0414 / DIN V VDE V 0664-110
Pollution degree 2 2 2 2
Surge voltage category III IV IV IV
Mounting
Mounting type DIN rail: 35 mm Screw mount- Screw mount- Screw mounting
ing ing
Remote indication contact PDT contact -
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / - -
Max. operating voltage 230 V AC -
Max. operating current 5 A (cos phi > 0.9) -
Pcs. / Pcs. /
Pkt. Pkt.
Evaluation unit
RCM-B/50/85-264V 2806210 1
Current transformer
20 mm Ø
30 mm Ø
35 mm Ø RCM-B-SCT- 35 2806223 1
70 mm Ø RCM-B-SCT- 70 2806236 1
105 mm Ø RCM-B-SCT-105 2806249 1
140 mm Ø
210 mm Ø
244 PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring
RCM type A for pulsating DC and Converter for RCM type A Converter for RCM type A
AC residual currents with 50/60 Hz
Total width 71.6 mm Total width 32 mm Total width 33 mm
k l
A1 12 14
A2 = 11
Alarm
12 14
11
k l k l
Pre-alarm

...SCT-20 ...SCT-30 ...SCT-35 ...SCT-70 ...SCT-105 ...SCT-140 ...SCT-210
85 V AC ... 264 V AC - - - - - - -
50 Hz (60 Hz) - - - - - - -
- 50 A 100 A 125 A 200 A 250 A 350 A 400 A
16 A (B) - - - - - - -
3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A
Type A Type A Type A Type A Type A Type A Type A Type A
(50 / 60 Hz) (50 / 60 Hz) (50 / 60 Hz) (50 / 60 Hz) (50 / 60 Hz) (50 / 60 Hz) (50 / 60 Hz) (50 / 60 Hz)
30, 100, 300, 1000, 3000 mA (adjustable) 0.03 A ... 3 A 0.03 A ... 3 A 0.03 A ... 3 A 0.03 A ... 3 A 0.03 A ... 3 A 0.03 A ... 3 A 0.03 A ... 3 A
80% ... 100% (of the set response differential current IΔn) - - - - - - -
10% ... 90% (of the main alarm threshold, adjustable) - - - - - - -
0.1 s ... 1 s (adjustable) - - - - - - -

- 1.5 x In 1.5 x In 1.5 x In 1.5 x In 1.5 x In 1.5 x In 1.5 x In
- 10 x In (for 1 s) 10 x In (for 1 s) 10 x In (for 1 s) 10 x In (for 1 s) 10 x In (for 1 s) 10 x In (for 1 s) 10 x In (for 1 s)
4 kV 8 kV 8 kV 8 kV 8 kV 8 kV 8 kV 8 kV
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
- 13.00 mm 20.00 mm 23.00 mm 46.00 mm 70.00 mm 93.00 mm 140.00 mm
polycarbonate polycarbonate polycarbonate
-25°C ... 65°C -20°C ... 65°C -20°C ... 65°C
IP20 IP20 (terminal blocks) IP20 (terminal blocks)
DIN EN 62020 / DIN EN 60664 DIN EN 62020 / VDE 0663 / DIN EN 60044-1 / DIN EN 62020 / VDE 0663 / DIN EN 60044-1 /
- VDE 0414 VDE 0414
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
III IV IV IV IV IV IV IV
DIN rail: 35 mm DIN rail: 35 DIN rail: 35 Screw mount- Screw mount- Screw mount- Screw mount- Screw mounting
mm mm ing ing ing ing
PDT contact - -
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / - - -
230 V AC - -
5 A (cos phi > 0.9) - -

Pkt. Pkt. Pkt.
RCM-A/50/85-264V 2806016 1
RCM-A-SCT- 20 2806045 1
RCM-A-SCT- 30 2806058 1
RCM-A-SCT- 35 2806061 1
RCM-A-SCT- 70 2806074 1
RCM-A-SCT-105 2806087 1
RCM-A-SCT-140 2806090 1
RCM-A-SCT-210 2806100 1

Monitoring
EV Charge Control charging controller Additional functions:

EV Charge Control is the charging con- All necessary control functions are inte-
troller used to charge electric vehicles on grated in a single device. No additional con-
the AC mains according to IEC 61851-1. troller is required.
The control and monitoring functions that – Easy configuration directly at the device
Charging
are defined here for charging mode 3 serve or via the integrated web server EV Charge Control
IEC G195
Mode 3
8
7
9
0 1
6 5 4
2
3
controller
as the basis for the equipment. – Adjustable charging current limitation of
– Control Pilot evaluation and control 6 ... 80 A
– Monitoring of the PE protective ground – Parameterizable automatic rejection of
connection charging cables with low current carrying
– Evaluation of the proximity capacity Charging
contactor
– Control of the charge contactor and lock- – Automatic or manual locking as well as
ing actuators selection of DC motor or magnetic lock-
ing actuators
Plug-in charging systems – Optional locking confirmation and exter- Simple charging point with permanently connected cable
For information on plug-in charging sys- nal enabling as a switching requirement

tems, see Catalog 2, connection technology – Integration into your charging infrastruc-
for field devices. ture via Ethernet interface (Modbus/TCP) Central Charging
– Charging process enabling, status re- controller controller
quests, and dynamic load management via

remote access 0 1
9
0 1
2
DC motor
– 4 digital inputs and 4 digital outputs
8
89 2
3
M
7 3 7
6 5 4 6 5 4
LNK1 ACT1 1.1
1.2
2.1
2.2
1.1
1.2
2.1
2.2
1.1
1.2
2.1
2.2
1.1
1.2
2.1
2.2
1.1
1.2
2.1
2.2
1.1
1.2
2.1
2.2
1.1
1.2
2.1
2.2
1.1
1.2
2.1
2.2
1.1
1.2
2.1
2.2 EV Charge Control

8
9
0 1
2
Lock
IEC G195 7 3
6 5 4
Mode 3
– Two digital outputs configurable via web

1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3
1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4
server
– 4 relay outputs
Charging contactor
EV Charge Control charging controller in conjunction with

a central controller
246 PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring
EV Charge Control charging control-
ler H
D W
EV Charge Control
– Charging controller for charging electric
vehicles on AC mains according to
IEC 61851-1.
EV Charge Lock Release
– Optional extension module for plug re-
lease in the event of mains failure.
Notes:
For information on plug-in charging systems, see Charging controller Mains power failure plug enable
Catalog 2, connection technology for field devices.

Input
Description of the input Digital input Signal input
Nominal input voltage UN 24 V 12 V
Input current 8 mA (24 V) Approx. 5 mA (at 12 V)
Input ranges -3 V ... 5 V (Off) -3 V ... 3 V (Off)
15 V ... 30 V (On) -30 V ... -10 V (Locking ON)
10 V ... 30 V (Unlocking ON)
Switching output
Output description Relay output C1.2 and V1.2 Relay output
Maximum switching voltage 250 V AC Approx. 11.5 V (Operating/capacitor voltage minus the diode volt-
age of ~ 0.5 V)
Maximum switching current 6A 4A
Switching output
Output description Relay output R1.3 and R2.4 -
Maximum switching voltage 30 V AC/DC -
Maximum switching current 6A -
Switching output
Output description Digital output -
Maximum output voltage 30 V -
Maximum output current 0.6 A -
Ethernet interface
Connection method RJ45 socket -
Transmission speed 10/100 Mbps -
Transmission length 100 m (with shielded, twisted-pair data cable) -
General data
Supply voltage 12 V DC ±5%
Supply voltage range 110 V AC ... 240 V AC (nominal voltage range) -
95 V AC ... 264 V AC
Maximum current consumption 40 mA -
Own current consumption - 4 A (4 mA in idle state)
Frequency range 45 Hz ... 65 Hz -
Dimensions W / H / D 71.6 / 61 / 90 mm 35.6 / 61 / 90 mm
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Pcs. / Pcs. /
Pkt. Pkt.
EV Charge Control charging controller
EM-CP-PP-ETH 2902802 1
Mains failure plug release EV Charge Lock Release
EM-EV-CLR-12V 2903246 1

Monitoring
Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules
For high system availability Perfect timing Professionally packaged components

EMD monitoring relays can be used to de- ETD timer relays ensure optimum time Special function modules with profession-
tect deviations in important system param- sequences. al housing and connection technology can
eters at an early stage. These can be indicat- The modules are the cost-effective alter- be used to integrate electronic components
ed or system parts can be shut down native to a PLC: with easy configuration and in your system. They can be used to per-
selectively. EMD monitoring relays ensure fast wiring. form a variety of tasks:
error-free and cost-effective operation of Choose from two product ranges for – Diode modules provide protection
your system. They are an inexpensive solu- your ideal time control application: against polarity reversal. In addition, they
tion for numerous monitoring functions. – Ultra-narrow timer relays each with one decouple messages in fault reporting sys-
– Surge voltage and undervoltage time range and one function tems.
– Overcurrent and undercurrent – Multifunctional timer relays with select- – Lamp testing modules decouple signals in
– Phase failure, phase sequence, and phase able time ranges and functions isolation in the field of fault reporting
asymmetry technology.
– Power factor and real power – Display modules simplify troubleshooting
– Motor winding temperature and provide help for monitoring process-
– Levels es.
For system monitoring, choose from two

product ranges: compact or multifunctional
monitoring relays.
248 PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring
Compact monitoring relays Multifunctional monitoring relays Ultra-narrow timer relays

Ideal for simple monitoring tasks – from – Parameters can be adjusted easily using The space-saving and inexpensive solution
series production to building installation. rotary switches for simple time control applications.
– Compact installation housing – Fast error detection, thanks to fine tuning – Each with one time range and one func-
– Quick and tool-free wiring with push-in and short response times tion
technology – Worldwide use, thanks to wide-range – Design width of just 6.2 mm - saves up
– Parameters can be adjusted easily using power supply unit or plug-in transformer to 70% space compared to conventional
rotary switches – Space saving – with two PDT outputs in timer relays
– Clear diagnostics, thanks to color status 22.5 mm wide housing – Precise time setting using the illuminated
LED – Electrically isolated measuring and supply thumbwheel
circuits – Fast wiring through the use of plug-in
– Clear diagnostics, thanks to color status bridges
LEDs
Multifunctional timer relays Special function modules

For universal use thanks to wide range of Special function modules transform com-
functions. ponents such as diodes into a shock-proof
– Just three versions for all conventional and dust-proof electronics module.
time control applications. – Easy installation, thanks to electronics
– Two floating PDT outputs on a design housing with IP20 protection that can be
width of just 22.5 mm installed in a control cabinet
– Supply voltage via wide-range power sup- – Fast mounting on DIN rails, thanks to the
ply unit foot catch
– Optimum setting of times ranging from – User-friendly wiring, thanks to practical
milliseconds to several days connection technology

Monitoring
Single-phase current and voltage
monitoring H H
D W D W
Single-phase current monitoring
The EMD-BL-C-10 monitors AC cur-
rents from 0 ... 10 A.
– Adjustable response delay
– 0 ... 5 A or 0 ... 10 A measuring range
– Adjustable via rotary switch on the front
Single-phase voltage monitoring

The EMD-BL-V-230 monitors DC and Current monitoring, 1-phase Voltage monitoring, 1-phase
AC voltages. Overcurrent, undercurrent, window Undervoltage, window
– 24 V AC/DC or 230 V AC
– Separately adjustable response delay
– Adjustable monitoring range
– Adjustable via potentiometer on the Housing width 17.5 mm Housing width 17.5 mm
front
16 18
16 18
Li U1 24 V DC
Lk U2 24 V AC
N U3 230 V AC
U = 230 V AC 15
GND 15

Functions
Overcurrent, undercurrent, window Undervoltage, window
Input
Input ranges 0 V DC ... 24 V DC (connection terminal blocks: U1 and GND)
0 V AC ... 24 V AC (connection terminal blocks: U2 and GND)
0 V AC ... 230 V AC (connection terminal blocks: U3 and GND)
Input ranges 0 A ... 5 A AC -
0 A ... 10 A AC
(Configurable via rotary switches)
Input resistance 3 mΩ -
Min. setting range 5% ... 95% (From IN) 75% ... 115% (From UN)
Max. setting range 10% ... 100% (From IN) 80% ... 120% (From UN)
Setting range for response delay 0.1 s ... 10 s 0.1 s ... 10 s
Basic accuracy ≤ 5% (of the nominal value) ≤ 5% (of scale end value)
Setting accuracy ±5% (of the nominal value) ±5% (of scale end value)
Repeat accuracy ≤ 2% ≤ 2%
Relay output
Contact type 1 floating PDT 1 floating PDT
Switching capacity 1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC) 1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC)
Electrical service life 1 x 105 cycles 1 x 105 cycles
Mechanical service life 15 x 106 cycles 15 x 106 cycles
Output fuse 5 A (fast-blow) 5 A (fast-blow)
General data
Supply voltage 230 V AC ±15% -25% ... +20% (= measuring voltage)
Nominal power consumption 5 VA (0.8 W) 10 VA (At 230 V AC (0.6 W))
1.3 VA (At 24 V AC (0.8 W))
0.6 W (at 24 V DC)
Degree of protection IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks) IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14
Pcs. / Pcs. /
Pkt. Pkt.
Compact monitoring relays with push-in connection
EMD-BL-C-10-PT 2903522 1 EMD-BL-V-230-PT 2903524 1

Compact monitoring relays with screw connection
EMD-BL-C-10 2903521 1 EMD-BL-V-230 2903523 1
250 PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring
Three-phase voltage monitoring,
phase monitoring H H
D W D W
Three-phase voltage monitoring
The EMD-BL-3V-400 monitors three-
phase AC voltages.
– 3~ 400 V AC/230 V AC ±30%
– Separately adjustable response delay
– Adjustable monitoring range
– Adjustable via potentiometer on the
front
– Supply from the measuring circuit
Voltage monitoring, 3-phase Phase monitoring
Window, phase sequence Phase sequence, phase failure, asymmetry
Phase monitoring
The EMD-BL-PH-400 monitors three-
phase AC voltages.
– 3~ 208 ... 480 V AC/120 ... 277 V AC Housing width 17.5 mm Housing width 17.5 mm

– Adjustable asymmetry: 5 ... 25%/OFF
16 18 16 18
– Adjustable via potentiometer on the
L1 L1
front
L2 L2
– Supply from the measuring circuit
L3 L3
15 15

Functions
Window, phase sequence Phase sequence, phase failure, asymmetry
Input
Monitoring range 280 V AC ... 519 V AC 187 V AC ... 519 V AC
Input ranges 3~ 400/230 V 3~ 208 ... 480 V/120 ... 277 V
Input resistance - -
Min. setting range 70% ... 120% (From UN) -
Max. setting range 80% ... 130% (From UN) -
Asymmetry - 5 % ... 25% / OFF
Basic accuracy ≤ 5% (of the nominal value) ≤ 5% (of scale end value)
Setting accuracy ±5% (of scale end value) ±5% (of scale end value)
Relay output
Contact type 1 floating PDT 1 floating PDT
Switching capacity 1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC) 1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC)
Electrical service life 1 x 105 cycles 1 x 105 cycles
General data
Supply voltage ±30% (= measuring voltage) ±10% (= measuring voltage)
Nominal power consumption 10 VA (1 W) 10 VA ((1 W) at 400 V/50 Hz)
16 VA ((1.5 W) at 480 V/60 Hz)

Pcs. / Pcs. /
Pkt. Pkt.
Compact monitoring relays with push-in connection
EMD-BL-3V-400-PT 2903526 1 EMD-BL-PH-480-PT 2903528 1

Compact monitoring relays with screw connection
EMD-BL-3V-400 2903525 1 EMD-BL-PH-480 2903527 1

Monitoring
Single-phase current monitoring
H H
D W D W
EMD-...C... monitoring relays monitor
DC and AC currents within the range
0 ... 10 A.
– Separately adjustable startup and release
delays
– Variable supply voltage range
– Adjustable via potentiometer on front
Notes:
Overcurrent and undercurrent monitoring Overcurrent or undercurrent monitoring
 
16 18 26 28 16 18
I1 100 mA I1 100 mA
I2 1A I2 1A
I3 10 A I3 10 A
GND 15 25
GND 15
A1 A2 A1 POWER U = 24 V DC
U = 24...240 V AC/DC A2 MODULE 24...230 V AC

Functions EMD-SL-C-OC-10 EMD-SL-C-UC-10
Overcurrent, undercurrent, window, error memory Overcurrent Undercurrent
Input
Input ranges 0 mA ... 100 mA AC/DC (Connection terminals: I1 and GND) 0 mA ... 100 mA AC/DC (Connection terminals: I1 and GND)
0 A ... 1 A AC/DC (Connection terminals: I2 and GND) 0 A ... 1 A AC/DC (Connection terminals: I2 and GND)
0 A ... 10 A AC/DC (Connection terminals: I3 and GND) 0 A ... 10 A AC/DC (Connection terminals: I3 and GND)
Input resistance 470 mΩ (at IN = 100 mA) ; 47 mΩ (at IN = 1 A) ; 5 mΩ (at IN = 10 A) 470 mΩ (at IN = 100 mA) ; 47 mΩ (at IN = 1 A) ; 5 mΩ (at IN = 10 A)
Min. setting range 5% ... 95% (From IN) 5% ... 95% (From IN)
Max. setting range 10% ... 100% (From IN) 10% ... 100% (From IN)
Setting range for starting delay 0 s ... 10 s -
Basic accuracy ±5% (of scale end value) ±5% (of scale end value)
Setting accuracy ≤ 5% (of scale end value) ≤ 5% (of scale end value)
Relay output
Contact type 2 floating PDT contacts 1 floating PDT
Switching capacity 750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing) 750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing) 1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing)
Electrical service life 2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA 2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA
Mechanical service life Approx. 2 x 107 cycles Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
General data
Supply voltage
Nominal power consumption 4.5 VA (1.5 W) 2 VA (1.5 W)
Pcs. / Pcs. /
Pkt. Pkt.
Electronic monitoring relay
EMD-FL-C-101) 2866022 1 EMD-SL-C-OC-10 2866019 1
EMD-SL-C-UC-10 2867937 1
Power module, plug-in, please order at the same time!
Supply voltage 20 ... 30 V DC EMD-SL-PS- 24DC 2885359 1
Supply voltage 20.2 ... 26.4 V AC EMD-SL-PS- 24AC 2866103 1
Supply voltage 88 ... 121 V AC EMD-SL-PS-110AC 2866116 1
252 PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring
Single-phase voltage monitoring
H H
D W D W
EMD-...V... monitoring relays monitor
DC and AC voltages within the range
0 ... 300 V.
delays
Notes:
Undervoltage and overvoltage monitoring Undervoltage monitoring
 
16 18 26 28 16 18
U1 30 V U1 30 V
U2 60 V U2 60 V
U3 300 V U3 300 V
GND 15 25
GND 15
A1 A2 A1 POWER U = 24 V DC
U = 24...240 V AC/DC A2 MODULE 24...230 V AC

Functions
Undervoltage, overvoltage, window, error memory Undervoltage
Input
Input ranges 0 V ... 30 V AC/DC (connection terminal blocks: U1 and GND) 0 V ... 30 V AC/DC (connection terminal blocks: U1 and GND)
0 V ... 60 V AC/DC (connection terminal blocks: U2 and GND) 0 V ... 60 V AC/DC (connection terminal blocks: U2 and GND)
0 V ... 300 V AC/DC (connection terminal blocks: U3 and GND) 0 V ... 300 V AC/DC (connection terminal blocks: U3 and GND)
Input resistance 47 kΩ (connection terminal blocks: U1 and GND) 47 kΩ (connection terminal blocks: U1 and GND)
100 kΩ (connection terminal blocks: U2 and GND) 100 kΩ (connection terminal blocks: U2 and GND)
470 kΩ (connection terminal blocks: U3 and GND) 470 kΩ (connection terminal blocks: U3 and GND)
Min. setting range 5% ... 95% (From UN) 5% ... 95% (From UN)
Max. setting range 10% ... 100% (From UN) 10% ... 100% (From UN)
Setting range for starting delay 0 s ... 10 s -
Basic accuracy ±5% (of scale end value) ±5% (of scale end value)
Setting accuracy ≤ 5% (of scale end value) ≤ 5% (of scale end value)
Relay output
Contact type 2 floating PDT contacts 1 floating PDT
General data
Supply voltage
Nominal power consumption 4.5 VA (1.5 W) 2 VA (1.5 W)
Pcs. / Pcs. /
Pkt. Pkt.
EMD-FL-V-3001) 2866048 1 EMD-SL-V-UV-300 2866035 1

Monitoring
Three-phase voltage monitoring
H
D W
EMD-...-3V... monitoring relays monitor
three-phase AC voltages of 160 ... 897 V AC
(depending on the device concerned).
– Adjustable asymmetry
Notes:
Undervoltage and phase monitoring,
400 V or 230 V

16 18 26 28
L1
L2
L3
(N) 15 25
A1 A2
U = 24...240 V AC/DC
Technical data
Functions EMD-FL-3V-4001) EMD-FL-3V-2301)
Undervoltage, window, Undervoltage, window,
asymmetry, phase sequence, asymmetry, phase sequence,
phase failure phase failure
Input
Monitoring range 280 V AC ... 520 V AC 161 V AC ... 299 V AC
Input ranges 3 N ~ 400/230 V 3 N ~ 230/132 V
Input resistance 1 MΩ 470 kΩ
Min. setting range -30% ... 20% (From UN)
Max. setting range -20% ... 30% (From UN)
Setting range for response delay 0.1 s ... 10 s
Asymmetry 5 % ... 25% / OFF 5 % ... 25% / OFF
Basic accuracy ±5% (of scale end value)
Setting accuracy ≤ 5% (of scale end value)
Repeat accuracy ≤ 2%
Relay output
Contact type 2 floating PDT contacts
Switching capacity 750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing)
Electrical service life 2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA

Mechanical service life Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
Output fuse 5 A (fast-blow)
General data
Supply voltage
Nominal power consumption 4.5 VA (1.5 W)
Degree of protection IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)
UL, USA / Canada UL/C-UL listed UL 508
Ordering data
Pcs. /
L1 Pkt.
L2
L3 Electronic monitoring relay
N
24 V~ EMD-FL-3V-4001) 2866064 1
0V EMD-FL-3V-2301) 2885773 1
max. 20 A
A1 N 15
L1 L2 L3
Supply voltage 20 ... 30 V DC
15 25 Supply voltage 20.2 ... 26.4 V AC
Supply voltage 88 ... 121 V AC
16 18 26 28 Supply voltage 108 ... 132 V AC
25 26 28 Supply voltage 195 ... 264 V AC
16 18 A2
Supply voltage 323 ... 456 V AC
Connection example
254 PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring
H H H
D W D W D W
Undervoltage and phase monitoring, Undervoltage/overvoltage monitoring, Phase monitoring, 400 V

500 V or 690 V 400 V with/without neutral conductor
  
Housing width 45 mm Housing width 22.5 mm Housing width 22.5 mm
16 18 26 28 16 18
L1 L1 12 14 22 24
L2 L2 L1
L3 L3 L2
15 25 15 L3
A1 A1 (N) 11 21
POWER POWER U = 24 V DC
U = 110...500 V AC
A2 MODULE A2 MODULE 24...230 V AC

EMD-FL-3V-690 EMD-FL-3V-500 EMD-SL-3V-400 EMD-SL-3V-400-N
Undervoltage, window, Undervoltage, window, Window, without neutral Window, with neutral Phase sequence, phase failure, asymmetry
asymmetry, phase sequence, asymmetry, phase sequence, conductor connection conductor connection
phase failure phase failure
483 V AC ... 897 V AC 350 V AC ... 650 V AC 280 V AC ... 520 V AC 280 V AC ... 520 V AC 342 V AC ... -
3 ~ 690 V 3 ~ 500 V 3 ~ 400 V 3 N ~ 400/230 V 3 N ~ 400/230 V
1 MΩ 1 MΩ 1 MΩ 1 MΩ 15 kΩ
-30% ... 20% (From UN) -30% ... 20% (From UN) -
-20% ... 30% (From UN) -20% ... 30% (From UN) -
0.1 s ... 10 s 0.2 s ... 10 s ≤ 350 ms (fixed setting)
5 % ... 25% / OFF 5 % ... 25% / OFF Fixed, approx. 30%
±5% (of scale end value) ±5% (of scale end value) -
≤ 5% (of scale end value) ≤ 5% (of scale end value) -
≤ 2% ≤ 2% -
2 floating PDT contacts 1 floating PDT 2 floating PDT contacts

750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing) 750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing) 750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing) 1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing) 1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing)
2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA 2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA 2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles Approx. 2 x 107 cycles Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
5 A (fast-blow) 5 A (fast-blow) 5 A (fast-blow)
(From the measured voltage)

4.5 VA (1.5 W) 2 VA (1.5 W) 9 VA
IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks) IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks) IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)
-25°C ... 55°C -25°C ... 55°C -25°C ... 55°C
45 / 90 / 113 mm 22.5 / 90 / 113 mm 22.5 / 90 / 113 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14

UL/C-UL listed UL 508 UL/C-UL listed UL 508 UL/C-UL listed UL 508

Pkt. Pkt. Pkt.
EMD-FL-3V-690 2885249 1 EMD-SL-3V-400 2866051 1 EMD-SL-PH-400 2866077 1

EMD-FL-3V-500 2867979 1 EMD-SL-3V-400-N 2885278 1
EMD-SL-PS- 24DC 2885359 1

EMD-SL-PS- 24AC 2866103 1
EMD-SL-PS45-110AC 2885281 1 EMD-SL-PS-110AC 2866116 1
EMD-SL-PS45-400AC 2885304 1

Monitoring
Effective power monitoring,
load monitoring (cos φ) H H
D W D W
Effective power monitoring
The effective power in single- and 3-phase
networks can be monitored with the
EMD-FL-RP-480 effective power moni-
toring relay.
– Monitoring range up to 7.2 kW
delays
– Temperature monitoring of the motor
winding Effective power monitoring Load monitoring (cos φ)
– Detection of switched off loads
Load monitoring (cos φ) 
The EMD-FL-PF-400 monitoring relay Housing width 45 mm Housing width 22.5 mm
i 16 18
is a cos φ monitor for load monitoring in 16 18 26 28
k
single- or three-phase networks. L1I
L1
15
Notes: L2 L2
L3 26 28
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 L3
T1
L1K 15 25
T2 Y1 Y2 25
A1 A2
A1 POWER
MODULE U = 24...240 V AC/DC
A2 supply≤ 500 V AC

Functions
Underload, overload, window, winding temperature monitoring Underload, overload, Window
Input
Description of the input Voltage input -
Measured value AC sine (10 Hz ... 400 Hz) AC sine (10 ... 100 Hz)
Measuring ranges PN Can be switched between 0.75 kW, 1.5 kW, 3 kW and 6 kW -
Nominal input voltage UN 480 V (3 N ~ 480/277 V) (3 N ~ 415/240 V)

Input ranges 0 V AC ... 480 V AC (1(N) ~, single-phase load) 40 V AC ... 415 V AC (1(N) ~, single-phase load)
0 V AC ... 480 V AC (3(N) ~, 3-phase load) 40 V AC ... 415 V AC (3(N) ~, 3-phase load)
Input ranges 0.15 A ... 6 A (Range: 0.75 kW and 1.5 kW) 0.5 A ... 10 A (Connection terminal blocks: L1i and L1k)
0.3 A ... 12 A (Range: 3 kW and 6 kW)
Min. setting range 5% ... 110% (of PN) -
Max. setting range 10% ... 120% (of PN) -
Switching threshold cos φ Min. - 0.1 ... 0.99
Max. - 0.2 ... 1
Relay output
Contact type 2 floating PDT contacts 2 floating PDT contacts
General data
Supply voltage
Nominal power consumption 3.5 VA (3 W) 4.5 VA (1.5 W)
Rated insulation voltage 300 V (According to EN 50178) 300 V (According to EN 50178)
Dimensions W / H / D 45 / 90 / 113 mm 22.5 / 90 / 113 mm
UL, USA / Canada UL applied for UL/C-UL listed UL 508
Pcs. / Pcs. /
Pkt. Pkt.
EMD-FL-RP-480 2900177 1 EMD-FL-PF-4001) 2885809 1
Supply voltage 88 ... 121 V AC EMD-SL-PS45-110AC 2885281 1
256 PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring
Temperature monitoring,
filling level monitoring H H
D W D W
Temperature monitoring
(motor winding)
The monitoring relay EMD-SL-PTC
monitors the motor winding temperatures
by means of PTC (PTC thermistor resis-
tance) as per DIN 44081.
– Test function with integrated test/reset
button
– Short-circuit and open-circuit monitoring Temperature monitoring (motor windings) Filling level monitoring
Filling level monitoring

The EMD-SL-LL-... monitoring relay
monitors the level of electrically conductive  
liquids with the help of conductive probes Housing width 22.5 mm Housing width 22.5 mm
(not supplied as standard). 12 14 22 24 16 18 26 28

– Adjustable response delay T1 E1
– Adjustable via potentiometer on front T2 E2
R E3
15 25
11 21
A1 POWER U = 24 V DC A1 A2
A2 MODULE 24...230 V AC U = 230 V AC

Functions
Winding temperature monitoring Pumping up (minimum monitoring),
pumping down (maximum monitoring)
Input
Total cold resistance < 1.5 kΩ -
Response value ≥ 3.6 kΩ (Relay drops out) -
Release value ≤ 1.8 kΩ (Relay picks up) -
Basic accuracy ±10% (of scale end value) -
Repeat accuracy ≤ 2% -
Measuring input - Conductive probe, type: SK1, SK2, SK3
Max. probe voltage - 16 V AC
Max. probe current - 7 mA
Length of probe cable - < 1000 m Set value < 50% (Capacity 100 nF/km)
< 100 m Set value 100% (Capacity 100 nF/km)
Switching threshold - 0.25 kΩ ... 100 kΩ (4 mS ... 1 μS)

Relay output
Contact type 2 floating PDT contacts 2 floating PDT contacts
General data EMD-SL-LL-230 EMD-SL-LL-110
Supply voltage 230 V AC -15% ... +15% AC 110 V AC -10% ... +15% AC
Nominal power consumption 2 VA (1.5 W) 2 VA (1.5 W)
Pcs. / Pcs. /
Pkt. Pkt.
EMD-SL-PTC 2866093 1 EMD-SL-LL-230 2885906 1
EMD-SL-LL-110 2901137 1

Monitoring
Ultra-narrow timer relays
D W
H
The ETD-BL-1T-... ultra-narrow timer
relays show their strengths in applications
that involve set parameters for functionality
and time range.
– Purposeful device selection: one function,

one time range
– High level of setting accuracy thanks to la-
beled and illuminated thumbwheel
– 6.2 mm slim design width Timer relay with switch-on delay,
voltage controlled

12 14
A1 +
A2 –
11
U = 24 V DC
Technical data
Functions
ON: With switch-on delay
Control contact
Connection -
Control pulse length min. 50 ms
Relay output
Contact type 1 floating PDT
Switching capacity 1500 VA (6 A / 250 V AC)
General data
Supply voltage 24 V DC (19,2 V DC ...30 V DC)
Nominal current typ. 15 mA (Relay ON)
7 mA (Relay OFF)
Impulse withstand voltage 6 kV (According to EN 50178)
Housing material Polyamide PA, self-extinguishing
24 V DC
+ –
L1 Ordering data
N
A1+ 2 Pcs. /
A2-
B1 Description Type Order No.
Pkt.
Compact timer relay, with screw connection
11 1
14
12 Time range 0.1...10 s ETD-BL-1T-ON- 10S 2917379 1
Time range 3...300 s ETD-BL-1T-ON-300S 2917382 1
Time range 0.3...30 min ETD-BL-1T-ON- 30MIN 2917395 1
Conveyor belt 1 starts immediately Time range 3...300 min ETD-BL-1T-ON-300MIN 2917405 1
Compact timer relay, with push-in technology
Time range 0.1...10 s ETD-BL-1T-ON- 10S-PT 2901476 1

24 V DC
+ – Time range 3...300 s ETD-BL-1T-ON-300S-PT 2901477 1
Time range 0.3...30 min ETD-BL-1T-ON- 30MIN-PT 2901478 1
L1
N Time range 3...300 min ETD-BL-1T-ON-300MIN-PT 2901479 1
A1+ 2
A2-
B1
11 1
14
12
Conveyor belt 2 starts with a time delay
258 PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring
D W D W D W
H H H
Timer relay with switch-on delay, Timer relay with off delay, Timer relay with flashing indic. function,
with control contact with control contact beginning with the pulse
  
B1 12 14 B1 12 14 12 14
A1 + A1 + A1 +
t t t
A2 – A2 – A2 –
11 11 11
U = 24 V DC U = 24 V DC U = 24 V DC
ON-CC: With switch-on delay with control contact OFF-CC: Off delay with control contact F: Flashing beginning with pulse
Non-floating, terminals A1-B1 Non-floating, terminals A1-B1 -

min. 50 ms min. 50 ms min. 50 ms
1 floating PDT 1 floating PDT 1 floating PDT

1500 VA (6 A / 250 V AC) 1500 VA (6 A / 250 V AC) 1500 VA (6 A / 250 V AC)
24 V DC (19.2 V DC ...30 V DC) 24 V DC (19,2 V DC ...30 V DC) 24 V DC (19,2 V DC ...30 V DC)

15 mA (Relay ON) 15 mA (Relay ON) 15 mA (Relay ON)
7 mA (Relay OFF) 7 mA (Relay OFF) 7 mA (Relay OFF)
6 kV (According to EN 50178) 6 kV (According to EN 50178) 6 kV (According to EN 50178)
IP20 IP20 IP20
-20°C ... 65°C -20°C ... 65°C -20°C ... 65°C
Polyamide PA, self-extinguishing Polyamide PA, self-extinguishing Polyamide PA, self-extinguishing
6.2 / 80 / 86 mm 6.2 / 80 / 86 mm 6.2 / 80 / 86 mm
0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

 II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X  II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X  II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X

Pkt. Pkt. Pkt.
ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC- 10S 2917418 1 ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC- 10S 2917450 1 ETD-BL-1T-F- 10S 2917492 1

ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC-300S 2917421 1 ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC-300S 2917463 1 ETD-BL-1T-F-300S 2917502 1
ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC- 30MIN 2917434 1 ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC- 30MIN 2917467 1 ETD-BL-1T-F- 30MIN 2917515 1
ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC-300MIN 2917447 1 ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC-300MIN 2917489 1 ETD-BL-1T-F-300MIN 2917528 1
ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC- 10S-PT 2901480 1 ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC- 10S-PT 2901485 1 ETD-BL-1T-F- 10S-PT 2901489 1

ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC-300S-PT 2901481 1 ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC-300S-PT 2901486 1 ETD-BL-1T-F-300S-PT 2901490 1
ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC- 30MIN-PT 2901483 1 ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC- 30MIN-PT 2901487 1 ETD-BL-1T-F- 30MIN-PT 2901491 1
ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC-300MIN-PT 2901484 1 ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC-300MIN-PT 2901488 1 ETD-BL-1T-F-300MIN-PT 2901492 1

Monitoring
Multifunctional timer relays
H
D W
The full range of conventional applications
can be accommodated by the three versions
of the ETD multifunctional timer relay.
– Suitable for universal use thanks to varied
functions and selectable time ranges
– Time ranges from a few milliseconds to
several days
– 2 floating PDT outputs
Multifunctional timer relay,
Notes:
two adjustable times

Y1 Y2 16 18 26 28
A1
A2
Z2 Z1 15 25
U = 24...240 V AC/DC
Technical data
Functions
lp: Switched-mode beginning with the pause
li: Switched-mode beginning with the pulse
ER: With switch-on and release delay with control contact
EWu: With switch-on delay and single shot leading edge, voltage
controlled
EWs: With switch-on delay and single shot leading edge with control
contact
WsWa: With single shot leading edge and single shot trailing edge
with control contact
Wt: Pulse sequence evaluation (retriggerable release delay)
Time ranges
Setting range 50 ms ... 10 h (10 time end ranges)
Control contact
Connection Floating, basic isolation between connection and
input/output/bridge Y1-Y2
Load capacity Cannot carry load
Cable length max. 10 m

Control pulse length min. 50 ms (Only with Wt function: > 7 ms)
Relay output
Contact type 2 floating PDT contacts
Switching capacity 750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing)
T<T1

General data
A1 Y1 25 Supply voltage 24 V DC ... 240 V DC -20 % ... +25 %
Y2
24 V AC ... 240 V AC -15 % ... +10 %
WATCHDOG Nominal power consumption 2.5 VA (1 W)
25 26 28
Degree of protection IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)
16 18 A2
Housing material Polyamide PA, self-extinguishing
Function: Pulse sequence evaluation Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14
UL, USA / Canada UL/C-UL listed UL 508
T<T1 T>T1
Ordering data
Pcs. /
A1 Y1 25 Pkt.
Y2
Electronic timer relay with adjustable functions and times

WATCHDOG
25 26 28 ETD-FL-2T-DTI1) 2866187 1
16 18 A2
Message for incorrect pulse
260 PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring
H H
D W D W
Multifunctional timer relay, Impulse encoder,

one adjustable time adjustable pulse and pause times
 
B1 16 18 26 28 16 18 26 28
A1 A1
t t
A2 A2
15 25 15 25
U = 24...240 V AC/DC U = 24...240 V AC/DC
E: With switch-on delay lp: Switched-mode beginning with the pause

R: With release delay and control contact li: Switched-mode beginning with the pulse
Es: With switch-on delay and control contact
Wu: With single shot leading edge, voltage controlled
Ws: With single shot leading edge and control contact
Wa: With single shot trailing edge and control contact
Bi: Flashing beginning with pulse
Bp: Flashing beginning with pause
50 ms ... 100 h (7 time end ranges) 50 ms ... 100 h (7 time end ranges)
Non-floating, terminals A1-B1 -
Parallel switched minimum load current 1 VA (0.5 W), terminals A2-B1 -
max. 10 m -
min. 70 ms -
2 floating PDT contacts 2 floating PDT contacts

750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing) 750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing)
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
24 V DC ... 240 V DC -20 % ... +25 % 24 V DC ... 240 V DC -20 % ... +25 %
24 V AC ... 240 V AC -15 % ... +10 % 24 V AC ... 240 V AC -15 % ... +10 %
2.5 VA (1 W) 2.5 VA (1 W)
IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks) IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)
-25°C ... 55°C -25°C ... 55°C
Polyamide PA, self-extinguishing Polyamide PA, self-extinguishing
22.5 / 90 / 113 mm 22.5 / 90 / 113 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14
CE-compliant CE-compliant
UL/C-UL listed UL 508 UL/C-UL listed UL 508
Pcs. / Pcs. /
Pkt. Pkt.
ETD-SL-1T-DTF1) 2866161 1 ETD-SL-2T-I1) 2866174 1

Monitoring
Diode modules
D W D W
H H
Diode circuits perform various tasks in
electrical control systems, particularly in
electronic ones:
– Electrical decoupling of messages in fault
signaling systems
– Spark-suppression diodes for limiting
surge voltages of inductive loads, (sole-
noid valves, DC relays or similar)
– Can be supplied as “diode gates” com-
bined with anode or cathode or as freely with diode type 1 N 4007 with diode type 1 N 5408
assignable diodes
Notes:
Further circuit diagrams can be found in the data sheet at  
1 3 5 7 1 3 5 7
2 4 6 8 2 4 6 8

Diodes 4E / 8E / 17E / 7P / 7M 14P / 14M / 32P / 32M 4E-... / 4P-... / 4M-... / 8E-... 8P-... / 8M-...
Max. operating voltage Umax 250 V AC 250 V AC 250 V AC 250 V AC
Peak reverse voltage per diode 1300 V 1300 V 1000 V 1000 V
Reverse current per diode 5 µA 5 µA 10 µA 10 µA
Conducting state voltage per diode Approx. 0.8 V Approx. 0.8 V Approx. 0.8 V Approx. 0.8 V
Conducting state current per diode
with single load 0.7 A 0.7 A 1.5 A 1.5 A
with simultaneous loads 0.5 A 0.2 A 1A 0.3 A
General data
Rated insulation voltage 300 V (According to EN 50178)
Pollution degree / Surge voltage category III, basic insulation (as per EN 50178) III, basic insulation (as per EN 50178)
Pollution degree / Surge voltage category 2 (according to EN 50178) 2 (according to EN 50178)
Mounting position Any Any
Mounting In rows with zero spacing In rows with zero spacing
Dimensions H / D 75 / 55 mm 75 / 55 mm
Pcs. / Pcs. /
Description Housing width Type Order No. Type Order No.
Pkt. Pkt.
Diode module, can be individually wired
4 diodes 22.5 mm EMG 22-DIO 4E 2950048 10 EMG 22-DIO 4E-1N5408 2952790 10
8 diodes 45 mm EMG 45-DIO 8E 2950103 5 EMG 45-DIO 8E-1N5408 2949389 5
17 diodes 90 mm EMG 90-DIO 17E 2954895 5
Diode module, with P-polarity (common cathode)
4 diodes 22.5 mm EMG 22-DIO 4P-1N5408 2952198 10

7 diodes 22.5 mm EMG 22-DIO 7P 2950064 10
8 diodes 45 mm EMG 45-DIO 8P-1N5408 2954879 5
14 diodes 45 mm EMG 45-DIO14P 2950116 5
32 diodes 90 mm EMG 90-DIO 32P 2954918 5
Diode module, with M polarity (common anode)
4 diodes 22.5 mm EMG 22-DIO 4M-1N5408 2952211 10

7 diodes 22.5 mm EMG 22-DIO 7M 2950077 10
8 diodes 45 mm EMG 45-DIO 8M-1N5408 2954882 5
14 diodes 45 mm EMG 45-DIO14M 2950129 5
32 diodes 90 mm EMG 90-DIO 32M 2954934 5
Equipment marker EMG-GKS 12 2947035 50 EMG-GKS 12 2947035 50
262 PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring
Lamp testing modules,
display modules D W D W
H H
Lamp testing modules
Lamp testing modules for checking lamps
that are installed and ready for operation:
– Individual checking of separate lamps
(EMG...-E/LP)
– Centrally controlled checking of lamps
(EMG...-M/LP)
Display modules
– Light indicator modules facilitate the Lamp testing module, Light indicator module,
monitoring of processes on electronic groups of 2 diodes with common cathode with common return line
control systems during troubleshooting
Notes:
Further circuit diagrams can be found in the data sheet at
 
1 4 7 10 1 2 3 4
2 3 5 6 8 9 11 12 5 6 7 0

Diodes 8E/16E 14M/32M LA 7S LED 7S/LED 14S
Max. operating voltage Umax 250 V AC 250 V AC
Peak reverse voltage per diode 1300 V 1300 V
Reverse current per diode ≤ 5 µA ≤ 5 µA
Conducting state voltage per diode Approx. 0.8 V Approx. 0.8 V
Conducting state current per diode
with single load 0.7 A 0.7 A
with simultaneous loads 0.4 A 0.2 A
Input
Current required per light indicator Approx. 1 mA Approx. 3 mA
General data
Rated insulation voltage 300 V (According to EN 50178)
Pollution degree / Surge voltage category III, basic insulation (as per EN 50178) III, basic insulation (as per EN 50178)
Pollution degree / Surge voltage category 2 (according to EN 50178) 2 (according to EN 50178)
Dimensions H / D 75 / 55 mm 75 / 47.5 mm
Pcs. / Pcs. /
Description Housing width Type Order No. Type Order No.
Pkt. Pkt.
Lamp testing module, for individual wiring
4-pair 45 mm EMG 45-DIO 8E/LP 2954798 5

8-pair 90 mm EMG 90-DIO 16E/LP 2954808 5
Lamp testing module, with common control
7-pair 45 mm EMG 45-DIO14M/LP 2950132 5

16-pair 90 mm EMG 90-DIO 32M/LP 2954785 5
Light indicator module, 110 ... 230 V AC input voltage
7 glow lamps 22.5 mm EMG 22-LA 7S/230 2949677 10
Light indicator module, 24 V DC input voltage
7 LEDs 22.5 mm EMG 22-LED 7S/24 2952305 10

14 LEDs 45 mm EMG 45-LED 14S/24 2952334 5
Equipment marker EMG-GKS 12 2947035 50 EMG-GKS 12 2947035 50

264 PHOENIX CONTACT
Relay modules
The importance of the reliability of indus-

trial automation equipment is growing with
the increase in use of electronic modules.
Product overview 266
Modern relay or solid-state relay interfac-

es perform a wide range of tasks. Whether Basics of relay technology 268
in production engineering, for the electrical
equipment of machines or in control engi- Basics of
neering for energy distribution, building au- solid-state relay technology 272
tomation and materials processing – the
main aim is to guarantee the exchange of RIFLINE complete 274
signals between the process peripherals and
PLC series 320
the superior, central control systems. This
exchange must provide reliable operation,
PR series 370
be floating and electrically unambiguous.
Safe electrical interface modules that meet
DEK series 396
the requirements of modern system con-
cepts must include the following features: Special relay and
– Coupling of different signal levels solid-state relay modules 402
– Safe electrical isolation between input and
output
– High interference insensitivity.
In practice, a relay interface comes into
use with a flexible interface configuration
with a large switching capacity range and the
possibility of combining different types of
contact. Further important features of relay
interfaces are:
– Electrical isolation between open con-
tacts
– Switching of independent switching cur-
rent types
– High short-term overload resistance in
the event of a short circuit or voltage
peaks
– Practically impervious to electromagnetic
fields
– Easy handling.
Solid-state relay modules are used when
an interface between the process peripher-
als and electronics is subject to the follow-
ing requirements:
– Low control power
– High switching frequencies
– Wear-free switching with no contact
bounce
– Resistance to vibration and impacts
– Long service life.
PHOENIX CONTACT 265

Relay modules
Product overview
RIFLINE complete
RIF-0 for miniature and solid-state relays RIF-1 for miniature and solid-state relays RIF-2 for industrial relays RIF-3 for octal relays
PLC series
With relay/solid-state relay For high inrush/continuous currents With switch For NAMUR initiators
As sensor/actuator version Resistant to interference currents/voltages For railway applications Types of electronics
DEK series
With miniature relay Actuator series with miniature relays Sensor series with miniature relays With solid-state relay
Safety devices Monitoring relays Timer relays
Safety devices Monitoring relays Timer relays

See Catalog 8 Page 250 Page 258
266 PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
Product overview
RIF-4 for high-power relays Accessories

Page 298 Page 304
PR series
PR1 for miniature or solid-state relays PR2 for industrial relays PR3 for octal relays Accessories
Special relay and solid-state relay modules
Relay terminal blocks with switch Interference-free relays and Relays for switching lamp loads Solid-state power relays with
Page 403 solid-state relays Page 404 Page 407 400 V AC/400 V AC/3 A output Page 408

Relay modules
Basics of relay technology
General To allow DC or AC voltage operation, a working range becomes restricted as a re-
Electromechanical relays are used as in- bridge rectifier is connected in the input cir- sult.
terface modules between the process I/O cuit. The diodes are simultaneously respon- The diagram below illustrates how the
devices, on the one hand, and the open- sible for performing rectification, freewheel- operating voltage behaves as a function of
loop/closed-loop control and signaling ing, and polarity reversal protection the ambient temperature.
equipment, on the other, for level and pow- functions. The interrupting voltage of the
er adjustment purposes. coil is limited to approximately 1.4 V.
Essentially, electromechanical relays can To protect the input circuit against over-
be divided into two main groups: monosta- voltages, a varistor is also connected (de-
ble and bistable relays. pending on the type) upstream of the bridge
With monostable DC or AC relays, the rectifier.
contacts automatically return to the release
state as soon as they are de-energized.
In the case of bistable relays, the con-
Operating voltage
tacts remain in their present switch position
when the excitation current is switched off.
Coil side
Basic construction of a relay with AC/DC input
Input circuits and voltage types Bistable remanence relays with a double
There are various kinds of input circuit winding are only ever operated with DC
depending on the type of relay used and the voltage. Ambient temperature in °C
nature of the control voltage. With these types of relay, there are Basic curve of a relay operating voltage
If pure AC relays are used (AC input), three coil connections on the coil side. In
the input circuit is generally nothing more addition to the common connection, there I: Maximum permissible voltage with 100%
than a visual switching status indicator. are separate connections for “setting” and operating time (OT) and assuming com-
Unless otherwise specified, the frequen- “resetting”; these are controlled by short pliance with the coil temperature limit
cy of the control voltage is 50/60 Hz. pulses only. As a result, the relays hardly II: Minimum operate voltage
heat up at all. Simultaneous control of both
control inputs is not permitted.
A distinction is made between negative Interference voltages and interfer-
switching (M) and positive switching (P) ence currents on the coil side
types, depending on the polarity of the free- When inductive or capacitive interfer-
wheeling and reverse polarity protection di- ence voltages are coupled into the long sup-
odes. ply lines of a relay, this can prevent the relay
from operating safely.
If the coupled-in voltage exceeds the re-
lease voltage required by the IEC 61810-1
“relay standard”, in extreme cases the relay
Basic construction of a relay with AC input
may fail to release. In the case of DC relays,
this release voltage is  0.05 x U and for N
In the case of a pure DC input, the most purely AC relays, it is  0.15 x U . N
important addition to the circuit is a free- The same disturbances can occur when
wheeling diode. This limits the voltages in- a relay with a low input power is controlled
duced on the coil on circuit interruption to by an electronics module with an AC volt-
a value of approximately 0.7 V, which does Block diagram of a bistable relay, negative switching type
age output featuring an RC circuit. The typ-
not pose a danger to any connected control ical leakage current from RC elements of
electronics. this kind (generally in the region of several
As the freewheeling diode can only per- mA) provides sufficient control power to
form its required function if the polarity of prevent the downstream relay from releas-
the voltage connection is correct, a reverse ing or even enough power to excite it.
polarity protection diode is also integrated The disturbance level of any interfer-
into the input circuit. ence voltages that are present can be re-
Block diagram of bistable relay, positive switching type duced by connecting an RC element parallel
to the relay coil. This measure also subjects
Operating voltage range the interference voltage to a capacitive load,
The ambient temperature prevailing at causing it to collapse.
the location of use has a major impact on
certain relay operating parameters.
As the ambient temperature increases,
the coil winding heats up, causing the oper-
ate and release voltages to rise. At the same
time, the maximum permissible coil voltage
Basic construction of a relay with DC input decreases, which means that the usable
268 PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
Contact material Typ. properties Typ. applications Guide values

for the area of
application*
UINTERF
Gold Au Largely insensitive to industrial atmospheres; low Dry measuring and switching cir- A ... 0.2 A
and constant contact resistances in the range of cuits, control inputs V ... 30 V
small switching capacities with nickel (AuNi) or silver
(AuAg) alloys
External RC interference suppression filter to prevent interfer- Silver Ag High electrical conductivity; sensitive to sulfur, there- Universal; suitable for medium  12 V
ence voltage coupling fore often gold-flashed (approximately 0.2 m) as loads; nickel alloys (AgNi 0.15)  10 mA
The following values are recommended protection; nickel (AgNi) or copper (AgCu) alloys in-
crease the mechanical resistance and erosion resis-
for DC circuits with medium to
large loads.
for the purpose of dimensioning the RC el- tance and reduce the welding tendency.
ement:
– R = 100 ... 220  Silver, hard gold- Properties similar to gold Au. When switching loads > Suitable for control inputs and  100 mV
– C = 220 ... 470 nF plated Ag+Au 30 V/0.2 A, the hard gold plating (5 - 10 m) is de- other small loads.  1 mA
stroyed and the values and properties of the Ag con-
The SO46 series have been developed tact are applicable. However, a reduction in the
service life is then to be expected.
to provide even higher levels of immunity to
interference. These products already con-
tain an integrated RCZ filter. See, for exam- Tungsten W Highest melting point; very high erosion resistance; Loads with very high inrush cur-  60 V
greater contact resistances; very low welding ten- rents, e.g., glow lamps, fluores- 1A
ple, PLC...SO46. dency; susceptible to corrosion; often used as lead cent lamps.
contact.
Contact side, contact materials

Silver nickel High erosion resistance; low welding tendency; high- Universal; suitable for medium to  12 V
Given the wide variety of potential appli- AgNi er contact resistances than with pure silver. high loads; DC circuits and induc-  10 mA
cations in the different industrial sectors, tive loads.
the relays used must be matched to the var-

ious tasks that need to be performed by se- Silver nickel Properties similar to gold Au. When switching loads > Suitable for control inputs and  100 mV
lecting the right kind of contact material. AgNi+Au 30 V/0.2 A, the hard gold plating (5 - 10 m) is de-
stroyed and the values and properties of the AgNi
other small loads.  1 mA
The voltage, current, and power values contact are applicable. However, a reduction in the
play an important role when determining service life is then to be expected.
the suitability of contact materials. Other

criteria include: Silver tin oxide Low welding tendency; very high erosion resistance Application depends heavily on  12 V
AgSnO for high switching capacities; low material migration the relay type; switching circuits  100 mA
– Contact resistance with high make and break loads, ( 10 mA)
– Erosion resistance e.g., glow lamps and fluorescent
lamps, AC and DC circuits. Due to
– Material migration different alloys and production
procedures, partly also suitable
– Welding tendency for smaller loads.
– Chemical influences
In this way, the various contact materials
(generally noble metal alloys) can be
Silver tin oxide, Properties similar to gold Au. When switching loads > Suitable for control inputs and  100 mV
matched to the relevant areas of applica- hard gold-plated 30 V/0.2 A, the hard gold plating (5 - 10 m) is de- other small loads.  1 mA
tion. AgSnO+Au stroyed and the values and properties of the AgSnO
contact are applicable. However, a reduction in the
The adjacent table provides details of service life is then to be expected.
some of the key materials.
* Values depend on the relay used and on further operating conditions.
Contact protection circuit
Every electrical load constitutes a mixed These high voltages cause an arc on the
load with ohmic, capacitive, and inductive switching contact which can destroy the
components. contact due to material vaporization and
When these loads are switched, the material migration. The electrical service
switching contact is in turn subjected to a life is reduced considerably as a result. In ex-
load, to either a lesser or greater extent. treme cases, the relay may fail in the very
This load can be reduced by including a suit- first cycle with DC voltage and a static arc.
able contact protection circuit. A protective circuit must be used to
In view of the fact that loads with a large suppress the formation of an arc. With op-
inductive component are predominantly timum dimensioning, almost the same num-
used in practice (e.g., contactors, solenoid ber of cycles can be achieved as with an
valves, motors, etc.), these application sce- ohmic load.
narios are worth considering in more detail.
On interruption, voltage peaks with val-
ues of up to several thousand volts occur
due to the energy stored in the coil.

Relay modules
In principle, there are a number of pos- Load wiring Additional Defined Effective bi- Advantages/disadvantages
sible ways of achieving an effective circuit: dropout de- induction voltage limi- polar atten-
lay tation uation
1. Contact wiring
2. Load wiring Diode Large Yes (UD) No Advantages:
• Good effect in terms of extending
3. Combination of both wiring methods the service life of the contacts
• Easy implementation
• Inexpensive
• Reliable
• Dimensioning not critical
Load • Low induction voltage
Disadvantages:
• Attenuation only via load resistor
• Long dropout delay
Diode/Zener diode Medium to Yes (UZD) No Advantages:

series connection small • Dimensioning not critical
Disadvantages:
• Attenuation only above UZD
• Minimal effect in terms of extending
Load the service life of the contacts
Contact wiring Inductive load wiring
Suppressor diode Medium to Yes (UZD) Yes Advantages:

In principle, protective measures should small • Inexpensive
intervene directly at the source of the inter- • Dimensioning not critical
• Limitation of positive peaks
ference. • Suitable for AC voltages
Wiring a load should therefore be given Load Disadvantages:
priority over wiring the contact. • Attenuation only above UZD
• Minimal effect in terms of extending
The following points are advantageous the service life of the contacts
for the load circuit (image on right):
1. The circuit is only loaded with the induc- Varistor Medium to
small
Yes (UVDR) Yes Advantages:
• High energy absorption
tion voltage during interruption. By con- • Dimensioning not critical
• Suitable for AC voltages
trast, the sum of the operating voltage
and the induction voltage is applied to Disadvantages:
Load • Attenuation only above UVDR
the contact circuit. • Minimal effect in terms of extending
2. When the contact is open, the load is the service life of the contacts
electrically isolated from the operating

voltage. R/C combination Medium to No Yes Advantages:
small • HF attenuation due to energy stor-
3. It is not possible for the load to be acti- age
vated or to “stick” due to undesired op- • Suitable for AC voltages
• Level-independent damping
erating currents, e.g., from RC elements. Disadvantages:
4. Cut-off peaks of the load cannot be cou- Load
• Precise dimensioning required
• High inrush current surge
pled into parallel control lines. • Minimal effect in terms of extending
the service life of the contacts
Nowadays, solenoid valves are usually
connected using valve plugs that are also
supplied with LEDs and components that
limit the induction voltage. Valve plugs with Switching small loads
an RC element, varistor or Zener diode of- Small loads must be processed mainly in
ten do not quench the arc and only serve to applications where signals must be forward-
comply with legislation governing EMC. ed to control inputs (e.g., of a PLC). Evaluation
Only valve plugs with an integrated 1N4007 With these loads, no switching sparks electronics
freewheeling diode quench the arc quickly (arcs) occur on the contacts in the small
and safely, thereby increasing the service life load range.
of the relay by a factor of 5 to 10. Valve In addition to the constant cleaning ef-
plugs with LED, integrated 1N4007, and fect due to contact friction, this switching Application example: measurement point changeover
free cable end can be supplied on request as spark assumes the function of penetrating
part of the SAC range. non-conductive contamination layers that Limit switch
are formed on the contact surfaces of pow-
er contacts.
PLC
input
board
Application example: PLC input signal
270 PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
These contamination layers are usually Switching large DC loads Switching lamps and capacitive loads
oxidation or sulfidation products of the Conventional switching relays can only Regardless of the type of voltage, all
contact materials silver (Ag) or silver alloys switch off relatively small direct currents kinds of lamps and loads with a capacitive
such as silver nickel (AgNi) or silver tin ox- (which contrasts with their ability to switch component impose extreme requirements
ide (AgSnO). As a result, the contact resis- off the maximum permissible AC current), on the switching contacts. The moment it is
tance may rise so considerably within a since there is no zero crossing to extinguish switched on, in other words precisely in the
short time that reliable switching is no lon- the arc automatically. This maximum DC dynamic chattering phase of the relay, ex-
ger possible in the case of small loads. value is also dependent to a large extent on tremely powerful current peaks occur.
Due to these properties, the high-per- the switching voltage and is determined, These are often in the region of several tens
formance contact materials mentioned are among other things, by constructional fea- of amps, and not infrequently are known to
not suitable for small load applications. tures such as contact spacing and contact exceed 100 A, which results in welding of
Gold (Au) has become accepted as the opening speed. the contact. This can be remedied by using
contact material of choice for these areas of The corresponding current and voltage specially optimized “lamp load relays” that
application mainly on account of its low and values are documented by relay manufactur- can cope with these inrush peaks. See, for
constant contact resistances even with ers in arc or load limit curves. example, PLC...IC type.
small loads and its insensitivity to sulfurous A non-attenuated inductive DC load fur-
atmospheres.
For the smallest of loads and even great- Switching capacity in accordance with
er contact reliability, double contact relays utilization categories AC15 and DC13
with gold contacts are used. (IEC 60947)
The slotted contact spring in this design In practice, both the maximum inter-
provides two parallel contact points with rupting rating for AC loads and the DC in-
even lower contact resistances and consid- terruption values taken from the load limit
erably higher contact reliability. curves provide only a rough guide for the
choice of relay. In reality, this is insufficient,
since real loads in the vast majority of indus-
trial applications have inductive or capaci-
tive components and the wiring of the loads
can be totally different. As already de-
scribed, this sometimes leads to consider-
Switching large loads able variations in terms of service life.
Example of a load limit curve (dependent on the type)
A few important points also need to be The IEC 60947 contactor standard
considered with regard to switching opera- seeks to avoid these disadvantages by divid-
tions in the large load range that involve ther reduces the values given for switchable ing the loads into various utilization catego-
power contacts made of either silver (Ag) currents. The energy stored in the induc- ries (DC13, AC15, etc.). This standard is
or silver tin oxide (AgSnO). tance can cause an arc to occur, which for- also partly applied to relays. However, users
A basic distinction must be made be- wards the current through the open con- must be aware of the fact that these values
tween switching DC and AC loads. tacts. are only applicable in practice to a limited
With an effective contact protection cir- extent as well, since all DC13 and AC15
Switching large AC loads cuit, preferably type 1N4007 freewheeling test loads are highly inductive and are also
When switching large AC loads, the re- diodes, the service life can be increased by a operated without any protective circuit at
lay can be operated up to the corresponding factor of 5 to 10 compared with unprotect- all (see “Contact protection circuit” sec-
maximum values for switching voltage, cur- ed or poorly protected inductive loads (see tion). Moreover, the switching capacity test
rent, and power. The arc that occurs during also “Contact protection circuits” section). in accordance with IEC 60947 only requires
interruption depends on the current, volt- If higher DC loads than those docu- 6060 cycles to be performed by way of a
age, and phase angle. This cut-off arc usually mented are to be switched or if the electri- minimum requirement.
disappears automatically the next time the cal service life is to be increased, several A much more reliable way to determine
load current passes through zero. contacts of a relay can be connected in se- the switching capacity and the anticipated
In applications with an inductive load, an ries. See, for example, REL-IR... industrial service life is to refer to the specific applica-
effective protective circuit must be provid- relays. tion data. Using a comprehensive data bank,
ed, otherwise the service life of the system Alternatively, solid-state relays with DC the service life can be accurately estimated
will be reduced considerably. voltage output can also be used. for most applications and, if necessary, sug-
gestions for improvement can be made. In
the case of critical applications, the user is
advised to gather service life information
based on empirical data.

Relay modules
Basics of solid-state relay technology
Control side The switching frequency always lies be- shows the maximum load current as a
Solid-state relays for various voltage and low half the mains frequency. Due to the fil- function of the ambient temperature.
power levels are available from Phoenix ter capacitor, a higher switching frequency 3. Output circuit
Contact for use as interface modules de- cannot be achieved. This would result in The 2-conductor output is similar to a
signed to match process I/O devices to con- continuous through-switching. mechanical contact. Only the polarity of
trol, signaling, and regulating devices. The the connections is specified and must be
solid-state relay element which is actually observed.
located in the module is limited to one de-
fined voltage range by virtue of its design.
The current consumption on the input side
fluctuates depending on the circuit architec-
ture and voltage level.
To accommodate all industrial voltages
Figure 2: block diagram for AC input
between 5 V and 230 V, an input circuit is
provided. The inputs for DC voltage and AC
voltage must always be differentiated.
Load side
Depending on the application and the
type of load, the solid-state relay output
must meet various requirements. The fol-
lowing are crucial:
– Power amplification
– Matching the switching voltage and the
switching current (AC/DC)
– Short-circuit protection Figure 3: 2-conductor output
For these different applications, the sol-
DC input
id-state relay element must also be pro-
Adjustments are made in accordance The 3-conductor output is non-isolated
cessed using additional electronics on the
with the various voltage levels by adding and requires both potentials from the volt-
output side.
electronics which have been specially adapt- age source on the output side to be con-
ed to the desired voltage range. In the case nected if it is to operate reliably.
of most modules, a polarity protection di- When switched off, a permanent refer-
ode provides reliable protection against de- ence to ground (negative potential) is estab-
struction in the event of a control voltage lished. In addition, this output circuit offers
being connected incorrectly. Specially coor- DC output the advantage of an almost constant internal
dinated filters reliably suppress possible In order to achieve the necessary output resistance.
high-frequency noise emissions. power, the solid-state relay element is sup-
plemented by one or more semiconductor
components.
The on-site user should nevertheless
simply regard the connection terminal
blocks of the output as conventional switch
connections. Observing the specified polar-
ity is the only essential requirement.
For practical reasons, the following cri-
Figure 1: block diagram for DC input
teria should be taken into account when se- Figure 4: 3-conductor output
lecting a suitable solid-state relay:
1. Operating voltage range
(e.g., 12 ... 60 V DC)
This determines the minimum or maxi- AC output
mum voltage to be switched. The lower In order to control the switching and
value must be observed in order to en- control devices for AC voltage, a semicon-
sure reliable operation. In order to pro- ductor for AC voltage (TRIAC or thyristor)
AC input tect the output transistor, the upper is connected downstream of the solid-state
The solid-state relay element requires a value must not be exceeded. relay element.
stable control voltage to ensure reliable op- 2. Maximum continuous current (e.g., 1 A) As with the DC output, it is particularly
eration. In the case of the AC input, this is This value indicates the maximum con- important to consider the maximum oper-
achieved by connecting a rectifier and filter tinuous current. If this value is exceeded ating voltage range and the maximum con-
capacitor upstream. Rectifying is followed, continuously, the output semiconductor tinuous load current as a function of the am-
in principle, by the same circuit architecture will be destroyed. The dependence of bient temperature.
as the DC input. the output current on the ambient tem-
perature of the solid-state relay should
also be taken into consideration. A de-
rating curve is therefore generally speci-
fied for solid-state power relays. This
272 PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
Basics of solid-state relay technology
In addition, the maximum peak reverse Application notes Example: load contactor monitoring (DC contactor)
voltage of the TRIAC (e.g., 600 V) is crucial Input solid-state relays acting in the di-
with AC outputs. This must not be exceed- rection from the I/O devices to the control-
ed even in the case of voltage fluctuations ler (signaling, controlling, monitoring)
or interference voltage peaks in order to
prevent destruction. That is why the AC Plug-in version: e.g., PLC
IN
outputs of all solid-state relays from Phoe- – PLC-O...
nix Contact have an internal RC protective
circuit to protect against interference volt- Modular version:
age peaks. – DEK-OE...
– EMG 10-OE... Example: load contactor monitoring (AC contactor)
– SIM-EI...
– OPT...
Zero voltage
e.g., PLC
switch
IN
Figure 5: basic circuit diagram of AC output
Example: position indication with limit stop contact or initiator

Protective circuits
The moment inductive loads (contac-
tors, solenoid valves, motors) are switched
off, surge voltages occur and these can
reach very high amplitudes. Electronic com- e.g., PLC
ponents and switching elements are partic- IN
ularly susceptible to these. A protective cir-

cuit should therefore always be provided to
prevent destruction.
A parallel connection to the load effec-
tively reduces the switching surge voltage to
a harmless level. Depending on the solid-
state relay output and type of load: Output (power) solid-state relays acting Example: switching the contactor, solenoid valve or motor
– A freewheeling diode/suppressor diode in the direction from the controller to the
(DC load)
(DC only) I/O devices (switching, amplifying, control-

– A varistor (AC and DC) ling)
– Or an RC element (AC only)
can provide the necessary protection. Plug-in version: e.g., PLC
OUT
– PLC-O...
Modular version:
– DEK-OV...
– EMG 10-OV
Example: switching the contactor, solenoid valve or motor
– EMG 12-OV (AC load)
Protection – EMG 17-OV

– OV...
– OPT...
Load
e.g., PLC
OUT
Figure 6: protective circuit with DC voltage output
Protection
Remarks:
1) Ground (negative) potential from the input and output of the solid-
Load
state relay must not be connected.

2) DC loads must be provided with an effective protective circuit
(e.g., diode).
3) AC loads must be protected with a varistor or an RC element.
Figure 7: protective circuit with AC voltage output

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
RIFLINE complete is an inexpensive relay can be mounted on the bases so that addi-
system with various accessories. It consists tional marking surfaces are available.
of DIN rail bases, electromechanical or sol- RIFLINE complete can be extended using
id-state relays, plug-in input/interference many elements from the CLIPLINE com-
suppression modules, marking material, and plete accessories range. This includes mark-
bridging material. The range of accessories ing material, bridges, and test adapters.
is rounded off with a timer module. This can To make ordering and management easy,
be used to transform a basic relay into a tim- RIFLINE complete modules are provided in
er relay with three different functions. the most popular voltages as complete
The RIFLINE complete relay range con- modules with relay and input/interference
sists of seven different base versions from suppression module. For individual assem-
RIF-0 to RIF-4 – these range from one N/O bly, tailored to the requirements of the ap-
contact up to four PDT contacts. The field plication, additional voltage levels are of-
of application of this product group ranges fered in the modular system.
from coupling relay applications with
switching currents of one milliamp to re-
placement for miniature contactors with
currents up to 16 A.
The relay bases feature push-in connec-
tion technology, which enables quick and
tool-free conductor contacting. The RIF-1
to RIF-4 bases offer double the contact op-
tions on both the input and output side.
On the input side of all bases, the negative
potential (A2) can be bridged – regardless of
the base size. On the output side, the
grouped contact (11) can be bridged within
the RIF-0 base version. This connection can
also be bridged within the RIF-1 base size.
To offer diverse marking options, the en-
gagement lever can be fitted with a zack
marker strip. In addition, marker carriers
274 PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
RIF-0 RIF-1 RIF-2

The narrow 6.2 mm RIF-0 base series is The narrow 16 mm RIF-1 base series is The 31 mm wide RIF-2 base series is de-
designed for miniature relays with one con- designed for miniature relays with 2 con- signed for industrial relays with up to 4 con-
tact. Switching currents up to 6 A are imple- tacts. Currents up to 13 A can be switched tacts. Currents up to 12 A are no problem
mented here. Two base versions are avail- when using the FBS 2-8 plug-in bridge. This for these bases. This relay is ideal for appli-
able: 1 N/O contact and 1 PDT contact. is the ideal relay for applications that require cations that require power and signal multi-
RIF-0 is therefore a good choice for all cou- coupling, power switching, and signal dupli- plication.
pling applications. cation.
RIF-3 RIF-4 Accessories

The 40 mm wide RIF-3 base series is de- The 43 mm wide RIF-4 base series is de- A wide range of accessories are available
signed for octal relays with up to 3 contacts. signed for power relays with up to 3 con- for the RIFLINE complete relay system that
Switching currents up to 10 A can be imple- tacts. Currents up to 16 A can be switched. round off the range. These include bridges,
mented here. Two base versions are avail- RIF-4 bases are a good choice for applica- professional marking material, special func-
able: 2 PDT contacts and 3 PDT contacts. tions that require power and signal multipli- tion modules, test plugs, and end brackets.
RIF-3 bases are ideal for all applications that cation, e.g., in miniature contactor applica-
require power and signal multiplication. tions.

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Modular RIF-0 relay base Notes:
Type of insulating housing: D W
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: gray.
For further marking systems and mounting material, H
Relay base that can be fitted with minia- see Catalog 5.
ture power relays or solid-state relays with
a nominal voltage of 12 to 24 V DC.
The advantages:
– Integrated freewheeling diode for input
circuit and interference suppression cir-
cuit
– LED for status display
– Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178
between coil and contact 1 PDT relay base for
– Professional marking material miniature power relay
– Holders for test plugs
– Professional bridging of adjacent modules
saves wiring time (A2 and 11/13)
– FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input and Technical data
output side Nominal voltage UN 230 V AC (Contact side)
Nominal current at UN max. 8 A (Depends on application/assembly)
General data
Ambient temperature (operation) -40°C ... 85°C (Depends on application/assembly)
Dimensions
Width 6.2 mm
Depth 78 mm
Height 93 mm
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
RIF-0 relay base, PDT version, safe isolation I/O
With push-in connection
RIF-0-BPT/21 2900958 10
RIF-0 relay base, N/O contact version, safe isolation I/O
With push-in connection
Accessories
Plug-in bridge
2-pos. red FBS 2-6 3030336 50
2-pos. blue FBS 2-6 BU 3036932 50
2-pos. gray FBS 2-6 GY 3032237 50
5-pos. red FBS 5-6 3030349 50
10-pos. red FBS 10-6 3030271 10
20-pos. red FBS 20-6 3030365 10
50-pos. red FBS 50-6 3032224 10
End clamp, to snap on NS 35, 9.5 mm wide, can be labeled with
ZB 6, ZB 8/27, KLM...
CLIPFIX 35 3022218 50

Zack marker strip, 10-section, unprinted: pack contains enough
to label 100 terminal blocks
10-section ZB 6:UNBEDRUCKT 1051003 10
276 PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
D W
H
1 N/O contact relay base for

miniature power relay
Technical data
230 V AC
max. 8 A (Depends on application/assembly)
-40°C ... 85°C (Depends on application/assembly)
0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
6.2 mm
66 mm
93 mm
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Type Order No.
Pkt.
RIF-0-BPT/1 2901873 10
Accessories
FBS 2-6 3030336 50

FBS 2-6 BU 3036932 50
FBS 2-6 GY 3032237 50
FBS 5-6 3030349 50
FBS 10-6 3030271 10
FBS 20-6 3030365 10
FBS 50-6 3032224 10
CLIPFIX 35 3022218 50
MPS-MT 0201744 10
MPS-IH RD 0201676 10
MPS-IH WH 0201663 10
MPS-IH BU 0201689 10
MPS-IH YE 0201692 10
MPS-IH GN 0201702 10
MPS-IH GY 0201728 10
MPS-IH BK 0201731 10
ZB 6:UNBEDRUCKT 1051003 10

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Plug-in miniature power relays
Plug-in miniature power relays suitable for

RIF-0 and PLC-INTERFACE relay bases.
The advantages:
– Power contacts up to 6 A
– Multi-layer gold contact or power contact
– High degree of protection RT III (compa-
rable with IP67)
between coil and contact
– Can be soldered in on PCB 1 PDT
Notes:
If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are
exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of
the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter 
service life than with a pure power contact.
For dimensional drawings and perforations for assembly, see
page 344
A2 A1 12 11 14
Technical data
Input data ① ②
Permissible range (with reference to UN) refer to the diagram
Typ. input current at UN [mA] 14 7
Typ. response time at UN [ms] 5 5
Typ. release time at UN [ms] 2.5 2.5
Output data
Contact type Single contact, 1-PDT Single contact, 1-PDT
Contact material AgSnO AgSnO, hard gold-plated

Max. switching voltage 250 V AC/DC 30 V AC / 36 V DC
Min. switching voltage 5 V (at 100 mA) 100 mV (at 10 mA)
Limiting continuous current 6A 50 mA
Max. inrush current (on request) 50 mA
Min. switching current 10 mA (at 12 V) 1 mA (at 24 V)
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact) 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
Mounting position/mounting Any / In rows with zero spacing
Ordering data
Input voltage Pcs. /

UN Pkt.
with power contact ① 12 V DC REL-MR- 12DC/21 2961150 10
with power contact ② 24 V DC REL-MR- 24DC/21 2961105 10
with gold contact ① 12 V DC REL-MR- 12DC/21AU 2961163 10
with gold contact ② 24 V DC REL-MR- 24DC/21AU 2961121 10
278 PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
REL-MR-.../21... (1 PDT)
Interrupting rating
U 20
UN 3
10
Switching current [A]

6
2,5 4 1
A 2
2
1
0,5 2
1,5 0,3
0,2
1 0,1
B 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300
Switching voltage [V]
1 AC, ohmic load
0,5 2 DC, ohmic load
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
TU [°C]

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Plug-in solid-state relays Notes:
For dimensional drawings and perforations for assembly, see
page 345
Plug-in solid-state relays suitable for RIF-0

and PLC-INTERFACE relay bases.
The advantages:
– Switching capacity of up to 24 V DC/3 A
– RT III wash tight (comparable to IP67)
– Vibration- and shock-resistant
– Wear-free and long-lasting
– Zero voltage switch at AC output
– Can be soldered in on PCB
Max. DC voltage output of 3 A

A2 A1 13+ 14
Technical data
Input data ①
Permissible range (with reference to UN) 0.8 -
1.2
Switching level 1 signal (“H”) [V DC] ≥ 16
0 signal (“L”) [V DC] ≤ 10
Typ. input current at UN [mA] 7
Typ. switch-on time at UN [µs] 20
Typ. switch-off time at UN [µs] 300
Transmission frequency flimit [Hz] 300
Output data
Max. switching voltage 33 V DC
Min. switching voltage 3 V DC
Limiting continuous current 3 A (see derating curve)
Min. load current -
Max. inrush current 15 A (10 ms)
Leakage current in off state -
Phase angle (cos φ) -
Output circuit 2-conductor, floating
Max. load value -
Output protection Protection against polarity reversal, surge protection
Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current ≤ 150 mV
General data
Rated surge voltage Basic insulation
Pollution degree/surge voltage category 2 / III
Ordering data

UN Pkt.
Plug-in solid-state relays
Solid-state power relays ① 24 V DC OPT-24DC/ 24DC/ 2 2966595 10

Solid-state input relays ① 24 V DC
280 PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Derating curve for OPT...DC/24DC/2 and PLC-OS.../24DC/2
solid-state relays
Load current [A]

2
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Ambient temperature range [°C]
Max. DC voltage output of 100 mA Max. AC voltage output of 750 mA

Derating curve for OPT...DC/230AC/1 and PLC-OS.../230AC/1
solid-state relays
 
750
Load current [mA]

300
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60
A2 A1 13+ 14 A2 A1 13+ 14

① ①
0.8 - 0.8 -
1.2 1.2
16 10
10 5
7 3
20 6000
300 500
300 10
48 V DC 253 V AC
3 V DC 24 V AC
100 mA 0.75 A (see derating curve)
- 10 mA
- 30 A (10 ms)
- < 1 mA
- 0.5
2-conductor, floating 2-conductor floating, zero voltage switch
- 4.5 A2s
Protection against polarity reversal, surge protection RCV circuit
≤1V <1V
Basic insulation Basic insulation

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25°C ... 60°C -25°C ... 60°C
100% operating factor 100% operating factor
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III 2 / III
Any / In rows with zero spacing Any / In rows with zero spacing
5 mm / 28 mm / 15 mm 5 mm / 28 mm / 15 mm
Pcs. / Pcs. /
Pkt. Pkt.
OPT-24DC/230AC/ 1 2967950 10
OPT-24DC/ 48DC/100 2966618 10

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Relay base that can be fitted with see Catalog 5.
1 or 2 PDT relays or solid-state relays.
Range of accessories includes:
– Plug-in input and interference suppression
module
– Plug-in timer module
– Relay retaining bracket with ejector func-
tion and holder for marking material
– Comprehensive range of marking material
– Test plug 2 PDT relay base for
– FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input side miniature power relay
(A2)
– FBS 2-8 plug-in bridges for the output side
(11/21)
Technical data
Nominal voltage UN 230 V AC
General data
Dimensions
Width 16 mm
Depth with retaining bracket 75 mm
Height 93 mm
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
RIF-1 relay base, plug-in option for input/interference suppression
module, safe isolation I/O with push-in connection
RIF-1-BPT/2X21 2900931 10
Relay retaining bracket, with ejector function and holder for
marking material, suitable for RIF-1 relay base
Accessories
Plug-in bridge
2-pos. red FBS 2-6 3030336 50
2-pos. blue FBS 2-6 BU 3036932 50
2-pos. gray FBS 2-6 GY 3032237 50
2-pos. red FBS 2-8 3030284 10
2-pos. blue FBS 2-8 BU 3032567 10
2-pos. gray FBS 2-8 GY 7042 3032541 10
ZB 6, ZB 8/27, KLM...
CLIPFIX 35 3022218 50

Zack marker strip, unprinted
10-section ZB 5 :UNBEDRUCKT 1050004 10
Double marker carrier for ZB 5 STP 5-2 0800967 100
282 PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Relay retaining bracket
Technical data
-
-
-
-
-
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Type Order No.
Pkt.
RIF-RH-1 2900953 10
Accessories

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Plug-in miniature power relays with 1 or 2

PDT contacts, suitable for RIF-1, PR1, and
PLC-INTERFACE relay bases.
The advantages:
– High degree of protection up to RT III
(comparable with IP67) depending on
type
1 PDT relay 2 PDT relay
Notes:
the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter
service life than with a pure power contact.  
A1 A1 12 11 14
A2 A2 22 21 24
12 11 14

Input data ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ⑧ ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ⑧
Permissible range (with reference to UN) refer to the diagram refer to the diagram
Typ. input current at UN [mA] 33 17 8.7 8.2 4.1 32 7 3 33 17 8.7 8.2 4.1 32 7 3
Typ. response time at UN [ms] 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
Typ. response time at UN [ms] 3 - 12 3 - 12 3 - 12 3 - 12 3 - 12 3 - 12
( depending on phase relation )
Typ. release time at UN [ms] 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Typ. release time at UN [ms] 2-9 2-9 2-9 2-9 2-9 2-9
Output data
Contact type Single contact, 1-PDT Single contact, 1-PDT Single contact, 2-PDT Single contact, 2-PDT
Contact material AgNi AgNi, hard gold-plated AgNi AgNi, hard gold-plated
Max. switching voltage 250 V AC/DC 30 V AC / 36 V DC 250 V AC/DC 30 V AC / 36 V DC
Min. switching voltage 12 V (at 10 mA) 100 mV (at 10 mA) 5 V (at 10 mA) 100 mV (at 10 mA)
Limiting continuous current 16 A 50 mA 8A 50 mA
Max. inrush current, AC 25 A (20 ms) 50 mA 12 A (20 ms) 50 mA
Max. inrush current, DC 50 A (20 ms) 50 mA 25 A (20 ms) 50 mA
Min. switching current 10 mA (at 12 V) 1 mA (at 24 V) 10 mA (At 5 V) 1 mA (at 24 V)
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact) 5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) 5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Test voltage (contact/contact) - 2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ambient temperature (operation), AC -40°C ... 85°C -40°C ... 85°C
Ambient temperature (operation), DC -40°C ... 85°C -40°C ... 85°C
Mechanical service life, AC 1 x 107 cycles 1 x 107 cycles
Mechanical service life, DC 3 x 107 cycles 3 x 107 cycles
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
Input voltage Pcs. / Pcs. /

UN Pkt. Pkt.
with power contact ① 12 V DC REL-MR- 12DC/21HC 2961309 10 REL-MR- 12DC/21-21 2961257 10
with power contact ② 24 V DC REL-MR- 24DC/21HC 2961312 10 REL-MR- 24DC/21-21 2961192 10
with power contact ③ 48 V DC REL-MR- 48DC/21HC 2834821 10 REL-MR- 48DC/21-21 2834834 10
with power contact ④ 60 V DC REL-MR- 60DC/21HC 2961325 10 REL-MR- 60DC/21-21 2961273 10
with power contact ⑤ 110 V DC REL-MR-110DC/21HC 2961338 10 REL-MR-110DC/21-21 2961202 10
with power contact ⑥ 24 V AC REL-MR- 24AC/21HC 2961406 10 REL-MR- 24AC/21-21 2961435 10
with power contact ⑦ 120 V AC REL-MR-120AC/21HC 2961419 10 REL-MR-120AC/21-21 2961448 10
with power contact ⑧ 230 V AC REL-MR-230AC/21HC 2961422 10 REL-MR-230AC/21-21 2961451 10
with gold contact ① 12 V DC REL-MR- 12DC/21HC AU 2961532 10 REL-MR- 12DC/21-21AU 2961299 10
with gold contact ② 24 V DC REL-MR- 24DC/21HC AU 2961545 10 REL-MR- 24DC/21-21AU 2961215 10
with gold contact ③ 48 V DC REL-MR- 48DC/21-21AU 2834847 10
with gold contact ④ 60 V DC REL-MR- 60DC/21-21AU 2961286 10
with gold contact ⑤ 110 V DC REL-MR-110DC/21HC AU 2961561 10 REL-MR-110DC/21-21AU 2961228 10
with gold contact ⑥ 24 V AC REL-MR- 24AC/21HC AU 2961503 10 REL-MR- 24AC/21-21AU 2961464 10
with gold contact ⑦ 120 V AC REL-MR-120AC/21HC AU 2961516 10 REL-MR-120AC/21-21AU 2961477 10
with gold contact ⑧ 230 V AC REL-MR-230AC/21HC AU 2961529 10 REL-MR-230AC/21-21AU 2961480 10
284 PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
REL-MR...21HC... (1 PDT)
Operating voltage range Interrupting rating Electrical service life
2,8 107
2,6 20
2,4 10 1
2,2 6

Coil voltage U/UN
Cycles
2 4 10
6
1
1,8 2
1,6 3 2 1
2 1 2
1,4 5
0,5 10
1,2
1 0,3
2 0,2
0,8
0,6
1 0,1 4
10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 10
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Ambient temperature [°C] Switching voltage [V] Switching current [A]
1 AC, ohmic load
1 DC coils 2 DC, ohmic load 1 250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils)
2 AC coils 3 DC, L/R = 40 ms 2 250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)
Service life reduction factor with various cos phi
1
0,9
0,8
Reduction factor
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 0,2
COS j
REL-MR...21-21... (2 PDTs)
2,8 107
20
2,6
2,4 10
2,2 6
Coil voltage U/UN
1
Cycles
2 1 4 10
6
1,8 2
1,6 4 3 2 1
1,4
2 1
5
0,5 10
1,2 2
0,3
1 2 0,2
0,8
0,6
1 0,1 4
10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 10
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Ambient temperature [°C] 1 AC, ohmic load Switching voltage [V] Switching current [A]
2 DC, ohmic load, contacts in series
1
0,9
0,8
Reduction factor
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 0,2
COS j

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Plug-in miniature power relays with 1 or 2

PDT contacts, suitable for RIF-1 and PR1 re-
lay bases.
The advantages:
– Switching current of up to 16 A
– With lockable manual operation
– Mechanical switch position indicator
– Integrated status LED
– DC types with integrated freewheeling 1 PDT relay 2 PDT relay
diode
Notes:  
A1 A1 12 11 14
A2 A2 22 21 24
12 11 14

Input data ① ② ③ ④ ① ② ③ ④
Typ. input current at UN [mA] 18 32 7 3.5 18 32 7 3.5
Typ. response time at UN [ms] 3 - 12 3 - 12 3 - 12 3 - 12 3 - 12
Typ. release time at UN [ms] 6 6
Output data
Min. switching voltage 12 V (at 10 mA) 12 V (At 1 mA) 12 V (at 10 mA) 12 V (At 1 mA)
Max. inrush current, AC 32 A (20 ms) 50 mA 16 A (20 ms) 50 mA
Max. inrush current, DC 32 A (20 ms) 50 mA 16 A (20 ms) 50 mA
Min. switching current 10 mA (at 12 V) 1 mA (at 12 V) 10 mA (at 12 V) 1 mA (at 12 V)
General data
Ambient temperature (operation), DC -40°C ... 70°C°C -40°C ... 70°C
Mechanical service life, AC 5 x 106 cycles 5 x 106 cycles
Mechanical service life, DC 5 x 106 cycles 5 x 106 cycles
Standards/regulations DIN EN 61810-1, VDE 0435-201, EN 50178, IEC 62103 DIN EN 61810-1, VDE 0435-201, EN 50178, IEC 62103

UN Pkt. Pkt.
Plug-in miniature power relays, with power contacts
- Status LED, freewheeling diode A1+, A2- ① 24 V DC REL-MR- 24DC/21HC/MS 2987888 10 REL-MR- 24DC/21-21/MS 2987943 10
- Status LED ② 24 V AC REL-MR- 24AC/21HC/MS 2987891 10 REL-MR- 24AC/21-21/MS 2987956 10

- Status LED ③ 120 V AC REL-MR-120AC/21HC/MS 2987901 10 REL-MR-120AC/21-21/MS 2987969 10
- Status LED ④ 230 V AC REL-MR-230AC/21HC/MS 2987914 10 REL-MR-230AC/21-21/MS 2987972 10
Plug-in miniature power relays with manual test function, with
hard gold-plated multi-layer contacts, mechanical switch position
indicator
- Status LED, freewheeling diode A1+, A2- ① 24 V DC REL-MR- 24DC/21HC AU/MS 2987927 10 REL-MR- 24DC/21-21AU/MS 2987985 10
- Status LED ④ 230 V AC REL-MR-230AC/21HC AU/MS 2987930 10 REL-MR-230AC/21-21AU/MS 2987998 10
286 PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
REL-MR...21HC...MS (1 PDT)
107
2,6 20
2,4
1
10
2,2
Coil voltage U/UN
Cycles
5
2 10
6
1
1,8
2
1,6
1,4 1
5
1,2 0,5 10
1
0,8 0,2 2
0,6 0,1
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 10
4
10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 400 500 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
DC coils, 0 A contact current Switching voltage [V] Switching current [A]
1 AC, ohmic load 1 250 V AC, ohmic load
DC coils, 16 A contact current 2 DC, ohmic load
AC coils, 0 A contact current
1
0,9
0,8
Reduction factor
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 0,2
COS j
REL-MR...21-21...MS (2 PDTs)
107
2,6 20
2,4
10
1
2,2 1
Coil voltage U/UN
Cycles
5
2 10
6
1,8 2 2
1,6
2 3
1,4 3 1 1
5
1,2 0,5 10
4
1
0,8 0,2
0,6 0,1
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 10
4
10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 400 500 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 DC coils, 0 A contact current Switching voltage [V] Switching current [A]
2 DC coils, 16 A contact current 1 AC, ohmic load 1 250 V AC, ohmic load
3 AC coils, 0 A contact current 2 DC, ohmic load, contacts in series
4 AC coils, 16 A contact current 3 DC, ohmic load
1
0,9
0,8
Reduction factor
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 0,2
COS j

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Plug-in solid-state relays Notes:
For dimensional drawings and perforations for assembly,
see page 345
Plug-in solid-state relays suitable for RIF-1,

PR1, and PLC-INTERFACE relay bases.
The advantages:
Max. DC voltage output of 5 A
A1 13+ 14
A2
Technical data
Input data ① ② ③
Permissible range (with reference to UN) 0.8 - 0.8 - 0.9 -
1.2 1.2 1.1
Switching level 1 signal (“H”) [V DC] ≥ 2.5 16 35
0 signal (“L”) [V DC] ≤ 0.8 10 20
Typ. input current at UN [mA] 9 7 3
Typ. switch-on time at UN [µs] 10 20 25
Typ. switch-off time at UN [µs] 400 400 400
Transmission frequency flimit [Hz] 300 300 300
Output data
Min. load current -
Max. load value -
Output protection Protection against polarity reversal, surge protection
Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current ≤ 200 mV
General data
Ordering data

UN Pkt.
① 5 V DC OPT- 5DC/ 24DC/ 5 2982113 10
② 24 V DC OPT-24DC/ 24DC/ 5 2982100 10
③ 60 V DC OPT-60DC/ 24DC/ 5 2982126 10
288 PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Derating curve for OPT...DC/24DC/5 solid-state relays
5
4
Load current [A]

3
2
1
0
0 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
Max. AC voltage output of 2 mA

Derating curve for OPT...DC/230AC/2 solid-state relays
 1
2
1,8
1,6
Load current [A]

1,4 2
1,2
1
0,8
0,6
0
A1 13 14 0 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
A2 1 Aligned with > 10 mm spacing

Technical data
① ② ③
0.8 - 0.8 - 0.9 -
1.2 1.2 1.1
3 18 40
1 8.4 20
15 7 2.6
10000 10000 10000
10000 10000 10000
10 10 10
253 V AC
24 V AC
2 A (see derating curve)
25 mA
30 A (10 ms)
< 1 mA
-
2-conductor floating, zero voltage switch
4 A2s (tp = 10 ms, at 25°C)
Surge protection
≤1V
Basic insulation
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25°C ... 60°C
100% operating factor
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
Any / See derating curve
12.7 mm / 29 mm / 15.7 mm
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Type Order No.
Pkt.
OPT- 5DC/230AC/ 2 2982168 10

OPT-24DC/230AC/ 2 2982171 10
OPT-60DC/230AC/ 2 2982184 10

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
2 or 4 PDT relays.
module
– FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input side industrial relay
(A2)
Technical data
General data
Dimensions
Width 31 mm
Height 93 mm
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
RIF-2-BPT/4X21 2900934 10
Relay retaining bracket, with ejector function and holder for
marking material, suitable for RIF-2 relay base
Accessories
Plug-in bridge
2-pos. red FBS 2-6 3030336 50
2-pos. blue FBS 2-6 BU 3036932 50
2-pos. gray FBS 2-6 GY 3032237 50
End clamp, to snap on NS 35, 9.5 mm wide, can be labeled
with ZB 6, ZB 8/27, KLM...
CLIPFIX 35 3022218 50

290 PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Technical data
-
-
-
-
-
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Type Order No.
Pkt.
RIF-RH-2 2900954 10
Accessories

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Plug-in industrial relays
Plug-in industrial relays with 2 or 4 PDT

contacts, suitable for RIF-2 and PR2 relay
bases.
The advantages:
– Detectable manual operation
– DC types with integrated freewheeling
diode 2 PDT relay 4 PDT relay
Notes:
For other voltages, see www.phoenixcontact.net/products
 
11 14 12 11 14 12
A1 A1
21 24 22
31 34 32
A2 A2
41 44 42 41 44 42

Input data ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ⑧ ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ⑧
Typ. input current at UN [mA] 78 41 22 18 8 70 13 6.5 78 41 22 18 8 70 13 6.5
Typ. release time at UN [ms] 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20
Output data
Contact type Single contact, 2-PDT Single contact, 4-PDT Single contact, 4-PDT
Contact material AgNi AgNi AgNi, hard gold-plated

Max. switching voltage 250 V AC/DC 250 V AC/DC 30 V AC / 36 V DC
Min. switching voltage 5 V (At 24 mA) 5 V (At 24 mA) 5 V (At 24 mA)
Limiting continuous current 12 A 6A 50 mA
Max. inrush current, AC 30 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 16 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 50 mA
Max. inrush current, DC 30 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 16 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 50 mA
Min. switching current 5 mA (at 24 V) 5 mA (at 24 V) -
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact) 2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Mechanical service life, AC Approx. 2 x 107 cycles Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
Mechanical service life, DC Approx. 2 x 107 cycles Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
Standards/regulations IEC 60664 IEC 60664

UN Pkt. Pkt.
Plug-in industrial relays, with power contacts
With freewheeling diode ① 12 V DC REL-IR2/LDP- 12DC/2X21 2903659 10 REL-IR4/LDP- 12DC/4X21 2903676 10

With freewheeling diode ② 24 V DC REL-IR2/LDP- 24DC/2X21 2903660 10 REL-IR4/LDP- 24DC/4X21 2903677 10
With freewheeling diode ③ 48 V DC REL-IR2/LDP- 48DC/2X21 2903661 10 REL-IR4/LDP- 48DC/4X21 2903678 10
With freewheeling diode ④ 60 V DC REL-IR2/LDP- 60DC/2X21 2903662 10 REL-IR4/LDP- 60DC/4X21 2903679 10
With freewheeling diode ⑤ 110 V DC REL-IR2/LDP-110DC/2X21 2903663 10 REL-IR4/LDP-110DC/4X21 2903680 10
⑥ 24 V AC REL-IR2/L- 24AC/2X21 2903666 10 REL-IR4/L- 24AC/4X21 2903686 10
⑦ 120 V AC REL-IR2/L-120AC/2X21 2903667 10 REL-IR4/L-120AC/4X21 2903687 10
⑧ 230 V AC REL-IR2/L-230AC/2X21 2903668 10 REL-IR4/L-230AC/4X21 2903688 10
Plug-in industrial relays, with multi-layer gold contacts
With freewheeling diode ① 12 V DC REL-IR4/LDP- 12DC/4X21AU 2903669 10

With freewheeling diode ② 24 V DC REL-IR4/LDP- 24DC/4X21AU 2903670 10
With freewheeling diode ③ 48 V DC REL-IR4/LDP- 48DC/4X21AU 2903671 10
With freewheeling diode ④ 60 V DC REL-IR4/LDP- 60DC/4X21AU 2903672 10
With freewheeling diode ⑤ 110 V DC REL-IR4/LDP-110DC/4X21AU 2903673 10
⑥ 24 V AC REL-IR4/L- 24AC/4X21AU 2903683 10
⑦ 120 V AC REL-IR4/L-120AC/4X21AU 2903684 10
⑧ 230 V AC REL-IR4/L-230AC/4X21AU 2903685 10
292 PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
REL-IR2... (2 PDTs)
2,4 7
20 10
2,2
10
2
Cycles
Coil voltage U/UN
6
1,8 4
1,6 2 6
10
1,4
1
1,2
0,5
1 0,3
0,8 0,2
5
0,6 0,1 10
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 0 1 2 3
Ambient temperature [°C] Switching voltage [V] Switching capacity [kVA]
DC coils AC, ohmic load

DC, ohmic load 250 V AC, ohmic load
AC coils
Service life reduction factor
1
0,9
0,8
Reduction factor
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 0,2
COS j
REL-IR4... (4 PDTs)
2,4 7
20 10
2,2
10
2
Cycles
Coil voltage U/UN
6
1,8 4
1,6 2 6
10
1,4
1
1,2
0,5
1 0,3
0,8 0,2
5
0,6 0,1 10
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 0 1 2 3

250 V AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load
AC coils
1
0,9
0,8
Reduction factor
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 0,2
COS j

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
For further marking systems and mounting material, see Catalog 5. H
Relay base that can be fitted with
2 or 3 PDT relays.
module
– FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input side octal relay
(A2)
Technical data
General data
Dimensions
Width 40 mm
Height 100 mm
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
RIF-3 relay base, 2 PDT version, plug-in option for input/interference
suppression module, safe isolation I/O with push-in connection
RIF-3-BPT/2X21 2900937 10
RIF-3 relay base, 3 PDT version, plug-in option for input/interference
suppression module, safe isolation I/O with push-in connection
Relay retaining bracket, with holder for marking material, suitable

for RIF-3 relay base
Accessories
Plug-in bridge
2-pos. red FBS 2-6 3030336 50
2-pos. blue FBS 2-6 BU 3036932 50
2-pos. gray FBS 2-6 GY 3032237 50
CLIPFIX 35 3022218 50

294 PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
D W
H
3 PDT relay base for Relay retaining bracket

octal relay

250 V AC -
max. 12 A (Depends on application/assembly) -
-40°C ... 85°C (Depends on application/assembly) -
0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 -
40 mm -
90 mm -
100 mm -
Pcs. / Pcs. /
Pkt. Pkt.
RIF-3-BPT/3X21 2900938 10
RIF-RH-3 2900955 10
FBS 2-6 3030336 50

FBS 2-6 BU 3036932 50
FBS 2-6 GY 3032237 50
CLIPFIX 35 3022218 50
MPS-MT 0201744 10
MPS-IH RD 0201676 10
MPS-IH WH 0201663 10
MPS-IH BU 0201689 10
MPS-IH YE 0201692 10
MPS-IH GN 0201702 10
MPS-IH GY 0201728 10
MPS-IH BK 0201731 10
ZB 5 :UNBEDRUCKT 1050004 10
ZB 15:UNBEDRUCKT 0811972 10
STP 5-2 0800967 100

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Plug-in octal relays
Plug-in octal relays with 2 or 3 PDT con-

tacts, suitable for RIF-3 and PR3 relay bases.
The advantages:
– Detectable manual operation
– DC types with integrated freewheeling
diode
 
(A1) (14) (14)

(12)
2 3 (A1) 3
4
2 (22)
5
(11) 1 4
(12) (11)
1
(21)
6
11
(21) 8 5
(22) (31)
7
10 (24)
8
7 6 (A2) 9
(A2) (24) (32)
(34)

Input data ① ② ③ ④ ① ② ③ ④
Typ. input current at UN [mA] 60 108 23 13 60 108 23 13
Typ. release time at UN [ms]
Output data
Contact type Single contact, 2-PDT Single contact, three PDTs
Contact material AgNi AgNi
Max. switching voltage 250 V AC/DC 250 V AC/DC
Min. switching voltage 10 V (At 24 mA) 10 V (At 24 mA)
Limiting continuous current 10 A 10 A
Max. inrush current, AC 30 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 30 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
Max. inrush current, DC 30 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 30 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
General data
Nominal operating mode 100% operating factor 100% operating factor
Mechanical service life, AC Approx. 2 x 107 cycles Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
Mechanical service life, DC Approx. 2 x 107 cycles Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
Mounting position/mounting Any Any
Dimensions W/H/D 35 mm / 54.4 mm / 35 mm 35 mm / 54.4 mm / 35 mm

UN Pkt. Pkt.
Plug-in octal relays, with power contacts
With freewheeling diode ① 24 V DC REL-OR2/LDP- 24DC/2X21 2903689 10 REL-OR3/LDP-24DC/3X21 2903693 10

② 24 V AC REL-OR2/L- 24AC/2X21 2903690 10 REL-OR3/L- 24AC/3X21 2903694 10
③ 120 V AC REL-OR2/L-120AC/2X21 2903691 10 REL-OR3/L-120AC/3X21 2903695 10
④ 230 V AC REL-OR2/L-230AC/2X21 2903692 10 REL-OR3/L-230AC/3X21 2903696 10
296 PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
REL-OR2... (2 PDTs)
7
1,8 10
20
1,6 10
Cycles
Coil voltage U/UN
6 6
1,4 4 10
2
1,2
1
5
1,0 10
0,5
0,3
0,8 0,2
4
0,6 0,1 10
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1,0 1,2 1,4 1,6 1,8 2,0 2,2 2,4 2,6

AC coils
1
0,9
0,8
Reduction factor
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 0,2
COS j
REL-OR3... (3 PDTs)
7
1,8 10
20
1,6 10
Cycles
Coil voltage U/UN
6 6
1,4 4 10
2
1,2
1
5
1,0 10
0,5
0,3
0,8 0,2
4
0,6 0,1 10
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1,0 1,2 1,4 1,6 1,8 2,0 2,2 2,4 2,6

AC coils
1
0,9
0,8
Reduction factor
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 0,2
COS j

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
2 or 3 PDT relays or 3 N/O relays.
module
– FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input side high-power relay
(A2)
Technical data
General data
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG

Input side 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
Output side 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
Dimensions
Width 43 mm
Height 107 mm
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
RIF-4-BPT/3X21 2900961 10
Relay retaining bracket, with holder for marking material, suitable
for RIF-4 relay base
Accessories
Plug-in bridge
2-pos. red FBS 2-6 3030336 50
2-pos. blue FBS 2-6 BU 3036932 50
2-pos. gray FBS 2-6 GY 3032237 50
CLIPFIX 35 3022218 50

298 PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Technical data
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Type Order No.
Pkt.
RIF-RH-4 2900956 10
Accessories

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Plug-in high-power relays
Plug-in high-power relays with 2 or 3 PDT

contacts for the RIF-4 relay base.
The advantages:
– Use in miniature contactor applications
– Up to 440 V AC switching voltage
 
11 14 12 11 14 12
A1 A1
21 24 22
A2 A2
31 34 32 31 34 32

Input data ① ② ③ ④ ① ② ③ ④
Output data
Max. switching voltage 440 V AC / 250 V DC 440 V AC / 250 V DC
Min. switching voltage 10 V (At 24 mA) 10 V (At 24 mA)
Max. inrush current, AC 50 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 50 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
Max. inrush current, DC 50 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 50 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load
250 V AC 4000 VA 4000 VA
440 V AC 4000 VA 4000 VA
Motor load according to UL 508 1/3 HP, 120 V AC (single-phase AC motor) 1/3 HP, 120 V AC (single-phase AC motor)
1/2 HP, 240 V AC (single-phase AC motor) 1/2 HP, 240 V AC (single-phase AC motor)
1/2 HP, 240 V AC (three-phase induction motor)
General data
Mechanical service life, AC Approx. 107 cycles Approx. 107 cycles
Mechanical service life, DC Approx. 107 cycles Approx. 107 cycles
Mounting position/mounting Any Any
Dimensions W/H/D 38.6 mm / 45.5 mm / 36.1 mm 38.6 mm / 45.5 mm / 36.1 mm

UN Pkt. Pkt.
Plug-in high-power relays, 2 PDTs with power contacts
① 24 V DC REL-PR2- 24DC/2X21 2903698 1

② 24 V AC REL-PR2- 24AC/2X21 2903699 1
③ 120 V AC REL-PR2-120AC/2X21 2903700 1
④ 230 V AC REL-PR2-230AC/2X21 2903701 1
Plug-in high-power relays, 3 PDTs with power contacts
① 24 V DC REL-PR3- 24DC/3X21 2903702 1

② 24 V AC REL-PR3- 24AC/3X21 2903703 1
③ 120 V AC REL-PR3-120AC/3X21 2903704 1
④ 230 V AC REL-PR3-230AC/3X21 2903705 1
300 PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
REL-PR2... (2 PDTs)
7
1,8 10
20
1,6 10
Cycles
Coil voltage U/UN
5 6
1,4 10
2
1,2
1
5
1,0 10
0,5
0,3
0,8 0,2
4
0,6 0,1 10
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 500 0 1 2 3 4
Maximum continuous voltage at limiting continuous current = 16 A AC, ohmic load
Minimum operate voltage 250 V AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load
For pre-excitation with UN and limiting continuous current = 16 A
1
0,9
0,8
Reduction factor
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 0,2
COS j
REL-PR3... (3 PDTs)
7
1,8 10
20
1,6 10
Cycles
Coil voltage U/UN
5 6
1,4 10
2
1,2
1
5
1,0 10
0,5
0,3
0,8 0,2
4
0,6 0,1 10
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 500 0 1 2 3 4

DC, ohmic load
AC coils
1
0,9
0,8
Reduction factor
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 0,2
COS j

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Plug-in high-power relays
Plug-in high-power relays with 3 N/O

contacts suitable for the RIF-4 relay base.
The advantages:0
– Use in miniature contactor applications
– Up to 440 V AC switching voltage
– Full shutdown by means of ≥ 3 mm con-
tact opening
3 N/O relay

11 14
A1
21 24
A2
31 34
Technical data
Input data ① ② ③ ④
Typ. input current at UN [mA] 70 116 23 12
Typ. response time at UN [ms] 20
Typ. response time at UN [ms] 5 - 25 5 - 25 5 - 25
Typ. release time at UN [ms] 15
Typ. release time at UN [ms] 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20
Output data
Contact type Single contact, 3 N/O contacts
Contact material AgNi
Max. switching voltage 440 V AC / 250 V DC
Min. switching voltage 10 V (At 24 mA)
Limiting continuous current 16 A
Max. inrush current, AC 50 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
Max. inrush current, DC 50 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
Min. switching current 10 mA (at 24 V)
250 V AC 4000 VA
440 V AC 4000 VA
Motor load according to UL 508 1/3 HP, 120 V AC (single-phase AC motor)
1/2 HP, 240 V AC (single-phase AC motor)
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact) 2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ambient temperature (operation), AC -40°C ... 55°C
Ambient temperature (operation), DC -40°C ... 70°C
Mechanical service life, AC Approx. 107 cycles
Mechanical service life, DC Approx. 107 cycles
Standards/regulations IEC 60664
Mounting position/mounting Any
Dimensions W/H/D 38.6 mm / 45.5 mm / 36.1 mm
Ordering data

UN Pkt.
Plug-in high-power relays, 3 N/O contacts with power contacts
① 24 V DC REL-PR3- 24DC/3X1 2903706 1

② 24 V AC REL-PR3- 24AC/3X1 2903707 1
③ 120 V AC REL-PR3-120AC/3X1 2903708 1
④ 230 V AC REL-PR3-230AC/3X1 2903709 1
302 PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
REL-PR2... (3 N/O contacts)
7
1,8 10
20
1,6 10
Cycles
Coil voltage U/UN
5 6
1,4 10
2
1,2
1
5
1,0 10
0,5
0,3
0,8 0,2
4
0,6 0,1 10
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 500 0 1 2 3 4

DC, ohmic load
AC coils
1
0,9
0,8
Reduction factor
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 0,2
COS j

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Input modules/interference
suppression modules for
RIF-1, RIF-2, RIF-3, and RIF-4
Plug-in input modules/interference
suppression modules for optional fitting of
RIF-1 to RIF-4 relay bases.
The advantages:
– Attenuation of reverse voltage induced in
coil
– Mechanical coding to protect against in-
correct connection
Input/interference suppression module
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Plug-in module, with LED status indicator and freewheeling diode
to effectively limit the coil induction voltage, polarity: A1+, A2-,
input voltage:
- 12-24 V DC ±20% RIF-LDP-12-24 DC 2900939 10

- 48-60 V DC ±20% RIF-LDP-48-60 DC 2900940 10
- 110 V DC ±20% RIF-LDP-110 DC 2900941 10
Plug-in module, with LED status indicator and varistor to limit the
coil induction voltage and/or external interference peaks,
input voltage:
- 12-24 V AC/DC ±20% (30-V-varistor) RIF-LV-12-24 UC 2900942 10

- 48-60 V AC/DC ±20% (75-V-varistor) RIF-LV-48-60 UC 2900943 10
- 120-230 V AC/110 V DC ±20% (275-V-varistor) RIF-LV-120-230 AC/110 DC 2900944 10
Plug-in module, with varistor to limit the coil induction voltage

and/or external interference peaks,
input voltage:
- 12-24 V AC/DC ±20% (30-V-varistor) RIF-V-12-24 UC 2900945 10

- 48-60 V AC/DC ±20% (75-V-varistor) RIF-V-48-60 UC 2900947 10
- 120-230 V AC/110 V DC ±20% (275-V-varistor) RIF-V-120-230 UC 2900948 10
Plug-in module, with RC element to limit the coil induction voltage

and/or external interference peaks,
input voltage:
- 12-24 V AC/DC ±20% (220 nF/100 Ω) RIF-RC-12-24 UC 2900949 10

- 48-60 V AC/DC ±20% (220 nF/220 Ω) RIF-RC-48-60 UC 2900950 10
- 120 - 230 V AC/110 DC ±20% (100 nF/470 Ω) RIF-RC-120-230 UC 2900951 10
304 PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Plug-in timer module for
RIF-1, RIF-2, RIF-3, and RIF-4
The multifunctional plug-in timer module

transforms the relay module into a timer re-
lay. The RIF-1 to RIF-4 bases can be fitted
with this module. Using DIP switches, you
can choose from three time ranges and se-
lect four time functions. Fine adjustments to
the time are made using a potentiometer.
Relays can be operated with an input volt-
age of 24 V AC/DC.
Time module
Functions:
– Switch-on delay
– Single shot leading edge
– Flasher/pulse generator
12 14 22 24 32 34 42 44
Time ranges:
– 0.5 s - 10 s
– 5 s - 100 s A2-
– 0.5 min - 10 min A1+ t

– 5 min - 100 min
11 21 31 41
Technical data
Input data
Nominal input voltage UN 24 V DC (AC operation only permitted for RIF-1)
Nominal input voltage range with reference to UN 0.4 ... 1.2
With switch-on delay Input circuit Varistor, Yellow LED
Output data
Limiting continuous current ≤ 250 mA (Relay coil current)
General data
U
Repeat accuracy 1%
Ambient temperature (operation) -25°C ... 50°C (RIF-1, AC coil, 2 PDTs at 6 A)
LED -25°C ... 50°C (RIF-1, DC coil, 2 PDTs at 5 A)
-25°C ... 40°C (RIF-2, DC coil, 2 PDTs at 8 A)
-25°C ... 40°C (RIF-3, DC coil, 3 PDTs at 6.75 A)
-25°C ... 25°C (RIF-4, DC coil, 3 N/O contacts at 8 A)
T t<T t
Standards/specifications DIN EN 50178
Rated insulation voltage 50 V DC
With passing make contact

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
U
Timer module, for mounting on RIF-1 to RIF-4, with LED status
indicator for extending a relay module to create a timer relay with an
input voltage of 24 V AC/DC
LED
RIF-T3-24UC 2902647 1
T t<T t
Flasher/pulse generator
LED
T T T t<T t

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Fully mounted RIF-0 relay modules
D W
H
Fully mounted RIF-0 relay modules, con-
sisting of:
– Relay base
– 1 N/O contact or 1 PDT relay
– Relay ejector lever on the housing
The advantages:
– Status LED integrated in the relay base
– Operational reliability thanks to sealed
relay RIF-0 relay module with
– Safe isolation between coil and contact 1 PDT relay
side
saves wiring time
12
– For FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input 14
and output side, see page 318.
11
A2- A1+
DC coils
Technical data
Input data ① ②
Input protection: Yellow LED, Damping diode
Output data

Min. switching current 10 mA (at 12 V) 1 mA
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact) 4 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
Ordering data

UN Pkt.
Coupling relay modules with
power contact relay
① 12 V DC RIF-0-RPT-12DC/21 2903371 10
② 24 V DC RIF-0-RPT-24DC/21 2903370 10
power contact relay and gold contacts
① 12 V DC RIF-0-RPT-12DC/21AU 2903369 10
② 24 V DC RIF-0-RPT-24DC/21AU 2903368 10
306 PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
D W RIF-0-RPT.../21... (1 PDT)
H
Operating voltage range Interrupting rating
1,8
1,7 20
1,6 10
1,5

Coil voltage U/UN
6
1,4 4 1
1,3
2
1,2
1,1 1
1,0
0,9
0,5 2
0,3
0,8 0,2
RIF-0 relay module with
0,7
1 N/O relay 0,6 0,1
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300
Ambient temperature [°C] 1 AC, ohmic load
Maximum continuous voltage at limiting continuous current = 6 A 2 DC, ohmic load
Minimum operate voltage
14
Service life reduction factor Electrical service life
13
Cycles
6
0,9 10
1
0,8
A2- A1+
Reduction factor
0,7
DC coils 10
5
0,6
Technical data 0,5

0,4 4
① ② 10
refer to the diagram 0,3 0 2 4 6 8
1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 0,2 Switching current [A]
16 9
COS j
5 5
8 8 1 250 V AC, ohmic load
Yellow LED, Damping diode
Single contact, 1 N/O contact Single contact, 1 N/O contact

RIF-0-RPT.../1... (1 N/O contact)
AgSnO AgSnO, hard gold-plated
250 V AC/DC 30 V AC / 36 V DC
5 V (at 100 mA) 100 mV (at 10 mA) Operating voltage range Interrupting rating
6A 50 mA
10 mA (at 12 V) 1 mA (at 12 V) 1,8
1,7 20
4 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) 1,6 10
-40°C ... 60°C 1,5
Coil voltage U/UN
6
100% operating factor 1,4 4 1
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles 1,3
DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 2
1,2
2 / III 1,1 1
Any / In rows with zero spacing 1,0
0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 0,9
0,5 2
6.2 mm / 78 mm / 93 mm 0,3
0,8 0,2
0,7
Ordering data 0,6 0,1
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300
Pcs. / Switching voltage [V]
Type Order No. Ambient temperature [°C] 1 AC, ohmic load
Pkt. Maximum continuous voltage at limiting continuous current = 6 A 2 DC, ohmic load
Minimum operate voltage
RIF-0-RPT-12DC/ 1 2903362 10
RIF-0-RPT-24DC/ 1 2903361 10 Service life reduction factor Electrical service life
RIF-0-RPT-12DC/ 1AU 2903360 10

RIF-0-RPT-24DC/ 1AU 2903359 10
1
Cycles
6
0,9 10
1
0,8
Reduction factor
0,7
5
10
0,6
0,5
0,4 4
10
0,3 0 2 4 6 8
1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 0,2 Switching current [A]
COS j
1 250 V AC, ohmic load

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
D W
H
sisting of:
– 1 or 2 PDT relays
– Relay retaining bracket
– Input module/interference suppr. module
The advantages:
– Logical contact arrangement thanks to
1/3-level relay base
– Operational reliability thanks to sealed RIF-1 relay module with
relay 1 PDT relay
– Safe isolation between coil and contact
side
saves wiring time 22 12 22 12
24 14 24 14
– For FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input
side (A2), see page 318. 21 11 21 11
– For FBS 2-8 plug-in bridges for the output
side (11/21), see page 318.
A2- A1+ A2 A1
DC coils AC coils
Technical data
Typ. response time at UN [ms] 8 3 - 12 3 - 12 3 - 12
Typ. release time at UN [ms] 10 3 - 20 3 - 20 3 - 20
Input circuit AC Yellow LED, Varistor
Input circuit DC Yellow LED, Damping diode, Polarity protection diode
Output data
Contact material AgNi AgNi, hard gold-plated

Limiting continuous current (refer to the diagram) 50 mA
Max. inrush current, AC 25 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 50 mA
Max. inrush current, DC 50 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 50 mA
General data
Mechanical service life, DC Approx. 3 x 107 cycles
Ordering data

UN Pkt.
power contact relay
① 24 V DC RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/1X21 2903342 10
② 24 V AC RIF-1-RPT-LV-24AC/1X21 2903341 10
③ 120 V AC RIF-1-RPT-LV-120AC/1X21 2903340 10
④ 230 V AC RIF-1-RPT-LV-230AC/1X21 2903339 10
power contact relay and gold contacts
① 24 V DC RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/1X21AU 2903338 10
② 24 V AC RIF-1-RPT-LV-24AC/1X21AU 2903337 10
③ 120 V AC RIF-1-RPT-LV-120AC/1X21AU 2903336 10
④ 230 V AC RIF-1-RPT-LV-230AC/1X21AU 2903335 10
308 PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
D W RIF-1-RPT.../1X21... (1 PDT)
H
1,8
1,7 20
1,6 10
1,5 6 1

Coil voltage U/UN
1,4 4
1,3
2
1,2
1,1 1 3 2
1,0 0,5
0,9
0,3
0,8 0,2
0,7
2 PDT relay 0,6 0,1
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300
Ambient temperature [°C] Switching voltage [V]
1 AC, ohmic load
DC coils 2 DC, ohmic load
AC coils 3 DC, L/R = 40 ms
22 12 22 12
24 14 24 14 Contact derating Electrical service life
11 107
21 11 21 11 10
9
Limiting continuous current per contact [A]
Cycles
8 6
10
7 1
A2- A1+ A2 A1 6
DC coils AC coils 5 2
5
4 10
3
Technical data
2
① ② ③ ④ 1 4
10
refer to the diagram 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
18 33 8 6 Ambient temperature [°C] Switching current [A]
8 3 - 12 3 - 12 3 - 12 DC coil
10 3 - 20 3 - 20 3 - 20 AC coil 1 250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils)
Yellow LED, Varistor 2 250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)
Yellow LED, Damping diode, Polarity protection diode
Single contact, 2-PDT Single contact, 2-PDT RIF-1-RPT.../2X21... (2 PDTs)

AgNi AgNi, hard gold-plated
250 V AC/DC 30 V AC / 36 V DC Operating voltage range Interrupting rating
5 V (at 10 mA) 100 mV (at 10 mA)
8 A (refer to the diagram) 50 mA 1,8
12 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 50 mA 1,7 20
25 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 50 mA 1,6 10
10 mA (At 5 V) 1 mA (at 24 V) 1,5 6
Coil voltage U/UN
1,4 4
1
4 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) 1,3
-40°C ... 70°C 2
1,2 4 3 2
-40°C ... 50°C 1,1 1
100% operating factor 1,0
0,5
Approx. 107 cycles 0,9
0,3
Approx. 3 x 107 cycles 0,8 0,2
DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 0,7
2 / III 0,6 0,1
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300
Any / In rows with zero spacing
0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 Ambient temperature [°C] 1 AC, ohmic load Switching voltage [V]
16 mm / 75 mm / 93 mm 2 DC, ohmic load, contacts in series
DC coils 3 DC, ohmic load
Ordering data AC coils 4 DC, L/R = 40 ms
Pcs. / Contact derating Electrical service life

Type Order No.
Pkt.
11 107
10
RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/2X21 2903334 10 9
Cycles
RIF-1-RPT-LV-24AC/2X21 2903333 10 8 6
RIF-1-RPT-LV-120AC/2X21 2903332 10 10
7
RIF-1-RPT-LV-230AC/2X21 2903331 10
6
1
5
5
10
RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/2X21AU 2903330 10 4 2
RIF-1-RPT-LV-24AC/2X21AU 2903329 10 3
RIF-1-RPT-LV-120AC/2X21AU 2903328 10
2
RIF-1-RPT-LV-230AC/2X21AU 2903327 10
4
1 10
20 30 40 50 60 70 80 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Ambient temperature [°C] Switching current [A]
DC coil
AC coil 1 250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils)
2 250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
D W
H
sisting of:
(AC types only)
The advantages:
– Relay with lockable manual operation and
status LED RIF-2 relay module with
– With DC types, freewheeling diode is in- 2 PDT relay
tegrated into relay
1/3-level relay base 42 12 42 12
– Professional bridging of adjacent modules 44 14 44 14
saves wiring time
41 11 41 11
side (A2), see page 318.
A2- A1+ A2 A1
DC coils AC coils
Technical data
Typ. input current at UN [mA] 41 70 13 6.5
Typ. response time at UN [ms] 13 5 - 15 5 - 15 5 - 15
Typ. release time at UN [ms] 14 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20
Input circuit DC Yellow LED, Damping diode
Output data
Contact type Single contact, 2-PDT
Max. switching voltage 250 V AC/DC
Limiting continuous current (refer to the diagram)
General data
Mechanical service life, AC Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
Ordering data

UN Pkt.
Pre-assembled coupling relay modules with
miniature power contact relay
② 24 V AC RIF-2-RPT-LV-24AC/2X21 2903313 10
③ 120 V AC RIF-2-RPT-LV-120AC/2X21 2903311 10
④ 230 V AC RIF-2-RPT-LV-230AC/2X21 2903310 10
310 PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
D W RIF-2-RPT.../2X21 (2 PDTs)
H
1,8
1,7 20
1,6 10
1,5

Coil voltage U/UN
6
1,4 4
1,3
2
1,2
1,1 1
1,0
0,5
0,9
0,3
0,8 0,2
0,7
4 PDT relay 0,6 0,1
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300
DC coil (observe contact derating) AC, ohmic load
AC coil (observe contact derating) DC, ohmic load
42 32 22 12 42 32 22 12
44 34 24 14 44 34 24 14 Contact derating Electrical service life
11 7
10
41 31 21 11 41 31 21 11 10
9
Cycles
8
7
6
6 10
A2- A1+ A2 A1
DC coils AC coils 5
4
3
Technical data
2
5
① ② ③ ④ 1 10
refer to the diagram 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 0 1 2 3
41 70 13 6.5 Ambient temperature [°C] Switching capacity [kVA]
13 5 - 15 5 - 15 5 - 15 DC coil
14 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20 250 V AC, ohmic load
AC coil
Yellow LED, Varistor
Single contact, 4-PDT RIF-2-RPT.../4X21 (4 PDTs)

AgNi
250 V AC/DC
5 V (At 24 mA) Operating voltage range Interrupting rating
(refer to the diagram)
16 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 1,8
16 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 1,7 20
5 mA (at 24 V) 1,6 10
1,5
Coil voltage U/UN
6
2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) 1,4 4
-40°C ... 50°C 1,3
2
-40°C ... 60°C 1,2
100% operating factor 1,1 1
0,5
0,3
DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 0,8 0,2
2 / II 0,7
Any / In rows with zero spacing 0,6 0,1
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300
0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
31 mm / 75 mm / 93 mm
Ordering data AC coil (observe contact derating) DC, ohmic load
Pcs. /
Type Order No. Contact derating Electrical service life
Pkt.
11 7
10
RIF-2-RPT-LDP-24DC/4X21 2903308 10 10
RIF-2-RPT-LV-24AC/4X21 2903306 10 9
Cycles
RIF-2-RPT-LV-120AC/4X21 2903305 10 8
RIF-2-RPT-LV-230AC/4X21 2903304 10 7
6
6 10
5
4
3
2
5
1 10
20 30 40 50 60 70 80 0 1 2 3
Ambient temperature [°C] Switching capacity [kVA]
DC coil
AC coil

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
D W
H
sisting of:
– Relay base
(AC types only)
The advantages:
– Relay with lockable manual operation and RIF-3 relay module with
status LED 2 PDT relay
– With DC types, freewheeling diode is in-
tegrated into relay
– Logical contact arrangement thanks to 22 12 22 12
1/3-level relay base 24 14 24 14
saves wiring time 21 11 21 11

A2- A1+ A2 A1
DC coils AC coils
Technical data
Typ. response time at UN [ms] 18 5 - 15 5 - 15
Typ. release time at UN [ms] 20 5 - 20 5 - 20
Input circuit DC Yellow LED, Damping diode
Output data
General data
Mechanical service life, AC Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
Ordering data

UN Pkt.
② 120 V AC RIF-3-RPT-LV-120AC/2X21 2903296 5
③ 230 V AC RIF-3-RPT-LV-230AC/2X21 2903295 5
312 PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
H
1,8
1,7 20
1,6 10
1,5

Coil voltage U/UN
6
1,4 4
1,3
2
1,2
1,1 1
1,0
0,5
0,9
0,3
0,8 0,2
0,7
3 PDT relay 0,6 0,1
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300
32 22 12 32 22 12
34 24 14 34 24 14 Contact derating Electrical service life
7
11 10
31 21 11 31 21 11 10
9
Cycles
8 6
10
7
A2- A1+ A2 A1 6
10
4
3
Technical data
2
4
① ② ③ 1 10
refer to the diagram 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1,0 1,2 1,4 1,6 1,8 2,0 2,2 2,4 2,6
60 23 13 Ambient temperature [°C] Switching capacity [kVA]
18 5 - 15 5 - 15 DC coil
20 5 - 20 5 - 20 250 V AC, ohmic load
AC coil
Single contact, three PDTs RIF-3-RPT.../3X21 (3 PDTs)

AgNi
250 V AC/DC
30 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 1,7 20
10 mA (at 24 V) 1,6 10
1,5
Coil voltage U/UN
6
2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) 1,4 4
-40°C ... 50°C 1,3
2
-40°C ... 60°C 1,2
100% operating factor 1,1 1
0,5
0,3
DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 0,8 0,2
2 / III 0,7
Any / In rows with zero spacing 0,6 0,1
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300
0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
40 mm / 90 mm / 100 mm
Ordering data AC coil (observe contact derating) DC, ohmic load
Pcs. /
Type Order No. Contact derating Electrical service life
Pkt.
7
11 10
RIF-3-RPT-LDP-24DC/3X21 2903294 5 10
RIF-3-RPT-LV-120AC/3X21 2903293 5 9
Cycles
RIF-3-RPT-LV-230AC/3X21 2903292 5 8 6
10
7
6
5 5
10
4
3
2
4
1 10
20 30 40 50 60 70 80 0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1,0 1,2 1,4 1,6 1,8 2,0 2,2 2,4 2,6
DC coil
AC coil

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
D W
H
sisting of:
– Relay base
The advantages:
1/3-level relay base RIF-4 relay module with
– Professional bridging of adjacent modules 2 PDT relay
saves wiring time

side (A2), see page 318. 22 12 22 12
24 14 24 14
21 11 21 11
A2- A1+ A2 A1
DC coils AC coils
Technical data
Output data
250 V AC 2500 VA
440 V AC 4000 VA
General data
Input side 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
Output side 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
Ordering data

UN Pkt.
② 120 V AC RIF-4-RPT-LV-120AC/2X21 2903280 5
③ 230 V AC RIF-4-RPT-LV-230AC/2X21 2903279 5
314 PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
H
1,8
1,7 20
1,6 10
1,5

Coil voltage U/UN
6
1,4 4
1,3
2
1,2
1,1 1
1,0
0,5
0,9
0,3
0,8 0,2
0,7
3 PDT relay 0,6 0,1
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300
32 22 12 32 22 12
34 24 14 34 24 14 Contact derating Electrical service life
7
11 10
31 21 11 31 21 11 10
9
Cycles
8 6
10
7
A2- A1+ A2 A1 6
10
4
3
Technical data
2
4
① ② ③ 1 10
refer to the diagram 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 0 1 2 3 4
56 24 14 Ambient temperature [°C] Switching capacity [kVA]
20 5 - 25 5 - 25 DC coil
20 5 - 20 5 - 20 250 V AC, ohmic load
AC coil
Yellow LED, Damping diode, Polarity protection diode
Single contact, three PDTs RIF-4-RPT.../3X21 (3 PDTs)

AgNi
440 V AC / 250 V DC
50 A (20 ms, N/O contact) 1,7 20
10 mA (at 24 V) 1,6 10
1,5
Coil voltage U/UN
6
2500 VA 1,4 4
4000 VA 1,3
2
1/3 HP, 120 V AC (single-phase AC motor) 1,2
1/2 HP, 240 V AC (single-phase AC motor) 1,1 1
1/2 HP, 240 V AC (three-phase induction motor) 1,0
0,5
0,9
2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) 0,3
0,8 0,2
-40°C ... 40°C 0,7
-40°C ... 60°C 0,6 0,1
100% operating factor 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300
Approx. 107 cycles Ambient temperature [°C] Switching voltage [V]
Approx. 107 cycles DC coil (observe contact derating) AC, ohmic load
DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 AC coil (observe contact derating) DC, ohmic load
2 / III
Any / In rows with zero spacing
Contact derating Electrical service life
0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
7
0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 11 10
43 mm / 90 mm / 107 mm 10
9
Ordering data
Cycles
8 6
10
Pcs. / 7
Type Order No.
Pkt. 6
5 5
10
4
RIF-4-RPT-LDP-24DC/3X21 2903278 5 3
RIF-4-RPT-LV-120AC/3X21 2903277 5
2
RIF-4-RPT-LV-230AC/3X21 2903276 5 4
1 10
20 30 40 50 60 70 80 0 1 2 3 4
DC coil
AC coil

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
D W
H
sisting of:
– Relay base
– 3 N/O relays
The advantages:
1/3-level relay base RIF-4 relay module with
– Full shutdown by means of ≥ 3 mm con- 3 N/O relay
tact opening
saves wiring time
34 24 14 34 24 14
31 21 11 31 21 11
A2- A1+ A2 A1
DC coils AC coils
Technical data
Output data
Contact type Single contact, 3 N/O contacts
250 V AC 2500 VA
440 V AC 4000 VA
General data
Input side 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
Output side 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
Ordering data

UN Pkt.
② 120 V AC RIF-4-RPT-LV-120AC/3X1 2903274 5
③ 230 V AC RIF-4-RPT-LV-230AC/3X1 2903273 5
316 PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
RIF-4-RPT.../3X1 (3 N/O contacts)
1,8
1,7 20
1,6 10
1,5

Coil voltage U/UN
6
1,4 4
1,3
2
1,2
1,1 1
1,0
0,5
0,9
0,3
0,8 0,2
0,7
0,6 0,1
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300
Contact derating Electrical service life
7
11 10
10
9
Cycles
8 6
10
7
6
5 5
10
4
3
2
4
1 10
20 30 40 50 60 70 80 0 1 2 3 4
DC coil
AC coil

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
RIFLINE complete accessories
Plug-in bridges
The plug-in bridges can be used for simple

potential distribution via all relay bases.
The end clamp is used for safe isolation
between adjacent modules and to visually
separate the various function groups.
Pcs. / Pcs. /
Pkt. Pkt.
Plug-in bridge
2-pos. red FBS 2-6 3030336 50
2-pos. blue FBS 2-6 BU 3036932 50
2-pos. gray FBS 2-6 GY 3032237 50
5-pos. red FBS 5-6 3030349 50
10-pos. red FBS 10-6 3030271 10
20-pos. red FBS 20-6 3030365 10
50-pos. red FBS 50-6 3032224 10
2-pos. red FBS 2-8 3030284 10
2-pos. blue FBS 2-8 BU 3032567 10
2-pos. gray FBS 2-8 GY 7042 3032541 10
ZB 6, ZB 8/27, KLM...
CLIPFIX 35 3022218 50

Marking material
The ZB zack marker strip system offers

numerous marking options that can be at-
tached directly to the relay retaining brack-
ets. In addition, further markings can be
fixed to the relay base by means of double
marker carriers.
5.2 mm, 6.2 mm, and 15.2 mm wide Double marker carrier
Pcs. / Pcs. /
Pkt. Pkt.
10-section white ZB 5 :UNBEDRUCKT 1050004 10
10-section white ZB 6:UNBEDRUCKT 1051003 10
5-section white ZB 15:UNBEDRUCKT 0811972 10
Double marker carrier for ZB 5
gray STP 5-2 0800967 100
318 PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Test plugs
The two-piece test plug offers individual

plug color combinations. The test plug is in-
serted directly in the function shaft of the
push-in connection.
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.

Relay modules
PLC series
The PLC-INTERFACE relay system is PLC-INTERFACE is available with three Plug-in bridges are available for all mod-
the interface between the controller and connection technologies. Depending on the ules for simple potential distribution. In ad-
system I/O devices. area of application, screw, spring-cage or dition, solutions from system cabling appli-
The universal design is compact and push-in connection can be selected. cations offer easy connection to the plant
space-saving. While the narrow 6.2 mm In addition to the universal types, control system. VARIOFACE adapters can
module has one contact, the 14 mm version PLC-INTERFACE is also available in numer- be used to reduce wiring effort consider-
is available with two contacts. The modules ous special versions. These include: ably. Installation is simplified significantly
can be equipped with either an electrome- – Sensor and actuator modules that can ac- thanks to the integrated input and protec-
chanical or a solid-state relay. commodate all connections directly on tive circuit.
They are protected against environmental the interface Standard marking material from CLIPLINE
influences by RTIII (IP67). The relays also – Modules for high inrush or continuous complete modular terminal blocks can be
offer safe isolation according to currents used to mark PLC-INTERFACE.
DIN EN 50178 (VDE 0160). – Railway modules, which meet specific rail-
way requirements
– Filter modules, which filter out interfer-
ence on the input side
320 PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
PLC series
Adapters for the system cabling 6.2 mm design width 14 mm design width
The PLC-V8... adapter is used to connect PLC-R...21 and PLC-O... relay and solid- PLC-R...21-21 includes plug-in relays with
8 PLC-INTERFACE modules to the PLC sys- state relay modules with PDT or N/O con- two PDT contacts for switching capacities
tem cabling for input and output functions. tact, designed for universal use. Available of up to 250 V AC/6 A. Available with screw,
For more details, see page 369 with screw, spring-cage or push-in connec- spring-cage, and push-in connection.
tion.
Feed-through terminal block Sensors/actuators High currents

PLC-VT... is the feed-through terminal PLC...SEN and PLC...ACT do not require PLC...IC is ideal for high inrush currents,
block for PLC-INTERFACE and the system additional supply/output terminal blocks. All e.g., from lamp loads. PLC...HC are the
cabling for passive signal transfer. For more connections are connected directly. modules to use for applications with high
details, see page 486 continuous load currents.
Railway applications Interference signals on the input side Accessories

PLC...RW relay or solid-state relay mod- PLC-B...SO46 basic terminal blocks are The entire PLC-INTERFACE system can
ules are suitable for railway requirements. used for filtering interference currents and be extended with a wide range of accesso-
They are only available with spring-cage and interference voltages on the input side. ries, such as power terminal blocks or plug-
push-in connection. in bridges. For more details, see page 368

Relay modules
PLC series
Universal PLC series with Notes:
PDT relay Type of housing: D W
PLC-R... is the relay series that can be See Catalog 5
used universally and consists of basic termi- Separating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger
nal blocks and plug-in relays with PDT con- than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in
adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with
tacts. FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500....
The advantages: If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are
– Slim design exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of
– Screw, spring-cage, and service life than with a pure power contact.
push-in technology For diagrams of operating voltage ranges, see page 343
– Functional plug-in bridges Note: for marking material (ZB 6), see “CLIPLINE industrial con-
nection technology, marking material for terminals, conductors,
– Integrated input and interference sup- and cables”.
1 PDT with power contact
pression circuit 1) 120 and 230 V types up to 55°C
– RT III sealed relay 2) 230 V types up to 55°C
– Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178 3) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 
– Efficient connection to system cabling us-
ing V8 adapter
A2 11
A1 14
12
Technical data
Input data ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦
Typ. input current at UN [mA] 15.3 9 11 9.2 4.8 3.5 3.2
Response/release time at UN [ms] 5/8 5/8 6 / 15 5 / 8 5/8 6 / 15 7 / 15
Input circuit DC Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode
Input circuit AC/DC Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier
Output data
Contact material AgSnO
Min. switching voltage 5 V (at 100 mA)
Limiting continuous current 6A
Electrical interrupting rating for PLC...21 Max. inrush current (on request)
with 1-PDT relay
General data
20 Test voltage input/output 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
10 Ambient temperature (operation) -40°C ... 60°C1)
6 Mechanical service life 2 x 107 cycles
4 1 Standards/regulations IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2

1
Ordering data
0,5 2
0,3 Input voltage Pcs. /
0,2 Description Type Order No.
UN Pkt.
0,1 PLC INTERFACE, with screw connection
10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300
Switching voltage [V] ① 12 V DC PLC-RSC- 12DC/213) 2966906 10
1 AC, ohmic load ② 24 V DC PLC-RSC- 24DC/213) 2966171 10
2 DC, ohmic load ③ 24 V AC/DC PLC-RSC- 24UC/213) 2966184 10
④ 48 V DC PLC-RSC- 48DC/213) 2966113 10
⑤ 60 V DC PLC-RSC- 60DC/213) 2966139 10
⑥ 120 V AC (110 V DC) PLC-RSC-120UC/213) 2966197 10
Electrical interrupting rating for PLC...21-21 ⑦ 230 V AC (220 V DC) PLC-RSC-230UC/213) 2966207 10
with 2-PDT relay PLC INTERFACE, with spring-cage connection
① 12 V DC PLC-RSP- 12DC/213) 2967439 10
20 ② 24 V DC PLC-RSP- 24DC/213) 2966472 10
③ 24 V AC/DC PLC-RSP- 24UC/213) 2966485 10
10
④ 48 V DC PLC-RSP- 48DC/213) 2966498 10
6 ⑤ 60 V DC PLC-RSP- 60DC/213) 2966511 10
4 1 ⑥ 120 V AC (110 V DC) PLC-RSP-120UC/213) 2966524 10
2 ⑦
230 V AC (220 V DC) PLC-RSP-230UC/213) 2966537 10

4 3 2 PLC-INTERFACE, with push-in connection
1
① 12 V DC PLC-RPT- 12DC/213) 2900316 10
0,5 ② 24 V DC PLC-RPT- 24DC/213) 2900299 10
0,3 ③ 24 V AC/DC PLC-RPT- 24UC/213) 2900300 10
0,2 ④ 48 V DC PLC-RPT- 48DC/213) 2900301 10
0,1 ⑤ 60 V DC PLC-RPT- 60DC/213) 2900303 10
10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 ⑥ 120 V AC (110 V DC) PLC-RPT-120UC/213) 2900304 10
1 AC, ohmic load ⑦ 230 V AC (220 V DC) PLC-RPT-230UC/213) 2900305 10
3 DC, ohmic load
4 DC, L/R = 40 ms
322 PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
PLC series
D W D W D W
H H H
1 PDT with multi-layer gold contact 2 PDT with power contact 2 PDT with multi-layer gold contact
  
21 21
24 24
22 22
A2 11 A2 11 A2 11
A1 14 A1 14 A1 14
12 12 12

① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦
15.3 9 11 9.2 4.8 3.5 3.2 33 18 17.5 20 10 4.5 4.5 33 18 17.5 20 10 4.5 4.5
5/8 5/8 6 / 15 5 / 8 5/8 6 / 15 7 / 15 8 / 10 8 / 10 8 / 10 8 / 10 8 / 10 7 / 10 7 / 10 8 / 10 8 / 10 8 / 10 8 / 10 8 / 10 7 / 10 7 / 10
Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode
Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier
AgSnO, hard gold-plated AgNi AgNi, hard gold-plated

30 V AC / 36 V DC 250 V AC/DC 30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV (at 10 mA) 5 V AC/DC (at 10 mA) 100 mV (at 10 mA)
50 mA 6A 50 mA
50 mA 15 A (300 ms) 50 mA
1 mA (at 24 V) 10 mA (At 5 V) 1 mA (at 24 V)
4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)

-40°C ... 60°C1) -40°C ... 60°C2) -40°C ... 60°C2)
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm 14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm 14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

Pkt. Pkt. Pkt.
PLC-RSC- 12DC/21AU3) 2966919 10 PLC-RSC- 12DC/21-213) 2967235 10 PLC-RSC- 12DC/21-21AU3) 2967277 10

PLC-RSC- 24UC/21AU3) 2966278 10 PLC-RSC- 24UC/21-213) 2967073 10 PLC-RSC- 24UC/21-21AU3) 2967112 10
PLC-RSC-120UC/21AU3) 2966281 10 PLC-RSC-120UC/21-213) 2967086 10 PLC-RSC-120UC/21-21AU3) 2967138 10
PLC-RSC-230UC/21AU3) 2966294 10 PLC-RSC-230UC/21-213) 2967099 10 PLC-RSC-230UC/21-21AU3) 2967141 10
PLC-RSP- 12DC/21AU3) 2967442 10 PLC-RSP- 12DC/21-213) 2912497 10 PLC-RSP- 12DC/21-21AU3) 2912565 10

PLC-RSP- 24UC/21AU3) 2966553 10 PLC-RSP- 24UC/21-213) 2912510 10 PLC-RSP- 24UC/21-21AU3) 2912581 10
PLC-RSP-120UC/21AU3) 2966582 10 PLC-RSP-120UC/21-213) 2912549 10 PLC-RSP-120UC/21-21AU3) 2912617 10
PLC-RSP-230UC/21AU3) 2966647 10 PLC-RSP-230UC/21-213) 2912552 10 PLC-RSP-230UC/21-21AU3) 2912620 10
PLC-RPT- 12DC/21AU3) 2900317 10 PLC-RPT- 12DC/21-213) 2900329 10 PLC-RPT- 12DC/21-21AU3) 2900337 10

PLC-RPT- 24UC/21AU3) 2900307 10 PLC-RPT- 24UC/21-213) 2900332 10 PLC-RPT- 24UC/21-21AU3) 2900339 10
PLC-RPT-120UC/21AU3) 2900310 10 PLC-RPT-120UC/21-213) 2900335 10 PLC-RPT-120UC/21-21AU3) 2900342 10
PLC-RPT-230UC/21AU3) 2900311 10 PLC-RPT-230UC/21-213) 2900336 10 PLC-RPT-230UC/21-21AU3) 2900343 10

Relay modules
PLC series
Universal PLC series with Notes:
solid-state relays Type of housing: D W
PLC-O... is the solid-state relay series that See Catalog 5
can be used universally consisting of basic Separating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger
terminal blocks and plug-in solid-state re- than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in
lays. FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500....
The advantages: For derating curves see page 345
– Slim design 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
– Screw, spring-cage, and
push-in technology
– Functional plug-in bridges
– Integrated input circuit Max. DC voltage output of 100 mA
– RT-III sealed solid-state relays
– High switching capacity

ing V8 adapter
A2 13+
A1 14
Technical data
Input data ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥
Permissible range (with reference to UN) 0.8 - 0.8 - 0.8 - 0.8 - 0.9 - 0.9 -
1.2 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.1
Switching level (with reference to UN) 1 signal (“H”) ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.9 ≥ 0.8
0 signal (“L”) ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.3 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.3 ≤ 0.3
Typ. input current at UN [mA] 8.5 9 5 3 3.5 3.5
Typ. switch-on time at UN [ms] 0.02 0.03 0.04 1 3 3
Typ. switch-off time at UN [ms] 0.3 0.3 2 3 4 5
Transmission frequency flimit [Hz] 300 300 100 50 10 10
Output data
Max. inrush current -
Min./max. switching current - / 100 mA
Output protection Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current ≤1V
Max. load value -
General data
Ordering data

UN Pkt.
PLC INTERFACE, with screw connection
① 24 V DC PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 48DC/1001) 2966728 10
② 48 V DC PLC-OSC- 48DC/ 48DC/1001) 2966993 10
③ 60 V DC PLC-OSC- 60DC/ 48DC/1001) 2967455 10
④ 125 V DC PLC-OSC-125DC/ 48DC/1001) 2980047 10
⑤ 120 V AC (110 V DC) PLC-OSC-120UC/ 48DC/1001) 2966744 10
⑥ 230 V AC (220 V DC) PLC-OSC-230UC/ 48DC/1001) 2966757 10
PLC INTERFACE, with spring-cage connection
① 24 V DC PLC-OSP- 24DC/ 48DC/1001) 2967549 10
② 48 V DC PLC-OSP- 48DC/ 48DC/1001) 2967743 10
③ 60 V DC PLC-OSP- 60DC/ 48DC/1001) 2967756 10
④ 120 V AC (110 V DC) PLC-OSP-120UC/ 48DC/1001) 2967552 10
⑤ 230 V AC (220 V DC) PLC-OSP-230UC/ 48DC/1001) 2967565 10
PLC-INTERFACE, with push-in connection
① 24 V DC PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 48DC/1001) 2900352 10
② 48 V DC PLC-OPT- 48DC/ 48DC/1001) 2900353 10
③ 60 V DC PLC-OPT- 60DC/ 48DC/1001) 2900354 10
④ 120 V AC (110 V DC) PLC-OPT-120UC/ 48DC/1001) 2900355 10
⑤ 230 V AC (220 V DC) PLC-OPT-230UC/ 48DC/1001) 2900356 10
324 PHOENIX CONTACT
Relay modules
PLC series
D W D W
H H
Max. DC voltage output of 3 A Max. AC voltage output of 750 mA
 
A2 13+ A2 13+
A1 14 A1 14

① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥
0.8 - 0.8 - 0.8 - 0.8 - 0.9 - 0.9 - 0.8 - 0.8 - 0.8 - 0.8 - 0.9 - 0.8 -
1.2 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.1
≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8
≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.3 ≤ 0.3 ≤ 0.3 ≤ 0.3 ≤ 0.25 ≤ 0.25 ≤ 0.3 ≤ 0.3 ≤ 0.25 ≤ 0.25
8.5 9 5 3 3.5 3.5 8 9 6 3.5 4 3.5
0.02 0.03 0.04 0.04 3.5 4 10 10 10 10 10 10
0.3 0.3 0.5 0.6 7 7 10 10 10 10 10 10
300 300 100 100 10 10 10 10 10 10 3 3
Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode
Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier
33 V DC 253 V AC
3 V DC 24 V AC
15 A (10 ms) 30 A (10 ms)
- / 3 A (see derating curve) 10 mA / 0.75 A (see derating curve)
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection RCV circuit
≤ 200 mV <1V
- < 1 mA (in off state)
- 0.5
- 4.5 A2s
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)

-25°C ... 60°C -25°C ... 60°C
2 / III 2 / III
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm
Pcs. / Pcs. /
Pkt. Pkt.
PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/ 21) 2966634 10 PLC-OSC- 24DC/230AC/ 11) 2967840 10

PLC-OSC-125DC/ 24DC/ 21) 2980050 10 PLC-OSC-125DC/230AC/ 11) 2980063 10
PLC-OSC-120UC/ 24DC/ 21) 2966650 10 PLC-OSC-120UC/230AC/ 11) 2967879 10
PLC-OSC-230UC/ 24DC/ 21) 2966663 10 PLC-OSC-230UC/230AC/ 11) 2967882 10
PLC-OSP- 24DC/ 24DC/ 21) 2967471 10 PLC-OSP- 24DC/230AC/ 11) 2967895 10

PLC-OSP-120UC/ 24DC/ 21) 2967484 10 PLC-OSP-120UC/230AC/ 11) 2967921 10
PLC-OSP-230UC/ 24DC/ 21) 2967497 10 PLC-OSP-230UC/230AC/ 11) 2967934 10
PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 24DC/21) 2900364 10 PLC-OPT- 24DC/230AC/11) 2900369 10

PLC-OPT-120UC/ 24DC/21) 2900367 10 PLC-OPT-120UC/230AC/11) 2900372 10
PLC-OPT-230UC/ 24DC/21) 2900368 10 PLC-OPT-230UC/230AC/11) 2900374 10
Relay modules
PLC series
PLC actuator series for Notes:
output functions Type of housing: D W
PLC actuator series for coupling control- See Catalog 5
ler and actuators, such as motors, contac- Separating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger
tors, valves, etc. than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in
The advantages: FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500....
– Actuator connected directly to relay For diagrams of operating voltage ranges, see page 343
module For derating curves see page 345
– No need for additional modular terminal 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
blocks
– Space savings of up to 80%
– Time savings of up to 60% 1 N/O contact with power contact
push-in technology
– Relay modules with safe isolation accord-

ing to DIN EN 50178 between coil and
contact
ing V8 adapter
A2 13
A1 BB
14
Technical data
Input data ②
Permissible range (with reference to UN) See diagram
Switching level (with reference to UN) 1 signal (“H”)

0 signal (“L”)
Typ. response time/switch-on time at UN [ms] 5
Typ. release time/switch-off time at Un [ms] 8
Transmission frequency flimit [Hz]
Electrical interrupting rating for PLC...24DC/1/ACT Output data
with 1-N/O relay Contact material AgSnO
20 Min. switching voltage 5 V (at 100 mA)
10 Limiting continuous current 6A
Max. inrush current (on request)
6
4 1 Min. switching current 10 mA (at 12 V)
Output protection -
2
Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current -

1 Leakage current in off state -
0,5 2 Max. load value -
0,3 General data
0,2
0,1 Ambient temperature (operation) -40°C ... 60°C
10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300
Switching voltage [V] Mechanical service life 2 x 107 cycles
1 AC, ohmic load Standards/regulations IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 DC, ohmic load Pollution degree/surge voltage category 3 / III
Ordering data
Electrical interrupting rating for PLC...24DC/1-1/ACT
with 2-N/O relay
UN Pkt.
20
10 ① 5 V DC
6 ② 24 V DC PLC-RSC- 24DC/ 1/ACT1) 2966210 10
4 1 PLC INTERFACE, with spring-cage connection
2 ① 5 V DC
4 3 2 ② 24 V DC PLC-RSP- 24DC/ 1/ACT1) 2967345 10

1
0,5 ① 5 V DC
0,3 ② 24 V DC PLC-RPT- 24DC/ 1/ACT1) 2900312 10
0,2
0,1
10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300
1 AC, ohmic load
3 DC, ohmic load
4 DC, L/R = 40 ms
326 PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
PLC series
D W D W D W
H H H
2 N/O contacts with power contact Max. DC voltage output of 3 A Max. AC voltage output of 750 mA
  
23
BB
A2 24
A2 13+ A2 13+
13
A1 A1 BB A1 BB
BB
14 14 14

② ① ② ②
See diagram 0.8 - 0.8 - 0.8 -
1.2 1.2 1.2
≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8
≤ 0.25 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.25
18 9.5 8.5 9
8 0.02 0.02 3
10 0.3 0.3 9
300 300 10
Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode
AgNi - -
250 V AC/DC 33 V DC 253 V AC
5 V AC/DC 3 V DC 24 V AC
6A 3 A (see derating curve) 0.75 A (see derating curve)
8A 15 A (10 ms) 30 A (10 ms)
10 mA - 10 mA
- Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection RCV circuit
- ≤ 200 mV <1V
- - < 1 mA (in off state)
- - 0.5
- - 4.5 A2s
4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 60°C -25°C ... 60°C -25°C ... 60°C
3 x 107 cycles - -
3 / III 2 / III 2 / III
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

Pkt. Pkt. Pkt.
PLC-OSC- 5DC/ 24DC/ 2/ACT1) 2980144 10

PLC-RSC- 24DC/ 1- 1/ACT1) 2967109 10 PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/ 2/ACT1) 2966676 10 PLC-OSC- 24DC/230AC/ 1/ACT1) 2967947 10
PLC-OSP- 5DC/ 24DC/ 2/ACT1) 2980157 10

PLC-OSP- 24DC/ 24DC/ 2/ACT1) 2967507 10
PLC-OPT- 5DC/ 24DC/2/ACT1) 2900375 10

PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 24DC/2/ACT1) 2900376 10

Relay modules
PLC series
PLC actuator series for
output functions D W D W
H H
PLC actuator series with solid-state pow-
er relays for coupling the controller and ac-
tuators, such as motors, contactors, valves,
etc.
Notes:
Type of housing:
See Catalog 5 Max. DC voltage output of 5 A Max. AC voltage output of 2 mA
Separating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger
than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in
FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500....
For derating curves see page 345  
23 23
BB BB
A2 24 A2 24
13 13
A1 A1
BB BB
14 14

Input data ① ①
Permissible range (with reference to UN) 0.8 - 0.8 -
1.2 1.2
Switching level (with reference to UN) 1 signal (“H”) ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8
0 signal (“L”) ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4
Typ. switch-on time at UN [ms] 0.02 10
Typ. switch-off time at UN [ms] 0.4 10
Transmission frequency flimit [Hz] 300 10
Input circuit DC Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode
Output data
Max. / min. switching voltage 33 V DC / 3 V DC 253 V AC / 24 V AC
Max. inrush current 15 A (10 ms) 30 A (10 ms)
Min./max. switching current - / 5 A (see derating curve) 25 mA / 2 A (see derating curve)
Output protection Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Surge protection
Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current ≤ 200 mV ≤1V
Leakage current in off state - Typ. 1 mA
Phase angle (cos φ) - 0.5
Max. load value - 4 A2s (tp = 10 ms, at 25°C)
General data
Rated insulation voltage 100 V DC 250 V AC
Rated surge voltage 1.5 kV, basic insulation 4 kV / basic insulation
Pollution degree/surge voltage category 2 / III 2 / III
Mounting position/mounting Refer to Derating / In rows with zero spacing Refer to Derating / In rows with zero spacing
Dimensions W/H/D 14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm 14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

UN Pkt. Pkt.
① 24 V DC PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/ 5/ACT 2982786 10 PLC-OSC- 24DC/230AC/ 2/ACT 2982760 10
328 PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
PLC series
PLC actuator series for
output functions D W D W
H H
PLC actuator basic terminal blocks that
can be fitted with a mechanical or solid-
state relay. For coupling the controller and
actuators, such as motors, contactors,
valves, etc.
Notes:
Maximum interrupting rating diagrams, see page 346
For derating curves see page 345
Basic terminal block Basic terminal block
that can be fitted with mech. relay that can be fitted with solid-state relay
 
A2 13 A2 13
A2 13
A1 BB A1 BB
A1 BB 14 14
DC AC
14

Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN) 0.8 ... 1.2 0.8 ... 1.2
Typ. input current with UN (50 /60 Hz) 15.6 mA / 8.5 mA 15 mA / 8.3 mA
Typ. response time at UN 5 ms 10 ms
Typ. release time at UN 30 ms 20 ms
Input circuit LED yellow, Bridge rectifier Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier
Output data with: REL-MR-24DC/21AU REL-MR-24DC/21 OPT...48DC/... OPT...24DC/... OPT...230AC/...
Contact type Single contact, 1 N/O contact Single contact, 1 N/O contact - - -
Contact material AgSnO, hard gold-plated AgSnO - - -

Max. switching voltage 30 V AC / 36 V DC 250 V AC/DC 48 V DC 33 V DC 253 V AC
Min. switching voltage 100 mV (at 10 mA) 5 V (at 100 mA) 3 V DC 3 V DC 24 V AC
Limiting continuous current 50 mA 6A 100 mA 3A 0.75 A
(see derating (see derating curve)
curve)
Min. switching current 1 mA (at 24 V) 10 mA (at 12 V) -
Output protection - - Protection Protection RCV circuit
against polarity against polarity
reversal, Surge reversal, Surge
protection protection
Voltage drop at limiting continuous current - - ≤1V ≤ 150 mV ≤1V
Leakage current in off state - - - - ≤ 1 mA
Max. load value I2 x t (t = 10 ms) - - - - 4.5 A2s (tp = 10 ms, at 25°C)
General data
Rated surge voltage / insulation 6 kV / Safe isolation, increased insulation 6 kV / Safe isolation, increased insulation

Air and creepage distances EN 50178, IEC 62103 EN 50178, IEC 62103
Pollution degree / Surge voltage category 2 / III 2 / III
Dimensions W/H/D 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm
Pcs. / Pcs. /
Description Voltage UN Type Order No. Type Order No.
Pkt. Pkt.
24 V AC/DC PLC-BSC- 24UC/ 1/ACT 2982799 10 PLC-BSC- 24UC/ 1/ACT 2982799 10
24 V AC/DC PLC-BSP- 24UC/ 1/ACT 2982809 10 PLC-BSP- 24UC/ 1/ACT 2982809 10
24 V AC/DC PLC-BPT- 24UC/ 1/ACT1) 2900450 10 PLC-BPT- 24UC/ 1/ACT1) 2900450 10
Plug-in miniature relays
with gold contact REL-MR- 24DC/21AU 2961121 10
with power contact REL-MR- 24DC/21 2961105 10
Solid-state input relays OPT-24DC/ 48DC/100 2966618 10
Solid-state power relays OPT-24DC/ 24DC/ 2 2966595 10
Solid-state power relays OPT-24DC/230AC/ 1 2967950 10

Relay modules
PLC series
PLC sensor series for Notes:
input functions Type of housing: D W
PLC sensor series for coupling controller See Catalog 5
and sensors, such as proximity switches, Separating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger
limit switches or auxiliary contacts than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in
– Direct connection of sensor to relay If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are
module exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of
– No need for additional modular terminal service life than with a pure power contact.
blocks For diagrams of operating voltage ranges, see page 343
– Space savings of up to 80% 1) 120 and 230 V types up to 55°C
– Time savings of up to 60% 2) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 Relay module
– Screw, spring-cage, and 1 N/O contact
push-in technology
– Relay modules with safe isolation accord-

ing to DIN EN 50178 between coil and
contact
ing V8 adapter
13 A2
14 BB
A1
Technical data
Switching level (with reference to UN) 1 signal (“H”)

0 signal (“L”)
Typ. input current at UN [mA] 9 3.5 3.2
Typ. response time/switch-on time at UN [ms] 5 6 7
Typ. release time/switch-off time at Un [ms] 8 15 15
Transmission frequency flimit [Hz]
Output data
Contact material AgSnO, hard gold-plated
Min. switching voltage 100 mV (at 10 mA)
Limiting continuous current 50 mA
Max. inrush current 50 mA
Output protection -
Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current -
General data
Ambient temperature (operation) -40°C ... 60°C1)
Ordering data

UN Pkt.
① 24 V DC PLC-RSC- 24DC/ 1AU/SEN2) 2966317 10
② 120 V AC (110 V DC) PLC-RSC-120UC/ 1AU/SEN2) 2966320 10
③ 230 V AC (220 V DC) PLC-RSC-230UC/ 1AU/SEN2) 2966333 10
① 24 V DC PLC-RSP- 24DC/ 1AU/SEN2) 2967374 10
② 120 V AC (110 V DC) PLC-RSP-120UC/ 1AU/SEN2) 2967390 10
③ 230 V AC (220 V DC) PLC-RSP-230UC/ 1AU/SEN2) 2967413 10
① 24 V DC PLC-RPT- 24DC/ 1AU/SEN2) 2900313 10
② 120 V AC (110 V DC) PLC-RPT-120UC/ 1AU/SEN2) 2900314 10
③ 230 V AC (220 V DC) PLC-RPT-230UC/ 1AU/SEN2) 2900315 10
330 PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
PLC series
D W
H
Max. DC voltage output of 100 mA

13+ A2
14 BB
A1
Technical data
① ② ③
0.8 - 0.8 - 0.8 -
1.2 1.1 1.1
≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8
≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.3 ≤ 0.3
8.5 3.5 3.5
0.02 6 3
0.3 10 5
300 10 10
Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode
Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier
-
48 V DC
3 V DC
100 mA
-
-
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
≤1V
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)

-25°C ... 60°C
-
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Type Order No.
Pkt.
PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 48DC/100/SEN2) 2966773 10

PLC-OSC-120UC/ 48DC/100/SEN2) 2966799 10
PLC-OSC-230UC/ 48DC/100/SEN2) 2966809 10
PLC-OSP- 24DC/ 48DC/100/SEN2) 2967578 10

PLC-OSP-120UC/ 48DC/100/SEN2) 2967581 10
PLC-OSP-230UC/ 48DC/100/SEN2) 2967594 10
PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 48DC/100/SEN2) 2900358 10

PLC-OPT-120UC/ 48DC/100/SEN2) 2900359 10
PLC-OPT-230UC/ 48DC/100/SEN2) 2900361 10

Relay modules
PLC series
PLC-INTERFACE for Notes:
high inrush currents Type of housing: D W
PLC relay modules for high inrush cur- See Catalog 5
rents due, for example, to capacitive loads Separating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger
The advantages: than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in
– Max. inrush current of 130 A FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500....
– Direct connection of load return line For diagrams of operating voltage ranges, see page 343
thanks to actuator type 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
push-in technology
between coil and contact 1 N/O contact of up to 130 A peak
ing V8 adapter

13
A2
BB
A1
14
Technical data
Input data ①
Response/release time at UN [ms] 8 / 10
Output data
Min. switching voltage 12 V AC/DC (at 100 mA)
Max. inrush current 80 A (for 20 ms) / 130 A (peak, at capacitive load, 230 V AC, 24 μF)
General data
Basic behavior of capacitive loads:
- Very high input current Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
- Voltage increases with an e-function Dimensions W/H/D 14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm
Ordering data

UN Pkt.
① 24 V DC PLC-RSC- 24DC/ 1IC/ACT1) 2967604 10
① 24 V DC PLC-RSP- 24DC/ 1IC/ACT1) 2912413 10
t PLC-INTERFACE, with push-in connection
① 24 V DC PLC-RPT- 24DC/ 1IC/ACT1) 2900298 10
Max. interrupting rating
20
10
6
4
2
1
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1
10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300
AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load
DC, L/R = 40 ms
332 PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
PLC series
high continuous currents Type of housing: D W
PLC relay modules for high continuous See Catalog 5
switching currents Separating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger
– Max. continuous current of 10 A FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500....
– Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178 For diagrams of operating voltage ranges, see page 343
between coil and contact 1) 230 V types up to 55°C
– Screw, spring-cage, and 2) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
push-in technology
– Efficient connection to system cabling us- 1 PDT up to 10 A
ing V8 adapter
– Long electrical service life thanks to
16 A relay

– All common input voltages of
12 V DC to 230 V AC
11
A2
14
A1
12
Technical data
Input data ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦
Typ. input current at UN [mA] 33 18 17.5 20 10 4.5 4.5
Response/release time at UN [ms] 8 / 10 8 / 10 8 / 10 8 / 10 8 / 10 7 / 10 7 / 10
Output data
Min. switching voltage 12 V AC/DC
Min. switching current 100 mA
General data
Ambient temperature (operation) -40°C ... 60°C1)
Ordering data

UN Pkt.
① 12 V DC PLC-RSC- 12DC/21HC2) 2967617 10
② 24 V DC PLC-RSC- 24DC/21HC2) 2967620 10
③ 24 V AC/DC PLC-RSC- 24UC/21HC2) 2967633 10
④ 48 V DC PLC-RSC- 48DC/21HC2) 2967646 10
⑤ 60 V DC PLC-RSC- 60DC/21HC2) 2967659 10
⑥ 120 V AC (110 V DC) PLC-RSC-120UC/21HC2) 2967662 10
⑦ 230 V AC (220 V DC) PLC-RSC-230UC/21HC2) 2967675 10
20 ① 12 V DC PLC-RSP- 12DC/21HC2) 2912264 10
② 24 V DC PLC-RSP- 24DC/21HC2) 2912277 10
10
1 ③ 24 V AC/DC PLC-RSP- 24UC/21HC2) 2912280 10
6
4 ④ 48 V DC PLC-RSP- 48DC/21HC2) 2912293 10
⑤ 60 V DC PLC-RSP- 60DC/21HC2) 2912303 10
2 ⑥
3 2 120 V AC (110 V DC) PLC-RSP-120UC/21HC2) 2912316 10
1 ⑦ 230 V AC (220 V DC) PLC-RSP-230UC/21HC2) 2912329 10
0,5
① 12 V DC PLC-RPT- 12DC/21HC2) 2900290 10
0,3
0,2 ② 24 V DC PLC-RPT- 24DC/21HC2) 2900291 10
③ 24 V AC/DC PLC-RPT- 24UC/21HC2) 2900293 10
0,1 ④ 48 V DC PLC-RPT- 48DC/21HC2) 2900294 10
10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300
⑤ 60 V DC PLC-RPT- 60DC/21HC2) 2900295 10
⑥ 120 V AC (110 V DC) PLC-RPT-120UC/21HC2) 2900296 10
1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load ⑦ 230 V AC (220 V DC) PLC-RPT-230UC/21HC2) 2900297 10
3 DC, L/R = 40 ms

Relay modules
PLC series
Basic terminal blocks with interference Notes:
current filter that can be fitted with Type of housing: D W
relays Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
PLC basic terminal blocks with integrated See Catalog 5
filter to protect against interference voltag- Separating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger
es or currents due, for example, to long than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in
control lines FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500....
The advantages: For diagrams of operating voltage ranges, see page 343
– Resistant to interference currents Maximum interrupting rating diagrams, see page 346
– High relay release voltage 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Typical applications:
– Applications with long control lines
– Use of AC output boards, resulting in re- Universal design
sidual AC currents
push-in technology

A2 11
A1 14
12
Technical data
Input data
Nominal input voltage UN 120 V AC 230 V AC
Typ. release voltage (with relay) 50 V AC 80 V AC
Typ. input current with UN (50 /60 Hz) 7 mA / 8 mA 8.8 mA / 10 mA
Input circuit Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier, Filter
Output data with: REL-MR-60DC/21 REL-MR-60DC/21AU

General data
Pollution degree / Surge voltage category 3 / III
Ordering data
L Pcs. /
Description Voltage UN Type Order No.
R Pkt.
V
C Leakage current PLC-INTERFACE basic terminal block, for
A1
plug-in miniature relays or solid-state relays
Output U Load With screw connection 120 V AC PLC-BSC-120UC/21/SO461) 2980319 10
N With screw connection 230 V AC PLC-BSC-230UC/21/SO461) 2980335 10
Signal cable A2
With spring-cage connection 120 V AC PLC-BSP-120UC/21/SO461) 2980351 10
Occurrence of interference signals With spring-cage connection 230 V AC PLC-BSP-230UC/21/SO461) 2980377 10
Scenario 1: controller - AC output card With push-in connection 120 V AC PLC-BPT-120UC/21/SO461) 2900453 10
With push-in connection 230 V AC PLC-BPT-230UC/21/SO461) 2900455 10
Accessories
Long signal cable (>10m) Plug-in miniature relays
A1
L with gold contact REL-MR- 60DC/21AU 2961134 10
E.g. 230 VAC Leakage current U Load with power contact REL-MR- 60DC/21 2961118 10
N
A2
L1
L2
L3
Parallel signal cables or load cables
Occurrence of interference signals

Scenario 2: long signal cables
334 PHOENIX CONTACT
Relay modules
PLC series
D W D W D W
H H H
Sensor design 2 PDT universal design 1 PDT for high continuous currents
  
21
24 11
A2 22
13 A2 A2
11
14
14 A1 A1
BB 14
A1 12 12
120 V AC 230 V AC 120 V AC 230 V AC 120 V AC 230 V AC

0.8 ... 1.4 0.78 ... 1.14 0.78 ... 1.4 0.78 ... 1.14 0.85 ... 1.4 0.78 ... 1.14
50 V AC 80 V AC 16 V AC 70 V AC 16 V AC 70 V AC
7 mA / 8 mA 8.8 mA / 10 mA 6 mA / 7 mA 8.5 mA / 10 mA 6 mA / 7 mA 8.5 mA / 10 mA
7 ms 7 ms 7 ms 7 ms 7 ms 7 ms
20 ms 20 ms 10 ms 10 ms 20 ms 20 ms
Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier, Filter Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier, Filter Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier, Filter
REL-MR-60DC/21 REL-MR-60DC/21AU REL-MR-110DC/21-21 REL-MR-110DC/21-21AU REL-MR-110DC/21HC
Single contact, 1 N/O contact Single contact, 1 N/O contact Single contact, 2-PDT Single contact, 2-PDT Single contact, 1-PDT
AgSnO AgSnO, hard gold-plated AgNi AgNi, + 5 µm Au AgNi

250 V AC/DC 30 V AC / 36 V DC 250 V AC/DC 30 V AC / 36 V DC 250 V AC/DC
5 V (at 100 mA) 100 mV (at 10 mA) 5 V AC/DC 100 mV 12 V AC/DC
6A 50 mA 6A 50 mA 10 A
(on request) 50 mA 15 A (300 ms) 50 mA 30 A (300 ms)
10 mA (at 12 V) 1 mA (at 24 V) 10 mA 1 mA 100 mA
4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)

-20°C ... 55°C -20°C ... 55°C -20°C ... 55°C
3 / III 3 / III 3 / III
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm 14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm 14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

Pkt. Pkt. Pkt.
PLC-BSC-120UC/ 1/SEN/SO461) 2980322 10 PLC-BSC-120UC/21-21/SO461) 2980416 10 PLC-BSC-120UC/21HC/SO461) 2980432 10

PLC-BSC-230UC/ 1/SEN/SO461) 2980348 10 PLC-BSC-230UC/21-21/SO461) 2980429 10 PLC-BSC-230UC/21HC/SO461) 2980445 10
PLC-BSP-120UC/ 1/SEN/SO461) 2980364 10
PLC-BSP-230UC/ 1/SEN/SO461) 2980380 10
PLC-BPT-120UC/ 1/SEN/SO461) 2900456 10
PLC-BPT-230UC/ 1/SEN/SO461) 2900457 10
REL-MR- 60DC/21AU 2961134 10 REL-MR-110DC/21-21AU 2961228 10

REL-MR- 60DC/21 2961118 10 REL-MR-110DC/21-21 2961202 10 REL-MR-110DC/21HC 2961338 10

Relay modules
PLC series
Basic terminal blocks with interference Notes:
current filter that can be fitted with Type of housing: D W
solid-state relays Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
PLC basic terminal blocks with integrated See Catalog 5
filter to protect against interference voltag- Separating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger
es or currents due, for example, to long than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in
control lines FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500....
The advantages: For derating curves see page 345
– Resistant to interference currents 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
– High relay release voltage
– Use of AC output boards, resulting in re- Universal design
sidual AC currents
push-in technology

A2 11 A2 11
A1 14 A1 14
12 12
DC AC
Technical data
Input data
Nominal input voltage UN 120 V AC 230 V AC
Switching level (with optocoupler) 0 signal (“L”) ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4
Typ. input current with UN (50 /60 Hz) 7 mA / 8 mA 8.8 mA / 10 mA

Typ. response time/switch-on time at UN 6 ms 6 ms
Typ. switch-off time at UN 10 ms 10 ms
Input circuit Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier, Filter
Output data with: OPT...48DC/... OPT...24DC/... OPT...230AC/...
Max. switching voltage 48 V DC 30 V DC 253 V AC
Min. switching voltage 3 V DC 3 V DC 24 V AC
Limiting continuous current 100 mA 3A 0.75 A
Max. inrush current 15 A (10 ms) 30 A (10 ms)
Output protection Protection Protection RCV circuit
Voltage drop at limiting continuous current < 1 V DC < 200 mV < 1 V AC
Leakage current in off state - - < 1 mA
Max. phase shift (inductive consumer) - - 0.5
Max. load value I2 x t (t = 10 ms) - - 4.5 A2s

General data
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC-INTERFACE basic terminal block, for
plug-in miniature relays or solid-state relays
With screw connection 120 V AC PLC-BSC-120UC/21/SO461) 2980319 10
With screw connection 230 V AC PLC-BSC-230UC/21/SO461) 2980335 10
Accessories
Solid-state input relays OPT-60DC/ 48DC/100 2966621 10
Solid-state power relays OPT-60DC/ 24DC/ 2 2966605 10
Solid-state power relays OPT-60DC/230AC/ 1 2967963 10
336 PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
PLC series
D W
H
Sensor design

13 A2 13 A2
14 BB 14 BB
A1 A1
DC AC
Technical data
120 V AC 230 V AC
0.85 ... 1.1 0.8 ... 1.1
≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4
7 mA / 8 mA 8.8 mA / 10 mA
6 ms 6 ms
10 ms 10 ms
Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier, Filter
OPT...48DC/... OPT...24DC/... OPT...230AC/...
48 V DC 30 V DC 253 V AC
3 V DC 3 V DC 24 V AC
100 mA 3A 0.75 A
15 A (10 ms) 30 A (10 ms)
Protection Protection RCV circuit
<1V < 200 mV <1V
- - < 1 mA
- - 0.5
- - 4.5 A2s
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)

-20°C ... 55°C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Type Order No.
Pkt.
PLC-BSC-120UC/ 1/SEN/SO461) 2980322 10

PLC-BSC-230UC/ 1/SEN/SO461) 2980348 10
PLC-BSP-120UC/ 1/SEN/SO461) 2980364 10
PLC-BSP-230UC/ 1/SEN/SO461) 2980380 10
PLC-BPT-120UC/ 1/SEN/SO461) 2900456 10
PLC-BPT-230UC/ 1/SEN/SO461) 2900457 10
Accessories
OPT-60DC/ 48DC/100 2966621 10

OPT-60DC/ 24DC/ 2 2966605 10
OPT-60DC/230AC/ 1 2967963 10

Relay modules
PLC series
Plug-in miniature power relays Notes:
Plug-in miniature power relays suitable for service life than with a pure power contact.
PLC-INTERFACE and RIF-0, RIF-1, and PR1 For dimensional drawings and perforations for assembly,
see page 344
relay bases.
For diagrams of operating voltage ranges, see page 343
The advantages:
type
– Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178 1 PDT

A2 A1 12 11 14
Technical data
Input data ① ② ③ ④ ⑤
Typ. input current at UN [mA] 38 14 9 7 3
Typ. response time at UN [ms] 5 5 5 5 5
Typ. release time at UN [ms] 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
Output data

Max. inrush current (on request) (on request)
24 V DC 140 W 1.2 W
48 V DC 20 W -
60 V DC 18 W -
110 V DC 23 W -
220 V DC 40 W -
250 V AC 1500 VA -
General data
Ordering data

UN Pkt.
with power contact ① 4.5 V DC REL-MR- 4,5DC/21 2961367 10
with power contact ② 12 V DC REL-MR- 12DC/21 2961150 10
with power contact ③ 18 V DC REL-MR- 18DC/21 2961383 10
with power contact ④ 24 V DC REL-MR- 24DC/21 2961105 10
with power contact ⑤ 60 V DC REL-MR- 60DC/21 2961118 10
with power contact ⑥ 110 V DC
with gold contact ① 4.5 V DC REL-MR 4,5DC/21AU 2961370 10
with gold contact ② 12 V DC REL-MR- 12DC/21AU 2961163 10
with gold contact ③ 18 V DC REL-MR- 18DC/21AU 2961493 10
with gold contact ④ 24 V DC REL-MR- 24DC/21AU 2961121 10
with gold contact ⑤ 60 V DC REL-MR- 60DC/21AU 2961134 10
with gold contact ⑥ 110 V DC
338 PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
PLC series
2 PDT 1 N/O contact, for high inrush currents 1 PDT for high continuous currents
  
A1 12 11 14 A1 A1
A2 22 21 24 A2 A2
13 14 12 11 14

② ④ ⑤ ⑥ ④ ② ④ ⑤ ⑥
refer to the diagram refer to the diagram refer to the diagram
33 17 8.2 4.1 17 33 17 8.2 4.1
7 7 7 7 8 7 7 7 7
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Single contact, 2-PDT Single contact, 2-PDT Single contact, 1 N/O contact Single contact, 1-PDT
AgNi AgNi, hard gold-plated AgSnO AgNi

250 V AC/DC 30 V AC / 36 V DC 250 V AC/DC 250 V AC/DC
5 V (at 10 mA) 100 mV (at 10 mA) 12 V (at 100 mA) 12 V (at 10 mA)
8A 50 mA 16 A 16 A
25 A (20 ms) 50 mA 80 A (20 ms) 30 A (300 ms)
10 mA (At 5 V) 1 mA (at 24 V) 100 mA (at 12 V DC) 100 mA
190 W 1.2 W 384 W 384 W

85 W - 58 W 58 W
60 W - 48 W 48 W
44 W - 50 W 50 W
60 W - 80 W 80 W
2000 VA - 4000 VA 4000 VA

-40°C ... 85°C -40°C ... 85°C -40°C ... 85°C
100% operating factor 100% operating factor 100% operating factor
Any / Can be aligned without spacing (> 70°C ≥ 2.5 mm) Any / Can be aligned without spacing (> 70°C ≥ 2.5 mm) Any / Can be aligned without spacing (> 70°C ≥ 2.5 mm)

Pkt. Pkt. Pkt.
REL-MR- 12DC/21-21 2961257 10 REL-MR- 12DC/21HC 2961309 10
REL-MR- 24DC/21-21 2961192 10 REL-MR- 24DC/1IC 2961341 10 REL-MR- 24DC/21HC 2961312 10

REL-MR- 60DC/21-21 2961273 10 REL-MR- 60DC/21HC 2961325 10
REL-MR-110DC/21-21 2961202 10 REL-MR-110DC/21HC 2961338 10
REL-MR- 12DC/21-21AU 2961299 10
REL-MR- 24DC/21-21AU 2961215 10

REL-MR- 60DC/21-21AU 2961286 10
REL-MR-110DC/21-21AU 2961228 10

Relay modules
PLC series
Plug-in solid-state relays suitable for

PLC-INTERFACE and RIF-0, RIF-1, and PR1
relay bases.
The advantages:
– Can be soldered in on PCB Max. DC voltage output of 3 A Max. DC voltage output of 100 mA
Notes:
For dimensional drawings and perforations for assembly,
see page 345
 
A2 A1 13+ 14 A2 A1 13+ 14

Input data ① ② ③ ① ② ③
1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.1
Switching level 1 signal (“H”) [V DC] ≥ 2.5 16 35 2.5 16 52
0 signal (“L”) [V DC] ≤ 0.8 10 20 0.8 10 40
Typ. input current at UN [mA] 9 7 3 4 7 3
Typ. switch-on time at UN [µs] 20 20 40 20 20 50
Typ. switch-off time at UN [µs] 300 300 500 300 300 800
Output data
Max. switching voltage 33 V DC 48 V DC
Min. switching voltage 3 V DC 3 V DC
Limiting continuous current 3 A (see derating curve) 100 mA
Min. load current - -
Max. inrush current 15 A (10 ms) -
Leakage current in off state - -
Phase angle (cos φ) - -
Output circuit 2-conductor, floating 2-conductor, floating
Max. load value - -
Output protection Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current ≤ 150 mV ≤1V
General data
Rated surge voltage Basic insulation Basic insulation
Test voltage input/output 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Mounting position/mounting Any / In rows with zero spacing Any / In rows with zero spacing
Dimensions W/H/D 5 mm / 28 mm / 15 mm 5 mm / 28 mm / 15 mm

UN Pkt. Pkt.
Solid-state power relays ① 5 V DC OPT- 5DC/ 24DC/ 2 2967989 10
Solid-state power relays ② 24 V DC OPT-24DC/ 24DC/ 2 2966595 10
Solid-state power relays ③ 60 V DC OPT-60DC/ 24DC/ 2 2966605 10
Solid-state input relays ① 5 V DC OPT- 5DC/ 48DC/100 2967992 10
Solid-state input relays ② 24 V DC OPT-24DC/ 48DC/100 2966618 10
Solid-state input relays ③ 60 V DC OPT-60DC/ 48DC/100 2966621 10
340 PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
PLC series
Max. DC voltage output of 5 A Max. AC voltage output of 750 mA Max. AC voltage output of 2 mA
  
A1 13+ 14 A1 13 14
A2 A2
A2 A1 13+ 14

① ② ③ ② ③ ① ② ③
0.8 - 0.8 - 0.9 - 0.8 - 0.9 - 0.8 - 0.8 - 0.9 -
1.2 1.2 1.1 1.2 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.1
2.5 16 35 10 50 3 18 40
0.8 10 20 5 15 1 8.4 20
9 7 3 3 3 15 7 2.6
10 20 25 6000 9000 10000 10000 10000
400 400 400 500 700 10000 10000 10000
300 300 300 10 10 10 10 10
33 V DC 253 V AC 253 V AC
3 V DC 24 V AC 24 V AC
5 A (see derating curve) 0.75 A (see derating curve) 2 A (see derating curve)
- 10 mA 25 mA
15 A (10 ms) 30 A (10 ms) 30 A (10 ms)
- < 1 mA < 1 mA
- 0.5 -
2-conductor, floating 2-conductor floating, zero voltage switch 2-conductor floating, zero voltage switch
- 4.5 A2s 4 A2s (tp = 10 ms, at 25°C)
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection RCV circuit Surge protection
≤ 200 mV <1V ≤1V
Basic insulation Basic insulation Basic insulation

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25°C ... 60°C -25°C ... 60°C -25°C ... 60°C
100% operating factor 100% operating factor 100% operating factor
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664
2 / III 2 / III 2 / III
Any / In rows with zero spacing Any / In rows with zero spacing Any / See derating curve
12.7 mm / 29 mm / 15.7 mm 5 mm / 28 mm / 15 mm 12.7 mm / 29 mm / 15.7 mm

Pkt. Pkt. Pkt.
OPT- 5DC/ 24DC/ 5 2982113 10 OPT- 5DC/230AC/ 2 2982168 10

OPT-24DC/ 24DC/ 5 2982100 10 OPT-24DC/230AC/ 1 2967950 10 OPT-24DC/230AC/ 2 2982171 10
OPT-60DC/ 24DC/ 5 2982126 10 OPT-60DC/230AC/ 1 2967963 10 OPT-60DC/230AC/ 2 2982184 10

342
options
OPT-5DC/24DC/2
REL-MR-18DC/21
REL-MR-60DC/21
REL-MR-24DC/21
REL-MR-12DC/21
REL-MR-4,5DC/21
Relay and
REL-MR-24DC/1IC
OPT-60DC/24DC/5
OPT-24DC/24DC/2
OPT-24DC/24DC/5
OPT-60DC/24DC/2
OPT-60DC/230AC/2
OPT-60DC/230AC/1
OPT-24DC/230AC/2
OPT-24DC/230AC/1
OPT-5DC/48DC/100
REL-MR-60DC/21AU
REL-MR-24DC/21AU
REL-MR-12DC/21AU
REL-MR-18DC/21AU
REL-MR-60DC/21-21
REL-MR-24DC/21-21
REL-MR-12DC/21-21
REL-MR-60DC/21HC
REL-MR-12DC/21HC
REL-MR-24DC/21HC
OPT-60DC/48DC/100
OPT-24DC/48DC/100
REL-MR-4,5DC/21AU
solid-state relay
REL-MR-110DC/21-21
REL-MR-110DC/21HC
REL-MR-60DC/21-21AU
REL-MR-24DC/21-21AU
REL-MR-12DC/21-21AU
REL-MR-110DC/21-21AU
PHOENIX CONTACT
Relay modules
Push-in connection Spring-cage connection Screw connection
2961202
2982171
2982100
2966618
2966605
2967989
2967950
2961273
2961192
2961257
2982184
2982126
2967992
2967963
2961325
2961312
2961309
2961286
2961299
2961383
2961341
2961134
2961121
2961105
2961163
2961370
2966621
2966595
2961338
2961228
2961215
2961493
2961118
2961150
2961367
1 PDT basic terminal block
X
X
X
X
PLC-BPT-5DC/21 2900443 PLC-BSP-5DC/21 2980238 PLC-BSC-5DC/21 2980225
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
PLC-BPT-24UC/21 2900446 PLC-BSP-24UC/21 2967222 PLC-BSC-24UC/21 2966029
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Tables, diagrams, dimensional drawings
X
X
X
X
X
Relay options for PLC basic terminal blocks
X
X
PLC-BSC-125DC/21 2980018
X
X
X
X
X
2 PDT basic terminal block
X
X
PLC-BPT-12DC/21-21 2900282 PLC-BSP-12DC/21-21 2912426 PLC-BSC-12DC/21-21 2967251
X
X
X
X
X
X
PLC-BPT-24UC/21-21 2900284 PLC-BSP-24UC/21-21 2912442 PLC-BSC-24UC/21-21 2967028
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
HC basic terminal block
X
PLC-BPT-12DC/21HC 2900253 PLC-BSP-12DC/21HC 2912332 PLC-BSC-12DC/21HC 2967769
X
X
X
X
PLC-BPT-24UC/21HC 2900255 PLC-BSP-24UC/21HC 2912358 PLC-BSC-24UC/21HC 2967785
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Sensor basic terminal block
X
X
X
X
PLC-BSC-5DC/1/SEN 2980267
X
X
X
X
X
PLC-BPT-24DC/1/SEN 2900262 PLC-BSP-24DC/1/SEN 2967206 PLC-BSC-24DC/1/SEN 2966061
X
X
X
X
X
PLC-BPT-120UC/1/SEN 2900451 PLC-BSP-120UC/1/SEN 2967154 PLC-BSC-120UC/1/SEN 2966074
X
X
X
X
X
PLC-BPT-230UC/1/SEN 2900452 PLC-BSP-230UC/1/SEN 2967170 PLC-BSC-230UC/1/SEN 2966087

Actuator basic terminal block
X
X
X
X
PLC-BPT-5DC/1/ACT 2900448 PLC-BSP-5DC/1/ACT 2980254 PLC-BSC-5DC/1/ACT 2980241
X
X
X
X
X
PLC-BPT-24DC/1/ACT 2900449 PLC-BSP-24DC/1/ACT 2967196 PLC-BSC-24DC/1/ACT 2966058

X
X
X
X
X
PLC-BPT-24UC/1/ACT 2900450 PLC-BSP-24UC/1/ACT 2982809 PLC-BSC-24UC/1/ACT 2982799

X
X
PLC-BPT-24DC/21RW 2900261 PLC-BSP-24DC/21RW 2961396

IC basic terminal block
X
X
X
PLC-BPT-24DC/1IC/ACT 2900260 PLC-BSP-24DC/1IC/ACT 2912400 PLC-BSC-24DC/1IC/ACT 2967837

Relay modules
Operating voltage ranges for PLC-R...-12DC... PLC-R...-24DC...

U U
PLC-INTERFACE, 6.2 mm versions, U N 1,4 A U N 1,4 A
equipped with relay 1,3 1,3
1,2 1,2
1,1 1,1
UN= 12 V DC UN= 24 V DC
1 1
0,9 0,9
0,8 0,8
B
B
0,7 0,7
20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65
TU [ ° C] TU [ ° C]
U
PLC-R...-24UC... U
PLC-R...-48DC... U
PLC-R...-60DC...
U N 1,4 U N 1,4 U N 1,4 A
A
1,3 1,3 A 1,3
1,2 1,2 1,2
1,1 1,1 1,1

UN= 24 V DC / 24 V AC UN= 48 V DC UN= 60 V DC
1 1 1
0,9 0,9 0,9
0,8 0,8 0,8

B
B B
0,7 0,7 0,7
20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65
TU [ ° C] TU [ ° C] TU [ ° C]
U
PLC-R...-120UC... U
PLC-R...-125DC... U
PLC-R...-230UC...
U N 1,4 U N 1,4 U N 1,4
A A
1,3 1,3 1,3
1,2 1,2 1,2

A
1,1 1,1 1,1

UN= 110 V DC / 120 V AC UN= 125 V DC UN= 220 V DC / 230 V AC
1 1 1
0,9 0,9 0,9
0,8 0,8 0,8

B B B
0,7 0,7 0,7
20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65
TU [ ° C] TU [ ° C] TU [ ° C]
Operating voltage ranges for PLC-R...-12DC... PLC-R...-24DC...

U U
PLC-INTERFACE, 14 mm versions, U N 1,4 A U N 1,4 A
equipped with relay 1,3 1,3
1,2 1,2
1,1 1,1
UN= 12 V DC UN= 24 V DC
1 1
0,9 0,9
B B
0,8 0,8
0,7 0,7
20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65
TU [ ° C] TU [ ° C]
U
PLC-R...-24UC... U
PLC-R...-48DC... U
PLC-R...-60DC...
U N 1,4 A U N 1,4 U N 1,4
A
1,3 1,3 1,3
A
1,2 1,2 1,2
1,1 1,1 1,1

UN= 24 V DC / 24 V AC UN= 48 V DC UN= 60 V DC
1 1 1
0,9 0,9 0,9

B B B
0,8 0,8 0,8
0,7 0,7 0,7

20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65
TU [ ° C] TU [ ° C] TU [ ° C]
General conditions:
PLC-R...-120UC... PLC-R...-230UC... Direct alignment in the block, all devices 100% operating time, horizontal
U U
U N 1,4 U N 1,4 or vertical mounting.
UN= 110 V DC
A Curve A
1,3 1,3
UN= 220 V DC Maximum permissible continuous voltage Umax with limiting continuous
1,2 1,2 current on the contact side (see relevant technical data).
UN= 120 V DC A
1,1 1,1 Curve B
UN= 230 V AC Minimum permissible operate voltage Uop after pre-excitation1)
1 1 (see relevant technical data).
0,9 0,9 1) Pre-excitation: relay has been operated in a thermally steady
UN= 220 V DC
B state at the ambient temperature TA with nominal voltage UN and
0,8 0,8
UN= 110 V DC UN= 230 V AC limiting continuous current on the contact side (see relevant tech-
UN= 120 V AC B
0,7 0,7 nical data) (warm coil). After being switched off for a short time,
20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 the relay must reliably pick up again at Uop. The Uop values for cold
TU [ ° C] TU [ ° C] coils (Tcoil = TA = 20°C) indicated by other manufacturers yield
better values, but are not practical.

Relay modules
REL-MR...21 REL-MR...21-21
5 mm design width 12.7 mm design width
Perforations for assembly: view of the connections Perforations for assembly: view of the connections
1 1,3 1,9 1,3 5 5 1,28

1,2
Pitch division: 1.25 mm and 1.27 mm
Pitch division: 2.5 mm
28 5 29 12,7
15,7
15
3,6
3,5
Permissible input voltage range Permissible input voltage range

for REL-MR...21 for REL-MR...21-21, REL-MR-24DC/1IC, REL-MR...21HC
U U
UN 3 UN 3
2,5 2,5
A A
2 2
1,5 1,5
1 1
B B
0,5 0,5
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
TU [°C] TU [°C]
General conditions:
Direct alignment in the block, all devices 100% operating time, horizontal
or vertical mounting.
Curve A
Maximum permissible continuous voltage Umax with limiting continuous
current on the contact side (see relevant technical data).
Curve B
Minimum permissible operate voltage Uop after pre-excitation1) (see rel-
evant technical data).
1) Pre-excitation: relay has been operated in a thermally steady
state at the ambient temperature TA with nominal voltage UN and

limiting continuous current on the contact side (see relevant tech-
nical data) (warm coil). After being switched off for a short time,
the relay must reliably pick up again at Uop. The Uop values for cold
coils (Tcoil = TA = 20°C) indicated by other manufacturers yield
better values, but are not practical.
344 PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
OPT...DC/24DC/2 OPT...DC/24DC/5
OPT...DC/230AC/1 OPT...DC/230AC/2
5 mm design width 12.7 mm design width
Perforations for assembly: view of the connections Perforations for assembly: view of the connections
1 1,3 1,9 1,3 5 1,28

1,2
Pitch division: 1.25 mm and 1.27 mm
Pitch division: 2.5 mm
28 5 29 12,7
15,7
15
3,6
3,5
Derating curve for OPT...DC/24DC/2 and PLC-OS.../24DC/2 Derating curve for OPT...DC/24DC/5 and PLC-
solid-state relays OS.../24DC/5/ACT solid-state relays
3 5
4
Load current [A]
2
Load current [A]
3
2
1
1
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
Ambient temperature range [°C] Ambient temperature range [°C]
Derating curve for OPT...DC/230AC/1 and PLC-OS.../230AC/1 Derating curve for OPT...DC/230AC/2 and PLC-
solid-state relays OS.../230AC/2/ACT solid-state relays
2
1
750
1,8
1,6
Load current [mA]
Load current [A]
1,4 2
1,2
300 1
0,8
0,6
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
Ambient temperature range [°C] Ambient temperature range [°C]

Relay modules
Electrical interrupting rating for PLC-INTERFACE for railway
PLC-INTERFACE applications
Electrical interrupting rating for PLC...21 Electrical service life for PLC-RSP...UC/21RW
with 1 PDT relays
20
10
6
4 1 10
6
1
2
1
5
10
0,5 2
0,3
Cycles
0,2
4
0,1 10
10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 0 2 4 6 8
1 AC, ohmic load Switching current [A]
2 DC, ohmic load
Electrical interrupting rating for PLC...21-21 Electrical service life for PLC-RSP...UC/21-21/RW
with 2 PDT relays
107
20
10
6
4 1 10
6
2 1
4 3 2
1
5
10
0,5 2
0,3
Cycles
0,2
0,1 10
4
10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1 AC, ohmic load Switching current [A]
3 DC, ohmic load 1 250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils)
4 DC, L/R = 40 ms 2 250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)
Electrical interrupting rating for PLC...1IC/ACT Electrical service life for PLC-RSP...UC/21HC/RW
for high inrush currents
107
20
10
6
4 10
6
1
2
2
1
5
10
0,5
0,3
Cycles
0,2
0,1 10
4
10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Switching voltage [V] Switching current [A]
AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load 1 250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils)
DC, L/R = 40 ms 2 250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)
Electrical interrupting rating for PLC...21HC

for high continuous currents
20
10
6 1
4
2
3 2
1
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1
10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300
1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load
3 DC, L/R = 40 ms
346 PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
EMG-OV solid-state power relays ST-OV 4-24DC/24DC...PRO UEGM-OE/AV logic pulse expansion
power circuit breaker solid-state relays module
with signal logic
Derating curve for EMG 17-OV...48DC/2 Derating curve for ST-OV 4-24DC/24DC...PRO Time diagrams for UEGM-OE/AV-24DC/24DC/100
Scenario 1: input pulse tI < output pulse tO set

4 A type
Operating voltage present
3 4
Load current [A]
Load current [A]

2 3
2 2 1 A type
UE
1 24 V
1 1
0 0
20 30 40 50 60 20 30 40 50 60
Ambient temperature [°C] t0 tE t
2 Stand-alone device UA
Output pulse tO
Time-current characteristic, 1 A version 24 V
1000
t0 tA Set t
100 Scenario 2: input pulse tI  output pulse tO set: tI = tO
Operating voltage present
10 UE
24 V
Switching time [ms]
1 Current limitation
t0 tE t
UA
Output pulse tO
0,1 24 V
IN 10 20 30 I [A]
t0 tA Set tA t
Time-current characteristic, 4 A version
1000
Table of adjustable output pulse lengths
100 DIP switches1)
S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8
10 – – – – – – –
10
– 20 – – – – – –
Length of – – 50 – – – – –
output puls-
es [ms] – – – 100 – – – –
Switching time [ms]
1 Current limitation (when in – – – – 200 – – –

“on” switch
position) – – – – – 500 – –
– – – – – – 1000 –
0,1
– – – – – – – 1500
IN 20 40 60 80 I [A] 1) If no switch is actuated, the output voltage is not defined.

If the input pulse is longer than the set time, the output is switched
off almost simultaneously with the input.
State diagram Intermediate values can be obtained by combining several DIP

switches according to the following formula:
Switching Light indi- Light indi- Alarm con-
Operating
level cator, cator, tact/
state
Input yellow LED red LED CONTROL
1
Ttot = ––––––––––––
Not activat- 1 + 1 + ... + 1
L L L
ed t1 t2 tn
Normal op-
H H L
eration
Over-
load/short H H H
circuit
Open circuit L L H

Relay modules
PLC series
PLC-INTERFACE with two integrated Notes:
relays Type of housing: D W
Relay module with two permanently See Catalog 5
soldered-in power relays 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
The advantages:
– 100% more channel density than the
conventional 6.2 mm relay
– Two switching channels in a 6.2 mm hous-
ing
– Integrated input circuit/protective circuit
between coil and contacts and between Two integrated relays
contacts
– Screw, spring-cage, and push-in technolo-
gy
A1.1+ 13
K1
14
A2–
23
K2
A1.2+ 24
Technical data
Input data ①
Response/release time at UN [ms] 4/6
Output data
Limiting continuous current 3.5 A
General data
Test voltage output/output 3 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ordering data

UN Pkt.
① 24 V DC PLC-2RSC-24DC/ 11) 2987309 10
① 24 V DC PLC-2RSP-24DC/ 11) 2987312 10
① 24 V DC PLC-2RPT-24DC/11) 2901639 10
348 PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
PLC series
Application example for PLC-2RS...24DC/1
VCC
+-
A1.2 A1.2
A2– A2–
A1.1 A1.1
14 14
13 13
23 23
24 24
y1 y2 y3 y4
Operating voltage range
U
U N 1,4 A
1,3
1,2
1,1
UN= 24 V DC
1
0,9
Input voltage
B
0,8
0,7
20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65
Ambient temperature TU [ ° C]
Interrupting rating
20
10
6
4
2
1
1
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1
10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300
1 DC, ohmic load

Relay modules
PLC series
PLC-INTERFACE with Notes:
manual switch and relay Type of housing: D W
Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: green.
Relay module with manual switch and in- See Catalog 5
tegrated power relay for manual, zero, and For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be
automatic functions dampened with an effective protection circuit.
Separating plate PLC-ATP is to be used in the following cases: al-
The advantages are: ways at the start and end of a PLC terminal strip, for voltages great-
er than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between the same terminal points of
– Max. switching current of 6 A neighboring modules (potential bridging then takes place with
– Only 6.2 mm wide FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500...) and with safe isolation between
neighboring modules.
– Floating confirmation contact
Module height: PLC-...-S/H = 90 mm; PLC-...-S/L: = 86 mm
PLC...H - manual operation
between coil and contact PLC...L - operation using screwdriver Relay module with manual switch
– Screw, spring-cage, and 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 and integrated relay
push-in technology

A2
M 13
0
A1 14
2(CTL)
1(CTL)
Technical data
Input data ① ②
Application example PLC-RS...24UC/1/S...
Response/release time at UN [ms] 6 / 15 6 / 15
VCC Output data
+- Contact material AgSnO
Min. switching voltage 5 V (at 100 mA)
Max. inrush current (on request)
A1
A2
Feedback
CTL2
Operating mode “Automatic” floating max. 30 V AC/DC / 50 mA
min. 2 V AC/DC / 1 mA
General data
Rated insulation voltage 250 V AC
A
O
M
Rated surge voltage 6 kV
CTL1 Standards/regulations IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
M Pollution degree/surge voltage category 2 / III
13 Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
14
Ordering data
Permissible input voltage range for PLC-RS...24UC/1/S... Input voltage Pcs. /

UN Pkt.
U
①
U N 1,4
24 V AC/DC PLC-RSC- 24UC/ 1/S/H 2982236 10
A ② 24 V AC/DC PLC-RSC- 24UC/ 1/S/L1) 2834876 10
1,3 PLC INTERFACE, with spring-cage connection
① 24 V AC/DC PLC-RSP- 24UC/ 1/S/H 2982249 10
1,2 ② 24 V AC/DC PLC-RSP- 24UC/ 1/S/L1) 2834889 10
1,1 ① 24 V AC/DC PLC-RPT- 24UC/ 1/S/H1) 2900328 10
UN= 24 V DC / 24 V AC ② 24 V AC/DC PLC-RPT- 24UC/ 1/S/L1) 2900327 10
1
0,9
0,8
B
0,7
20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65
TU [ ° C]
Curve A
maximum continuous voltage at limiting continuous current = 6 A
Curve B
minimum operating voltage for pre-excitation with UN and limiting
continuous current = 6 A
350 PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
PLC series
manual switch without relay Type of housing: D W
Switching module without relay for manual, See Catalog 5
zero, and automatic functions For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be
The advantages: dampened with an effective protection circuit.
– Only 6.2 mm wide Separating plate PLC-ATP is to be used in the following cases: al-
ways at the start and end of a PLC terminal strip, for voltages great-
– Floating confirmation contact er than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between the same terminal points of
– Screw and spring-cage connection tech- neighboring modules (potential bridging then takes place with
FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500...) and with safe isolation between
nology neighboring modules.
Module height: PLC-...-S/H = 90 mm; PLC-...-S/L: = 86 mm
PLC...H - manual operation
PLC...L - operation using screwdriver Module with manual switch without relay

AUTO
I
0
OUT
MANUELL
A1
2(CTL)
1(CTL)
Technical data
Max. inrush current 50 mA
Cycles, max. 100 (At 72 V DC / 50 mA) / 10000 (at 12 V DC / 100 mA)
Feedback
Operating mode “Automatic” floating ≤ 72 V DC / 50 mA
General data
Rated insulation voltage 85 V AC
Rated surge voltage 0.5 kV / basic insulation
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC-SC-S/H 2980733 10
PLC-SC-S/L 2980775 10
PLC-SP-S/H 2980746 10
Application example PLC-S...S... PLC-SP-S/L 2980788 10
VCC
+-
OUT A1
A1 A2
A
O
M
11
14
2 12

Relay modules
PLC series
an integrated solid-state relay Type of housing: D W
The slim 6.2 mm PLC housing with inte- See Catalog 5
grated electronics in various versions offers For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be
the following advantages: dampened with an effective protection circuit.
– Option of bridging adjacent modules Separating plate PLC-ATP is to be used in the following cases: al-
ways at the start and end of a PLC terminal strip, for voltages great-
– Status display er than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between the same terminal points of
– Protection circuits in input and output neighboring modules (potential bridging then takes place with
FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500...) and with safe isolation between
– Wear-resistant and bounce-free switching neighboring modules.
– Integrated protection circuit The housings of the following modules are open on one side:
- PLC-OS...-...-300DC/1
– DC outputs of up to 300 V DC/1 A or up - PLC-OS...-24DC/24DC/10/R
to 24 V DC/10 A 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Power solid-state relay with
– Electronic PDT output of up to DC voltage output, max. 1 A
48 V DC/500 mA

push-in technology
14
A1 14
A2 13+
A2 13+
Technical data
Input data ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ⑧
Permissible range (with reference to UN) 0.8 - 0.8 - 0.8 - 0.8 - 0.8 - 0.8 - 0.8 - 0.8 -
1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.1
Switching level (with reference to UN) 1 signal (“H”) ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8
0 signal (“L”) ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4
Typ. input current at UN [mA] 15 6 8 5 5 3 5.6 8.4
Transmission frequency flimit [Hz] 50 50 50 50 50 50 10 10
Alarm output
Operating range -/-
Output data
Max. / min. switching voltage 300 V DC / 12 V DC
Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current < 500 mV
General data
Rated surge voltage 4 kV / basic insulation
Ordering data

UN Pkt.
① 5 V DC PLC-OSC- 5DC/300DC/ 11) 2980652 10
② 12 V DC PLC-OSC- 12DC/300DC/ 11) 2980665 10
③ 24 V DC PLC-OSC- 24DC/300DC/ 11) 2980678 10
48 V DC ... 60 V DC ④ 60 V DC PLC-OSC- 60DC/300DC/ 11) 2980681 10
⑤ 110 V DC PLC-OSC-110DC/300DC/ 11) 2980694 10
⑥ 220 V DC PLC-OSC-220DC/300DC/ 11) 2980704 10
⑦ 120 V AC PLC-OSC-120AC/300DC/ 11) 2980717 10
⑧ 230 V AC PLC-OSC-230AC/300DC/ 11) 2980720 10
① 5 V DC PLC-OSP- 5DC/300DC/ 11) 2980814 10
② 12 V DC PLC-OSP- 12DC/300DC/ 11) 2980827 10
③ 24 V DC PLC-OSP- 24DC/300DC/ 11) 2980830 10
48 V DC ... 60 V DC ④ 60 V DC PLC-OSP- 60DC/300DC/ 11) 2980843 10
⑤ 110 V DC PLC-OSP-110DC/300DC/ 11) 2980856 10
⑥ 220 V DC PLC-OSP-220DC/300DC/ 11) 2980869 10
⑦ 120 V AC PLC-OSP-120AC/300DC/ 11) 2980872 10
⑧ 230 V AC PLC-OSP-230AC/300DC/ 11) 2980885 10
① 5 V DC PLC-OPT- 5DC/300DC/11) 2900381 10
② 12 V DC PLC-OPT- 12DC/300DC/11) 2900382 10
③ 24 V DC PLC-OPT- 24DC/300DC/11) 2900383 10
48 V DC ... 60 V DC ④ 60 V DC PLC-OPT- 60DC/300DC/11) 2900384 10
⑤ 110 V DC PLC-OPT-110DC/300DC/11) 2900385 10
⑥ 220 V DC PLC-OPT-220DC/300DC/11) 2900387 10
⑦ 120 V AC PLC-OPT-120AC/300DC/11) 2900388 10
⑧ 230 V AC PLC-OPT-230AC/300DC/11) 2900389 10
352 PHOENIX CONTACT
Relay modules
PLC series
Derating curve for PLC...300DC/1
D W D W
H H 1
Load current [A]

0,7
1
0
30 40 50 60
1 For input voltages 220 V DC and 230 V AC
Power solid-state relay with Input solid-state relay with

short-circuit-proof DC voltage output, DC voltage output, Derating curve for PLC-...24DC/24DC/10/R
max. 10 A, with feedback max. 500 mA, with electronic PDT
 
10
A1 0 12
Load current [A]

7
A1
A
A2
14 0
30 40 50 60
+ Ambient temperature [°C]
A2 11
+24V Err
A2 11
Derating curve for PLC...24DC/48DC/500/W
③ ③
0.8 - 0.8 -
1.2 1.2 0,5
Load current [mA]

≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8
0,35
≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4
3 3
100 1000
3 V DC ... 33 V DC (High active) / 100 mA -/- 0

30 40 50 60
33 V DC / 5 V DC 48 V DC / 3 V DC Ambient temperature [°C]
10 A (see derating curve) 500 mA (see derating curve)
≤ 50 mV < 1.2 V
300 V 300 V
4 kV / basic insulation 4 kV / basic insulation
-25°C ... 60°C -25°C ... 60°C
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm
Pcs. / Pcs. /
Pkt. Pkt.
PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/ 10/R1) 2982702 10 PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 48DC/500/W1) 2980636 10
PLC-OSP- 24DC/ 24DC/ 10/R1) 2982715 10 PLC-OSP- 24DC/ 48DC/500/W1) 2980649 10
PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 24DC/10/R1) 2900398 10 PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 48DC/500/W1) 2900378 10

Relay modules
PLC series
PLC-INTERFACE Notes:
Solid-state relays up to 100 kHz Type of housing:
A solid-state relay for the safe acquisition See Catalog 5
of short pulses. 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
– Status display
– Bridging options
– Limit frequency of up to 100 kHz
– Push-pull stage on output side
– Features a capacitor on the input side for
interference suppression
with DC voltage output

Transmission frequency 100 kHz
A1
+
0
A2 +
–
A2 +
–
Technical data
Input data ① ②
1.2 1.2
Switching level with reference to UN 1 signal (“H”) > 0.8 > 0.8
0 signal (“L”) < 0.4 < 0.4
Typ. switch-on time at UN [µs] 1.5 1.5
Typ. switch-off time at UN [µs] 2 2
Transmission frequency flimit [kHz] 100 100
Input protection: LED yellow, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Output data
Operating voltage range 4 V DC ... 30 V DC
Quiescent current 4.3 mA
Residual voltage drop at “H” < 0.5 V
Output circuit 3-conductor, ground-referenced
General data
Test voltage input/output 2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178
Pollution degree/surge voltage category 2 / II
Ordering data

UN Pkt.
Input solid-state relay with push-in connection
① 5 V DC PLC-OSC- 5DC/24DC/100KHZ1) 2902963 1

② 24 V DC PLC-OSC- 24DC/24DC/100KHZ1) 2902964 1
Input solid-state relay with screw connection
① 5 V DC PLC-OPT- 5DC/ 24DC/100KHZ1) 2902969 1

② 24 V DC PLC-OPT- 24DC/24DC/100KHZ1) 2902970 1
354 PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
PLC series
with DC voltage output push-pull with DC voltage output push-pull

Transmission frequency 100 kHz Transmission frequency 100 kHz
A A
A1 A1
+ +
0 0
A2 + A2 +
– –
A2 + A2 +
– –

① ② ① ②
0.5 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.8 -
1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
> 0.5 > 0.8 > 0.5 > 0.8
< 0.3 < 0.4 < 0.3 < 0.4
8 8 8 8
1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2
100 100 100 100
LED yellow, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection LED yellow, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
4 V DC ... 18 V DC 14 V DC ... 30 V DC
50 mA 50 mA
8.5 mA 15 mA
< 1.2 V < 2.2 V
3-conductor push-pull, ground referenced 3-conductor push-pull, ground referenced
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 60°C -20°C ... 60°C
DIN EN 50178 DIN EN 50178
2 / II 2 / II
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm
Pcs. / Pcs. /
Pkt. Pkt.
PLC-OSC- 5DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G1) 2902965 1 PLC-OSC- 5DC/ 24DC/100KHZ-G1) 2902967 1

PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G1) 2902966 1 PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/100KHZ-G1) 2902968 1
PLC-OPT- 5DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G1) 2902971 1 PLC-OPT- 5DC/24DC/100KHZ-G1) 2902973 1

PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G1) 2902972 1 PLC-OPT- 24DC/24DC/100KHZ-G1) 2902974 1

Relay modules
PLC series
the TTL signal at the input Type of housing: D W
The PLC-BSTTL/1 basic terminal block See Catalog 5
is controlled using a TTL (5 V) input signal 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
and can be equipped with a mechanical relay
or a solid-state relay as an option. The basic
terminal block equipped with a robust min-
iature relay offers the following advantages:
– 6.2 mm slim design width
– Status display
– Screw and spring-cage connection Basic terminal block, for fitting
– RTIII degree of protection with relay for TTL (5 V)
– Safe isolation in accordance with
EN 50178 (VDE 0160)

– 4 kVrms electrical isolation between coil
and contact.
push-in technology
13+ GND
UVN
14
IN
Technical data
Input data
Rated control supply voltage UVN 5 V DC
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to UVN 0.9 ... 1.2
Rated control supply current IVN 41 mA

Rated actuating voltage Uc (IN) 5 V DC (TTL)
Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC 0.9 ... 1.2
Rated actuating current IC 2.5 mA

Typ. response time at Uc 4.5 ms
Typ. release time for Uc 3.5 ms
Input circuit Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Output data with: REL-MR-4,5DC/21 AU REL-MR-4,5DC/21

Contact type Single contact, 1 N/O contact Single contact, 1 N/O contact
Contact material AgSnO, hard gold-plated AgSnO

Max. switching voltage 30 V AC / 36 V DC 250 V AC/DC
Min. switching voltage 100 mV (at 10 mA) 5 V (at 100 mA)
Limiting continuous current 50 mA 6A
Max. inrush current 50 mA (on request)
General data
Rated surge voltage / insulation 6 kV
Air and creepage distances between the power circuits IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103

Mounting position / Assembly Any / In rows with zero spacing
Ordering data
20
Pcs. /
10 Pkt.
6
PLC-INTERFACE
4 1
With screw connection PLC-BSC-TTL/11) 2982689 10
2 With spring-cage connection PLC-BSP-TTL/11) 2982692 10
1 With push-in connection PLC-BPT-TTL/11) 2900458 10
0,5 2 Accessories
0,3
0,2 Plug-in miniature power relays
with gold contact REL-MR 4,5DC/21AU 2961370 10
0,1 with power contact REL-MR- 4,5DC/21 2961367 10
10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300
1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load
356 PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
PLC series
the TTL signal at the input Type of housing: D W
The PLC-BSTTL/1 basic terminal block See Catalog 5
is controlled using a TTL (5 V) input signal For derating curves see page 345
and can be equipped with a mechanical relay 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
or a solid-state relay as an option. The basic
terminal block equipped with a solid-state
relay offers the following advantages:
– Status display
– Screw and spring-cage connection Basic terminal block for fitting
– IP67-protected solid-state relay electron- with solid-state relay for TTL (5 V)
ic unit

– Alternative input or power solid-state re-
lay
– Wear-free and output-free
– Integrated protection circuit
– Insensitive to vibrations and shocks
– 2.5 kVrms electrical isolation between in-
put and output 13+ GND
– Screw, spring-cage, and UVN

14
push-in technology IN
Technical data
Input data
Rated control supply voltage UVN 5 V DC
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to UVN 0.9 ... 1.2
Rated control supply current IVN 11.5 mA

Rated actuating voltage Uc (IN) 5 V DC (TTL)
Switching level 1 signal (“H”) (TTL signal) > 2 V DC
Switching level 0 signal (“L”) (TTL signal) < 0.8 V DC
Typ. response time/switch-on time at Uc 35 µs
Typ. switch-off time at UC 320 µs
Input circuit Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Output data with: OPT-5DC/48DC/100 OPT-5DC/24DC/2
Limiting continuous current 100 mA 3A
Output protection Protection against polarity reversal, Protection against polarity reversal,
Voltage drop at limiting continuous current <1V < 200 mV
General data
Rated surge voltage / insulation 6 kV/basic isolation

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC-INTERFACE
With screw connection PLC-BSC-TTL/11) 2982689 10
With spring-cage connection PLC-BSP-TTL/11) 2982692 10
With push-in connection PLC-BPT-TTL/11) 2900458 10
Accessories
Solid-state input relays OPT- 5DC/ 48DC/100 2967992 10
Solid-state power relays OPT- 5DC/ 24DC/ 2 2967989 10

Relay modules
PLC series
the TTL signal at the output Type of housing: D W
The PLC-OS24DC/TTL with a built-in See Catalog 5
solid-state relay can be used for fast and 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
wear-free switching of TTL (5 V) signals.
The module offers the following advan-
tages:
– Switching capacity TTL (5 V), fan out = 1
– Status display
– Screw and spring-cage connection Input solid state relay
– Integrated protection circuit with TTL (5 V) output
– Insensitive to vibrations and shocks

push-in technology
A1 +
+
A1 +
+
+
A2 A
–
A2 0
–
A2 0
–
Technical data
Input data
Rated actuating voltage UC 24 V DC
Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC 0.8 ... 1.2
Switching level 1 signal (“H”) > 0.8

Switching level 0 signal (“L”) < 0.4
Typ. switch-on time for Uc 35 µs
Typ. switch-off time at UC 35 µs
Transmission frequency flimit 1 kHz
Input circuit DC Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Output data with:

Rated control supply voltage US 5 V DC
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US 0.9 ... 1.2
Limiting continuous current (A TTL load (Fan out = 1)/50 mA for switching mode)

Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current < 80 mV
General data
Derating curve for PLC-OSP...24DC/3RW Rated surge voltage / insulation 4 kV / basic insulation
2
3
Load current [A]
2,5 Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
2 1 Dimensions W/H/D 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm
1,5 Ordering data

1 Pcs. /
20 30 40 50 60 70 Description Type Order No.
Pkt.
1 Aligned without spacing PLC-INTERFACE
2 Aligned with  20 mm spacing With screw connection PLC-OSC- 24DC/TTL1) 2982728 10
With spring-cage connection PLC-OSP- 24DC/TTL1) 2982731 10
With push-in connection PLC-OPT- 24DC/TTL1) 2900363 10
Derating curve for PLC-OSP...110DC/3RW
3,5
3
Load current [A]
2,5
2
1,5
1
0,5
0
20 35 40 50 60 70
358 PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
PLC series
PLC-INTERFACE with solid-state re-
lays for railway applications D W D W
H H
The PLC-OSP...RW interface modules are
intended for use as per DIN EN 50155
(VDE 0115 part 200) “Railway applications,
Part 200: Electronic devices in rail vehicles”.
The advantages:
– Temperature range -25°C to +70°C
– Input voltage range 0.7 - 1.25 x UN
– Shock resistance according to DIN 50155
(requirements according to EN 61373).
– Screw, spring-cage, and Power solid-state relay Power solid-state relay
push-in technology with DC voltage output, max. 3 A with DC voltage output, max. 3 A
Notes:  

Type of housing:
Marking systems and mounting material A1 14 A1 14
See Catalog 5
14 14
A2 13+ A2 13+
A2 13+ A2 13+

Input data ① ⑥ ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥
1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25
Switching level (with reference to UN) 1 signal (“H”) ≥ 0.6 ≥ 0.6 > 0.6 > 0.6 > 0.6 > 0.6 > 0.6 > 0.6
0 signal (“L”) ≤ 0.3 ≤ 0.3 < 0.4 < 0.4 < 0.3 < 0.3 < 0.3 < 0.3
Typ. input current at UN [mA] 8.5 3 12 12 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5
Typ. switch-on time at UN [ms] 0.04 0.08 0.4 0.4 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.4
Typ. switch-off time at UN [ms] 0.2 0.6 0.2 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
Input circuit DC Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Output data
Limiting continuous current 3 A (see derating curve) 3 A (see derating curve)
Output protection Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current < 200 mV < 150 mV
General data
Rated insulation voltage 250 V 160 V DC
Rated surge voltage 4 kV / basic insulation 4 kV / basic insulation

UN Pkt. Pkt.
① 24 V DC PLC-OSP- 24DC/ 24DC/ 3RW 2980513 10 PLC-OSP- 24DC/110DC/ 3RW1) 2982511 10
② 36 V DC PLC-OSP- 36DC/110DC/ 3RW1) 2982524 10
③ 48 V DC PLC-OSP- 48DC/110DC/ 3RW1) 2982537 10
④ 72 V DC PLC-OSP- 72DC/110DC/ 3RW1) 2982540 10
⑤ 96 V DC PLC-OSP- 96DC/110DC/ 3RW1) 2982553 10
⑥ 110 V DC PLC-OSP-110DC/ 24DC/ 3RW 2980526 10 PLC-OSP-110DC/110DC/ 3RW1) 2982566 10
① 24 V DC PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 24DC/3RW1) 2900379 10 PLC-OPT- 24DC/110DC/3RW1) 2900391 10
② 36 V DC PLC-OPT- 36DC/110DC/3RW1) 2900392 10
③ 48 V DC PLC-OPT- 48DC/110DC/3RW1) 2900393 10
④ 72 V DC PLC-OPT- 72DC/110DC/3RW1) 2900394 10
⑤ 96 V DC PLC-OPT- 96DC/110DC/3RW1) 2900395 10
⑥ 110 V DC PLC-OPT-110DC/ 24DC/3RW1) 2900380 10 PLC-OPT-110DC/110DC/3RW1) 2900396 10

Relay modules
PLC series
railway applications Type of housing: D W
Relay modules with extended input volt- See Catalog 5
age and temperature range, specifically for Separating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger
use in railway applications than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in
– Temperature range -25°C to +70°C If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are
– Input voltage range 0.7 to 1.25 x UN exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of
– Vibration and shock resistance to service life than with a pure power contact.
EN 50155 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
between coil and contact Basic terminal block that can be fitted
– Spring cage and push-in connection meth- with 1 PDT relay
od

A2 11
A1 14
12
Technical data
Input data
Nominal input voltage UN 24 V DC
Permissible input voltage range for
PLC-BSP-24DC/21RW
(with REL-MR-18DC/21... relay) Typ. input current at UN 12 mA
Typ. response time at UN 5 ms
Typ. release time at UN 8 ms
Input circuit Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode
1,5 Output data with: REL-MR-18DC/21 REL-MR-18DC/21AU
1,4
A
1,3 Contact material AgSnO AgSnO, hard gold-plated
1,2
1,1 Limiting continuous current 3A 50 mA
1,0 Max. inrush current (on request) 50 mA
Input voltage U/UN
UN= 24 V DC
0,9 General data
0,8 Test voltage input/output 4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
B Ambient temperature (operation) -25°C ... 70°C
0,7
0,6 Standards/regulations IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 Pollution degree / Surge voltage category 3 / III
Ambient temperature [°C] Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
Curve A
Maximum continuous voltage at limiting continuous current = 3 A Ordering data
Curve B
Pcs. /
Minimum operate voltage for pre-excitation with UN and limiting con- Description Voltage UN Type Order No.
Pkt.
tinuous current = 3 A
PLC-INTERFACE basic terminal block, for
plug-in miniature relay
With spring-cage connection 24 V DC PLC-BSP- 24DC/21RW1) 2961396 10
With push-in connection 24 V DC PLC-BPT- 24DC/21RW1) 2900261 10
Electrical interrupting rating for PLC...21
with 1 PDT relay Accessories
Plug-in miniature relays
20 with power contact REL-MR- 18DC/21 2961383 10
10 with gold contact REL-MR- 18DC/21AU 2961493 10
6
4 1
2
1
0,5 2
0,3
0,2
0,1
10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300
1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load
360 PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
PLC series
Relay module for input voltages with a See Catalog 5
nominal frequency of 16.7 Hz Separating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger
– Input nominal frequency 16.7 Hz FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500....
– Vibration and shock resistance to If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are
EN 50155 exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The values in parenthe-
ses then apply for further operation. This can result in a shorter ser-
– Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178 vice life than with a pure power contact.
between coil and contact 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
– Spring cage and push-in connection meth-
od For 16.7 Hz input frequency
with 2 PDTs

21
24
22
A2 11
A1 14
12
Technical data
Input data
Nominal input voltage UN 230 V AC
Input nominal frequency 16.67 Hz
Permissible range (with reference to UN) (refer to the diagram)
Typ. input current at UN 4.8 mA (with AC)
Input circuit Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier
Output data
Contact material AgNi, hard gold-plated
Max. switching voltage 30 V AC / 36 V DC ( 250 V AC/DC )
Min. switching voltage 100 mV ( 5 V AC/DC )
Limiting continuous current 50 mA (6A)
Max. inrush current 50 mA (8A)
Min. switching current 1 mA ( 10 mA )
General data
Test voltage input/output 6 kV
Permissible input voltage range Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
for PLC-RSP-230UC/21-21AU/RWF Dimensions W/H/D 14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm
Ordering data
Pcs. /
1,4 Pkt.
PLC-INTERFACE
1,3 With spring-cage connection 230 V AC PLC-RSP-230UC/21-21AU/RWF1) 2968001 10
With push-in connection 230 V AC PLC-RPT-230UC/21-21AU/RWF1) 2900345 10
1,2
A
1,1
1
Input voltage U/UN
UN= 230 V AC
0,9
B
0,8
0,7
20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65
Curve A
maximum continuous voltage at limiting continuous current = 6 A
Curve B
minimum operating voltage for pre-excitation with UN and limiting
continuous current = 6 A

Relay modules
PLC series
Relay modules with extended input volt- See Catalog 5
age and temperature range, specifically de- Separating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger
signed for railway applications than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in
– Certified to EN 50155 If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are
– Optimum relay operation thanks to wide- exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of
range electronics service life than with a pure power contact.
– Temperature range from -40°C to +70°C Electrical service life diagrams, see page 346
(short-term 85°C) 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
– Input voltage range 0.7 to 1.25 x UN 1 PDT
(short-term 1.4 x UN)
– Vibration and shock resistance to
EN 50155

– Spring cage and push-in connection meth-
od
A2 11
A1 14
12
Technical data
Permissible range (with reference to UN) 0.7 - 0.7 - 0.7 -
1.25 1.25 1.25
Typ. response time at UN [ms] 4 4 4
Typ. release time at UN [ms] 4 4 4
Input protection: Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier, freewheeling diode
Output data

Min. switching voltage 5 V (at 100 mA) 100 mV
Min. switching current 10 mA (at 12 V) 1 mA
General data
Ambient temperature (operation) -40°C ... 70°C (Temperature class TX)
Standards/regulations EN 50155 (VDE 0115 part 200), EN 50178, IEC 62103, EN 61373,
EN 50121
Ordering data

UN Pkt.
PLC-INTERFACE, with power contact
With spring-cage connection ① 24 V DC PLC-RSP- 24UC/21/RW1) 2987011 10
② 72 V DC PLC-RSP- 72UC/21/RW1) 2987037 10
③ 110 V DC PLC-RSP-110UC/21/RW1) 2987053 10
With push-in connection ① 24 V DC PLC-RPT- 24UC/21/RW1) 2900318 10
② 72 V DC PLC-RPT- 72UC/21/RW1) 2900319 10
③ 110 V DC PLC-RPT-110UC/21/RW1) 2900320 10
PLC-INTERFACE, with hard gold-plated contact
With spring-cage connection ① 24 V DC PLC-RSP- 24UC/21AU/RW1) 2987024 10

② 72 V DC PLC-RSP- 72UC/21AU/RW1) 2987040 10
③ 110 V DC PLC-RSP-110UC/21AU/RW1) 2987066 10
With push-in connection ① 24 V DC PLC-RPT- 24UC/21AU/RW1) 2900321 10
② 72 V DC PLC-RPT- 72UC/21AU/RW1) 2900322 10
③ 110 V DC PLC-RPT-110UC/21AU/RW1) 2900323 10
362 PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
PLC series
Derating curve for PLC-RSP...21/RW
PLC-RSP...21AU/RW
D W D W PLC-RSP...21-21/RW
PLC-RSP...21-21AU/RW
H H 7
6
5

4
3
2
1
0
0 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70
2 PDT 1 PDT up to 10 A
Interrupting rating for PLC-RSP...UC/21RW
20
 
10
6
4
21 2

24 1
11
0,5 1
22 0,3
A2 11 A2 0,2
14 0,1
A1 14 A1 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300
12 Switching voltage [V]
12 1 Ohmic load

① ② ③ ① ② ③
0.7 - 0.7 - 0.7 - 0.7 - 0.7 - 0.7 - Interrupting rating for PLC-RSP...UC/21-21/RW
1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25
20 6 4.5 20 6 4.5
5 5 5 5 5 5 20
11 11 11 11 11 11
Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier, freewheeling diode Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier, freewheeling diode 10
6
4 1
Single contact, 2-PDT Single contact, 2-PDT Single contact, 1-PDT 2
4 3 2
AgNi AgNi, hard gold-plated AgNi 1
250 V AC/DC 30 V AC / 36 V DC 250 V AC/DC 0,5
5 V (at 100 mA) 100 mV 12 V AC/DC 0,3
2x 6 A 50 mA 10 A (With inserted bridge 2967691) 0,2
15 A (300 ms) 50 mA 30 A (300 ms)
0,1
10 mA (at 12 V) 1 mA 10 mA 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300
5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) 5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
1 AC, ohmic load
-40°C ... 70°C (Temperature class TX) -40°C ... 70°C (Temperature class TX) 2 DC, ohmic load, contacts in series
Approx. 3 x 107 cycles Approx. 3 x 107 cycles 3 DC, ohmic load
EN 50155 (VDE 0115 part 200), EN 50178, IEC 62103, EN 61373, EN 50155 (VDE 0115 part 200), EN 50178, IEC 62103, EN 61373, 4 DC, L/R = 40 ms
EN 50121 EN 50121
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm 14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm
Ordering data Ordering data Interrupting rating for PLC-RSP...UC/21HC/RW
Type Order No.

Pcs. /
Type Order No.
Pcs. / 20
Pkt. Pkt.
10
6 1
PLC-RSP- 24UC/21-21/RW1) 2987105 10 PLC-RSP- 24UC/21HC/RW1) 2987079 10 4
PLC-RSP- 72UC/21-21/RW1) 2987121 10 PLC-RSP- 72UC/21HC/RW1) 2987082 10
2
PLC-RSP-110UC/21-21/RW1) 2987147 10 PLC-RSP-110UC/21HC/RW1) 2987095 10 3 2

PLC-RPT- 24UC/21-21/RW1) 2900346 10 PLC-RPT- 24UC/21HC/RW1) 2900324 10 1
PLC-RPT- 72UC/21-21/RW1) 2900347 10 PLC-RPT- 72UC/21HC/RW1) 2900325 10
0,5
PLC-RPT-110UC/21-21/RW1) 2900348 10 PLC-RPT-110UC/21HC/RW1) 2900326 10
0,3
0,2
PLC-RSP- 24UC/21-21AU/RW1) 2987118 10 0,1
PLC-RSP- 72UC/21-21AU/RW1) 2987134 10 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300
PLC-RSP-110UC/21-21AU/RW1) 2987150 10 Switching voltage [V]
PLC-RPT- 24UC/21-21AU/RW1) 2900349 10 1 AC, ohmic load
PLC-RPT- 72UC/21-21AU/RW1) 2900350 10 2 DC, ohmic load
3 DC, L/R = 40 ms
PLC-RPT-110UC/21-21AU/RW1) 2900351 10

Relay modules
PLC series
PLC electronic sensor terminal block Notes:
for NAMUR proximity sensors Type of housing: D W
The PLC-...EIK 1-SVN electronic sensor See Catalog 5
terminal block from Phoenix Contact con- Separating plate PLC-ATP is to be used in the following cases: al-
verts the changeable resistance of a ways at the start and end of a PLC terminal strip, for voltages great-
NAMUR sensor unit into a digital signal that neighboring modules (potential bridging then takes place with
can be read by all PLCs. FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500...) and with safe isolation between
In addition, the electronics unit monitors 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
the sensor side for short-circuits or wire
breaks and reports this error via an inte-
grated LED.
Due to a corresponding resistance circuit, For inductive proximity sensors according
the PLC-...-EIK 1-SVN can be used to mon- to NAMUR, with light indicators
itor all mechanical switches (N/C contact or for sensor signal and faults
N/O contact) for short-circuits and/or wire

break.
In addition to a high packing density, this
switching amplifier features the following: Out
-
Out
– Regulated power supply for the NAMUR ERR
proximity switch GND
– 24 V/50 mA digital output for directly UVN

UVN
connecting programmable logic controls
– Connection option for PLC-V8 adapter 24V
– Screw, spring-cage, and ERR +

(M) (P)
push-in technology
Technical data
Supply
Input supply nominal voltage UVN 24 V DC ±20%
Typ. input current at UVN Approx. 14 mA
Transmission frequency flimit Approx. 350 Hz
Input circuit Green LED, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Control circuit
No-load voltage 8.2 V DC ±10%
Switching points in accordance with EN 60947-5-6: ≥ 2.1 mA (In conductive state)
≤ 1.2 mA (In blocking state)
6.3 mA ... 10 mA (in the event of a short-circuit)
0 mA ... 0.35 mA (In the event of a wire break)
Protective circuit Surge protection
Alarm output
Operating voltage range (positive switching) (UVN - URes)
Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current ≤ 1.5 V (UR)
Output protection Red LED, Surge protection
Signal output
Application 1 Limiting continuous current 50 mA
Voltage drop UR at max. limiting continuous current ≤ 1.5 V (UR)
+ ERR General data
OUT Rated insulation voltage 50 V DC
Rated surge voltage / insulation 0.4 kV / Basic isolation
U VN Ambient temperature (operation) -25°C ... 50°C
- GND Standards/regulations IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
NAMUR initiator Pollution degree / Surge voltage category 2/I
Application 2 Dimensions W/H/D 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm
UKK 5-2R/NAMUR
Ordering data
+ ERR
Pcs. /
1k OUT
Pkt.
10k
U VN Switching amplifier electronic terminal block, positive switching
- GND
With screw connection PLC-SC-EIK 1-SVN 24P/P1) 2982663 10
Limit switch
With spring-cage connection PLC-SP-EIK 1-SVN 24P/P1) 2982676 10
With push-in connection PLC-PT-EIK 1-SVN 24P/P1) 2900397 10
Accessories
Double-level terminal block, with preassembled resistors
Initiator state Switching level LED
OUT ERR Green Red With screw connection UKK 5-2R/NAMUR 2941662 50
conductive L L OFF OFF

blocking H L ON OFF
short circuit L H OFF ON
open circuit L H OFF ON
364 PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
PLC series
PLC series Notes:
Electronic reversing load relay for Type of housing: D W
DC motors Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: green.
The PLC-S...-ELR W 1/2-24DC electronic See Catalog 5
reversing load relays are used to switch me- Separating plate PLC-ATP is to be used in the following cases: al-
chanically commutated DC motors up to ways at the start and end of a PLC terminal strip, for voltages great-
24 V/2 A. neighboring modules (potential bridging then takes place with
– Wear-free reversing FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500...) and with safe isolation between
– Braking by controlling both inputs For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be
– Short-circuit and surge- and overload- dampened with an effective protection circuit.
proof output PWM = Pulse Width Modulation
– Integrated locking circuit and load wiring 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
– Screw, spring-cage, and With overload and short-circuit-proof output
push-in technology
UV
T
M+
R
L M-
GND
Technical data
Input data
Control voltage UST right/left 24 V DC ±20%
Application example for PLC-S...ELR W 1/2-24DC
Control input current IST right/left Approx. 3 mA
Input protection: Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
PWM option
Max. clock frequency of the PWM at the control inputs 1000 Hz
Pulse width repetition rate of the PWM 0% ... 100%

Output data
Supply voltage range UV 10 V DC ... 30 V DC
R
T
Quiescent current 10 mA
Output protection Green LED, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
L
L Motor switching output

R
Continuous current IA max. 2 A (see derating curve)
Current limitation at short-circuits 15 A (during braking)
U General data
GND
24 V
Rated surge voltage / insulation 0.5 kV / basic insulation
VCC M+
+- M-
M
Pollution degree / Surge voltage category 2 / II
Mounting In rows with zero spacing
Status table
Input Output
Ordering data
Right Left M+ M–
0 0 High resistance High resistance Pcs. /
Pkt.
1 0 +24 V GND
Electronic reversing load relays, for driving DC motors,
0 1 GND +24 V with light indicator and protection circuit
1 1 GND GND
With screw connection PLC-SC-ELR W1/ 2-24DC1) 2980539 1
With spring-cage connection PLC-SP-ELR W1/ 2-24DC1) 2980555 1
Derating curve for PLC-S...ELR W 1/2-24DC
2
2
Load current [A]
1,5 1
1
20 30 40 50 60

Relay modules
PLC series
PLC-INTERFACE
Pulse expansion module
A solid-state relay for acquiring and ex-

tending short pulses.
– Pulse detection can be set from > 0.1 ms
or > 2 ms
– Status display
– Delay times of 10 to 2550, can be set via
DIP switches
– Can be retriggered
– Screw and push-in connection technology With DC voltage output
Max. 100 mA
US GND
A1+ +
A
A2- 0
Technical data
Input data
Rated control supply voltage US 24 V DC
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US 0.8 ... 1.2
Rated control supply current IS

Input low, output low 13 mA
Input high, output high 19 mA
Rated actuating voltage UC 24 V DC
Rated actuating current IC 3 mA
Switching threshold “0” signal in reference to UC < 0.4
Switching threshold “1” signal in reference to UC > 0.8
Status indication Yellow LED
Operating voltage display Green LED
Output data
Output voltage range UE 3 V DC ... 48 V DC
Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current < 1 V DC
Output protection Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection, Free running
General data
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC-OSC-LPE-24DC/48DC/100 2903171 1
PLC-OPT-LPE-24DC/48DC/100 2903173 1
366 PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
PLC series
UCC
U
24 V
24 V
t00 tININ t
U
UEE
24
24 V
V
t00 tDIP/OUT t
Input pulse t1 < set output pulse t3

(no restart when triggered again)
U
UCC
24
24 V
V
t00 tININ t
U
UEE
24
24 V
V
t00 tDIP tOUT t
Input pulse t1 ≥ set output pulse t3, then input pulse t1 = out-
put pulse t2
(no restart when triggered again)
U
UCC
24
24 V
V
t00 tININ t00 tININ t

U
UEE
24
24 V
V
t00 tDIP tOUT t
Input pulse t1 < set output pulse t3

(restart when triggered again)
DIP
S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8
10 - - - - - - -
- 20 - - - - - -
- - 40 - - - - -
- - - 80 - - - -
- - - - 160 - - -
- - - - - 320 - -
- - - - - - 640 -
- - - - - - - 1280

Relay modules
PLC series
PLC accessories
D W
H
The PLC-ESK power terminal helps with
supplying the bridge potentials; the PLC-
ATP partition plate helps with optical and
safe disconnection of the adjacent PLC
modules. The PLC-BP (A1-14) passive
feed-through bridge is used instead of a re-
lay and connects the A1 and 14 terminal
points.
Pcs. / Pcs. /
Pkt. Pkt.
Power terminal block, for supply of up to four potentials, with the
same shape as PLC standard series, max. 32 A/250 V AC
gray PLC-ESK GY 2966508 5

Separating plate, thickness 2 mm, required at the start and end of a
PLC terminal strip. It is also used for visual separation of groups, safe
isolation of different voltages of neighboring PLC interfaces as per
DIN EN 50178/VDE0160, separation of neighboring bridges of differ-
ent potentials, and separation of PLC interfaces at voltages > 250 V
black PLC-ATP BK 2966841 25

Screwdriver
Blade: 0.6 x 3.5 x 100 mm, length: 181 mm SZF 1-0,6X3,5 1204517 10
Passive feed-through bridge, can be plugged in instead of relay

or solid-state relay, bridges terminal points A1 and 14
black PLC-BP A1-14 2980283 10
PLC accessories
The colored isolated FBST plug-in bridges

are not required for the PLC interface up to
70%. The 500 mm long FBST 500-PLC
“endless bridges” are especially effective.
The 2-pos. FBST 6 single plug-in bridges
are especially suited for bridging a smaller
number of PLC modules.
Pcs. / Pcs. /
Pkt. Pkt.
Cont. plug-in bridge, 500 mm long, isolated, can be cut to length,
for potential distribution
Nominal current: 32 A red FBST 500-PLC RD 2966786 20
blue FBST 500-PLC BU 2966692 20
gray FBST 500-PLC GY 2966838 20
Plug-in bridge, 2-pos., 6 mm long,
Nominal current: 6 A red FBST 6-PLC RD 2966236 50
blue FBST 6-PLC BU 2966812 50
gray FBST 6-PLC GY 2966825 50
Plug-in bridge, 2-pos., 8 mm long,
for potential distribution with a partition plate
Nominal current: 6 A gray FBST 8-PLC GY 2967688 50
Plug-in bridge, 2-pos., 14 mm long, insulated,
Nominal current: 10 A black FBST 14-PLC BK 2967691 50
Zack marker strip, printed horizontally, 10-section, ZB 6,LGS:FORTL.ZAHLEN 1051016 10
with consecutive numbers, e.g., 1-10, 11-20, etc. up to 91-100
368 PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
PLC series
Adapter for PLC-INTERFACE
PLC-V8/... are VARIOFACE adapters

which connect the 6.2 mm wide PLC RELAY
modules to the VARIOFACE system cabling
Notes:
For cross-reference list with matching PLC-INTERFACE modules,
see page 488
VARIOFACE adapter VARIOFACE adapter

for 6.2 mm PLC-INTERFACE for 14 mm PLC-INTERFACE


Max. perm. operating voltage 24 V DC ±25% 24 V DC ±25%
Max. perm. current (per branch) 1 A (per signal path) 1 A (per signal path)
Max total current (voltage supply) 3A 3A
Test voltage 500 V AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) 500 V (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Connection method Power supply Screw connection Screw connection
Signal level IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm) IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Dimensions H/D 100 mm / 94 mm 100 mm / 94 mm
No. of Module width Pcs. / Pcs. /

pos. W Pkt. Pkt.
V8 adapter, for 8 PLC interfaces (6.2 mm), with F
LK connection, for PLC system cabling, positive switching
OUTPUT 14 49.6 mm PLC-V8/FLK14/OUT 2295554 1

INPUT 14 49.6 mm PLC-V8/FLK14/IN 2296553 1
V8 adapter, for 8 PLC interfaces (6.2 mm),
with FLK connection, for PLC system cabling, negative switching
OUTPUT 14 49.6 mm PLC-V8/FLK14/OUT/M 2304102 1

INPUT 14 49.6 mm PLC-V8/FLK14/IN/M 2304115 1
V8 output adapter, for 8 PLC interfaces (6.2 mm),
with 15-pos. D-SUB connection
Pin strip 15 49.6 mm PLC-V8/D15S/OUT 2296058 1

Socket strip 15 49.6 mm PLC-V8/D15B/OUT 2296061 1
V8 input adapter, for 8 PLC interfaces (6.2 mm),
with 15-pos. D-SUB connection
Pin strip 15 49.6 mm PLC-V8/D15S/IN 2296074 1

Socket strip 15 49.6 mm PLC-V8/D15B/IN 2296087 1
V8 adapter, for 8 PLC interfaces (14 mm), with FLK connection,
for PLC system cabling, positive switching
14 112.3 mm PLC-V8L/FLK14/OUT 2299660 1

V8 adapter, for 8 PLC interfaces (14 mm), with FLK connection,
for PLC system cabling, negative switching
14 112.3 mm PLC-V8L/FLK14/OUT/M 2304306 1

Relay modules
PR series
The PR series is a low-priced relay modu- and all DC types also have an integrated
lar system, consisting of DIN rail bases, re- freewheeling diode. In most cases, this
lays, plug-in input/interference suppression eliminates the plug-in input modules that
modules, engagement levers, and the are otherwise also used.
matching marking labels and universal bridg- – Plug-in input modules with RC element:
ing materials for all bases. The modules are most standard input/interference sup-
largely compatible with the usual standards pression modules with an RC element
on the market, have the major international used for compensation of interference
approvals and are therefore accepted world- coupling on long lines or in the event of
wide. leakage currents from electronic AC out-
Besides the familiar relay bases with the puts have only low capacitance values.
screw connection method, relay bases with This greatly limits the filter effect. In con-
the spring-cage connection method for min- trast, the RC-120-230UC and RC3-120-
iature power relays with one or two PDT 230UC plug-in module series for mains
contacts and for industrial relays with two voltage applications have a filter function
or four PDT contacts are available in the PR that is improved up to a factor of 10. Un-
series. The connections in these bases are like with the discharge resistors that are
configured with double spring cages for free, normally used for such applications, using
simple bridging of all potentials. RC plug-in modules gives rise to no addi-
The PR series also boasts its own partic- tional heating!
ular features:
– Relay retaining bracket: The EL... plastic
relay retaining bracket, with which the re-
lays can be held and, if necessary, ejected,
have an exposed, smooth, large equip-
ment marking area for standard self-adhe-
sive labels that can be printed easily and
inexpensively using standard printers.
When fitted, the engagement lever is se-
curely connected to the base, which
means that the labeling cannot be lost.
– Industrial relays: All REL-IR... industrial re-
lays have as standard an LED status display
370 PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
PR series
PR1 series PR2 series PR3 series

The narrow 16 mm PR1 base series for The PR2 base series accommodates plug- The robust octal relays with two or three
relays with one or two contacts is available in industrial relays with two or four PDT PDT contacts that are widely used in some
with a screw or spring-cage connection contacts. Like the PR1 series, the bases are areas fit on the PR3 base with touch-pro-
method. Both the traditional 2/2-level bases available with screw and spring-cage con- tected screw connections. All the base con-
and two modern “logical” 1/3-level versions nection methods, as well as in the tradition- nections have a wide connection cross sec-
with fully opposite coil and contact connec- al 2/2-level and modern “logical” 1/3-level tion and are arranged on one level with
tions are available. versions. good accessibility.
The active components of the PR1 mod- The PR2 modular system is specifically The PR3 modular system is specifically
ular system include various miniature power designed for plug-in industrial relays. Indus- designed for the robust octal relays. The re-
relays (optionally available with manual test trial relays from Phoenix Contact feature lays have a switch position indicator and a
function) and electronic solid-state relays. the following as standard: a manual test but- manual test button and there is a wire
Matching relay retaining brackets with inte- ton, switch position indicator, status LED, bracket to prevent them from being shaken
grated marking area prevent them from be- and freewheeling diode (DC coils only). In- loose. Input/interference suppression mod-
ing shaken loose. Depending on require- terference suppression modules with a va- ules with various functions can also be
ments, input/interference suppression ristor or RC element can also be plugged in plugged in as an option. The base can be
modules with various functions can also be as an option. Relay retaining brackets with marked with an 8 x 20 mm standard adhe-
plugged in. Marking labels and loop bridges integrated marking areas prevent the relays sive label. Loop bridges in various colors for
in various colors that are suitable for uni- from being shaken loose. Marking labels and universal use round off the range of acces-
versal use with all PR bases complete the loop bridges in various colors that are suit- sories.
range of accessories. able for universal use with all PR bases com-
plete the range of accessories.

Relay modules
PR series
Modular PR1 relay base Notes:
Type of housing: D W
Polyamide fiber reinforced PA-F, color: green.
Range of relay bases that can be fitted See Catalog 5
with 1 PDT or 2 PDT relay or solid-state
relay
– Plug-in input modules/interference sup-
pression modules
– Relay retaining bracket with labeling field
and ejection function
– Marking labels
– Loop bridges 2/2-level design with
screw connection
Technical data
Nominal voltage UN 300 V AC/DC
Nominal current at UN 12 A
General data
Dimensions
Width 16 mm
Depth with retaining bracket 63 mm (EL1-P16)
71 mm (EL1-P25)
Height 75 mm
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Relay base PR1, 2/2-level design, plug-in option for input/interference
suppression module, safe isolation I/O, including ten MP1 marking
labels per pack
With screw connection PR1-BSC2/2X21 2833518 10

labels per pack
With screw connection

labels per pack
With spring-cage connection

Relay retaining bracket, with ejector function and integrated equip-
ment marking area (7.5 x 15 mm), suitable for relay socket PR1
for 16 mm tall miniature power relay and solid-state relay EL1-P16 2833547 10
for 25 mm tall miniature switching relay and solid-state relay EL1-P25 2833550 10
Accessories
Equipment marking label, labeling surface 6 x 15 mm
MP 1 2833631 10
Device marking label, for thermal transfer printer, labeling surface
6 x 15 mm
2500 labels per roll EML (15X6) R YE 0819288 1
Loop bridge, 50-pos., divisible, max. bridging distance 60 mm,
0.5 mm2
blue DB 50- 90 BU 2821180 1
black DB 50- 90 BK 2820916 1
gray DB 50- 90 GY 2820929 1
372 PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
PR series
D W D W
H H
1/3-level design with 1/3-level design with Relay retaining bracket

screw connection spring-cage connection
 

300 V AC/DC 300 V AC/DC -
12 A 10 A -
-25°C ... 85°C -25°C ... 85°C -

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.5 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 -
16 mm 16 mm -
71 mm (EL1-P16) 72 mm (EL1-P16) -
79 mm (EL1-P25) 80 mm (EL1-P25)
78.5 mm 97 mm -

Pkt. Pkt. Pkt.
PR1-BSC3/2X21 2833521 10
PR1-BSP3/2X21 2833534 10
EL1-P16 2833547 10 EL1-P16 2833547 10 EL1-P16 2833547 10
EL1-P25 2833550 10 EL1-P25 2833550 10 EL1-P25 2833550 10
MP 1 2833631 10 MP 1 2833631 10
EML (15X6) R YE 0819288 1 EML (15X6) R YE 0819288 1
DB 50- 90 BU 2821180 1 DB 50- 90 BU 2821180 1

DB 50- 90 BK 2820916 1 DB 50- 90 BK 2820916 1
DB 50- 90 GY 2820929 1 DB 50- 90 GY 2820929 1

Relay modules
PR series
Plug-in miniature power relays with

1 or 2 PDT contacts, suitable for RIF-1, PR1,
and PLC-INTERFACE relay bases.
The advantages:
type
Notes:
service life than with a pure power contact.  
A1 A1 12 11 14
A2 A2 22 21 24
12 11 14

Input data ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ⑧ ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ⑧
Typ. input current at UN [mA] 33 17 8.7 8.2 4.1 32 7 3 33 17 8.7 8.2 4.1 32 7 3
Output data
Min. switching voltage 12 V (at 10 mA) 100 mV (at 10 mA) 5 V (at 10 mA) 100 mV (at 10 mA)
Max. inrush current 25 A (20 ms) 50 mA 12 A (20 ms) 50 mA
Min. switching current 10 mA (at 12 V) 1 mA (at 24 V) 10 mA (At 5 V) 1 mA (at 24 V)
250 V AC 4000 VA - 2000 VA -
General data
Electrical service life See diagram See diagram

UN Pkt. Pkt.
with power contact ① 12 V DC REL-MR- 12DC/21HC 2961309 10 REL-MR- 12DC/21-21 2961257 10
with power contact ② 24 V DC REL-MR- 24DC/21HC 2961312 10 REL-MR- 24DC/21-21 2961192 10
with power contact ③ 48 V DC REL-MR- 48DC/21HC 2834821 10 REL-MR- 48DC/21-21 2834834 10
with power contact ④ 60 V DC REL-MR- 60DC/21HC 2961325 10 REL-MR- 60DC/21-21 2961273 10
with power contact ⑤ 110 V DC REL-MR-110DC/21HC 2961338 10 REL-MR-110DC/21-21 2961202 10
with power contact ⑥ 24 V AC REL-MR- 24AC/21HC 2961406 10 REL-MR- 24AC/21-21 2961435 10
with power contact ⑦ 120 V AC REL-MR-120AC/21HC 2961419 10 REL-MR-120AC/21-21 2961448 10
with power contact ⑧ 230 V AC REL-MR-230AC/21HC 2961422 10 REL-MR-230AC/21-21 2961451 10
with gold contact ① 12 V DC REL-MR- 12DC/21HC AU 2961532 10 REL-MR- 12DC/21-21AU 2961299 10
with gold contact ② 24 V DC REL-MR- 24DC/21HC AU 2961545 10 REL-MR- 24DC/21-21AU 2961215 10
with gold contact ③ 48 V DC REL-MR- 48DC/21-21AU 2834847 10
with gold contact ④ 60 V DC REL-MR- 60DC/21-21AU 2961286 10
with gold contact ⑤ 110 V DC REL-MR-110DC/21HC AU 2961561 10 REL-MR-110DC/21-21AU 2961228 10
with gold contact ⑥ 24 V AC REL-MR- 24AC/21HC AU 2961503 10 REL-MR- 24AC/21-21AU 2961464 10
with gold contact ⑦ 120 V AC REL-MR-120AC/21HC AU 2961516 10 REL-MR-120AC/21-21AU 2961477 10
with gold contact ⑧ 230 V AC REL-MR-230AC/21HC AU 2961529 10 REL-MR-230AC/21-21AU 2961480 10
374 PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
PR series
REL-MR...21HC... (1 PDT)
2,8 107
2,6 20
2,4 10 1
2,2 6

Coil voltage U/UN
Cycles
2 4 10
6
1
1,8 2
1,6 3 2 1
2 1 2
1,4 5
0,5 10
1,2
1 0,3
2 0,2
0,8
0,6
1 0,1 4
10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 10
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Ambient temperature [°C] Switching voltage [V] Switching current [A]
1 AC, ohmic load
1
0,9
0,8
Reduction factor
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 0,2
COS j
REL-MR...21-21... (2 PDTs)
2,8 107
20
2,6
2,4 10
2,2 6
Coil voltage U/UN
1
Cycles
2 1 4 10
6
1,8 2
1,6 4 3 2 1
1,4
2 1
5
0,5 10
1,2 2
0,3
1 2 0,2
0,8
0,6
1 0,1 4
10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 10
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Ambient temperature [°C] 1 AC, ohmic load Switching voltage [V] Switching current [A]
1
0,9
0,8
Reduction factor
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 0,2
COS j

Relay modules
PR series
Plug-in miniature power relays with

1 or 2 PDT contacts, suitable for RIF-1 and
PR1 relay bases.
The advantages:
– DC types with integrated freewheeling di- 1 PDT relay 2 PDT relay
ode
Notes:  
A1 A1 12 11 14
A2 A2 22 21 24
12 11 14

Input data ① ② ③ ④ ① ② ③ ④
Typ. input current at UN [mA] 18 32 7 3.5 18 32 7 3.5
Typ. response time at UN [ms] 3 - 12 3 - 12 3 - 12 3 - 12 3 - 12
Output data
Min. switching voltage 12 V (at 10 mA) 12 V (At 1 mA) 12 V (at 10 mA) 12 V (At 1 mA)
Max. inrush current 32 A (20 ms) 50 mA 16 A (20 ms) 50 mA
Min. switching current 10 mA (at 12 V) 1 mA (at 12 V) 10 mA (at 12 V) 1 mA (at 12 V)
250 V AC 4000 VA - 2000 VA -
General data

UN Pkt. Pkt.
Plug-in miniature power relays, with power contacts
- Status LED, freewheeling diode A1+, A2- ① 24 V DC REL-MR- 24DC/21HC/MS 2987888 10 REL-MR- 24DC/21-21/MS 2987943 10
- Status LED ② 24 V AC REL-MR- 24AC/21HC/MS 2987891 10 REL-MR- 24AC/21-21/MS 2987956 10

- Status LED ③ 120 V AC REL-MR-120AC/21HC/MS 2987901 10 REL-MR-120AC/21-21/MS 2987969 10
- Status LED ④ 230 V AC REL-MR-230AC/21HC/MS 2987914 10 REL-MR-230AC/21-21/MS 2987972 10
Plug-in miniature power relays with manual test function, with
hard gold-plated multi-layer contacts, mechanical switch position
indicator
- Status LED, freewheeling diode A1+, A2- ① 24 V DC REL-MR- 24DC/21HC AU/MS 2987927 10 REL-MR- 24DC/21-21AU/MS 2987985 10
- Status LED ④ 230 V AC REL-MR-230AC/21HC AU/MS 2987930 10 REL-MR-230AC/21-21AU/MS 2987998 10
376 PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
PR series
REL-MR...21HC...MS (1 PDT)
107
2,6 20
2,4
1
10
2,2
Coil voltage U/UN
Cycles
5
2 10
6
1
1,8
2
1,6
1,4 1
5
1,2 0,5 10
1
0,8 0,2 2
0,6 0,1
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 10
4
10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 400 500 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
DC coils, 0 A contact current Switching voltage [V] Switching current [A]
1 AC, ohmic load 1 250 V AC, ohmic load
DC coils, 16 A contact current 2 DC, ohmic load
1
0,9
0,8
Reduction factor
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 0,2
COS j
REL-MR...21-21...MS (2 PDTs)
107
2,6 20
2,4
10
1
2,2 1
Coil voltage U/UN
Cycles
5 6
2 10
1,8 2 2
2 3
1,6
1,4 3 1 1
5
1,2 0,5 10
4
1
0,8 0,2
0,6 0,1
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 10
4
10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 400 500 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 DC coils, 0 A contact current Switching voltage [V] Switching current [A]
2 DC coils, 16 A contact current 1 AC, ohmic load 1 250 V AC, ohmic load
3 AC coils, 0 A contact current 2 DC, ohmic load, contacts in series
4 AC coils, 16 A contact current 3 DC, ohmic load
1
0,9
0,8
Reduction factor
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 0,2
COS j

Relay modules
PR series
with 2 PDT or 4 PDT relays
pression modules
– Relay retaining bracket with labeling field
and ejection function
– Marking labels
– Loop bridges
2/2-level design with
screw connection
Technical data
General data
Dimensions
Width 27 mm
Depth with retaining bracket 84 mm (EL2-P35)
Height 75 mm
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Relay base PR2-B, for industrial relay, REL-IR with two or four
PDTs, 2/2-level design, connection option for input/interference
suppression module, including ten MP2 marking labels per packag-
ing

ing

ing
With spring-cage connection

Relay retaining bracket, with eject function and integrated device
marking area (8 x 25 mm), to suit relay base PR2, for 35 mm high
industrial relay
EL2-P35 2833592 10
Accessories
MP 2 2833644 10
Device marking label, for thermal transfer printer, labeling surface
6 x 15 mm
2500 labels per roll EML (15X6) R YE 0819288 1
0.5 mm2
blue DB 50- 90 BU 2821180 1
black DB 50- 90 BK 2820916 1
gray DB 50- 90 GY 2820929 1
378 PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
PR series
D W D W
H H
1/3-level design with 1/3-level design with Relay retaining bracket

screw connection spring-cage connection
 

300 V AC/DC 300 V AC/DC -
12 A 10 A -
-25°C ... 85°C -25°C ... 85°C -

0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 -
27 mm 31 mm -
86 mm (EL2-P35) 84 mm (EL2-P35) -
78.5 mm 95 mm -

Pkt. Pkt. Pkt.
PR2-BSC3/4X21 2833576 10
PR2-BSP3/4X21 2833589 10
EL2-P35 2833592 10 EL2-P35 2833592 10 EL2-P35 2833592 10
MP 1 2833631 10
MP 2 2833644 10
EML (15X6) R YE 0819288 1 EML (15X6) R YE 0819288 1
DB 50- 90 BU 2821180 1 DB 50- 90 BU 2821180 1

DB 50- 90 BK 2820916 1 DB 50- 90 BK 2820916 1
DB 50- 90 GY 2820929 1 DB 50- 90 GY 2820929 1

Relay modules
PR series
Plug-in industrial relays suitable for
PR2 relay base
Plug-in industrial relays with 2 or 4 PDT

contacts, suitable for PR2 and RIF-2 relay
bases.
The advantages:
– Lockable manual operation
– DC types with integrated freewheeling di-
ode 2 PDT relay with 4 PDT relay with
power contacts multi-layer gold contact
Notes:
For 48 V DC and 60 V DC types, see
 
21 24 22 41 44 42
A1 A1
31 34 32
21 24 22
A2 A2
11 14 12 11 14 12

Input data ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ⑧ ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ⑧
Typ. input current at UN [mA] 75 38 10 7.2 3.6 54 11 5 75 38 10 7.2 3.6 54 11 5
( AC, depending on phase relation )
Output data
Contact material Ag AgNi, hard gold-plated
Min. switching voltage 5V 1V
Limiting continuous current 10 A 5A
Min. switching current 1 mA 1 mA
250 V AC 2500 VA 1250 VA
General data
Test voltage (contact/contact) 2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Mounting position/mounting Any / On relay base PR2 Any / On relay base PR2

UN Pkt. Pkt.
Plug-in industrial relay with a test button, status LED, mechanical
switch position indicator
with freewheeling diode, A1 +, A2 - ① 12 V DC REL-IR/LDP- 12DC/2X21 2834012 10 REL-IR/LDP- 12DC/4X21AU 2834083 10
with freewheeling diode, A1 +, A2 - ② 24 V DC REL-IR/LDP- 24DC/2X21 2834025 10 REL-IR/LDP- 24DC/4X21AU 2834096 10
with freewheeling diode, A1 +, A2 - ③ 110 V DC REL-IR/LDP-110DC/2X21 2834041 10 REL-IR/LDP-110DC/4X21AU 2834119 10
with freewheeling diode, A1 +, A2 - ④ 125 V DC REL-IR/LDP-125DC/2X21 2834960 10 REL-IR/LDP-125DC/4X21AU 2834313 10
with freewheeling diode, A1 +, A2 - ⑤ 220 V DC REL-IR/LDP-220DC/2X21 2834957 10 REL-IR/LDP-220DC/4X21AU 2834973 10
⑥ 24 V AC REL-IR/L- 24AC/2X21 2834054 10 REL-IR/L- 24AC/4X21AU 2834122 10
⑦ 120 V AC REL-IR/L-120AC/2X21 2834067 10 REL-IR/L-120AC/4X21AU 2834135 10
⑧ 230 V AC REL-IR/L-230AC/2X21 2834070 10 REL-IR/L-230AC/4X21AU 2834148 10
Plug-in industrial relay with a test button, status LED, mechanical
switch position indicator (Japanese standard)
with freewheeling diode, A1 -, A2 + ① 12 V DC REL-IR/LDM- 12DC/2X21 2834151 10 REL-IR/LDM- 12DC/4X21AU 2834193 10

with freewheeling diode, A1 -, A2 + ② 24 V DC REL-IR/LDM- 24DC/2X21 2834164 10 REL-IR/LDM- 24DC/4X21AU 2834203 10
with freewheeling diode, A1 -, A2 + ③ 48 V DC REL-IR/LDM- 48DC/2X21 2834177 10 REL-IR/LDM- 48DC/4X21AU 2834216 10
with freewheeling diode, A1 -, A2 + ④ 110 V DC REL-IR/LDM-110DC/2X21 2834180 10 REL-IR/LDM-110DC/4X21AU 2834229 10
380 PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
PR series
REL-IR...2x21 (2 PDTs)
Operating voltage range AC interrupting rating DC interrupting rating
20
1,8 20
1 10
10 6

1,6 2
6

4
4 2
Coil voltage U/UN
1,4 2
2 1
1 3
1,2 1
0,5
1 0,5 0,3
0,3 0,2
0,2
0,8 0,1
0,1 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300
0,6 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 Switching voltage [V]
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 Switching voltage [V]
1 Ohmic load
Ambient temperature [°C] 1 Ohmic load 2 ohmic load, contacts in series
2 cos j = 0.4 3 L/R < 7 ms
Electrical service life Service life reduction factor
1
10
6
1
Cycles
2 0,8
Reduction factor
10
5 0,6
0,4
4
10
0 2 4 6 8 10 0,3
Switching current [A] 1 0,8 0,6 0,4 0,2
COS j
2 30 V DC, ohmic load
REL-IR...4x21AU (4 PDTs)
Operating voltage range AC interrupting rating DC interrupting rating
20
1,8 20
10
10 6
1,6
6
1
4 4
4
Coil voltage U/UN
1,4 2 3
2 2 2
1,2
1 1
1
0,5
1 0,5 0,3
0,3 0,2
0,2
0,8 0,1
0,1 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300
0,6 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 Switching voltage [V]
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 Switching voltage [V] 1 L/R < 7 ms
2 ohmic load
Ambient temperature [°C] 1 Ohmic load 3 ohmic load, 2 contacts in series
2 cos j = 0.4 4 ohmic load, 4 contacts in series
Electrical service life Service life reduction factor
10
6 1 1
Cycles
2 0,8
Reduction factor
10
5 0,6
0,4
4
10
0 1 2 3 4 5 0,3
Switching current [A] 1 0,8 0,6 0,4 0,2
COS j
2 30 V DC, ohmic load

Relay modules
PR series
with 2 PDT or 3 PDT relays
pression modules
– Loop bridges
Relay base for

2 PDT octal relay
Technical data
General data
Dimensions
Width 38 mm
Depth with retaining bracket 84 mm (EL3-M52)
Height 75 mm
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Relay base PR3, for octal relay REL-OR with two PDTs,
plug-in option for input/interference suppression modules

Relay base PR3, for octal relay REL-OR with three PDTs,
plug-in option for input/interference suppression modules

Relay retaining bracket, wiring to suit relay base PR3,
for 52 mm high octal relay
EL3-M52 2833628 10
Accessories
0.5 mm2
blue DB 50- 90 BU 2821180 1
black DB 50- 90 BK 2820916 1
gray DB 50- 90 GY 2820929 1
382 PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
PR series
D W
H
Relay base for Relay retaining bracket

3 PDT octal relay

400 V AC/DC -
10 A -
-40°C ... 85°C -

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 -
38 mm -
84 mm (EL3-M52) -
75 mm -
Pcs. / Pcs. /
Pkt. Pkt.
PR3-BSC1/3X21 2833615 10
EL3-M52 2833628 10 EL3-M52 2833628 10
DB 50- 90 BU 2821180 1
DB 50- 90 BK 2820916 1
DB 50- 90 GY 2820929 1

Relay modules
PR series
Plug-in octal relays suitable for
PR3 relay base
Plug-in octal relays with 2 or 3 PDT con-

tacts, suitable for PR3 and RIF-3 relay bases.
The advantages:
– Lockable manual operation
– Extremely robust design
2 PDT relay with 3 PDT relay with

power contacts power contacts
 
(A1) (14) (14)

(12)
2 3 (A1) 3
4
2 (22)
5
(11) 1 4
(12) (11)
1
(21)
6
11
(21) 8 5
(22) (31)
7
10 (24)
8
7 6 (A2) 9
(A2) (24) (32)
(34)

Input data ① ② ③ ④ ① ② ③ ④
Output data
Contact material AgSnIn AgSnIn
Limiting continuous current 10 A (N/O contact) 10 A (N/O contact)
250 V AC 2500 VA 2500 VA
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact) 2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Test voltage (contact/contact) 2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)

UN Pkt. Pkt.
Plug-in octal relay with power contacts, with a test button and
mechanical switch position indicator
① 24 V DC REL-OR- 24DC/2X21 2834232 10 REL-OR- 24DC/3X21 2834274 10

② 24 V AC REL-OR- 24AC/2X21 2834245 10 REL-OR- 24AC/3X21 2834287 10
③ 120 V AC REL-OR-120AC/2X21 2834258 10 REL-OR-120AC/3X21 2834290 10
④ 230 V AC REL-OR-230AC/2X21 2834261 10 REL-OR-230AC/3X21 2834300 10
384 PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
PR series
REL-OR...2x21 (2 PDTs)
Interrupting rating Electrical service life Service life reduction factor with various cos phi
20 3
6
1 10 1
Cycles
10 2 0,9
7 1
0,8
5
Reduction factor
10
5 0,7
3
2 0,6
0,5
0,4
1 10
4
10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 0,3

Switching voltage [V] Switching current [A] 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 0,2
COS j
1 250V AC, ohmic load
1 AC, ohmic load 2 120VDC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load 3 28V DC, ohmic load
REL-OR...3x21 (3 PDTs)
Interrupting rating Electrical service life Service life reduction factor with various cos phi
20 3
6
1 10 1
Cycles
10 2 0,9
7 1
0,8
5
Reduction factor
10
5 0,7
3
2 0,6
0,5
0,4
1 10
4
10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 0,3

Switching voltage [V] Switching current [A] 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 0,2
COS j
1 250V AC, ohmic load
1 AC, ohmic load 2 120VDC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load 3 28V DC, ohmic load

Relay modules
PR series
Plug-in octal relays for
high DC loads
Plug-in octal relays with two N/O con-

tacts connected in series suitable for PR3
and RIF-3 relay bases.
The relays are specially designed for
switching high DC loads.
Further advantages:
– Full shutdown by means of 2 x 1.7 mm
contact opening
– Integrated status LED 1 N/O contact, with blow magnet 1 N/O contact
– Integrated freewheeling diode with
DC types
 
(-)
14 12 14 12
A1 A1
22 22
11 11
21 21
31 31
24 24
A2 A2
34 32 34 32
(+)

Input data ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥
Typ. input current at UN [mA] 55 13 7 100 22 11 55 13 7 100 22 11
Typ. response time at UN [ms] 20 20 20 20 20 20
Typ. release time at UN [ms] 30 30 30 30 30 30
Output data
Contact type Single contact, 1 N/O contact (series connection, 2 N/O contacts) Single contact, 1 N/O contact (series connection, 2 N/O contacts)
with blowout magnet
Min. switching voltage 10 V (at 10 mA) 10 V (at 10 mA)
250 V AC 2500 VA 2500 VA
General data
Mechanical service life Approx. 107 cycles Approx. 107 cycles
Standards/regulations IEC 61810, EN 60947 IEC 61810, EN 60947

UN Pkt. Pkt.
Plug-in octal relay for high DC loads
① 24 V DC REL-OR/LDP- 24DC/1/MB 2901901 10 REL-OR/LDP- 24DC/1 2901908 10
② 110 V DC REL-OR/LDP-110DC/1/MB 2901902 10 REL-OR/LDP-110DC/1 2901909 10
③ 220 V DC REL-OR/LDP-220DC/1/MB 2901904 10 REL-OR/LDP-220DC/1 2901910 10
④ 24 V AC REL-OR/L- 24AC/1/MB 2901905 10 REL-OR/L- 24AC/1 2901911 10
⑤ 120 V AC REL-OR/L-120AC/1/MB 2901906 10 REL-OR/L-120AC/1 2901912 10
⑥ 230 V AC REL-OR/L-230AC/1/MB 2901907 10 REL-OR/L-230AC/1 2901913 10
386 PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
PR series
REL-OR.../1/MB (1 N/O contact with blow magnet)
Operating voltage range of the relay DC interrupting rating
2,0
20
1
10

6
U/UN
1,5 4
2
2
1
1,0
0,5
0,3
0,2

0,5 0,1
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300
1 DC, ohmic load
1 Maximum operating voltage without load current (0 A) 2 L/R = 40 ms
2 Maximum operating voltage at limiting continuous current (10 A)
3 Minimum pick-up voltage without pre-excitation
REL-OR.../1 (1 N/O contact)
Operating voltage range of the relay DC interrupting rating
2,0
20
10
6
U/UN
1,5 4
2
1
1,0
0,5
0,3
0,2

0,5 0,1
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300
DC, ohmic load
1 Maximum operating voltage without load current (0 A)
L/R = 40 ms
2 Maximum operating voltage at limiting continuous current (10 A)
3 Minimum pick-up voltage without pre-excitation

Relay modules
PR series
Input modules/interference suppression
modules for PR1, PR2, and PR3
Plug-in input modules/interference sup-

pression modules for optional fitting of PR...
relay base
The advantages:
– Attenuation of reverse voltage induced in
coil
– Mechanical coding to protect against
incorrect connection
Input/interference suppression module to Input/interference suppression module to

match PR1 and PR2 match PR3
 
Pcs. / Pcs. /
Pkt. Pkt.
Plug-in module, for mounting on PR..., with LED status indicator
and freewheeling diode to limit the coil induction voltage effectively,
polarity: A1 +, A2 –,
Input voltage:
- 12-24 V DC ±20% LDP- 12- 24DC 2833657 10 LDP3- 12- 24DC 2833770 10
- 48-60 V DC ±20% LDP- 48- 60DC 2833660 10 LDP3- 48- 60DC 2833783 10
- 110 V DC ±20% LDP-110DC 2833673 10 LDP3-110DC 2833796 10
and freewheeling diode to limit the coil induction voltage effectively,
polarity: A1 –, A2 + (Japanese standard),
Input voltage:
- 12-24 V DC ±20% LDM- 12- 24DC 2833686 10 LDM3- 12- 24DC 2833806 10
- 48-60 V DC ±20% LDM- 48- 60DC 2833699 10 LDM3- 48- 60DC 2833819 10
- 110 V DC ±20% LDM-110DC 2833709 10 LDM3-110DC 2833822 10
and varistor to limit the coil induction voltage and/or external inter-
ference peaks,
Input voltage:
- 12-24 V AC/DC ±20% (30-V-varistor) LV- 12- 24UC 2833712 10 LV3- 12- 24UC 2833835 10
- 48-60 V AC/DC ±20% (75-V-varistor) LV- 48- 60UC 2833725 10 LV3- 48- 60UC 2833848 10
- 120-230 V AC/110 V DC ±20% (275-V-varistor) LV-120-230AC/110DC 2833738 10 LV3-120-230AC/110DC 2833851 10
Plug-in module, for mounting on PR..., with varistor to limit the coil
induction voltage and/or external interference peaks,
Input voltage:
- 12-24 V AC/DC ±20% (30-V-varistor) V- 12- 24UC 2833864 10 V3- 12- 24UC 2833929 10
- 48-60 V AC/DC ±20% (75-V-varistor) V- 48- 60UC 2833877 10 V3- 48- 60UC 2833932 10
- 120-230 V AC/DC ±20% (275-V-varistor) V-120-230UC 2833880 10 V3-120-230UC 2833945 10
Plug-in module, for mounting on PR..., with RD-element to attenu-
ate the coil induction voltage and/or external interference peaks,
Input voltage:
- 12-24 V AC/DC ±20% (220 nF/100 Ω) RC- 12- 24UC 2833741 10 RC3- 12- 24UC 2833893 10
- 48-60 V AC/DC ±20% (220 nF/220 Ω) RC- 12- 24UC 2833754 10 RC3- 48- 60UC 2833903 10
- 120-230 V AC/DC ±20% (100 nF/470 Ω) RC-120-230UC 2833767 10 RC3-120-230UC 2833916 10
388 PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
PR series
Terminal assignment PR1 base / Solid-state relay
Terminal blocks, PR1 base

A1 A2 11 12 14 21 22 24
Solid-state relays
SIM-EI...48DC/100 A2 (-) A1 (+) A +
SIM-EI...TTL/100 A2 (-) A1 (+) A + 0
SIM-EI...48DC/100RC A2 (-) A1 (+) A +
SIM-EI-OV-24DC/24DC/3 A2 (-) A1 (+) A +
OPT-...24DC/5 A1 (+) A2 (-) 13 14
OPT-...230AC/2 A1 (+) A2 (-) 13 14
The relay bases of the PR1 series can also be equipped with wear-free solid-state relays (OPT… or
SIM-EI...) as an alternative to the electromechanical relay.
LDP... and LV... plug-in modules cannot be used in conjunction with SIM-EI... solid-state relays

Relay modules
PR series
Fully mounted PR1 relay modules Notes:
with screw connection Type of housing: D W
For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be H
Fully mounted PR1 relay modules, con- dampened with an effective protection circuit.
sisting of: If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are
– Relay base exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of
– 1/2 PDT relay service life than with a pure power contact.
– Relay retaining bracket Other input voltages on request.
– Input module/interference suppr. module 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
– Marking labels
The advantages:
1/3-level relay base PR1 relay module with
– Operational reliability thanks to sealed 1 PDT relay
relay
side
12 12
14 14
11 11
A1+ A2- A1 A2
DC coils AC coils
Technical data
Input data 24 V DC 24 V AC 120 V AC 230 V AC
Typ. input current with UN (for AC: 50/60 Hz) [mA] 19 34 / 26 9/7 6 / 5.5
Typ. response time at UN [ms] 8 3 ... 12 3 ... 12 3 ... 12
Typ. release time at UN [ms] 10 1.5 ... 14 1.5 ... 16 2 ... 22
Input protection: 24 V DC Damping diode, Yellow LED
24, 120, 230 V AC Varistor, Yellow LED
Output data PR... PR...AU

Maximum switching voltage 250 V AC/DC 30 V AC / 36 V DC
Minimum switching voltage 12 V (at 10 mA) 100 mV (at 10 mA)
Limiting continuous current 12 A 50 mA
Maximum inrush current 30 A (300 ms) 50 mA
Min. switching current 100 mA 1 mA (at 24 V)
Interrupting rating (ohmic load) max. 3000 VA (for 250 V AC) -
For more data, see diagram
General data
Test voltage Winding to contact 4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Contact/contact -
Service life, electrical See diagram
Mounting position / Mounting Any / In rows with zero spacing
Dimensions W/H/D 16 mm / 78.5 mm / 71 mm
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Description Input voltage UN Type Order No.
Pkt.
24 V DC PR1-RSC3-LDP-24DC/211) 2834326 5
24 V AC PR1-RSC3-LV- 24AC/211) 2834339 5
120 V AC PR1-RSC3-LV-120AC/211) 2834342 5
230 V AC PR1-RSC3-LV-230AC/211) 2834355 5
multi-layer contact relay
24 V DC PR1-RSC3-LDP-24DC/21AU1) 2834368 5
24 V AC PR1-RSC3-LV- 24AC/21AU1) 2834371 5
120 V AC PR1-RSC3-LV-120AC/21AU1) 2834384 5
230 V AC PR1-RSC3-LV-230AC/21AU1) 2834397 5
Accessories
Device marking label, for thermal transfer printer, EML (15X6) R YE 0819288 1
labeling surface 6 x 15 mm
390 PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
PR series
D W PR1-RSC3.../21 (1 PDT)
H
Operating voltage range of the relay Interrupting rating
2,8
2,6 20
2,4 10
6
1
2,2

Coil voltage U/UN
2 4
1
1,8 2
1,6 2
2 1 3
1,4
1,2 0,5
1 0,3
PR1 relay module with 2 0,2
0,8
2 PDT contact relay 0,6
1 0,1
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300
1 AC, ohmic load
1 DC coils 2 DC, ohmic load
2 AC coils 3 DC, L/R = 40 ms
12 22 12 22
14 24 14 24 Service life reduction factor Electrical service life
107
11 21 11 21
1
Cycles
0,9 10
6
0,8 1
Reduction factor
A1+ A2- A1 A2
0,7
DC coils AC coils 5
2
0,6 10
Technical data 0,5

0,4
24 V DC 24 V AC 120 V AC 230 V AC 4
10
See diagram 0,3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 0,2
19 34 / 26 9/7 6 / 5.5
COS j Switching current [A]
8 3 ... 12 3 ... 12 3 ... 12
10 1.5 ... 14 1.5 ... 16 2 ... 22 1 250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils)
Damping diode, Yellow LED 2 250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)
Varistor, Yellow LED
PR... PR...AU
Single contact, 2-PDT Single contact, 2-PDT PR1-RSC3.../2x21 (2 PDT)
250 V AC/DC 30 V AC / 36 V DC Operating voltage range of the relay Interrupting rating
5 V (at 10 mA) 100 mV (at 10 mA)
8A 50 mA 2,8
20
15 A (300 ms) 50 mA 2,6
10 mA (At 5 V) 1 mA (at 24 V) 2,4 10
2000 VA (for 250 V AC) - 6
2,2
Coil voltage U/UN
For more data, see diagram 4

1
2 1
1,8 2
4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
1,6 4 3 2
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
1,4
2 1
-25°C ... 60°C
1,2 0,5
0,3
3 x 107 cycles 1 2 0,2
See diagram 0,8
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 0,6
1 0,1
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300
3 / III
Any / In rows with zero spacing Ambient temperature [°C] 1 AC, ohmic load Switching voltage [V]
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 2 DC, ohmic load, contacts in series
16 mm / 78.5 mm / 71 mm
Ordering data
Service life reduction factor with various cos phi Electrical service life
Pcs. /
Type Order No.
Pkt. 107
1
Cycles
PR1-RSC3-LDP-24DC/2X211) 2834481 5
PR1-RSC3-LV- 24AC/2X211) 2834494 5 0,9 10
6
PR1-RSC3-LV-120AC/2X211) 2834504 5 0,8

Reduction factor
PR1-RSC3-LV-230AC/2X211) 2834517 5
0,7 1
5
0,6 10
2
PR1-RSC3-LDP-24DC/2X21AU1) 2834520 5
0,5
PR1-RSC3-LV- 24AC/2X21AU1) 2834533 5
PR1-RSC3-LV-120AC/2X21AU1) 2834546 5 0,4
4
PR1-RSC3-LV-230AC/2X21AU1) 2834559 5 10
0,3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 0,2
Accessories COS j
EML (15X6) R YE 0819288 1 1 250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils)

Relay modules
PR series
with spring-cage connection Type of housing: D W
– Relay retaining bracket There is a double spring-cage for each terminal point.
– Input module/interference suppr. module Other input voltages on request.
– Marking labels 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
The advantages:
1/3-level relay base PR1 relay module with
– Operational reliability thanks to sealed 1 PDT relay
relay
side
12 12
14 14
11 11
A1+ A2- A1 A2
DC coils AC coils
Technical data
Typ. input current with UN (for AC: 50/60 Hz) [mA] 19 34 / 26 9/7 6 / 5.5
Typ. release time at UN [ms] 10 1.5 ... 14 1.5 ... 16 2 ... 22
Input protection: 24 V DC Damping diode, Yellow LED
24, 120, 230 V AC Varistor, Yellow LED

Maximum switching voltage 250 V AC/DC 30 V AC / 36 V DC
Minimum switching voltage 12 V (at 10 mA) 100 mV (at 10 mA)
Limiting continuous current 10 A 50 mA
Maximum inrush current 30 A (300 ms) 50 mA
Min. switching current 100 mA 1 mA (at 24 V)
Interrupting rating (ohmic load) max. 2500 VA -
General data
Contact/contact -
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
24 V DC PR1-RSP3-LDP-24DC/211) 2834407 5
24 V AC PR1-RSP3-LV- 24AC/211) 2834410 5
120 V AC PR1-RSP3-LV-120AC/211) 2834423 5
230 V AC PR1-RSP3-LV-230AC/211) 2834436 5
multi-layer contact relay
24 V DC PR1-RSP3-LDP-24DC/21AU1) 2834449 5
24 V AC PR1-RSP3-LV- 24AC/21AU1) 2834452 5
120 V AC PR1-RSP3-LV-120AC/21AU1) 2834465 5
230 V AC PR1-RSP3-LV-230AC/21AU1) 2834478 5
Accessories
392 PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
PR series
D W PR1-RSP3.../21 (1 PDT)
H
Operating voltage range of the relay Electrical service life
2,8 107
2,6
2,4
2,2
Coil voltage U/UN
Cycles
6
2 10
1 1
1,8
1,6
1,4
2 2
5
10
1,2
1 2
PR1 relay module with 0,8
2 PDT contact relay 0,6
1 4
10
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Ambient temperature [°C] Switching current [A]
1 DC coils 1 250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils)

2 AC coils 2 250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)
12 22 12 22
14 24 14 24 Interrupting rating Service life reduction factor with various cos phi
20
11 21 11 21
10
1
6 1
4 0,9
2 0,8
Reduction factor
A1+ A2- A1 A2
1 3 2 0,7
DC coils AC coils
0,5 0,6
0,3 0,5
Technical data 0,2
0,4
24 V DC 24 V AC 120 V AC 230 V AC 0,1
See diagram 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 0,3
Switching voltage [V] 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 0,2
19 34 / 26 9/7 6 / 5.5
COS j
8 3 ... 12 3 ... 12 3 ... 12 1 AC, ohmic load
10 1.5 ... 14 1.5 ... 16 2 ... 22 2 DC, ohmic load
Damping diode, Yellow LED 3 DC, L/R = 40 ms
Varistor, Yellow LED
PR... PR...AU
Single contact, 2-PDT Single contact, 2-PDT PR1-RSP3.../2x21 (2 PDT)
250 V AC/DC 30 V AC / 36 V DC Operating voltage range of the relay Interrupting rating
5 V (at 10 mA) 100 mV (at 10 mA)
8A 50 mA 2,8
20
15 A (300 ms) 50 mA 2,6
10 mA (At 5 V) 1 mA (at 24 V) 2,4 10
2000 VA - 6
2,2
Coil voltage U/UN
For more data, see diagram 4

1
2 1
1,8 2
4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
1,6 4 3 2
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
1,4
2 1
-25°C ... 60°C
1,2 0,5
0,3
3 x 107 cycles 1 2 0,2
See diagram 0,8
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 0,6
1 0,1
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300
3 / III
Any / In rows with zero spacing Ambient temperature [°C] 1 AC, ohmic load Switching voltage [V]
0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 2 DC, ohmic load, contacts in series
16 mm / 97 mm / 72 mm
Ordering data
Service life reduction factor with various cos phi Electrical service life
Pcs. /
Type Order No.
Pkt. 107
1
Cycles
PR1-RSP3-LDP-24DC/2X211) 2834562 5
PR1-RSP3-LV- 24AC/2X211) 2834575 5 0,9 10
6
PR1-RSP3-LV-120AC/2X211) 2834588 5 0,8

Reduction factor
PR1-RSP3-LV-230AC/2X211) 2834591 5
0,7 1
5
0,6 10
2
PR1-RSP3-LDP-24DC/2X21AU1) 2834601 5
0,5
PR1-RSP3-LV- 24AC/2X21AU1) 2834614 5
PR1-RSP3-LV-120AC/2X21AU1) 2834627 5 0,4
4
PR1-RSP3-LV-230AC/2X21AU1) 2834630 5 10
0,3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 0,2
Accessories COS j
EML (15X6) R YE 0819288 1 1 250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils)

Relay modules
PR series
– Relay retaining bracket Other input voltages on request.
– Input module/interference suppr. module The DC types do not have a plug-in module because the status
(AC types only) LED and the freewheeling diode are integrated directly into the re-
lay.
– Marking labels 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
The advantages:
– Relay with lockable manual operation and PR2 relay module with
status LED screw connection
– With DC types, freewheeling diode is in-
tegrated into relay
– Logical contact arrangement thanks to 22 12 42 32 22 12
1/3-level relay base 24 14 44 34 24 14
– Screw or spring-cage connection
– 4 PDT types with multi-layer gold con- 21 11 41 31 21 11
tacts
A1+ A2- A1 A2
DC coils AC coils
Technical data
Typ. input current with UN (for AC: 50/60 Hz) [mA] 38 54 / 46 11 / 9 5/4
Typ. release time at UN [ms] 5 3 ... 12 3 ... 12 3 ... 12
Input protection: 24 V DC Damping diode, Green LED
24, 120, 230 V AC Varistor, LED red
Contact material Ag AgNi, hard gold-plated

Maximum switching voltage 250 V AC / 125 V DC 250 V AC / 125 V DC
Minimum switching voltage 5V 1V
Limiting continuous current 10 A 5A
Maximum inrush current 20 A (15 ms) 12 A (15 ms)
Interrupting rating (ohmic load) max. 2500 VA 1250 VA
General data
Contact/contact 2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
2-PDT contact relay
24 V DC PR2-RSC3-LDP-24DC/2X211) 2834643 5
24 V AC PR2-RSC3-LV- 24AC/2X211) 2834656 5
120 V AC PR2-RSC3-LV-120AC/2X211) 2834669 5
230 V AC PR2-RSC3-LV-230AC/2X211) 2834672 5
4-PDT contact relay and additional hard gold-plating
24 V DC PR2-RSC3-LDP-24DC/4X21AU1) 2834724 5
24 V AC PR2-RSC3-LV- 24AC/4X21AU1) 2834737 5
120 V AC PR2-RSC3-LV-120AC/4X21AU1) 2834740 5
230 V AC PR2-RSC3-LV-230AC/4X21AU1) 2834753 5
Accessories
394 PHOENIX CONTACT
Relay modules
PR series
D W PR2-RS.../2x21 (2 PDT)
H
Operating voltage range of relay Tu=Tcoil AC interrupting rating
1,8 20
1
10
1,6
6

4 2
Coil voltage U/UN

1,4
2
1,2 1
1 0,5
PR2 relay module with 0,3
0,2
spring-cage connection 0,8
0,1
0,6 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 Switching voltage [V]
Ambient temperature [°C] 1 Ohmic load
2 cos j = 0.4
22 12 42 32 22 12
24 14 44 34 24 14 DC interrupting rating Electrical service life
20
21 11 41 31 21 11
10 6
1
10
6
Cycles
4 2 2
2
A1+ A2- A1 A2 1
1 3 10
5
DC coils AC coils
0,5
0,3
Technical data 0,2
4
24 V DC 24 V AC 120 V AC 230 V AC 0,1 10
See diagram 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 0 2 4 6 8 10
38 54 / 46 11 / 9 5/4 Switching voltage [V] Switching current [A]
13 4 ... 10 4 ... 10 4 ... 10 1 Ohmic load
5 3 ... 12 3 ... 12 3 ... 12 2 ohmic load, contacts in series 1 250 V AC, ohmic load
3 L/R < 7 ms 2 30 V DC, ohmic load
Damping diode, Green LED
Varistor, LED red
PR... PR...AU
Single contact, 2-PDT Single contact, 4-PDT PR2-RS.../4x21 (4 PDT)
Ag AgNi, hard gold-plated
250 V AC / 125 V DC 250 V AC / 125 V DC Operating voltage range of relay Tu=Tcoil AC interrupting rating
5V 1V
10 A 5A
20 A (15 ms) 12 A (15 ms)
1 mA 1 mA 1,8 20
2500 VA 1250 VA 10
1,6
6
1

4
Coil voltage U/UN
2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 1,4

2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
2 2
-25°C ... 60°C 1,2 1
100% operating factor 0,5
5 x 107 cycles 1
0,3
See diagram 0,2
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103 0,8
0,1
3 / II
0,6 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300
Any / In rows with zero spacing 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 Switching voltage [V]
0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 Ambient temperature [°C] 1 Ohmic load
31 mm / 95 mm / 84 mm 2 cos j = 0.4
Ordering data
DC interrupting rating Electrical service life
Pcs. /
Type Order No.
Pkt.
20
10 6 1
10
6
Cycles
PR2-RSP3-LDP-24DC/2X211) 2834685 5
4 4
PR2-RSP3-LV- 24AC/2X211) 2834698 5
3 2
PR2-RSP3-LV-120AC/2X211) 2834708 5 2
PR2-RSP3-LV-230AC/2X211) 2834711 5 2
1 1 10
5
0,5
0,3
PR2-RSP3-LDP-24DC/4X21AU1) 2834766 5 0,2
PR2-RSP3-LV- 24AC/4X21AU1) 2834779 5 4
0,1 10
PR2-RSP3-LV-120AC/4X21AU1) 2834782 5 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 0 1 2 3 4 5
PR2-RSP3-LV-230AC/4X21AU1) 2834795 5 Switching voltage [V] Switching current [A]
1 L/R < 7 ms
Accessories 2 ohmic load
3 ohmic load, 2 contacts in series 1 250 V AC, ohmic load
EML (15X6) R YE 0819288 1 4 ohmic load, 4 contacts in series 2 30 V DC, ohmic load

Relay modules
DEK series
The Phoenix Contact DEK interface ter- The wear-free DEK-OV... power solid-
minal blocks provide complete interface state relay terminal block is used for appli-
functions in modular terminal block housing cations that require a greater switching fre-
that is just 6.2 mm wide. In conjunction with quency in which electromechanical relays
standard terminal block accessories, these reach the end of their service life in a short
high-capacity interfaces have not only the time.
design but also the high level of user conve- Integrated LEDs clearly indicate the
nience of modular terminal blocks. switching status of the electronic terminal
The main common feature of all Phoenix blocks and provide an excellent overview of
Contact interface terminal blocks is their the coupling level and the system.
width of just 6.2 mm. This saves 60% space Colored EB-DIK insertion bridges for the
in the control cabinet in comparison to con- supply and ground signals make it possible
ventional 15 mm wide coupling relays from to design the circuit simply and effectively.
modular systems. Integrated protective circuits such as free-
The DEK range offers the best solution wheeling diodes, polarity reversal protec-
for all industrial voltages both for signal in- tion diodes, and surge protection elements
put and output. protect the coupling modules and ensure
High switching capacities are a matter optimum availability of the system.
of course for the DEK-REL... relay terminal
block and the DEK-OV... solid-state relay
terminal block.
396 PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
DEK series
DEK-REL-... relay terminal block Notes:
The Phoenix Contact relay terminal block See Catalog 5
with PDT contact offers the following ad- For the protection of relay coils and contacts, inductive loads must
vantages: be dampened with an efficient protection circuit.
– Width of only 6.2 mm For further EB...DIK... insertion bridges, refer to page 403
– High switching capacity of 250 V AC/6 A 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
– Less storage, since PDT, N/O or

N/C contacts can be wired
– Little wiring expense due to the use of
EB-DIK insertion bridges
– IP67 protected relay housing For medium to large power
– Cadmium-free relay contacts 1 PDT (21)
– 4 kV electrical isolation of input and out-
put

– Safe isolation according to
DIN EN 50178 (VDE 0160) 12 14
– Light indicator for signaling the A1
+
switching status.
A2
-
11
Technical data
Input data ①
1.1
Response/release time at UN [ms] 8/5
Input protection: Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode
Output data
Max. inrush current 6A
24 V DC 140 W
48 V DC 20 W
60 V DC 18 W
110 V DC 23 W
220 V DC 40 W
250 V AC 1500 VA
General data
Mechanical service life Approx. 107 cycles
Ordering data

UN Pkt.
Relay terminal block with power relay
① 24 V DC DEK-REL-G24/211) 2964500 10
Accessories
Cover
D-DEK 1,5 GN 2716949 10
Insertion bridge, for middle and No. of pos. Color
lower levels
80 blue EB 80- DIK BU 26 A 2715940 1
80 red EB 80- DIK RD 26 A 2715953 1
80 white EB 80- DIK WH 26 A 2715788 1

Relay modules
DEK series
DEK-REL-24/1/SEN input interface Notes:
and DEK-REL-24/1/AKT output Type of housing: D W
interface Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
In addition to the familiar advantages of See Catalog 5
the DEK-REL... electronic terminal blocks, For the protection of relay coils and contacts, inductive loads must
such as be dampened with an efficient protection circuit.
– 2-layer contact with hard gold-plating for For further EB...DIK... insertion bridges, refer to page 403
universal applications from 1 mA to 5 A 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
continuous current
– 2 kVrms electrical isolation of input and
output
– Integrated input circuit
With this terminal block, “ALL” connec- for small to medium loads
tions for a sensor or actuator are provided 1 N/O contact (1)
over a width of just 6.2 mm!
This means that 16 outputs take up a to-

tal constructional width of just 105.4 mm
(including the power terminal block).
Advantages: A1 13
– Lower costs as the N terminal block is no
longer required
– Wiring is reduced to a minimum
– Up to 73% more space 14
A2 14
Technical data
Input data ① ②
1.1 1.1
Typ. input current at UN [mA] 23 6.5
Response/release time at UN [ms] 8 / 15 5 / 15
Input protection: Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier
Output data
Contact type Double contact, 1 N/O contact
Min. switching voltage 0.1 V
Limiting continuous current 3 A (5 A up to 35°C at 24 V DC)
24 V DC 72 W
48 V DC 60 W
60 V DC 50 W
110 V DC 50 W
250 V AC 750 VA
General data
Signal load PLC OUT
Supply Ordering data

(+)
-PLC
Load Input voltage Pcs. /
UN Pkt.
Ground load Relay terminal block with miniature relay
① 5 V AC/DC DEK-REL- 5/I/11) 2941183 10
② 24 V AC/DC DEK-REL- 24/I/11) 2940171 10
Pin configuration, DEK-REL-...AKT
Accessories
Terminal block, with three through contacts,
for mounting on NS 35...
For busbar feeding
A PLC IN Cover
D-DEK 1,5 GN 2716949 10
0
lower levels
+PLC 80 blue EB 80- DIK BU 26 A 2715940 1
+ 80 red EB 80- DIK RD 26 A 2715953 1
80 white EB 80- DIK WH 26 A 2715788 1
Pin configuration, DEK-REL-...SEN
398 PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
DEK series
D W D W D W
H H H
for small to medium loads for small to medium loads for small to medium loads
1 N/O contact (1) 1 N/O contact (1) 1 N/O contact (1)
  
A1 13 A1 13 A1 13
A2 14 A2
A2 14 A2 14

① ② ① ①
0.9 - 0.8 - 0.8 - 0.8 -
1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1
23 6.5 6.5 6.5
8 / 15 5 / 15 5 / 15 5 / 15
Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier
Double contact, 1 N/O contact Double contact, 1 N/O contact Double contact, 1 N/O contact
AgNi, hard gold-plated AgNi, hard gold-plated AgNi, hard gold-plated
250 V AC / 125 V DC 250 V AC / 125 V DC 250 V AC / 125 V DC
0.1 V 0.1 V 0.1 V
3 A (5 A up to 35°C at 24 V DC) 3 A (5 A up to 35°C at 24 V DC) 3 A (5 A up to 35°C at 24 V DC)
5A 5A 5A
1 mA 1 mA 1 mA
72 W 72 W 72 W
60 W 60 W 60 W
50 W 50 W 50 W
50 W 50 W 50 W
750 VA 750 VA 750 VA

-20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm

Pkt. Pkt. Pkt.
DEK-REL- 5/O/11) 2941170 10

DEK-REL- 24/O/11) 2941154 10 DEK-REL- 24/1/AKT1) 2964063 10 DEK-REL- 24/1/SEN1) 2964050 10
DIKD 1,5 2715979 50 DIKD 1,5 2715979 50
D-DEK 1,5 GN 2716949 10 D-DEK 1,5 GN 2716949 10 D-DEK 1,5 GN 2716949 10
EB 80- DIK BU 26 A 2715940 1 EB 80- DIK BU 26 A 2715940 1 EB 80- DIK BU 26 A 2715940 1

EB 80- DIK RD 26 A 2715953 1 EB 80- DIK RD 26 A 2715953 1 EB 80- DIK RD 26 A 2715953 1
EB 80- DIK WH 26 A 2715788 1 EB 80- DIK WH 26 A 2715788 1 EB 80- DIK WH 26 A 2715788 1

Relay modules
DEK series
DEK-OE... and DEK-OV... solid-state Notes:
relay terminal blocks Type of housing: D W
Phoenix Contact DEK-OE and DEK-OV See Catalog 5
interface terminal blocks are only 6.2 mm For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be
wide but still provide a complete input or dampened with an effective protection circuit.
output interface with: For further EB...DIK... insertion bridges, refer to page 403
– Electrical isolation between input and 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
output at up to 2.5 kVrms

– Integrated input circuit
– Status display
– EB-DIK insertion bridges
– Labeling and mounting with modular with DC voltage output
terminal block convenience max. = 100 mA
– Wear-free switching up to
24 V DC/10 A and 240 V AC/800 mA

– Integrated output protection circuit
– Actuator version available.
A1
+ + A1 +
A A
A2
- 0 A2 0
DC AC
Technical data
Input data ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥
1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.1
Switching level with reference to UN 1 signal (“H”) ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.9
Derating curve for 0 signal (“L”) ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4
DEK-OV...24DC/3 and DEK-OV-24DC/24DC/3/AKT
Typ. input current at UN [mA] 6.5 11 7 4 3.2 2.5
Input circuit AC Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
3
2
Load current [A]
Input circuit DC Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal

2
1 Output data
1 Operating voltage range 3 V DC ... 48 V DC
Periodic peak reverse voltage -
0 Limiting continuous current 100 mA
0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Ambient temperature [°C] Min. load current -
Surge current -
1 Horizontal mounting
2 Vertical mounting Leakage current in off state -
Max. load value -
Output protection Protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode
Derating curve for DEK-OV-24DC/24DC/10
Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current ≤ 0.9 V
General data
10
9 Standards/regulations IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
8 Pollution degree/surge voltage category 2 / III
7 Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
6
5 Ordering data
4
Load current [A]

3 Description
UN
Type Order No.
Pkt.
2
Solid-state input relays
1 ① 5 V DC DEK-OE- 5DC/ 48DC/1001) 2940223 10
0 ② 12 V DC DEK-OE- 12DC/ 48DC/1001) 2964487 10
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 ③ 24 V DC DEK-OE- 24DC/ 48DC/1001) 2940207 10
Ambient temperature [°C] ④ 60 V DC DEK-OE- 60DC/ 48DC/1001) 2941536 10
⑤ 120 V AC DEK-OE-120AC/ 48DC/100 2941659 10
Derating curve for DEK-OV...240AC/800 ⑥ 230 V AC DEK-OE-230AC/ 48DC/100 2940210 10
Solid-state power relays
① 5 V DC
② 12 V DC
0,8 ③ 24 V DC
Load current [A]
0,6 Actuator principle ⑦ 24 V DC

0,4
Accessories
0,2
0 lower levels
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 80 blue EB 80- DIK BU 26 A 2715940 1
Ambient temperature [°C] 80 red EB 80- DIK RD 26 A 2715953 1
80 white EB 80- DIK WH 26 A 2715788 1
400 PHOENIX CONTACT
Relay modules
DEK series
D W D W D W
H H H
with DC voltage output with DC voltage output with AC voltage output

max. = 3 A max. = 10 A max. = 800 mA
  
A1 A
A1+ 14 A1+ 14 A1 13
+
13
A2- 13+ A2- 13+
A2- A2 +
0 A2 14
DEK-OV.../24DC/3 DEK-OV.../24DC/3/AKT -

① ② ③ ⑦ ① ② ③ ① ② ③
0.8 - 0.8 - 0.8 - 0.8 - 0.8 - 0.8 - 0.8 - 0.8 - 0.8 - 0.8 -
1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8
≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4
11 8.5 7 7 5.1 4.7 3.5 10.2 10.5 10.7
300 300 300 300 100 100 100 10 10 10
Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
3 V DC ... 30 V DC 5 V DC ... 30 V DC 10 V AC ... 253 V AC (50/60 Hz)

- - 600 V
3 A (see derating curve) 10 A (see derating curve) 0.8 A (see derating curve)
- - 10 mA
- 100 A (t = 20 ms) 30 A (t = 10 ms)
- - 1.2 mA
- - 4.5 A2s
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection RCV circuit
≤ 0.2 V < 50 mV ≤1V
-20°C ... 60°C -20°C ... 60°C -20°C ... 60°C
2 / III 2 / III 2 / III
0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm

Pkt. Pkt. Pkt.
DEK-OV- 5DC/ 24DC/ 31) 2941361 10 DEK-OV- 5DC/ 24DC/ 101) 2961752 10 DEK-OV- 5DC/240AC/800 2964623 10
DEK-OV- 24DC/ 24DC/ 3/AKT 2964296 10
EB 80- DIK BU 26 A 2715940 1 EB 80- DIK BU 26 A 2715940 1 EB 80- DIK BU 26 A 2715940 1

EB 80- DIK RD 26 A 2715953 1 EB 80- DIK RD 26 A 2715953 1 EB 80- DIK RD 26 A 2715953 1
EB 80- DIK WH 26 A 2715788 1 EB 80- DIK WH 26 A 2715788 1 EB 80- DIK WH 26 A 2715788 1
Relay modules
Special relays and solid-state relays
DEK-REL-24/1/S switch/relay terminal ST-OV 3-24DC/400/3 plug-in solid- Electronic sensor terminal block for
block state power relay NAMUR proximity sensors
The functions “Manual”, “0”, “Automatic” The output of this component, dimen- For converting the changeable resistance
are provided in a 6.2 mm narrow relay ter- sioned with a peak reverse voltage of 800 V, of a NAMUR sensor into a digital signal that
minal block. allows, for example, 230 V motors to be can be read by a PLC.
driven in simple reversible mode.
Interference-free relay and solid-state DEK-TR/INV inverter module
relay interfaces Power circuit breaker solid-state relay, Module for converting NPN outputs to
Coupled interference voltages on the coil with signal logic PNP outputs and PNP to NPN.
lines or leakage currents can cause malfunc- These modules combine the features of a
tions in conventional modules. These spe- short-circuit-proof power solid-state relay
cial interface modules, equipped with high and those of a thermomagnetic protection
switching thresholds and/or effective filters, element.
ensure good functioning. DEK-OE-...100KHZ 100 kHz input
ST-REL... and EMG 17-REL... relay inter- solid-state relay
faces for switching lamp loads Input solid-state relay for reliable trans-
Lamp loads and capacitive consumers pro- mission of high frequency signals of the type
duce extremely high inrush currents which that occur with, for example, incremental
weld conventional relay contacts. To pre- encoders.
vent this, Phoenix Contact uses an arc-re-
sistant contact optimized for these applica-
tions, which keeps these peaks under
control.
402 PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
Relay module with manual switch Notes:
Relay module with manual switch and in- See Catalog 5
tegrated power relay for manual, zero, and For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be
automatic functions dampened with an effective protection circuit.
The advantages: 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
– Max. switching current of 5 A

– Only 6.2 mm wide
– Increased contact stability thanks to dou-
ble contact
between coil and contact Relay module with manual switch
and integrated relay

A
13
H
A2 14
Technical data
Input data ①
1.1
Typ. input current at UN [mA] 6.5
Response/release time at UN [ms] 5 / 15
Input protection: Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier
Output data
Min. switching voltage 0.1 V
Limiting continuous current 3 A (5 A up to 35°C at 24 V DC)
24 V DC 72 W
48 V DC 60 W
60 V DC 50 W
110 V DC 50 W
250 V AC 750 VA
General data
Ordering data

UN Pkt.
Relay module with power relay
① 24 V AC/DC DEK-REL- 24/1/S1) 2964131 10
Accessories
Cover D-DEK 1,5 GN 2716949 10
Insertion bridge No. of pos. Color
2 red EB 2- DIK RD 2716693 10
3 red EB 3- DIK RD 2716745 10
4 red EB 4- DIK RD 2716758 10
5 red EB 5- DIK RD 2716761 10
10 red EB 10- DIK RD 2716774 10
2 blue EB 2- DIK BU 2716648 10
3 blue EB 3- DIK BU 2716651 10
4 blue EB 4- DIK BU 2716664 10
5 blue EB 5- DIK BU 2716677 10
10 blue EB 10- DIK BU 2716680 10
80 blue EB 80- DIK BU 2715940 1
80 red EB 80- DIK RD 2715953 1
80 white EB 80- DIK WH 2715788 1

Relay modules
Relay modules with
interference current filter D W D W
H H
Relay and solid-state relay modules with
integrated filter to protect against interfer-
ence voltages or currents due, for example,
to long control lines
The advantages:
– Resistant to interference currents
– High relay release voltage
– Use of AC output boards, resulting in re- 1 PDT, plug-in relay 1 PDT, soldered-in relay
sidual AC currents
Notes:
Load current diagrams, see page 347  
12 11 14
12 14
A1
+
A1
A2
-
A2
11 11
A1 A2

Input data ① ② ③ ③
Permissible range (with reference to UN) 0.9 - 0.85 - 0.9 - 0.9 -
1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1
Response/release time at UN [ms] 8 / 10 8 / 11 10 / 8 10 / 8
Input protection: Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier, Surge protection Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier, Surge protection
Output data
Contact type Single contact, 1-PDT Double contact, 1 PDT Single contact, 1-PDT Double contact, 1 PDT
Contact material AgNi Au AgNi AgPd60, hard gold-plated

Limiting continuous current 6A 0.5 A 6A 0.5 A
Max. inrush current 8A 0.2 A 8A 0.2 A
24 V DC 140 W 5W 95 W 5W
48 V DC 60 W - 50 W -
60 V DC 45 W - 45 W -
110 V DC 35 W - 35 W -
220 V DC 55 W - 55 W -
250 V AC 1500 VA - 1500 VA -
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact) 2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG -/-/- 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Dimensions W/H/D 20.8 mm / 42.5 mm / 112 mm 22.5 mm / 75 mm / 62.5 mm

UN Pkt. Pkt.
Relay module with power contact relay
① 24 V AC ST-REL3-KG 24/21/SO46 2826091 10
② 120 V AC ST-REL3-KG120/21/SO46 2833026 10
③ 230 V AC ST-REL3-KG230/21/SO46 2832027 10 EMG 22-REL/KSR-230/21/ SO46 2940760 10
Relay module with multi-layer contact relay
① 24 V AC ST-REL3-KG 24/21/AU/SO46 2826981 10
② 120 V AC ST-REL3-KG120/21/AU/SO46 2829797 10
③ 230 V AC ST-REL3-KG230/21/AU/SO46 2826266 10 EMG 22-REL/KSR-230/21/AU/SO46 2940061 10
Basic terminal block, complete with end cover URELG 3 2820136 10
Equipment marker EMG-GKS 12 2947035 50
404 PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
D W D W
H H
Notes:
Type of housing:
ST-REL: Polyamide non-reinforced PA, color: bottom part gray,
hood green
EMG: Polyamide fiber reinforced PA-F, color: green.
DEK: Polyamide non-reinforced PA, color: green.
See Catalog 5
For derating curve, refer to page 345
Solid-state input relay Solid-state power relay

100 mA, maximum Max. 2 A
 
A1 +
A1 A1
+ + + +
A A
A A2
- A2
-
A2 0 A2 0
A2 0
DC AC

Input data ② ①
1.1 1.2
Switching level 1 signal (“H”) [V DC] ≥ 207 16.8
0 signal (“L”) [V DC] ≤ 92 16
Typ. input current at UN [mA] 2.5 8
Typ. switch-on time at UN [ms] 4.4 0.02
Typ. switch-off time at UN [ms] 14 0.2
Transmission frequency flimit [Hz] 5 300
Input circuit AC Yellow LED, Surge protection, RC element
Input circuit DC Protection against polarity reversal

Output data
Limiting continuous current 100 mA 2 A (see derating curve)
Max. inrush current - 5 A (t = 1 s)
Output circuit 3-conductor, ground-referenced 3-conductor, ground-referenced
Output protection Protection against polarity reversal, Free running Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current ≤ 0.9 V 1.1 V
General data
Test voltage input/output 2.5 kV AC 3.5 kV AC
Ambient temperature (operation) 0°C ... 50°C -10°C ... 55°C
Mounting position/mounting Any / In rows with zero spacing - / Mounted in rows with zero spacing: Horizontal/not in rows: Any
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

UN Pkt. Pkt.
① 24 V DC EMG 17-OV- 24DC/ 48DC/21) 2942810 10
② 230 V AC DEK-OE-230AC/ 48DC/100/SO 46 2964678 10

Relay modules
Relay modules for high inrush Notes:
currents Type of housing: D W
Polycarbonate fiber reinforced PC-F, color: green or black.
The Phoenix Contact relay modules of See Catalog 5
the type SO 38 have been designed for
switching electrical equipment with high in-
rush currents.
Areas of application are:
– Inductive loads (motors, power contac-
tors, etc.)
– Inductive/capacitive loads (fluorescent
lamps, etc.)
– Ohmic loads (glow lamps, heaters). medium to large loads
The module is based on a relay with a spe- 1 N/O contact (1)
cial arc-resistant tungsten lead contact. This
takes over the high inrush and interrupting

current capacitively. The inductive main
contact made of AgCdO takes over the 13 14
continuous current up to 10 A reliably.
With the EMG 17-REL...2E/SO38 model,
this switching capacity is reached using a
power relay with a set of silver tin oxide
(AgSnO) contacts.
The module is available in two versions:
– Modular EMG rail-mountable housing
with a design width of 17.5 mm A1 A2
– Convenient ST-REL plug-in housing from
the Phoenix ST series for mounting on Technical data
the URELG or UDK-RELG basic terminal Input data ①
blocks. 1.1
Further features are: Typ. input current at UN [mA] 28
Response/release time at UN [ms] 13 /
– Snap-on mounting on the common 15
EN rails Input protection: Yellow LED, freewheeling diode
– Easy maintenance Output data
– Clear labeling of the terminal blocks using Contact type 1 N/O contact with lead contact
Phoenix Contact marking material. Contact material AgCdO
Max. switching voltage 250 V AC
24 V DC -
48 V DC -
60 V DC -
110 V DC -
220 V DC -
250 V AC 2500 VA
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact) 2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Mechanical service life Approx. 107 cycles
Mounting position/mounting - / Horizontal with zero spacing, vertical with spacing
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG -/-/-

Dimensions W/H/D 20.8 mm / 42.5 mm / 112 mm
Ordering data

UN Pkt.
Relay module with power contact relay + wolfram lead contact
① 24 V DC ST-REL3-KG 24/ 1/SO38 2829564 10

Relay module with power contact relay, with two inputs for
manual, automatic
① 24 V DC
Accessories
Equipment marker
406 PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
D W D W
H H
medium to large loads medium to large loads

1 N/O contact (1) 1 N/O contact (1)
 
14
A1
+ A 13
H 13
M 14
A2
-
13

① ①
0.85 - 0.9 -
1.1 1.1
28 23
13 / 9 / 10
15
Yellow LED, freewheeling diode Automatic: Yellow LED, Manual: Red LED, freewheeling diode, Pro-
tection against polarity reversal
1 N/O contact with lead contact Single contact, 1 N/O contact

AgCdO AgSnO
250 V AC 250 V AC/DC
10 A 10 A
80 A (20 ms) 120 A (20 ms)
- 240 W
- 120 W
- 85 W
- 70 W
- 90 W
2500 VA 2500 VA
4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)

-20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
Approx. 107 cycles 3 x 107 cycles
Any Any
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
17.5 mm / 75 mm / 62.5 mm 17.5 mm / 75 mm / 62.5 mm
Pcs. / Pcs. /
Pkt. Pkt.
EMG 17-REL/KSR-G 24/SO38 BK 2949994 10
EMG 17-REL/KSR-G 24/2E/SO38 2941646 10
EMG-GKS 12 2947035 50 EMG-GKS 12 2947035 50

Relay modules
ST-OV 3 plug-in solid-state power Notes:
relays Type of insulating housing: polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: D W
bottom part gray, hood green
Ground (minus) potential from the input and output of the optocou- H
The plug-in version of the module pro- pler should not be connected.
vides all the advantages of the ST series, AC loads must be protected with a varistor or an RC element.
such as:
– Switching of up to 400 V AC/3 A
– Control of 230 V motors in straightforward
reversing mode (e.g., synchronous motor in
single-phase operation, see illustration)
– Plug-in
with AC voltage output

max. = 3 A
13 14
A1 A2
+ -
Technical data
Input data ①
Switching level with reference to UN 1 signal (“H”) ≥ 0.8
0 signal (“L”) ≤ 0.4
Input protection: Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, RC element
Output data
Operating voltage 400 V AC
Operating voltage range 24 V AC ... 420 V AC
Periodic peak reverse voltage 800 V
Min. load current 50 mA
Surge current 125 A (t = 10 ms)
Residual voltage drop at “H” ≤ 1.2 V
Leakage current in off state Approx. 12 mA
Output protection Surge protection, RC element
General data
Mounting position/mounting Horizontal DIN rail / -
Dimensions W/H/D 20.8 mm / 42.5 mm / 112 mm
Ordering data

UN Pkt.
① 24 V DC ST-OV3- 24DC/400AC/3 2905417 10
Accessories
Derating curve for ST-OV 3-24DC/400AC/3
3
Load current [A]
2 2
1 1
0
20 30 40 50 60
2 Aligned with  20 mm spacing
408 PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
ST-OV 4-24DC/24DC/...-PRO power Notes:
protection circuit solid-state relay Type of housing: D W
with signal logic Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: bottom part gray, hood green
The ST-OV 4-...PRO provides protection See Catalog 5
and monitoring functions that are other- For load current diagram, see page 347
wise only known from thermomagnetic Derating curve, time/current characteristic curves, and state dia-
protection elements. gram, see page 347
The PROtect modules have the following

features:
– Fast disconnection with short-circuits
and simultaneous current limitation
– Time-dependent overload shutdown for
reliable protection against continuous with short-circuit-proof DC voltage output
overloads max. = 1 A or 4 A
– Brief inrush peaks are ignored
– After an overload or short-circuit has

been triggered, a defined reset of the con-
trol voltage must be carried out
– Reliable recognition and indication of a A1 +
line break on the load side

– Feedback in the event of an error A2 A
T
0
Technical data
Input data ST-OV4- 24DC/ 24DC/1-PRO ST-OV4- 24DC/ 24DC/4-PRO
Operating voltage 24 V DC ±50%
Switching level 1 signal (“H”) 8.5 V DC
0 signal (“L”) 5 V DC
Typ. input current at UN 6.5 mA
Transmission frequency flimit 100 Hz
Reset period after short-circuit / overload shut down 1 ms
Input circuit Yellow LED, Polarity protection diode

Output data signaling contact / CONTROL
Residual voltage drop at “H” ≤ 1.5 V
Output protection Polarity protection diode
Output data load contact
Limiting continuous current 1 A (see derating curve) 4 A (see derating curve)

Residual voltage drop at “H” 300 mV 200 mV
Open circuit alarm with load current < 100 µA
Overload disconnection (~ 1.4 x continuous current) ≤ 100 ms (See the time-current characteristic curve)
Short-circuit disconnection < 200 µs (See the time-current characteristic curve)
Current limitation at short-circuits Approx. 25 A Approx. 70 A
Switching time tin /tout 300 µs / 700 µs
Output protection Red LED, Damping diode
General data
Test voltage output/output 2.5 kV AC
Standards/regulations IEC 60664 / EN 50178 / IEC 62103
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 4 mm² / 24 - 12
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Description Output current Type Order No.
Pkt.
Power circuit breaker solid-state relay, with signal logic
1A ST-OV4- 24DC/ 24DC/1-PRO 2905572 10

4A ST-OV4- 24DC/ 24DC/4-PRO 2905585 10
Accessories
Basic terminal block, complete with end cover UDK-RELG 4 2777056 10

Relay modules
DEK-OE 100 kHz input solid-state Notes:
relay Type of housing: D W
A solid-state relay for the reliable detec- See Catalog 5
tion of short pulses 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
– Limit frequency of up to 100 kHz
– Push-pull stage on output side
– Includes signal inputs on PLC counter
boards
– Features a capacitor on the input side for
interference suppression
with DC voltage output

Transmission frequency 100 kHz
A1 A
+
A2 0
-
Technical data
Input data ① ②
1.2 1.2
Switching level with reference to UN 1 signal (“H”) ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8
0 signal (“L”) ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4
Typ. switch-on time at UN [µs] 1.5 1.5
Typ. switch-off time at UN [µs] 2 2
Transmission frequency flimit [kHz] 100 100
Input protection: Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Output data
Quiescent current 4.3 mA
Residual voltage drop at “H” ≤ 0.5 V DC
General data
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Ordering data

UN Pkt.
Solid-state input relays
① 5 V DC DEK-OE- 5DC/ 24DC/100KHZ1) 2964270 10
② 24 V DC DEK-OE- 24DC/ 24DC/100KHZ1) 2964283 10
410 PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
D W D W
H H
with DC voltage output push-pull with DC voltage output push-pull

Transmission frequency 100 kHz Transmission frequency 100 kHz
 
A1 A A1 A
+ +
+ +
A2 0 A2 0
- -

① ② ① ②
0.5 - 0.8 - 0.5 - 0.8 -
1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
≥ 0.5 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.5 ≥ 0.8
≤ 0.3 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.3 ≤ 0.4
8 8 8 8
1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2
100 100 100 100
Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
4 V DC ... 18 V DC 14 V DC ... 30 V DC
50 mA 50 mA
8.5 mA 15 mA
≤ 1.2 V DC ≤ 2.2 V DC
3-conductor push-pull, ground referenced 3-conductor push-pull, ground referenced
2.5 kV AC 2.5 kV AC
-20°C ... 60°C -20°C ... 60°C
2 / II 2 / II
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm 6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm
Pcs. / Pcs. /
Pkt. Pkt.
DEK-OE- 5DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G1) 2964542 10 DEK-OE- 5DC/ 24DC/100KHZ-G1) 2964555 10

DEK-OE- 24DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G1) 2964364 10 DEK-OE- 24DC/ 24DC/100KHZ-G1) 2964348 10

Relay modules
Electronic sensor terminal block for Notes:
NAMUR proximity sensors Type of housing: D W
The EIK 1-SVN 24-P electronic sensor See Catalog 5
terminal block from Phoenix Contact con- 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
verts the changeable resistance of a
NAMUR sensor unit into a digital signal that
can be read by all PLCs.
– Monitoring of initiator side for short cir-
cuits or strand breaks
– Suitable resistance circuit to enable mon-
itoring of mechanical switches (see appli-
cation 2) For inductive proximity sensors according to
– LED error display NAMUR
– Status display (high signal) via green LED
– 24 V/50 mA digital output

– Bridging and marking with standard termi-
nal accessories.
+ OUT
24V
- 0V
Technical data
Supply
Input supply nominal voltage UVN 18.5 V DC ... 28.8 V DC (UVN, see derating curve)
Ripple according to DIN 19240

Current consumption IImax 70 mA (at 50 mA output current)
Input circuit Green LED, Polarity protection diode
Control circuit
Non-load voltage 8.2 V DC ±10%
Switching points in accordance with EN 60947-5-6: ≥ 2.1 mA (In conductive state)
≤ 1.2 mA (In blocking state)
Derating curve for EIK 1-SVN 24 P
6.3 mA ... 10 mA (in the event of a short-circuit)
0 mA ... 0.35 mA (In the event of a wire break)
Switching hysteresis Approx. 0.2 mA
28,8 Internal resistance Approx. 1 kΩ
Output protection visual short-circuit and wire break control with LED (red), 12 V Zener
28 diode
Signal output
27 Max. output current IOmax 50 mA
Residual voltage UR with IOmax ≤ 1.5 V (UR)
Supply voltage UE [V]
26 Output voltage UO ≤ 100 mV (In conductive state)

(UVN - UR;in blocking state)
25 Output protection 36 V Zener diode as freewheeling diode
General data
24
Transmission frequency (INPUT/OUTPUT) 1 kHz
Input pulse length ≥ 0.5 ms
Input pause length ≥ 0.5 ms
-20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 Standards/regulations IEC 60664, EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
Ambient temperature [°C] Pollution degree / Surge voltage category 2 / III
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Application 1 Ordering data
Pcs. /
+ ERR Description Type Order No.
Pkt.
OUT Switching amplifier electronic terminal block, for inductive EIK1-SVN-24P1) 2940799 10
U VN proximity initiators as per NAMUR, with light indicators for sensor
signal and faults
- GND
NAMUR initiator Accessories
Terminal block, with three through contacts, DIKD 1,5 2715979 50
Application 2 for mounting on NS 35...
Double-level terminal block, with pre-assembled resistors UKK 5-2R/NAMUR 2941662 50
UKK 5-2R/NAMUR
+ ERR Insertion bridge EB...-DIK...
1k OUT
Ordering data at DEK-REL...
10k
U VN
- GND
Limit switch
412 PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
DEK-TR/INV inverter module Notes:
The Phoenix Contact DEK-TR/INV in- See Catalog 5
verter module inverts the signals of ground
switching NPN transistor outputs into pos-
itive switching PNP outputs, and vice versa
(see application example).

NPN +
PNP
Technical data
Supply voltage 20 V DC ... 30 V DC (UV)
Continuous current 200 mA
Residual voltage drop <1V
Leakage current < 1 mA
Max. transmission frequency 15 kHz
NPN input/PNP output
Switch-on threshold < 5 V (at UV = 24 V; < (UV - 19 V))
Switch-off threshold > 15 V (at UV = 24 V; > (UV - 9 V))
Min. limit values -2 V
Max. limit values 26 V (at UV = 24 V; UV + 2 V)
Control circuit
Switch-on threshold > 19 V
Switch-off threshold <9V
Min. limit values -2 V
Max. limit values 26 V (at UV = 24 V; UV + 2 V)
General data
Standards/regulations IEC 60664
Basic insulation
Pollution degree / Surge voltage category 2 / II
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Inverter module DEK-TR/INV 2964319 10
Connection examples:
NPN output Load
24V
C NPN DEK- +
TRN/INV -
E PNP
0V
PNP output Load
24V
E NPN
DEK- +
C PNP TR/INV -
0V

Relay modules
Hybrid relay modules Notes:
Polycarbonate fiber reinforced PC-F, color: green.
With its integrated transistor level, the See Catalog 5
hybrid relay module is able to amplify weak For the protection of relay coils and contacts, inductive loads must
input signals. This serves as the basis for re- be dampened with an efficient protection circuit.
liable relay operation. 1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
The advantages:
– Low control current (terminal B), type-
dependent as of 0.5 mA
– Type-dependent positive or negative con-
trol current
– Integrated input and interference sup- Positive switching hybrid relay
pression circuit

12 14
A1
+
B+
A2
-
A2
11
Technical data
Relay supply voltage UN ±10% [V DC] 24 24 24
Min. control voltage [V DC] 2.7 5 15
Max. control voltage [V DC] 5.25 13.2 35
Min. control current [mA] 2.6 0.5 0.5
Max. control current [mA] 7.7 1 1
Response/release time at UN [ms] 9 / 10 9 / 10 9 / 10
Input protection: Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode
Output data
24 V DC 120 W
48 V DC 60 W
60 V DC 50 W
110 V DC 50 W
220 V DC 80 W
250 V AC 1250 VA
General data
Ordering data
Nominal con- Pcs. /

trol voltage Pkt.
Relay module with miniature power contact relay with
integrated NPN transistor control, for low control currents
① 5 V DC EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRN 51) 2949787 10

② 12 V DC EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRN121) 2952363 10
③ 24 V DC EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRN351) 2952350 10
Relay module with miniature power contact relay with
integrated PNP transistor control, for low control currents
① 5 V DC
② 12 V DC
③ 24 V DC
Accessories
414 PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
D W
H
Negative switching hybrid relay
12 14
A1
+
B-
A2
-
A2
11
Technical data
① ② ③
24 24 24
-2.4 -6.9 -17.5
-5.25 -13.2 -38.5
1.2 0.6 0.6
1.7 1 1.4
21 21 21
9 / 10 9 / 10 9 / 10
Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode
Single contact, 1-PDT

AgNi
250 V AC/DC
5A
8A
120 W
60 W
50 W
50 W
80 W
1250 VA
4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)

-20°C ... 50°C
Approx. 5 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
22.5 mm / 75 mm / 62.5 mm
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Type Order No.
Pkt.
EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRP 51) 2949790 10

EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRP121) 2952156 10
EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRP351) 2952169 10
Accessories
EMG-GKS 12 2947035 50

416 PHOENIX CONTACT
Wiring I/O modules with individual wires

is an extremely time-consuming process.
Wiring errors and tedious troubleshooting
Introduction to VARIOFACE system cabling 418
cannot be ruled out.
Interface cabling reduces assembly costs
by using plug-in components to carry out Overview of VARIOFACE system cabling 420
wiring quickly, clearly, and without errors.
The new interface modules in the VIP -
VARIOFACE Professional series, which fea- Front adapter
ture a modern housing design, offer the fol- For ABB S800 I/O 422
lowing advantages: For Allen-Bradley,
– Space-saving ControlLogix, PLC 5, SLC 500, and PlantScape 424
– Vibration resistant up to 5g thanks to For Emerson DeltaV 432
metal feet For GE Fanuc RX3i and Series 90-30 436
– Reliable connection technology, either For Honeywell C300 Series CI/O and PlantScape 438
with screw or push-in connections For Mitsubishi A1S and Q, Melsec L, Honeywell ML 200 440
– Wide range of marking options For Omron CJ1, CS1, and C200H 442
VIP modules are available for both prod- For Phoenix Contact Axioline and Inline 443
uct segments: For Schneider Electric MODICON® 445
For Siemens SIMATIC® S7-300 450
VARIOFACE system cabling is a cabling For Siemens SIMATIC® S7-1500 456
concept that has been specially developed For Siemens SIMATIC® S7-400 458
to allow connection to the I/O modules of For Siemens SIMATIC® S5-S7 conversion 459
a wide range of automation devices. For Yokogawa CS3000 R3 466
The VIP series is rounded off by new front
Termination boards
adapters with encapsulated system cables With passive transfer 470
for the SIMATIC S7 300. With relay 490

VARIOFACE wiring interfaces are suitable PLC-INTERFACE via V8 adapter
for universal use. Various VIP - VARIOFACE V8 adapter 484
Professional modules with a 1:1 connection Feed-through terminal blocks 486
from a high-position plug-in connector to a Relays/solid-state relays 320
different connection technology are avail- Cross-reference list 488
able. The encapsulated system cables pro-
System cables
vide an effective and efficient means of es-
tablishing a connection to a control device With flat-ribbon cable and D-SUB plug-in connectors 500
with protection against polarity reversal.
Introduction to VARIOFACE wiring interface 520
A variety of potential distributors are
available for splitting the control and oper-

ating voltage. Overview of VIP - VARIOFACE Professional 522

Passive universal interface modules
VIP modules with flat-ribbon cable plug-in connectors 524
VIP modules with D-SUB plug-in connectors 532

VIP modules with high-density D-SUB plug-in connectors 539
With DIN strips 540

With ELCO plug-in connectors 542
With RJ45 plug-in connectors 546
With COMBICON connection 547
VIP potential distributors 548

Active interface modules
For relay couplers/optocouplers 550
For solid-state relays 553
Accessories (relays, optocouplers) 554
PHOENIX CONTACT 417

VARIOFACE system cabling
A large part of the costs incurred in auto- VARIOFACE system cabling is available VIP - VARIOFACE Professional
mation systems today results from the ca- for controllers from: The new front adapters with encapsulated
bling for the actuators and signaling units. – ABB system cables for the S7 300 and new
On top of this, machines and systems are – Allen-Bradley compact termination boards make the sys-
becoming more and more complex, which – Emerson tem cabling even more robust. VARIOFACE
means that the cabling costs for the input – Honeywell Professional means:
and output stations are also steadily on the – GE Fanuc New front adapters
increase. In addition to cabling material – Mitsubishi Electric – Optimized housing concept
costs, the costs associated with planning, as- – OMRON – Power supplied via PCB terminal
sembly, startup, and documentation must – Schneider Electric blocks
also be considered. – Siemens – Plug-in bridges for electrical
VARIOFACE system cabling is a – Yokogawa isolation
system concept that reduces manufacturing – Phoenix Contact – Directly connected system cables
costs through fast, error-free, and uniform with encapsulated plugs
wiring of the input and output signals of a New termination boards
PLC. – Space saving
The system design comprises three com- – Vibration resistant up to 5g
ponents: – Optional marking
– VARIOFACE front adapters – New housing design
– VARIOFACE system cables
– VARIOFACE termination board
418 PHOENIX CONTACT

A1+ A1+ A1+ A1+ A1+ A1+ A1+ A1+ A1+ A1+ A1+ A1+ A1+ A1+ A1+ A1+
A2- A2- A2- A2- A2- A2- A2- A2- A2- A2- A2- A2- A2- A2- A2- A2-
24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24
V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V
11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11
14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14
The conventional wiring of input and out- Wiring with the system cabling consider- The configuration cross-reference list
put cards of programmable logic controls ably reduces the assembly time and guaran- (a quick reference guide to the VARIOFACE
requires a lot of time. tees protection against polarity reversal. system components) is extremely useful
Signals are transferred from the control Front adapters with an integrated pin when selecting the required components.
system to modular terminal blocks or cou- strip (IEC 60603-13) are plugged onto the What's more, matching components can be
pling modules such as relays or optocou- PLC I/O cards. They replace connection configured using the INTERFACE search as-
plers by means of single conductor wiring. technologies such as those involving a screw sistant.
This requires a complex wiring process. or crimp connection. See www.phoenixcontact.net/products.
At the same time, errors in wiring are al- The controller boards are simply snapped Rationalize your application with the aid
ways possible with this connection method. onto the DIN rail instead of modular termi- of VARIOFACE system cabling:
Wiring errors are often only noticed when nal blocks or coupling modules. On the con- – Easy planning with configuration
the system is put into operation and they trol side they also have a multi-position pin cross-reference list or online selector
then cause additional costs. strip. – Cost reductions thanks to
The controller boards are connected to time-saving wiring
the front adapters using multi-position and – Fault minimization through
pre-assembled system cables. protection against polarity reversal
Actuators and sensors from the field level – Easy maintenance thanks to
are connected to the termination boards by modular system components
means of screw or spring-cage connections
or knife disconnect terminal blocks. The
termination boards are marked on the field
side according to the application, so that the
signals can be clearly assigned.

Product overview of VARIOFACE system cabling
Controller
ABB Allen-Bradley Emerson GE FANUC Honeywell
Control C300
System component Version S800 I/O
Logix
PLC 5 SLC 500 DeltaV RX3i 90-30 CI/O, ML 200 PlantScape
series
Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Page
Front adapters
Not Not
424 426 428 436 437 438 424
required required
Standard 512 504 504 504 506 504 504 512 504
System cables
Controller-
specific 423 430 432 441
Passive 470 470 470 470 470 470 470 439 470
Standard
Passive
Controller- 422 473 429 433
specific
Active
Standard 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490
Termination boards
V8 adapter/
feed-through 484 484 484 484 484 484 484 484 484
terminal block
Relay/
320 320 320 320 320 320 320 320 320
optocoupler
MINI Analog
system adapter
MINI Analog
420 PHOENIX CONTACT

Mitsubishi OMRON CJ1 Phoenix Schneider Siemens Yokogawa

Contact
MELSEC CS1, CQM1, Axioline TSX M340 S7 300 S7 1500 S7 400 S5 to S7 Centum
A, A1S, Q, L C200H Inline Qantum conversion CS3000
Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Page
Not Not Not Not

444 445 446 448 458 459
required required required required
504 504 504 504 504
440 442 447 453 456 466
470 470 470 470 470 470 470 470
473 472 472 468
490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490
484 484 484 484 484 484 484 484 484
320 320 320 320 320 320 320 320 320
94 94
92 92

ABB S800 I/O
Termination boards with D W
knife disconnection
H
The ABB S800 I/O system offers the pos-
sibility of realizing the process wiring with
D-SUB plug-in connectors. ABB TU 812
Compact MTU are available for this pur-
pose.
The FLKM-D25SUB/B/KDS3-MT/... mod-
ules are connected to the I/O modules using
assembled D-SUB cables (refer to “System
cables” chapter).
Interface module with
In addition to screw connection with knife disconnect terminal blocks
knife disconnection for every channel and
ABB S800-specific labeling, the modules
have the following features:
– Eight negative terminals with knife discon-
nection (TU810) Technical data
– Eight positive terminals with knife discon-
Max. perm. operating voltage 50 V AC/DC
nection (TU810/P) Max. perm. current (per branch) 2A
– For each channel, there is a positive and Max total current (voltage supply) 4 A (8 A L1-/L2-)
negative terminal with knife disconnec- Rated surge voltage
1.4 kV
-20°C ... 50°C
tion (TU830) Mounting position Any
Passive interface modules can also be Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Connection method Field level Screw connection with disconnect knife
used for signal transmission Control system level D-SUB socket strip
(e.g., VIP-3/SC/D25SUB/F, 2315188), Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
see page 533. Dimensions H/D 90 mm / 61 mm
Ordering data
Connectable I/O modules No. of Module width Pcs. /

pos. W Pkt.
VARIOFACE module, with knife disconnect terminal blocks for:
Card type FLKM-D25SUB...
- S800 I/O output modules 25 126.5 mm FLKM-D25 SUB/B/KDS3-MT/TU810 2304513 1
Digital input DI 810
- S800 I/O input modules 25 126.5 mm FLKM-D25 SUB/B/KDS3-MT/TU810/P 2304539 1
DI 811
DI 814 - S800 I/O universal module 25 247.5 mm FLKM-D25 SUB/B/KDS3-MT/TU830 2304526 1
DI 830
DI 831
DI 885
Digital output DO 810

DO 814
Analog input AI 810

AI 820
AI 830
AI 835
Analog output AO 810

AO 820
14 15 16 17 18 19 10 21 22 23 24 25 14 15 16 17 18 6 19 7 20 21 22 10 2311 24 25
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 1 2 3 4 5 8 9 12 13
L1+ L1+
L1+ L1+
L1- L1-
L1- L1-
L2+ L2+
L2+ L2+
L2- L2-
L2- L2-
B1C1B2C2B3C3B4C4B5C5B6C6B7C7B8C8 B1C1B2C2B3C3B4C4B5C5B6C6B7C7B8C8
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 +1 +2 +3 +4 +5 +6 +7 +8
FLKM-D25 SUB/B/KDS3-MT/TU810 connection scheme FLKM-D25 SUB/B/KDS3-MT/TU810/P connection scheme
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
L1+
L1+
L1-
L1-
L2+
L2+ C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6C7C8C9C10C11C12C13C14C15C16
L2-
L2-
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6A7A8A9A10A11A12A13A14A15A16
Explanation:
Flat-ribbon cable strip
Connection to I/O card B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6B7B8B9B10B11B12B13B14B15B16
Screw terminal blocks for separate supply
FLKM-D25 SUB/B/KDS3-MT/TU830 connection scheme
422 PHOENIX CONTACT

ABB S800 I/O
System cable
The ABB S800 I/O system offers the pos-

sibility of realizing the process wiring with
D-SUB plug-in connectors. ABB TU 812
Compact MTU are available for this pur-
pose.
The CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14/.../TU812
system cables convert from a D-SUB socket
strip to two flat-ribbon cable plugs. There-
fore, all 8-channel controller boards of the
system cabling can be connected to S800 System cable
I/O modules. Two controller boards are
used per module.
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage < 50 V AC / 60 V DC
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path 1A
Assembly Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4
Conductor cross section AWG - / 0.14 mm²

Conductor structure: stranded wires / material 7 / Cu tin-plated
Outside diameter
25 -position 6.3 mm
Ordering data
No. of Pcs. /
Description Cable length Type Order No.
pos. Pkt.
VARIOFACE system cable, for S800 I/O, with a 25-pos. D-SUB
socket strip and two 14-pos. flat-ribbon cable plugs, in standard
Color code and pin assignment
lengths
CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14...TU812
25 1m CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14/100/TU812 2304649 1
D-SUB FLK 14 FLK 14 Conductor
connector 1. Connector 2. Connector color 25 2m CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14/200/TU812 2304652 1
25-pos. 25 3m CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14/300/TU812 2304665 1
1 9 Gray 25 5m CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14/500/TU812 2304678 1
2 10 White VARIOFACE system cable for S800 I/O, with a 25-pos. D-SUB
3 1 Black socket strip and two 14-pos. flat-ribbon cable plugs, in variable
4 3 Red lengths
5 5 Yellow
6 7 Blue 25 CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14/TU812/... 2304681 1
7 1 Black
8 3 Red
9 5 Yellow
10 7 Blue
11 9 Orange
12 10 White
13 NC NC –
14 11 White-black
15 12 White-brown
16 2 Brown
17 4 Orange
18 6 Green
19 8 Violet
20 2 Brown
21 4 Orange
22 6 Green
23 8 Violet
24 11 White-black
25 12 White-brown
Ordering example for system cable:

– Cable for ABB S800, 12.75 m long
Quantity Order No. Length [m]1)
1 2304681 / 12.75
1) min. 0.20 m

Allen-Bradley ControlLogix, Notes:
Honeywell PlantScape Front adapters can also be used without cover.
Front adapter Suitable system cabling components can be
configured in the INTERFACE search wizard.
I/O modules with 32 channels or with See www.phoenixcontact.net/products
this design
The front adapters are pushed into the
tall 1756-TBE covers (not supplied as stan-
dard, original accessories must be ordered
directly from manufacturer) of the control-
ler. A 50-pos. system cable can connect a
maximum of 32 channels to the field level.
Perfectly-fitting VARIOFACE termination
boards round off this system concept. 32-channel front adapter
with 50-pos. FLK strip
Technical data

Max. permissible current 1 A (per path)
8 A (per connection, supply via separate power supply)

Standards/regulations IEC 60664 / IEC 60664 / IEC 60664
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Description No. of pos. Type Order No.
Pkt.
VARIOFACE front adapters, for ControlLogix:
Front adapters for I/O modules of
Allen-Bradley ControlLogix and Honeywell PlantScape au- - A maximum of 1 x 32 channels can be connected 50 FLKM 50-PA-AB/1756/EXTC 2302735 1
tomation devices - IB 32 input board 50 FLKM 50-PA-AB/1756/IN/EXTC 2302748 1
Card type FLKM 50-PA-AB/1756/EXTC

Digital input 1756-IA 16 I* or TC-TDK 161*
1756-IB 16 D* or TC-TDX 161*
1756-IB 16 I* or TC-TDJ 161*
1756-IH 16 I*
Digital output 1756-OB 32 or TC-ODD 321
Analog input 1756-IF 8*
1756-IF 16 I* or TC-IAH 161*
1756-IF 8H* or TC-HAI 081*
Counter 1756-HSC*
Servo 1756-M02 AE*
Card type FLKM 50-PA-AB/1756/IN/EXTC

Digital input 1756-IB 32 or TC-IDD 321
* Only in conjunction with

VIP-2/SC/FLK50/AB-1756, Order No. 2322317.
There must be no voltage supply at the front adapter. Risk of short 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112131415161718192021222324
circuit!
0-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112131415161718
0+
2526272829303132333435363738394041424344454647484950
1-
1+ NCNC
1920212223242526 27282930313233343536
Connection scheme: FLKM 50-PA-AB/1756/EXTC
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112131415161718192021222324
0-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112131415161718
0-
2526272829303132333435363738394041424344454647484950
1-
1- NCNC
Explanation:
Connection to I/O card
Screw terminal blocks for separate supply 1920212223242526 27282930313233343536
Connection scheme: FLKM 50-PA-AB/1756/IN/EXTC
424 PHOENIX CONTACT

Allen-Bradley ControlLogix, Notes:
Honeywell PlantScape Front adapters can also be used without cover.
I/O modules with 16 channels or with See www.phoenixcontact.net/products
this design
The front adapters are pushed into the
tall 1756-TBE covers (not supplied as stan-
dard, original accessories must be ordered
directly from manufacturer) of the control-
ler. Two 14-pos. system cables are used to
connect up to 2 x 8 channels to the field lev-
el.
Perfectly-fitting VARIOFACE termination 16-channel front adapter
with two 14-pos. FLK strips
boards round off this system concept.
Technical data


Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE front adapters, for ControlLogix:
Front adapter for I/O modules of
Allen Bradley ControlLogix and Honeywell PlantScape – Up to 2 x 8 channels can be connected 14 FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/EXTC 2302861 1
automation devices – IA 16, IB 16, IC 16, IN 16 input card 14 FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/IN/EXTC 2302874 1
Card type FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/EXTC - IF6 I input card (only suitable for measuring 14 FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/IF6I/EXTC 2901037 1
Digital input 1756-IA 8 D** or TC-IDX 081** current; no power terminals on adapter)
Digital output 1756-OB 16 E
Analog input 1756-IF 6 CIS**
1756-IF 6 I** or TC-IAH 061**
1756-IR 6 I** or TC-IXR 061**
1756-IT 6 I** or TC-IXL 061**
Analog output 1756-OF 4 I**

1756-OF 6 CI** or TC-OAH 061**
1756-OF 6 VI** or TC-OAV 061**
1756-OF 8** or TC-OAV 081**
1756-OF 8 H**
Switch 1756-PLS**
Card type FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/IN/EXTC

Digital input 1756-IN 16**
1756-IA 16 or TC-IDA 161**
1756-IB 16
1756-IC 16**
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314
Card type FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/IF6I/EXTC
Analog input IF6I** 0+
0-
1+
** Only in conjunction with 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11121314151617181920 1-

VIP-2/SC/2FLK14/AB-1756, Order No.: 2322333. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11121314151617181920
There must be no voltage supply at the front adapter. Risk of short
circuit!!
Connection scheme: FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/IF6I/EXTC Connection scheme: FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/EXTC
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314
0-
0-
1-
Explanation: 1-
Connection to I/O card 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11121314151617181920
Connection scheme: FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/IN/EXTC

Allen-Bradley, PLC 5 series 1771 Notes:
See www.phoenixcontact.net/products
The front adapters mean that pre-assem-
bled system cables can be directly connect-
ed to I/O modules.
Up to 32 channels are connected via
50-pos. system cables.
boards with a variety of functions and con-
nection possibilities round off this system
concept.
Front adapter for Allen-Bradley PLC 5, 1771

Technical data

Max. perm. total current 2 A (Per Byte, for supply via connector)

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE front adapters, for Allen-Bradley PLC 5, 1771
- IBN 32 channels input 50 FLKM 50-PA-AB/IBN 2289816 2

- OBN 32 channels output 50 FLKM 50-PA-AB/OBN 2289829 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112131415161718192021222324
NCNC NCNC
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11121314151617181920
- -
2526272829303132333435363738394041424344454647484950
NCNC NCNC NCNC
21222324252627282930 31323334353637383940
- -
Connection scheme FLKM 50-PA-AB/IBN
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112131415161718192021222324
0+
1+
2+
3+
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11121314151617181920
+ - + -
2526272829303132333435363738394041424344454647484950
Explanation:
21222324252627282930 31323334353637383940
Screw terminal blocks for separate supply + -
Connection scheme FLKM 50-PA-AB/OBN
426 PHOENIX CONTACT


Allen-Bradley SLC 500 Notes:
ed to I/O modules.
– The FLKM 14-PA-SLC500... adapters con-
nect max. 2 x 8 channels via two 14-pos.
system cables. Perfectly-fitting VARIOFACE
termination boards with a variety of func-
tions and connection possibilities round off
this system concept.
– With the FLKM50-PA-SLC500 OUT/2A Front adapter for SLC 500 1746,
2 x 8 channels can be connected
front adapters, the FLKM 50/16/SLC500
termination board and 50-pos. system ca-
bles, the VARIOFACE system cabling can 
also be coupled to the OA16 and OW16
power output cards. Technical data
FLKM 14-PA... FLKM 50-PA...
Max. perm. operating voltage < 50 V AC / 60 V DC < 50 V AC / 60 V DC
Max. permissible current 1 A (per path) 2 A (per path)
Max. perm. total current 2 A (Per Byte, for supply via 7 A (Per Byte, for supply via
connector) connector)

Ambient temperature (storage/transport) -20°C ... 70°C -20°C ... 70°C
Standards/regulations IEC 60664 / IEC 60664 / IEC 60664 / IEC 60664 /
IEC 60664 IEC 60664
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE front adapter, 2 x 8 channels can be connected for
Allen-Bradley SLC 500 for:
- 1746 OB16, OV16, OG16 and IG16 14 FLKM 14-PA-SLC500/OUT 2293459 1
- 1746 IA16, IB16, ITB16 and IN16 14 FLKM 14-PA-SLC500/IN 2293462 1
- 1746 IV16 and IVT16 14 FLKM 14-PA-SLC500/IN/M 2293475 1
VARIOFACE front adapter, 1 x 16 channels can be connected for
Allen-Bradley SLC 500 1746 OA16 and OW16
50 FLKM 50-PA-SLC500/OUT/2A 2293446 1
X1 X2 X1 X2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112 1314 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112 1314 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314
0 1 2 4 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 VDCVDC VDC 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 COM

3 5
Connection scheme FLKM 14-PA-SLC500/IN/M Connection scheme FLKM 14-PA-SLC500/OUT
X1 X2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 4648 50
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 49
VAC1 VAC2
Explanation: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 8 111013121514
Connection to I/O card 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314 15 COM COM
Connection scheme FLKM 50-PA-SLC500/OUT/2A Connection scheme FLKM 14-PA-SLC500/IN
428 PHOENIX CONTACT

VIP termination board for
Allen-Bradley SLC 500, D W D W
2 A output cards
H H
The VIP-2/.../FLK50/16/SLC500 VARIO-
FACE Professional (VIP) module has been
designed specifically for OA16 and OW16
output modules. When used in conjunction
with the FLKM 50-PA-SLC500/OUT/2A
front adapter, currents up to 2 A per chan-
nel can be transferred with the system ca-
bling.
Notes:
VARIOFACE termination board for 16 channels VARIOFACE termination board for 16 channels
For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”;
Order No, 0811862) and mounting material, see Catalog 5. with screw connection with push-in connection
Max. perm. operating voltage 120 V AC/DC 120 V AC/DC

Max. perm. current (per branch) 1A 1A
Max total current (voltage supply) 2 A (per channel) 2 A (per channel)
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 EN 50178,
Connection method Field level Screw connection Push-in connection
Control system level IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm) IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
Dimensions H/D 65.5 mm / 56 mm 72.1 mm / 56 mm

pos. W Pkt. Pkt.
VARIOFACE controller board, for transfer of max. 16 channels,
only in connection with FLKM 50-PA-SLC500 OUT/2A
- with screw connection 90.8 mm VIP-2/SC/FLK50/16/SLC500 2322320 1

- with push-in connection 50 92.7 mm VIP-2/PT/FLK50/16/SLC500 2904287 1
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 49
VAC1 VAC2
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 8 111013121514
Connection scheme VIP-2/.../FLK50/16/SLC500

Allen-Bradley SLC 500
System cable for 32 channels
The 32-channel I/O cards of the SLC 500

are connected using 40-pos. plug-in connec-
tors (already integrated into the I/O mod-
ules). Passive interface modules
(-3/SC/FLK40, etc.) are connected to the
I/O cards using the FLK 40/EZ-
DR/.../SLC system cables.
32 channels are split into 4x8 channels us-
ing the FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/... system
cables. System cable for
32-channel I/O cards of the SLC 500
The following 8-channel system cabling (OB32, OV32, IB32, IV32)
modules can be coupled:
– OB32 and IB32 
passive and active modules plus V8 adapt-
er Technical data
– OV32 and IV32 Max. perm. operating voltage < 50 V AC / 60 V DC
passive modules without status indicator Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C
Notes:
Suitable system cabling components can be Conductor cross section AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
configured in the INTERFACE search wizard. Conductor structure: stranded wires / material 7 / Cu tin-plated
See www.phoenixcontact.net/products Outside diameter
40 -position 10 mm
Ordering data
No. of Pcs. /
pos. Pkt.
Assembled round cables, with two 40-pos. socket strips in fixed
lengths (50 cm steps) for connection with 32-channel I/O cards of
the SLC 500
40 0.5 m FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 50/SLC 2294610 1

40 1m FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 100/SLC 2294623 1
40 1.5 m FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 150/SLC 2294636 1
40 2m FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 200/SLC 2294649 1
40 3m FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 300/SLC 2294652 1
Round cable sets, for connection to Allen-Bradley SLC500, OB32
and IB32, with one 40-pos. socket strip and four 14-pos. socket
strips, for splitting max. 32 channels into 4 x 8 channels.
for OB32 40 0.5 m

40 1m
40 2m
40 3m
for IB32 40 0.5 m
40 1m
40 2m
40 3m
430 PHOENIX CONTACT

System cable for

splitting max. 32 channels into 4 x 8 channels
(OB32, IB32)
Technical data
< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
-20°C ... 50°C
Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4
AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²

7 / Cu tin-plated
7.8 mm
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Type Order No.
Pkt.
FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 50/OB32 2296786 1

FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 100/OB32 2298483 1
FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 200/OB32 2298522 1
FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 300/OB32 2298535 1
FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 50/IB32 2296812 1
FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 100/IB32 2296825 1
FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 200/IB32 2296838 1
FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 300/IB32 2296841 1

Emerson DeltaV
System cable
The DeltaV system allows you to install

the process wiring through “Mass termina-
tion blocks” (MTB) using flat-ribbon cable
connectors. Besides the 10-, 16-, and
20-pos. system cables of system cabling (re-
fer to the System cables chapter), the fol-
lowing system-specific lines are also avail-
able:
– FLK 16/14/DV-OUT/..., for digital as-
semblies with 16-pos. MTB for connec- System cable for DeltaV
tion to PLC-INTERFACE
– FLK 16/14/DV-IN/..., for digital assem-
blies with 16-pos. MTB for connection to
PLC-INTERFACE
– FLK 20/2FLK14/EZ-DR/..., for digital Technical data
assemblies with 40-pos. MTB for connec- Max. perm. operating voltage < 50 V AC / 60 V DC
tion to PLC-INTERFACE Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path 1A
Max. conductor resistance 0.16 Ω/m
– FLK 16/24/DV-AI/EZ-DR/..., for analog Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C
assemblies with 24-pos. MTB Conductor cross section AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
– FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/.../DV system Outside diameter
16 -position 6.8 mm
cables are specifically designed for 20 -position 7.6 mm
32-channel I/O modules with 40-pin MTB 24 -position 6.5 mm
20 -position 10.3 mm
for the purpose of connecting I/O mod-
ules to 32-channel VARIOFACE interface Ordering data
modules No. of Pcs. /
pos. Pkt.
System cable, for 16-pos. “mass termination blocks” with a
16-pos. and a 14-pos. flat-ribbon cable plug for connection with
PLC-INTERFACE
16 0.3 m FLK 16/14/DV-OUT/ 30 2304348 1

16 0.5 m FLK 16/14/DV-OUT/ 50 2304351 1
16 1m FLK 16/14/DV-OUT/100 2300575 1
16 2m FLK 16/14/DV-OUT/200 2300588 1
16 3m FLK 16/14/DV-OUT/300 2304364 1
Variable cable length 16 FLK 16-14-DV-OUT/... 2304377 1
PLC-INTERFACE
16 0.5 m FLK 16/14/DV-IN/ 50 2304393 1

16 1m FLK 16/14/DV-IN/100 2300559 1
16 2m FLK 16/14/DV-IN/200 2300562 1
16 3m FLK 16/14/DV-IN/300 2304403 1
16 4m FLK 16/14/DV-IN/400 2305185 1
Variable cable length 16 FLK 16-14-DV-IN/... 2304416 1
System cable, for 40-pos. (2 x 20) “mass termination blocks” with
a 20-pos. and two 14-pos. flat-ribbon cable plugs for
connection with PLC-INTERFACE (two cables should be used per
32-channel I/O card)
20 1m FLK 20/2FLK14/EZ-DR/100/KONFEK 2298470 1

Variable cable length 20 FLK 20/2FLK14/EZ-DR/... 2304487 1
UM-DELTAV/... modules
24 0.3 m FLK 16/24/DV-AI/EZ-DR/ 30 2304319 1

24 0.5 m FLK 16/24/DV-AI/EZ-DR/ 50 2304296 1
24 1m FLK 16/24/DV-AI/EZ-DR/100 2301134 1
24 2m FLK 16/24/DV-AI/EZ-DR/200 2301545 1
24 3m FLK 16/24/DV-AI/EZ-DR/300 2304322 1
Variable cable length 24 FLK 16-24-DV-AI-EZ-DR/... 2304335 1
System cable, for 40-pos. “mass termination blocks” with two
20-pos. and one 50-pos. flat-ribbon cable plugs for connecting with
32-channel interface modules
20 0.5 m FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 50/DV 2304872 1

20 1m FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 100/DV 2304898 1
20 2m FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 200/DV 2304908 1
20 3m FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 300/DV 2304911 1
20 6m FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 600/DV 2304937 1
20 8m FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 800/DV 2304940 1
20 10 m FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/1000/DV 2304953 1
Variable cable length 20 FLK 50-2FLK20-EZ-DR-DV/... 2304966 1
432 PHOENIX CONTACT

Emerson DeltaV
Controller board for eight channels D W
H
These system-specific interface modules
for DeltaV assemblies are used in combina-
tion with the respective system cables. The
controller board is connected to 8-channel
modules through “mass termination blocks”
with flat-ribbon cable connection.
FLKM 16/DV
– Universal module
– 1:1 connection Interface module for 8 channels
FLKM 16/AI/DV
– 1:1 connection
– Separate equipotential terminals per
channel
FLKM 16/AO/SI/DV Technical data
– 1:1 connection FLKM 16/.../DV FLKM 16/.../SI/.../DV
– Fuse 5 x 20, 50 mA T, IEC60127-2/3 per Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
< 50 V AC
1 A (per signal path)
< 50 V AC
50 mA (In delivered state,
channel with one 50 mA fuse,
max. 1 A permitted)
FLKM 16/DI/SI/LA/DV
Rated surge voltage 0.8 kV 0.8 kV
– 1:1 connection Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
– Fuse 5 x 20, 50 mA T, IEC60127-2/3 per Mounting position Any Any
channel Standards/regulations IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Connection method Field level Screw connection Screw connection
– LED status indicator per signal path Control system level IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm) IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Dimensions H/D 90 mm / 68 mm
Ordering data
No. of Module width Pcs. /

pos. W Pkt.
Interface module, with 1:1 connection
16 45 mm FLKM 16/DV 2304432 1
Interface module, with 1:1 connection and separate
potential terminal blocks per channel
16 57 mm FLKM 16/AI/DV 2304429 1
Interface module, with fuses per channel
16 90 mm FLKM 16/AO/SI/DV 2304445 1
Interface module, with LED and fuses per channel
16 90 mm FLKM 16/DI/SI/LA/DV 2304458 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
CH1CH1 CH2 CH2 CH3 CH3 CH4 CH4 CH5 CH5 CH6 CH6 CH7 CH7 CH8 CH8 Ch1 Ch1 Ch2 Ch2 Ch3 Ch3 Ch4 Ch4 Ch5Ch5 Ch6 Ch6 Ch7 Ch7 Ch8 Ch8
- + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - +
FLKM 16/AO/SI/DV connection scheme FLKM 16/DV connection scheme
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
CH1CH1CH2CH2CH3CH3CH4CH4CH5CH5CH6CH6CH7CH7CH8CH8
- + - + - + - + - + - + - + - +
CH1CH1 CH2 CH2 CH3 CH3 CH4 CH4 CH5 CH5 CH6 CH6 CH7 CH7 CH8 CH8
- + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COMCOMCOMCOM
FLKM 16/DI/SI/LA/DV connection scheme FLKM 16/AI/DV connection scheme

Emerson DeltaV
Controller board for 32 channels D W
H
tion with the FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/.../DV
system cables. The controller board is con-
nected to 32-channel modules through
40-pos. “mass termination blocks” with flat-
ribbon cable connection.
FLKM 50/32M/DV
– Can be used for 32-channel input and Interface module with two-conductor connec-
output cards tion method for DeltaV
– Two-conductor connection with a sepa-
rate negative terminal per channel
FLKM 50/32M/IN/LA/DV
– Can be used for 32-channel input Technical data
modules FLKM 50/32M/DV FLKM 50/32M/IN/LA/DV
– LED status display per channel Max. perm. operating voltage < 50 V AC 30 V DC
– Two-conductor connection with a Max. perm. current (per branch) 1A 1A
separate negative terminal per channel Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
(Dry Contact) Mounting position Any Any
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Ordering data

pos. W Pkt.
VARIOFACE interface modules, for 32-channel I/O modules:
- Input/Output 50 169 mm FLKM 50/32M/DV 2304869 1

- Input with LED per signal 50 169 mm FLKM 50/32M/IN/LA/DV 2304856 1
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 49 - -
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
FLKM 50/32M/DV connection scheme
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 49
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 - -
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
FLKM 50/32M/IN/LA/DV connection scheme
434 PHOENIX CONTACT

Emerson DeltaV
Controller boards with fuses for D W
8 channels
H
tion with the respective system cables. The
controller board is connected to 8-channel
modules through 16-pos. or 24-pos. “mass
termination blocks” with flat-ribbon cable
connection.
UM-DELTA V/D/SI
– Fuse per channel Interface module with fuses for
– Separate equipotential terminals per channel 16-pos. and 24-pos. “mass termination blocks”
UM-DELTA V/D/SI
– Fuse per channel

– Separate equipotential terminals per channel
– Knife disconnection for each channel Technical data
UM-DELTA V/D/SI/BFI/TP
– Fuse and LED status indicator per channel Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
24 V DC
50 mA
– Separate equipotential terminals per channel (in as-supplied state, with one 50 mAF fuse, max. 1 A permitted)
UM-DELTA V/D/SI Mounting position Any
– Fuse and LED status indicator per channel Standards/regulations IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Connection method Field level Screw connection
– Separate equipotential terminals per channel Control system level IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
– Knife disconnection for each channel Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Ordering data

pos. W Pkt.
Interface modules for 16-pos. and 24-pos.
“mass termination blocks” with:
- Fuses 16 61 mm UM-DELTA V/D/SI 5603255 1
– Fuses and knife disconnect 16 61 mm UM-DELTA V/D/SI/BFI/TP 5603257 1
terminal blocks
– Fuses and fuse failure display 16 61 mm UM-DELTA V/A/SI 5603256 1
- Fuses, fuse failure display, and knife 16 61 mm UM-DELTA V/A/SI/BFI/TP 5603258 1

disconnect terminal blocks
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 1314 1516 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 1314 1516
1- 1+ 2- 2+ 3- 3+ 4- 4+ 5- 5+ 6- 6+ 7- 7+ 8- 8+ 1- 1+ 2- 2+ 3- 3+ 4- 4+ 5- 5+ 6- 6+ 7- 7+ 8- 8+
SH SH SH SH SH SH SH SH SH SH SHSH SH SH SH SH SH SH SH SH
Connection scheme UM-DELTAV/A/SI Connection scheme UM-DELTAV/D/SI
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 1314 1516 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 1314 1516
Explanation:
Flat-ribbon cable strip 1- 1+ 2- 2+ 3- 3+ 4- 4+ 5- 5+ 6- 6+ 7- 7+ 8- 8+ 1- 1+ 2- 2+ 3- 3+ 4- 4+ 5- 5+ 6- 6+ 7- 7+ 8- 8+
Screw terminal blocks for separate supply SH SH SH SH SH SH SH SH SH SH SH SH SH SH SH SH SH SH SH SH
Connection scheme UM-DELTAV/A/SI/BFI/TP Connection scheme UM-DELTAV/D/SI/BFI/TP

GE Fanuc/RX3i Notes:
Front adapters Suitable system cabling components can be
ed to I/O modules.
– Transfer of max. 32 channels over one
50-pos. system cable
– Can be plugged onto I/O modules
– Connection via suitable VARIOFACE
termination boards
Front adapter for GE Fanuc
RX3i
Technical data


Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178 / DIN EN 50178 / DIN EN 50178
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE front adapter, for PACSystems RX3i,
Front adapter for I/O modules of RX3i series
For digital output and analog modules 50 FLKM 50-PA-GE/TKFC/RXI 2321473 1
For digital input modules 50 FLKM 50-PA-GE/TKFC/RXI/IN 2321486 1

Card type FLKM 50-PA/GE/TKFC/RXI
Digital output IC 694 MDL 754
Analog IC 695 ALG 608*
IC 695 ALG 616*
IC 695 ALG 626*
IC 695 ALG 629*
IC 695 ALG 704*
IC 695 ALG 708*
IC 695 ALG 728*
Card type FLKM 50-PA/GE/TKFC/RXI/IN

Digital input IC 694 MDL 660
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10111213141516171819 20 21222324
0–
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112131415161718
0+
2526 272829303132 333435363738394041424344454647484950
1–
1+ A
B
1920212223242526 27282930313233343536
Connection scheme for FLKM 50-PA-GE/TKFC/RXI
* Only in connection with VIP-3/SC/FLK50, Order No. 2315081.
No voltage may be supplied through the slip-on connections on
the front adapter. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11121314151617 181920 21222324
NCNC NCNC
1–
2–
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112 131415 1617 18

25262728 2930 313233343536 37383940 41424344454647484950
NC NC A
Explanation: 3– B
Flat-ribbon cable strip 4–
Screw terminal blocks for separate supply 192021 222324252627 2829303132333435 36
Connection scheme for FLKM 50-PA-GE/TKFC/RXI/IN
436 PHOENIX CONTACT

GE-FANUC, series 90-30 Notes:
ed to I/O modules.
Up to 2 x 8 channels are connected via
two 14-pos. system cables.
concept.
Front adapter for GE-FANUC
series 90-30

Technical data


Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Front adapter for 90-30 series I/O modules
VARIOFACE front adapter, for 90-30 series,
max. 2 x 8 channels can be connected, digital output
14 FLKM 14-PA/GE/DO 2290009 2
Card type FLKM 14-PA/GE/DO VARIOFACE front adapter, for 90-30 series,
Digital output IC 693 MDL 732 max. 2 x 8 channels can be connected, digital input
IC 693 MDL 733* 14 FLKM 14-PA/GE/DI 2290038 5
IC 693 MDL 740
IC 693 MDL 741*
IC 693 MDL 742
Analog IC 693 ALG 220*
IC 693 ALG 221*
IC 693 ALG 222*
IC 693 ALG 223*
IC 693 ALG 390*
IC 693 ALG 391*
IC 693 ALG 392*
IC 693 ALG 442*
1413121110 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 B 1413121110 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 A
Card type FLKM 14-PA/GE/DI

Digital input IC 693 MDL 241
IC 693 MDL 634
IC 693 MDL 645
IC 693 MDL 646
20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
- + - +
Connection scheme FLKM 14-PA/GE/DO

* Only in conjunction with VIP-2/SC/2FLK14(1-20)/S7, Order No.:
2315230 and UM 45-2FLK14/ZFKDS/S7, Order No.: 2965156.
All wire bridges (DR) on the adapter must be disconnected. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314
There must be no voltage supply at the front adapter (flowing via
the slip-on connections)!
+24 V
0V
Explanation:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
-
Connection scheme FLKM 14-PA/GE/DI

Honeywell C300, Series C I/O Notes:
Front adapters For matching system cable fitted with D-SUB socket strip at both
ends, see page 513

ed to I/O modules.
FLKM-PA-D37/HW/DIO/C300
– Front adapter with D-SUB plug-in con-
nector
– Connection of a maximum of 16 digital
channels
– Specifically for digital I/O cards Honeywell C300 front adapter
FLKM-PA-D37/HW/AN/C300
– Front adapter with D-SUB plug-in con-
nector
– Connection of analog modules
FLKM-PA-2D15/HW/.../C300 Technical data
– Front adapter with two 15-pos. D-SUB
plug-in connectors Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. permissible current
24 V DC
1 A (per path)
– Connection of a maximum of 2 x 8 digital Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C
inputs/outputs per adapter Ambient temperature (storage/transport) -20°C ... 70°C
– Specifically for connecting Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178 / DIN EN 50178
PLC-V8/D15.../OUT or PLC-V8/D15.../IN
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE front adapter for C I/O series,
with one D-SUB pin strip
- For digital I/O modules 37 FLKM-PA-D37/HW/DIO/C300 2901423 1
Front adapters for I/O modules of the C300 series, C I/O series - For analog I/O modules 37 FLKM-PA-D37/HW/AN/C300 2900622 1
VARIOFACE front adapter for C I/O series,
with two D-SUB pin strips
- For digital output modules 15 FLKM-PA-2D15/HW/DO/C300 2900924 1
Card type FLKM-PA-D37/HW/DIO/C300 - For digital input modules 15 FLKM-PA-2D15/HW/DI/C300 2901879 1
Digital input TDIL 11*
TDIL 01*
Digital output TDOB 11*
TDOB 01*
Card type FLKM-PA-D37/HW/AN/C300

Analog input TAIX 01**
TAIX 11**
Analog output TAOX 01**
TAOX 11**
Card type FLKM-PA-2D15/HW/DO/C300

Digital output TDOB 01*
TDOB 11*
Card type FLKM-PA-2D15/HW/DI/C300

SP
Digital input TDIL 01*
1- 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31
TDIL 11* 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 2-
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 3-
4-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
* Two front adapters are required for each module. 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 Housing
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 17 18 36 37 Housing D-SUB
D-SUB
** For three-conductor operation (channels 13 - 16) of input modules:

only in conjunction with VIP-3/SC/D37SUB/M/HW/C300, Order Connection scheme: FLKM-PA-D37/HW/AN/C300 Connection scheme: FLKM-PA-D37/HW/DIO/C300
No. 2900675.
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Housing
D-SUB
Byte 0 + 1
Byte 0 + 1
Byte 0 Byte 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 Housing

D-SUB
Explanation: Byte 0 Byte 1
Plug-in connector
FLKM-PA-2D15/HW/DI/C300 connection scheme Connection scheme: FLKM-PA-2D15/HW/DO/C300
438 PHOENIX CONTACT

Honeywell C300, Series C I/O
interface modules Notes: D W
H
These VARIOFACE modules are used in Order No., 0811862) and mounting material, see Catalog 5.
combination with 37-pos. D-SUB cables and

the relevant front adapters. The three mod-
ule versions are available with screw or
push-in connection technology.
VIP-2/.../D37SUB/M
– In conjunction with
FLKM-PA-D37/HW/C300 or
FLKM-PA-D37/HW/AN/C300 front adapter
– Universal module 37-pos. with screw or push-in connection
– Field connection via double-level terminal
blocks
VIP-2/.../D37SUB/M/SO 
– In conjunction with
FLKM-PA-D37/HW/C300 front adapter Technical data
– System-specific labeling VIP-2/... VIP-3/...C300
– Field connection via double-level terminal Max. perm. operating voltage 125 V AC/DC 125 V AC/DC
blocks Max. perm. current (per branch) 2A 2A
VIP-3/.../D37SUB/M/HW/C300 Mounting position Any Any
Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178,
– In conjunction with Connection method D-SUB connection D-SUB pin strip D-SUB pin strip
FLKM-PA- D37/HW/AN/C300 front adapter Dimensions H/D 72.1 mm / 46.6 mm 75.8 mm / 63 mm
– System-specific labeling Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
– For TAIX01, TAIX11 analog input modules Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG 0.14 ... 4 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
– Field connection via three-level terminal Ordering data

blocks
pos. W Pkt.
VARIOFACE interface module, with D-SUB pin strip and
universal labeling,
- with screw connection 37 101 mm VIP-2/SC/D37SUB/M 2900676 1
- with push-in connection 37 102.8 mm VIP-2/PT/D37SUB/M 2904277 1
VARIOFACE interface module, with D-SUB pin strip and
system-specific labeling,
- with screw connection 37 101 mm VIP-2/SC/D37SUB/M/SO 2900786 1
- with push-in connection 37 102.8 mm VIP-2/PT/D37SUB/M/SO 2904278 1
VARIOFACE interface module, with D-SUB pin strip for analog
input modules,
- with screw connection 37 88 mm VIP-3/SC/D37SUB/M/HW/C300 2900675 1
- with push-in connection 37 87.6 mm VIP-3/PT/D37SUB/M/HW/C300 2904276 1
1 20 2 21 3 22 4 23 5 24 6 25 7 26 8 27 9 28
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 313233343536 37 GND

7+
6+
8+
9+
1+
2+
4+
3+
5+
C1
C6
C7
C8
C9
C2
C3
C5
C4
10 2911301231133214331534163517 361837 19 GND

nc
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 31323334353637 GND
GND
C11
C12
13-
15-
14-
16-
C13
C15
C10
C16
C14
11+
12+
14+
10+
13+
15+
16+
Connection scheme VIP-3/SC/D37SUB/M/HW/C300 Connection scheme VIP-2/SC/D37SUB/M
1 20 2 21 3 22 4 23 5 24 6 25 7 26 8 27 9 28
1+ 2- 3+ 4- 5+ 6- 7+ 8- 9+ 10- 11+ 12- 13+ 14- 15+ 16- 17+ 18-

10 29 11 30 12 31 13 32 14 33 15 34 16 35 17 36 18 37 19 GND
nc
19+ 20- 21+ 22- 23+ 24- 25+ 26- 27+ 28- 29+ 30- 31+ 32- + - + - GND
Connection scheme VIP-2/SC/D37SUB/M/SO

Mitsubishi Electric
MELSEC A, A1S, and Q
System cable
For 32-/64-channel I/O boards with
37-pos. D-SUB plug-in connectors. System
cables are available for connecting 1 x 32
channels or 4 x 8 channels.
Notes:
Suitable system cabling components can be
System cable, Splitting cable,

D-SUB socket strip to FLK, D-SUB socket strip to FLK,
number of positions: 37 on 50 number of positions: 37 on 4 x 14
 

Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path 1A 1A
Max. conductor resistance 0.16 Ω/m 0.16 Ω/m
Conductor cross section AWG 26 / 0.14 mm² AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
Conductor structure: stranded wires / material 7 / Cu tin-plated 7 / Cu tin-plated
Outside diameter
37-pos. 10.5 mm 6.3 mm
No. of Pcs. / Pcs. /

Description Cable length Type Order No. Type Order No.
pos. Pkt. Pkt.
Round cable for output module MELSEC Q Y81 P,
MELSEC A1S Y81, and MELSEC A AY82EP, in standard lengths
37 0.5 m FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/ 50/Y81P-O 2302599 1 CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/ 50/Y81P-O 2302476 1

37 1m FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/100/Y81P-O 2302609 1 CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/100/Y81P-O 2302489 1
Round cable, same as before, however in variable lengths
37 FLK 50-EZ-DR-D37SUB-Y81P-O/... 2302625 1 CABLE-D37-M2,5-4X14-Y81P-O/... 2302696 1

Round cable for input module MELSEC Q X81, MELSEC
A1S X81, and MELSEC A AX82, in standard lengths
37 0.5 m FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/ 50/X81-I 2302641 1 CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/ 50/X81-I 2302515 1

37 1m FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/100/X81-I 2302654 1 CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/100/X81-I 2302528 1
37 FLK 50-EZ-DR-D37SUB-X81-I/... 2302683 1 CABLE-D37-M2,5-4X14-X81-I/... 2302706 1

– Cable for MELSEC Q Y81P, 12.75 m long
1 2302625 / 12.75
1) min. 0.20 m
Ordering example for splitting cable:

– Cable for MELSEC Q Y81P, 11.00 m long
1 2302696 / 11.00
1) min. 0.20 m
440 PHOENIX CONTACT

Mitsubishi Electric
MELSEC L/Q and Honeywell ML 200
System cables
These system cables are plugged onto the
I/O cards that are connected using Fujitsu
plug-in connectors.
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/...
– Signal transmission of 32 channels
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/...
– Splitting up 32 channels into
4 x 8 channels
Fujitsu FCN plug-in connector to flat-ribbon Fujitsu plug-in connector to flat-ribbon cable,
Notes:
cable, number of positions: 40 on 50 number of positions: 40 on 4 x 14


pos. Pkt. Pkt.
Round cable in variable lengths for
Mitsubishi Melsec L
LX41C4, LX42C4 (common positive connection to B01, B02)
LY41NT1P, LY42NT1P, LY41PT1P, LY42PT1P
Mitsubishi Melsec Q
QX41, QX41-S1, QX42, QX42-S1
QX71 and QX72 (common positive connection to B01, B02)
QY41P, QY42P, QY71, QH42P
Honeywell ML 200
2MLQ-TR4A, 2MLQ-TR8A, 2MLQ-TR4B, 2MLQ-TR8B
40 0.5 m CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 0,5M/IM/MEL 2903468 1
40 1m CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 1,0M/IM/MEL 2903469 1
40 10 m CABLE-FCN40/1X50/10,0M/IM/MEL 2903475 1
Mitsubishi Melsec L
LX41C4 and LX42C4 (common negative connection to B01, B02)
Mitsubishi Melsec Q
QX71 and QX72 (common negative connection to B01, B02)
QX82, QX82-S1
Honeywell ML 200
2MLI-D24A, 2MLI-D28B, 2MLF-SOEA
(common negative connection to B01, B02)
40 0.5 m CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 0,5M/IP/MEL 2903476 1
40 1m CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 1,0M/IP/MEL 2903477 1
40 10 m CABLE-FCN40/1X50/10,0M/IP/MEL 2903483 1
Mitsubishi Melsec L
LX41C4 and LX42C4 (common positive connection to B01, B02)
LY41NT1P, LY42NT1P, LY41PT1P, LY42PT1P
Mitsubishi Melsec Q
QX41, QX41-S1, QX42, QX42-S1
QY41P (24 V), QY42P (24 V), QH42P (24 V)
Honeywell ML 200
2MLQ-TR4A, 2MLQ-TR8A, 2MLQ-TR4B, 2MLQ-TR8B
40 0.5 m CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 0,5M/IM/MEL 2903502 1
40 10 m CABLE-FCN40/4X14/10,0M/IM/MEL 2903509 1

OMRON CJ1, CS1, CQM1, and C200H
System cable

plug-in connectors.
FLK 50/EZ-DR/...
CABLE-FCN40...
4 x 8 channels
Fujitsu FCN plug-in connector to flat-ribbon Fujitsu FCN plug-in connector to flat-ribbon
CABLE-FCN24... cable, number of positions: 40 on 50 cable, number of positions: 40 on 4 x 14 or
– Splitting up 16 channels into 24 on 2 x 14
2 x 8 channels
 


pos. Pkt. Pkt.
CJ1: OD231, OD261
CS1, C200H: OD218, OD219
CQM1: OD213
40 1m FLK 50/EZ-DR/FCN40/100/OMR-OUT 2304144 1 CABLE-FCN40/4X14/100/OMR-OUT 2304186 1
40 2m FLK 50/EZ-DR/FCN40/200/OMR-OUT 2304157 1 CABLE-FCN40/4X14/200/OMR-OUT 2304199 1
40 FLK 50-EZ-DR-FCN40-OMR-OUT/... 2302829 1 CABLE-FCN40-4X14-OMR-OUT/... 2302832 1
CJ1: ID231, ID261
CS1 and C200H: ID111, ID216, ID217,
CQM1: ID213; ID214;ID112
40 1m FLK 50/EZ-DR/FCN40/100/OMR-IN 2304160 1 CABLE-FCN40/4X14/100/OMR-IN 2304209 1
40 2m FLK 50/EZ-DR/FCN40/200/OMR-IN 2304173 1 CABLE-FCN40/4X14/200/OMR-IN 2304212 1
40 FLK 50-EZ-DR-FCN40-OMR-IN/... 2302803 1 CABLE-FCN40-4X14-OMR-IN/... 2302816 1
CS1, C200H: OD215, MD115 (only output),
MD215 (only output)
24 1m CABLE-FCN24/2X14/100/OMR-OUT 2304225 1
24 2m CABLE-FCN24/2X14/200/OMR-OUT 2304238 1
24 CABLE-FCN24-2X14-OMR-OUT/... 2302858 1
CS1, C200H: ID215, MD115 (only input),
MD215 (only input)
24 1m CABLE-FCN24/2X14/100/OMR-IN 2304241 1
24 2m CABLE-FCN24/2X14/200/OMR-IN 2304254 1
24 CABLE-FCN24-2X14-OMR-IN/... 2302845 1
– Cable for OMRON CJ1, ID231, 12.75 m long
1 2302803 / 12.75
1) min. 0.20 m
442 PHOENIX CONTACT

Phoenix Contact Axioline real-time I/O
System cables
These cables have been specifically

developed for connecting VARIOFACE 37
termination boards to the Axioline realtime
I/O system. The push-in technology on the
I/O system ensures rapid connection.
The cables have the following features:
26,5
– 1:1 connection
– 14-pos. plug-in connector, molded
– 8 pre-assembled open ends, for connec-
System cable for 8 channels
tion to the Axioline realtime I/O system
– Transmission of groups of 8 channels 5
– Labeling field on plug
Technical data
Notes:
The following modules cannot be coupled due to the larger outer
contour of the molded connectors:
UM 45-FLK14/ 8IM/ZFKDS/PLC, 2965211 Max. conductor resistance 0.16 Ω/m
UM 45- 8RM/MR-G24/1/PLC, 2962900 Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C
Conductor cross section AWG - / 0.14 mm²

Outside diameter
14 -position 6.4 mm
Ordering data
No. of Pcs. /
pos. Pkt.
Round cable with an open end (8 individual wires)
14 0.5 m VIP-CAB-FLK14/AXIO/0,14/0,5M 2901604 1

14 1m VIP-CAB-FLK14/AXIO/0,14/1,0M 2901605 1

Phoenix Contact Inline Notes:
Front adapters Suitable system cabling components can be
The front adapters are used to connect
pre-assembled system cables directly to In-
line. Front adapters are simply plugged into
the relevant Inline modules. Three connec-
tion options are available:
– Transfer of 8 channels via a
– Transmission of 2 x 8 channels over two
14-pos. system cables
– Transmission of 4 x 8 channels over four Front adapters for Inline
Technical data

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE front adapter, for 8-channel Inline modules
Input: IB IL 24 D I8/HD-PAC FLKM 14-PA-INLINE/DIO8 2900889 1

Output: IB IL 24 DO 8/HD-PAC
Input: IB IL 24 DI 16 FLKM 14-PA-INLINE/IN16 2302751 1

Output: IB IL 24 DO 16 FLKM 14-PA-INLINE/OUT16 2302764 1
Input: IB IL 24 DI 32/HD and FLKM 14-PA-INLINE/32 2302777 1

Output: IB IL 24 DO 32/HD
X1 9 1113 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 101214 9 1113 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 101214 X2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314
7.1
8.1
7.2
8.2
7.3
8.3
7.4
8.4
5.1
6.1
5.2
5.3
6.3
5.4
6.4
6.2
Byte 0 Byte 1
X3 9 1113 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 101214 9 1113 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 101214 X4
3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 1
1.1
2.1
1.4
1.1
2.1
1.4
2.4
2.3
2.2
2.4
1.1
2.1
1.4
1.1
2.1
1.4
2.4
2.3
2.2
2.4
7.1
8.1
7.2
8.2
7.3
8.3
7.4
8.4
5.1
6.1
5.2
5.3
6.3
5.4
6.4
6.2
Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 0 Byte 1

Connection scheme: FLKM 14-PA-INLINE/32 Connection scheme: FLKM 14-PA-INLINE/IN16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314
X1
NC
Explanation:
Flat-ribbon cable strip 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 1
2.4
1.1
2.1
1.4
2.4
1.1
2.1
1.4
2.2
1.1
2.1
1.4
2.4
1.1
2.1
1.4
2.4
2.2

1.1
2.1
1.2
2.2
1.3
2.3
1.4
2.4
Screw terminal blocks for separate supply Byte 0 Byte 1

Connection scheme for FLKM 14-PA-INLINE/DIO8 Connection scheme: FLKM 14-PA-INLINE/OUT16
444 PHOENIX CONTACT

Schneider Electric Notes:
MODICON® TSX Quantum Suitable system cabling components can be
Front adapter configured in the INTERFACE search wizard.
ed to I/O modules. There are two connec-
tion possibilities available:
– Transmission of 4 x 8 channels over four
boards with a variety of functions and con- Front adapter for
MODICON TSX Quantum
concept.

Technical data


Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178 / DIN EN 50178 / DIN EN 50178
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE front adapter, for MODICON® TSX Quantum,
Front adapter for 1 x 32 channels can be connected
I/O modules of MODICON® TSX Quantum automation devices 50 FLKM 50-PA-MODI-TSX/Q 2294306 1
VARIOFACE front adapter, for MODICON® TSX Quantum,
4 x 8 channels can be connected
Card type FLKM 50-PA-MODI-TSX/Q 14 FLKM 50/ 4-FLK14/PA-MODI-TSX/Q 2294416 1
Digital input DDI 353
DDI 841*
DDI 853
DAI 340*
DAI 353**
DAI 440*
DAI 453**
Digital output DDO 353
Digital input/output DDM 390*
Analog input ACI 030*

ACI 040*
ATI 030*
ARI 030*
AVI 030*
Analog output ACO 020*
ACO 130*
AVO 020* 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112131415161718192021222324
Analog input/output AMM 090*
0+
Counter ECH 105*
EHC 202* 1+
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11121314151617181920
* Only in conjunction with VIP-2/SC/FLK50/MODI-TSX/Q, - + - +
Order No. 2322304. 2526272829303132333435363738394041424344454647484950
** Only in conjunction with passive termination boards without
LED. 2+
3+
Card type FLKM 50/4-FLK14/PA-MODI-TSX/Q
21222324252627282930 31323334353637383940
Digital input DDI 353 - + - +
DDI 853 Connection scheme FLKM 50-PA-MODI-TSX/Q
DAI 353**
DAI 453** X1 911131 2 3 4 5 6 7 8101214 911131 2 3 4 5 6 7 8101214 X2
Digital output DDO 353 0+
** Only in conjunction with passive termination boards without 1+

LED.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 111213141516171819 20
- + - +
X3 911131 2 3 4 5 6 7 8101214 911131 2 3 4 5 6 7 8101214 X4
2+
Explanation:
Flat-ribbon cable strip 3+
212223242526272829 30 313233343536373839 40
Screw terminal blocks for separate supply - + - +
Connection scheme FLKM 50/ 4-FLK14/PA-MODI-TSX/Q

Schneider Electric MODICON® M340
Front adapter
Pre-assembled system cables are con-

nected directly to the 16-channel I/O mod-
ules using the front adapter.
The adapters connect 2 x 8 channels of the
controller via two 14-pos. system cables.
Tailor-made VARIOFACE termination
nection options are available for connection
to field level and round off this system con-
cept.
Technical data

Max. perm. total current 3 A (Per system cable when supplying from the module side)
10 A (When supplying via the front adapter)

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Front adapter for MODICON C340 series I/O modules VARIOFACE front adapter, for MODICON® M340 with two FLK
pin strips
14 FLKM 14-PA-MODI/M340 2903208 1
Card type FLKM 14-PA-MODI/M340
Digital input BMX DDI1602
BMX DDI1603
BMX DAI1602
BMX DAI1603
Digital output BMX DDO1602

BMX DDO1612
Assignment table
Contacts of Plug-in connector Plug-in connector

front adapter/ (byte 0) (byte 1)
controller
1 1
2 2
3 3
4 4 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19
5 5 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
6 6 +
+
7 7 -
-
SP
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14
8 8
Byte 0 Byte 1
9 1
10 2
Connection scheme FLKM 14-PA-MODI/M340
11 3
12 4
13 5
14 6
15 7
16 8
17 10, 12, 14 (-) 10, 12, 14 (-)
18 9, 11, 13 (+) 9, 11, 13 (+)
19 10, 12, 14 (-) 10, 12, 14 (-)
20 9, 11, 13 (+) 9, 11, 13 (+)
446 PHOENIX CONTACT

Schneider Electric MODICON® M340
System cable

plug-in connectors.
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/
4 x 8 channels
Fujitsu FCN plug-in connector to flat-ribbon Fujitsu FCN plug-in connector to flat-ribbon
Notes:
cable, number of positions: 40 on 50 cable, number of positions: 40 on 4 x 14


pos. Pkt. Pkt.
BMX DDI 3202K, BMX DDI 6402K,
BMX DD0 3202K, BMX DD0 6402K,
BMX DDM 3202K
40 0.5 m CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 0,5M/M340 2321635 1 CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 0,5M/M340 2321716 1
40 1m CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 1,0M/M340 2321648 1 CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 1,0M/M340 2321729 1
40 10 m CABLE-FCN40/1X50/10,0M/M340 2321703 1 CABLE-FCN40/4X14/10,0M/M340 2321787 1
40 15 m CABLE-FCN40/1X50/15,0M/M340 2903748 1 CABLE-FCN40/4X14/15,0M/M340 2903749 1

VIP – VARIOFACE Professional front
adapters for SIMATIC S7-300
Three connection options are available:

A
– Transfer of max. 32 channels via two
50-pos. system cables (32-channel cards
or this design)
– Transfer of 4 x 8 channels via two 14-pos.
26,5
system cables (32-channel cards or this
design)
– Transfer of 2 x 8 channels via two 14-pos.
system cables (16-channel cards or this 5
design) Front adapter with system cable

A 1 x 32 channels can be connected
The front adapters have the following ...FLK14... 37
features: ...FLK50... 42
– Can be screwed with I/O module 
– Voltage supply via terminal blocks with
SP SP
11
12
14
17
13
15
16
18
20
10
19
spring-cage double connection
1
2
4
3
6
7
8
9
5
- +
- +
– Encapsulated socket strips for module
side
21
11
22
14
13
24
10
23
12
17
15
16
18
19
20
1
2
4
3
6
7
5
8
9
Special lengths can be configured using
separate order numbers.
BRbl
Ordering example: BRrd
31
21
32
33
35
30
36
34
37
38
39
40
22
24
27
23
25
26
28
29
A front adapter with a connected 50-pos.
system cable (32-channel cards), 12.75 m in
41
31
27
32
33
35
26
28
29
36
30
34
39
37
38
40
42
44
47
25
43
45
46
48
length:
Technical data
1 pcs. 2900885/12,75
Notes: Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path 1 A (per path)
Max. perm. current (separate power supply) 8A
The following modules cannot be coupled due to the larger outer
contour of the molded connectors:
UM 45-FLK14/ 8IM/ZFKDS/PLC, 2965211
UM 45-FLK50/32IM/ZFKDS/PLC, 2965224 Max. conductor resistance 0.16 Ω/m
UM 45- 8RM/MR-G24/1/PLC, 2962900 Conductor cross section AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
UM 45-16RM/MR-G24/1/PLC, 2962913 Conductor structure: stranded wires / material 7 / Cu tin-plated
Outside diameter 10.3 mm
configured in the INTERFACE search wizard. Ambient temperature range -20°C ... 50°C
See www.phoenixcontact.net/products Standards/regulations IEC 60664, IEC 62103, DIN EN 50178
Connection method Front adapter Can be plugged onto 40-pos. I/O modules / separate power supply
through terminal blocks with spring-cage double connection
System cable Flat-ribbon cable plug-in connector according to IEC 60603-13
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
VIP VARIOFACE front adapter, with connected system cables for
SIMATIC S7 300
0.5 m VIP-PA-FLK50/ 0,5M/S7 2322443 1
1m VIP-PA-FLK50/ 1,0M/S7 2322456 1
1.5 m VIP-PA-FLK50/ 1,5M/S7 2322469 1
2m VIP-PA-FLK50/ 2,0M/S7 2321800 1
2.5 m VIP-PA-FLK50/ 2,5M/S7 2322472 1
3m VIP-PA-FLK50/ 3,0M/S7 2322485 1
4m VIP-PA-FLK50/ 4,0M/S7 2322498 1
5m VIP-PA-FLK50/ 5,0M/S7 2322508 1
6m VIP-PA-FLK50/ 6,0M/S7 2322511 1
7m VIP-PA-FLK50/ 7,0M/S7 2322524 1
8m VIP-PA-FLK50/ 8,0M/S7 2322537 1
10 m VIP-PA-FLK50/10,0M/S7 2322540 1
VIP VARIOFACE front adapter, as above, in variable lengths
VIP-PA-FLK50-S7/... 2900885 1
448 PHOENIX CONTACT

Front adapter for 32-channel cards of
SIMATIC® S7-300
Card type VIP-PA-FLK50/...M/S7

Digital input 6ES7 321-1BL00-0AA0
Digital output 6ES7 322-1BL00-0AA0
Digital input/output 6ES7 323-1BL00-0AA0
Analog input 6ES7 331-7PF01-0AB0*
6ES7 331-7PF11-0AB0*
6ES7 331-7NF00-0AB0*
6ES7 331-7NF10-0AB0*
6ES7 331-1KF01-0AB0*
Analog output 6ES7 332-5HF00-0AB0*

CPU 312C, 313C, 314C, 313C-2PtP
Front adapter with system cable Front adapter with system cable 313C-2DP, 314C-2DP, 314C-2PtP
4 x 8 channels can be connected 2 x 8 channels can be connected
Other modules 6ES7 350-2AH01-0AE0*
6ES7 357-4AH01-0AE0*
 
Card type VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/...M/S7
Byte1
11
20
SP SP Byte0
17
12
18
19
14
13
15
10
16

1
2
4
3
6
7
8
9
5
- SP
+
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
1
4
5
2
3
6
7
8
9
- + +
+ Digital output 6ES7 322-1BL00-0AA0
11
11
12
14
13
10
12
14
13
10

1
1
2
4
3
9
6
7
2
8
4
3
9
6
7
5
11
11
12
14
13
10
12
14
13
10
1
1
BRrd
2
4
3
9
6
7
5
8
2
4
3
9
6
7
8
5
CPU 313C, 314C, 313C-2PtP

313C-2DP, 314C-2DP, 314C-2PtP
BRbl BRbl
BRrd * Only in conjunction with
21
31
27
33
26
30
34
38
39
24
32
23
25
35
36
28
29
37
40
22
VIP-2/SC/FLK50 (1-40)/S7, Order No.: 2315243,

- UM 45-FLK50/ZFKDS/S7-300, Order No.: 2968111,
-
SP
FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/S7-300, Order No.: 2304490.
11
13
11
14
14
10
13
12
12
10
1
1
2
2
4
4
3
3
9
6
7
5
8
5
All bridges (BR) at the adapter must be removed!

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC < 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1 A (per path) 1 A (per path) Front adapter for 16-channel cards of
SIMATIC® S7-300
8A 8A
0.8 kV 0.8 kV Card type VIP-PA-FLK14/...M/S7

0.16 Ω/m 0.16 Ω/m Digital input 6ES7 321-1BH02-0AA0
6ES7 321-1BH10-0AA0
AWG 26 / 0.14 mm² AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
6ES7 321-1BH50-0AA0*
7 / Cu tin-plated 7 / Cu tin-plated 6ES7 321-7BH01-0AB0*
6.4 mm 6.4 mm
-20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C Digital output 6ES7 322-1BH01-0AA0
6ES7 322-1BH10-0AA0
IEC 60664, IEC 62103, DIN EN 50178 IEC 60664, IEC 62103, DIN EN 50178
6ES7 322-8BF00-0AB0*
Can be plugged onto 40-pos. I/O modules / separate power supply Can be plugged onto 20-pos. I/O modules / separate power supply
Digital input/output 6ES7 323-1BH01-0AA0
through terminal blocks with spring-cage double connection through terminal blocks with spring-cage double connection
Analog input 6ES7 331-7KF02-0AB0*
Flat-ribbon cable plug-in connector according to IEC 60603-13 Flat-ribbon cable plug-in connector according to IEC 60603-13 6ES7 331-7HF01-0AB0*
6ES7 331-7KB02-0AB0*
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 6ES7 331-7TF01-0AB0*
Ordering data Ordering data Analog output 6ES7 332-5HD01-0AB0*

6ES7 332-5HB01-0AB0*
Pcs. / Pcs. / 6ES7 332-7ND02-0AB0*
Pkt. Pkt. Analog input/output 6ES7 334-0CE01-0AA0*
6ES7 334-0KE00-0AB0*
6ES7 335-7HG01-0AB0*
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 0,5M/S7 2322553 1 VIP-PA-FLK14/ 0,5M/S7 2322663 1 Other modules 6ES7 338-4BC01-0AB0*
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 1,0M/S7 2322566 1 VIP-PA-FLK14/ 1,0M/S7 2322676 1 6ES7 350-1AH03-0AE0*
6ES7 353-1AH01-0AE0*
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 2,5M/S7 2322582 1 VIP-PA-FLK14/ 2,5M/S7 2322692 1
6ES7 354-1AH01-0AE0*
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 3,0M/S7 2322595 1 VIP-PA-FLK14/ 3,0M/S7 2322702 1 6ES7 355-0VH10-0AE0*
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 4,0M/S7 2322605 1 VIP-PA-FLK14/ 4,0M/S7 2322715 1 6ES7 355-1VH10-0AE0*
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 7,0M/S7 2322634 1 VIP-PA-FLK14/ 7,0M/S7 2322744 1 IP-2/SC/2FLK14 (1-20)S7, Order No.: 2315230
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 8,0M/S7 2322647 1 VIP-PA-FLK14/ 8,0M/S7 2322757 1 UM 45-2FLK14/ZFKDS/S7, Order No.: 2965156
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/10,0M/S7 2322650 1 VIP-PA-FLK14/10,0M/S7 2322760 1 FLKM-2FLK14/KDS 3-MT/PPA/S7, Order No.: 2295062
All bridges (BR) on the adapter must be disconnected.
VIP-PA-FLK50-4X14-S7/... 2900886 1 VIP-PA-FLK14-S7/... 2900887 1

Note:
The front adapters are non-isolated on delivery.
Removal of the bridges can achieve electrical isolation
(in groups of 8).
Explanation:
SP: Separate power terminals

BRbl: Blue plug-in bridge
BRrd: Red plug-in bridge

Siemens SIMATIC® S7-300 Notes:
I/O modules with 32 channels or with
this design
There are two connection possibilities
available:
– Transmission of 4 x 8 channels over four
boards with a variety of functions and con- Front adapter for SIMATIC® S7-300,
I/O cards with max. 32 channels
concept.

Technical data

8 A (per connection, supply via separate power supply (2.8 x 0.8 mm))
8 A (during supply via a separate bridged power supply)

Connection method IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Front adapter for 32-channel cards of Description No. of pos. Type Order No.
Pkt.
SIMATIC® S7-300
VARIOFACE front adapters, for SIMATIC® S7-300
Card type FLKM 50-PA-S300 - 1 x 32 channels can be connected 50 FLKM 50-PA-S300 2294445 1
Digital input 6ES7 321-1BL00-0AA0 - 4 x 8 channels can be connected 14 FLKM 50/4-FLK14/PA-S300 2296281 1

Analog input 6ES7 331-7PF01-0AB0*
6ES7 331-7PF11-0AB0*
6ES7 331-7NF00-0AB0*
6ES7 331-7NF10-0AB0*
6ES7 331-1KF01-0AB0*
Analog output 6ES7 332-5HF00-0AB0*

CPU 312C, 313C, 314C, 313C-2PtP
313C-2DP, 314C-2DP, 314C-2PtP
Other modules 6ES7 350-2AH01-0AE0*

6ES7 357-4AH01-0AE0*
Byte 0 Byte 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11121314151617181920
Card type FLKM 50/4-FLK14/PA-S300
Digital output 6ES7 322-1BL00-0AA0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314 15161718192021222324
0
Digital input/output 6ES7 323-1BL00-0AA0 DR
1
DR
2
CPU 313C, 314C, 313C-2PtP DR
3
313C-2DP, 314C-2DP, 314C-2Pt 212223242526272829 30 31323334353637383940 FS

VIP-2/SC/FLK50 (1-40)/S7, Order No.:2315243, 252627282930313233343536 373839404142434445464748
Byte 2 Byte 3
UM 45-FLK50/ZFKDS/S7-300, Order No.: 2968111,
FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/S7-300, Order No.: 2304490. Connection scheme FLKM 50-PA-S300
All wire bridges (DR) on the adapter must be disconnected!
Byte 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 11121314151617181920 Byte 1
DR
Note:
The front adapters are non-isolated on delivery. 91113 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8101214 91113 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8101214
0
Removal of the bridges can achieve electrical isolation 1
(in groups of 8). 2
3
DR FS
21222324252627282930 31323334353637383940
DR
Explanation:
Flat-ribbon cable strip Byte 2 Byte 3
Connection to I/O card 911131 2 3 4 5 6 7 8101214 911131 2 3 4 5 6 7 8101214
Connection scheme FLKM 50/4-FLK14/PA-S300
450 PHOENIX CONTACT

Siemens SIMATIC® S7-300 Notes:
I/O modules with 16 channels or with
this design
– Up to 2 x 8 channels are connected via
two 14-pos. system cables.
concept.
Front adapter for SIMATIC® S7-300,

I/O cards with max. 16 channels

Technical data

8 A (per connection, supply via separate power supply (2.8 x 0.8 mm))
8 A (during supply via a separate bridged power supply)

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Front adapter for 16-channel cards of Description No. of pos. Type Order No.
Pkt.
SIMATIC® S7-300
VARIOFACE front adapters, for SIMATIC® S7-300
Card type FLKM 14-PA-S300
- 2 x 8 channels can be connected 14 FLKM 14-PA-S300 2299770 1
Digital input 6ES7 321-1BH02-0AA0
6ES7 321-1BH10-0AA0
6ES7 321-1BH50-0AA0*
6ES7 321-7BH01-0AB0*
Digital output 6ES7 322-1BH01-0AA0
6ES7 322-1BH10-0AA0
6ES7 322-8BF00-0AB0*
Digital input/output 6ES7 323-1BH01-0AA0
Analog input 6ES7 331-7KF02-0AB0*
6ES7 331-7HF01-0AB0*
6ES7 331-7KB02-0AB0*
6ES7 331-7TF01-0AB0*
Analog output 6ES7 332-5HD01-0AB0*
6ES7 332-5HB01-0AB0*
6ES7 332-7ND02-0AB0*
Analog input/output 6ES7 334-0CE01-0AA0*
6ES7 334-0KE00-0AB0*
6ES7 335-7HG01-0AB0*
Other modules 6ES7 338-4BC01-0AB0*
6ES7 350-1AH03-0AE0*
6ES7 351-1AH01-0AE0* Byte0 Byte1
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
6ES7 352-1AH02-0AE0* 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
6ES7 353-1AH01-0AE0*
6ES7 354-1AH01-0AE0*
6ES7 355-0VH10-0AE0* 91113 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 101214
91113 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 101214
6ES7 355-1VH10-0AE0*
1- 0 1+ 0+
DR FS
VIP-2/SC/2FLK14 (1-20)/S7, Order No.: 2315230
UM 45-2FLK14/ZFKDS/S7, Order No.: 2965156
FLKM-2FLK14/KDS 3-MT/PPA/S7, Order No.: 2295062 Connection scheme FLKM 14-PA-S300
All wire bridges (DR) on the adapter must be disconnected.
Note:
The front adapters are non-isolated on delivery.
Removal of the bridges can achieve electrical isolation
(in groups of 8).
Explanation:

Siemens SIMATIC® S7-300
Front adapter for failsafe modules
The front adapters are coupled using

50-pos. system cables and convert the
signals for passive modules.
Siemens SIMATIC S7-300 front adapter

for failsafe I/O cards
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage 30 V DC

Max. perm. total current 2A
Standards/regulations EN 50178
Connection method Flat-ribbon cable plug-in connector according to IEC 60603-13
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE front adapter for failsafe I/O cards
Front adapter for I/O modules of
SIMATIC® S7-300 6ES7 326-1BK02-0AB0 50 FLKM 50-PA-S300/SO167 2307662 1
6ES7 326-1RF00-0AB0
6ES7 336-1HE00-0AB0
Card type FLKM 50-PA-S300/SO167 VARIOFACE front adapter for failsafe I/O cards
Digital input 6ES7 326-1BK02-0AB0*
6ES7 326-1RF00-0AB0*1) 6ES7 326-2BF01-0AB0 50 FLKM 50-PA/DO326/S7-300 2321952 1
Analog input 6ES7 336-1HE00-0AB0*
Card type FLKM 50-PA/DO326/S7-S300

Digital output 6ES7 326-2BF01-0AB0**
6ES7 326-2BF10-0AB0**

VIP-2/SC/FLK50 (1-40)/S7, Order No. 2315243,
UM 45-FLK50/ZFKDS/S7-300, Order No. 2968111,
FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/S7-300, Order No. 2304490.
** Only in conjunction with

FLKM 50/DO326/S7-300, Order No. 2321965. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
1) Not suitable for signals from the Ex area.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48
Connection scheme FLKM 50-PA-S300/SO167
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
2+
2M
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 3+
3M
1+
1M
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
Explanation:
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
Connection scheme FLKM 50-PA/DO326/S7-300
452 PHOENIX CONTACT

Siemens SIMATIC S7 -300
System cables for 64-channel I/O cards

64-channel (2x32) I/O cards that are direct-
ly connected using plug-in connectors.
– Signal transmission of 1 x 32 channels
– System cable: 40-pos. plug-in connector
on 50-pos. flat-ribbon cable strip
– Signal transmission of 4 x 8 channels System cable Splitting cable
– Splitting cable: 40-pos. plug-in connector
on four 14-pos. flat-ribbon cable strips


pos. Pkt. Pkt.
Round cable, for output module 6ES7 322-1BP00-0AA0 and
6ES7 322-1BP50-0AA0 (two cables per module)
40 0.5 m CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 0,5M/S7-OUT 2321017 1 CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 0,5M/S7-OUT 2321172 1

40 1m CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 1,0M/S7-OUT 2321020 1 CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 1,0M/S7-OUT 2321185 1
40 10 m CABLE-FCN40/1X50/10,0M/S7-OUT 2321088 1 CABLE-FCN40/4X14/10,0M/S7-OUT 2321240 1
Round cable, for input module 6ES7 321-1BP00-0AA0
(two cables per module). Plus-reading operation (sinking mode) of
the module
40 0.5 m CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 0,5M/S7-IN 2321091 1 CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 0,5M/S7-IN 2321253 1
40 1m CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 1,0M/S7-IN 2321101 1 CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 1,0M/S7-IN 2321266 1
40 10 m CABLE-FCN40/1X50/10,0M/S7-IN 2321169 1 CABLE-FCN40/4X14/10,0M/S7-IN 2321321 1

Front adapter for MINI MCR
This front adapter is used exclusively for

coupling the MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16 A
adapter. Changed analog standard signals
can be transmitted with the help of these
components.
Suitable isolators can be seen from
page 66.
For suitable 16-pos. system cable
(FLK 16/EZ-DR/...), refer to page 506.
Front adapter for SIMATIC® S7-300,
20-pos. analog I/O boards
Technical data
FLKM 16-PA-S300/MINI-MCR
Max. permissible current 50 mA (per path)
500 mA (per connection, supply via separate power supply)

Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178 / DIN EN 50178
Certification data
Nominal voltage/current CUL -/-
Nominal voltage/current UL -/-
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Front adapter for analog cards of
SIMATIC® S7-300 VARIOFACE front adapter, for SIMATIC® S7-300, only in
connection with MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16-A
16 FLKM 16-PA-S300/MINI-MCR 2314749 1
Card type FLKM 16-PA-S300/MINI-MCR
Analog input 6ES7 331-7KF02-0AB0
Accessories
6ES7 331-7KB02-0AB0 Assembled round cable, with two 16-pos. socket strips
6ES7 331-7KB81-0AB0
6ES7 331-7TF00-0AB0 FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK 2299330 1
Analog output 6ES7 332-8TF01-0AB0 System adapter, for MINI analog modules with screw connection
MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16-A 2811268 1
20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
L+
M
Comp.+
Comp.-
FLKM 16-PA-S300/MINI-MCR connection scheme
Explanation:
454 PHOENIX CONTACT

Front adapter for
MINI analog system cabling
The FLKM 16-PA-331-1KF/I/MINI-MCR 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
front adapter is used for implementing sys-
tem cabling in conjunction with the MINI 0
1
Analog system adapter and a 16-pos. system 2
3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
cable FLK 16/EZ-DR/.../KONFEK; refer to 4
5
6
page 506. 7 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
M–
Instead of the conventional front plug, M–
screw terminal blocks are used to snap this

component onto the analog module. 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Connection scheme FLKM 16-PA-331-1KF/I/MINI-MCR Front adapter for SIMATIC® S7-300,
The DIP switches can be used to connect 6ES7 331-1KF02-0AB0 analog I/O board
“M-” connections to each other and to the
central ground of the system. Technical data

The front adapter supports only current Max. permissible current 50 mA (per path)
signals. Rated surge voltage / insulation
0.5 kV / basic insulation
-20°C ... 60°C
The front adapter is suitable for the
following analog input card: Ordering data
– 6ES7 331-1KF02-0AB0 Description No. of pos. Type Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE front adapter, for SIMATIC® S7-300, only in
16 FLKM 16-PA- 331-1KF/I/MINI-MCR 2318237 1

Front adapter for
The FLKM 16-PA-332-5HF/I/MINI-MCR 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
front adapter is used for implementing sys-
tem cabling in conjunction with the MINI
Analog system adapter and a 16-pos. system 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
cable FLK 16/EZ-DR/.../KONFEK; refer to L+
page 506. M–
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
M–
Instead of the conventional front plug, MANA
screw terminal blocks are used to snap this

component on to the analog module. 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Connection scheme FLKM 16-PA-332-5HF/I/MINI-MCR Front adapter for SIMATIC® S7-300,
6ES7 332-5HF00-0AB0 analog I/O board
The front adapter supports only current
Technical data
signals.
The front adapter is suitable for the Max. permissible current 50 mA (per path)
500 mA (per connection, supply via separate power supply)
following analog output cards:
Rated surge voltage / insulation 0.5 kV / basic insulation
– 6ES7 332-5HF00-0AB0 Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 60°C
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
VARIOFACE front adapter, for SIMATIC® S7-300, only in
16 FLKM 16-PA- 332-5HF/I/MINI-MCR 2318240 1

System cables for front plugs from the
“TOP connect” series
These system cables are connected di-
rectly to Siemens “SIMATIC TOP connect”
front plugs. A VARIOFACE front adapter is
not required. The cables can be used to
connect existing 8-channel Phoenix Con-
tact termination boards.
– For passive signal transmission, e.g.,
VIP-2/SC/FLK14/PLC; Order No. 2315214,
see page 470.
– For relay or solid-state relay connection
via V8 adapters, e.g., PLC-V8/FLK14/OUT;
Order No. 2295554, see page 369.
The system cables are available in the 
following versions:
– Unshielded Technical data
– Shielded Max. perm. operating voltage < 50 V AC / 60 V DC
– Halogen-free Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path
Max. conductor resistance
1A
0.16 Ω/m
– Encapsulated plug-in connector Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C
Details regarding assignment to Siemens Assembly Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4
modules are provided with the system Number of positions, control side 16
cable order numbers at Number of positions, module side 14
Conductor cross section AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
www.phoenixcontact.net/products. Conductor structure: stranded wires / material 7 / Cu tin-plated
Outside diameter 6.4 mm
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Unshielded round cables, with one 16-pos. and one 14-pos.
socket strip in fixed lengths for transmitting 8 channels
0.5 m FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 50/S7 2293815 5

1m FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 100/S7 2293828 1
1.5 m FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 150/S7 2293831 1
2m FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 200/S7 2293844 1
2.5 m FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 250/S7 2293857 1
3m FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 300/S7 2293860 1
4m FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 400/S7 2293886 1
5m FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 500/S7 2293899 1
6m FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 600/S7 2293909 1
7m FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 700/S7 2293912 1
8m FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 800/S7 2293925 1
9m FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 900/S7 2293938 1
10 m FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/1000/S7 2293941 1
Unshielded round cables, as above, but in variable lengths of
type “FLK EZ-DR/14U/C52/...”
FLK EZ-DR.../.../... 2295059 1

Shielded round cables, with one 16-pos. and one 14-pos. socket
strip, for transmitting 8 channels in variable lengths of type
“FLK EZ-DR-S/14S/C52/...”
FLK EZ-DR-S.../.../... 2295046 1

Unshielded halogen-free round cables, with one 16-pos. and
one 14-pos. socket strip, for transmitting 8 channels in variable
lengths
456 PHOENIX CONTACT

Pin assignment and color code:
- FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/.../S7
- FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/.../S7
- VIP-CAB-FLK14/16/.../S7
14-pos. socket 16-pos. socket Wire color

strip strip
PIN PIN
1 16 Black
2 14 Brown
3 12 Red
4 10 Orange
5 8 Yellow
6 6 Green
7 4 Blue
8 2 Violet
9 9 Gray
Halogen-free One encapsulated plug-in connector 10 1 White
(only the cable) (on module side, 14-pos.) 11 11 White-black
12 3 White-brown
13 13 White-red
14 5 White-orange
Not used 7 -
Not used 15 -
< 50 V AC / 60 V DC < 50 V AC / 60 V DC Encapsulated 14-pos. plug-in connector:
1A 1A
0.16 Ω/m 0.16 Ω/m 37
-20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4 Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4
16 16
14 14
AWG 26 / 0.14 mm² AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
26,5
7 / Cu tin-plated 7 / Cu tin-plated
6.4 mm 6.4 mm
Pcs. / Pcs. /
Pkt. Pkt.
5
Note:
The following modules cannot be coupled
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 50/S7 2296919 1 VIP-CAB-FLK14/16/0,5M/S7 2904514 1 due to the larger outer contour of the molded
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 100/S7 2296922 1 VIP-CAB-FLK14/16/1,0M/S7 2904515 1 14-pos. plug-in connector:
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 150/S7 2296935 1 VIP-CAB-FLK14/16/1,5M/S7 2904516 1 UM 45-FLK14/ 8IM/ZFKDS/PLC, 2965211
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 200/S7 2296948 1 VIP-CAB-FLK14/16/2,0M/S7 2904517 1 UM 45- 8RM/MR-G24/1/PLC, 2962900
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 250/S7 2296951 1 VIP-CAB-FLK14/16/2,5M/S7 2904518 1
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 400/S7 2904525 1 VIP-CAB-FLK14/16/4,0M/S7 2904520 1 Ordering example for unshielded round cable:
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 500/S7 2304704 1 VIP-CAB-FLK14/16/5,0M/S7 2904521 1 Unshielded round cable, assembled with
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 600/S7 2904526 1 VIP-CAB-FLK14/16/6,0M/S7 2904522 1 one 14-pos. and one 16-pos. socket strip, 12.70 m long
Type: FLK EZ-DR /14U/C52/...
Quantity Order No. Length [m] 1)
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/1000/S7 2904528 1 VIP-CAB-FLK14/16/10,0M/S7 2904524 1
1 2295059/14U/C52 / 12.70
1) Min. 0.20 m
14U  14-pos. unshielded cable

C52  S7-1500 assembly with 14-pos. socket strip at one end
and 16-pos. socket strip at the other
Ordering example for shielded round cable:

Unshielded round cable, assembled with
one 14-pos. and one 16-pos. socket strip, 13.20 m long
Type: FLK EZ-DR-S /14S/C52/...
FLK 14-16-EZ-DR-HF-S7/... 2295693 1

1 2295046/14S/C52 / 13.20
1) Min. 0.20 m
14S  14-pos. shielded cable

C52  S7-1500 assembly with 14-pos. socket strip at one end
and 16-pos. socket strip at the other
Ordering example for halogen-free round cable:

Halogen-free round cable, assembled with
one 14-pos. and one 16-pos. socket strip, 15.50 m long
Type: FLK 14-16-EZ-DR-HF-S7/...
1 2295693 / 15.50
1) Min. 0.20 m

Front adapter

ed to I/O modules.
FLKM 50-PA-S400
– Transmission of max. 32 digital channels
over one 50-pos. system cable.
FLKM 50/4-FLK14/PA-S400
– Transmission of max. 32 digital channels
via one 14-pos. system cable. Front adapter for SIMATIC® S7-400

concept.
FLKM 50-PA-S400 (3-48) Technical data
– Analog channels are connected via a
50-pos. system cable. Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. permissible current
< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1 A (per path)
The 1:1 connection of the adapter means 8 A (per connection, supply via separate power supply)
that corresponding 1:1 interface modules Max. perm. total current 2 A (Per Byte, for supply via connector)
are connected here 8 A (during supply via a separate bridged power supply)

Ordering data
Front adapter for I/O modules of the Siemens automation Pcs. /
equipment SIMATIC® S7-400 Description No. of pos. Type Order No.
Pkt.
VARIOFACE front adapter, for
Card type FLKM 50-PA-S400 - SIMATIC® S7-400, 1 x 32 channels can be 50 FLKM 50-PA-S400 2294500 2
connected
6ES7 421-7BH01-0AB0* - SIMATIC® S7-400, 4 x 8 channels can be 14 FLKM 50/ 4-FLK14/PA-S400 2294429 2
6ES7 421-7DH00-0AB0* connected
- SIMATIC® S7-400, only analog 50 FLKM 50-PA-S400(3-48) 2294908 2
6ES7 422-7BL00-0AB0
Card type FLKM 50/4-FLK14/PA-S400

6ES7 422-7BL00-0AB0
Card type FLKM 50-PA-S400 (3-48)

Analog input 6ES7 431-0HH00-0AB0**
6ES7 431-1KF00-0AB0**
6ES7 431-1KF10-0AB0**
6ES7 431-1KF20-0AB0**
6ES7 431-7KF00-0AB0** 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112131415 161718 1920 2122232425 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112131415161718192021222324
6ES7 431-7KF10-0AB0**
6ES7 431-7QH00-0AB0** 0+
Analog output 6ES7 432-1HF00-0AB0** DR1
1+
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112131415 161718 1920 2122232425 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112 131415161718192021222324

DR2 2526272829303132333435363738394041424344454647484950
26272829303132333435 3637383940414243444546 47484950
* Only in connection with 2+

VIP-2/SC/FLK50/S7/A-S400, Order No.: 2322359 DR3
All wire bridges (DR) on the adapter must be disconnected. 3+
–
26272829303132333435 3637383940414243444546 4748 252627282930313233343536373839404142434445464748
Connection scheme FLKM 50-PA-S400 (3-48) Connection scheme FLKM 50-PA-S400
** Only in connection with
VIP-3/SC/FLK50, Order No.: 2315081
9 11 13 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 14 9 11 13 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 14
UM 45-FLK 50/ZFKDS, Order No.: 2293585
UM 45-FLKS 50/ZFKDS, Order No.: 2968470
DR2
FLKM 50/KDS 3-MT/PPA/AN/PLC, Order No.: 2291587
DR1 DR5
DR4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
9 11 13 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 14 9 11 13 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 14
Explanation: L
Flat-ribbon cable strip DR3
M
Connection to I/O card DR6
Screw terminal blocks for separate supply 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48
Connection scheme: FLKM 50/4-FLK14/PA-S400
458 PHOENIX CONTACT

Adapter for conversion from S5-
135/155 to S7-400
The FLKM S135/... adapters connect a
SIMATIC® S5 connector wired with
individual conductors directly to the
SIMATIC® S7-400 basic card.
The SIMATIC® S5 connector is plugged
directly onto an S7-400-I/O card with the
help of an FFLKM S135/... intermediate
adapter.
A new SIMATIC® S7-400 is installed in
Adapter for Siemens SIMATIC® S5-135/S7-400
place of the SIMATIC® S5. The existing field
wiring remains intact.
Attention:
The LEDs of the S7-400 module are hid-
den. Technical data
① ② ③ ④
Max. perm. operating voltage 24 V AC/DC 60 V DC 24 V DC 24 V AC/DC
Max. permissible current 4 A (per path) 2 A (per path) 4 A (per path) 4 A (per path)
Test voltage (contact/contact) 500 V 1.25 kV 1.25 kV 1.25 kV

(50 Hz, 1 min.) (50 Hz, 1 min.) (50 Hz, 1 min.) (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
Mounting position Any Any Any Any
Standards/regulations -
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Digital IN 24 V from S5-135/155 to S7-400
6ES5 420-4UA14 on 6ES7 421-1BL01-0AA0 ① FLKM S135/S400/SO120 2301723 1
6ES5 430-4UA14 on 6ES7 421-1BL01-0AA0 ② FLKM S135/S400/SO121 2301736 1
6ES5 431-4UA12 to 6ES7 421-7DH00-0AB0 ③ FLKM S135-431-4UA/S400 2314846 1
6ES5 432-4UA12 on 6ES7 421-1BL01-0AA0 ④ FLKM S135/S400/SO122 2301749 1
S7-400 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
S7-400 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1314 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 2324
L+
S5-135 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 202122 23 24 S5-135 1 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
S7-400 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 4748 S7-400 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 48

M
S5-135 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
S5-135 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41
FLKM S135-431-UA/S400 connection scheme Connection scheme: FLKM S135/S400/SO120
S7-400 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 151617181920 21 22 S7-400 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
L+
S5-135 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 13 14 15 16 1718 19 20 S5-135 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
S7-400 272829 30 31 32 33 34 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 48 S7-400 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 48
M M
M
S5-135 252627 28 29 30 31 32 34 35 36 37 38 39 4041 21 42 12 33 S5-135 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 21 42
Connection scheme: FLKM S135/S400/SO122 Connection scheme: FLKM S135/S400/SO121

Adapter for conversion from
S5-135/155 to S7-400
directly onto an S7-400-I/O card to the help
of an FFLKM S135/... intermediate adapter.
Front adapter for SIMATIC S5-135/S7-400
Attention:
den.
Technical data
① ② ③ ④
Max. perm. operating voltage 230 V AC/DC 24 V AC/DC 24 V DC 24 V DC
Test voltage (contact/contact) 1.5 kV 500 V 1.25 kV 500 V

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Digital IN 120/230 V UC from S5-135/155 to S7-400
6ES5 436-4UA12 to 6ES7 421-1FH20-0AA0 ① FLKM S135/S400/SO123 2301752 1
Digital OUT 24 V from S5-135/155 to S7-400
6ES5 441-4UA12 to 6ES7 422-1BL00-0AA0 ② FLKM S135/S400/SO125 2301778 1
6ES5 451-4UA14 to 6ES7 422-1BL00-0AA0 ③ FLKM S135/S400/SO126 2301781 1
Digital OUT 24 V DC / 2 A from S5-135/155 to S7-400
6ES5 453-4UA12 to 6ES7 422-1HH00-0AA0 ④ FLKM S135/S400/SO127 2301794 1
S7-400 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 S7-400 1 2 4 6 8 10 15 17 19 21 13 24
S5-135 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
1L+
S5-135 1 2 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 4
S7-400 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 48
S7-400 27 29 31 33 39 41 43 4536 48
S5-135 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 2 21
2L+ M S5-135 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 4125
S7-400 1 2 6 11 4 5 9 10 15 16 20 21 17 22 S7-400 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
S5-135 1 3 6 10 5 7 9 11 14 16 18 20 15 19 S5-135 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
S7-400 27 28 32 33 39 40 44 45 29 34 41 46 S7-400 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 48
M
S5-135 26 28 30 32 35 37 39 41 27 31 36 40 21 S5-135 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41
460 PHOENIX CONTACT

S5-135/155 to S7-400
Attention:
den.
Technical data
① ② ③ ④
Max. perm. operating voltage 24 V DC 230 V AC 24 V DC 24 V DC
Test voltage (contact/contact) 1.25 kV 1.5 kV 500 V 500 V

Mounting position Vertical Vertical Vertical Vertical
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Digital OUT 24 V DC / 2 A from S5-135/155 to S7-400
6ES5 454-4UA14 to 6ES7 422-1BH11-0AA0 ① FLKM S135-454-4UA/S400 2314859 1
Digital OUT 230 V UC / 2 A from S5-135/155 to S7-400
6ES5 456-4UA12 to 6ES7 422-1FH00-0AA0 ② FLKM S135/S400/SO124 2301765 1
Analog IN (only current measurement) from S5-135/155 to S7-400
6ES5 460-4UA13 to 6ES7 431-1KF00-0AB0 ③ FLKM S135-460-4UA/I/S400 2314613 1
Analog IN (only voltage measurement) from S5-135/155 to S7-400
6ES5 460-4UA13 to 6ES7 431-1KF00-0AB0 ④ FLKM S135-460-4UA/U/S400 2314862 1
S7-400 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1314 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 2324 S7-400 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1314 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 2324
S5-135 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 202122 23 24 S5-135 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 202122 23 24 L-
S7-400 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 4748 S7-400 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 4748 L-
S5-135 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 S5-135 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
FLKM S135-460-4UA/I/S400 connection scheme FLKM S135-454-4UA/S400 connection scheme
S7-400 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1314 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 2324 S7-400 1 2 11 22 4 6 8 10 15 17 19 21 13 24 36 48
S5-135 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 202122 23 24 S5-135 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
S7-400 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 4748 S7-400 34 46 27 29 31 33 39 41 43 45
S5-135 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 S5-135 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41
Connection scheme: FLKM S135-460-4UA/U/S400 Connection scheme: FLKM S135/S400/SO124

S5-135/155 to S7-400
Attention:
den.
Technical data
① ② ③ ④
Max. perm. operating voltage 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC
Test voltage (contact/contact) 500 V 500 V 500 V 500 V

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Analog IN (only Pt 100) from S5-135/155 to S7-400
6ES5 465-4UA13 to 6ES7 431-7KF10-0AB0 ① FLKM S135-465-4UA/T/S400 2314875 1
Analog IN (only current and voltage measurement) from

S5-135/155 to S7-400
6ES5 465-4UA13 to 6ES7 431-0HH00-0AB0 ② FLKM S135-465-4UA/UI/S400 2314888 1
6ES5 465-4UA13 to 6ES7 431-7QH00-0AB0
Analog OUT (only current output) from S5-135/155 to S7-400
6ES5 470-4UA13 to 6ES7 432-1HF00-0AB0 ③ FLKM S135-470-4UC/I/S400 2314626 1

6ES5 470-4UC13 to 6ES7 432-1HF00-0AB0
Analog OUT (only voltage output) from S5-135/155 to S7-400
6ES5 470-4UA13 to 6ES7 432-1HF00-0AB0 ④ FLKM S135-470-4UC/U/S400 2314891 1

6ES5 470-4UB13 to 6ES7 432-1HF00-0AB0
6ES5 470-4UC13 to 6ES7 432-1HF00-0AB0
S7-400 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1314 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
S7-400 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1314 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 2324
S5-135 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 202122 23 24 S5-135 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 15 16 1718 19 202122 23 24
S7-400 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 4748
S7-400 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 4041 4243 44 45 4647 48
L-
L-
S5-135 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
S5-135 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
Connection scheme FLKM S135-470-4UC/I/S400 FLKM S135-465-4UA/T/S400 connection scheme
S7-400 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1314 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 2324

S7-400 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1314 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 2324
S5-135 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 202122 23 24 S5-135 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 202122 23 24
S7-400 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 4748 S7-400 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 4748
S5-135 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
S5-135 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
Connection scheme FLKM S135-470-4UC/U/S400 FLKM S135-465-4UA/UI/S400 connection scheme
462 PHOENIX CONTACT

S5-135/155 to S7-300
S5-S7 adapters connect the S5-135 front 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 1819 20 21 22 23 24
FLK50
adapters wired with individual wires to the L+
I/O modules of the S7. DR1

L2+
L-
DR2
With the help of the FLKM S5-135 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1516 17 18 19 2021
DR3
S135/S7/FLK50 converter module, the sig- DR4

25 26 27 28 2930313233 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 4243 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
nals of the S5-135 front adapter can be con- FLK50
verted to a 50-pos. strip. A 50-pos. system

cable FLK 50/EZ-DR/.../KONFEK and a
S5-135 2223 242526272829 3031 32 33
front adapter for the SIMATIC® S7 (FLKM 34 3536 37 3839 40 41 42
50-PA-S300) now connect the signals with FLKM S135/S7/FLK50/PLC connection scheme Converter for Siemens SIMATIC® S5-135 to
50-pos. FLK strip.
the I/O module.
Technical data
Notes:
Due to the geometry, it is not possible to couple any molded FLK
connectors (e.g., VIP-PA...S7). Max. perm. operating voltage 50 V AC/DC
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Digital IN or OUT 24 V DC from S5-135 to S7-300
IN FLKM S135/S7/FLK50/PLC 2314736 1

6ES5 420-4UA14 to 6ES7 321-1BL00-0AA0
6ES5 430-4UA14 to 6ES7 321-1BL00-0AA0
OUT
6ES5 441-4UA14 to 6ES7 322-1BL00-0AA0
6ES5 451-4UA14 to 6ES7 322-1BL00-0AA0
Startup adapter for extending the

existing S5-135/155 field wiring.
All signals of the existing S5-135 wiring 1

3 or 5 are extended with the help of the 2
3
universal commissioning adapters. The open
cable end can be connected to various con-
trollers such as S7-400 or S7-300. This
means that the existing field wiring of S5- 40
41
135 can communicate with the new con- 1 2 3 40 41 42 42
troller for test purposes. Since the new con- 1 2 3 40 41 42

trol unit is temporarily arranged before the S5-135
control cabinet, the original status of the
system can be restored if required.
If the system functions with the new con- Technical data
troller without problems, the S5-135 can
now be replaced. Max. perm. operating voltage 250 V AC/DC
Standards/regulations EN 60664-1
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Connection of all S5-135 connections (1 to 42) at the open
cable end
FLKM S135/42X0,75/3,0M/OE 2315007 1
FLKM S135/42X0,75/5,0M/OE 2318017 1

S5-115 to S7-400
Attention:
Due to the geometry, it is only possible to
use every second slot. The LEDs of the
S7-400 module are hidden by the S5-115 Technical data
adapter.

Mounting position Vertical
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Digital IN or OUT 24 V DC from S5-115 to S7-400
IN FLKM S115/S400/SO155 2307248 1

6ES5 420-7LA11 to 6ES7 421-1BL01-0AA0
6ES5 430-7LA11 to 6ES7 421-1BL01-0AA0
OUT
6ES5 441-7LA11 to 6ES7 422-1BL00-0AA0
6ES5 451-7LA11 to 6ES7 422-1BL00-0AA0
Digital OUT 24 V DC from S5-115 to S7-400
6ES5 454-7LA12 to 6ES7 422-1BH11-0AA0 FLKM S115-454-7LA/S400 2314901 1

Analog IN (only current and voltage measurement) from
S5-115 to S7-400
6ES5 465-7LA13 to 6ES7 431-0HH00-0AB0 FLKM S115-465-7LA/UI/S400 2314914 1
6ES5 465-7LA13 to 6ES7 431-7QH00-0AB0
S7-400 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1314 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 2324

S7-400 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
L+ S5-115 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 13 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
S5-115 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 202122 23 24
S7-400 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 4748
L- S7-400 25 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 37 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 48
S5-115 25 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 37 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47
S5-135 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 424344 45 46 47
FLKM S115-465-7LA/UI/S400 connection scheme Connection scheme: FLKM S115/S400/SO155
S7-400 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1314 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 2324
S5-115 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 202122 23
S7-400 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 4748
S5-115 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47
FLKM S115-454-7LA/S400 connection scheme
464 PHOENIX CONTACT

S5-115 to S7-300
S5-S7 adapters connect the S5-115 front
adapters wired with individual wires to the FLK50 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 1314 1516171819202122 2324
I/O modules of S7-300.
With the aid of the FLKM S5-115 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 1314 1516171819 202122 23
S115/S7/FLK50/SO137 converter module,
FLK50 2526 27282930 31323334 3536 3738 394041 4243444546 4748
the signals of the S5-115 front adapter can
be converted to a 50-pos. strip. A 50-pos.
system cable FLK 50/EZ-DR/.../KONFEK S5-115 2526 27282930 31323334 3536 3738 394041 4243444546 47
and a front adapter for the SIMATIC® S7

(FLKM 50-PA-S300) now connect the sig- Connection scheme: FLKM S115/S7/FLK50/PLC/SO137 Converter for Siemens SIMATIC® S5-115 to
50-pos. FLK strip.
nals with the I/O module.
Technical data
Notes:
Due to the geometry, it is not possible to couple any molded FLK
connectors (e.g., VIP-PA...S7). Max. perm. operating voltage 24 V AC/DC
Max. perm. total current 2 A (per byte)
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Digital IN or OUT 24 V DC from S5-115 through converters,
system cables, and front adapters to S7-300
IN FLKM S115/S7/FLK50/PLC/SO137 2306294 1

6ES5 420-7LA11 on 6ES7 321-1BL00-0AA0
6ES5 430-7LA11 on 6ES7 321-1BL00-0AA0
OUT
6ES5 441-7LA11 on 6ES7 322-1BL00-0AA0
6ES5 451-7LA11 on 6ES7 322-1BL00-0AA0
Commissioning adapters for extend-

ing the existing S5-115 field wiring
All signals of the existing S5-115 wiring 1

2
3 or 5 are extended with the help of the 3
universal commissioning adapters. The open 22
cable end can be connected to various con- 23
25
trollers such as S7-400 or S7-300. This 26
means that the existing field wiring of S5- 45

46
115 can communicate with the new con- 1 2 3 22 23 25 26 45 46 47 47
troller for test purposes. Since the new con-
1 2 3 22 23 25 26 45 46 47
trol unit is temporarily arranged before the S5-115
control cabinet, the original status of the
system can be restored if required.
If the system functions with the new con- Technical data
troller without problems, the S5-115 can
now be replaced. Max. perm. operating voltage 250 V AC/DC
Standards/regulations EN 60664-1
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Connection of all S5-115 connections (1 to 23, 25 to 47) at the
open cable end
FLKM S115/47X0,75/3,0M/OE 2314985 1
FLKM S115/47X0,75/5,0M/OE 2314998 1

YOKOGAWA Centum CS3000 R3
System cable
These shielded system cables for digital

(50-pos.) and analog (40-pos.) I/O modules
are connected directly to the modules. An
intermediate adapter is not required. Fea-
tures:
– Molded plug-in connector
– Can be screwed
– Lateral cable outlet of the I/O module
– KS/AKB-compatible plug-in connectors
on the module side
Technical data
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path 500 mA
Outside diameter
50 -position 11 mm
40 -position 11 mm
Ordering data
No. of Pcs. /
pos. Pkt.
50-pos. YUC cables, for digital I/O modules
50 2m FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 200/YUC 2314299 1

50 10 m FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1000/YUC 2314325 1
40-pos. YUC cables, for analog I/O modules

466 PHOENIX CONTACT

System cable
These system cables for digital I/O mod-

ules are connected directly to the modules.
An intermediate adapter is not required.
Features:
– Lateral cable outlet of the I/O module
– Four 14-pos. plug-in connectors on the
module side for connection of four
8-channel VARIOFACE modules of the
system cabling
Technical data
Outside diameter
50 -position 11 mm
Ordering data
No. of Pcs. /
pos. Pkt.
System cable for digital I/O modules for coupling four 8-channel
VARIOFACE modules
50 2m CABLE-50/4FLK14/ 2,0M/YUC 2314655 1

50 4m CABLE-50/4FLK14/ 4,0M/YUC 2314671 1
50 6m CABLE-50/4FLK14/ 6,0M/YUC 2318978 1
50 10 m CABLE-50/4FLK14/10,0M/YUC 2314684 1
50 15 m CABLE-50/4FLK14/15,0M/YUC 2322773 1
50 20 m CABLE-50/4FLK14/20,0M/YUC 2314778 1

System cable for
The Yokogawa CABLE-
40/2FLK16/.../YUC system cable makes it
possible to connect 16 MINI analog mod-
ules to a Yokogawa control system. In con-
junction with two MINI analog MINI MCR-
SL-V8-FLK-16-A system adapters, the Yok-
ogawa system cable provides a simple and
economical “Plug and Play” solution.
The system cable is plugged directly into
the Yokogawa module. Two 16-pos. flat-rib-
bon cable plug-in connectors are provided
for connecting the module to the MINI an- Technical data
alog system adapters. Max. perm. operating voltage 30 V DC
The system cable in conjunction with Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C
4-conductor measuring transducers is Conductor structure: stranded wires / material 7 / Cu tin-plated
suitable for the following analog cards: Outside diameter
40 -position 11 mm
– AAI 141
– AAI 143 Ordering data
No. of Pcs. /
pos. Pkt.
System cable, for analog I/O modules for coupling two 8-channel
MINI analog system adapters
40 2m CABLE-40/2FLK16/ 2,0M/YUC 2321334 1

40 4m CABLE-40/2FLK16/ 4,0M/YUC 2321347 1
40 10 m CABLE-40/2FLK16/10,0M/YUC 2321350 1
40 15 m CABLE-40/2FLK16/15,0M/YUC 2321376 1
40 20 m CABLE-40/2FLK16/20,0M/YUC 2321363 1

Controller boards D W
H
These modules are connected to the I/O
modules through the YUC system cable.
FLKM-KS40/YCS:
– For analog modules
– Universal interface module with 40 con-
nection terminal blocks
For more cabling solutions for Yokogawa:
Passive interface modules
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage 24 V AC/DC ±10%

Max. perm. current (per branch) 1A
Test voltage (contact/contact) 500 V (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Control system level Yokogawa KS-compatible
Ordering data

pos. W Pkt.
Controller board, for analog I/O modules
40 112 mm FLKM-KS40/YCS 2314642 1

H
These modules are connected to the I/O
modules through the YUC system cable.
FLKMS-KS50/32IM/YCS:
– For digital modules ADV 151 and ADV 551
– Three-conductor connection
(signal, plus, minus)
– Redundant voltage supply
(fuse IEC 127-2, 5 x 20, 2 A)
For more cabling solutions for Yokogawa: Passive interface modules
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage 24 V AC/DC ±10%

Test voltage (contact/contact) 500 V (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ordering data

pos. W Pkt.
Controller board, for digital I/O modules ADV 151 and ADV 551
50 174 mm FLKMS-KS50/32IM/YCS 2314451 1
468 PHOENIX CONTACT

H
These modules are connected to the
analog I/O modules through the 40-pos.
YUC system cable.
The modules are designed for redundant
signal transmission (two plug-in connectors
in parallel). A separate connection to the
HART multiplexer is possible.
FLKM-KS40/AO16/YCS
– For analog module AAI 543 Interface modules for analog I/O modules
FLKMS-KS40/SI/AI16/YCS
– For analog modules AAI 141 and AAI 143
(operation of modules in the 4-conductor
mode)
– Transfer of 16 channels with separate Technical data
positive and negative connections
– 16 plug-in fuses (IEC 127-2, 5 x 20, 0.1 A) Max. perm. operating voltage 24 V DC ±10%
per positive supply and LED status indica- Max. perm. current (per branch)
Test voltage (contact/contact)
100 mA
500 V (50 Hz, 1 min.)
tor Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C
– Redundant voltage supply Mounting position Any
(fuse IEC 127-2, 5 x 20, 2 A) Connection method Field level Screw connection
FLKMS-KS40/AI/YCS Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
– For analog modules AAI 141 and AAI 143 Dimensions H/D 126 mm / 68 mm
(operation of modules in the 4-conductor Ordering data
mode)
– Transfer of 16 channels with separate Description
No. of
pos.
Module width
W
Type Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
positive and negative connections Controller board, for analog output modules AAI 543
– Redundant voltage supply
(fuse IEC 127-2, 5 x 20, 2 A) 40 108 mm FLKM-KS40/AO16/YCS 2314260 1
Controller board, with fuses and LED, for analog input modules
For more cabling solutions for Yokogawa: AAI 141 and AAI 143
www.phoenixcontact.com 40 214 mm FLKMS-KS40/SI/AI16/YCS 2314273 1
Controller board, for analog input modules AAI 141 and AAI 143,
without fuses and LED
40 214 mm FLKMS-KS40/AI/YCS 2314286 1

VIP termination boards for 8 channels
D W D W
H H
These VIP - VARIOFACE Professional
modules are used in combination with
14-pos. system cables and the relevant front
adapters.
Features:
– Byte-wise labeling
– For digital I/O modules
– Optionally with LED.
Notes: Passive interface modules for input/output Passive interface modules for input/output
For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”; with screw connection with push-in connection
Order No. 0811862) and mounting material, see Catalog 5.


VIP-2/.../FLK14/PLC VIP-2/.../FLK14/LED/PLC VIP-2/.../FLK14/PLC VIP-2/.../FLK14/LED/PLC
Max. perm. operating voltage 60 V AC/DC 24 V DC 60 V AC/DC 24 V DC
Max. perm. current (per branch) 1A 1A 1A 1A
Max total current (voltage supply) 3A 3A 3A 3A
Rated surge voltage 0.6 kV 0.6 kV 0.6 kV 0.6 kV
Connection method Field level Screw connection Screw connection Push-in connection Push-in connection
Control system level IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm) IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm) IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm) IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)

pos. W Pkt. Pkt.
VARIOFACE interface module, for eight channels,
- with screw connection 14 39.8 mm VIP-2/SC/FLK14/PLC 2315214 1

- with push-in connection 14 41.9 mm VIP-2/PT/FLK14/PLC 2903801 1
VARIOFACE interface module, for eight channels with
light indicator,
- with screw connection 14 39.8 mm VIP-2/SC/FLK14/LED/PLC 2322249 1
- with push-in connection 14 41.9 mm VIP-2/PT/FLK14/LED/PLC 2904279 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 13 10 12 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 13 10 12 14
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 + + - - 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 + + - -
VIP-2/SC/FLK14/PLC connection scheme Connection scheme VIP-2/SC/FLK14/LED/PLC
470 PHOENIX CONTACT

VIP termination boards for 32 channels
D W D W
H H
adapters.
Features:
– Optionally with LED.
Notes: Passive interface modules for input/output Passive interface modules for input/output
Order No, 0811862) and mounting material, see Catalog 5.


VIP-2/.../FLK50/PLC VIP-2/.../FLK50/LED/PLC VIP-2/.../FLK50/PLC VIP-2/.../FLK50/LED/PLC
Max. perm. operating voltage 60 V AC/DC 24 V DC 60 V AC/DC 24 V DC
Max total current (voltage supply) 2 A (per byte) 2 A (per byte) 2 A (per byte) 2 A (per byte)

pos. W Pkt. Pkt.
VARIOFACE interface module, for 32 channels,
- with screw connection 50 106.1 mm VIP-2/SC/FLK50/PLC 2315227 1

- with push-in connection 50 107.9 mm VIP-2/PT/FLK50/PLC 2903803 1
VARIOFACE interface module, for 32 channels with
light indicator,
- with screw connection 50 106.1 mm VIP-2/SC/FLK50/LED/PLC 2322252 1
- with push-in connection 50 107.9 mm VIP-2/PT/FLK50/LED/PLC 2904280 1
1 2 3 1011121314 15 222324252627 343536373839 4647484950 1 2 3 101112131415 222324252627 343536373839 4647484950
+ B0.0 B0.7 - + B1.0 B1.7 - + B2.0 B2.7 - + B3.0 B3.7 - + B0.0 B0.7 - + B1.0 B1.7 - + B2.0 B2.7 - + B3.0 B3.7 -
VIP-2/SC/FLK50/PLC connection scheme Connection scheme VIP-2/SC/FLK50/LED/PLC

VIP termination boards for
SIMATIC® S7 D W D W
H H
adapters for SIMATIC® S7.
Features:
– Numerical marking
– Specifically for S7-300 or S7-400
Notes:
For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”; Passive interface modules for input/output, Passive interface modules for input/output,
with SIMATIC®-specific marking with SIMATIC®-specific marking
and screw connection and push-in connection



pos. W Pkt. Pkt.
VARIOFACE interface module, with
SIMATIC® S7-300-specific marking from 1 to 40
- with screw connection 50 106.1 mm VIP-2/SC/FLK50 (1-40) /S7 2315243 1
- with push-in connection 50 107.9 mm VIP-2/PT/FLK50 (1-40) /S7 2903804 1
- with screw connection 50 106.1 mm VIP-2/SC/FLK50/S7/A-S400 2322359 1
- with push-in connection 50 107.9 mm VIP-2/PT/FLK50/S7/A-S400 2904289 1
1 2 3 101112131415 22 2324252627 34 3536373839 4647484950 1 2 3 101112131415 22 2324252627 343536373839 46474849 50
1 2 9 1011 12 19 20 21 22 29 3031 32 39 40 3 4 11 1213 15 22 23 26 27 34 3538 39 46 48
Connection scheme VIP-2/.../FLK50 (1-40) /S7 Connection scheme VIP-2/.../FLK50/S7/A-S400
472 PHOENIX CONTACT

MODICON® TSX Quantum and D W D W
Allen-Bradley ControlLogix
H H
adapters.
Features:
– Specific marking
– Specifically for MODICON TSX Quantum
or ControlLogix
Notes: Passive interface modules for input/output, Passive interface modules for input/output,
For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”; with specific marking with specific marking
Order No. 0811862) and mounting material, see Catalog 5. and screw connection and push-in connection


pos. W Pkt. Pkt.
MODICON® TSX Quantum-specific marking from 1 to 40
- with screw connection 50 106.1 mm VIP-2/SC/FLK50/MODI-TSX/Q 2322304 1
- with push-in connection 50 107.9 mm VIP-2/PT/FLK50/MODI-TSX/Q 2904285 1
ControlLogix-specific marking from 1 to 36
- with screw connection 50 95.9 mm VIP-2/SC/FLK50/AB-1756 2322317 1
- with push-in connection 50 97.7 mm VIP-2/PT/FLK50/AB-1756 2904286 1
1 2 3 101112131415 22 23242526 27 343536373839 4647484950 1 2 3 10 11 12 13 14 15 22 23 24 25 26 27 34 35 36 37 38 39 46 47 48 49 50
10 1 8 9 20 11 18 19 30 21 28 29 40 31 38 39 1 8 9 16 17 18 19 26 27 34 35 36
Connection scheme VIP-2/.../FLK50/MODI-TSX/Q Connection scheme VIP-2/.../FLK50/AB-1756

Siemens SIMATIC® S7-300 D W D W
H H
modules are used in combination with two
adapters for Siemens SIMATIC® S7-300.
Features:
– Numerical labeling (1-20)
– Specifically for S7 300.
Notes:
For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”; Passive interface modules Passive interface modules
for SIMATIC® S7-300 for SIMATIC® S7-300
with screw connection with push-in connection



pos. W Pkt. Pkt.
- with screw connection 14 80.6 mm VIP-2/SC/2FLK14 (1-20) /S7 2315230 1
- with push-in connection 14 82.5 mm VIP-2/PT/2FLK14 (1-20) /S7 2903802 1
X1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314 X2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11121314151617181920
Connection scheme: VIP-2/.../2FLK14 (1-20) /S7
474 PHOENIX CONTACT

Allen-Bradley D W D W
H H
modules are used in combination with two
adapters for Allen-Bradley.
Features:
– Specifically for ControlLogix.
Notes:
For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”; Passive interface modules Passive interface modules
for Allen-Bradley ControlLogix for Allen-Bradley ControlLogix


pos. W Pkt. Pkt.
ControlLogix-specific marking from 1 to 20
- with screw connection 14 80.6 mm VIP-2/SC/2FLK14/AB-1756 2322333 1
- with push-in connection 14 82.5 mm VIP-2/PT/2FLK14/AB-1756 2904288 1
X1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314 X2
10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 20111213141516171819
Connection scheme VIP-2/.../2FLK14/AB-1756

VIP termination boards with
2-conductor connection technology D W D W
for 8 channels
H H
These VIP VARIOFACE modules are used
in combination with 14-pos. system cables
and the relevant front adapters.
Features:
– Negative or positive connection per sig-
nal.
Notes: Passive interface modules Passive interface modules
Max. perm. operating voltage 60 V DC 60 V DC

Max total current (voltage supply) 3 A (per byte) 3 A (per byte)

pos. W Pkt. Pkt.
VARIOFACE interface module, for eight channels, each with an
additional terminal block per signal for a common minus potential
- with screw connection 14 50 mm VIP-2/SC/FLK14/8M/PLC 2322281 1

- with push-in connection 14 52 mm VIP-2/PT/FLK14/8M/PLC 2904283 1
VARIOFACE interface module, for eight channels, each with an
additional terminal block per signal for a common plus potential
- with screw connection 14 50 mm VIP-2/SC/FLK14/8P/PLC 2322294 1

- with push-in connection 14 52 mm VIP-2/PT/FLK14/8P/PLC 2904284 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 13 10 12 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 13 10 12 14
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 + 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 -
- - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + +
Connection scheme VIP-2/.../FLK14/8M/PLC Connection scheme VIP-2/.../FLK14/8P/PLC
476 PHOENIX CONTACT

Termination boards with
2-conductor connection technology D W
for 32 channels
H
These VARIOFACE modules are used in
combination with 50-pos. system cables and
the relevant front adapters.
The following module types with 2-con-
ductor connection technology are available:
FLKM 50/32M/PLC
– Negative connection for each signal. Passive interface modules
FLKM 50/32P/PLC with screw connection
– For digital I/O modules 
– Positive connection per signal.
Technical data

Max total current (voltage supply) 8 A (per byte)
Control system level IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
Ordering data

pos. W Pkt.
VARIOFACE interface module, for 32 channels, each with an
additional terminal block per signal for a common minus potential
50 192 mm FLKM 50/32M/PLC 2289719 1

VARIOFACE interface module, for 32 channels, each with an
additional terminal block per signal for a common plus potential
50 192 mm FLKM 50/32P/PLC 2291121 1
11 13 15 23 25 27 35 37 39 47 11 13 15 23 25 27 35 37 39 47
1 2 3 4 10 12 14 16 22 24 26 28 34 36 38 40 46 48 1 2 3 4 10 12 14 16 22 24 26 28 34 36 38 40 46 48
B0.0 B0.7 - B1.0 B1.7 - B2.0 B2.7 - B3.0 B3.7 - + B0.0 B0.7 + B1.0 B1.7 + B2.0 B2.7 + B3.0 B3.7
B0.1 B1.1 B2.1 B3.1 B0.1 B1.1 B2.1 B3.1
DR1 DR2 DR3 DR1 DR2 DR3
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Connection scheme: FLKM 50/32P/PLC Connection scheme: FLKM 50/32M/PLC

Termination boards with fuses with
2-conductor connection method D W
H
combination with 14- or 50-pos. system
cables and the relevant front adapters.
The following module types with fuses
and 2-conductor connection technology are
available:
FLKM 14/8M/SI/PLC (for 8 channels)
FLKM 50/32M/SI/PLC (for 32 channels)
– Byte-wise labeling Passive fuse modules for
– Can be used for digital I/O modules 8 or 32 channels
– Plug-in fuse (IEC 127-3, 1AF) per signal
path (F1)
– Plug-in fuse (IEC 127-3, 2AF) per voltage 
supply (F2)
Technical data
– Negative connection for each signal.
FLKM 14/8M/SI/PLC FLKM 50/32M/PLC
Max total current (voltage supply) 2A 2 A (per byte)
Ordering data

pos. W Pkt.
VARIOFACE module, for eight channels, each with an additional
terminal block and fuse per signal, (common minus potential)
14 57 mm FLKM 14/8M/SI/PLC 2294487 1

VARIOFACE module, for 32 channels, each with an additional
terminal block and fuse per signal, (common minus potential)
50 192 mm FLKM 50/32M/SI/PLC 2294490 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 13 10 12 14
11 13 15 23 25 27 35 37 39 47 F1 F1 F1 F1 F1 F1 F1 F1
1 2 3 4 10 12 14 16 22 24 26 28 34 36 38 40 46 48
F2
F2 F1F1 F1 F2 F1F1 F1 F2 F1F1 F1 F2 F1F1 F1
+ B0.0 B0.1 B0.7 + B1.0 B1.1 B1.7 + B2.0 B2.1 B2.7 + B3.0 B3.1 B3.7
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 +
DR1 DR2 DR3
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - -
Connection scheme: FLKM 50/32M/SI/PLC Connection scheme: FLKM 14/8M/SI/PLC
478 PHOENIX CONTACT

VIP initiator modules for 8 channels
D W D W
H H
modules are used in combination with 14-pos.
system cables and the relevant front adapters.
Features:
– Positive and negative connection per
signal
– Optionally with LED. Initiator modules Initiator modules
Notes: with screw connection with push-in connection


VIP-3/SC/FLK14/8IM/PLC VIP-3/SC/FLK14/8IM/LED/PLC VIP-3/PT/FLK14/8IM/PLC VIP-3/PT/FLK14/8IM/LED/PLC
Max. perm. operating voltage 60 V DC 24 V DC 60 V DC 24 V DC
Max total current (voltage supply) 3A 3A 3A 3A
Dimensions H/D 69 mm / 62 mm 75.8 mm / 63 mm

pos. W Pkt. Pkt.
VARIOFACE initiator module, for connecting 8 PNP initiators,
with an additional positive and negative terminal block each per
signal
- with screw connection 14 52.3 mm VIP-3/SC/FLK14/8IM/PLC 2322278 1
- with push-in connection 14 52 mm VIP-3/PT/FLK14/8IM/PLC 2904282 1
VARIOFACE initiator module with LED, for connecting 8 PNP
initiators, with an additional positive and negative terminal block
each per signal
- with screw connection 14 52.3 mm VIP-3/SC/FLK14/8IM/LED/PLC 2322265 1

- with push-in connection 14 52 mm VIP-3/PT/FLK14/8IM/LED/PLC 2904281 1
1 2 3 4 8 9 11 13 10 12 14 1 2 3 4 8 9 11 13 10 12 14
0 1 2 3 7 0 1 2 3 7
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + +
- - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Connection scheme VIP-3/.../FLK14/8IM/PLC Connection scheme VIP-3/.../FLK14/8IM/LED/PLC

Initiator modules for 32 channels
D W D W
H H
combination with 50-pos. system cables and
the relevant front adapters for digital
I/O modules.
Features:
– Positive and negative connection per
signal
– Optionally with LED Initiator modules for 32 channels, Initiator modules for 32 channels,
with screw connection with spring-cage connection


... 50/32 IM ... 50/32 IM/LA
Max. perm. operating voltage 60 V DC 20 V DC (up to 30 V DC) 60 V DC
Max. perm. current (per branch) 1A 1A 1A
Max total current (voltage supply) 2 A (per byte) 2 A (per byte) 2 A (per byte)
Status indication No LED -
Rated surge voltage 0.8 kV 0.8 kV 0.6 kV
Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
Mounting position Any Any Any
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 DIN EN 50178,
Connection method Field level Screw connection Screw connection Spring-cage connection
Control system level IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm) IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm) IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
Dimensions H/D 90 mm / 81 mm 90 mm / 73.5 mm

pos. W Pkt. Pkt.
VARIOFACE initiator module, for connection of 32 PNP initiators
50 180 mm FLKMS 50/32IM/PLC 2284523 1

VARIOFACE initiator module, same as before, however with light
indicator
50 180 mm FLKMS 50/32IM/LA/PLC 2284510 1
VARIOFACE initiator module, for connection of 32 PNP initiators
50 180 mm FLKMS 50/32IM/ZFKDS/PLC 2901389 1
13 25 37 11 23 35 47 2 14 26 38 12 24 36 48
3 4 10 15 16 22 27 28 34 39 40 46 1 2 14 26 38 12 24 36 48 3 4 10 15 16 22 27 28 34 39 40 46 1 13 25 37 11 23 35 47
B0.0B0.1B0.7B1.0B1.1B1.7B2.0B2.1B2.7B3.0B3.1B3.7 B0.0 B0.1 B0.7 B1.0 B1.1 B1.7 B2.0B2.1 B2.7 B3.0 B3.1 B3.7
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Connection scheme: FLKMS 50/32IM/PLC, FLKMS 50/32IM/LA/PLC connection scheme

...50/32IM/ZFKDS/PLC
480 PHOENIX CONTACT

COMPACT-LINE initiator modules Notes:
with spring-cage connection Due to the geometry, it is not possible to couple any molded FLK D W
connectors (e.g., VIP-PA...S7).
H
combination with 14- and 50-pos. system
cables and the relevant front adapters.
The following COMPACT-LINE initiator
modules are available:
UM 45-FLK14/8IM/.../PLC
(for 8 channels)
UM 45-FLK 50/32IM/.../PLC
(for 32 channels) Sensor modules for 8 or 32 channels
– Byte-wise labeling With spring-cage connection
– Can be used for digital I/O modules
– Positive and negative connection for
every signal 
Technical data
UM 45-FLK 14/.../PLC UM 45-FLK 50/.../PLC
Max total current (voltage supply) 3A 2 A (per byte)
Connection method Field level Spring-cage connection Spring-cage connection
Ordering data

pos. W Pkt.
VARIOFACE-COMPACT-LINE initiator module, for connection
of eight PNP initiators
14 75 mm UM 45-FLK14/ 8IM/ZFKDS/PLC 2965211 1
VARIOFACE-COMPACT-LINE initiator module, for connection
of 32 PNP initiators
50 197 mm UM 45-FLK50/32IM/ZFKDS/PLC 2965224 1
1 2 3 4 8 9 11 13 10 12 14
13 25 37 11 23 35 47
3 4 10 15 16 22 27 28 34 39 40 46 1 2 14 26 38 12 24 36 48
0 1 2 3 7
B0.0B0.1B0.7B1.0B1.1B1.7B2.0B2.1B2.7B3.0B3.1B3.7
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
- - - - - - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - -
UM 45-FLK50/32IM/ZFKDS/PLC connection scheme UM 45-FLK14/8IM/ZFKDS/PLC connection scheme

Controller boards with
knife disconnect terminal blocks D W
H
These VARIOFACE modules with knife
disconnection and test connection for each
signal (2 or 2.3 mm Ø test plug) are used in
combination with the respective front
adapters.
FLKM14/KDS3-MT/PPA/PLC
(for 8 channels)
FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/PLC
(for 32 channels) Passive interface modules for
– Byte-wise labeling 8 or 32 channels with
– Can be used for digital I/O modules knife disconnect terminal blocks
FLKM-2FLK14/KDS3-MT/PPA/S7

– Specially for S7-300 (in conjunction with Technical data
the front adapter FLKM 14-PA-S300, FLKM...14/KDS 3-MT... FLKM 50/KDS 3-MT...
Order No.: 2299770) Max. perm. operating voltage 60 V DC 60 V DC
FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/7-300 Max total current (voltage supply) 3A 2 A (per byte)
– Numerical labeling (1-40) Rated surge voltage 0.8 kV 0.8 kV
– Specially for S7-300 (in conjunction with Mounting position Any Any
the front adapter FLKM 50-PA-S300, Standards/regulations IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Order No.: 2294445). Connection method Field level Screw connection with
disconnect knife
Screw connection with
disconnect knife
FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/AN/PLC Control system level IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm) IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
– Numerical labeling (1-50) Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
– Specially for S7-400 (in conjunction with Dimensions H/D 77 mm / 61 mm
the front adapter FLKM 50-PA-S400 (3-48) Ordering data

Order No.: 2294908). No. of Module width Pcs. /
pos. W Pkt.
VARIOFACE interface module, for eight channels, with knife dis-
connect terminal blocks and test sockets to the field and the system
14 67 mm FLKM 14/KDS3-MT/PPA/PLC 2290423 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 46 47 48 49 50 VARIOFACE interface module, for 32 channels, with knife dis-
connect terminal blocks and test sockets to the field and the system
50 214 mm FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/PLC 2290614 1

VARIOFACE interface module, for SIMATIC S7-300 with
SIMATIC-specific labeling (1-20), knife disconnect terminal blocks,
and test sockets to the field and the system
14 113 mm FLKM-2FLK14/KDS3-MT/PPA/S7 2295062 1

VARIOFACE interface module, same as before, however, with
SIMATIC-specific labeling (1-40)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 46 47 48 49 50 50 214 mm FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/S7-300 2304490 1

FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/AN/PLC connection scheme VARIOFACE interface module, same as before, however, for
SIMATIC S7-400 with SIMATIC-specific labeling (3-48)
1 2 3 101112 131415 222324 25 2627 3435 363738 39 4647484950

50 259 mm FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/AN/PLC 2291587 1
1 2 9 10 11 12 19 20 21 22 29 30 31 32 39 40
FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/S7-300 connection scheme
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 13 10 12 14
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314 1 2 3 101112 131415 22 2324 252627 343536 373839 4647484950
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11121314151617181920
+ B0.0 B0.7 - + B1.0 B1.7 - + B2.0 B2.7 - + B3.0 B3.7 -
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 + + - -
FLKM-2FLK14/KDS3-MT/PPA/S7 connection scheme FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/PLC connection scheme FLKM 14/KDS3-MT/PPA/PLC connection scheme
482 PHOENIX CONTACT

Simulation module with switches
D W
H
These VARIOFACE modules enable sim- FLK 14 1 3 5 7 8 91011121314
2 4 6
SMC 1,5 + - 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 + -
ple simulation of the control and peripheral
hardware for 8 signals.
The UM 45-DI/DO/S/LA/SIM8 switch
module is assembled for signal transmission
with COMBICON screw connector for sin-
gle-conductor wiring. Alternatively, connec-
tion to the PLC system cabling is established
through a 14-pos. flat-ribbon cable pin strip.
Connection to the front adapters of the Switch module
PLC system cabling is established through
14-pos. system cables with socket strips. Technical data
Each signal path is allocated an LED which
signals the “high active” signal state. The Max. perm. current (per branch) 1A
supply voltage to the modules is signaled via Max total current (voltage supply) 8 A (+, - terminal block)
a green LED. Rated surge voltage 0.8 kV
Notes: Mounting position Any
Type of housing:
Terminal blocks: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
Housing: PVC Dimensions H/D 45 mm / 51 mm
Marking systems and mounting material Ordering data

See Catalog 5
pos. W Pkt.
VARIOFACE switch module, for simulation
75 mm UM 45-DI/DO/S/LA/SIM8 2968205 1
Simulation module for display

D W
H
These VARIOFACE modules enable sim- FLK 14 1 3 4 7 9 11 13
2 4 6 8 10 12 14
SCM 1,5 + - 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 + -
ple simulation of the control and peripheral
hardware for 8 signals.
The UM 45-DO/LA/SIM8 display module
is assembled for signal transmission with
COMBICON screw connector for single-
conductor wiring. Alternatively, connection
to the PLC system cabling is established
through a 14-pos. flat-ribbon cable pin strip.
Connection to the front adapters of the Indicator module
PLC system cabling is established through
14-pos. system cables with socket strips. Technical data
Each signal path is allocated an LED which
signals the “high active” signal state. The Max. perm. current (per branch) 1A
supply voltage to the modules is signaled via Max total current (voltage supply) 8 A (+, - terminal block)
a green LED. Rated surge voltage 0.8 kV
Notes: Mounting position Any
Type of housing:
Terminal blocks: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
Housing: PVC Dimensions H/D 45 mm / 51 mm
Marking systems and mounting material Ordering data

See Catalog 5
pos. W Pkt.
VARIOFACE display module, for simulation
75 mm UM 45-DO/LA/SIM8 2968195 1

Adapter for PLC-INTERFACE Notes:
(6.2 mm) For cross-reference list with matching PLC-INTERFACE modules,
see page 488
PLC-V8/... are the VARIOFACE adapters

connecting the eight slim 6.2 mm
PLC-INTERFACE modules to the
VARIOFACE system cabling:
– Can be plugged into the bridge shafts of
eight aligned PLC-INTERFACE modules
– Freely definable configuration with relays,
optocouplers, and passive feed-through
terminal blocks
– With D-SUB connection as an option for VARIOFACE adapter
for 6.2 mm PLC-INTERFACE
universal connections

Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage 24 V DC ±25%

Max. perm. current (per branch) 1 A (per signal path)
Max total current (voltage supply) 3A
Connection method Power supply Screw connection
Signal level IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
Ordering data

pos. W Pkt.
V8 adapter, for 8 PLC interfaces (6.2 mm), with
FLK connection, for PLC system cabling, positive switching
OUTPUT 14 49.6 mm PLC-V8/FLK14/OUT 2295554 1

INPUT 14 49.6 mm PLC-V8/FLK14/IN 2296553 1
V8 adapter, for 8 PLC interfaces (6.2 mm), with
FLK connection, for PLC system cabling, negative switching
OUTPUT 14 49.6 mm PLC-V8/FLK14/OUT/M 2304102 1

INPUT 14 49.6 mm PLC-V8/FLK14/IN/M 2304115 1
V8 output adapter, for 8 PLC interfaces (6.2 mm), with
15-pos. D-SUB connection
Pin strip 15 49.6 mm PLC-V8/D15S/OUT 2296058 1
Socket strip 15 49.6 mm PLC-V8/D15B/OUT 2296061 1
V8 input adapter, for 8 PLC interfaces (6.2 mm), with
15-pos. D-SUB connection
Pin strip 15 49.6 mm PLC-V8/D15S/IN 2296074 1
Socket strip 15 49.6 mm PLC-V8/D15B/IN 2296087 1
1/1 1/2 1/3 1/4 1/5 1/6 1/7 1/8 Contacting 1/1 1/2 1/3 1/4 1/5 1/6 1/7 1/8 Contacting
PLC terminal blocks PLC terminal blocks
2/1 2/2 2/3 2/4 2/5 2/6 2/7 2/8 2/1 2/2 2/3 2/4 2/5 2/6 2/7 2/8
+ +
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 - Power 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 - Power
FLK14 terminals FLK14 terminals
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
PLC-V8/FLK14/OUT connection scheme PLC-V8/FLK14/OUT/M connection scheme
1/1 1/2 1/3 1/4 1/5 1/6 1/7 1/8 Contacting 1/1 1/2 1/3 1/4 1/5 1/6 1/7 1/8 Contacting
PLC terminal blocks PLC terminal blocks
2/1 2/2 2/3 2/4 2/5 2/6 2/7 2/8 2/1 2/2 2/3 2/4 2/5 2/6 2/7 2/8
+ +
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 - Power 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 - Power
FLK14 terminals FLK14 terminals
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
Connection scheme: PLC-V8/FLK14/IN Connection scheme: PLC-V8/FLK14/IN/M
484 PHOENIX CONTACT

Adapter for PLC-INTERFACE Notes:
(14 mm) For cross-reference list with matching PLC-INTERFACE modules,
see page 488
PLC-V8L/... are the VARIOFACE adapt-

ers connecting the eight 14 mm
PLC-INTERFACE modules (2 PDT, HC, and
IC types) to the system cabling:
– Can be plugged into the bridge shafts of
eight aligned PLC-INTERFACE modules
– Freely selectable assembly with relays or
optocouplers
VARIOFACE adapter
for 14 mm PLC-INTERFACE

Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage 24 V DC ±25%

Max. perm. current (per branch) 1 A (per signal path)
Max total current (voltage supply) 3A
Connection method Power supply Screw connection
Signal level IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
Ordering data

pos. W Pkt.
V8 adapter, for 8 PLC interfaces (14 mm), with
FLK connection, for PLC system cabling, positive switching
14 112.3 mm PLC-V8L/FLK14/OUT 2299660 1

V8 adapter, for 8 PLC interfaces (14 mm), with
FLK connection, for PLC system cabling, negative switching
14 112.3 mm PLC-V8L/FLK14/OUT/M 2304306 1
1/1 1/2 1/3 1/4 1/5 1/6 1/7 1/8 Contacting

PLC terminal blocks
2/1 2/2 2/3 2/4 2/5 2/6 2/7 2/8
+
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 - Power
FLK14 terminals
2 4 6 8 10 12 14
PLC-V8L/FLK14/OUT connection scheme
1/1 1/2 1/3 1/4 1/5 1/6 1/7 1/8 Contacting

PLC terminal blocks
2/1 2/2 2/3 2/4 2/5 2/6 2/7 2/8
+
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 - Power
FLK14 terminals
2 4 6 8 10 12 14
PLC-V8L/FLK14/OUT/M connection scheme

Feed-through terminal blocks for
PLC-INTERFACE D W
H
The VARIOFACE PLC-VT terminals are
passive feed-through terminal blocks, with
the same shape as the 6.2 mm slim relay and
PLC-INTERFACE optocoupler interfaces.
This makes it possible to implement 8-chan-
nel interface blocks for the system cabling,
which can be adapted to a bit for the partic-
ular application. For individual require-
ments, the relay, optocoupler or the PLC-
VT terminal blocks for passive signal trans- VARIOFACE feed-through terminal blocks for
mission can be combined as needed. PLC-INTERFACE universal series
PLC-VT
PLC-VT/LA 
– Can be combined with PLC-INTERFACE
universal series Technical data
– Signal path with additional potential level PLC-VT PLC-VT/LA
Max. perm. operating voltage max. 250 V AC/DC 24 V DC
for free assignment (two-conductor con- Max. perm. current (per branch) 6 A (per signal conductor) 6 A (per signal conductor)
nection) Ambient temperature (operation) -40°C ... 70°C -40°C ... 70°C
– Optionally with LED Mounting position Any Any
Ordering data

pos. W Pkt.
VARIOFACE feed-through terminal block (two-conductor
connection), for PLC-INTERFACE universal series
6.2 mm PLC-VT 2296870 10
VARIOFACE feed-through terminal block, same as before,
however, with 24 V DC light indicator
6.2 mm PLC-VT/LA 2296854 10
2 3
1 4
NC 5
PLC-VT connection scheme
2 3
1 4
NC 5
PLC-VT/LA connection scheme
486 PHOENIX CONTACT

Feed-through terminal blocks for
PLC-INTERFACE D W
H
The VARIOFACE PLC-VT terminals are
passive feed-through terminal blocks, with
the same shape as the 6.2 mm slim relay and
PLC-INTERFACE optocoupler interfaces.
This makes it possible to implement 8-chan-
nel interface blocks for the system cabling,
which can be adapted to a bit for the partic-
ular application. For individual require-
ments, the relay, optocoupler or the PLC-
VT terminal blocks for passive signal trans- VARIOFACE feed-through terminal blocks for
mission can be combined as needed. PLC-INTERFACE actuator series
PLC-VT/ACT
PLC-VT/ACT/LA 
– Can be combined with PLC-INTERFACE
actuator series Technical data
– Signal path with two additional potential PLC-VT/AKT PLC-VT/AKT/LA
Max. perm. operating voltage max. 250 V AC/DC 24 V DC
levels for free assignment (three-conductor Max. perm. current (per branch) 6 A (per signal conductor) 6 A (per signal conductor)
connection)
– Optionally with LED Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
-40°C ... 70°C
Any
-40°C ... 70°C
Any
The system connection is made via the Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
PLC-V8 adapter. Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Ordering data

pos. W Pkt.
VARIOFACE feed-through terminal block (three-conductor
connection), for PLC-INTERFACE actuator series
6.2 mm PLC-VT/ACT 2295567 10
VARIOFACE feed-through terminal block, same as before,
however, with 24 V DC light indicator
6.2 mm PLC-VT/ACT/LA 2296867 10
2 3
1 4
PLC-VT/ACT connection scheme
2 3
1 4
5
PLC-VT/ACT/LA connection scheme

Cross-reference list for PLC-V8 adapters with matching PLC-INTERFACE modules

Series
Function Contact Input Output Page Spring-cage connection Order No.:

24 V DC 250 V AC/DC / 6 A 322 PLC-RSP-24DC/21 2966472
24 V DC 250 V AC/DC / 10 A 333 PLC-RSP-24DC/21HC 2912277
12 V DC 30 V AC/36 V DC / 50 mA 323 PLC-RSP-12DC/21AU 2967442
24 V DC 30 V AC/36 V DC / 50 mA 323 PLC-RSP-24DC/21AU 2966540
24 V AC/DC 30 V AC/36 V DC / 50 mA 323 PLC-RSP-24UC/21AU 2966553
1 PDT 48 V DC 30 V AC/36 V DC / 50 mA 323 PLC-RSP-48DC/21AU 2966566
Relay 60 V DC 30 V AC/36 V DC / 50 mA 323 PLC-RSP-60DC/21AU 2966579
120 V AC 30 V AC/36 V DC / 50 mA1) 334 PLC-BSP-120UC/21/SO46 29803513)
230 V AC 30 V AC/36 V DC / 50 mA1) 334 PLC-BSP-230UC/21/SO46 29803773)
24 V DC 250 V AC/DC / 6 A 323 PLC-RSP-24DC/21-21 2912507
2 PDTs
24 V DC 30 V AC/DC / 50 mA 323 PLC-RSP-24DC/21-21AU 2912578
24 V AC/DC 250 V AC/DC / 6 A 350 PLC-RSP-24UC/1/S/H 2982249
Relay switch 1 N/O contact
24 V AC/DC 250 V AC/DC / 6 A 350 PLC-RSP-24UC/1/S/L 2834889
Universal
24 V DC 24 V DC / 3 A 325 PLC-OSP-24DC/24DC/2 2967471

24 V DC 24 V DC / 10 A 353 PLC-OSP-24DC/24DC/10/R 2982715
24 V DC 250 V AC / 0.75 A 325 PLC-OSP-24DC/230AC/1 2967895
24 V DC 300 V DC / 1 A 352 PLC-OSP-24DC/300DC/1 2980830
24 V DC 48 V DC / 100 mA 324 PLC-OSP-24DC/48DC/100 2967549
48 V DC 48 V DC / 100 mA 324 PLC-OSP-48DC/48DC/100 2967743
1 N/O contact, electronic
Optocoupler 60 V DC 48 V DC / 100 mA 324 PLC-OSP-60DC/48DC/100 2967756
120 V AC/DC 48 V DC / 100 mA 324 PLC-OSP-120UC/48DC/100 2967552
230 V AC/DC 48 V DC / 100 mA 324 PLC-OSP-230UC/48DC/100 2967565
NAMUR 24 V DC / 50 mA 364 PLC-SP-EIK 1-SVN 24P/P 2982676
120 V AC 48 V DC / 100 mA2) 334 PLC-BSP-120UC/21/SO46 29803513)
230 V AC 48 V DC / 100 mA2) 334 PLC-BSP-230UC/21/SO46 29803773)
1 PDT, electronic 24 V DC 48 V DC / 0.5 A 353 PLC-OSP-24DC/48DC/500/W 2980649
250 V AC/DC 250 V AC/DC 486 –

Feed-through –
24 V DC 24 V DC 486 –
24 V DC 250 V AC/DC / 6 A 326 PLC-RSP-24DC/1/ACT 2967345

1 N/O contact 250 V AC/DC / 10 A
Relay 24 V DC 332 PLC-RSP-24DC/1IC/ACT 2912413
(80 A; 20 ms)
2 N/O contacts 24 V DC 250 V AC/DC / 6 A 327 –
Actuator
24 V DC 24 V DC / 3 A 327 PLC-OSP-24DC/24DC/2/ACT 2967507

24 V DC 24 V DC / 5 A 328 –
Optocoupler 1 N/O contact, electronic
24 V DC 250 V AC / 0.75 A 327 –
24 V DC 250 V AC / 2 A 328 –
250 V AC/DC 250 V AC/DC 487 –
Feed-through –
24 V DC 24 V DC 487 –
24 V DC 30 V AC/36 V DC / 50 mA 330 PLC-RSP-24DC/1AU/SEN 2967374

120 V AC/DC 30 V AC/36 V DC / 50 mA 330 PLC-RSP-120UC/1AU/SEN 2967390
Relay 1 N/O contact 230 V AC/DC 30 V AC/36 V DC / 50 mA 330 PLC-RSP-230UC/1AU/SEN 2967413
120 V AC 30 V AC/36 V DC / 50 mA1) 335 PLC-BSP-120UC/1/SEN/SO46 29803643)
Sensor4)
230 V AC 30 V AC/36 V DC / 50 mA1) 335 PLC-BSP-230UC/1/SEN/SO46 29803803)

24 V DC 48 V DC / 100 mA 331 PLC-OSP-24DC/48DC/100/SEN 2967578
120 V AC/DC 48 V DC / 100 mA 331 PLC-OSP-120UC/48DC/100/SEN 2967581
Optocoupler 1 N/O contact, electronic 230 V AC/DC 48 V DC / 100 mA 331 PLC-OSP-230UC/48DC/100/SEN 2967594
120 V AC 48 V DC / 100 mA2) 335 PLC-BSP-120UC/1/SEN/SO46 29803643)
230 V AC 48 V DC / 100 mA2) 335 PLC-BSP-230UC/1/SEN/SO46 29803803)
1) Plug-in miniature relay insert: REL-MR-60DC/21AU, 2961134

2) Plug-in solid-state relay insert: OPT-60DC/48DC/100, 2966621
3) PLC-...SO46 is supplied as a basic terminal block with filter, but without relay or solid-state relay.
4) Cannot be combined with the universal series (within a byte)
488 PHOENIX CONTACT

PLC-V8...OUT(/M)
PLC-V8...IN(/M)
PLC-V8L...OUT
Push-in connection Order No.: Screw connection Order No.:
PLC-RPT-24DC/21 2900299 PLC-RSC-24DC/21 2966171 X
PLC universal series
PLC-RPT-24DC/21HC 2900291 PLC-RSC-24DC/21HC 2967620 X
The universal series of products can be
PLC-RPT-12DC/21AU 2900317 PLC-RSC-12DC/21AU 2966919 X
X X
used as either input or output interfaces.
PLC-RPT-24DC/21AU 2900306 PLC-RSC-24DC/21AU 2966265
PLC-RPT-24UC/21AU 2900307 PLC-RSC-24UC/21AU 2966278 X X
Each product consists of a basic terminal
PLC-RPT-48DC/21AU 2900308 PLC-RSC-48DC/21AU 2966126 X block with a plug-in miniature relay (PDT
PLC-RPT-60DC/21AU 2900309 PLC-RSC-60DC/21AU 2966142 X contact) or a plug-in solid-state relay.
PLC-RPT-120UC/21AU 2900310 PLC-RSC-120UC/21AU 2966281 X
PLC-RPT-230UC/21AU 2900311 PLC-RSC-230UC/21AU 2966294 X
PLC-RPT-120UC/21/SO46 29004533) PLC-BSC-120UC/21/SO46 29803193) X
PLC-RPT-230UC/21/SO46 29004553) PLC-BSC-230UC/21/SO46 29803353) X
PLC-RPT-24DC/21-21 2900330 PLC-RSC-24DC/21-21 2967060 X
PLC-RPT-24DC/21-21AU 2900338 PLC-RSC-24DC/21-21AU 2967125 X
PLC-RPT-24UC/1/S/H 2900328 PLC-RSC-24UC/1/S/H 2982236 X
PLC-RPT-24UC/1/S/L 2900327 PLC-RSC-24UC/1/S/L 2834876 X
PLC-OPT-24DC/24DC/2 2900364 PLC-OSC-24DC/24DC/2 2966634 X

PLC-OPT-24DC/24DC/10/R 2900398 PLC-OSC-24DC/24DC/10/R 2982702 X
PLC-OPT-24DC/230AC/1 2900369 PLC-OSC-24DC/230AC/1 2967840 X
PLC-OPT-24DC/48DC/100 2900352 PLC-OSC-24DC/48DC/100 2966728 X X
PLC actuator series
When used as an interface between the
X
PLC and actuators, such as motors, contac-
PLC-OPT-120UC/48DC/100 2900355 PLC-OSC-120UC/48DC/100 2966744
PLC-OPT-230UC/48DC/100 2900356 PLC-OSC-230UC/48DC/100 2966757 X
tors or solenoid valves, only one N/O con-
PLC-PT-EIK 1-SVN 24P/P 2900397 PLC-SC-EIK 1-SVN 24P/P 2982663 X tact function is normally required. In such
PLC-BPT-120UC/21/SO46 29004533) PLC-BSC-120UC/21/SO46 29803193) X cases, the PLC...ACT output interface is
PLC-BPT-230UC/21/SO46 29004553) PLC-BSC-230UC/21/SO46 29803353) X used. All actuator connections, including
PLC-OPT-24DC/48DC/500/W 2900378 PLC-OSC-24DC/48DC/500/W 2980636 X
the load return line, are connected directly.
This eliminates the need for additional out-
put terminal blocks.
– PLC-VT 2296870 X X
– PLC-VT/LA 2296854 X X
PLC-RPT-24DC/1/ACT 2900312 PLC-RSC-24DC/1/ACT 2966210 X
PLC-RPT-24DC/1IC/ACT 2900298 PLC-RSC-24DC/1IC/ACT 2967604 X
– PLC-RSC-24DC/1-1/ACT 2967109 X
PLC-OPT-24DC/24DC/2/ACT 2900376 PLC-OSC-24DC/24DC/2/ACT 2966676 X
– PLC-OSC-24DC/24DC/5/ACT 2982786 X
– PLC-OSC-24DC/230AC/1/ACT 2967947 X
– PLC-OSC-24DC/230AC/2/ACT 2982760 X
– PLC-VT/AKT 2295567 X
– PLC-VT/AKT/LA 2296867 X
PLC-RPT-24DC/1AU/SEN 2900313 PLC-RSC-24DC/1AU/SEN 2966317 X

PLC sensor series
PLC-RPT-120UC/1AU/SEN 2900314 PLC-RSC-120UC/1AU/SEN 2966320 X
X
When used as an interface between the
PLC-RPT-230UC/1AU/SEN 2900315 PLC-RSC-230UC/1AU/SEN 2966333
PLC-BPT-120UC/1/SEN/SO46 29004563) PLC-BSC-120UC/1/SEN/SO46 29803223) X
PLC and sensors, such as proximity switch-
PLC-BPT-230UC/1/SEN/SO46 29004573) PLC-BSC-230UC/1/SEN/SO46 29803483) X es, limit switches or auxiliary contacts, only
PLC-OPT-24DC/48DC/100/SEN 2900358 PLC-OSC-24DC/48DC/100/SEN 2966773 X one N/O contact function is normally re-
PLC-OPT-120UC/48DC/100/SEN 2900359 PLC-OSC-120UC/48DC/100/SEN 2966799 X quired. In such cases, the PLC…SEN input
PLC-OPT-230UC/48DC/100/SEN 2900361 PLC-OSC-230UC/48DC/100/SEN 2966809 X interface is used. All sensor connections, in-
PLC-BPT-120UC/1/SEN/SO46 29004563) PLC-BSC-120UC/1/SEN/SO46 29803223) X cluding the supply voltage for the sen-
PLC-BPT-230UC/1/SEN/SO46 29004573) PLC-BSC-230UC/1/SEN/SO46 29803483) X sors/switches, are connected directly. This
eliminates the need for additional modular
terminal blocks.

COMPACT-LINE output modules Notes:
with relays, one N/O contact The connection cable between the base and the extension D W
modules is delivered with the extension unit.
Due to the geometry, it is not possible to couple any molded H
These VARIOFACE Compact Line output FLK connectors (e.g., VIP-PA...S7).
modules are used in combination with the
respective front adapters.
Like the front adapters, the modules are
connected via 14-pos. or 50-pos. system ca-
bles. The following features characterize
these relay modules:
– Plug-in miniature relays, each with an N/O
contact
Output module with eight miniature relays,
– Universal applications from 1 mA to 3 A 1 N/O contact
continuous current through 2-layer dou-
ble contact with hard gold plating
– Low construction height of only 45 mm 
– LED status display for each signal path and
supply voltage 1 2 3 8 9 1113101214
– Freewheeling and reverse polarity protec-
tion diode for each signal path.
With the 32-channel version, the system
cable is connected to the UM 45-16RM/MR- 8
1 2 3
G24/1/PLC 16-channel base module.
The UM 45-16RM/MR-G24/1/E/PLC output
extension module with a further 16 chan-
14 13 24 23 34 33 84 83 + -
nels is coupled to the base module via a
20-pos. flat-ribbon cable (length: 10 cm). Technical data
Coil side
Operating voltage UN 24 V DC
Typ. input current at UN 6.5 mA
Input circuit Freewheeling diode, Protection against polarity reversal
Status display/channel Yellow LED
No. of pos. 14
Contact side
Contact type 1 N/O contact (double contact)
Contact material AgNi, 5 µm hard gold-plated
Min. switching voltage 5V
Max. interrupting rating: 24 V DC 72 W
48 V DC 60 W
60 V DC 50 W
110 V DC 50 W
250 V AC 750 VA
Connection method Screw connection
General data
Test voltage 2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ordering data
Module width Pcs. /

W Pkt.
VARIOFACE COMPACT LINE output module, for
24 V DC (including relays)
- With 8 miniature relays 103 UM 45- 8RM/MR-G24/1/PLC 2962900 1
- With 16 miniature relays 215
VARIOFACE COMPACT LINE output extension module, for
24 V DC (including relays)
- With 16 miniature relays 200
Accessories
Plug-in miniature relays REL-MR-G 24/1 2961037 8
490 PHOENIX CONTACT

D W D W
H H
Output base module with 16 miniature relays, Output extension module with 16 miniature relays,
1 N/O contact one N/O contact
 
1,2 11,12 3 10 13,14 23,24 15 22 2 20 17 12 1 19 9 4
1 8 9 16 17 24 25 32
+- +- + - + -
B0 B0 14 13 84 83 B1 B1 94 93 164 163 B2 B2 174 173 244 243 B3 B3 254 253 324 323
24 V DC 24 V DC
6.5 mA 6.5 mA
5 ms 5 ms
15 ms 15 ms
Freewheeling diode, Protection against polarity reversal Freewheeling diode, Protection against polarity reversal
Yellow LED Yellow LED
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm) IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
50 20
1 N/O contact (double contact) 1 N/O contact (double contact)

AgNi, 5 µm hard gold-plated AgNi, 5 µm hard gold-plated
250 V AC / 125 V DC 250 V AC / 125 V DC
5V 5V
5A 5A
3A 3A
1 mA 1 mA
72 W 72 W
60 W 60 W
50 W 50 W
50 W 50 W
750 VA 750 VA
Screw connection Screw connection
0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 14
2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)

-20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
2 x 107 cycles 2 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Any Any
In rows with zero spacing In rows with zero spacing
45 mm / 50 mm 45 mm / 50 mm
Pcs. / Pcs. /
Pkt. Pkt.
UM 45-16RM/MR-G24/1/PLC 2962913 1
UM 45-16RM/MR-G24/1/E/PLC 2962926 1
REL-MR-G 24/1 2961037 8 REL-MR-G 24/1 2961037 8

Output modules with relays,
one N/O contact D W D W
H H
These VARIOFACE output modules are
used in combination with the respective
front adapters.
– Plug-in miniature relays, each with an N/O
contact
– Universal applications from 1 mA to 3 A
continuous current through 2-layer dou-
ble contact with hard gold plating
– Slim construction widths of only 55 mm
(8 channels) or 202 mm (32 channels) Output module with eight miniature relays, Output modules with 32 miniature relays,
1 N/O contact 1 N/O contact
supply voltage
– Freewheeling and reverse polarity protec-  
tion diode for each signal path.
13,14
1 2 3 8 9 1113101214 1,2 11,12 3 10 23,24 15 46
1 2 3 8 1 8 9 32
14 13 24 23 34 33 84 83 + - + - +-
B0 B0 14 13 84 83 B1 B1 94 93 324 323

Coil side
Operating voltage UN 24 V DC 24 V DC
Typ. input current at UN 6.5 mA 6.5 mA
Typ. response time at U N 5 ms 5 ms
Input circuit Freewheeling diode, Protection against polarity reversal Freewheeling diode, Protection against polarity reversal
Status display/channel Yellow LED Yellow LED
Connection method IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm) IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
No. of pos. 14 50
Contact side
Contact type 1 N/O contact (double contact) 1 N/O contact (double contact)
Contact material AgNi, 5 µm hard gold-plated AgNi, 5 µm hard gold-plated
Max. inrush current 5A 5A
Limiting continuous current 3A 3A
Max. interrupting rating: 24 V DC 72 W 72 W
48 V DC 60 W 60 W
60 V DC 50 W 50 W
110 V DC 50 W 50 W
250 V AC 750 VA 750 VA
General data
Test voltage 3 kV AC 3 kV AC
Module width Pcs. / Pcs. /

W Pkt. Pkt.
VARIOFACE output module, with 8 miniature relays, plugged in,
for 24 V DC (including relays)
56 UMK- 8 RM/MR-G24/ 1/PLC 2979469 1
202 UMK-32 RM/MR-G24/1/PLC 2979472 1
Plug-in miniature relays REL-MR-G 24/1 2961037 8 REL-MR-G 24/1 2961037 8
492 PHOENIX CONTACT

Output modules with relay, 1 PDT
D W D W
H H
front adapters.
– Plug-in miniature relays, each with a PDT
contact
Output module with eight miniature relays, Output module with 32 miniature relays,
– Slim construction widths of only 80 mm 1 PDT 1 PDT
(8 channels) or 271 mm (32 channels)
supply voltage
– Freewheeling diode for each signal path
12 34 5 6 78 9 11 13 10 12 14
1,2,13,14,25,26,37,38
11,12,23,24,35,36,47,48
Notes:
10
15
16
45
46
3
4
9
1 3 5 7
1 7 9 31
2 4 6 8
2 8 10 32
+ -
22
21
24
42
41
44
62
61
64
82
81
84
321
81
21
101
- -
322
324
82
84
22
102
24
104
+
+
312
314
11
31
51
71
12
52
72
14
32
34
54
74
11
71
91
12
72
92
14
74
94
311

Coil side
Input circuit Freewheeling diode Freewheeling diode
Status display/channel Yellow LED Yellow LED
Connection method IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm) IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
No. of pos. 14 50
Contact side
Min. switching voltage 12 V AC/DC 12 V AC/DC
48 V DC 58 W 58 W
60 V DC 48 W 48 W
110 V DC 50 W 50 W
220 V DC 80 W 80 W
250 V AC 1250 VA 1250 VA
General data
Test voltage 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)

W Pkt. Pkt.
80 UM- 8 RM/RT-G24/21/PLC 2968386 1
271 UM-32 RM/RT-G24/21/PLC1) 2968373 1
Plug-in miniature relays REL-MR- 24DC/21HC 2961312 10 REL-MR- 24DC/21HC 2961312 10

Output modules with relay, 1 PDT Notes:
The connection cable between the base and the extension mod- D W
ules is delivered with the extension unit.
H
front adapters.
– Plug-in miniature relays, each with a PDT
contact
Output module with eight miniature relays,
– LED status display for each signal path and 1 PDT
supply voltage
– Freewheeling and reverse polarity protec-
tion diode for each signal path. 
With the 32-channel version, the system
cable is connected to the 16-channel UMK- 1 2 3 8 9 11 13101214
16R.../KSR-G24/21/PLC base module. The

UMK-16R.../KSR-G24/21/E/PLC output ex-
tension module with a further 16 channels
is coupled to the base module via a 20-pos. 1 2 3 8
flat-ribbon cable (length: 10 cm).
12 11 14 22 21 24 32 31 34 82 81 84 + -
Technical data
Coil side
Operating voltage UN 24 V DC ±10%
Input circuit Freewheeling diode, Protection against polarity reversal
No. of pos. 14
Contact side
Contact type 1 PDT
General data
Test voltage 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Ordering data
Module width Pcs. /

W Pkt.
135 UMK- 8 RM/KSR-G 24/21/PLC 2979485 1
VARIOFACE output module, with plug-in bases for eight miniature
relays, for 24 V DC (without relays)
135 UMK- 8 RELS/KSR-G24/21/PLC 2974914 1
for 24 V DC (base module, including relays)
259
VARIOFACE output module, with plug-in bases for 16 miniature
relays, for 24 V DC (base module, without relays)
259
VARIOFACE output extension module, with 16 miniature relays,
plugged in, for 24 V DC (including relays)
259
VARIOFACE output extension module, with plug-in bases for
16 miniature relays, for 24 V DC (without relays)
259
Accessories
Plug-in miniature relays REL-MR- 24DC/21HC 2961312 10
494 PHOENIX CONTACT

D W D W
H H
Output base module with 16 miniature relays, Output extension module with 16 miniature relays,
1 PDT 1 PDT
 
1,2 11,12 3 10 13,14 23,24 15 22 2 20 17 12 1 19 9 4
1 8 9 16 17 24 25 32
+ - + - + - + -
B0 B0 11 14 12 81 84 82 B1 B1 91 94 92 161164162 B2 B2 171174 172 241244 242 B3 B3 251254 252 321 324 322
24 V DC ±10% 24 V DC ±10%
Freewheeling diode, Protection against polarity reversal Freewheeling diode, Protection against polarity reversal
Green LED Green LED
Yellow LED Yellow LED
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm) IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
50 20
1 PDT 1 PDT
250 V AC/DC 250 V AC/DC
5A 5A
Screw connection Screw connection
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)

-20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Any Any
In rows with zero spacing In rows with zero spacing
77 mm / 59 mm 77 mm / 59 mm
Pcs. / Pcs. /
Pkt. Pkt.
UMK-16 RM/KSR-G 24/21/PLC 2979498 1
UMK-16 RELS/KSR-G24/21/PLC 2974901 1
UMK-16 RM/KSR-G 24/21/E/PLC 2979508 1
UMK-16 RELS/KSR-G24/21/E/PLC 2974891 1
REL-MR- 24DC/21HC 2961312 10 REL-MR- 24DC/21HC 2961312 10

Output module for relays Notes:
- 2 PDTs The connection cable between the base and the extension D W
- 1 PDT with disconnect terminal blocks modules is delivered with the extension unit.
H
front adapters.
8 channels are controlled via 14-pos.
cables. All modules feature the following:
– Plug-in miniature relays
– LED status indicator and freewheeling di-
ode per signal path
– Supply voltage indicator (LED)
Output module for 8 miniature relays,
– Polarity protection diode 2 PDTs
With the 32-channel version (1 PDT with
knife disconnect terminal blocks), the
50-pos. system cable is connected to the 
base module with 16 channels.
1 2 8 9 1113101214
The output extension module with a
further 16 channels is coupled to the base
module via a 20-pos. flat-ribbon cable
(length: 10 cm). 1 2 8
12 11 14 22 21 24 82 81 84
112 111 114 122 121 124 182 181 184 + -
Technical data
Coil side
Operating voltage UN 24 V DC
Input circuit Freewheeling diode
No. of pos. 14
Contact side
Contact type 2 PDT
General data
Test voltage 2.5 kV AC
Ordering data
Module width Pcs. /

W Pkt.
VARIOFACE output module, with plug-in bases for
eight miniature relays, for 24 V DC, each with two PDTs
(without relays)
135 UMK- 8 RELS/KSR-G24/21-21/PLC 2976187 1

8 miniature relays, for 24 V DC and knife disconnect terminal
blocks, each with 1 PDT (without relays)
145
285
VARIOFACE output extension module, with plug-in bases for
285
Accessories
Plug-in miniature relays REL-MR- 24DC/21-21 2961192 10
496 PHOENIX CONTACT

D W D W D W
H H H
Output module for 8 miniature relays with Output module for 16 miniature relays with Output extension module for 16 miniature relays with
knife/disconnect terminal blocks, knife/disconnect terminal blocks, knife/disconnect terminal blocks,
1 PDT 1 PDT 1 PDT
  
1 2 3 8 9 1113101214 1,2 11,12 3 10 13,14 23,24 15 22 2 20 17 12 1 19 9 4
1 2 3 8 1 8 9 16 17 24 25 32
+ - +- + - +-
12 11 14 22 21 24 32 31 34 82 81 84 + - B0 B0 11 14 12 81 84 82 B1 B1 91 94 92 161 164 162 B2 B2 171 174 172 241 244 242 B3 B3 251 254 252 321 324 322
24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC
Freewheeling diode, Protection against polarity reversal Freewheeling diode Freewheeling diode
Green LED Green LED Green LED
Yellow LED Yellow LED Yellow LED
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm) IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm) IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
14 50 20
1 PDT 1 PDT 1 PDT

250 V AC/DC 250 V AC/DC 250 V AC/DC
5A 5A 5A
Screw connection with disconnect knife Screw connection with disconnect knife Screw connection with disconnect knife
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
-20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Any Any Any
In rows with zero spacing In rows with zero spacing In rows with zero spacing
111.5 mm / 59 mm 111.5 mm / 59 mm 111.5 mm / 59 mm

Pkt. Pkt. Pkt.
UM- 8 RELS/KSR-G24/21/MT/PLC 2962463 1
UM-16 RELS/KSR-G24/21/MT/PLC 2962382 1
UM-16 RELS/KSR-G24/21/E/MT/PLC 2962379 1

REL-MR- 24DC/21-21 2961192 10 REL-MR- 24DC/21-21 2961192 10 REL-MR- 24DC/21-21 2961192 10

1 PDT with detectable manual D W D W
operation
H H
front adapters.
The modules are connected via a 14- or
50-pos. system cable. These relay modules
offer the following features:
– Plug-in miniature relays each with a PDT
contact and detectable manual operation
– Slim design width of just 92 mm (8 chan-
Output module with 8 miniature relays, Output module with 32 miniature relays,
nels) or 285 mm (32 channels) 1 PDT with detectable manual operation 1 PDT with detectable manual operation
ode per signal path (integrated in relay)
– Supply voltage indicator (LED)
12 34 5 6 78 9 11 13 10 12 14
1,2,13,14,25,26,37,38
11,12,23,24,35,36,47,48
Notes:
10
15
16
45
46
3
4
9
1 3 5 7
1 7 9 31
2 4 6 8
2 8 10 32
+ -
22
21
24
42
41
44
62
61
64
82
81
84
321
81
21
101
- -
322
324
82
84
22
102
24
104
+
+
312
314
11
31
51
71
12
52
72
14
32
34
54
74
11
71
91
12
72
92
14
74
94
311

Coil side
Typ. response time at U N 9 ms 9 ms
Input circuit Freewheeling diode (integrated in relay) Freewheeling diode (integrated in relay)
Status display/channel Yellow LED (integrated in relay) Yellow LED (integrated in relay)
Connection method Flat-ribbon cable plug-in connector according to IEC 60603-13 Flat-ribbon cable plug-in connector according to IEC 60603-13
No. of pos. 14 50
Contact side
48 V DC 62 W 62 W
60 V DC 42 W 42 W
110 V DC 55 W 55 W
220 V DC 66 W 66 W
250 V AC 1250 VA 1250 VA
General data
Rated surge voltage 4 kV 4 kV
Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178 DIN EN 50178

W Pkt. Pkt.
92 UM- 8RM/KSR-G24/21/MS/PLC1) 2900890 1
285 UM-32RM/KSR-G24/21/MS/PLC1) 2900891 1
Plug-in miniature power relays, with power contacts REL-MR- 24DC/21HC/MS 2987888 10 REL-MR- 24DC/21HC/MS 2987888 10
498 PHOENIX CONTACT

1 PDT with or without manual D W D W
operation and fuses
H H
front adapters.
The modules are connected via a 14-pos.
system cable. These relay modules offer the
following features:
– Plug-in miniature relays each with a PDT
contact with or without manual opera-
tion
Output module with 8 miniature relays, Output module with 8 miniature relays,
– Fuse per output circuit as short-circuit 1 PDT and fuse per output circuit 1 PDT with detectable manual operation
protection and fuse per output circuit
– Slim design width of just 127 mm
ode per signal path
– Supply voltage indicator (LED) 1 2 3 8 9 11 13 10 12 14 1 2 3 8 9 11 13 10 12 14
– Polarity protection diode
Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571 1 2 3 8 1 2 3 8
F1 F2 F3 F8 F1 F2 F3 F8
11 12 14 21 22 24 31 32 34 81 82 84 + - 11 12 14 21 22 24 31 32 34 81 82 84 + -

Coil side
Input circuit Freewheeling diode Freewheeling diode (integrated in relay)
Status display/channel Yellow LED Yellow LED (integrated in relay)
Connection method Flat-ribbon cable plug-in connector according to IEC 60603-13 Flat-ribbon cable plug-in connector according to IEC 60603-13
No. of pos. 14 14
Contact side
Output fuse 4 A 5x20 fuse (slow-blow) 4 A 5x20 fuse (slow-blow)
Limiting continuous current 3.9 A (observe derating) 3.9 A (observe derating)
48 V DC 58 W 62 W
60 V DC 48 W 42 W
110 V DC 50 W 55 W
220 V DC 80 W 66 W
250 V AC 975 VA 975 VA
General data
Rated surge voltage 4 kV 4 kV

W Pkt. Pkt.
127 UM- 8RM/KSR-G24/21/SI/PLC1) 2900892 1 UM- 8RM/KSR-G24/21/MS/SI/PLC1) 2900893 1
Plug-in miniature relays REL-MR- 24DC/21HC 2961312 10 REL-MR- 24DC/21HC/MS 2987888 10

VIP – VARIOFACE Professional
system cables with
flat-ribbon connectors
– 1:1 connection A 13,5
– 10- to 20-pos.
– Plug-in connectors as per IEC 60603-13
– In the desired lengths
26,5
– Individual serial number
Note:
Due to the enlarged outer contour of the
B
molded plug-in connectors, module types 5
with UM45 profile and three-level terminal A B
not shielded
blocks cannot be connected with the ...FLK10... 34 46
...FLK14... 37 49
VIP-CAB-FLK... system cable.
...FLK16... 37 49
The following module types (10- to 50- ...FLK20... 39 51
pos.) can be connected. 
For example, for 20 positions: Technical data
– VIP-2/SC/FLK 20 Max. perm. operating voltage < 50 V AC / 60 V DC
– VIP-2/SC/FLK20/LED Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path 1A
– FLKM 20/ZFKDS Max. conductor resistance 0.16 Ω/m
– UM45-FLK 20/ZFKDS Assembly Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4
(double-level connection)
The VIP-CAB-FLK... system cables are Outside diameter
not suitable for front adapters 10 -position 6.1 mm
(see the dimensional drawing). 14 -position 6.4 mm
16 -position 6.8 mm
20 -position 7.6 mm
Ordering data
No. of Pcs. /
pos. Pkt.
Round cable, with two molded socket strips
10 0.5 m VIP-CAB-FLK10/0,14/0,5M 2318305 1

10 1m VIP-CAB-FLK10/0,14/1,0M 2318318 1
10 1.5 m VIP-CAB-FLK10/0,14/1,5M 2318321 1
10 2m VIP-CAB-FLK10/0,14/2,0M 2318334 1
10 3m VIP-CAB-FLK10/0,14/3,0M 2318347 1
10 4m VIP-CAB-FLK10/0,14/4,0M 2318350 1
10 6m VIP-CAB-FLK10/0,14/6,0M 2318363 1
Round cable, same as before, in variable lengths
(minimum ordering quantity five pieces)
10 VIP-CAB-FLK10-0,14/... 2318376 1
14 0.5 m VIP-CAB-FLK14/0,14/0,5M 2318389 1

14 1m VIP-CAB-FLK14/0,14/1,0M 2318392 1
14 1.5 m VIP-CAB-FLK14/0,14/1,5M 2318402 1
14 2m VIP-CAB-FLK14/0,14/2,0M 2318415 1
14 3m VIP-CAB-FLK14/0,14/3,0M 2318428 1
14 4m VIP-CAB-FLK14/0,14/4,0M 2318431 1
14 6m VIP-CAB-FLK14/0,14/6,0M 2318444 1
14 VIP-CAB-FLK14-0,14/... 2318457 1
16 0.5 m VIP-CAB-FLK16/0,14/0,5M 2318460 1

16 1m VIP-CAB-FLK16/0,14/1,0M 2318473 1
16 1.5 m VIP-CAB-FLK16/0,14/1,5M 2318486 1
16 2m VIP-CAB-FLK16/0,14/2,0M 2318499 1
16 3m VIP-CAB-FLK16/0,14/3,0M 2318509 1
Ordering example for system cable: 16 4m VIP-CAB-FLK16/0,14/4,0M 2318512 1
– 10-pos. cable, 7.6 m long
16 6m VIP-CAB-FLK16/0,14/6,0M 2318525 1
Quantity Order No. Length [m]
16 VIP-CAB-FLK16-0,14/... 2318538 1
1 2318376 / 7.6 Round cable, with two molded socket strips
Min. 0.5 m 20 0.5 m VIP-CAB-FLK20/0,14/0,5M 2318541 1

Max. 100.0 m
20 1m VIP-CAB-FLK20/0,14/1,0M 2318554 1
Step width 0.1 m
20 1.5 m VIP-CAB-FLK20/0,14/1,5M 2318567 1
20 2m VIP-CAB-FLK20/0,14/2,0M 2318570 1
20 3m VIP-CAB-FLK20/0,14/3,0M 2318583 1
20 4m VIP-CAB-FLK20/0,14/4,0M 2318596 1
20 6m VIP-CAB-FLK20/0,14/6,0M 2318606 1
20 VIP-CAB-FLK20-0,14/... 2318619 1
500 PHOENIX CONTACT

VIP – VARIOFACE Professional
system cables with
flat-ribbon plug-in connectors
– 1:1 connection A 13,5
– 26- to 50-pos.
– In the desired lengths
26,5
– Individual serial number
Note:
Due to the enlarged outer contour of the
B
molded connectors, module types with 5
UM45 profile and three-level terminal A B
not shielded
blocks cannot be connected with the ...FLK26... 39 51
...FLK34... 40 52
VIP-CAB-FLK... system cable.
...FLK40... 40 52
The following module types (10- to 50- ...FLK50... 42 55
pos.) can be connected. 
For example, for 20 positions: Technical data
– VIP-2/SC/FLK 20 Max. perm. operating voltage < 50 V AC / 60 V DC
– VIP-2/SC/FLK20/LED Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path 1A
– FLKM 20/ZFKDS Max. conductor resistance 0.16 Ω/m
– UM45-FLK 20/ZFKDS Assembly Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4
(double-level connection)
The VIP-CAB-FLK... system cables are Outside diameter
not suitable for front adapters 26 -position 8.3 mm
(see the dimensional drawing). 34 -position 8.7 mm
40 -position 9.9 mm
Ordering data
No. of Pcs. /
pos. Pkt.
26 0.5 m VIP-CAB-FLK26/0,14/0,5M 2318622 1

26 1m VIP-CAB-FLK26/0,14/1,0M 2318635 1
26 1.5 m VIP-CAB-FLK26/0,14/1,5M 2318648 1
26 2m VIP-CAB-FLK26/0,14/2,0M 2318651 1
26 3m VIP-CAB-FLK26/0,14/3,0M 2318664 1
26 4m VIP-CAB-FLK26/0,14/4,0M 2318677 1
26 6m VIP-CAB-FLK26/0,14/6,0M 2318680 1
26 VIP-CAB-FLK26-0,14/... 2318693 1
34 0.5 m VIP-CAB-FLK34/0,14/0,5M 2318703 1

34 1m VIP-CAB-FLK34/0,14/1,0M 2318716 1
34 1.5 m VIP-CAB-FLK34/0,14/1,5M 2318729 1
34 2m VIP-CAB-FLK34/0,14/2,0M 2318732 1
34 3m VIP-CAB-FLK34/0,14/3,0M 2318745 1
34 4m VIP-CAB-FLK34/0,14/4,0M 2318758 1
34 6m VIP-CAB-FLK34/0,14/6,0M 2318761 1
34 VIP-CAB-FLK34-0,14/... 2318774 1
40 0.5 m VIP-CAB-FLK40/0,14/0,5M 2318787 1

40 1m VIP-CAB-FLK40/0,14/1,0M 2318790 1
40 1.5 m VIP-CAB-FLK40/0,14/1,5M 2318800 1
40 2m VIP-CAB-FLK40/0,14/2,0M 2318813 1
40 3m VIP-CAB-FLK40/0,14/3,0M 2318826 1
Ordering example for system cable: 40 4m VIP-CAB-FLK40/0,14/4,0M 2318839 1
– 26-pos. cable, 12.6 m long
40 6m VIP-CAB-FLK40/0,14/6,0M 2318842 1
Quantity Order No. Length [m]
40 VIP-CAB-FLK40-0,14/... 2318855 1
1 2318693 / 12.6 Round cable, with two molded socket strips
Min. 0.5 m 50 0.5 m VIP-CAB-FLK50/0,14/0,5M 2318868 1

Max. 100.0 m
50 1m VIP-CAB-FLK50/0,14/1,0M 2318871 1
Step width 0.1 m
50 1.5 m VIP-CAB-FLK50/0,14/1,5M 2318884 1
50 2m VIP-CAB-FLK50/0,14/2,0M 2318897 1
50 3m VIP-CAB-FLK50/0,14/3,0M 2318907 1
50 4m VIP-CAB-FLK50/0,14/4,0M 2318910 1
50 6m VIP-CAB-FLK50/0,14/6,0M 2318923 1
50 VIP-CAB-FLK50-0,14/... 2318936 1

System cable with
a flat-ribbon cable plug-in connector
and an open end
– 1:1 connection
– 10-, 14-, and 16-pos.
– Open end at the other end
The individual wires at the open end are
labeled (1, 2, 3, 4, ...) and equipped with a
ferrule.
Notes:
In the case of molded connectors, please observe the dimensional
drawing and note, see page 500 Molded plug-in connectors, not shielded not shielded

Assembly Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4 Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4

Outside diameter
10 -position 6.1 mm 6.1 mm

pos. Pkt. Pkt.
Round cable with an open end
10 0.5 m CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 0,5M 2904073 1
10 1m CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 1,0M 2904074 1
10 1.5 m CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 1,5M 2904075 1
10 2m CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 2,0M 2904076 1
10 2.5 m CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 2,5M 2904077 1
10 3m CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 3,0M 2904078 1
10 4m CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 4,0M 2904079 1
10 6m CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 6,0M 2904080 1
10 8m CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 8,0M 2904081 1
10 10 m CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/10,0M 2904082 1
10 CABLE-FLK10-OE-0,14/... 2904331 1
14 0.5 m VIP-CAB-FLK14/FR/OE/0,14/0,5M 2900122 1 CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 50 2305761 1
14 1m VIP-CAB-FLK14/FR/OE/0,14/1,0M 2900123 1 CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 100 2305253 1
14 2.5 m CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 250 2305282 1
14 8m CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 800 2305790 1
14 10 m CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/1000 2305800 1
14 CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/... 2305732 1
16 0.5 m VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/OE/0,14/0,5M 2900130 1 CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 0,5M 2318127 1
16 1m VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/OE/0,14/1,0M 2900131 1 CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 1,0M 2318130 1
16 1.5 m VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/OE/0,14/1,5M 2900132 1 CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 1,5M 2318143 1
16 2.5 m CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 2,5M 2318169 1
16 8m CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 8,0M 2318208 1
16 10 m CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/10,0M 2318211 1
16 CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/... 2318224 1
502 PHOENIX CONTACT

System cable with
a flat-ribbon cable plug-in connector
and an open end
– 1:1 connection
– 20- and 50-pos.
The individual wires at the open end are
labeled (1, 2, 3, 4, ...) and equipped with a
ferrule.
Notes:
In the case of molded connectors, please observe the dimensional
drawing and note, see page 500 Molded plug-in connectors, not shielded not shielded


Outside diameter

pos. Pkt. Pkt.
20 2.5 m CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 250 2305334 1
20 8m CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 800 2305855 1
20 10 m CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/1000 2305868 1
20 CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/... 2305745 1
50 2.5 m CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 250 2305389 1
50 8m CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 800 2305907 1
50 10 m CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/1000 2305910 1
50 CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/... 2305758 1

System cable with
flat-ribbon cable plug-in connector
Standard lengths
Round cable sets are used to connect the
PLC front adapters to the corresponding
VARIOFACE controller boards.
The following versions are available with
14 and 50 positions:
– Not shielded
– Shielded
– Halogen-free
not shielded
Plug-in connector strips are fitted on both
sides of the cables in accordance with
IEC 60603-13/DIN 41651 (1:1 connection).
In case of shielded cables, a cable end with 
a ferrule is additionally provided as a shield
connection (length: approx. 0.5 m; cable Technical data
H05V-K 1 mm2, black). Max. perm. operating voltage < 50 V AC / 60 V DC
Special lengths are defined using an order Max. conductor resistance 0.16 Ω/m
key, refer to page 510. Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C
Shield -

Outside diameter
14 -position 6.4 mm
Ordering data
No. of Pcs. /
pos. Pkt.
Assembled round cables1), with two 14-pos. socket strips in fixed
lengths, for transfer of eight channels among other things
14 0.3 m FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 30/KONFEK 2295729 5

14 0.5 m FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK 2288901 5
14 1m FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK 2288914 1
14 1.5 m FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK 2288927 1
14 2m FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK 2288930 1
14 2.5 m FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 250/KONFEK 2288943 1
14 3m FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK 2288956 1
14 3.5 m FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 350/KONFEK 2288969 1
14 4m FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK 2288972 1
14 4.5 m FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 450/KONFEK 2290847 1
14 5m FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 500/KONFEK 2290834 1
14 5.5 m FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 550/KONFEK 2290850 1
14 6m FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK 2290863 1
14 7m
14 8m FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK 2299563 1
14 10 m FLK 14/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK 2299576 1
2
Assembled round cables ), with two 50-pos. socket strips in fixed
lengths, for transfer of 32 channels among other things
50 0.5 m FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK 2289065 5

50 1m FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK 2289078 1
50 1.5 m FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK 2289081 1
50 2m FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK 2289094 1
50 2.5 m FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 250/KONFEK 2289104 1
50 3m FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK 2289117 1
50 3.5 m FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 350/KONFEK 2289120 1
50 4m FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK 2289133 1
50 4.5 m FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 450/KONFEK 2289573 1
50 5m FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 500/KONFEK 2289586 1
50 5.5 m FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 550/KONFEK 2289599 1
50 6m FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK 2289609 1
50 6.5 m FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 650/KONFEK 2289612 1
50 7m FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 700/KONFEK 2289625 1
50 7.5 m FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 750/KONFEK 2289638 1
50 8m FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK 2289641 1
50 8.5 m FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 850/KONFEK 2289654 1
50 9m FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 900/KONFEK 2289667 1
50 9.5 m FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 950/KONFEK 2289670 1
50 10 m FLK 50/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK 2289683 1
504 PHOENIX CONTACT

Color code of system cables
No. of wires PIN Wire color
1 Black
2 Brown
3 Red
4 Orange
5 Yellow
6 Green
7 Blue
8 Violet
9 Gray
10-pos. 10 White
11 White-black
12 White-brown
13 White-red
14-pos. 14 White-orange
15 White-yellow
Shielded Halogen-free 16-pos. 16 White-green
(only the cable) 17 White-blue
18 White-violet
19 White-gray
 20-pos. 20 Brown-black
Applied for: cUL / UL 21 Brown-red
22 Brown-orange
23 Brown-yellow
Technical data Technical data 24 Brown-green
25 Brown-blue
< 50 V AC / 60 V DC < 50 V AC / 60 V DC 26-pos. 26 Brown-violet
1A 1A 27 Brown-gray
0.16 Ω/m 0.16 Ω/m 28 Brown-white
-20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C 29 Green-black
Tinned copper-braided shield, approx. 85% covering - 30 Green-brown
31 Green-red
32 Green-orange
Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4 Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4
33 Green-blue
34-pos. 34 Green-violet
AWG 26 / 0.14 mm² AWG 26 / 0.14 mm² 35 Green-gray
7 / Cu tin-plated 7 / Cu tin-plated 36 Green-white
37 Yellow-black
6.7 mm 6.4 mm 38 Yellow-brown
11 mm 10.3 mm 39 Yellow-red
40-pos. 40 Yellow-orange
Ordering data Ordering data 41 Yellow-blue
42 Yellow-violet
Pcs. / Pcs. / 43 Yellow-gray
Type Order No. Type Order No. 44 Yellow-white
Pkt. Pkt.
45 Gray-black
46 Gray-brown
47 Gray-red
48 Gray-orange
49 Gray-yellow
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK/S 2296977 1 FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 50/KONFEK 2305952 1 50-pos. 50 Gray-green
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK/S 2296980 1 FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 100/KONFEK 2305965 1
FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 250/KONFEK 2305994 1

FLK 14/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK/S 2299055 1 FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/1000/KONFEK 2314037 1
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK/S 2299097 1 CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 0,5M 2314134 1

1) Socket strips assembled straight at both ends.
CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 2,5M 2314176 1
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK/S 2299136 1 CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 3,0M 2314189 1 Shield connection
(for shielded ca-
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK/S 2299149 1 CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 4,0M 2314192 1 bles)
CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 5,0M 2314202 1

Polarization lug Polarization lug
CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 7,0M 2314228 1
2) Socket strips assembled straight at one end and angled at
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK/S 2299165 1 CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 8,0M 2314231 1 the other.
Shield connection
(for shielded cables)
FLK 50/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK/S 2299178 1 CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/10,0M 2314244 1

System cable
with flat-ribbon cable plug-in
connector
Standard lengths
Pre-assembled round cables to couple the
VARIOFACE interface modules.
Special lengths are defined using an order
key, refer to page 510.
Notes: not shielded
Outside diameter of the cable
10-pos.: 6 mm
16-pos.: 6.5 mm
20-pos.: 7.6 mm

26-pos.: 7.8 mm Applied for: cUL / UL
34-pos.: 10 mm
Technical data

Ordering data
No. of Pcs. /
pos. Pkt.
Round cable1), with two socket strips
10 0.5 m FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK 2299204 1
10 1m FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK 2299217 1
10 1.5 m FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK 2299220 1
10 2m FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK 2299233 1
10 3m FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK 2299246 1
10 4m FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK 2299259 1
10 6m FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK 2299262 1
10 8m FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK 2299275 1
10 10 m FLK 10/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK 2299288 1
16 0.5 m FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK 2299291 1
16 1m FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK 2299301 1
16 1.5 m FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK 2299314 1
16 2m FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK 2299327 1
16 3m FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK 2299330 1
16 4m FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK 2299343 1
16 6m FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK 2299356 1
16 8m FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK 2299369 1
16 10 m FLK 16/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK 2299372 1
20 0.5 m FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 50KONFEK 2296391 1
20 1m FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 100KONFEK 2296401 1
20 1.5 m FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 150KONFEK 2296472 1
20 2m FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 200KONFEK 2296485 1
20 3m FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 300KONFEK 2296498 1
20 4m FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 400KONFEK 2296508 1
20 6m FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 600KONFEK 2296511 1
20 8m FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 800KONFEK 2296524 1
20 10 m FLK 20/EZ-DR/1000KONFEK 2296537 1
26 0.5 m FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK 2299385 1
26 1m FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK 2299398 1
26 1.5 m FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK 2299408 1
26 2m FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK 2299411 1
26 3m FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK 2299424 1
26 4m FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK 2299437 1
26 6m FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK 2299440 1
26 8m FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK 2299453 1
26 10 m FLK 26/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK 2299466 1
34 0.5 m FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK 2299479 1
34 1m FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK 2299482 1
34 1.5 m FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK 2299495 1
34 2m FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK 2299505 1
34 3m FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK 2299518 1
34 4m FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK 2299521 1
34 6m FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK 2299534 1
34 8m FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK 2299547 1
34 10 m FLK 34/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK 2299550 1
506 PHOENIX CONTACT

System cable with
flat-ribbon cable plug-in
connector
Standard lengths
Round cable sets are used to connect the
PLC front adapters to the corresponding
VARIOFACE controller boards.
Special lengths are defined using an order
key, refer to page 510.
not shielded

Technical data

Outside diameter
40 -position 9.9 mm
Ordering data
No. of Pcs. /
pos. Pkt.
40 0.5 m FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK 2288985 5
40 1m FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK 2288998 1
40 1.5 m FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK 2289007 1
40 2m FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK 2289010 1
40 2.5 m FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 250/KONFEK 2289023 1
40 3m FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK 2289036 1
40 3.5 m FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 350/KONFEK 2289049 1
40 4m FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK 2289052 1
40 6m FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK 2299589 1
40 8m FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK 2299592 1
40 10 m FLK 40/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK 2299602 1
1) Socket strips assembled straight at both ends.
Shield connection
(for shielded ca-
bles)
2) Socket strips assembled straight at one end and angled at

the other.
Shield connection
(for shielded ca-
bles)

System cable with flat-ribbon cable
plug-in connector
The FLK 50... types are plugged onto the

VARIOFACE front adapters for 32 channels
and make it possible to split the channels
into 4 x 8 channels. All 8-channel
VARIOFACE modules and the PLC-V8
adapters for PLC-INTERFACE can there-
fore be connected.
In case of shielded cables, a cable end with
a ferrule is additionally provided as a shield
connection (length: approx. 0.5 m; cable Splitting cable unshielded Splitting cable shielded
50 positions on 4 x 14 50 positions on 4 x 14
H05V-K 1 mm2, black).


Shield - Tinned copper-braided shield, approx. 85% covering

Number of connectors on the module side 4 4
Outside diameter

pos. Pkt. Pkt.
Round cable sets, for connection to the VARIOFACE system
cabling, with a 50-pos. socket strip and four 14-pos. socket strips,
for splitting max. 32 channels into 4 x 8 channels.
50 0.5 m FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK 2296689 1

50 1m FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK 2296692 1
50 10 m FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK 2296773 1
Assembled round cables, same as before, however in variable
lengths
50 FLK 50-4X14-EZ-DR ... 2302405 1
Assembled round cables, same as before, however shielded and
in variable lengths
50 FLK 50-4X14-EZ-DR-S ... 2302447 1

– Unshielded splitting cable 12.75 m long
1 2302405 / 12.75
1) min. 0.30 m
– Shielded splitting cable 11.00 m long

1 2302447 / 11.00
1) min. 0.30 m
508 PHOENIX CONTACT


System cable with flat-ribbon cable
plug-in connector
Special lengths for shielded round cables, (1:1 connection); and so on up to

Pre-assembled round cables for con- FLK EZ-DR-S/.../.../.... To ensure clear specifi- – 50-pos. socket strip at both ends, the
necting, e.g., PLC front adapters to the corre- cation when ordering, the features are de- cable is assembled with 50-pos. plug-in
sponding VARIOFACE termination boards. scribed in detail below: connectors at both ends
The cables are assembled with plug-in connec- (1:1 connection);
tor strips at both ends according to IEC Cable type – 14-pos. socket strip at one end,
60603-13/DIN 41651. For shielded cables, a – This specifies the number of individual 16-pos. socket strip at one end,
cable end with ferrule is available additionally cables within the specific cable. the cable is assembled with a 14-pos.
as a shielded connection (length: approx. 0.5 plug-in connector at one end and a 16-
m; cable: H05V-K 1 mm2, black). Assembly pos. plug-in connector at the other end
The order key for special lengths is de- – None, (for SIMATIC S7; no 1:1 connection).
scribed using three features. the cable is not assembled at either end;
The order of the features is as follows: – 10-pos. socket strip at both ends, the
– Cable type cable is assembled with 10-pos. plug-in
– Assembly connectors at both ends
– Length in meters (1:1 connection);
– 14-pos. socket strip at both ends, the
There are two order keys, one for unshield- cable is assembled with 14-pos. plug-in
ed round cables, FLK EZ-DR/.../.../..., and one connectors at both ends
Features of permissible assemblies:
Cable type Unshielded round cables Shielded round cables
FLK EZ-DR.../.../... FLK EZ-DR-S.../.../...
Assembly 10-pos. 14-pos. 16-pos. 20-pos. 26-pos. 34-pos. 40-pos. 50-pos. 14-pos. 16-pos. 40-pos. 50-pos.
No assembly 10U/C00/... 14U/C00/... 16U/C00/... 20U/C00/... 26U/C00/... 34U/C00/... 40U/C00/... 50U/C00/... 14S/C00/... 16S/C00/.... 40S/C00/... 50S/C00/...
10-pos. socket strip at both ends 10U/C55/...1)
14-pos. socket strip at both ends 14U/C23/...1) 14S/C23/...1)
14-pos. socket strip at one end;
16-pos. socket strip at one end 14U/C52/...1) 14S/C52/...1)
1) Socket strips assembled straight at both ends. 2) Socket strips assembled straight at one end and angled at 3) Socket strips assembled straight at one end and angled at
the other. the other.
Shield connection Shield connection Shield connection

(for shielded ca- (for shielded cables) (for shielded ca-
bles) bles)
Polarization lug Polarization lug Polarization lug Polarization lug Polarization lug Polarization lug
Ordering example for unshielded round cable:

– Unshielded 50-pos. round cable, assembled with two 50-pos. socket strips, 11.5 m long
Quantity Order No. Cable type Assembly Length [m]4)
1 2295059 / 50U / C38 / 11.50

10U = 10-pos. unshielded C00 = No assembly 4) Min. 0.20 m
14U = 14-pos. unshielded C55 = 10-pos. socket strip at both ends
20U = 20-pos. unshielded C52 = 14-pos. socket strip at one end,
26U = 26-pos. unshielded 16-pos. socket strip at the other (for S7)
C65 = 34-pos. socket strip at both ends
Ordering example for shielded round cable:

– Shielded 14-pos. round cable, assembled with two 14-pos. socket strips, 12.75 m long
1 2295046 / 14S / C23 / 12.75

14S = 14-pos. shielded C00 = No assembly 4) Min. 0.20 m
16S = 16-pos. shielded C23 = 14-pos. socket strip at both ends
40S = 40-pos. shielded C52 = 14-pos. socket strip at one end,
50S = 50-pos. shielded 16-pos. socket strip at the other (for S7)
510 PHOENIX CONTACT

not shielded shielded

Shield - Tinned copper-braided shield, approx. 85% covering


pos. Pkt. Pkt.
Unshielded round cables, as above, but in variable lengths of
type “FLK EZ-DR/14U/C52/...”
FLK EZ-DR.../.../... 2295059 1 FLK EZ-DR-S.../.../... 2295046 1

System cable with
D-SUB socket and pin strip
Standard lengths
Shielded round cable sets to connect
the control level with the corresponding
VARIOFACE interface modules.
Assembly with D-SUB strips as per
IEC 60807-2/DIN 41652, (1:1 connection).
– D-SUB socket strip on one side and
D-SUB pin strip on the other
– D-SUB sockets on both sides
Socket at one end and pin strip at the other
– D-SUB pin strips on both sides
– Cable exit: straight
– Screw connection: 2 UNC 4-40 screws.
Special lengths and assembly versions are 
defined using an order key, refer to
page 514. Technical data
Shield Tinned copper-braided shield, approx. 85% covering
Insertion/withdrawal cycles > 200

Outside diameter
9 -position 7.5 mm
15 -position 9 mm
Ordering data
No. of Pcs. /
pos. Pkt.
Shielded round cable, fitted with two D-SUB strips, various
numbers of positions and lengths
9 0.5 m CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/ 50/KONFEK/S 2299987 1

9 1m CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/100/KONFEK/S 2299990 1
9 1.5 m CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/150/KONFEK/S 2300009 1
15 0.5 m CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/ 50/KONFEK/S 2302052 1

15 1m CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/100/KONFEK/S 2302065 1
15 1.5 m CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/150/KONFEK/S 2302078 1


37 8m
37 10 m
37 15 m
37 20 m

512 PHOENIX CONTACT
Color code of the system cables
CABLE-D...SUB/...
No. of wires PIN Wire color
1 white
2 brown
3 green
4 yellow
5 gray
6 pink
7 blue
8 red
9-pos. 9 black
10 violet
11 gray-pink
12 red-blue
13 white-green
14 brown-green
Socket strip at both ends Pin strip at both ends 15-pos. 15 white-yellow
16 yellow-brown
17 white-gray
18 gray-brown
19 white-pink
20 pink-brown
  21 white-blue
22 brown-blue
Technical data Technical data 23 white-red
24 brown-red
125 V AC/DC 125 V AC/DC 25-pos. 25 white-black
2A 2A 26 brown-black
0.09 Ω/m 0.09 Ω/m 27 gray-green
28 yellow-gray
-20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
29 pink-green
Tinned copper-braided shield, approx. 85% covering Tinned copper-braided shield, approx. 85% covering 30 yellow-pink
31 green-blue
> 200 > 200 32 yellow-blue
AWG 24 / 0.25 mm² AWG 24 / 0.25 mm² 33 green-red
34 yellow-red
7.5 mm 7.5 mm 35 green-black
9 mm 9 mm 36 yellow-black
37-pos. 37 gray-blue
10.5 mm 10.5 mm
38 pink-blue
12 mm 12 mm 39 gray-red
13.5 mm 13.5 mm 40 pink-red
41 gray-black
Ordering data Ordering data 42 pink-black
43 blue-black
Pcs. / Pcs. / 44 red-black
Pkt. Pkt. 45 white-brown-black
46 yellow-green-black
47 gray-pink-black
48 blue-red-black
49 white-green-black
50-pos. 50 green-brown-black
CABLE-D 9SUB/B/B/100/KONFEK/S 2305415 1 CABLE-D 9SUB/S/S/100/KONFEK/S 2305570 1

CABLE-D15SUB/B/B/100/KONFEK/S 2305444 1 CABLE-D15SUB/S/S/100/KONFEK/S 2305606 1


CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/ 100/KONFEK/S 2305509 1 CABLE-D37SUB/S/S/100/KONFEK/S 2305664 1

CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/ 400/KONFEK/S 2900759 1
CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/1000/KONFEK/S 2900762 1


System cable with D-SUB sockets and
pin strip
Special lengths socket strip at both ends – 15-pos. D-SUB socket strip at one end
Pre-assembled shielded round cables – CABLE D-SUB-S-S-S/.../.../... D-SUB pin 15-pos. D-SUB pin strip at one end
for connecting VARIOFACE termination strip at both ends the cable connects (1:1) a 15-pos.
boards. The cables are assembled with The features necessary for clear D-SUB socket and pin strip; or up to
D-SUB strips in accordance with identification of an order are described – 50-pos. D-SUB socket strip at one end
IEC 60807-2/DIN 41652. below: 50-pos. D-SUB pin strip at one end
The order key is defined by three the cable connects (1:1) a 50-pos.
features. Cable type D-SUB socket and pin strip.
The features in the appropriate – The number of individual cables within
sequence are: the cable is defined here.
– Cable type
– Assembly Assembly
– Length in meters – (example for CABLE D-SUB-S/.../.../...)
There are three assembly variants of the – None,
shielded round cable: the cable is not assembled at either end
– CABLE D-SUB-S/.../.../... – 9-pos. D-SUB socket strip at one end
D-SUB socket strip on one end and 9-pos. D-SUB pin strip at one end
D-SUB pin strip on the other the cable connects (1:1) a 9-pos. D-SUB
– CABLE D-SUB-B-B-S/.../.../... D-SUB socket and pin strip
Sample order for round cable set assembled with pin strip on one side and socket strip on one side
– unshielded 25-pos. round cable set, assembled with one 25-pos. D-SUB socket strip and one 25-pos. D-SUB pin strip, 11.5 mm long
1 2302340 / 25S / C36 / 11.50

09S = 9-pos. shielded C00 = no assembly 1) min. 0.20 m
15S = 15-pos. shielded C01 = 9-pos. D-SUB socket strip at one end
25S = 25-pos. shielded 9-pos. D-SUB pin strip at one end
37S = 37-pos. shielded C28 = 15-pos. D-SUB socket strip at one end
50S = 50-pos. shielded 15-pos. D-SUB pin strip at one end
C36 = 25-pos. D-SUB socket strip at one end
25-pos. D-SUB pin strip at one end
Sample order for round cable set assembled with socket strip at both ends
– Shielded 37-pos. round cable, assembled with two 37-pos. D-SUB socket strips, 12.75 m long
1 2302421 / 37S / C44 / 12.75

15S = 15-pos. shielded C22 = 9-pos. D-SUB socket strip at both ends
C50 = 50-pos. D-SUB socket strip at both ends
Sample order for round cable set assembled with pin strip at both ends
– Shielded 15-pos. round cable, assembled with two 15-pos. D-SUB pin strips, 8.5 m long
1 2302434 / 15S / C71 / 8.50

15S = 15-pos. shielded C70 = 9-pos. D-SUB pin strip at both ends
C74 = 50-pos. D-SUB pin strip at both ends
514 PHOENIX CONTACT

Shielded

Technical data
Shield Tinned copper-braided shield, approx. 85% covering
Insertion/withdrawal cycles > 200

Ordering data
No. of Pcs. /
pos. Pkt.
Assembled round cables, in variable lengths,
pin strip on one side and socket strip on one side
CABLE D-SUB-S/.../.../... 2302340 1

socket strip on both sides
CABLE D-SUB-B-B-S/.../.../... 2302421 1
pin strip on both sides
CABLE D-SUB-S-S-S/.../.../... 2302434 1

System cable with
D-SUB socket or pin strip and one
open end
– 1:1 connection
– D-SUB socket or pin strip at one end
– Connector according to
IEC 60807-2/DIN 41652
– Gland: 2 UNC 4-40 screws
– Individual wire marking: 1, 2, 3, 4, etc.
– Individual wires fitted with ferrules
– Shield connection: H05V-K 1 mm2 cable,
black, 0.5 m in length Socket strip at one end and Pin strip at one end and
open end at the other end open end at the other end

Shield Tinned copper-braided shield, approx. 85% covering Tinned copper-braided shield, approx. 85% covering
Insertion/withdrawal cycles > 200 > 200

Outside diameter
15 -position 9 mm 9 mm

pos. Pkt. Pkt.
9 0.5 m CABLE-D- 9SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/0,5M 2926014 1 CABLE-D- 9SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/0,5M 2926360 1
9 1m CABLE-D- 9SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,0M 2926027 1 CABLE-D- 9SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,0M 2926373 1
9 1.5 m CABLE-D- 9SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,5M 2926030 1 CABLE-D- 9SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,5M 2926386 1
9 CABLE-D- 9SUB-F-OE-0,25-S/... 2900903 1 CABLE-D- 9SUB-M-OE-0,25-S/... 2900909 1
15 0.5 m CABLE-D-15SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/0,5M 2926085 1 CABLE-D-15SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/0,5M 2926438 1
15 1m CABLE-D-15SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,0M 2926098 1 CABLE-D-15SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,0M 2926441 1
15 CABLE-D-15SUB-F-OE-0,25-S/... 2900905 1 CABLE-D-15SUB-M-OE-0,25-S/... 2900910 1
516 PHOENIX CONTACT

Special lengths of D-SUB cable with open

ends can be configured using separate order
numbers.
Ordering example:
One system cable assembled with a
37-pos. D-SUB socket strip and one open
end, 12.75 m in length:
1 pcs. 2900907/12,75
Socket strip at one end and Pin strip at one end and
open end at the other end open end at the other end

Shield Tinned copper-braided shield, approx. 85% covering Tinned copper-braided shield, approx. 85% covering
Insertion/withdrawal cycles > 200 > 200

Outside diameter
37 -position 12 mm 12 mm

pos. Pkt. Pkt.

System cable with
a 56-pos. ELCO/EDAC plug-in connector
and an open end
Assembled system cable for connecting 81
56-pos. EDAC plug-in connectors from the 60,5
516 series or ELCO plug-in connectors 46,5 22,5
from the 8016 series.
– Single-sided 516 series EDAC socket A
plug-in connectors
– Metal housing with lateral cable outlet
– Coding sockets in location 1 by default
71,2
– Single wire marking: 56-pos. system cable
1, 2, 3, ... 53, 54, Y, Z (see pin assignment) N
N
– Shield connection on both sides:

H05V-K 1 mm2 cable, black, length: 0.5 m
Notes:
The system cables are designed specifically for the
Technical data
UMK-EC56/56-XOR (2975900) and Max. perm. operating voltage 25 V AC / 60 V DC
UMK-EC56/56-XOL (2975890) modules. Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path 1.5 A
When using the UMK-EC56/FRONT 2,5V/R (2976161) or Max. conductor resistance 0.056 Ω/m
UMK-EC56/FRONT 2,5V/L (2976158) modules, Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 60°C
the coding sockets must be adapted accordingly. Shield Tinned copper-braided shield, approx. 85% covering
Observe the module and system cable layouts.
Conductor structure: stranded wires / material 19 / Cu uninsulated
Ordering data
No. of Pcs. /
pos. Pkt.
Shielded round cable, single-sided with assembled EDAC socket
plug-in connector and an open end
Pin assignment
56 1m CABLE-EC56/F/OE/0,34/S/ 1,0M 2903395 1
56 2m CABLE-EC56/F/OE/0,34/S/ 2,0M 2903396 1
Single wire EDAC sock- Single wire EDAC sock-
marking et plug-in marking et plug-in 56 4m CABLE-EC56/F/OE/0,34/S/ 4,0M 2903397 1
connector connector 56 6m CABLE-EC56/F/OE/0,34/S/ 6,0M 2903398 1
56 8m CABLE-EC56/F/OE/0,34/S/ 8,0M 2903399 1
56 10 m CABLE-EC56/F/OE/0,34/S/10,0M 2903400 1
Z Z 31 m 56 15 m CABLE-EC56/F/OE/0,34/S/15,0M 2903401 1
1 A 32 n 56 20 m CABLE-EC56/F/OE/0,34/S/20,0M 2903402 1
2 B 33 p Shielded round cable, as above, but in variable lengths
3 C 34 r
4 D 35 s CABLE-EC56-F-OE-0,34-S/... 2904025 1
5 E 36 t
6 F 37 u
7 H 38 v
8 J 39 w
9 K 40 x
10 L 41 y
11 M 42 z
12 N 43 AA
13 P 44 BB
14 R 45 CC
15 S 46 DD
16 T 47 EE
17 U 48 FF
18 V 49 HH
19 W 50 JJ
20 X 51 KK
21 a 52 LL
22 b 53 MM
23 c 54 NN
24 d Y Y
25 e
26 f
27 h
28 j
29 k
30 l
518 PHOENIX CONTACT


VARIOFACE wiring interface
VIP – VARIOFACE Professional – secure VARIOFACE Professional means:

and reliable connections in even the New modules:
tightest of spaces
– Space-saving
Space is extremely valuable in the control
– Vibration resistant thanks to metal foot
cabinet. That is why the I/O of automation – Optional marking
devices feature high-position plug-in con-
– New housing design
nectors. To enable the individual wires of
the sensor/actuator level to be connected New FLK system cables:
to the automation interface in accordance – Encapsulated FLK plug-in connectors
with industry requirements, Phoenix Con- – Professional strain relief
tact is now able to offer new interface mod- – Robust design
ules and new system cables inside a profes-
sional and compact housing design. Thanks
to the encapsulated system cables, the con-
trol and process levels can be connected
safely and reliably in harsh industrial envi-
ronments.
To allow all components to be supplied
with power, potential distributors are avail-
able with the same housing design.
520 PHOENIX CONTACT

VIP - VARIOFACE Professional Interface module with ELCO or Relay/solid-state relay modules
interface modules DIN plug-in connector The active modules are configured as a
Interface modules with various connec- Modules with ELCO plug-in connectors 4-channel, 8-channel, and 16-channel inter-
tion technologies and designs are available exist for robust environments or where face. Multi-channel modules exist for relay
for the widely-used FLK, D-SUB, and high- there are increased safety requirements. and signal/power optocouplers. These allow
density D-SUB plug-in connectors. Modules Interface modules are also available for functions such as signal conditioning, elec-
with a status indicator can be selected for DIN strip types C, D, E, and F. trical isolation, and power gain to be
operation monitoring purposes. achieved.
System cables with encapsulated VIP - VARIOFACE Professional

FLK or D-SUB plug-in connectors potential distributors
Assembled FLK and D-SUB cables guaran- Designed for up to 250 V/30 V, the poten-
tee a reliable connection between the auto- tial distributors can be used universally – for
mation device and the module. 1 A (FLK ca- both operating voltage and control voltage
ble) and 2 A (D-SUB cable) currents can be distribution. Screw connections or spring-
transmitted on each signal path thanks to cage connection can be selected as required
the large conductor cross sections. for the application.

Product overview for VIP - VARIOFACE Professional
Passive modules (connection technology)

Flat-ribbon cable Potential
D-SUB strip DIN strip ELCO strip
strip distributor
Device series
Page Page Page Page Page

VIP Line
532
524 548
539
Standard Line
540 544
Slim Line
528 536
Feed-through
modules
530 537
Cables
500 512
522 PHOENIX CONTACT

Active modules (function)

Relays/
COMBICON Solid-state relays
solid-state relays
Device series
Page Page Page
Standard Line
550 553
Accessories
547 554 558
547

VIP – VARIOFACE Professional Notes:
Modules with For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”; D W
flat-ribbon cable plug-in connectors Order No. 0811862) and mounting material, see Catalog 5.
H
– 1:1 connection
– 10- to 64-pos.
– Screw connection
– Metal foot
– As per IEC 60603-13
– Optional with status indicator
Low and high engagement latches are sup-
plied with all modules.
10 to 20 positions
with screw connection

Technical data
Operating voltage 60 V AC/DC
Dimensions H/D 65.5 mm / 56 mm
Ordering data

pos. W Pkt.
VARIOFACE module, with pin strip
10 34.70 VIP-2/SC/FLK10 2315010 1
14 39.80 VIP-2/SC/FLK14 2315023 1
16 45.00 VIP-2/SC/FLK16 2315036 1
20 55.10 VIP-2/SC/FLK20 2315049 1
VARIOFACE module, with pin strip and light indicator
10 34.70
14 44.90
16 50.00
20 60.20
26 57.10
34 67.30
40 77.40
50 92.70
60 108.00
64 118.00
26 57.40
34 67.60
40 77.80
50 93.10
60 113.50
64 118.60
1 2 3 n
1 2 3 n -
524 PHOENIX CONTACT

D W D W D W
H H H
10 to 20 positions 26 to 64 positions 26 to 64 positions

with screw connection and light indicator with screw connection with screw connection and light indicator
  

24 V DC 60 V AC/DC 24 V DC
1A 1A 1A
-20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
Any Any Any
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
65.5 mm / 56 mm 69 mm / 62 mm 69 mm / 62 mm

Pkt. Pkt. Pkt.
VIP-2/SC/FLK10/LED 2322045 1
VIP-2/SC/FLK14/LED 2322058 1
VIP-2/SC/FLK16/LED 2322061 1
VIP-2/SC/FLK20/LED 2322074 1
VIP-3/SC/FLK26 2315052 1
VIP-3/SC/FLK34 2315065 1
VIP-3/SC/FLK40 2315078 1
VIP-3/SC/FLK50 2315081 1
VIP-3/SC/FLK60 2315094 1
VIP-3/SC/FLK64 2315104 1
VIP-3/SC/FLK26/LED 2322087 1
VIP-3/SC/FLK34/LED 2322090 1
VIP-3/SC/FLK40/LED 2322100 1
VIP-3/SC/FLK50/LED 2322113 1
VIP-3/SC/FLK60/LED 2322126 1
VIP-3/SC/FLK64/LED 2322139 1

Modules with For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”; D W
flat-ribbon cable plug-in connectors Order No. 0811862) and mounting material, see Catalog 5.
H
– 1:1 connection
– 10- to 64-pos.
– Push-in connection
– Metal foot
– As per IEC 60603-13
Low and high engagement latches are sup-
plied with all modules.
10 to 20 positions
with push-in connection
Technical data
Ordering data

pos. W Pkt.
10 36.80 VIP-2/PT/FLK10 2903787 1
14 41.90 VIP-2/PT/FLK14 2903788 1
16 46.90 VIP-2/PT/FLK16 2903789 1
20 57.10 VIP-2/PT/FLK20 2903790 1
10 36.80
14 41.90
16 46.90
20 57.10
26 57.10
34 67.30
40 77.40
50 92.70
60 107.90
64 118.10
26 57.10
34 67.30
40 77.40
50 92.70
60 107.90
64 118.10
1 2 3 n
1 2 3 n -
526 PHOENIX CONTACT

D W D W D W
H H H

with push-in connection and light indicator with push-in connection with push-in connection and light indicator

1A 1A 1A
-20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
Any Any Any
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
72.1 mm / 56 mm 75.8 mm / 63 mm 75.8 mm / 63 mm

Pkt. Pkt. Pkt.
VIP-2/PT/FLK10/LED 2904248 1
VIP-2/PT/FLK14/LED 2904249 1
VIP-2/PT/FLK16/LED 2904250 1
VIP-2/PT/FLK20/LED 2904251 1
VIP-3/PT/FLK26 2903791 1
VIP-3/PT/FLK34 2903792 1
VIP-3/PT/FLK40 2903793 1
VIP-3/PT/FLK50 2903794 1
VIP-3/PT/FLK60 2903795 1
VIP-3/PT/FLK64 2903796 1
VIP-3/PT/FLK26/LED 2904252 1
VIP-3/PT/FLK34/LED 2904253 1
VIP-3/PT/FLK40/LED 2904254 1
VIP-3/PT/FLK50/LED 2904255 1
VIP-3/PT/FLK60/LED 2904256 1
VIP-3/PT/FLK64/LED 2904257 1

SLIM-LINE modules for
flat-ribbon cable plug-in connectors D W D W
H H
VARIOFACE SLIM-LINE modules con-
nect flat-ribbon cable plug-in connectors in
accordance with IEC 60603-13/DIN 41651
to front connection terminal blocks.
The modules are provided with low and
high engagement latches to protect the flat-
ribbon cable plug-in connector against being
accidentally released.
20 and 26-pos. 34 to 50 positions
with screw connection with screw connection
 

Operating voltage < 50 V AC / 60 V DC < 50 V AC / 60 V DC
Max. perm. current (per branch) 0.8 A (data valid for 100% coincidence factor) 1 A (data valid for 100% coincidence factor)

Dimensions D/W 45 mm / 25 mm 45 mm / 45 mm
No. of Module height Pcs. / Pcs. /

pos. H Pkt. Pkt.
VARIOFACE-SLIM-LINE module, with pin strip
20 177.00 UM 25-FLK20/FRONT/Q 2959515 1

26 217.00 UM-25 FLK26/FRONT/Q 2959528 1
VARIOFACE-SLIM-LINE module, with pin strip
34 147.00 UM 45-FLK34/FRONT/Q 2959531 1

40 167.00 UM 45-FLK40/FRONT/Q 2959544 1
50 197.00 UM 45-FLK50/FRONT/Q 2959557 1
528 PHOENIX CONTACT


Panel feed-through modules for
flat-ribbon cable plug-in connectors
VARIOFACE DFLK... panel feed-through

modules connect the flat-ribbon cable
plug-in connectors in accordance with
IEC 60603-13/DIN 41651 to the screw
connection terminal blocks.
These modules are suitable for mounting
on a side panel with an appropriate housing
cutout (see dimensioning table).
The modules are provided with low and
16 to 50 positions
high engagement latches to protect the flat- with screw connection
ribbon cable plug-in connector against being
accidentally released. Technical data
Operating voltage < 50 V AC / 60 V DC
Ordering data

pos. W Pkt.
VARIOFACE feed-through module, with pin strip
16 39.00 DFLK 16 2280239 5

20 39.00 DFLK 20 2280242 5
26 39.00 DFLK 26 2280255 5
34 39.00 DFLK 34 2280268 5
40 39.00 DFLK 40 2280271 5
50 39.00 DFLK 50 2280284 5
Dimensioning of the housing cutout Dimensional drawing DFLK:
b 39
+0,2
c
24,3
d+0,2
4
49
38
Type a b c d
3,2
DFLK 16 58.4 52.5 40.1 + 0.2 9 + 0.2

DFLK 20 68.4 62.5 45.2 + 0.2 9 + 0.2
DFLK 26 83.4 77.5 52.8 + 0.2 9 + 0.2
DFLK 34 103.4 97.5 63.0 + 0.2 9 + 0.2

DFLK 40 128.4 122.5 70.6 + 0.2 9 + 0.2
DFLK 50 143.4 137.5 83.3 + 0.2 9 + 0.2
b
a
530 PHOENIX CONTACT

Feed-through modules for IDC/FLK
plug-in connectors (pitch 2.54 mm)
with spring-cage connection
– 1:1 connection
– 10- to 50-pos.
– Plug-in push-in spring-cage connection
– Short and long latches are supplied with
the module
– Select housing cutout for side panel
mounting according to dimensions table
With pin strip and

push-in spring-cage connection
Technical data
Operating voltage < 50 V AC / 60 V DC
Ordering data

pos. W Pkt.
VARIOFACE feed-through module, with pin strip
10 36.50 DFLK 10/FKCT 2903034 1

14 36.50 DFLK 14/FKCT 2903035 1
16 36.50 DFLK 16/FKCT 2903036 1
20 36.50 DFLK 20/FKCT 2903038 1
26 36.50 DFLK 26/FKCT 2903039 1
34 36.50 DFLK 34/FKCT 2903041 1
40 36.50 DFLK 40/FKCT 2903042 1
50 36.50 DFLK 50/FKCT 2903043 1
Dimensioning of the housing cutout Dimensional drawing DFLK...FKCT
b 36,5
+0,2
c
Ø3,2
+0,2
36
d
60
38
Type a b c d
DFLK 10/FKCT 58.4 52.5 40.1 + 0.2 9 + 0.2

Ø3,2
DFLK 14/FKCT 58.4 52.5 40.1 + 0.2 9 + 0.2

DFLK 16/FKCT 58.4 52.5 40.1 + 0.2 9 + 0.2
DFLK 20/FKCT 68.4 62.5 45.2 + 0.2 9 + 0.2
DFLK 26/FKCT 83.4 77.5 52.8 + 0.2 9 + 0.2

DFLK 34/FKCT 103.4 97.5 63.0 + 0.2 9 + 0.2
DFLK 40/FKCT 128.4 122.5 70.6 + 0.2 9 + 0.2
b
a
DFLK 50/FKCT 143.4 137.5 83.3 + 0.2 9 + 0.2

Modules with D-SUB plug-in For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”; D W
connectors Order No. 0811862) and mounting material, see Catalog 5.
H
– 1:1 connection
– 9- to 50-pos.
– Metal foot
– As per IEC 60807-2
The D-SUB-4-40 UNC threads are guided
directly onto a connection terminal block.
9 to 15 positions

Technical data
Dimensions H/D 65.5 mm / 45.1 mm
Ordering data

pos. W Pkt.
VARIOFACE module, with D-SUB miniature pin strip
9 34.70 VIP-2/SC/D 9SUB/M 2315117 1

15 45.00 VIP-2/SC/D15SUB/M 2315120 1
VARIOFACE module, with D-SUB miniature pin strip and
light indicator
9 34.70
15 50.00
VARIOFACE module, with D-SUB miniature socket strip
9 34.70 VIP-2/SC/D 9SUB/F 2315162 1

15 45.00 VIP-2/SC/D15SUB/F 2315175 1
VARIOFACE module, with D-SUB miniature socket strip and
light indicator
9 34.70
15 50.00
25 57.40
37 72.70
50 98.20
light indicator
25 57.40
37 72.70
50 98.20
25 57.40
37 72.70
50 98.20
light indicator
25 57.40
37 72.70
50 98.20
1 2 3 n
1 2 3 n -
532 PHOENIX CONTACT

D W D W D W
H H H

with screw connection and light indicator with screw connection with screw connection and light indicator
  

2.5 A 2A 2.5 A
-20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
Any Any Any
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
65.5 mm / 45.1 mm 69 mm / 62 mm 69 mm / 62 mm

Pkt. Pkt. Pkt.
VIP-2/SC/D 9SUB/M/LED 2322142 1

VIP-2/SC/D15SUB/M/LED 2322155 1
VIP-2/SC/D 9SUB/F/LED 2322197 1

VIP-2/SC/D15SUB/F/LED 2322207 1
VIP-3/SC/D25SUB/M 2315133 1
VIP-3/SC/D37SUB/M 2315146 1
VIP-3/SC/D50SUB/M 2315159 1
VIP-3/SC/D25SUB/F 2315188 1
VIP-3/SC/D37SUB/F 2315191 1
VIP-3/SC/D50SUB/F 2315201 1

Modules with D-SUB plug-in For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”; D W
connectors Order No. 0811862) and mounting material, see Catalog 5.
H
– 1:1 connection
– 9- to 50-pos.
– Push-in connection
– Metal foot
9 to 15 positions
Technical data
Dimensions H/D 72.1 mm / 46.6 mm
Ordering data

pos. W Pkt.
9 36.80 VIP-2/PT/D 9SUB/M 2903777 1

15 46.90 VIP-2/PT/D15SUB/M 2903779 1
light indicator
9 36.80
15 52.00
9 36.80 VIP-2/PT/D 9SUB/F 2903778 1

15 46.90 VIP-2/PT/D15SUB/F 2903780 1
light indicator
9 36.80
15 52.00
25 57.10
37 72.30
50 97.70
light indicator
25 57.10
37 72.30
50 97.70
25 57.10
37 72.30
50 97.70
light indicator
25 57.10
37 72.30
50 97.70
1 2 3 n
1 2 3 n -
534 PHOENIX CONTACT

D W D W D W
H H H

with push-in connection and light indicator with push-in connection with push-in connection and light indicator

2A 2A 2A
-20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
Any Any Any
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
72.1 mm / 46.6 mm 75.8 mm / 63 mm 75.8 mm / 63 mm

Pkt. Pkt. Pkt.
VIP-2/PT/D 9SUB/M/LED 2904258 1

VIP-2/PT/D15SUB/M/LED 2904259 1
VIP-2/PT/D 9SUB/F/LED 2904263 1

VIP-2/PT/D15SUB/F/LED 2904264 1
VIP-3/PT/D25SUB/M 2903781 1
VIP-3/PT/D37SUB/M 2903783 1
VIP-3/PT/D50SUB/M 2903785 1
VIP-3/PT/D25SUB/F 2903782 1
VIP-3/PT/D37SUB/F 2903784 1
VIP-3/PT/D50SUB/F 2903786 1

SLIM-LINE modules for
D-subminiature plug-in connectors D W D W
H H
These VARIOFACE modules connect
D-SUB strips with front connection
terminal blocks in accordance with
IEC 60807-2/DIN 41652.
To make the ground connection, the me-
tallic plug shell (4-40 UNC thread) makes
contact with a connection terminal block.
9 to 25 positions 37 to 50 positions
With screw connection With screw connection
 

Operating voltage 125 V AC/DC 125 V AC/DC
Max. perm. current (per branch) 2.5 A 2.5 A
Standards/regulations IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, DIN VDE 0160 (in parts) IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Dimensions D/W 45 mm / 25 mm 45 mm / 45 mm

pos. H Pkt. Pkt.
VARIOFACE-SLIM-LINE module, with
D-SUB miniature pin strip
9 117.00 UM 25-D 9SUB/S/FRONT/Q 2959573 1
15 147.00 UM 25-D15SUB/S/FRONT/Q 2959599 1
25 217.00 UM 25-D25SUB/S/FRONT/Q 2959612 1
D-SUB miniature socket strip
9 117.00 UM 25-D 9SUB/B/FRONT/Q 2959560 1
15 147.00 UM 25-D15SUB/B/FRONT/Q 2959586 1
25 217.00 UM 25-D25SUB/B/FRONT/Q 2959609 1
D-SUB miniature pin strip
37 157.00 UM 45-D37SUB/S/FRONT/Q 2959638 1
50 187.00 UM 45-D50SUB/S/FRONT/Q 2959654 1
D-SUB miniature socket strip
37 157.00 UM 45-D37SUB/B/FRONT/Q 2959625 1
50 187.00 UM 45-D50SUB/B/FRONT/Q 2959641 1
536 PHOENIX CONTACT

Feed-through modules for
D-SUB miniature plug-in connectors
– 1:1 connection
– 9- to 50-pos.
– D-SUB 4-40 UNC thread
– 9- to 37-pos.: Separate ground tap
– 50-pos.: No ground tap
With D-subminiature pin strip With D-subminiature socket strip

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

pos. W Pkt. Pkt.
VARIOFACE feed-through module, with
D-subminiature plug-in connector
9 39.00 DFLK-D 9 SUB/S 2283870 5 DFLK-D 9 SUB/B 2287135 5
15 39.00 DFLK-D15 SUB/S 2280297 5 DFLK-D15 SUB/B 2280307 5
Dimensioning of the housing cutout Dimensional drawing: DFLK-D...SUB:
b 39
+0,2
c
24,3
33
d+0,2
4
38
Type a b c d
DFLK-D 9 SUB/S 58.4 52.5 40.2 + 0.2 13 + 0.2

3,2
DFLK-D 15 SUB/S 58.4 52.5 40.2 + 0.2 13 + 0.2

DFLK-D 25 SUB/S 83.4 77.5 54.2 + 0.2 13 + 0.2
DFLK-D 37 SUB/S 128.4 122.5 70.6 + 0.2 13 + 0.2
DFLK-D 50 SUB/S 143.4 137.5 67.8 + 0.2 15.8 + 0.2
DFLK-D 9 SUB/B 58.4 52.5 40.2 + 0.2 13 + 0.2

DFLK-D 15 SUB/B 58.4 52.5 40.2 + 0.2 13 + 0.2
DFLK-D 25 SUB/B 83.4 77.5 54.2 + 0.2 13 + 0.2
DFLK-D 37 SUB/B 128.4 122.5 70.6 + 0.2 13 + 0.2
DFLK-D 50 SUB/B 143.4 137.5 67.8 + 0.2 15.8 + 0.2
b
a

Feed-through modules for
D-SUB miniature plug-in connectors
– 1:1 connection
– 9- to 50-pos.
– Plug-in push-in spring-cage connection
– Plug-in connector according to
IEC 60807-2
– D-SUB 4-40 UNC thread
– 9- to 37-pos. with separate ground tap
– 50-pos.: No ground tap
– Select housing cutout for side panel
mounting according to dimensions table With D-SUB pin strip and With D-SUB socket strip and
push-in connection push-in connection

pos. W Pkt. Pkt.
VARIOFACE feed-through module, with
D-subminiature plug-in connector
9 36.50 DFLK-D 9 SUB/M/FKCT 2903052 1 DFLK-D 9 SUB/F/FKCT 2903063 1
15 36.50 DFLK-D15 SUB/M/FKCT 2903054 1 DFLK-D15 SUB/F/FKCT 2903065 1
Dimensioning of the housing cutout Dimensional drawing DFLK-D...SUB...FKCT
b 36,5
+0,2
c
Ø3,2
+0,2
36
d
46
38
Type a b c d
DFLK-D 9 SUB/M/FKCT 58.4 52.5 40.2 + 0.2 13 + 0.2

Ø3,2
DFLK-D15 SUB/M/FKCT 58.4 52.5 40.2 + 0.2 13 + 0.2

DFLK-D25 SUB/M/FKCT 83.4 77.5 54.2 + 0.2 13 + 0.2
DFLK-D37 SUB/M/FKCT 128.4 122.5 70.6 + 0.2 13 + 0.2
DFLK-D50 SUB/M/FKCT 143.4 137.5 67.8 + 0.2 15.8 + 0.2
DFLK-D 9 SUB/F/FKCT 58.4 52.5 40.2 + 0.2 13 + 0.2

DFLK-D15 SUB/F/FKCT 58.4 52.5 40.2 + 0.2 13 + 0.2
b
a
DFLK-D25 SUB/F/FKCT 83.4 77.5 54.2 + 0.2 13 + 0.2

DFLK-D37 SUB/F/FKCT 128.4 122.5 70.6 + 0.2 13 + 0.2
DFLK-D50 SUB/F/FKCT 143.4 137.5 67.8 + 0.2 15.8 + 0.2
538 PHOENIX CONTACT

VIP – VARIOFACE Professional mod-
ules for high density D-SUB miniature D W D W
plug-in connectors
H H
– 1:1 connection
– 15- to 62-pos.
– Screw and push-in connection
– Metal foot
Notes:
15 to 62 positions 15 to 62 positions
1) Module with double-level terminal blocks with screw connection with push-in connection

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

pos. W Pkt. Pkt.
With screw connection 1) 15 44.90 VIP-2/SC/HD15SUB/M 2322326 1

With screw connection 26 52.30 VIP-3/SC/HD26SUB/M 2322375 1
With push-in connection 1) 15 46.90 VIP-2/PT/HD15SUB/M 2904268 1
With push-in connection 26 52.00 VIP-3/PT/HD26SUB/M 2904269 1
With screw connection 1) 15 44.90 VIP-2/SC/HD15SUB/F 2322401 1

With screw connection 26 52.30 VIP-3/SC/HD26SUB/F 2322414 1
With push-in connection 1) 15 46.90 VIP-2/PT/HD15SUB/F 2904272 1
With push-in connection 26 52.00 VIP-3/PT/HD26SUB/F 2904273 1

Modules for plug-in connectors Notes:
IEC 60603/DIN 41612 For suitable cable housings, see the table on page 562 D W
H
These VARIOFACE interface modules
connect high-position plug-in connectors
according to IEC 60603/DIN 41612 to
screw connection terminal blocks.
The following VARIOFACE modules are
available:
– UMK modules with
double-level connection terminal blocks
– UMKS modules with
Design C,
three-level connection terminal blocks. 64-position, a, c assembled
Technical data
Ordering data

pos. W Pkt.
VARIOFACE module, C 64-pos., screw-on cable housing, with:
- Pin strip 64 135.00 UMKS- C64M-VS 2970565 1

VARIOFACE module, E 48-pos., screw-on cable housing, with:
- Pin strip 48 123.80

VARIOFACE module, F 48-pos., screw-on cable housing, with:
- Pin strip 48 112.50

VARIOFACE module, F 48-pos., snap-on cable housing, with:
- Pin strip 48 112.50

VARIOFACE module, D 32-pos., screw-on cable housing, with:
- Pin strip 32 135.00
540 PHOENIX CONTACT

D W D W D W
H H H
Design E, Design F, Design D,

48-position, a, c, e assembled 48-position, z, b, d assembled 32-position, a, c assembled
  

125 V AC/DC 250 V AC 250 V AC/DC
4A 4A 2A
-20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 45°C -20°C ... 50°C
Any Any Any
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
77 mm / 72 mm 77 mm / 72 mm 77 mm / 62.5 mm

Pkt. Pkt. Pkt.
UMKS- E48M-VS 2970154 1
UMKS- F48M-VS 2970714 1
UMKS- F48M-VR 2970167 1
UMK- D32M-VS 2970060 1

Modules for ELCO plug-in connectors Notes:
Dimensional drawings and pin assignments, see page 562 D W
H
These modules can be used to connect
ELCO plug-in connectors of the 8016 series
to screw connection terminal blocks.
The diagonal position of the ELCO plug-
in connector means that the wires leading
out of the cable housing at the side can be
led away without restricting neighboring
modules.
38-pos.
Technical data
Operating voltage 25 V AC / 60 V DC
Max. perm. current (per branch) 1.5 A
Total current 19 A (38 branches with 0.5 A each)
Dimensions H/D 77 mm / 58.5 mm
Ordering data

pos. W Pkt.
VARIOFACE module, with:
- Pin strip 8016 right 38 101.50 UMK- EC38/38-XOR 2976297 1
- Pin strip 8016 left 38 101.50 UMK- EC38/38-XOL 2976284 1
- Pin strip 8016 right 56 157.50
- Pin strip 8016 left 56 157.50
- Pin strip 8016 left 56 77.00
- Pin strip 8016 right above 32 101.30
- Pin strip 8016 right below 32 101.30
- Pin strip 8016 left above 32 101.30

- Pin strip 8016 left below 32 101.30
542 PHOENIX CONTACT

D W D W D W
H H H
56-pos. 56-pos., 32-pos.

with front connection terminal blocks
  

125 V AC/DC < 25 V AC / 30 V DC 25 V AC / 60 V DC
1.5 A 1.5 A 2A
28 A (56 branches with 0.5 A each) 28 A (56 branches with 0.5 A each) 32 A (32 branches with 1 A each)
-20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 40°C
Any Any Any
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
77 mm / 58.5 mm 146.3 mm / 47.5 mm 77 mm / 58.5 mm

Pkt. Pkt. Pkt.
UMK- EC56/56-XOR 2975900 1

UMK- EC56/56-XOL 2975890 1
UMK- EC56/FRONT 2,5V/R 2976161 1

UMK- EC56/FRONT 2,5V/L 2976158 1
UMK- EC56/32-XOR 2975858 1

UMK- EC56/32-XUR 2975777 1
UMK- EC56/32-XOL 2975764 1

UMK- EC56/32-XUL 2975780 1

Modules for ELCO plug-in connectors Notes:
for use in Ex i circuits Dimensional drawings and pin assignments, see page 563 D W
Facts about explosion protection, see page 154
H
The VARIOFACE modules connect ELCO
plug-in connectors of the 8016 series to
screw connection terminal blocks. The
modules for ELCO connectors can be used
as simple electrical equipment for applica-
tions in intrinsically safe circuits as per EN
60079-14. They fulfill the requirements of
intrinsic safety as per EN 60079-11 (EN
50020) and can be used for various intrinsi-
cally safe circuits taking into account the pin 32-pos.
configuration.
The voltage of an intrinsically safe circuit
may not exceed 30 V. The voltage difference
between two intrinsically safe circuits can
be up to 60 V. Technical data
The modules are equipped with blue Operating voltage max. 30 V DC
(Max. voltage between two intrinsically safe circuits: 60 V DC)
screw connection methods are clear label- Max. perm. current (per branch) 500 mA
ing for intrinsically safe circuits. Ambient temperature (operation) -20°C ... 50°C
The arrangement of angled ELCO plug-in Standards/regulations DIN EN 60079-11
connectors makes it possible to lead the Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
lines led out from the cable housing away Dimensions H/D 77 mm / 58.5 mm
from the adjacent modules without any neg- Ordering data

ative effects. No. of Module width Pcs. /
For the disconnection of intrinsically safe pos. W Pkt.
and non-intrinsically safe circuits, a distance VARIOFACE module, with:

- Pin strip 8016 right above 32 101.30 UMK- EC90/32/EX-XOR 2900109 1
of at least 50 mm should be kept between - Pin strip 8016 right below 32 101.30 UMK- EC90/32/EX-XUR 2969068 1
the connection points using partition plates
or spaces. - Pin strip 8016 left above 32 101.30 UMK- EC90/32/EX-XOL 2900110 1
- Pin strip 8016 left above 32 101.30 UMK- EC90/32/EX-XUL 2969071 1
544 PHOENIX CONTACT

D W D W
H H
25-pos. 25-pos.,
with front connection terminal blocks

max. 30 V DC max. 30 V DC
(Max. voltage between two intrinsically safe circuits: 60 V DC) (Max. voltage between two intrinsically safe circuits: 60 V DC)
500 mA 500 mA
-20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
Any Any
DIN EN 60079-11 DIN EN 60079-11
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
77 mm / 58.5 mm 112.5 mm / 52.5 mm
Pcs. / Pcs. /
Pkt. Pkt.
UMK- EC56/25/EX -R 2900112 1

UMK- EC56/25/EX -L 2900113 1
UMK- EC56/25/EX -FRONT 2,5V/R 2900114 1

UMK- EC56/25/EX -FRONT 2,5V/L 2900115 1

Modules with RJ45 plug-in connector
D W D W
H H
– 1:1 connection
– 8-positions, RJ45 connector
– Screw or push-in connection
(direct plug-in technology)
– Connector housing led to separate con-
nection terminal blocks
Notes:
8-pos. 8-pos.
1 2 3 8 1 2 3 8
1 2 3 8 1 2 3 8

Standards/regulations DIN EN 50178 EN 50178
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

pos. W Pkt. Pkt.
VARIOFACE module, with RJ45 plug-in connector
With screw connection 8 26.90 VIP-3/SC/RJ45 2900701 1

With push-in connection 8 26.60 VIP-3/PT/RJ45 2904290 1
546 PHOENIX CONTACT

Modules with COMBICON connection
D W D W
H H
– The slim 10- and 18-pos. VARIOFACE
SLIM-LINE modules connect the front
connection terminal blocks to a
COMBICON header. The corresponding
COMBICON plugs (5.0 mm pitch) can be
found in the COMBICON catalog PCB
Connection Technique.
– The 32-pos. UMK-32 MDSTB/MKKDS
3/R module connects screw connection
terminal blocks with coded COMBICON 10- and 18-pos. 32-pos.
plug-in screw connectors. With screw connection With screw connection
 
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 30 31 32
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 30 31 32

Max. perm. current (per branch) 2.5 A 3A
Dimensions D/W 45 mm / 25 mm 58.5 mm / 112.5 mm

pos. H Pkt. Pkt.
VARIOFACE-SLIM-LINE module, with a COMBICON header
(without a COMBICON plug-in connector)
10 137.00 UM 25-10 MSTB/FRONT/Q 2959803 1

18 217.00 UM 25-18 MSTB/FRONT/Q 2959502 1
VARIOFACE module,with COMBICON plug-in connector, coded
32 77.00 UMK-32 MDSTB/MKKDS3/R 2970196 1

Modules as compact Notes:
potential distributors Marking systems and mounting material D W
See Catalog 5
H
The VIP-2/.../PDM... modules offer the
following features:
– Two potential levels
– Separate supply
– Screw or push-in connection
– Consecutive labeling
The UMK-PVB and UMK-PVB 6 modules
have three or six potential levels.
With screw connection and
2 potential levels

P1 P1
P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1
.1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 .n
P2 P2
P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2
.1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 .n
Technical data
Max. perm. current (per branch) 15 A
Total current 30 A (Per potential)
Supply connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 - 6 mm² / 0.2 - 4 mm² / 24 - 10
Distribution connection data solid / stranded / AWG 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Ordering data

pos. W Pkt.
VARIOFACE module, with two busbars (P1, P2) for
potential distribution, per potential:
2 power terminal blocks/ 50.00 VIP-2/SC/PDM-2/16 2315256 1
8 distributor terminal blocks
VARIOFACE module, with three busbars (+, -, PE) for
(+) two power terminal blocks/48 distributor terminal blocks 168.80
(-) two power terminal blocks/24 distributor terminal blocks
(PE) 2 power/72 distributor terminal blocks
VARIOFACE module, with six busbars (P1 to P6) for

2 power terminal blocks/ 123.80

VARIOFACE module, with two busbars (P1, P2) for
548 PHOENIX CONTACT

D W D W D W
H H H
With screw connection and With screw connection and With push-in three-level connection and
3 potential levels 6 potential levels 2 potential levels
 
+ + P1 P1 P1 P1
P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1
+ + + + + + + + + P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1
- - P2 P2
.1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 .n
P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2
- - - - - - - - - P2 P2
PE PE
P6 P6
P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2
PE PE PE PE PE PE PE PE PE P6 P6 P6 P6 P6 P6 P6 P6 P6 P6 P6 P6 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 .n

250 V AC/DC 250 V AC/DC 250 V AC/DC
16 A 16 A 15 A
16 A (Per potential) 16 A (Per potential) 30 A (Per potential)
-20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
Any Any Any
0.5 - 6 mm² / 0.5 - 4 mm² / 20 - 10 0.2 - 6 mm² / 0.2 - 4 mm² / 24 - 10 0.25 - 6 mm² / 0.25 - 4 mm² / 24 - 10
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
77 mm / 72 mm 77 mm / 72 mm 75.8 mm / 63 mm

Pkt. Pkt. Pkt.
UMK- PVB 2971302 1
UMK- PVB 6 2972136 1
VIP-3/PT/PDM-2/16 2903797 1
VIP-3/PT/PDM-2/24 2903798 1
VIP-3/PT/PDM-2/32 2903799 1
VIP-3/PT/PDM-2/48 2903800 1

VARIOFACE modules for plug-in min-
iature relays and/or miniature D W D W
solid-state relays
H H
The UMK-... RM 4-, 8-, and 16-way relay
or solid-state relay interfaces provide 4, 8
or 16 slots for standard electromechanical
relays (REL-MR..., not REL-MR...MS) or op-
toelectronic relays (SIM-EI...). The connec-
tions between the I/O module and the elec-
tronics, as well as the process cabling, are
implemented via screw connection terminal
blocks.
4-channel with 4-channel for
Notes:
bridge rectifier relays with a PDT contact
For the protection of relay coils and contacts, inductive loads must
be dampened with an efficient protection circuit.
Other input voltages on request.
 
1) not with 230 V AC.
2) with 230 V AC glow lamp. 0 2 3 4 N N 1 2 3 4 + + - -
3) with 100 V DC and 230 V AC glow lamp.
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
12 11 14 22 21 24 32 31 34 42 41 44 12 11 14 22 21 24 32 31 34 42 41 44
0 + A 0 + A 0 + A 0 + A 0 + A 0 + A 0 + A 0 + A

Coil side
Tolerance of the input voltage ±10% ±10%
Input circuit Bridge rectifier Freewheeling diode, Protection against polarity reversal
Operating voltage display - Yellow LED1)
Status display/channel Yellow LED Yellow LED2)

Contact side
Contact type 1 PDT 1 PDT
General data
Test voltage 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Standards/regulations DIN VDE 0110 DIN VDE 0110
Pcs. / Pcs. /
Description Input voltage Type Order No. Type Order No.
Pkt. Pkt.
VARIOFACE module, for four plug-in miniature relays or
miniature solid-state relays, with light indicator (without relays)
24 V AC/DC UMK- 4 RM 24 2971344 1

VARIOFACE module, for plug-in miniature relays or
miniature solid-state relays, with light indicator (without relay)
5 V DC UMK- 4 RM 5DC 2972819 1

12 V DC UMK- 4 RM 12DC 2972822 1
24 V DC UMK- 4 RM 24DC 2972835 1
48 V DC UMK- 4 RM 60DC 2972851 1
110 V DC UMK- 4 RM110DC 2972864 1
230 V AC UMK- 4 RM230AC 2972880 1
550 PHOENIX CONTACT

D W D W D W
H H H
8-channel for 16-channel for 8-channel for

relays with a PDT contact relays with a PDT contact relays with two PDT contacts
  
1 2 3 8 + + - - 1 2 3 16 + + - - 1 2 8 - -
1 2 8
1 2 3 8 1 2 3 16
111
114
121
124
181
184
14
24
84
12 11 14 22 21 24 32 31 34 82 81 84 12 11 14 22 21 24 32 31 34 162 161 164
11
21
81
112
122
182
12
22
82
0 + A 0 + A 0 + A 0 + A 0 + A 0 + A 0 + A 0 + A
±10% ±10% ±10%

Freewheeling diode, Protection against polarity reversal Freewheeling diode, Protection against polarity reversal Freewheeling diode, Protection against polarity reversal
Yellow LED3) Yellow LED2) -
Yellow LED3) Yellow LED2) Yellow LED
Screw connection Screw connection Screw connection

0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 24 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 24 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 26
1 PDT 1 PDT 2 PDT

250 V AC 250 V AC 250 V AC
5A 5A 5A
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 14
-20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C
DIN VDE 0110 DIN VDE 0110 DIN VDE 0110
Any Any Any
135 mm / 77 mm / 59 mm 259 mm / 77 mm / 59 mm 168.8 mm / 77 mm / 59 mm

Pkt. Pkt. Pkt.
UMK- 8 RM 5DC/MKDS 2972893 1 UMK-16 RM 5DC/MKDS 2972974 1

UMK- 8 RM24DC/MKDS 2972916 1 UMK-16 RM 24DC/MKDS 2972990 1 UMK- 8 RELS/KSR-24/21/21 2975722 1
UMK- 8 RM110DC/MKDS 2972945 1 UMK-16 RM110DC/MKDS 2973041 1
UMK- 8 RM230AC/MKDS 2972961 1 UMK-16 RM230AC/MKDS 2973067 1

VARIOFACE modules as interface
for plug-in solid-state relays or
digital I/O modules
The 1-, 4-, 8- or 16-time INTERFACE Notes:
modules are the wiring interface and the Type of housing:
18,8
coupling level in one unit. The connection Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
to the interface module is established using Marking systems and mounting material
A
See Catalog 5
screw connection technology.
INPUT
2 1(+)
For the protection of relay coils and contacts, inductive loads must B
5
be dampened with an efficient protection circuit.
Properties of the single interface:
7,5
Solid-state relays, see page 558
– Status display
46,7
– Protection against polarity reversal in in-
4
OUTPUT
put
– Surge protection in input
3
– Assembly option with solid-state relay for
loads up to 350 V DC/1 A or 480 V AC/5 A
Properties of the 4-, 8-, and A = without metal
B = with metal
16-time interfaces:
– Status display
– Integrated fuse for line protection
– Assembly option with solid-state relay or
I/O modules
Input data
Input voltage range
Input circuit
Status display/channel
Connection method
Output data
Connection method
General data
Mounting position
Mounting
Dimensions H/D
Module width
Description
W
Interface module, with plug-in base for one solid-state relay,
with locking clip
22.5
Interface module, with plug-in base for four solid-state relays,
with locking clip
Microfuse: 250 V, 4 A 90
Interface module, with plug-in base for eight digital I/O modules.

Interface module, with plug-in base for eight solid-state relays,
with locking clip
Interface module, with plug-in base for 16 digital I/O modules.
Microfuse: 250 V, 4 A 326.5

Interface module, with plug-in base for 16 solid-state relays,
with locking clip
Microfuse: 250 V, 4 A 326.5
552 PHOENIX CONTACT

D W D W D W
H H H
With light indicator With light indicator and fuse, With light indicator and fuse,
control logic negative switching control logic positive switching
 
+Vcc -GND 0 1 15 +Vcc -GND 0 1 2 15
A1 13(+)
0 1 15
0 1 2 15
A2 14
14 13 24 23 164 163 14 13 24 23 34 33 164 163

(+) (+) (+) (+) (+) (+) (+)
4 V ... 32 V 4 V ... 32 V 4 V ... 32 V

Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Yellow LED Yellow LED Yellow LED
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 24 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 24

0.2 ... 6 mm² / 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 24 - 10 0.2 ... 6 mm² / 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 24 - 10 0.2 ... 6 mm² / 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 24 - 10
-20°C ... 60°C -20°C ... 55°C -20°C ... 55°C

DIN EN 50178 DIN VDE 0110b, Gr. C for 250 V DC, DIN VDE 0160 DIN VDE 0110b, Gr. C for 250 V DC, DIN VDE 0160
(in relevant parts) (in relevant parts)
Any Any Any
In rows with zero spacing In rows with zero spacing In rows with zero spacing
77 mm / 72 mm 77 mm / 72 mm 77 mm / 72 mm

Pkt. Pkt. Pkt.
UMK- 1 OM-R/AMS 2983002 1
UMK- 4 OM-R/MF 2970882 1 UMK- 4 OM-R/MF/P 2972673 1
UMK- 8 OM/MF/MKDS 2972712 1
UMK- 8 OM-R/MF/MKDS 2972738 1 UMK- 8 OM-R/MF/MKDS/P 2972699 1
UMK-16 OM/MF/MKDS 2972754 1
UMK-16 OM-R/MF/MKDS 2972770 1 UMK-16 OM-R/MF/MKDS/P 2972796 1

REL-MR miniature relay Notes:
The robust relays are used as interface re- service life than with a pure power contact.
lays throughout process and production en- For diagrams of operating voltage ranges, see page 344
gineering.
The main features of these relays are their
compact design, reliable electrical isolation,
and compliance with the most important
standards, as well as the number of variants.
1 N/O contact
A2 A1 11 12
Technical data
Input data ②
Permissible range (with reference to UN) -
1.1
Typ. response time at UN [ms] 5
Typ. response time at UN ( depending on phase [ms]
relation )
Typ. release time at UN [ms] 2
Typ. release time at UN ( depending on phase rela- [ms]
tion )
Output data

250 V AC -
General data
Test voltage (contact/contact) -
Standards/regulations DIN VDE 0110, IEC 255/DIN VDE 0435 (in relevant parts)
Mounting position/mounting Any
Ordering data

UN Pkt.
with power contact ① 12 V DC
with power contact ② 24 V DC REL-MR-G 24/1 2961037 8
with power contact ③ 48 V DC
with power contact ④ 60 V DC
with power contact ⑤ 110 V DC
with power contact ⑥ 230 V AC
with gold contact ① 12 V DC
with gold contact ② 24 V DC
with gold contact ③ 48 V DC
with gold contact ④ 60 V DC
with gold contact ⑤ 110 V DC
with gold contact ⑥ 230 V AC
554 PHOENIX CONTACT

1 PDT for high continuous currents 2 PDT
 
A1 A1 12 11 14
A2 A2 22 21 24
12 11 14

① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥
refer to the diagram refer to the diagram
33 17 8.7 8.2 4.1 3 33 17 8.7 8.2 4.1 3

7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
3 - 12 3 - 12
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
2-9 2-9
Single contact, 1-PDT Single contact, 1-PDT Single contact, 2-PDT Single contact, 2-PDT
AgNi AgNi, hard gold-plated AgNi AgNi, hard gold-plated

250 V AC/DC 30 V AC / 36 V DC 250 V AC/DC 30 V AC / 36 V DC
12 V (at 10 mA) 100 mV (at 10 mA) 5 V (at 10 mA) 100 mV (at 10 mA)
16 A 50 mA 8A 50 mA
30 A (300 ms) 50 mA 25 A (20 ms) 50 mA
4000 VA - 2000 VA -
5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) 5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)

- 2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 85°C -40°C ... 85°C
3 x 107 cycles 3 x 107 cycles
Any / Can be aligned without spacing (> 70°C ≥ 2.5 mm) Any / Can be aligned without spacing (> 70°C ≥ 2.5 mm)
12.7 mm / 29 mm / 15.7 mm 12.7 mm / 29 mm / 15.7 mm
Pcs. / Pcs. /
Pkt. Pkt.
REL-MR- 12DC/21HC 2961309 10 REL-MR- 12DC/21-21 2961257 10

REL-MR-110DC/21HC 2961338 10 REL-MR-110DC/21-21 2961202 10
REL-MR-230AC/21HC 2961422 10 REL-MR-230AC/21-21 2961451 10
REL-MR- 12DC/21HC AU 2961532 10 REL-MR- 12DC/21-21AU 2961299 10

REL-MR- 24DC/21HC AU 2961545 10 REL-MR- 24DC/21-21AU 2961215 10
REL-MR- 48DC/21-21AU 2834847 10
REL-MR- 60DC/21-21AU 2961286 10
REL-MR-110DC/21HC AU 2961561 10 REL-MR-110DC/21-21AU 2961228 10
REL-MR-230AC/21HC AU 2961529 10 REL-MR-230AC/21-21AU 2961480 10

SIM-EI miniature solid-state relay
The SIM-EI miniature solid-state relays

have connections compatible with commer-
cially available miniature switching relays and
are of the same shape.
The modules are used for floating condi-
tioning of process signals as an alternative to
electromechanical relays. Substituting me-
chanical relays for solid-state ones opens
new possibilities for solving interface prob-
lems in a user-friendly way. The compatibili- with DC voltage output
max. = 100 mA
ty of the pins with the mechanical relay per-
mits use of solid-state relays without any
changes in the layout. The output of the 
solid-state relay is “high active” and de-
signed as a 2- or 3-conductor output.
A1
+ + A1 +
-
A2 A A2 A
DC AC
Technical data
Input data ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ⑧
1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1
Switching level with reference to UN 1 signal (“H”) ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8
0 signal (“L”) ≤ 0.35 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.25 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4
Typ. input current at UN [mA] 5.4 5.7 5.1 6.8 2.4 2.6 2.1 2.1
Input circuit AC Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Input circuit DC Protection against polarity reversal
Output data
Residual voltage drop at “H” 1V
Max. inrush current -
Output protection Protection against polarity reversal
General data
Standards/regulations DIN VDE 0110
Mounting position/mounting Any / Can be aligned with 2 mm spacing
Ordering data

UN Pkt.
Solid-state relay, with protective circuit in the input and output circuit
① 5 V DC SIM-EI- 5DC/48DC/100 2271057 10

② 12 V DC SIM-EI- 12DC/48DC/100 2271060 10
③ 24 V DC SIM-EI- 24DC/48DC/100 2271073 10
48 V DC ... 60 V DC ④ 60 V DC SIM-EI- 60DC/48DC/100 2271086 10
⑤ 110 V DC SIM-EI-110DC/48DC/100 2271099 10
⑥ 220 V DC SIM-EI-220DC/48DC/100 2271109 10
⑦ 120 V AC SIM-EI-120AC/48DC/100 2271112 10
⑧ 230 V AC SIM-EI-230AC/48DC/100 2271125 10
Accessories
Load current [A]
Plug-in base, for plug-in miniature relays or miniature solid-state relays,

3 for soldering onto the printed circuit board.
2 SIM-ERSN 2271484 100

Retaining bracket, for miniature solid-state relay
1
- Plastic SIM-ERSN-HB-KSR 2271468 10
- Metal SIM-ERSN-HB-KSR/MET 2271497 10
0 Retaining bracket, for miniature relay
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 - Plastic SIM-ERSN-HB-MR 2271471 10
Ambient temperature [°C] - Metal SIM-ERSN-HB-MR/MET 2271510 10
Derating curve for SIM-EI-OV-24 DC/24 DC/3
556 PHOENIX CONTACT

with TTL logic level output, with DC voltage output with DC voltage output
max. = 100 mA Maximum = 100 mA, RC element in input max. = 3 A
  
A1
+ + A1 +
A1 + A1 +
+
A A
-
A2 0 A2 0
-
A2 A A2 A
DC AC

① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ⑧ ⑦ ⑧ ③
0.9 - 0.9 - 0.9 - 0.9 - 0.9 - 0.9 - 0.9 - 0.9 - 0.9 - 0.9 - 0.8 -
1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2
≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8
≤ 0.35 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.25 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4
5.4 5.7 5.1 4.7 2.4 2.6 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.5 7
4000 4000 4000 4000 1000 1000 3 3 3 3 300
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection RC element
Protection against polarity reversal Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
3 V DC ... 5.25 V DC 8 V DC ... 48 V DC 3 V DC ... 33 V DC

100 mA 100 mA 3 A (see derating curve)
0.3 V 1V ≤ 200 mV
- - 15 A (10 ms)
3-conductor, ground-referenced 2-conductor, floating 2-conductor, floating
Protection against polarity reversal, Free running Protection against polarity reversal Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
-20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 60°C
DIN VDE 0110 DIN VDE 0110 DIN VDE 0110
Any / Can be aligned with 2 mm spacing Any / Can be aligned with 2 mm spacing Any / Can be aligned with 2 mm spacing
13 mm / 29 mm / 25 mm 13 mm / 29 mm / 25 mm 13 mm / 29 mm / 25 mm

Pkt. Pkt. Pkt.
SIM-EI- 5DC/TTL/100 2271138 10

SIM-EI- 12DC/TTL/100 2271141 10
SIM-EI- 24DC/TTL/100 2271154 10 SIM-EI-OV- 24DC/ 24DC/3 2300096 10
SIM-EI- 60DC/TTL/100 2271167 10
SIM-EI-110DC/TTL/100 2271170 10
SIM-EI-220DC/TTL/100 2271183 10
SIM-EI-120AC/TTL/100 2271196 10 SIM-EI-120AC/48DC/100/RC 2271439 10
SIM-EI-230AC/TTL/100 2271206 10 SIM-EI-230AC/48DC/100/RC 2271426 10
SIM-ERSN 2271484 100 SIM-ERSN 2271484 100 SIM-ERSN 2271484 100
SIM-ERSN-HB-KSR 2271468 10 SIM-ERSN-HB-KSR 2271468 10 SIM-ERSN-HB-KSR 2271468 10

SIM-ERSN-HB-KSR/MET 2271497 10 SIM-ERSN-HB-KSR/MET 2271497 10 SIM-ERSN-HB-KSR/MET 2271497 10
SIM-ERSN-HB-MR 2271471 10 SIM-ERSN-HB-MR 2271471 10 SIM-ERSN-HB-MR 2271471 10

SIM-ERSN-HB-MR/MET 2271510 10 SIM-ERSN-HB-MR/MET 2271510 10 SIM-ERSN-HB-MR/MET 2271510 10

OV solid-state relay Notes:
For suitable bases, see page 560
Solid-state relays for electrical isolation 1) Turn-on/off time at UN: Max. ½ period
can be mounted directly on the printed cir-
cuit board as interfaces or plugged in using
the SIM-AMS solder-in socket.
The solid-state relays are suitable for
switching ohmic, capacitive or inductive
loads. Relays for switching AC circuits have
a zero voltage switch to switch the load on
in the zero voltage crossing. It is switched
off in the zero current crossing. The inte- with DC voltage output
max. = 1 A
grated RC element permits operation up to
cos φ = 0.5.
Inductive DC loads must be equipped 
with a fast-acting freewheeling diode for
semiconductor relay protection.
– Switching capacity up to 350 V DC/1 A, 1 3
+ +
60 V DC/4 A or 480 V AC/5 A
– No wear and tear even with high switch-
ing frequencies
– No contact bounce – no movable parts -
– No electromagnetic interference 2 4
– Electrically insulated housings

– Small dimensions
– High test voltage of 4 kV between control Technical data
and load circuits Input data ①
Switching level 1 signal (“H”) [V DC] ≥ 3.3
0 signal (“L”) [V DC] ≤ 1
Typ. switch-on time at UN [µs] 100
Typ. switch-off time at UN [µs] 250
Output data
Periodic peak reverse voltage -
Surge current 20 A (tp = 1 s)
Residual voltage drop at “H” 0.5 V
Leakage current in off state 100 µA
Max. load value -
Output protection Protection against polarity reversal
General data
Standards/regulations EN 61000-4-2, EN 61000-4-3, EN 61000-4-4, EN 55011
Mounting position/mounting Any / Can be aligned with > 9 mm spacing

Ordering data

UN Pkt.
Solid-state relay for signal amplification and electrical isolation of
the control and load circuits, can be plugged into the solder-in plug-
in base SIM-AMS or with PCB connection for direct mounting onto
the PCB,
Input: DC voltage
Output: DC voltage
① 24 V DC OV-24DC/350DC/1 2982634 10
Solid-state relay, same as before, however
Input: DC voltage
Output: AC voltage
① 24 V DC
558 PHOENIX CONTACT

with DC voltage output with AC voltage output

max. = 4 A max. = 5 A
 
1 3 1 3
+ + + -
- - -
2 4 2 4

① ①
4.25 V DC ... 32 V DC 4 V DC ... 32 V DC
3.3 3.5
1 1.2
15 10
100
250
100 25
1 V DC ... 60 V DC 12 V AC ... 530 V AC (45/65 Hz)

- 1000 V
4 A (see derating curve) 5 A (see derating curve)
1 mA 20 mA
25 A (tp = 1 s) 80 A (tp = 20 ms)
0.5 V 1.2 V
100 µA < 1 mA
- 0.5
- 50 A2s
Protection against polarity reversal -
4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) 4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)

-20°C ... 80°C -20°C ... 70°C
EN 61000-4-2, EN 61000-4-3, EN 61000-4-4, EN 55011 EN 61000-4-2, EN 61000-4-3, EN 61000-4-4, EN 61000-4-5,
EN 61000-4-6
Any / Can be aligned with > 20 mm spacing Any / Can be aligned with > 20 mm spacing
10.5 mm / 43 mm / 25.4 mm 10.5 mm / 43 mm / 25.4 mm
Pcs. / Pcs. /
Pkt. Pkt.
OV-24DC/ 60DC/4 2982647 10
OV-24DC/480AC/5 2982650 10

Solder-in socket for Notes:
solid-state relays and I/O modules Type of housing:
Modern interface solutions for computer See Catalog 5
and electronic controls are increasingly be- For dimensional drawings and pin assignments, see page 564
ing designed as I/O systems which are sys- 1)Applies only to the sockets SIM-AMS 1, SIM-AMS 1-R and SIM-
tem-independent and individually mount- AMSC in connection with the standard I/O modules with the corre-
sponding AC voltage output.
able. Electrical isolation and signal
conditioning are carried out using standard
I/O modules. These are produced by vari-
ous manufacturers in pin-compatible ver-
sions for different functions. The I/O mod-
ules are either soldered directly into the Plug-in base for solid-state relays
PCB or plugged into component sockets for
quick interchanging.
SIM sockets facilitate the plugging of I/O 
modules considerably. All standard I/O
modules and solid-state relays with up to Technical data
eight connections can be plugged into the Operating voltage 250 V AC / 380 V AC1)
solder-in plug-in socket.
Nominal current 5A
The I/O modules are securely fixed to the Standards/regulations DIN VDE 0110b, Gr. C for 250 V DC
socket using fastening screws which are spe- Ordering data
cific to the module. They are thereby pro-
tected against being accidentally released. Description
No. of
pos.
Module width
W
Type Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Optocouplers, now also available in plug-in Plug-in base, for solid-state relay and I/O modules, with different
versions, are secured using the latch which numbers of contacts, can be labeled with marker pins BN or BNB
is attached to the socket and which can be
labeled. For better identification, each mod- Partial assembly SIM-AMS 1 2271015 10
ule plug position has its own marking panel Complete assembly SIM-AMS 2 2271028 10
Plug-in base, as above, however, with locking clips for fastening
on the socket.
Partial assembly
The SIM socket has been designed so that Complete assembly
it can be used on existing printed circuit Plug-in base, for standard I/O modules of generation 4 of the
boards without any layout modifications. company Opto 22, can be labeled using marker pins BN or BNB
Peripheral components such as LEDs or

fuse resistors remain accessible to the user. Accessories
Marker pin, made of white plastic, lettering area 7.5 x 4 mm,
unprinted for self-marking with B-STIFT
BN-TRK 2701404 100

Marker pen, not refillable, for manual labeling, line thickness
0.5 mm
B-STIFT 1051993 10
560 PHOENIX CONTACT

Plug-in base for solid-state relays Plug-in base for I/O modules
with locking clip
 

250 V AC / 380 V AC1) 250 V AC / 380 V AC1)
5A 5A
DIN VDE 0110b, Gr. C for 250 V DC DIN VDE 0110b, Gr. C for 250 V DC
Pcs. / Pcs. /
Pkt. Pkt.
SIM-AMS 1-R 2271031 10

SIM-AMS 2-R 2271044 10
SIM-AMSC1 2271390 50
BN-TRK 2701404 100 BN-TRK 2701404 100
B-STIFT 1051993 10 B-STIFT 1051993 10

Modules for IEC 60603/DIN 41612 Modules for ELCO plug-in connectors
plug-in connectors
Dimensional drawing for Dimensional drawing for Pin assignment Pin assignment
Cable housing suitable for snap-lock mechanism:
UMK-EC38/38-XOL UMK-EC38/38-XOR UMK-EC38/38... UMK-EC56/56...
Type F 77 77
Terminal Pin strip Terminal Pin strip
Manufacturer 32- and 48-pos. block block
1 A Z Z
HARTING Types “B” and “D” 2 B 1 A
3 C 2 B
4 D 3 C
101,3
101,3
5 E 4 D
6 F 5 E
7 H 6 F
Cable housing suitable for screw locking: 8 J 7 H
9 K 8 J
10 L 9 K
Type Type 11 M 10 L
Manufacturer 12 N 11 M
C, 64-pos. D, 32-pos.
13 P 12 N
ERNI KSG 173... KSG 173... 14 R 13 P
Dimensional drawing for Dimensional drawing for 15 S 14 R
AMP 826196-1 826196-1 16 T 15 S
UMK-EC56/56-XOL UMK-EC56/56-XOR
17 U 16 T
77 77 18 V 17 U
19 W 18 V
20 X 19 W
Cable housing suitable for screw locking: 1
21 Y 20 X
Z
22 Z 21 a
Z
3
X2
1
X11
2
A
2
5
3
4
23 AA 22 b
A
4
7
5
6
X3
6
Type Type
9
7
8
X10
24 BB 23 c
8
11
Manufacturer
9
10
10
X4
E, 48-pos. F, 32- and 48-pos.
13
11
12
25 DD 24 d
12
15
13
14
X9
14
17
15
16
26 EE 25 e
X5
16
19
17
18
ERNI KSG 173... KSG 203...
18
NN
21
19
X8
20
27 FF 26 f
20
NN
23
21
22
X6
22
25
157,5
157,5
23
24
28 HH 27 h
24
27
25
26
AMP – 826198-1
X7
26
29
27
28
29 JJ 28 j
X7
28
31
29
30
30
33
31
32
X6
30 KK 29 k
32
35
33
34
X8
34
37
35
31 LL 30 l
36
36
39
37
X5
38
38
41
39
32 MM 31 m
40
X9
40
43
42
41
42
45
X4
33 NN 32 n
44
43
44
47
X10
46
45
46
49
34 PP 33 p
48
47
X3
48
51
50
49
50
53
35 RR 34 r
54
51
X11
X2
54
Y
52
53
52
36 SS 35 s
Y
37 TT 36 t
CC CC 37 u
38 v
39 w
40 x
Dimensional drawing for UMK-EC56/FRONT 2,5V/R 41 y
42 z
146,3
43 AA
44 BB
45 CC
46 DD
47 EE
48 FF
49 HH
77
50 JJ
51 KK
52 LL
53 MM
54 NN
Y Y (shield)
Dimensional drawing for UMK-EC56/FRONT 2,5V/L
146,3
77
Dimensional drawing for Dimensional drawing for Dimensional drawing for Dimensional drawing for
UMK-EC56/32-XOL UMK-EC56/32-XOR UMK-EC56/32-XUL UMK-EC56/32-XUR
77 77 77 77
A
101,3
101,3
101,3
101,3
NN
562 PHOENIX CONTACT

Modules for ELCO plug-in connectors
with protection type Ex i
Pin assignment Pin assignment Dimensional drawing for Dimensional drawing for Dimensional drawing for Dimensional drawing for
UMK-EC56/FRONT 2,5V/... UMK-EC56/32-... UMK-EC90/32/EX-XUL UMK-EC90/32/EX-XUR UMK-EC56/25/EX-L UMK-EC56/25/EX-R
77 77 77 77
Terminal ELCO Terminal ELCO
block plug block plug
X N.C. 1 A
1 A 2 B
2 B 3 C
3 C 4 D
101,3
101,3
78,8
78,8
4 D 5 E
5 E 6 F
6 F 7 H
7 H 8 J
8 J 9 K
9 K 10 L
10 L 11 M
11 M 12 N
12 N 13 P
13 P 14 R
14 R 15 S Dimensional drawing for Dimensional drawing for Dimensional drawing for UMK-EC 56/25/EX/FRONT 2,5 V/L
15 S 16 T UMK-EC90/32/EX-XOL UMK-EC90/32/EX-XOR
16 T 17 U
17 U 18 V 77 77 112,5
18 V 19 W
19 W 20 X
20 X 21 Z
21 a 22 a
22 b 23 b
23 c 24 c
77
101,3
24 d 25 d 101,3
25 e 26 e
26 f 27 f
27 h 28 h
28 j 29 j
29 k 30 k
30 l 31 l
31 m 32 m
32 n Y NN + Y
33 p
34 r Dimensional drawing for UMK-EC 56/25/EX/FRONT 2,5 V/R
Pin assignment
35 s UMK-EC90/32/EX...
36 t 112,5
37 u
38 v Terminal Pin strip Channel
39 w block
40 x 1 H
1
41 y 2 J
42 z 3 L
77
2
43 AA 4 M
44 BB 5 P
3
45 CC 6 X
46 DD 7 Z
4
47 EE 8 AA
48 FF 9 AC
5
49 HH 10 AD
50 JJ 11 AM
51 KK 6
12 AN Pin assignment
52 LL 13 AR
7 UMK-EC 56/25/EX/...
53 MM 14 AS
54 NN 15 AU
Y Y (shield) 8 Terminal Pin strip Channel
16 BC
block
17 AZ
9 1 C
18 BA 1
19 BJ 2 D
10 3 E
20 BK 2
21 BM 4 F
11 5 N
22 BN 3
23 BR 6 P
12 7 R
24 BY 4
25 CA 8 S
13 9 a
26 CB 5
27 CD 10 b
14 11 d
28 CE 6
29 CN 12 j
15 13 k
30 CP 7
31 CS 14 l
16 15 s
32 CT 8
16 t
Y DS 17 u
9
18 v
19 BB
10
20 CC
21 DD
11
22 EE
23 MM
12
24 NN
Y Y

OV solid-state relays Solder-in SIM-AMS plug-in base for
solid-state relays and I/O modules
Load current depending on ambient temperature Dimensional drawing for SIM-AMS: Dimensional drawing for SIM-AMSC:
Operating time: 100% OT
50
OV-24DC/350DC/1
45,7
13,2
1
0,9
17,5
0,8
0,7
0,6
Load current [A]
8,79
5
12,5
0,5
0,4 4,7 7,62
0,3 5,08 16
0,2 6,46 10,16 19,02 5,08
0,1
0 18,5
6,9
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
OV-24DC/60DC/4 Dimensional drawing for SIM-AMS...R: Contacts in the SIM-AMSC plug-in base:
5 45,7
4,5
4 20 mm spacing
3,5 With metal
3
Load current [A]
Without metal
2,5 9 mm spacing
max. 45
2
1,5
1 Note:
0,5 4th generation optocoupler, available from Opto 22.
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
5

4,7 7,62
5,08 16
18,5
6,9
OV-24DC/480AC/5
5
4,5 20 mm spacing
4
Contacts in the SIM-AMS plug-in base
3,5
3 1. Partial assembly for standard I/O modules
Load current [A]
2,5
2
1,5 9 mm spacing
1 SIM-AMS 1
0,5
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
Ambient temperature [°C] 2. Complete assembly, e.g., for analog I/O modules
SIM-AMS 2
With metal
Without metal
564 PHOENIX CONTACT


Technical information
Quality in quantity
Where applicable, the products that our munications terminal equipment. As a “Tele-
company currently manufactures fall within com Certification Body” (TCB), Phoenix Tes-
the scope of the following directives: tlab may also approve these products for
– 2006/95/EC markets in the USA, Canada, and Japan.
Electrical equipment designed for use within
certain voltage limits (Low Voltage Direc- Standards and regulations
tive) All relevant standards and regulations are
– 2004/108/EC used as the basis for the development and
Electromagnetic compatibility maintenance of our products.
(EMC Directive) International standards are subject to con-
– 2006/42/EC tinuous changes as a result of harmonization
Safety of machinery and new developments. In line with this pro-
(Machinery Directive) cess, the current version of all standards that
– 94/9/EC are relevant to our products is documented in
Equipment and protective systems intended the product area on our website at
for use in potentially explosive areas www.phoenixcontact.net/products.
Integrated management system (ATEX Directive 100a)
The aim of the Phoenix Contact integrat- – 1999/5/EC Online product information service on
ed management system is to coordinate all the Radio and telecommunications terminal the web
requirements regarding products, processes, equipment (R&TTE) Phoenix Contact's product range is grow-
and organization. The standards upon which the specified ing constantly.
Statutory and regulatory requirements, as directives are based have been part of our Due to our commitment to product mon-
well as those of international standards and standard of development for a long time. This itoring, all products are subject to improve-
our customers, are met and, in some cases, guarantees conformance with European direc- ment.
even exceeded in all phases of the product life- tives. The numbers of the directives indicate The Internet is an ideal platform to quickly
cycle. their version at the time of publication. In the communicate new product developments and
In the Phoenix Contact management sys- event of changes to directives and/or stan- improvements to the market.
tem, the integration of quality, environmental dards, our products will undergo conformity You can quickly access the relevant Phoe-
protection, and safety in the workplace is assessment again in good time and a new dec- nix Contact website for your region via
monitored each year for conformance by in- laration of conformity will be issued promptly. www.phoenixcontact.com. Here, you will al-
ternationally recognized independent bodies. The current declarations for each product can ways find the latest overview of products, so-
Certification in accordance with international also be found in our Download Center. lutions, and services from Phoenix Contact.
standards ISO 9001, ISO 14001, and BS OH- The EMC Directive occupies a special This includes technical documents, such as
SAS 18001 is the result of our corporate phi- place among the European directives listed. It data sheets and user manuals, the latest driver
losophy of meeting the needs of our custom- defines electromagnetic compatibility as a fun- and demo software, plus a means of contact-
ers, staff, and environment as best as possible. damental property of devices based on man- ing the appropriate contact person directly.
They serve as the basis for innovative prod- datory guidelines. European Law therefore ac-
ucts with the familiar high Phoenix quality knowledges the electromagnetic compatibility
standard, actively practiced environmental of devices and systems as an important condi-
protection, and responsibility in the field of tion for error-free operation of machinery and
occupational health and safety. Of course, we systems. Phoenix Contact is one of the lead-
integrate all further requirements of stan- ing international companies in surge protec-
dards, international approvals or special cus- tion, and therefore possesses broad expertise
tomer requirements into company processes. in EMC. This expertise and the experience
This system provides a building block for gained over years of developing and applying
the success of the Phoenix Contact Group industrial interface and communication tech-
and its products and services. nology have resulted in our products having an
extremely high standard of quality with regard
CE marking to electromagnetic compatibility. It was with a
The CE mark was introduced as an impor- view to providing other companies with this
tant instrument for the free movement of expertise that our associate company, Phoe-
goods and services within the single European nix Testlab, was founded. Phoenix Testlab
market. By attaching the mark to a product, GmbH is an independent, accredited service
the manufacturer confirms that it complies provider offering EMC testing that conforms
with all applicable European Union (EU) direc- to European standards. At Phoenix Testlab,
tives. EC directives describe the product devices are also tested with regard to their
properties with regard to device safety and electrical safety, mechanical influences, and
avoiding danger. These are legally binding reg- their behavior in relation to environmental in-
ulations of the European Union (EU). In other fluences. Furthermore, Phoenix Testlab is a
words, compliance with the requirements is a “Notified Body” in accordance with EMC Di-
statutory condition for marketing the rective 2004/108/EC and according to R&TTE
product within the EU. Directive 1999/5/EC for radio and telecom-
566 PHOENIX CONTACT
Shock protection
Touch proof The most important thing is that an area by the installer or installation company. The
60 formed by an even envelope curve 30 mm in manufacturer of the electrical equipment can
radius must surround the live parts. This area only issue a confirmation that products have
must be touch proof, i.e., the live parts of the been produced in accordance with the rele-
electrical device must not be within reach of vant electrotechnical DIN VDE regulations
the VDE test finger in accordance with stipulated in BGV A 2. The installer must bear
IEC 60529/DIN VDE 0470-1 (test finger). this in mind when selecting the equipment to
Back of hand safety is specified for the be used.
“rest of the area” up to 100 mm around the In the field of connection technology,
operating element. Back of hand safety Phoenix Contact offers a wide range of prod-
means that when a force of 50 N is applied to ucts that are touch proof or that can be pro-
a ball with a diameter of 50 mm, this does not tected against contact using covers. Depend-
come into contact with the live parts of the ing on the conditions, all of this must be taken
into account when selecting the individual
200 types of terminal block and accessories.
Back of hand safety
Example: pressure actuation
The accident prevention regulations BGV

A 2 issued by the German employer's liability
insurance association for precision mechanics
and electrical engineering apply to the opera-
tors of electrical systems and are aimed at the
prevention of electrical accidents by means of
special safety requirements.
These regulations contain specifications
regarding the safety distances for work, oper-
ation, and occasional handling in the proximity
of “live parts” in low-voltage systems up to
1000 V ~ or 1500 V –. equipment. No special measures for shock
– Work with live parts is only permitted once protection are provided outside this area.
they have been de-energized. Operational Note: systems and equipment that are op-
activities are only permitted in the vicinity of erated with SELV up to 25 V ~ or 60 V – are
live parts if these parts are de-energized or considered to be protected against direct con-
are protected against direct contact (§ 6). tact.
The following safety measures apply when According to § 5, Subsection 4 of the BGV
working in the vicinity of active compo- A 2 regulations, there is no need to test the
nents: condition of the system prior to initial startup
– Provision of the de-energized state for the if the company has confirmation from the
duration of the work manufacturer or installer that the electrical
– Ensure shock protection is in place in the
form of covers or barriers during the work
– Assurance that proximity limits will not be
violated (§ 7)
The term “occasional handling” has been
introduced for the operation of elements such
as pushbuttons, rocker arms or rotary but-
tons in the proximity of live parts.
In VDE 0105-1, this is covered by “opera-
tion with partial protection against direct con-
tact”.
Detailed specifications for “occasional
handling” can be found in DIN VDE 0106-100.
This specifies to what degree live parts in the
proximity of operating elements are to be
protected against contact. The basis for this is
the definition of a “protection area for occa-
sional handling”; this is the area into which the systems and equipment conform to BGV A 2.
user must reach in order to handle the ma- The confirmation required relates to systems
chine. and equipment that have been installed and
are ready for operation and can only be issued

Quality features of insulating housing
Thermoplastics At very low temperatures, this means that Thermoplastics:

The majority of our insulating housing is any form of mechanical load on the plastic non-reinforced polyamide, PA
made from thermoplastic materials. Roughly components must be avoided (e.g., mounting We use the modern, semi-crystalline poly-
speaking, these can be divided into amor- of products on/removal of products from the amide insulation material, which has now be-
phous and semi-crystalline substances. Ther- DIN rail, actuation of terminal points, lock- come an essential component in electrical en-
moplastics are processed using the efficient ing/ejection of relays from bases, prizing out of gineering and electronics. It has long occupied
and environmentally-friendly injection mold- plug-in bridges, bending of cables and lines, a leading position and is authorized for use by
ing process. They have good recycling proper- etc.), as there is always an associated risk of the relevant approval authorities such as the
ties and can be re-used. We use many materi- damage. Unless otherwise indicated, it is rec- CSA, NEMKO, KEMA, PTB, SEV, UL, VDE,
als that are modified in different ways to meet ommended that you carry out the specified etc.
the demanding requirements that electrical mounting/operational tasks in a temperature Polyamide also has excellent electrical,
and electronic modules, devices, and systems range from -10°C to +40°C. mechanical, chemical, and other properties,
have to meet with regard to their mechanical, even at high operating temperatures. Brief
thermal, and electrical properties. Inflammability characteristics of peak temperatures up to approximately
plastics (UL 94) 200°C are permitted as a result of heat aging
Behavior of plastics under the influ- Inflammability tests for plastics have been stabilization. Depending on the type (PA 4.6,
ence of temperature (operating tem- defined by Underwriters Laboratories (USA) 6.6, 6.10, etc.), its melting point is in the region
peratures, mechanical influences) in regulation UL 94. This applies to all areas of of 215°C to 295°C.
All plastics undergo a process referred to application, but in particular to electrical engi- Polyamide absorbs moisture from its sur-
as thermal aging when they are subjected to neering. A horizontal or vertical test is carried roundings, on average 2.8%. However, this
heat over long periods. This process causes out at the test laboratory to determine the in- moisture is not in the form of crystallization
changes in the mechanical and electrical prop- flammability of the plastic material with a na- water in the plastic itself, but chemically bond-
erties of the material. External influences, e.g., ked flame. In order of increasing resistance to ed H O groups in the molecule structure. This
2
radiation, additional mechanical, chemical or combustion, the evaluation classes are HB, V2, makes the plastic flexible and resistant to
electrical stresses, amplify this effect. Special V1, V0, and 5V. Test results are recorded on breakage, even at temperatures as low as -
tests on samples can yield characteristic data “yellow cards” and are published annually in 40°C. According to UL 94, PA belongs to in-
which provides a good means of drawing com- the Recognized Component Directory. flammability class V2 to V0.
parisons between different plastics. However,
applying these characteristics to an evaluation Thermoplastics: polyester, PBT
of molded plastic parts is only possible to a We use the semi-crystalline thermoplastic
limited extent, and can only give the designer polyester in non-reinforced and fiberglass-re-
a rough guide when it comes to selecting a inforced variants for special applications which
plastic material. This catalog uses the following require increased dimensional and form stabil-
assessment criteria: the RTI value according ity.
to UL746B/ANSI 746 B (elec. based on dielec- In addition to the high operating tempera-
tric strength) and the Ti value according to ture, the material is characterized by excellent
IEC 60216-1 (based on a 50% reduction in mechanical strength and hardness, and does
tensile strength after 20,000 hours). not absorb moisture from its surroundings.
IEC 60947-7-1/EN 60947-7-1 specifies a PBT is therefore particularly suitable for strips,
permissible temperature increase of 45 K for for example, which are soldered onto PCBs
modular terminal blocks under nominal load. and subsequently have to pass a burn-in test
Phoenix Contact terminal blocks meet this re- while they are subjected to heat. According to
quirement. UL 94, PBT belongs to inflammability class V2
The properties of plastics are not only af- to V0.
fected by the influence of heat as described
above; they also undergo changes as a result of
cold influences. When subjected to cold as
well as low levels of humidity, plastics become
increasingly brittle with the result that they
are no longer capable of withstanding the
same mechanical loads. As the table on the
right shows, the plastics concerned can be
used down to a temperature of -40°C, but
only without a mechanical load. As far as the
products presented in the catalog are con-
cerned, it is the ambient temperature speci-
fied in each case that is to be regarded as de-
finitive for operation. Regardless of the
plastics used, this may be subject to further re-
strictions (e.g., limited to -20°C) as a result of
the components used or other restrictive pa-
rameters.
568 PHOENIX CONTACT
Thermoplastics: polycarbonate, PC Thermoplastics: ABS Dimensions: width / height / depth

Polycarbonate combines many advantages We use the thermoplastic molding com- The dimensions for “width / height /
such as rigidity, impact strength, transparency, pound ABS for products which must have depth” are defined as follows for all DIN-rail-
dimensional stability, good insulation proper- good impact and notched impact properties in mountable products in the INTERFACE
ties, and resistance to heat. addition to high mechanical stability and rigid- range:
This amorphous material only absorbs ity. The products are resistant to chemicals – Width: measurement taken along the
moisture to a very limited degree, and is used and stress cracking due to their special surface DIN rail
for items such as large, rigid electronic com- quality and hardness. – Height: measurement taken across the
ponent housing. The characteristic thermal properties pro- DIN rail
In its transparent form, polycarbonate is vide good dimensional stability at both low – Depth: measurement taken starting from
particularly suitable for use as cover profiles and high temperatures. Products made from the mounting plate and including the
or marking materials. ABS can be coated with metallic surfaces, e.g., NS 35/7,5 DIN rail (EN 60715)
PC has good resistance properties against nickel. The width, height, and depth never
mineral acids, saturated aliphatic hydrocar- According to UL 94, the molding com- change, even if the products shown in this cat-
bons, gasoline, greases, and oils. pound used belongs to inflammability class HB alog happen to be photographed from two dif-
The material is less resistant to solvents, to V0. ferent perspectives (horizontal or vertical).
benzene, lyes, acetone, and ammonia. Strain To make things easier for you, one of the
cracks may result from contact with certain following two symbols has been included next
chemicals. to each product photo:
According to UL 94, PC belongs to inflam-
mability class V2 to V0.
H D
W
Thermoplastics: W
polycarbonate fiber-reinforced, PC-F D H
Compared to non-reinforced materials, fi-
ber-reinforced polycarbonates feature greater
rigidity, impact strength, and operating tem-
perature. In other respects, their properties
are largely identical to those of non-reinforced
polycarbonate.
Properties Unit/level Polyamide Polyester Polycarbonate Polycarbonate ABS

PA PBT PC PC-F
Operating temperature RTI */** °C  105  105  125  120  80
Minimum temperature (without mechanical load) °C -40 -40 -40 -40 -40
Dielectric strength according to IEC 60243-1/DIN VDE 0303-21 kV/cm 600 400 > 300 850
Creep resistance CTI...M 550 225 175 200
IEC 60112/DIN VDE 0303-1 CTI... 600 225 175 175 600
Tropical and termite resistance Good Good Good
Specific contact resistance  cm 1012 1016 > 1016 > 1014 1014
IEC 60093/VDE 0303 Part 30; IEC 60167/VDE 0303 Part 31
Surface resistance  1010 1013 > 1014 1013

IEC 60093/VDE 0303 Part 30; IEC 60167/VDE 0303 Part 31
Inflammability class according to UL 94 V2 - V0 V0 V2 - V0 V0 HB - V0

* According to UL 746 B/ANSI 746 B (elec.) ** Minimum value

Connection cross section
The rated cross section of modular termi- strand) or stranded (fine-strand). are designed to allow copper conductors to
nal blocks must be specified by the manufac- These values can be found in the product- be connected to them untreated. “Special
turer in accordance with IEC 60947-7-1. The specific technical data. treatment” or the use of ferrules – both per-
rated cross section is the maximum conduc- The rated connection capacity of Phoenix mitted according to IEC 60947-7-1 – is not re-
tor cross section that can be connected in sin- Contact modular terminal blocks usually ex- quired. If ferrules are nevertheless used to
gle-, multi- or fine-strand versions subject to ceeds standard requirements, which specify protect stranded conductors against splicing,
specific thermal, mechanical, and electrical re- that it must only be possible to connect one the connection capacity of the stranded con-
quirements. conductor with one of the two next smallest ductor is generally reduced by one level.
The manufacturer must also specify the cross sections, excluding the rated cross sec-
rated connection capacity, i.e., the area of tion (standardized for the cross section range
the conductor that can be connected, as well from 0.2 to 35 mm2).
as the number of conductors that can be con- In addition, conductors with a rated cross
nected simultaneously and the necessary section can usually be wired with ferrules with
preparation of the conductor ends. The con- plastic sleeve.
ductors can be solid (single or multi- Phoenix Contact modular terminal blocks
Structure and dimensions of connecting cables
Cross Single-strand Multi-strand Fine-strand American Wire Gauge [AWG]

section
Diameter Number of Diameter Number of Diameter Number of Gauge No. Solid Stranded
max. di- wires max. di- wires max. di- wires wires wires
mension mension (minimum mension (guide val-
[mm2] number) ue) AWG [ mm] [circ. mils] [mm2] [ mm] [circ. mils] [mm2]
0.2 0.5 1 – – – – 24 0.51 404 0.21 – – –
0.5 0.9 1 1.1 7 1.1 16 20 0.81 1022 0.52 0.97 1111 0.56
0.75 1.0 1 1.2 7 1.3 24 18 1.02 1620 0.82 1.16 1600 0.82
1 1.2 1 1.4 7 1.5 32 (17) 1.15 2050 1.04
– – – – – – – 16 1.29 2580 1.31 1.50 2580 1.32
1.5 1.5 1 1.7 7 1.8 30 (15) 1.45 3260 1.65
– – – – – – – 14 1.63 4110 2.08 1.85 4100 2.09
2.5 1.9 1 2.2 7 2.3 50 (13) 1.83 5180 2.63
– – – – – – – 12 2.05 6530 3.31 2.41 6500 3.32
4 2.4 1 2.7 7 2.9 56 (11) 2.30 8230 4.17
– – – – – – – 10 2.59 10380 5.26 2.95 10530 5.37
6 2.9 1 3.3 7 3.9 84 (9) 2.91 13100 6.63
– – – – – – – 8 3.26 16510 8.37 3.73 16625 8.48
Tightening torque of terminal block

Extract from IEC 60 947-1/EN 60 947-1, Table 4
screws The torque according to IEC and the
IEC 60947-1/EN 60947-1, modified, Table recommended tightening torque for Phoenix Contact terminal blocks are specified.
4 specifies tightening torques for screw con-

Thread Head screw with slot
nections based on the screw size for electrical
and mechanical type tests. Torque Recommended
tightening torque
[Nm] [Nm]
M2.5 (M2.6) 0.4 0.4 - 0.5

M3 0.5 0.5 - 0.6
M3.5 0.8 0.8 - 1.0
M4 1.2 1.2 - 1.5
Current carrying capacity Test currents according to IEC 60947-7-1/EN 60947-7-1, Table 5
Standard IEC 60947-7-1/
EN 60947-7-1/DIN VDE 0611-1 specifies the
test currents for the individual conductor
Rated
cross sections listed in the adjacent table. The cross section [mm2] 0.2 0.5 0.75 1.0 1.5 2.5 4 6 10 16
corresponding currents are listed with the Test current
[A] 4 6 9 13.5 17.5 24 32 41 57 76
connection data for the individual terminal
blocks. The type tests for modular terminal
blocks are based on this data.
570 PHOENIX CONTACT

Overview of certification bodies and

safety marks
Certification bodies and approvals

Country
code X Explosion protection
Country
code
Ship classification societies
Country
code
j IECEE CB Scheme
(in combination with certifying body)
Interna-
tional f FM Approvals US v Bureau Veritas FR
CENELEC Certification Agreement (CCA

CCA inspection report) EU  DEKRA Certification B.V. NL F Germanischer Lloyd AG DE
(in combination with certifying body)
C Canadian Standards Association (CSA) CA p Physikalisch-Technische Bundesanstalt DE x Lloyd's Register EMEA GB
N Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) US  QS Schaffhausen CH m Nippon Kaiji Kyokai JP

A
n Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL)
CA ! VTT Expert Services Oy FI o Det Norske Veritas NO
a - UL approval for Canada -
U Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) Com-

bined logo
US
 IBExU Institut für Sicherheitstechnik
DE z Polski Rejestr Statków PL
u - UL approval for the USA and Canada -
CA GmbH
g INSIEME PER LA QUALITA'E LA

SICUREZZA
IT w TÜV Rheinland do Brasil BR y Russian Maritime Register of Shipping RU
N
P Gosudarstvenne Komitet Standartov
RU Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) US d Korean Register of Shipping KR
(GOST)
A
 DEKRA Certification B.V. NL $ TÜV Nord DE l American Bureau of Shipping US
K Österreichischer Verband für

Elektrotechnik
AT  DEKRA EXAM GmbH DE
S South African Bureau of Standards ZA
s electrosuisse SEV Verband für Elektro-,

Energie- und Informationstechnik
CH
J Verband Deutscher Elektrotechniker

e.V.(VDE)
DE
V – Approval of drawings
– Reports with production monitoring
EMC: Class A product:

h Berufsgenossenschaft (BG)
GS - Geprüfte Sicherheit
DE In accordance with statutory regula-
tions, our products are indicated with this
footnote if they are intended for use in in-
T TÜV Rheinland Industrie Service GmbH DE dustrial environments. This means that the
permissible limit values for residential appli-
cations may be exceeded in the event of
conducted and emitted interference. In
such cases, the operator may have to take
additional safety measures in order to en-
sure electromagnetic compatibility in resi-
dential applications.
Note:
Subject to changes that serve the pur-
pose of technical progress.

Index
Alphabetical
Type Order No. Page Type Order No. Page Type Order No. Page Type Order No. Page
CABLE-D-15SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/0,5M 2926438 516 CABLE-D25SUB/B/S/300/KONFEK/S 2302162 512 CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 3,0M/IM/MEL 2903471 441
CABLE-D-15SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,0M 2926441 516 CABLE-D25SUB/B/S/400/KONFEK/S 2302175 512 CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 3,0M/IP/MEL 2903479 441
CABLE-D-15SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,5M 2926454 516 CABLE-D25SUB/B/S/600/KONFEK/S 2302188 512 CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 3,0M/M340 2321664 447
B CABLE-D-15SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/2,0M 2926467 516 CABLE-D25SUB/S/S/100/KONFEK/S 2305635 513 CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 3,0M/S7-IN 2321127 453
B-STIFT 1051993 560 CABLE-D-15SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/3,0M 2926470 516 CABLE-D25SUB/S/S/200/KONFEK/S 2305648 513 CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 3,0M/S7-OUT 2321046 453
BN-TRK 2701404 560 CABLE-D-15SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/4,0M 2926483 516 CABLE-D25SUB/S/S/300/KONFEK/S 2305651 513 CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 4,0M/IM/MEL 2903472 441
BRIDGE- 2 2900746 36 CABLE-D-15SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/6,0M 2926496 516 CABLE-D37-M2,5-4X14-X81-I/... 2302706 440 CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 4,0M/IP/MEL 2903480 441
BRIDGE- 2-3M 2901543 37 CABLE-D-25SUB-F-OE-0,25-S/... 2900906 516 CABLE-D37-M2,5-4X14-Y81P-O/... 2302696 440 CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 4,0M/M340 2321677 447
BRIDGE- 3 2900747 36 CABLE-D-25SUB-M-OE-0,25-S/... 2900911 516 CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/ 50/X81-I 2302515 440 CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 4,0M/S7-IN 2321130 453
BRIDGE- 3-3M 2901656 37 CABLE-D-25SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/0,5M 2926153 516 CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/ 50/Y81P-O 2302476 440 CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 4,0M/S7-OUT 2321059 453
BRIDGE- 4 2900748 36 CABLE-D-25SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,0M 2926166 516 CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/100/X81-I 2302528 440 CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 6,0M/IM/MEL 2903473 441
BRIDGE- 4-3M 2901659 37 CABLE-D-25SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,5M 2926179 516 CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/100/Y81P-O 2302489 440 CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 6,0M/IP/MEL 2903481 441
BRIDGE- 5 2900749 36 CABLE-D-25SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/2,0M 2926182 516 CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/200/X81-I 2302531 440 CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 6,0M/M340 2321680 447
BRIDGE- 5-3M 2901545 37 CABLE-D-25SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/3,0M 2926195 516 CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/200/Y81P-O 2302492 440 CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 6,0M/S7-IN 2321143 453
BRIDGE- 6 2900750 36 CABLE-D-25SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/4,0M 2926205 516 CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/300/X81-I 2302544 440 CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 6,0M/S7-OUT 2321062 453
BRIDGE- 6-3M 2901697 37 CABLE-D-25SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/6,0M 2926218 516 CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/300/Y81P-O 2302502 440 CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 8,0M/IM/MEL 2903474 441
BRIDGE- 7 2900751 36 CABLE-D-25SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/0,5M 2926506 516 CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/ 100/KONFEK/S 2305509 513 CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 8,0M/IP/MEL 2903482 441
BRIDGE- 7-3M 2901698 37 CABLE-D-25SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,0M 2926519 516 CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/ 200/KONFEK/S 2305512 513 CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 8,0M/M340 2321693 447
BRIDGE- 8 2900752 36 CABLE-D-25SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,5M 2926522 516 CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/ 300/KONFEK/S 2305525 513 CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 8,0M/S7-IN 2321156 453
BRIDGE- 8-3M 2901700 37 CABLE-D-25SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/2,0M 2926535 516 CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/ 400/KONFEK/S 2900759 513 CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 8,0M/S7-OUT 2321075 453
BRIDGE- 9 2900753 36 CABLE-D-25SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/3,0M 2926548 516 CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/ 600/KONFEK/S 2900760 513 CABLE-FCN40/1X50/10,0M/IM/MEL 2903475 441
BRIDGE- 9-3M 2901701 37 CABLE-D-25SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/4,0M 2926551 516 CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/ 800/KONFEK/S 2900761 513 CABLE-FCN40/1X50/10,0M/IP/MEL 2903483 441
BRIDGE-10 2900754 36 CABLE-D-25SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/6,0M 2926564 516 CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/1000/KONFEK/S2900762 513 CABLE-FCN40/1X50/10,0M/M340 2321703 447
BRIDGE-10-3M 2901702 37 CABLE-D-37SUB-F-OE-0,25-S/... 2900907 517 CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/1500/KONFEK/S2900763 513 CABLE-FCN40/1X50/10,0M/S7-IN 2321169 453
CABLE-D-37SUB-M-OE-0,25-S/... 2900912 517 CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/2000/KONFEK/S2900764 513 CABLE-FCN40/1X50/10,0M/S7-OUT 2321088 453

CABLE-D-37SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/0,5M 2926221 517 CABLE-D37SUB/B/S/ 50/KONFEK/S 2302191 512 CABLE-FCN40/1X50/15,0M/M340 2903748 447
CABLE-D-37SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,0M 2926234 517 CABLE-D37SUB/B/S/100/KONFEK/S 2302201 512 CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 0,5M/IM/MEL 2903502 441
C CABLE-D-37SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,5M 2926247 517 CABLE-D37SUB/B/S/150/KONFEK/S 2302214 512 CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 0,5M/M340 2321716 447
CABLE D-SUB-B-B-S/.../.../... 2302421 515 CABLE-D-37SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/2,0M 2926250 517 CABLE-D37SUB/B/S/200/KONFEK/S 2302227 512 CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 0,5M/S7-IN 2321253 453
CABLE D-SUB-S-S-S/.../.../... 2302434 515 CABLE-D-37SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/3,0M 2926263 517 CABLE-D37SUB/B/S/300/KONFEK/S 2302230 512 CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 0,5M/S7-OUT 2321172 453
CABLE D-SUB-S/.../.../... 2302340 515 CABLE-D-37SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/4,0M 2926276 517 CABLE-D37SUB/B/S/400/KONFEK/S 2302243 512 CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 1,0M/IM/MEL 2903503 441
CABLE-40/2FLK16/ 2,0M/YUC 2321334 467 CABLE-D-37SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/6,0M 2926289 517 CABLE-D37SUB/B/S/600/KONFEK/S 2302256 512 CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 1,0M/M340 2321729 447
CABLE-40/2FLK16/ 4,0M/YUC 2321347 467 CABLE-D-37SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/0,5M 2926577 517 CABLE-D37SUB/S/S/100/KONFEK/S 2305664 513 CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 1,0M/S7-IN 2321266 453
CABLE-40/2FLK16/10,0M/YUC 2321350 467 CABLE-D-37SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,0M 2926580 517 CABLE-D37SUB/S/S/200/KONFEK/S 2305677 513 CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 1,0M/S7-OUT 2321185 453
CABLE-40/2FLK16/15,0M/YUC 2321376 467 CABLE-D-37SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,5M 2926593 517 CABLE-D37SUB/S/S/300/KONFEK/S 2305680 513 CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 2,0M/IM/MEL 2903504 441
CABLE-40/2FLK16/20,0M/YUC 2321363 467 CABLE-D-37SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/2,0M 2926603 517 CABLE-D50SUB/B/B/100/KONFEK/S 2305541 513 CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 2,0M/M340 2321732 447
CABLE-50/4FLK14/ 2,0M/YUC 2314655 467 CABLE-D-37SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/3,0M 2926616 517 CABLE-D50SUB/B/B/200/KONFEK/S 2305554 513 CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 2,0M/S7-IN 2321279 453
CABLE-50/4FLK14/ 4,0M/YUC 2314671 467 CABLE-D-37SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/4,0M 2926629 517 CABLE-D50SUB/B/B/300/KONFEK/S 2305567 513 CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 2,0M/S7-OUT 2321198 453
CABLE-50/4FLK14/ 6,0M/YUC 2318978 467 CABLE-D-37SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/6,0M 2926632 517 CABLE-D50SUB/B/S/ 50/KONFEK/S 2302269 512 CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 3,0M/IM/MEL 2903505 441
CABLE-50/4FLK14/10,0M/YUC 2314684 467 CABLE-D-50SUB-F-OE-0,25-S/... 2900908 517 CABLE-D50SUB/B/S/100/KONFEK/S 2302272 512 CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 3,0M/M340 2321745 447
CABLE-50/4FLK14/15,0M/YUC 2322773 467 CABLE-D-50SUB-M-OE-0,25-S/... 2900913 517 CABLE-D50SUB/B/S/150/KONFEK/S 2302285 512 CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 3,0M/S7-IN 2321282 453
CABLE-50/4FLK14/20,0M/YUC 2314778 467 CABLE-D-50SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/0,5M 2926292 517 CABLE-D50SUB/B/S/200/KONFEK/S 2302298 512 CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 3,0M/S7-OUT 2321208 453
CABLE-D 9SUB/B/B/100/KONFEK/S 2305415 513 CABLE-D-50SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,0M 2926302 517 CABLE-D50SUB/B/S/300/KONFEK/S 2302308 512 CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 4,0M/IM/MEL 2903506 441
CABLE-D 9SUB/B/B/200/KONFEK/S 2305428 513 CABLE-D-50SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,5M 2926315 517 CABLE-D50SUB/B/S/400/KONFEK/S 2302311 512 CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 4,0M/M340 2321758 447
CABLE-D 9SUB/B/B/300/KONFEK/S 2305431 513 CABLE-D-50SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/2,0M 2926328 517 CABLE-D50SUB/B/S/600/KONFEK/S 2302324 512 CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 4,0M/S7-IN 2321295 453
CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/ 50/KONFEK/S 2299987 512 CABLE-D-50SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/3,0M 2926331 517 CABLE-D50SUB/S/S/100/KONFEK/S 2305693 513 CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 4,0M/S7-OUT 2321211 453
CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/100/KONFEK/S 2299990 512 CABLE-D-50SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/4,0M 2926344 517 CABLE-D50SUB/S/S/200/KONFEK/S 2305703 513 CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 6,0M/IM/MEL 2903507 441
CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/150/KONFEK/S 2300009 512 CABLE-D-50SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/6,0M 2926357 517 CABLE-D50SUB/S/S/300/KONFEK/S 2305716 513 CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 6,0M/M340 2321761 447
CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/200/KONFEK/S 2302010 512 CABLE-D-50SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/0,5M 2926645 517 CABLE-EC56-F-OE-0,34-S/... 2904025 518 CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 6,0M/S7-IN 2321305 453
CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/300/KONFEK/S 2302023 512 CABLE-D-50SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,0M 2926658 517 CABLE-EC56/F/OE/0,34/S/ 1,0M 2903395 518 CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 6,0M/S7-OUT 2321224 453
CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/400/KONFEK/S 2302036 512 CABLE-D-50SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,5M 2926661 517 CABLE-EC56/F/OE/0,34/S/ 2,0M 2903396 518 CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 8,0M/IM/MEL 2903508 441
CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/600/KONFEK/S 2302049 512 CABLE-D-50SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/2,0M 2926674 517 CABLE-EC56/F/OE/0,34/S/ 4,0M 2903397 518 CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 8,0M/M340 2321774 447
CABLE-D 9SUB/S/S/100/KONFEK/S 2305570 513 CABLE-D-50SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/3,0M 2926687 517 CABLE-EC56/F/OE/0,34/S/ 6,0M 2903398 518 CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 8,0M/S7-IN 2321318 453
CABLE-D 9SUB/S/S/200/KONFEK/S 2305583 513 CABLE-D-50SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/4,0M 2926690 517 CABLE-EC56/F/OE/0,34/S/ 8,0M 2903399 518 CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 8,0M/S7-OUT 2321237 453
CABLE-D 9SUB/S/S/300/KONFEK/S 2305596 513 CABLE-D-50SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/6,0M 2926700 517 CABLE-EC56/F/OE/0,34/S/10,0M 2903400 518 CABLE-FCN40/4X14/10,0M/IM/MEL 2903509 441
CABLE-D- 9SUB-F-OE-0,25-S/... 2900903 516 CABLE-D15SUB/B/B/100/KONFEK/S 2305444 513 CABLE-EC56/F/OE/0,34/S/15,0M 2903401 518 CABLE-FCN40/4X14/10,0M/M340 2321787 447
CABLE-D- 9SUB-M-OE-0,25-S/... 2900909 516 CABLE-D15SUB/B/B/200/KONFEK/S 2305457 513 CABLE-EC56/F/OE/0,34/S/20,0M 2903402 518 CABLE-FCN40/4X14/10,0M/S7-IN 2321321 453
CABLE-D- 9SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/0,5M 2926014 516 CABLE-D15SUB/B/B/300/KONFEK/S 2305460 513 CABLE-FCN24-2X14-OMR-IN/... 2302845 442 CABLE-FCN40/4X14/10,0M/S7-OUT 2321240 453
CABLE-D- 9SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,0M 2926027 516 CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/ 50/KONFEK/S 2302052 512 CABLE-FCN24-2X14-OMR-OUT/... 2302858 442 CABLE-FCN40/4X14/100/OMR-IN 2304209 442
CABLE-D- 9SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,5M 2926030 516 CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/100/KONFEK/S 2302065 512 CABLE-FCN24/2X14/100/OMR-IN 2304241 442 CABLE-FCN40/4X14/100/OMR-OUT 2304186 442
CABLE-D- 9SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/2,0M 2926043 516 CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/150/KONFEK/S 2302078 512 CABLE-FCN24/2X14/100/OMR-OUT 2304225 442 CABLE-FCN40/4X14/15,0M/M340 2903749 447
CABLE-D- 9SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/3,0M 2926056 516 CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/200/KONFEK/S 2302081 512 CABLE-FCN24/2X14/200/OMR-IN 2304254 442 CABLE-FCN40/4X14/200/OMR-IN 2304212 442
CABLE-D- 9SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/4,0M 2926069 516 CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/300/KONFEK/S 2302094 512 CABLE-FCN24/2X14/200/OMR-OUT 2304238 442 CABLE-FCN40/4X14/200/OMR-OUT 2304199 442
CABLE-D- 9SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/6,0M 2926072 516 CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/400/KONFEK/S 2302104 512 CABLE-FCN40-4X14-OMR-IN/... 2302816 442 CABLE-FLK10-OE-0,14/... 2904331 502
CABLE-D- 9SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/0,5M 2926360 516 CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/600/KONFEK/S 2302117 512 CABLE-FCN40-4X14-OMR-OUT/... 2302832 442 CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 0,5M 2904073 502
CABLE-D- 9SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,0M 2926373 516 CABLE-D15SUB/S/S/100/KONFEK/S 2305606 513 CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 0,5M/IM/MEL 2903468 441 CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 1,0M 2904074 502
CABLE-D- 9SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,5M 2926386 516 CABLE-D15SUB/S/S/200/KONFEK/S 2305619 513 CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 0,5M/IP/MEL 2903476 441 CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 1,5M 2904075 502
CABLE-D- 9SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/2,0M 2926399 516 CABLE-D15SUB/S/S/300/KONFEK/S 2305622 513 CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 0,5M/M340 2321635 447 CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 2,0M 2904076 502
CABLE-D- 9SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/3,0M 2926409 516 CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14/100/TU812 2304649 423 CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 0,5M/S7-IN 2321091 453 CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 2,5M 2904077 502
CABLE-D- 9SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/4,0M 2926412 516 CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14/200/TU812 2304652 423 CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 0,5M/S7-OUT 2321017 453 CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 3,0M 2904078 502
CABLE-D- 9SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/6,0M 2926425 516 CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14/300/TU812 2304665 423 CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 1,0M/IM/MEL 2903469 441 CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 4,0M 2904079 502
CABLE-D-15SUB-F-OE-0,25-S/... 2900905 516 CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14/500/TU812 2304678 423 CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 1,0M/IP/MEL 2903477 441 CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 6,0M 2904080 502
CABLE-D-15SUB-M-OE-0,25-S/... 2900910 516 CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14/TU812/... 2304681 423 CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 1,0M/M340 2321648 447 CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 8,0M 2904081 502
CABLE-D-15SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/0,5M 2926085 516 CABLE-D25SUB/B/B/100/KONFEK/S 2305473 513 CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 1,0M/S7-IN 2321101 453 CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/10,0M 2904082 502
CABLE-D-15SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,0M 2926098 516 CABLE-D25SUB/B/B/200/KONFEK/S 2305486 513 CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 1,0M/S7-OUT 2321020 453 CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 50 2305761 502
CABLE-D-15SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,5M 2926108 516 CABLE-D25SUB/B/B/300/KONFEK/S 2305499 513 CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 2,0M/IM/MEL 2903470 441 CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 100 2305253 502
CABLE-D-15SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/2,0M 2926111 516 CABLE-D25SUB/B/S/ 50/KONFEK/S 2302120 512 CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 2,0M/IP/MEL 2903478 441 CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 150 2305266 502
CABLE-D-15SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/3,0M 2926124 516 CABLE-D25SUB/B/S/100/KONFEK/S 2302133 512 CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 2,0M/M340 2321651 447 CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 200 2305279 502
CABLE-D-15SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/4,0M 2926137 516 CABLE-D25SUB/B/S/150/KONFEK/S 2302146 512 CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 2,0M/S7-IN 2321114 453 CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 250 2305282 502
CABLE-D-15SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/6,0M 2926140 516 CABLE-D25SUB/B/S/200/KONFEK/S 2302159 512 CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 2,0M/S7-OUT 2321033 453 CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 300 2305295 502
572 PHOENIX CONTACT

Index
Alphabetical
CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 400 2305774 502 DEK-OV- 12DC/240AC/800 2964636 401 EEM-MEMO-MA600 2901370 202 ELR W3- 24DC/500AC- 9I 2297057 19
CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 600 2305787 502 DEK-OV- 24DC/ 24DC/ 3 2941374 401 EEM-MKT-DRA 2902078 205 ELR W3- 24DC/500AC-16 2297332 39
CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 800 2305790 502 DEK-OV- 24DC/ 24DC/ 3/AKT 2964296 401 EEM-PB-MA600 2901368 203 ELR W3-230AC/500AC- 2 2297303 38
CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/... 2305732 502 DEK-OV- 24DC/ 24DC/ 10 2964322 401 EEM-PB12-MA600 2901418 203 ELR W3-230AC/500AC- 2I 2297044 18
CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/1000 2305800 502 DEK-OV- 24DC/240AC/800 2964649 401 EEM-RS485-MA400 2901365 203 ELR W3-230AC/500AC- 9 2297329 39
CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 0,5M 2318127 502 DEK-REL- 5/I/1 2941183 398 EEM-RS485-MA600 2901367 203 ELR W3-230AC/500AC- 9I 2297060 19
CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 1,0M 2318130 502 DEK-REL- 5/O/1 2941170 399 EEM-TEMP-MA600 2901949 204 ELR W3-230AC/500AC-16 2297345 39
CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 1,5M 2318143 502 DEK-REL- 24/1/AKT 2964063 399 EIK1-SVN-24P 2940799 412 ELR W3/ 9-400 S 2963569 42
CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 2,0M 2318156 502 DEK-REL- 24/1/S 2964131 403 EL1-P16 2833547 372 EM RD-ADAPTER 2902747 29
CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 2,5M 2318169 502 DEK-REL- 24/1/SEN 2964050 399 EL1-P25 2833550 372 EM RI-ADAPTER CLASSIC 2902831 29
CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 3,0M 2318172 502 DEK-REL- 24/I/1 2940171 398 EL2-P35 2833592 378 EM RI-ADAPTER COMPACT 2902748 29
CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 4,0M 2318185 502 DEK-REL- 24/O/1 2941154 399 EL3-M52 2833628 382 EM SWD-ADAPTER 2902776 32
CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 6,0M 2318198 502 DEK-REL-G24/21 2964500 397 ELR 1- 24DC/600AC-20 2297138 46 EM-CAN-GATEWAY-IFS 2901504 14
CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 8,0M 2318208 502 DEK-TR/INV 2964319 413 ELR 1- 24DC/600AC-30 2297154 47 EM-CP-PP-ETH 2902802 247
CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/... 2318224 502 DFLK 10/FKCT 2903034 531 ELR 1- 24DC/600AC-50 2297170 47 EM-DNET-GATEWAY-IFS 2901529 14
CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/10,0M 2318211 502 DFLK 14/FKCT 2903035 531 ELR 1-230AC/600AC-20 2297141 46 EM-EV-CLR-12V 2903246 247
CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 50 2305826 503 DFLK 16 2280239 530 ELR 1-230AC/600AC-30 2297167 47 EM-MODBUS-GATEWAY-IFS 2901528 14
CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 100 2305305 503 DFLK 16/FKCT 2903036 531 ELR 1-230AC/600AC-50 2297183 47 EM-PB-GATEWAY-IFS 2297620 14
CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 150 2305318 503 DFLK 20 2280242 530 ELR 2+1- 24DC/500AC-37 2297277 41 EM-RS232-GATEWAY-IFS 2901526 14
CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 200 2305321 503 DFLK 20/FKCT 2903038 531 ELR 2+1-230AC/500AC-37 2297280 41 EM-RS485-GATEWAY-IFS 2901527 14
CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 250 2305334 503 DFLK 26 2280255 530 ELR 3- 24DC/500AC- 2 2297196 40 EMD-BL-3V-400 2903525 251
CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 300 2305347 503 DFLK 26/FKCT 2903039 531 ELR 3- 24DC/500AC- 9 2297219 41 EMD-BL-3V-400-PT 2903526 251
CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 400 2305839 503 DFLK 34 2280268 530 ELR 3- 24DC/500AC-16 2297235 41 EMD-BL-C-10 2903521 250
CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 600 2305842 503 DFLK 34/FKCT 2903041 531 ELR 3-230AC/500AC- 2 2297206 40 EMD-BL-C-10-PT 2903522 250
CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 800 2305855 503 DFLK 40 2280271 530 ELR 3-230AC/500AC- 9 2297222 41 EMD-BL-PH-480 2903527 251
CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/... 2305745 503 DFLK 40/FKCT 2903042 531 ELR 3-230AC/500AC-16 2297248 41 EMD-BL-PH-480-PT 2903528 251
CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/1000 2305868 503 DFLK 50 2280284 530 ELR 5011 IP PN 2700745 48 EMD-BL-V-230 2903523 250
CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 0,5M 2314134 505 DFLK 50/FKCT 2903043 531 ELR 5011-2 IP PN 2701007 48 EMD-BL-V-230-PT 2903524 250
CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 1,0M 2314147 505 DFLK-D 9 SUB/B 2287135 537 ELR 5030 IP PN 2701006 49 EMD-FL-3V-230 2885773 254
CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 1,5M 2314150 505 DFLK-D 9 SUB/F/FKCT 2903063 538 ELR 5030-2 IP PN 2701008 49 EMD-FL-3V-400 2866064 254
CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 2,0M 2314163 505 DFLK-D 9 SUB/M/FKCT 2903052 538 ELR H3-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-0,6 2900542 24 EMD-FL-3V-500 2867979 255
CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 2,5M 2314176 505 DFLK-D 9 SUB/S 2283870 537 ELR H3-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-2 2900543 24 EMD-FL-3V-690 2885249 255
CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 3,0M 2314189 505 DFLK-D15 SUB/B 2280307 537 ELR H3-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-9 2900545 25 EMD-FL-C-10 2866022 252
CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 4,0M 2314192 505 DFLK-D15 SUB/F/FKCT 2903065 538 ELR H3-I-SC-230AC/500AC-0,6 2900685 24 EMD-FL-PF-400 2885809 256
CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 5,0M 2314202 505 DFLK-D15 SUB/M/FKCT 2903054 538 ELR H3-I-SC-230AC/500AC-2 2900544 24 EMD-FL-RP-480 2900177 256
CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 6,0M 2314215 505 DFLK-D15 SUB/S 2280297 537 ELR H3-I-SC-230AC/500AC-9 2900546 25 EMD-FL-V-300 2866048 253
CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 7,0M 2314228 505 DFLK-D25 SUB/B 2280323 537 ELR H3-IES-PT-24DC/500AC-0,6 2903914 20 EMD-SL-3V-400 2866051 255
CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 8,0M 2314231 505 DFLK-D25 SUB/F/FKCT 2903067 538 ELR H3-IES-PT-24DC/500AC-2 2903916 20 EMD-SL-3V-400-N 2885278 255
CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/10,0M 2314244 505 DFLK-D25 SUB/M/FKCT 2903055 538 ELR H3-IES-PT-24DC/500AC-9 2903918 21 EMD-SL-C-OC-10 2866019 252
CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 50 2305871 503 DFLK-D25 SUB/S 2280310 537 ELR H3-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-0,6 2900566 20 EMD-SL-C-UC-10 2867937 252
CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 100 2305350 503 DFLK-D37 SUB/B 2280349 537 ELR H3-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-2 2900567 20 EMD-SL-LL-110 2901137 257
CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 150 2305363 503 DFLK-D37 SUB/F/FKCT 2903069 538 ELR H3-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-9 2900569 21 EMD-SL-LL-230 2885906 257
CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 200 2305376 503 DFLK-D37 SUB/M/FKCT 2903056 538 ELR H3-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-0,6 2900689 20 EMD-SL-PH-400 2866077 255
CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 250 2305389 503 DFLK-D37 SUB/S 2280336 537 ELR H3-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-2 2900568 20 EMD-SL-PS- 24AC 2866103 252
CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 300 2305392 503 DFLK-D50 SUB/B 2287669 537 ELR H3-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-9 2900570 21 EMD-SL-PS- 24DC 2885359 252
CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 400 2305884 503 DFLK-D50 SUB/F/FKCT 2903070 538 ELR H3-SC- 24DC/500AC-9 2900530 27 EMD-SL-PS-110AC 2866116 252
CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 600 2305897 503 DFLK-D50 SUB/M/FKCT 2903058 538 ELR H3-SC-230AC/500AC-9 2900531 27 EMD-SL-PS-120AC 2885731 252
CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 800 2305907 503 DFLK-D50 SUB/S 2291286 537 ELR H5-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-0,6 2900573 22 EMD-SL-PS-230AC 2866129 252
CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/... 2305758 503 DIKD 1,5 2715979 399 ELR H5-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-2 2900574 22 EMD-SL-PS45-110AC 2885281 255
CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/1000 2305910 503 ELR H5-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-9 2900576 23 EMD-SL-PS45-120AC 2885744 255
CLIPFIX 35 3022218 318 ELR H5-I-SC-230AC/500AC-0,6 2900691 22 EMD-SL-PS45-230AC 2885294 255
CM-KBL-RS232/USB 2881078 149 ELR H5-I-SC-230AC/500AC-2 2900575 22 EMD-SL-PS45-400AC 2885304 255
ELR H5-I-SC-230AC/500AC-9 2900578 23 EMD-SL-PS45-500AC 2885317 256

ELR H5-IES-PT-24DC/500AC-0,6 2903902 18 EMD-SL-PTC 2866093 257
ELR H5-IES-PT-24DC/500AC-2 2903904 18 EMD-SL-V-UV-300 2866035 253
D E ELR H5-IES-PT-24DC/500AC-9 2903906 19 EMG 17-OV- 24DC/ 48DC/2 2942810 405
D-DEK 1,5 GN 2716949 397 EB 2- DIK BU 2716648 403 ELR H5-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-0,6 2900582 18 EMG 17-REL/KSR-G 24/2E/SO38 2941646 407
D-UKK 3/5 2770024 183 EB 2- DIK RD 2716693 403 ELR H5-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-2 2900414 18 EMG 17-REL/KSR-G 24/SO38 BK 2949994 407
D-UKK 3/5 BU 2770105 183 EB 3- DIK BU 2716651 403 ELR H5-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-9 2900421 19 EMG 22-DIO 4E 2950048 262
DB 50- 90 BK 2820916 372 EB 3- DIK RD 2716745 403 ELR H5-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-0,6 2900692 18 EMG 22-DIO 4E-1N5408 2952790 262
DB 50- 90 BU 2821180 372 EB 4- DIK BU 2716664 403 ELR H5-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-2 2900420 18 EMG 22-DIO 4M-1N5408 2952211 262
DB 50- 90 GY 2820929 372 EB 4- DIK RD 2716758 403 ELR H5-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-9 2900422 19 EMG 22-DIO 4P-1N5408 2952198 262
DEK-OE- 5DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G 2964542 411 EB 5- DIK BU 2716677 403 ELR H5-IES-SC-SWD/500AC-0,6 2903116 31 EMG 22-DIO 7M 2950077 262
DEK-OE- 5DC/ 24DC/100KHZ 2964270 410 EB 5- DIK RD 2716761 403 ELR H5-IES-SC-SWD/500AC-2 2903117 31 EMG 22-DIO 7P 2950064 262
DEK-OE- 5DC/ 24DC/100KHZ-G 2964555 411 EB 10- DIK BU 2716680 403 ELR H5-IES-SC-SWD/500AC-9 2903118 31 EMG 22-LA 7S/230 2949677 263
DEK-OE- 5DC/ 48DC/100 2940223 400 EB 10- DIK RD 2716774 403 ELR H5-SC- 24DC/500AC-9 2900538 26 EMG 22-LED 7S/24 2952305 263
DEK-OE- 12DC/ 48DC/100 2964487 400 EB 80- DIK BU 2715940 397 ELR H5-SC-230AC/500AC-9 2900539 26 EMG 22-REL/KSR-230/21/ SO46 2940760 404
DEK-OE- 24DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G 2964364 411 EB 80- DIK RD 2715953 397 ELR H51-0.6-DIN-RAIL-SET 2902952 29 EMG 22-REL/KSR-230/21/AU/SO46 2940061 404
DEK-OE- 24DC/ 24DC/100KHZ 2964283 410 EB 80- DIK WH 2715788 397 ELR H51-2.4-DIN-RAIL-SET 2902953 29 EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRN 5 2949787 414
DEK-OE- 24DC/ 24DC/100KHZ-G 2964348 411 EEM-2AO-MA600 2901475 202 ELR H51-9-DIN-RAIL-SET 2902954 29 EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRN12 2952363 414
DEK-OE- 24DC/ 48DC/100 2940207 400 EEM-2DIO-MA600 2901371 202 ELR H51-IESSC-24DC500AC-06 2902746 29 EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRN35 2952350 414
DEK-OE- 60DC/ 48DC/100 2941536 400 EEM-ETH-MA600 2901373 203 ELR H51-IESSC-24DC500AC-2 2902744 29 EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRP 5 2949790 415
DEK-OE-120AC/ 48DC/100 2941659 400 EEM-ETH-RS485-MA600 2901374 203 ELR H51-IESSC-24DC500AC-9 2902745 29 EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRP12 2952156 415
DEK-OE-230AC/ 48DC/100 2940210 400 EEM-IMP-MA400 2904314 204 ELR W1/ 2-24DC 2963598 44 EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRP35 2952169 415
DEK-OE-230AC/ 48DC/100/SO 46 2964678 405 EEM-IMP-MA600 2904313 204 ELR W1/ 6-24DC 2982090 44 EMG 30-SP- 4K7LIN 2940252 148
DEK-OV- 5DC/ 24DC/ 3 2941361 401 EEM-MA200 2901362 201 ELR W2+1- 24DC/500AC-37 2297374 39 EMG 30-SP-10K LIN 2942124 148
DEK-OV- 5DC/ 24DC/ 10 2961752 401 EEM-MA250 2901363 201 ELR W2+1-230AC/500AC-37 2297387 39 EMG 45-DIO 8E 2950103 262
DEK-OV- 5DC/240AC/800 2964623 401 EEM-MA400 2901364 201 ELR W3- 24DC/500AC- 2 2297293 38 EMG 45-DIO 8E-1N5408 2949389 262
DEK-OV- 12DC/ 24DC/ 3 2941387 401 EEM-MA600 2901366 200 ELR W3- 24DC/500AC- 2I 2297031 18 EMG 45-DIO 8E/LP 2954798 263
DEK-OV- 12DC/ 24DC/ 10 2961749 401 EEM-MA600-24DC 2902352 201 ELR W3- 24DC/500AC- 9 2297316 39 EMG 45-DIO 8M-1N5408 2954882 262
PHOENIX CONTACT 573

Index
Alphabetical
EMG 45-DIO 8P-1N5408 2954879 262 FBST 500-PLC GY 2966838 368 FLK 16/14/DV-IN/200 2300562 432 FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 200/OB32 2298522 431
EMG 45-DIO14M 2950129 262 FBST 500-PLC RD 2966786 368 FLK 16/14/DV-IN/300 2304403 432 FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 300/IB32 2296841 431
EMG 45-DIO14M/LP 2950132 263 FL CRIMPTOOL 2744869 48 FLK 16/14/DV-IN/400 2305185 432 FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 300/OB32 2298535 431
EMG 45-DIO14P 2950116 262 FL PLUG RJ45 GN/2 2744571 48 FLK 16/14/DV-OUT/ 30 2304348 432 FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK 2288985 507
EMG 45-LED 14S/24 2952334 263 FL PLUG RJ45 GR/2 2744856 48 FLK 16/14/DV-OUT/ 50 2304351 432 FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 50/SLC 2294610 430
EMG 90-DIO 16E/LP 2954808 263 FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK 2299204 506 FLK 16/14/DV-OUT/100 2300575 432 FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK 2288998 507
EMG 90-DIO 17E 2954895 262 FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK 2299217 506 FLK 16/14/DV-OUT/200 2300588 432 FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 100/SLC 2294623 430
EMG 90-DIO 32M 2954934 262 FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK 2299220 506 FLK 16/14/DV-OUT/300 2304364 432 FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK 2289007 507
EMG 90-DIO 32M/LP 2954785 263 FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK 2299233 506 FLK 16/24/DV-AI/EZ-DR/ 30 2304319 432 FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 150/SLC 2294636 430
EMG 90-DIO 32P 2954918 262 FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK 2299246 506 FLK 16/24/DV-AI/EZ-DR/ 50 2304296 432 FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK 2289010 507
EMG-GKS 12 2947035 262 FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK 2299259 506 FLK 16/24/DV-AI/EZ-DR/100 2301134 432 FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 200/SLC 2294649 430
EML (15X6) R YE 0819288 372 FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK 2299262 506 FLK 16/24/DV-AI/EZ-DR/200 2301545 432 FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 250/KONFEK 2289023 507
EMM 3- 24DC/500AC-16-IFS 2297523 12 FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK 2299275 506 FLK 16/24/DV-AI/EZ-DR/300 2304322 432 FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK 2289036 507
EMM 3- 24DC/500AC-IFS 2297497 12 FLK 10/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK 2299288 506 FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK 2299291 506 FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 300/SLC 2294652 430
EMM 3-230AC/500AC-16-IFS 2297536 12 FLK 14-16-EZ-DR-HF-S7/... 2295693 457 FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK 2299301 506 FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 350/KONFEK 2289049 507
EMM 3-230AC/500AC-IFS 2297507 12 FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 50/S7 2293815 456 FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK 2299314 506 FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK 2289052 507
ETD-BL-1T-F- 10S 2917492 259 FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 100/S7 2293828 456 FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK 2299327 506 FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK 2299589 507
ETD-BL-1T-F- 10S-PT 2901489 259 FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 150/S7 2293831 456 FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK 2299330 506 FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK 2299592 507
ETD-BL-1T-F- 30MIN 2917515 259 FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 200/S7 2293844 456 FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK 2299343 506 FLK 40/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK 2299602 507
ETD-BL-1T-F- 30MIN-PT 2901491 259 FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 250/S7 2293857 456 FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK 2299356 506 FLK 50-2FLK20-EZ-DR-DV/... 2304966 432
ETD-BL-1T-F-300MIN 2917528 259 FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 300/S7 2293860 456 FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK 2299369 506 FLK 50-4X14-EZ-DR ... 2302405 508
ETD-BL-1T-F-300MIN-PT 2901492 259 FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 400/S7 2293886 456 FLK 16/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK 2299372 506 FLK 50-4X14-EZ-DR-S ... 2302447 508
ETD-BL-1T-F-300S 2917502 259 FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 500/S7 2293899 456 FLK 20/2FLK14/EZ-DR/... 2304487 432 FLK 50-EZ-DR-D37SUB-X81-I/... 2302683 440
ETD-BL-1T-F-300S-PT 2901490 259 FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 600/S7 2293909 456 FLK 20/2FLK14/EZ-DR/100/KONFEK 2298470 432 FLK 50-EZ-DR-D37SUB-Y81P-O/... 2302625 440
ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC- 10S 2917450 259 FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 700/S7 2293912 456 FLK 20/2FLK14/EZ-DR/200/KONFEK 2298438 432 FLK 50-EZ-DR-FCN40-OMR-IN/... 2302803 442
ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC- 10S-PT 2901485 259 FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 800/S7 2293925 456 FLK 20/2FLK14/EZ-DR/300/KONFEK 2300818 432 FLK 50-EZ-DR-FCN40-OMR-OUT/... 2302829 442
ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC- 30MIN 2917467 259 FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 900/S7 2293938 456 FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 50KONFEK 2296391 506 FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 200/YUC 2314299 466
ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC- 30MIN-PT 2901487 259 FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/1000/S7 2293941 456 FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 100KONFEK 2296401 506 FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 300/YUC 2314309 466
ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC-300MIN 2917489 259 FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 50/S7 2296919 457 FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 150KONFEK 2296472 506 FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 400/YUC 2314312 466
ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC-300MIN-PT 2901488 259 FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 100/S7 2296922 457 FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 200KONFEK 2296485 506 FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 500/YUC 2321499 466
ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC-300S 2917463 259 FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 150/S7 2296935 457 FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 300KONFEK 2296498 506 FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 600/YUC 2314927 466
ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC-300S-PT 2901486 259 FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 200/S7 2296948 457 FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 400KONFEK 2296508 506 FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 700/YUC 2321509 466
ETD-BL-1T-ON- 10S 2917379 258 FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 250/S7 2296951 457 FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 600KONFEK 2296511 506 FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 800/YUC 2314930 466
ETD-BL-1T-ON- 10S-PT 2901476 258 FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 300/S7 2296964 457 FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 800KONFEK 2296524 506 FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 900/YUC 2321512 466
ETD-BL-1T-ON- 30MIN 2917395 258 FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 400/S7 2904525 457 FLK 20/EZ-DR/1000KONFEK 2296537 506 FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1000/YUC 2314325 466
ETD-BL-1T-ON- 30MIN-PT 2901478 258 FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 500/S7 2304704 457 FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK 2299385 506 FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1100/YUC 2321389 466
ETD-BL-1T-ON-300MIN 2917405 258 FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 600/S7 2904526 457 FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK 2299398 506 FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1200/YUC 2321525 466
ETD-BL-1T-ON-300MIN-PT 2901479 258 FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 800/S7 2904527 457 FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK 2299408 506 FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1300/YUC 2321392 466
ETD-BL-1T-ON-300S 2917382 258 FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/1000/S7 2904528 457 FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK 2299411 506 FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1400/YUC 2321402 466
ETD-BL-1T-ON-300S-PT 2901477 258 FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 30/KONFEK 2295729 504 FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK 2299424 506 FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1500/YUC 2314338 466
ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC- 10S 2917418 259 FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK 2288901 504 FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK 2299437 506 FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1600/YUC 2321538 466
ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC- 10S-PT 2901480 259 FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK/S 2296977 505 FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK 2299440 506 FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1700/YUC 2321541 466
ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC- 30MIN 2917434 259 FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK 2288914 504 FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK 2299453 506 FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1800/YUC 2321554 466
ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC- 30MIN-PT 2901483 259 FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK/S 2296980 505 FLK 26/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK 2299466 506 FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1900/YUC 2321567 466
ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC-300MIN 2917447 259 FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK 2288927 504 FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK 2299479 506 FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/2000/YUC 2314503 466
ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC-300MIN-PT 2901484 259 FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK/S 2296993 505 FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK 2299482 506 FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/2500/YUC 2314516 466
ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC-300S 2917421 259 FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK 2288930 504 FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK 2299495 506 FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/3000/YUC 2314529 466
ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC-300S-PT 2901481 259 FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK/S 2297002 505 FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK 2299505 506 FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 50/DV 2304872 432
ETD-FL-2T-DTI 2866187 260 FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 250/KONFEK 2288943 504 FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK 2299518 506 FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 100/DV 2304898 432
ETD-SL-1T-DTF 2866161 261 FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK 2288956 504 FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK 2299521 506 FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 200/DV 2304908 432
ETD-SL-2T-I 2866174 261 FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK/S 2299013 505 FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK 2299534 506 FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 300/DV 2304911 432
EU4A-RJ45-USB-CAB1 PXC 2903465 34 FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 350/KONFEK 2288969 504 FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK 2299547 506 FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 600/DV 2304937 432
EU5C-SWD-CAN PXC 2903098 33 FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK 2288972 504 FLK 34/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK 2299550 506 FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 800/DV 2304940 432
EU5C-SWD-DP PXC 2903100 33 FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK/S 2299026 505 FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 100/YUC 2322786 466 FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/1000/DV 2304953 432
EU5C-SWD-EIP-MODTCP PXC 2903244 33 FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 450/KONFEK 2290847 504 FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 200/YUC 2314341 466 FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK 2296689 508
EU5C-SWD-PF2-1 PXC 2903113 33 FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 500/KONFEK 2290834 504 FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 300/YUC 2314354 466 FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK 2296692 508
EU5E-SWD-2A2A PXC 2903104 33 FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 550/KONFEK 2290850 504 FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 400/YUC 2314367 466 FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK 2296702 508
EU5E-SWD-4D4D PXC 2903101 33 FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK 2290863 504 FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 500/YUC 2321570 466 FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK 2296715 508
EU5E-SWD-4DX PXC 2903102 33 FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK/S 2299039 505 FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 600/YUC 2314943 466 FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 250/KONFEK 2305402 508
EU5E-SWD-X8D PXC 2903103 33 FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK 2299563 504 FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 700/YUC 2321583 466 FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK 2296728 508
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK/S 2299042 505 FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 800/YUC 2314956 466 FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK 2296731 508
FLK 14/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK 2299576 504 FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 900/YUC 2321415 466 FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK 2296744 508
FLK 14/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK/S 2299055 505 FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1000/YUC 2314370 466 FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK 2296757 508
F FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 50/KONFEK 2305952 505 FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1100/YUC 2321428 466 FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK 2296773 508
FBS 2-6 3030336 318 FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 100/KONFEK 2305965 505 FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1200/YUC 2321431 466 FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK 2289065 504
FBS 2-6 BU 3036932 318 FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 150/KONFEK 2305978 505 FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1300/YUC 2321444 466 FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK/S 2299097 505
FBS 2-6 GY 3032237 318 FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 200/KONFEK 2305981 505 FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1400/YUC 2321457 466 FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK 2289078 504
FBS 2-8 3030284 318 FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 250/KONFEK 2305994 505 FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1500/YUC 2314383 466 FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK/S 2299107 505
FBS 2-8 BU 3032567 318 FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 300/KONFEK 2304759 505 FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1600/YUC 2321596 466 FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK 2289081 504
FBS 2-8 GY 7042 3032541 318 FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 400/KONFEK 2304762 505 FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1700/YUC 2321606 466 FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK/S 2299110 505
FBS 10-6 3030271 318 FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 600/KONFEK 2306003 505 FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1900/YUC 2321622 466 FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK/S 2299123 505
FBST 6-PLC BU 2966812 368 FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/1000/KONFEK 2314037 505 FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/3000/YUC 2314558 466 FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK/S 2299136 505
FBST 6-PLC GY 2966825 368 FLK 16-14-DV-IN/... 2304416 432 FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 50/IB32 2296812 431 FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 350/KONFEK 2289120 504
FBST 6-PLC RD 2966236 368 FLK 16-14-DV-OUT/... 2304377 432 FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 50/OB32 2296786 431 FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK 2289133 504
FBST 8-PLC GY 2967688 368 FLK 16-24-DV-AI-EZ-DR/... 2304335 432 FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 100/IB32 2296825 431 FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK/S 2299149 505
FBST 14-PLC BK 2967691 368 FLK 16/14/DV-IN/ 50 2304393 432 FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 100/OB32 2298483 431 FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 450/KONFEK 2289573 504
FBST 500-PLC BU 2966692 368 FLK 16/14/DV-IN/100 2300559 432 FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 200/IB32 2296838 431 FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 500/KONFEK 2289586 504
574 PHOENIX CONTACT

Index
Alphabetical
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 550/KONFEK 2289599 504 FLKM S135-431-4UA/S400 2314846 459 LV- 12- 24UC 2833712 388 MACX MCR-SL-NAM-R-SP 2924252 120
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK 2289609 504 FLKM S135-454-4UA/S400 2314859 461 LV- 48- 60UC 2833725 388 MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-2I 2924825 107
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK/S 2299152 505 FLKM S135-460-4UA/I/S400 2314613 461 LV-120-230AC/110DC 2833738 388 MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-2I-SP 2924838 107
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 650/KONFEK 2289612 504 FLKM S135-460-4UA/U/S400 2314862 461 LV3- 12- 24UC 2833835 388 MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-I 2865955 106
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 700/KONFEK 2289625 504 FLKM S135-465-4UA/T/S400 2314875 462 LV3- 48- 60UC 2833848 388 MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-I-SP 2924207 106
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 750/KONFEK 2289638 504 FLKM S135-465-4UA/UI/S400 2314888 462 LV3-120-230AC/110DC 2833851 388 MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-I-UP 2865968 108
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK 2289641 504 FLKM S135-470-4UC/I/S400 2314626 462 MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-I-UP-SP 2924210 108
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK/S 2299165 505 FLKM S135-470-4UC/U/S400 2314891 462 MACX MCR-SL-RTD-I 2865065 110
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 850/KONFEK 2289654 504 FLKM S135/42X0,75/3,0M/OE 2315007 463 MACX MCR-SL-RTD-I-NC 2865078 110
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 900/KONFEK 2289667 504 FLKM S135/42X0,75/5,0M/OE 2318017 463 MACX MCR-SL-RTD-I-SP 2924317 110
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 950/KONFEK 2289670 504 FLKM S135/S400/SO120 2301723 459 MACX MCR-SL-RTD-I-SP-NC 2924320 110
FLK 50/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK 2289683 504 FLKM S135/S400/SO121 2301736 459 M MACX MCR-SL-TC-I 2924333 112
FLK 50/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK/S 2299178 505 FLKM S135/S400/SO122 2301749 459 MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-R-UP 2865984 175 MACX MCR-SL-TC-I-NC 2924346 112
FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/ 50/X81-I 2302641 440 FLKM S135/S400/SO123 2301752 460 MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-R-UP-SP 2924249 175 MACX MCR-T-UI-UP 2811394 114
FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/ 50/Y81P-O 2302599 440 FLKM S135/S400/SO124 2301765 461 MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-RO 2865476 174 MACX MCR-T-UI-UP-C 2811873 114
FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/100/X81-I 2302654 440 FLKM S135/S400/SO125 2301778 460 MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-RO-SP 2924087 174 MACX MCR-T-UI-UP-SP 2811860 114
FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/100/Y81P-O 2302609 440 FLKM S135/S400/SO126 2301781 460 MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-T 2865489 177 MACX MCR-T-UI-UP-SP-C 2811970 114
FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/200/X81-I 2302667 440 FLKM S135/S400/SO127 2301794 460 MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-T-SP 2924090 177 MACX MCR-T-UIREL-UP 2811378 116
FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/200/Y81P-O 2302612 440 FLKM S135/S7/FLK50/PLC 2314736 463 MACX MCR-EX-SL-IDSI-I 2865405 164 MACX MCR-T-UIREL-UP-C 2811514 116
FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/300/X81-I 2302670 440 FLKM-2FLK14/KDS3-MT/PPA/S7 2295062 482 MACX MCR-EX-SL-IDSI-I-SP 2924032 164 MACX MCR-T-UIREL-UP-SP 2811828 116
FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/300/Y81P-O 2302638 440 FLKM-D25 SUB/B/KDS3-MT/TU810 2304513 422 MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-2RO 2865450 173 MACX MCR-T-UIREL-UP-SP-C 2811831 116
FLK 50/EZ-DR/FCN40/100/OMR-IN 2304160 442 FLKM-D25 SUB/B/KDS3-MT/TU810/P 2304539 422 MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-2RO-SP 2924061 173 MACX MCR-UI-UI 2811284 102
FLK 50/EZ-DR/FCN40/100/OMR-OUT 2304144 442 FLKM-D25 SUB/B/KDS3-MT/TU830 2304526 422 MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-2T 2865463 176 MACX MCR-UI-UI-NC 2811446 102
FLK 50/EZ-DR/FCN40/200/OMR-IN 2304173 442 FLKM-KS40/AO16/YCS 2314260 469 MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-2T-SP 2924074 176 MACX MCR-UI-UI-SP 2811572 102
FLK 50/EZ-DR/FCN40/200/OMR-OUT 2304157 442 FLKM-KS40/YCS 2314642 468 MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-NAM 2866006 178 MACX MCR-UI-UI-SP-NC 2811556 102
FLK EZ-DR-S.../.../... 2295046 456 FLKM-PA-2D15/HW/DI/C300 2901879 438 MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-NAM-SP 2924883 178 MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP 2811459 104
FLK EZ-DR.../.../... 2295059 456 FLKM-PA-2D15/HW/DO/C300 2900924 438 MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-R 2865434 172 MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP-NC 2811297 104
FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/EXTC 2302861 425 FLKM-PA-D37/HW/AN/C300 2900622 438 MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-R-SP 2924045 172 MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP-SP 2811585 104
FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/IF6I/EXTC 2901037 425 FLKM-PA-D37/HW/DIO/C300 2901423 438 MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSS-2I-2I 2865382 162 MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP-SP-NC 2811569 104
FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/IN/EXTC 2302874 425 FLKMS 50/32IM/LA/PLC 2284510 480 MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSS-2I-2I-SP 2924676 162 MC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 1803604 12
FLKM 14-PA-INLINE/32 2302777 444 FLKMS 50/32IM/PLC 2284523 480 MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-2I 2865366 161 MCR-1CLP-I-I-00 2814016 135
FLKM 14-PA-INLINE/DIO8 2900889 444 FLKMS 50/32IM/ZFKDS/PLC 2901389 480 MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-2I-SP 2924236 161 MCR-2CLP-I-I-00 2814029 135
FLKM 14-PA-INLINE/IN16 2302751 444 FLKMS-KS40/AI/YCS 2314286 469 MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-I 2865340 160 MCR-4CLP-I-I-00 2814045 135
FLKM 14-PA-INLINE/OUT16 2302764 444 FLKMS-KS40/SI/AI16/YCS 2314273 469 MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-I-SP 2924016 160 MCR-C-I-I-00-DC 2814508 131
FLKM 14-PA-MODI/M340 2903208 446 FLKMS-KS50/32IM/YCS 2314451 468 MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-I-UP 2865793 163 MCR-C-I-U- 4-DC 2814511 131
FLKM 14-PA-S300 2299770 451 FUSE-10X38-16A-GR 2903126 29 MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-I-UP-SP 2924029 163 MCR-C-U-I- 4-DC 2814537 131
FLKM 14-PA-SLC500/IN 2293462 428 FUSE-10X38-20A-GR 2903384 29 MACX MCR-EX-SL-RTD-I 2865939 165 MCR-C-U-U-DC 2814469 131
FLKM 14-PA-SLC500/IN/M 2293475 428 FUSE-10X38-30A-MR 2903119 29 MACX MCR-EX-SL-RTD-I-NC 2865573 165 MCR-ET 38X35 WH 2814317 149
FLKM 14-PA-SLC500/OUT 2293459 428 MACX MCR-EX-SL-RTD-I-SP 2924142 165 MCR-F-UI-DC 2814605 144
FLKM 14-PA/GE/DI 2290038 437 MACX MCR-EX-SL-RTD-I-SP-NC 2924168 165 MCR-FL-C-UI-2UI-DCI 2814854 132
FLKM 14-PA/GE/DO 2290009 437 MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-25-LP 2865492 180 MCR-FL-C-UI-2UI-DCI-NC 2814867 132
FLKM 14/8M/SI/PLC 2294487 478 MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-25-LP-SP 2924113 180 MCR-FL-HT-T-I 2864529 142
FLKM 14/KDS3-MT/PPA/PLC 2290423 482 MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-40-LP 2865764 181 MCR-FL-HT-T-I-EX 2864532 189
FLKM 16-PA- 331-1KF/I/MINI-MCR 2318237 455 I MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-40-LP-SP 2924139 181 MCR-FL-HT-TS-I-EX 2864545 188
FLKM 16-PA- 332-5HF/I/MINI-MCR 2318240 455 IB IL 24 DI 16-PAC 2861250 207 MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-60-LP 2865515 181 MCR-FL-T-LP-I 2864561 140
FLKM 16-PA-S300/MINI-MCR 2314749 454 IB IL 24 DI 2-PAC 2861221 207 MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-60-LP-SP 2924100 181 MCR-FL-T-LP-I-EX 2864574 187
FLKM 16/AI/DV 2304429 433 IB IL 24 DI 4-PAC 2861234 207 MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-23-48-LFD 2924867 179 MCR-FL-TS-LP-I-EX 2864587 187
FLKM 16/AO/SI/DV 2304445 433 IB IL 24 DI 8-PAC 2861247 207 MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-23-48-LFD-SP 2924870 179 MCR-PAC-T-USB 2309000 149
FLKM 16/DI/SI/LA/DV 2304458 433 IB IL 24 FLM-PAC 2736903 50 MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-24-48-LP 2865609 181 MCR-PSP 2811912 146
FLKM 16/DV 2304432 433 IB IL AI 2/SF-PAC 2861302 207 MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-24-48-LP-SP 2924126 181 MCR-PSP-DC 2811925 146
FLKM 50-PA-AB/1756/EXTC 2302735 424 IB IL AI 8/IS-PAC 2861661 207 MACX MCR-EX-SL-TC-I 2865942 166 MCR-PT100-I 2810353 138
FLKM 50-PA-AB/1756/IN/EXTC 2302748 424 IB IL AI 8/SF-PAC 2861412 207 MACX MCR-EX-SL-TC-I-NC 2865586 166 MCR-PT100-I-DC 2810337 138
FLKM 50-PA-AB/IBN 2289816 426 IB IL DI 8/S0-PAC 2897020 207 MACX MCR-EX-T-UI-UP 2865654 168 MCR-PT100-U 2810340 138
FLKM 50-PA-AB/OBN 2289829 426 IBS IP 400 MBH -F 2732868 48 MACX MCR-EX-T-UI-UP-C 2811763 168 MCR-PT100-U-DC 2810311 138
FLKM 50-PA-GE/TKFC/RXI 2321473 436 IBS PG SET 2836599 48 MACX MCR-EX-T-UI-UP-SP 2924689 168 MCR-S-1-5-UI-DCI 2814634 230
FLKM 50-PA-GE/TKFC/RXI/IN 2321486 436 IBS RBC/F-T/ 2740151 50 MACX MCR-EX-T-UI-UP-SP-C 2924692 168 MCR-S-1-5-UI-DCI-NC 2814715 230
FLKM 50-PA-MODI-TSX/Q 2294306 445 IFS-CONFSTICK 2986122 12 MACX MCR-EX-T-UIREL-UP 2865751 170 MCR-S-1-5-UI-SW-DCI 2814650 230
FLKM 50-PA-S300 2294445 450 IFS-CONFSTICK-L 2901103 12 MACX MCR-EX-T-UIREL-UP-C 2865722 170 MCR-S-1-5-UI-SW-DCI-NC 2814731 230
FLKM 50-PA-S300/SO167 2307662 452 IFS-OP-CRADLE 2811886 118 MACX MCR-EX-T-UIREL-UP-SP 2924799 170 MCR-S-10-50-UI-DCI 2814647 230
FLKM 50-PA-S400 2294500 458 IFS-OP-UNIT 2811899 118 MACX MCR-EX-T-UIREL-UP-SP-C 2924809 170 MCR-S-10-50-UI-SW-DCI 2814663 230
FLKM 50-PA-S400(3-48) 2294908 458 IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER 2811271 119 MACX MCR-PTB 2865625 126 MCR-S10-50-UI-DCI-NC 2814728 230
FLKM 50-PA-SLC500/OUT/2A 2293446 428 IMC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 1857919 12 MACX MCR-PTB-SP 2924184 126 MCR-S10-50-UI-SW-DCI-NC 2814744 230
FLKM 50-PA/DO326/S7-300 2321952 452 MACX MCR-S-MUX 2865599 186 MCR-SL-1CLP-I-I-00-4KV 2814841 134
FLKM 50/ 4-FLK14/PA-MODI-TSX/Q 2294416 445 MACX MCR-S-MUX-TB 2308124 186 MCR-SL-CUC-100-I 2308027 229
FLKM 50/ 4-FLK14/PA-S400 2294429 458 MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-R-UP 2865052 123 MCR-SL-CUC-100-U 2308108 229
FLKM 50/32M/DV 2304869 434 MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-R-UP-SP 2924304 123 MCR-SL-CUC-200-I 2308030 229
FLKM 50/32M/IN/LA/DV 2304856 434 MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-RO 2865049 122 MCR-SL-CUC-200-U 2308205 229
FLKM 50/32M/PLC 2289719 477 L MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-RO-SP 2924294 122 MCR-SL-CUC-300-I 2308043 229
FLKM 50/32M/SI/PLC 2294490 478 LDM- 12- 24DC 2833686 388 MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-T 2865036 125 MCR-SL-CUC-300-U 2308302 229
FLKM 50/32P/PLC 2291121 477 LDM- 48- 60DC 2833699 388 MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-T-SP 2924281 125 MCR-SL-CUC-400-I 2308072 229
FLKM 50/4-FLK14/PA-S300 2296281 450 LDM-110DC 2833709 388 MACX MCR-SL-CAC- 5-I 2810612 232 MCR-SL-CUC-500-I 2308085 229
FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/AN/PLC 2291587 482 LDM3- 12- 24DC 2833806 388 MACX MCR-SL-CAC- 5-I-UP 2810625 232 MCR-SL-CUC-600-I 2308098 229
FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/PLC 2290614 482 LDM3- 48- 60DC 2833819 388 MACX MCR-SL-CAC-12-I-UP 2810638 232 MCR-SL-D-RA 2810081 150
FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/S7-300 2304490 482 LDM3-110DC 2833822 388 MACX MCR-SL-IDSI-I 2865971 109 MCR-SL-D-SPA-UI 2710314 151
FLKM S115-454-7LA/S400 2314901 464 LDP- 12- 24DC 2833657 388 MACX MCR-SL-IDSI-I-SP 2924223 109 MCR-SL-D-U-I 2864011 150
FLKM S115-465-7LA/UI/S400 2314914 464 LDP- 48- 60DC 2833660 388 MACX MCR-SL-NAM-2RO 2865010 121 MCR-SL-HT-PT 100-I 2864516 143
FLKM S115/47X0,75/3,0M/OE 2314985 465 LDP-110DC 2833673 388 MACX MCR-SL-NAM-2RO-SP 2924265 121 MCR-SL-PT100-LP-I 2864558 141
FLKM S115/47X0,75/5,0M/OE 2314998 465 LDP3- 12- 24DC 2833770 388 MACX MCR-SL-NAM-2T 2865023 124 MCR-SL-PT100-SP 2814948 139
FLKM S115/S400/SO155 2307248 464 LDP3- 48- 60DC 2833783 388 MACX MCR-SL-NAM-2T-SP 2924278 124 MCR-SL-S- 16-SP- 24 2864464 235
FLKM S115/S7/FLK50/PLC/SO137 2306294 465 LDP3-110DC 2833796 388 MACX MCR-SL-NAM-R 2865997 120 MCR-SL-S-100-I-LP 2813486 233
PHOENIX CONTACT 575

Index
Alphabetical
MCR-SL-S-100-U 2813457 233 MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I 2864794 72 PACT MCR-V2- 3015- 60- 75-5A-1 2276502 214 PACT MCR-V2-8015-105- 500-5A-1 2276269 219
MCR-SL-S-200-I-LP 2813499 233 MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I-NC 2864176 72 PACT MCR-V2- 3015- 60-250-5A-1 2276544 214 PACT MCR-V2-8015-105- 600-5A-1 2276272 219
MCR-SL-S-200-U 2813460 233 MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I-SP 2864804 72 PACT MCR-V2- 4012- 70 2277284 215 PACT MCR-V2-8015-105- 750-5A-1 2276285 219
MCR-SLP-1-5-UI-0 2814359 234 MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I-SP-NC 2864189 72 PACT MCR-V2- 5012- 85 2277297 216 PACT MCR-V2-8015-105- 800-5A-1 2276298 219
MCR-SWS-I 2766478 147 MINI MCR-SL-UI-F 2864082 83 PACT MCR-V2- 6015- 85 2277336 217 PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-1000-5A-1 2276308 219
MCR-SWS-U 2766465 147 MINI MCR-SL-UI-F-SP 2810243 83 PACT MCR-V2- 6040- 96 2277349 218 PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-1000-5A-1 2277721 219
MCR-T-UI 2814090 136 MINI MCR-SL-UI-I-LP-NC 2902829 75 PACT MCR-V2- 6315- 95 2277307 218 PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-1250-5A-1 2276311 219
MCR-T-UI-E 2814113 136 MINI MCR-SL-UI-I-LP-SP-NC 2902830 75 PACT MCR-V2- 8015-105 2277352 219 PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-1500-5A-1 2277734 219
MCR-T-UI-E-NC 2814126 136 MINI MCR-SL-UI-REL 2864480 85 PACT MCR-V2- 8020-105 2277365 219 PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-1600-5A-1 2276324 219
MCR-T-UI-NC 2814100 136 MINI MCR-SL-UI-REL-SP 2864493 85 PACT MCR-V2-10020-129 2277378 220 PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-2000-5A-1 2276337 219
MCR-TTL-RS232 2814391 149 MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI 2864383 66 PACT MCR-V2-10020-129-2500-5A 2276395 220 PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-2500-5A-1 2276340 219
MCR-TTL-RS232-E 2814388 149 MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI-NC 2864150 66 PACT MCR-V2-10036-129 2277381 220 PACT MCR-V2-8020-105-1000-5A-1 2277747 219
MCR-VAC-UI-O-DC 2811103 236 MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI-SP 2864710 66 PACT MCR-V2-10036-129-3000-5A 2276405 220 PACT MCR-V2-8020-105-1500-5A-1 2277750 219
MCR-VDC-UI-B-DC 2811116 236 MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI-SP-NC 2864163 66 PACT MCR-V2-12020-159 2277394 221 PACT MCR-V2-8020-105-2000-5A-1 2276382 219
MCR/PI-CONF-WIN 2814799 149 MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16-A 2811268 94 PACT MCR-V2-12040-159 2277404 221 PACT MCR-V3-60 2277417 222
ME 17,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN 2709561 91 MINI MCR-TC-UI-NC 2902851 80 PACT MCR-V2-12040-159-4000-5A 2276418 221 PACT-FAST-MNT-W13-L40 2276612 223
ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN 2707437 12 MINI-PS-100-240AC/24DC/1.5/EX 2866653 91 PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 60-5A-1 2277815 214 PACT-FAST-MNT-W13-L65 2276625 223
ME 6,2 TBUS-2 1,5/5-ST-3,81 GN 2869728 90 MINI-SYS-PS-100-240AC/24DC/1.5 2866983 91 PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 75-5A-1 2277828 214 PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L40 2276638 223
MINI MCR DKL 2308111 88 MM-CONF-SET 2297992 15 PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 80-5A-1 2277831 214 PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L65 2276641 223
MINI MCR-DKL-LABEL 2810272 88 MP 1 2833631 372 PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 100-5A-1 2277064 214 PLC-2RPT-24DC/1 2901639 348
MINI MCR-RTD-UI-NC 2902849 76 MP 2 2833644 378 PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 125-5A-1 2277624 214 PLC-2RSC-24DC/ 1 2987309 348
MINI MCR-RTD-UI-SP-NC 2902850 76 MPS-IH BK 0201731 191 PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 150-5A-1 2277077 214 PLC-2RSP-24DC/ 1 2987312 348
MINI MCR-SL-1CP-I-I 2864419 74 MPS-IH BU 0201689 191 PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 150-5A-1 2277844 214 PLC-ATP BK 2966841 368
MINI MCR-SL-1CP-I-I-SP 2864749 74 MPS-IH GN 0201702 191 PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 200-5A-1 2277637 214 PLC-BP A1-14 2980283 368
MINI MCR-SL-2CP-I-I 2864655 74 MPS-IH GY 0201728 191 PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 200-5A-1 2277857 214 PLC-BPT- 24DC/21RW 2900261 360
MINI MCR-SL-2CP-I-I-SP 2864781 74 MPS-IH RD 0201676 191 PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 250-5A-1 2277080 214 PLC-BPT- 24UC/ 1/ACT 2900450 329
MINI MCR-SL-CVS-24-5-10-NC 2902822 87 MPS-IH WH 0201663 191 PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 250-5A-1 2277860 214 PLC-BPT-120UC/ 1/SEN/SO46 2900456 335
MINI MCR-SL-CVS-24-5-10-SP-NC 2902823 87 MPS-IH YE 0201692 191 PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 300-5A-1 2277640 214 PLC-BPT-120UC/21/SO46 2900453 334
MINI MCR-SL-F-UI-NC 2902832 82 MPS-MT 0201744 191 PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 400-5A-1 2277093 214 PLC-BPT-230UC/ 1/SEN/SO46 2900457 335
MINI MCR-SL-F-UI-SP-NC 2902833 82 PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 500-5A-1 2277653 214 PLC-BPT-230UC/21/SO46 2900455 334
MINI MCR-SL-FM-RC-NC 2902961 89 PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 600-5A-1 2277103 214 PLC-BPT-TTL/1 2900458 356
MINI MCR-SL-FM-RC-SP-NC 2902962 89 PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 750-5A-1 2277666 214 PLC-BSC- 24UC/ 1/ACT 2982799 329
MINI MCR-SL-I-I 2864406 71 PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 250-5A-1 2277116 215 PLC-BSC-120UC/ 1/SEN/SO46 2980322 335
MINI MCR-SL-I-I-SP 2864723 71 PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 300-5A-1 2277679 215 PLC-BSC-120UC/21-21/SO46 2980416 335
MINI MCR-SL-I-U-0 2813541 71 PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 400-5A-1 2277129 215 PLC-BSC-120UC/21/SO46 2980319 334
MINI MCR-SL-I-U-0-SP 2813554 71 O PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 500-5A-1 2277682 215 PLC-BSC-120UC/21HC/SO46 2980432 335
MINI MCR-SL-I-U-4 2813538 71 OPT- 5DC/ 24DC/ 2 2967989 340 PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 600-5A-1 2277132 215 PLC-BSC-230UC/ 1/SEN/SO46 2980348 335
MINI MCR-SL-I-U-4-SP 2813567 71 OPT- 5DC/ 24DC/ 5 2982113 288 PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 750-5A-1 2277695 215 PLC-BSC-230UC/21-21/SO46 2980429 335
MINI MCR-SL-MUX-V8-FLK 16 2811815 95 OPT- 5DC/ 48DC/100 2967992 340 PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 800-5A-1 2277145 215 PLC-BSC-230UC/21/SO46 2980335 334
MINI MCR-SL-NAM-2RNO 2864105 86 OPT- 5DC/230AC/ 2 2982168 289 PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70-1000-5A-1 2277158 215 PLC-BSC-230UC/21HC/SO46 2980445 335
MINI MCR-SL-NAM-2RNO-SP 2810269 86 OPT-24DC/ 24DC/ 2 2966595 280 PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 150-5A-1 2276117 216 PLC-BSC-TTL/1 2982689 356
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-LP 2810298 79 OPT-24DC/ 24DC/ 5 2982100 288 PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 200-5A-1 2276120 216 PLC-BSP- 24DC/21RW 2961396 360
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-LP-NC 2810308 79 OPT-24DC/ 48DC/100 2966618 340 PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 250-5A-1 2276133 216 PLC-BSP- 24UC/ 1/ACT 2982809 329
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-LP-NC-SP 2810395 79 OPT-24DC/230AC/ 1 2967950 281 PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 300-5A-1 2276146 216 PLC-BSP-120UC/ 1/SEN/SO46 2980364 335
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-LP-SP 2810382 79 OPT-24DC/230AC/ 2 2982171 289 PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 400-5A-1 2277161 216 PLC-BSP-120UC/21/SO46 2980351 334
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI 2864435 78 OPT-60DC/ 24DC/ 2 2966605 340 PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 500-5A-1 2276159 216 PLC-BSP-230UC/ 1/SEN/SO46 2980380 335
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200 2864309 77 OPT-60DC/ 24DC/ 5 2982126 288 PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 600-5A-1 2276162 216 PLC-BSP-230UC/21/SO46 2980377 334
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200-NC 2864370 77 OPT-60DC/ 48DC/100 2966621 340 PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 600-5A-1 2277174 216 PLC-BSP-TTL/1 2982692 356
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200-SP 2864192 77 OPT-60DC/230AC/ 1 2967963 341 PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 750-5A-1 2276175 216 PLC-ESK GY 2966508 368
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200-SP-NC 2864202 77 OPT-60DC/230AC/ 2 2982184 289 PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 800-5A-1 2277187 216 PLC-OPT- 5DC/ 24DC/100KHZ 2902969 354
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-NC 2864273 78 OV-24DC/ 60DC/4 2982647 559 PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85-1000-5A-1 2276463 216 PLC-OPT- 5DC/ 24DC/2/ACT 2900375 327
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-SP 2864736 78 OV-24DC/350DC/1 2982634 558 PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85-1000-5A-1 2277190 216 PLC-OPT- 5DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G 2902971 355
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-SP-NC 2864286 78 OV-24DC/480AC/5 2982650 559 PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85-1250-5A-1 2277200 216 PLC-OPT- 5DC/24DC/100KHZ-G 2902973 355
MINI MCR-SL-PTB 2864134 90 PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85-1500-5A-1 2276188 216 PLC-OPT- 5DC/300DC/1 2900381 352
MINI MCR-SL-PTB-FM 2902958 89 PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 200-5A-1 2277873 217 PLC-OPT- 12DC/300DC/1 2900382 352
MINI MCR-SL-PTB-FM-SP 2902959 89 PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 250-5A-1 2277886 217 PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 24DC/10/R 2900398 353
MINI MCR-SL-PTB-SP 2864147 90 PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 300-5A-1 2277899 217 PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 24DC/2 2900364 325
MINI MCR-SL-R-UI 2864095 84 PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 400-5A-1 2277909 217 PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 24DC/2/ACT 2900376 327
MINI MCR-SL-R-UI-SP 2810256 84 PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 500-5A-1 2277912 217 PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 24DC/3RW 2900379 359
MINI MCR-SL-RPS-I-I 2864422 73 P PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 600-5A-1 2277925 217 PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 48DC/100 2900352 324
MINI MCR-SL-RPS-I-I-SP 2864752 73 PACT MCR-CB-21- 8 2277569 223 PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 750-5A-1 2277938 217 PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 48DC/100/SEN 2900358 331
MINI MCR-SL-RPSS-I-I 2864079 73 PACT MCR-CB-21-12 2277556 223 PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 800-5A-1 2277941 217 PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 48DC/500/W 2900378 353
MINI MCR-SL-RPSS-I-I-SP 2810230 73 PACT MCR-CB-28-12 2277543 223 PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85-1000-5A-1 2277954 217 PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G 2902972 355
MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI 2810858 68 PACT MCR-CB-42-12 2277530 223 PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85-1250-5A-1 2277967 217 PLC-OPT- 24DC/110DC/3RW 2900391 359
MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI-NC 2810780 68 PACT MCR-ETC-60 2277572 223 PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85-1500-5A-1 2277970 217 PLC-OPT- 24DC/230AC/1 2900369 325
MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI-SP 2810874 68 PACT MCR-ETC-75 2277585 223 PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85-1600-5A-1 2277983 217 PLC-OPT- 24DC/24DC/100KHZ 2902970 354
MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI-SP-NC 2810793 68 PACT MCR-ICAP 2277608 223 PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96- 600-5A-1 2276191 218 PLC-OPT- 24DC/24DC/100KHZ-G 2902974 355
MINI MCR-SL-TB 2811420 88 PACT MCR-RA 2277598 223 PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96- 750-5A-1 2276201 218 PLC-OPT- 24DC/300DC/1 2900383 352
MINI MCR-SL-TC-UI 2864448 81 PACT MCR-V1-21-44 2277268 213 PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96- 800-5A-1 2276214 218 PLC-OPT- 24DC/TTL 2900363 358
MINI MCR-SL-TC-UI-NC 2864299 81 PACT MCR-V1-21-44- 50-5A-1 2277019 213 PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96-1000-5A-1 2277705 218 PLC-OPT- 36DC/110DC/3RW 2900392 359
MINI MCR-SL-U-I-0 2813512 71 PACT MCR-V1-21-44- 75-5A-1 2277611 213 PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96-1250-5A-1 2276227 218 PLC-OPT- 48DC/ 24DC/2 2900365 325
MINI MCR-SL-U-I-0-SP 2813570 71 PACT MCR-V1-21-44-100-5A-1 2277022 213 PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96-1500-5A-1 2277718 218 PLC-OPT- 48DC/ 48DC/100 2900353 324
MINI MCR-SL-U-I-4 2813525 71 PACT MCR-V1-21-44-125-5A-1 2277763 213 PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96-1600-5A-1 2276230 218 PLC-OPT- 48DC/110DC/3RW 2900393 359
MINI MCR-SL-U-I-4-SP 2813583 71 PACT MCR-V1-21-44-150-5A-1 2277035 213 PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96-2000-5A-1 2276243 218 PLC-OPT- 48DC/230AC/1 2900370 325
MINI MCR-SL-U-U 2864684 71 PACT MCR-V1-21-44-200-5A-1 2277776 213 PACT MCR-V2-6315- 95- 800-5A-1 2277213 218 PLC-OPT- 60DC/ 24DC/2 2900366 325
MINI MCR-SL-U-U-SP 2864697 71 PACT MCR-V1-21-44-250-5A-1 2277048 213 PACT MCR-V2-6315- 95-1000-5A-1 2277226 218 PLC-OPT- 60DC/ 48DC/100 2900354 324
MINI MCR-SL-U-UI 2864053 70 PACT MCR-V1-21-44-300-5A-1 2277789 213 PACT MCR-V2-6315- 95-1250-5A-1 2277239 218 PLC-OPT- 60DC/230AC/1 2900371 325
MINI MCR-SL-U-UI-NC 2865007 70 PACT MCR-V1-21-44-400-5A-1 2277051 213 PACT MCR-V2-6315- 95-1500-5A-1 2277242 218 PLC-OPT- 60DC/300DC/1 2900384 352
MINI MCR-SL-U-UI-SP 2811213 70 PACT MCR-V1-21-44-500-5A-1 2277792 213 PACT MCR-V2-6315- 95-1600-5A-1 2277255 218 PLC-OPT- 72DC/110DC/3RW 2900394 359
MINI MCR-SL-U-UI-SP-NC 2810078 70 PACT MCR-V2- 3015- 60 2277271 214 PACT MCR-V2-8015-105- 400-5A-1 2276256 219 PLC-OPT- 96DC/110DC/3RW 2900395 359
576 PHOENIX CONTACT

Index
Alphabetical
PLC-OPT-110DC/ 24DC/3RW 2900380 359 PLC-OSP- 60DC/230AC/ 1 2967918 325 PLC-RSC- 12DC/21AU 2966919 323 PLC-RSP-110UC/21-21/RW 2987147 363
PLC-OPT-110DC/110DC/3RW 2900396 359 PLC-OSP- 60DC/300DC/ 1 2980843 352 PLC-RSC- 12DC/21HC 2967617 333 PLC-RSP-110UC/21-21AU/RW 2987150 363
PLC-OPT-110DC/300DC/1 2900385 352 PLC-OSP- 72DC/110DC/ 3RW 2982540 359 PLC-RSC- 24DC/ 1- 1/ACT 2967109 327 PLC-RSP-110UC/21/RW 2987053 362
PLC-OPT-120AC/300DC/1 2900388 352 PLC-OSP- 96DC/110DC/ 3RW 2982553 359 PLC-RSC- 24DC/ 1/ACT 2966210 326 PLC-RSP-110UC/21AU/RW 2987066 362
PLC-OPT-120UC/ 24DC/2 2900367 325 PLC-OSP-110DC/ 24DC/ 3RW 2980526 359 PLC-RSC- 24DC/ 1AU/SEN 2966317 330 PLC-RSP-110UC/21HC/RW 2987095 363
PLC-OPT-120UC/ 48DC/100 2900355 324 PLC-OSP-110DC/110DC/ 3RW 2982566 359 PLC-RSC- 24DC/ 1IC/ACT 2967604 332 PLC-RSP-120UC/ 1AU/SEN 2967390 330
PLC-OPT-120UC/ 48DC/100/SEN 2900359 331 PLC-OSP-110DC/300DC/ 1 2980856 352 PLC-RSC- 24DC/21 2966171 322 PLC-RSP-120UC/21 2966524 322
PLC-OPT-120UC/230AC/1 2900372 325 PLC-OSP-120AC/300DC/ 1 2980872 352 PLC-RSC- 24DC/21-21 2967060 323 PLC-RSP-120UC/21-21 2912549 323
PLC-OPT-220DC/300DC/1 2900387 352 PLC-OSP-120UC/ 24DC/ 2 2967484 325 PLC-RSC- 24DC/21-21AU 2967125 323 PLC-RSP-120UC/21-21AU 2912617 323
PLC-OPT-230AC/300DC/1 2900389 352 PLC-OSP-120UC/ 48DC/100 2967552 324 PLC-RSC- 24DC/21AU 2966265 323 PLC-RSP-120UC/21AU 2966582 323
PLC-OPT-230UC/ 24DC/2 2900368 325 PLC-OSP-120UC/ 48DC/100/SEN 2967581 331 PLC-RSC- 24DC/21HC 2967620 333 PLC-RSP-120UC/21HC 2912316 333
PLC-OPT-230UC/ 48DC/100 2900356 324 PLC-OSP-120UC/230AC/ 1 2967921 325 PLC-RSC- 24UC/ 1/S/H 2982236 350 PLC-RSP-230UC/ 1AU/SEN 2967413 330
PLC-OPT-230UC/ 48DC/100/SEN 2900361 331 PLC-OSP-220DC/300DC/ 1 2980869 352 PLC-RSC- 24UC/ 1/S/L 2834876 350 PLC-RSP-230UC/21 2966537 322
PLC-OPT-230UC/230AC/1 2900374 325 PLC-OSP-230AC/300DC/ 1 2980885 352 PLC-RSC- 24UC/21 2966184 322 PLC-RSP-230UC/21-21 2912552 323
PLC-OPT-LPE-24DC/48DC/100 2903173 366 PLC-OSP-230UC/ 24DC/ 2 2967497 325 PLC-RSC- 24UC/21-21 2967073 323 PLC-RSP-230UC/21-21AU 2912620 323
PLC-OSC- 5DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G 2902965 355 PLC-OSP-230UC/ 48DC/100 2967565 324 PLC-RSC- 24UC/21-21AU 2967112 323 PLC-RSP-230UC/21-21AU/RWF 2968001 361
PLC-OSC- 5DC/ 24DC/ 2/ACT 2980144 327 PLC-OSP-230UC/ 48DC/100/SEN 2967594 331 PLC-RSC- 24UC/21AU 2966278 323 PLC-RSP-230UC/21AU 2966647 323
PLC-OSC- 5DC/ 24DC/100KHZ-G 2902967 355 PLC-OSP-230UC/230AC/ 1 2967934 325 PLC-RSC- 24UC/21HC 2967633 333 PLC-RSP-230UC/21HC 2912329 333
PLC-OSC- 5DC/24DC/100KHZ 2902963 354 PLC-PT-EIK 1-SVN 24P/P 2900397 364 PLC-RSC- 48DC/21 2966113 322 PLC-SC-EIK 1-SVN 24P/P 2982663 364
PLC-OSC- 5DC/300DC/ 1 2980652 352 PLC-RPT- 12DC/21 2900316 322 PLC-RSC- 48DC/21-21 2967248 323 PLC-SC-ELR W1/ 2-24DC 2980539 365
PLC-OSC- 12DC/300DC/ 1 2980665 352 PLC-RPT- 12DC/21-21 2900329 323 PLC-RSC- 48DC/21-21AU 2967280 323 PLC-SC-S/H 2980733 351
PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G 2902966 355 PLC-RPT- 12DC/21-21AU 2900337 323 PLC-RSC- 48DC/21AU 2966126 323 PLC-SC-S/L 2980775 351
PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/ 2 2966634 325 PLC-RPT- 12DC/21AU 2900317 323 PLC-RSC- 48DC/21HC 2967646 333 PLC-SP-EIK 1-SVN 24P/P 2982676 364
PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/ 2/ACT 2966676 327 PLC-RPT- 12DC/21HC 2900290 333 PLC-RSC- 60DC/21 2966139 322 PLC-SP-ELR W1/ 2-24DC 2980555 365
PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/ 5/ACT 2982786 328 PLC-RPT- 24DC/ 1/ACT 2900312 326 PLC-RSC- 60DC/21-21 2967293 323 PLC-SP-S/H 2980746 351
PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/ 10/R 2982702 353 PLC-RPT- 24DC/ 1AU/SEN 2900313 330 PLC-RSC- 60DC/21-21AU 2967303 323 PLC-SP-S/L 2980788 351
PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/100KHZ-G 2902968 355 PLC-RPT- 24DC/ 1IC/ACT 2900298 332 PLC-RSC- 60DC/21AU 2966142 323 PLC-V8/D15B/IN 2296087 369
PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 48DC/100 2966728 324 PLC-RPT- 24DC/21 2900299 322 PLC-RSC- 60DC/21HC 2967659 333 PLC-V8/D15B/OUT 2296061 369
PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 48DC/100/SEN 2966773 331 PLC-RPT- 24DC/21-21 2900330 323 PLC-RSC-120UC/ 1AU/SEN 2966320 330 PLC-V8/D15S/IN 2296074 369
PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 48DC/500/W 2980636 353 PLC-RPT- 24DC/21-21AU 2900338 323 PLC-RSC-120UC/21 2966197 322 PLC-V8/D15S/OUT 2296058 369
PLC-OSC- 24DC/230AC/ 1 2967840 325 PLC-RPT- 24DC/21AU 2900306 323 PLC-RSC-120UC/21-21 2967086 323 PLC-V8/FLK14/IN 2296553 369
PLC-OSC- 24DC/230AC/ 1/ACT 2967947 327 PLC-RPT- 24DC/21HC 2900291 333 PLC-RSC-120UC/21-21AU 2967138 323 PLC-V8/FLK14/IN/M 2304115 369
PLC-OSC- 24DC/230AC/ 2/ACT 2982760 328 PLC-RPT- 24UC/ 1/S/H 2900328 350 PLC-RSC-120UC/21AU 2966281 323 PLC-V8/FLK14/OUT 2295554 369
PLC-OSC- 24DC/24DC/100KHZ 2902964 354 PLC-RPT- 24UC/ 1/S/L 2900327 350 PLC-RSC-120UC/21HC 2967662 333 PLC-V8/FLK14/OUT/M 2304102 369
PLC-OSC- 24DC/300DC/ 1 2980678 352 PLC-RPT- 24UC/21 2900300 322 PLC-RSC-230UC/ 1AU/SEN 2966333 330 PLC-V8L/FLK14/OUT 2299660 369
PLC-OSC- 24DC/TTL 2982728 358 PLC-RPT- 24UC/21-21 2900332 323 PLC-RSC-230UC/21 2966207 322 PLC-V8L/FLK14/OUT/M 2304306 369
PLC-OSC- 48DC/ 24DC/ 2 2967002 325 PLC-RPT- 24UC/21-21/RW 2900346 363 PLC-RSC-230UC/21-21 2967099 323 PLC-VT 2296870 486
PLC-OSC- 48DC/ 48DC/100 2966993 324 PLC-RPT- 24UC/21-21AU 2900339 323 PLC-RSC-230UC/21-21AU 2967141 323 PLC-VT/ACT 2295567 487
PLC-OSC- 48DC/230AC/ 1 2967853 325 PLC-RPT- 24UC/21-21AU/RW 2900349 363 PLC-RSC-230UC/21AU 2966294 323 PLC-VT/ACT/LA 2296867 487
PLC-OSC- 60DC/ 24DC/ 2 2967468 325 PLC-RPT- 24UC/21/RW 2900318 362 PLC-RSC-230UC/21HC 2967675 333 PLC-VT/LA 2296854 486
PLC-OSC- 60DC/ 48DC/100 2967455 324 PLC-RPT- 24UC/21AU 2900307 323 PLC-RSP- 12DC/21 2967439 322 PR1-BSC2/2X21 2833518 372
PLC-OSC- 60DC/230AC/ 1 2967866 325 PLC-RPT- 24UC/21AU/RW 2900321 362 PLC-RSP- 12DC/21-21 2912497 323 PR1-BSC3/2X21 2833521 373
PLC-OSC- 60DC/300DC/ 1 2980681 352 PLC-RPT- 24UC/21HC 2900293 333 PLC-RSP- 12DC/21-21AU 2912565 323 PR1-BSP3/2X21 2833534 373
PLC-OSC-110DC/300DC/ 1 2980694 352 PLC-RPT- 24UC/21HC/RW 2900324 363 PLC-RSP- 12DC/21AU 2967442 323 PR1-RSC3-LDP-24DC/21 2834326 390
PLC-OSC-120AC/300DC/ 1 2980717 352 PLC-RPT- 48DC/21 2900301 322 PLC-RSP- 12DC/21HC 2912264 333 PR1-RSC3-LDP-24DC/21AU 2834368 390
PLC-OSC-120UC/ 24DC/ 2 2966650 325 PLC-RPT- 48DC/21-21 2900333 323 PLC-RSP- 24DC/ 1/ACT 2967345 326 PR1-RSC3-LDP-24DC/2X21 2834481 391
PLC-OSC-120UC/ 48DC/100 2966744 324 PLC-RPT- 48DC/21-21AU 2900340 323 PLC-RSP- 24DC/ 1AU/SEN 2967374 330 PR1-RSC3-LDP-24DC/2X21AU 2834520 391
PLC-OSC-120UC/ 48DC/100/SEN 2966799 331 PLC-RPT- 48DC/21AU 2900308 323 PLC-RSP- 24DC/ 1IC/ACT 2912413 332 PR1-RSC3-LV- 24AC/21 2834339 390
PLC-OSC-120UC/230AC/ 1 2967879 325 PLC-RPT- 48DC/21HC 2900294 333 PLC-RSP- 24DC/21 2966472 322 PR1-RSC3-LV- 24AC/21AU 2834371 390
PLC-OSC-125DC/ 24DC/ 2 2980050 325 PLC-RPT- 60DC/21 2900303 322 PLC-RSP- 24DC/21-21 2912507 323 PR1-RSC3-LV- 24AC/2X21 2834494 391
PLC-OSC-125DC/ 48DC/100 2980047 324 PLC-RPT- 60DC/21-21 2900334 323 PLC-RSP- 24DC/21-21AU 2912578 323 PR1-RSC3-LV- 24AC/2X21AU 2834533 391
PLC-OSC-125DC/230AC/ 1 2980063 325 PLC-RPT- 60DC/21-21AU 2900341 323 PLC-RSP- 24DC/21AU 2966540 323 PR1-RSC3-LV-120AC/21 2834342 390
PLC-OSC-220DC/300DC/ 1 2980704 352 PLC-RPT- 60DC/21AU 2900309 323 PLC-RSP- 24DC/21HC 2912277 333 PR1-RSC3-LV-120AC/21AU 2834384 390
PLC-OSC-230AC/300DC/ 1 2980720 352 PLC-RPT- 60DC/21HC 2900295 333 PLC-RSP- 24UC/ 1/S/H 2982249 350 PR1-RSC3-LV-120AC/2X21 2834504 391
PLC-OSC-230UC/ 24DC/ 2 2966663 325 PLC-RPT- 72UC/21-21/RW 2900347 363 PLC-RSP- 24UC/ 1/S/L 2834889 350 PR1-RSC3-LV-120AC/2X21AU 2834546 391
PLC-OSC-230UC/ 48DC/100 2966757 324 PLC-RPT- 72UC/21-21AU/RW 2900350 363 PLC-RSP- 24UC/21 2966485 322 PR1-RSC3-LV-230AC/21 2834355 390
PLC-OSC-230UC/ 48DC/100/SEN 2966809 331 PLC-RPT- 72UC/21/RW 2900319 362 PLC-RSP- 24UC/21-21 2912510 323 PR1-RSC3-LV-230AC/21AU 2834397 390
PLC-OSC-230UC/230AC/ 1 2967882 325 PLC-RPT- 72UC/21AU/RW 2900322 362 PLC-RSP- 24UC/21-21/RW 2987105 363 PR1-RSC3-LV-230AC/2X21 2834517 391
PLC-OSC-LPE-24DC/48DC/100 2903171 366 PLC-RPT- 72UC/21HC/RW 2900325 363 PLC-RSP- 24UC/21-21AU 2912581 323 PR1-RSC3-LV-230AC/2X21AU 2834559 391
PLC-OSP- 5DC/ 24DC/ 2/ACT 2980157 327 PLC-RPT-110UC/21-21/RW 2900348 363 PLC-RSP- 24UC/21-21AU/RW 2987118 363 PR1-RSP3-LDP-24DC/21 2834407 392
PLC-OSP- 5DC/300DC/ 1 2980814 352 PLC-RPT-110UC/21-21AU/RW 2900351 363 PLC-RSP- 24UC/21/RW 2987011 362 PR1-RSP3-LDP-24DC/21AU 2834449 392
PLC-OSP- 12DC/300DC/ 1 2980827 352 PLC-RPT-110UC/21/RW 2900320 362 PLC-RSP- 24UC/21AU 2966553 323 PR1-RSP3-LDP-24DC/2X21 2834562 393
PLC-OSP- 24DC/ 24DC/ 2 2967471 325 PLC-RPT-110UC/21AU/RW 2900323 362 PLC-RSP- 24UC/21AU/RW 2987024 362 PR1-RSP3-LDP-24DC/2X21AU 2834601 393
PLC-OSP- 24DC/ 24DC/ 2/ACT 2967507 327 PLC-RPT-110UC/21HC/RW 2900326 363 PLC-RSP- 24UC/21HC 2912280 333 PR1-RSP3-LV- 24AC/21 2834410 392
PLC-OSP- 24DC/ 24DC/ 3RW 2980513 359 PLC-RPT-120UC/ 1AU/SEN 2900314 330 PLC-RSP- 24UC/21HC/RW 2987079 363 PR1-RSP3-LV- 24AC/21AU 2834452 392
PLC-OSP- 24DC/ 24DC/ 10/R 2982715 353 PLC-RPT-120UC/21 2900304 322 PLC-RSP- 48DC/21 2966498 322 PR1-RSP3-LV- 24AC/2X21 2834575 393
PLC-OSP- 24DC/ 48DC/100 2967549 324 PLC-RPT-120UC/21-21 2900335 323 PLC-RSP- 48DC/21-21 2912523 323 PR1-RSP3-LV- 24AC/2X21AU 2834614 393
PLC-OSP- 24DC/ 48DC/100/SEN 2967578 331 PLC-RPT-120UC/21-21AU 2900342 323 PLC-RSP- 48DC/21-21AU 2912594 323 PR1-RSP3-LV-120AC/21 2834423 392
PLC-OSP- 24DC/ 48DC/500/W 2980649 353 PLC-RPT-120UC/21AU 2900310 323 PLC-RSP- 48DC/21AU 2966566 323 PR1-RSP3-LV-120AC/21AU 2834465 392
PLC-OSP- 24DC/110DC/ 3RW 2982511 359 PLC-RPT-120UC/21HC 2900296 333 PLC-RSP- 48DC/21HC 2912293 333 PR1-RSP3-LV-120AC/2X21 2834588 393
PLC-OSP- 24DC/230AC/ 1 2967895 325 PLC-RPT-230UC/ 1AU/SEN 2900315 330 PLC-RSP- 60DC/21 2966511 322 PR1-RSP3-LV-120AC/2X21AU 2834627 393
PLC-OSP- 24DC/300DC/ 1 2980830 352 PLC-RPT-230UC/21 2900305 322 PLC-RSP- 60DC/21-21 2912536 323 PR1-RSP3-LV-230AC/21 2834436 392
PLC-OSP- 24DC/TTL 2982731 358 PLC-RPT-230UC/21-21 2900336 323 PLC-RSP- 60DC/21-21AU 2912604 323 PR1-RSP3-LV-230AC/21AU 2834478 392
PLC-OSP- 36DC/110DC/ 3RW 2982524 359 PLC-RPT-230UC/21-21AU 2900343 323 PLC-RSP- 60DC/21AU 2966579 323 PR1-RSP3-LV-230AC/2X21 2834591 393
PLC-OSP- 48DC/ 24DC/ 2 2967727 325 PLC-RPT-230UC/21-21AU/RWF 2900345 361 PLC-RSP- 60DC/21HC 2912303 333 PR1-RSP3-LV-230AC/2X21AU 2834630 393
PLC-OSP- 48DC/ 48DC/100 2967743 324 PLC-RPT-230UC/21AU 2900311 323 PLC-RSP- 72UC/21-21/RW 2987121 363 PR2-BSC2/4X21 2833563 378
PLC-OSP- 48DC/110DC/ 3RW 2982537 359 PLC-RPT-230UC/21HC 2900297 333 PLC-RSP- 72UC/21-21AU/RW 2987134 363 PR2-BSC3/4X21 2833576 379
PLC-OSP- 48DC/230AC/ 1 2967905 325 PLC-RSC- 12DC/21 2966906 322 PLC-RSP- 72UC/21/RW 2987037 362 PR2-BSP3/4X21 2833589 379
PLC-OSP- 60DC/ 24DC/ 2 2967730 325 PLC-RSC- 12DC/21-21 2967235 323 PLC-RSP- 72UC/21AU/RW 2987040 362 PR2-RSC3-LDP-24DC/2X21 2834643 394
PLC-OSP- 60DC/ 48DC/100 2967756 324 PLC-RSC- 12DC/21-21AU 2967277 323 PLC-RSP- 72UC/21HC/RW 2987082 363 PR2-RSC3-LDP-24DC/4X21AU 2834724 394
PHOENIX CONTACT 577

Index
Alphabetical
PR2-RSC3-LV- 24AC/2X21 2834656 394 REL-IR2/LDP- 60DC/2X21 2903662 292 REL-OR/L- 24AC/1 2901911 386 RIF-4-RPT-LV-120AC/2X21 2903280 314
PR2-RSC3-LV- 24AC/4X21AU 2834737 394 REL-IR2/LDP-110DC/2X21 2903663 292 REL-OR/L- 24AC/1/MB 2901905 386 RIF-4-RPT-LV-120AC/3X1 2903274 316
PR2-RSC3-LV-120AC/2X21 2834669 394 REL-IR4/L- 24AC/4X21 2903686 292 REL-OR/L-120AC/1 2901912 386 RIF-4-RPT-LV-120AC/3X21 2903277 315
PR2-RSC3-LV-120AC/4X21AU 2834740 394 REL-IR4/L- 24AC/4X21AU 2903683 292 REL-OR/L-120AC/1/MB 2901906 386 RIF-4-RPT-LV-230AC/2X21 2903279 314
PR2-RSC3-LV-230AC/2X21 2834672 394 REL-IR4/L-120AC/4X21 2903687 292 REL-OR/L-230AC/1 2901913 386 RIF-4-RPT-LV-230AC/3X1 2903273 316
PR2-RSC3-LV-230AC/4X21AU 2834753 394 REL-IR4/L-120AC/4X21AU 2903684 292 REL-OR/L-230AC/1/MB 2901907 386 RIF-4-RPT-LV-230AC/3X21 2903276 315
PR2-RSP3-LDP-24DC/2X21 2834685 395 REL-IR4/L-230AC/4X21 2903688 292 REL-OR/LDP- 24DC/1 2901908 386 RIF-LDP-110 DC 2900941 304
PR2-RSP3-LDP-24DC/4X21AU 2834766 395 REL-IR4/L-230AC/4X21AU 2903685 292 REL-OR/LDP- 24DC/1/MB 2901901 386 RIF-LDP-12-24 DC 2900939 304
PR2-RSP3-LV- 24AC/2X21 2834698 395 REL-IR4/LDP- 12DC/4X21 2903676 292 REL-OR/LDP-110DC/1 2901909 386 RIF-LDP-48-60 DC 2900940 304
PR2-RSP3-LV- 24AC/4X21AU 2834779 395 REL-IR4/LDP- 12DC/4X21AU 2903669 292 REL-OR/LDP-110DC/1/MB 2901902 386 RIF-LV-12-24 UC 2900942 304
PR2-RSP3-LV-120AC/2X21 2834708 395 REL-IR4/LDP- 24DC/4X21 2903677 292 REL-OR/LDP-220DC/1 2901910 386 RIF-LV-120-230 AC/110 DC 2900944 304
PR2-RSP3-LV-120AC/4X21AU 2834782 395 REL-IR4/LDP- 24DC/4X21AU 2903670 292 REL-OR/LDP-220DC/1/MB 2901904 386 RIF-LV-48-60 UC 2900943 304
PR2-RSP3-LV-230AC/2X21 2834711 395 REL-IR4/LDP- 48DC/4X21 2903678 292 REL-OR2/L- 24AC/2X21 2903690 296 RIF-RC-12-24 UC 2900949 304
PR2-RSP3-LV-230AC/4X21AU 2834795 395 REL-IR4/LDP- 48DC/4X21AU 2903671 292 REL-OR2/L-120AC/2X21 2903691 296 RIF-RC-120-230 UC 2900951 304
PR3-BSC1/2X21 2833602 382 REL-IR4/LDP- 60DC/4X21 2903679 292 REL-OR2/L-230AC/2X21 2903692 296 RIF-RC-48-60 UC 2900950 304
PR3-BSC1/3X21 2833615 383 REL-IR4/LDP- 60DC/4X21AU 2903672 292 REL-OR2/LDP- 24DC/2X21 2903689 296 RIF-RH-1 2900953 283
PSK AFS2000IOL 2700709 209 REL-IR4/LDP-110DC/4X21 2903680 292 REL-OR3/L- 24AC/3X21 2903694 296 RIF-RH-2 2900954 291
PSK AFS5000IOL 2700705 209 REL-IR4/LDP-110DC/4X21AU 2903673 292 REL-OR3/L-120AC/3X21 2903695 296 RIF-RH-3 2900955 295
PSK AFS6000IOL 2700707 208 REL-MR 4,5DC/21AU 2961370 338 REL-OR3/L-230AC/3X21 2903696 296 RIF-RH-4 2900956 299
PSK AFS6050IOL 2700704 208 REL-MR- 4,5DC/21 2961367 338 REL-OR3/LDP-24DC/3X21 2903693 296 RIF-T3-24UC 2902647 305
PSK AFS8000IOL 2700708 209 REL-MR- 12DC/21 2961150 278 REL-PR2- 24AC/2X21 2903699 300 RIF-V-12-24 UC 2900945 304
PSK DL BASIC 2700726 206 REL-MR- 12DC/21-21 2961257 284 REL-PR2- 24DC/2X21 2903698 300 RIF-V-120-230 UC 2900948 304
PSK DL FLEX 2700727 207 REL-MR- 12DC/21-21AU 2961299 284 REL-PR2-120AC/2X21 2903700 300 RIF-V-48-60 UC 2900947 304
PSM-KAD 9 SUB 25/BS 2761295 149 REL-MR- 12DC/21AU 2961163 278 REL-PR2-230AC/2X21 2903701 300
PSM-ME-RS232/RS485-P 2744416 186 REL-MR- 12DC/21HC 2961309 284 REL-PR3- 24AC/3X1 2903707 302
PSM-ME-RS485/RS485-P 2744429 186 REL-MR- 12DC/21HC AU 2961532 284 REL-PR3- 24AC/3X21 2903703 300
REL-MR- 18DC/21 2961383 338 REL-PR3- 24DC/3X1 2903706 302
REL-MR- 18DC/21AU 2961493 338 REL-PR3- 24DC/3X21 2903702 300 S
REL-MR- 24AC/21-21 2961435 284 REL-PR3-120AC/3X1 2903708 302 SCK-C-MODBUS 2901674 240
REL-MR- 24AC/21-21/MS 2987956 286 REL-PR3-120AC/3X21 2903704 300 SCK-M-I-4S-20A 2903242 241
REL-MR- 24AC/21-21AU 2961464 284 REL-PR3-230AC/3X1 2903709 302 SCK-M-I-8S-20A 2903241 241
R REL-MR- 24AC/21HC 2961406 284 REL-PR3-230AC/3X21 2903705 300 SCK-M-U-1500V 2903591 241
RC- 12- 24UC 2833741 388 REL-MR- 24AC/21HC AU 2961503 284 RIF-0-BPT/1 2901873 277 SIM-AMS 1 2271015 560
RC- 48- 60UC 2833754 388 REL-MR- 24AC/21HC/MS 2987891 286 RIF-0-BPT/21 2900958 276 SIM-AMS 1-R 2271031 561
RC-120-230UC 2833767 388 REL-MR- 24DC/1IC 2961341 339 RIF-0-RPT-12DC/ 1 2903362 307 SIM-AMS 2 2271028 560
RC3- 12- 24UC 2833893 388 REL-MR- 24DC/21 2961105 278 RIF-0-RPT-12DC/ 1AU 2903360 307 SIM-AMS 2-R 2271044 561
RC3- 48- 60UC 2833903 388 REL-MR- 24DC/21-21 2961192 284 RIF-0-RPT-12DC/21 2903371 306 SIM-AMSC1 2271390 561
RC3-120-230UC 2833916 388 REL-MR- 24DC/21-21/MS 2987943 286 RIF-0-RPT-12DC/21AU 2903369 306 SIM-EI- 5DC/48DC/100 2271057 556
RCM-A-SCT- 20 2806045 245 REL-MR- 24DC/21-21AU 2961215 284 RIF-0-RPT-24DC/ 1 2903361 307 SIM-EI- 5DC/TTL/100 2271138 557
RCM-A-SCT- 30 2806058 245 REL-MR- 24DC/21-21AU/MS 2987985 286 RIF-0-RPT-24DC/ 1AU 2903359 307 SIM-EI- 12DC/48DC/100 2271060 556
RCM-A-SCT- 35 2806061 245 REL-MR- 24DC/21AU 2961121 278 RIF-0-RPT-24DC/21 2903370 306 SIM-EI- 12DC/TTL/100 2271141 557
RCM-A-SCT- 70 2806074 245 REL-MR- 24DC/21HC 2961312 284 RIF-0-RPT-24DC/21AU 2903368 306 SIM-EI- 24DC/48DC/100 2271073 556
RCM-A-SCT-105 2806087 245 REL-MR- 24DC/21HC AU 2961545 284 RIF-1-BPT/2X21 2900931 282 SIM-EI- 24DC/TTL/100 2271154 557
RCM-A-SCT-140 2806090 245 REL-MR- 24DC/21HC AU/MS 2987927 286 RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/1X21 2903342 308 SIM-EI- 60DC/48DC/100 2271086 556
RCM-A-SCT-210 2806100 245 REL-MR- 24DC/21HC/MS 2987888 286 RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/1X21AU 2903338 308 SIM-EI- 60DC/TTL/100 2271167 557
RCM-A/50/85-264V 2806016 245 REL-MR- 48DC/21-21 2834834 284 RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/2X21 2903334 309 SIM-EI-110DC/48DC/100 2271099 556
RCM-B-SCT- 35 2806223 244 REL-MR- 48DC/21-21AU 2834847 284 RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/2X21AU 2903330 309 SIM-EI-110DC/TTL/100 2271170 557
RCM-B-SCT- 70 2806236 244 REL-MR- 48DC/21HC 2834821 284 RIF-1-RPT-LV-120AC/1X21 2903340 308 SIM-EI-120AC/48DC/100 2271112 556
RCM-B-SCT-105 2806249 244 REL-MR- 60DC/21 2961118 338 RIF-1-RPT-LV-120AC/1X21AU 2903336 308 SIM-EI-120AC/48DC/100/RC 2271439 557
RCM-B/50/85-264V 2806210 244 REL-MR- 60DC/21-21 2961273 284 RIF-1-RPT-LV-120AC/2X21 2903332 309 SIM-EI-120AC/TTL/100 2271196 557
REL-IR/L- 24AC/2X21 2834054 380 REL-MR- 60DC/21-21AU 2961286 284 RIF-1-RPT-LV-120AC/2X21AU 2903328 309 SIM-EI-220DC/48DC/100 2271109 556
REL-IR/L- 24AC/4X21AU 2834122 380 REL-MR- 60DC/21AU 2961134 338 RIF-1-RPT-LV-230AC/1X21 2903339 308 SIM-EI-220DC/TTL/100 2271183 557
REL-IR/L-120AC/2X21 2834067 380 REL-MR- 60DC/21HC 2961325 284 RIF-1-RPT-LV-230AC/1X21AU 2903335 308 SIM-EI-230AC/48DC/100 2271125 556
REL-IR/L-120AC/4X21AU 2834135 380 REL-MR-110DC/21-21 2961202 284 RIF-1-RPT-LV-230AC/2X21 2903331 309 SIM-EI-230AC/48DC/100/RC 2271426 557
REL-IR/L-230AC/2X21 2834070 380 REL-MR-110DC/21-21AU 2961228 284 RIF-1-RPT-LV-230AC/2X21AU 2903327 309 SIM-EI-230AC/TTL/100 2271206 557
REL-IR/L-230AC/4X21AU 2834148 380 REL-MR-110DC/21HC 2961338 284 RIF-1-RPT-LV-24AC/1X21 2903341 308 SIM-EI-OV- 24DC/ 24DC/3 2300096 557
REL-IR/LDM- 12DC/2X21 2834151 380 REL-MR-110DC/21HC AU 2961561 284 RIF-1-RPT-LV-24AC/1X21AU 2903337 308 SIM-ERSN 2271484 556
REL-IR/LDM- 12DC/4X21AU 2834193 380 REL-MR-120AC/21-21 2961448 284 RIF-1-RPT-LV-24AC/2X21 2903333 309 SIM-ERSN-HB-KSR 2271468 556
REL-IR/LDM- 24DC/2X21 2834164 380 REL-MR-120AC/21-21/MS 2987969 286 RIF-1-RPT-LV-24AC/2X21AU 2903329 309 SIM-ERSN-HB-KSR/MET 2271497 556
REL-IR/LDM- 24DC/4X21AU 2834203 380 REL-MR-120AC/21-21AU 2961477 284 RIF-2-BPT/4X21 2900934 290 SIM-ERSN-HB-MR 2271471 556
REL-IR/LDM- 48DC/2X21 2834177 380 REL-MR-120AC/21HC 2961419 284 RIF-2-RPT-LDP-24DC/2X21 2903315 310 SIM-ERSN-HB-MR/MET 2271510 556
REL-IR/LDM- 48DC/4X21AU 2834216 380 REL-MR-120AC/21HC AU 2961516 284 RIF-2-RPT-LDP-24DC/4X21 2903308 311 SSA 3-6 2839295 191
REL-IR/LDM-110DC/2X21 2834180 380 REL-MR-120AC/21HC/MS 2987901 286 RIF-2-RPT-LV-120AC/2X21 2903311 310 SSA 5-10 2839512 191
REL-IR/LDM-110DC/4X21AU 2834229 380 REL-MR-230AC/21-21 2961451 284 RIF-2-RPT-LV-120AC/4X21 2903305 311 ST-OV3- 24DC/400AC/3 2905417 408
REL-IR/LDP- 12DC/2X21 2834012 380 REL-MR-230AC/21-21/MS 2987972 286 RIF-2-RPT-LV-230AC/2X21 2903310 310 ST-OV4- 24DC/ 24DC/1-PRO 2905572 409
REL-IR/LDP- 12DC/4X21AU 2834083 380 REL-MR-230AC/21-21AU 2961480 284 RIF-2-RPT-LV-230AC/4X21 2903304 311 ST-OV4- 24DC/ 24DC/4-PRO 2905585 409
REL-IR/LDP- 24DC/2X21 2834025 380 REL-MR-230AC/21-21AU/MS 2987998 286 RIF-2-RPT-LV-24AC/2X21 2903313 310 ST-REL3-KG 24/ 1/SO38 2829564 406
REL-IR/LDP- 24DC/4X21AU 2834096 380 REL-MR-230AC/21HC 2961422 284 RIF-2-RPT-LV-24AC/4X21 2903306 311 ST-REL3-KG 24/21/AU/SO46 2826981 404
REL-IR/LDP-110DC/2X21 2834041 380 REL-MR-230AC/21HC AU 2961529 284 RIF-3-BPT/2X21 2900937 294 ST-REL3-KG 24/21/SO46 2826091 404
REL-IR/LDP-110DC/4X21AU 2834119 380 REL-MR-230AC/21HC AU/MS 2987930 286 RIF-3-BPT/3X21 2900938 295 ST-REL3-KG120/21/AU/SO46 2829797 404
REL-IR/LDP-125DC/2X21 2834960 380 REL-MR-230AC/21HC/MS 2987914 286 RIF-3-RPT-LDP-24DC/2X21 2903297 312 ST-REL3-KG120/21/SO46 2833026 404
REL-IR/LDP-125DC/4X21AU 2834313 380 REL-MR-G 24/1 2961037 554 RIF-3-RPT-LDP-24DC/3X21 2903294 313 ST-REL3-KG230/21/AU/SO46 2826266 404
REL-IR/LDP-220DC/2X21 2834957 380 REL-OR- 24AC/2X21 2834245 384 RIF-3-RPT-LV-120AC/2X21 2903296 312 ST-REL3-KG230/21/SO46 2832027 404
REL-IR/LDP-220DC/4X21AU 2834973 380 REL-OR- 24AC/3X21 2834287 384 RIF-3-RPT-LV-120AC/3X21 2903293 313 STP 5-2 0800967 318
REL-IR2/L- 24AC/2X21 2903666 292 REL-OR- 24DC/2X21 2834232 384 RIF-3-RPT-LV-230AC/2X21 2903295 312 SWD4-100LF-8-24 PXC 2903111 34
REL-IR2/L-120AC/2X21 2903667 292 REL-OR- 24DC/3X21 2834274 384 RIF-3-RPT-LV-230AC/3X21 2903292 313 SWD4-3LF8-24-2S PXC 2903112 34
REL-IR2/L-230AC/2X21 2903668 292 REL-OR-120AC/2X21 2834258 384 RIF-4-BPT/3X21 2900961 298 SWD4-8MF2 PXC 2903108 34
REL-IR2/LDP- 12DC/2X21 2903659 292 REL-OR-120AC/3X21 2834290 384 RIF-4-RPT-LDP-24DC/2X21 2903281 314 SWD4-8SF2-5 PXC 2903107 34
REL-IR2/LDP- 24DC/2X21 2903660 292 REL-OR-230AC/2X21 2834261 384 RIF-4-RPT-LDP-24DC/3X1 2903275 316 SWD4-8SFF2-5 PXC 2903109 34
REL-IR2/LDP- 48DC/2X21 2903661 292 REL-OR-230AC/3X21 2834300 384 RIF-4-RPT-LDP-24DC/3X21 2903278 315 SWD4-CRP-1 PXC 2903110 34
578 PHOENIX CONTACT

Index
Alphabetical
SWD4-CRP-2 PXC 2903114 34 UMK- 8 RM/KSR-G 24/21/PLC 2979485 494 VIP-2/PT/FLK14/LED/PLC 2904279 470 VIP-3/PT/HD26SUB/M 2904269 539
SWD4-RC8-10 PXC 2903106 34 UMK- 8 RM/MR-G24/ 1/PLC 2979469 492 VIP-2/PT/FLK14/PLC 2903801 470 VIP-3/PT/HD44SUB/F 2904274 539
SZF 1-0,6X3,5 1204517 368 UMK- 8 RM110DC/MKDS 2972945 551 VIP-2/PT/FLK16 2903789 526 VIP-3/PT/HD44SUB/M 2904270 539
UMK- 8 RM230AC/MKDS 2972961 551 VIP-2/PT/FLK16/LED 2904250 527 VIP-3/PT/HD62SUB/F 2904275 539
UMK- 8 RM24DC/MKDS 2972916 551 VIP-2/PT/FLK20 2903790 526 VIP-3/PT/HD62SUB/M 2904271 539
UMK- D32M-VS 2970060 541 VIP-2/PT/FLK20/LED 2904251 527 VIP-3/PT/PDM-2/16 2903797 549
UMK- EC38/38-XOL 2976284 542 VIP-2/PT/FLK50 (1-40) /S7 2903804 472 VIP-3/PT/PDM-2/24 2903798 549
T UMK- EC38/38-XOR 2976297 542 VIP-2/PT/FLK50/16/SLC500 2904287 429 VIP-3/PT/PDM-2/32 2903799 549
TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-EX-P-UNI 2924854 129 UMK- EC56/25/EX -FRONT 2,5V/L 2900115 545 VIP-2/PT/FLK50/AB-1756 2904286 473 VIP-3/PT/PDM-2/48 2903800 549
TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-M-P-UNI 2902933 97 UMK- EC56/25/EX -FRONT 2,5V/R 2900114 545 VIP-2/PT/FLK50/LED/PLC 2904280 471 VIP-3/PT/RJ45 2904290 546
TC-D37SUB-AIO16-EX-PS-UNI 2902932 129 UMK- EC56/25/EX -L 2900113 545 VIP-2/PT/FLK50/MODI-TSX/Q 2904285 473 VIP-3/SC/D25SUB/F 2315188 533
TC-D37SUB-AIO16-M-PS-UNI 2902934 97 UMK- EC56/25/EX -R 2900112 545 VIP-2/PT/FLK50/PLC 2903803 471 VIP-3/SC/D25SUB/F/LED 2322210 533
THERMAL FUSE TF104 2900796 38 UMK- EC56/32-XOL 2975764 543 VIP-2/PT/FLK50/S7/A-S400 2904289 472 VIP-3/SC/D25SUB/M 2315133 533
UMK- EC56/32-XOR 2975858 543 VIP-2/PT/HD15SUB/F 2904272 539 VIP-3/SC/D25SUB/M/LED 2322168 533
UMK- EC56/32-XUL 2975780 543 VIP-2/PT/HD15SUB/M 2904268 539 VIP-3/SC/D37SUB/F 2315191 533
UMK- EC56/32-XUR 2975777 543 VIP-2/SC/2FLK14 (1-20) /S7 2315230 474 VIP-3/SC/D37SUB/F/LED 2322223 533
UMK- EC56/56-XOL 2975890 543 VIP-2/SC/2FLK14/AB-1756 2322333 475 VIP-3/SC/D37SUB/M 2315146 533
UMK- EC56/56-XOR 2975900 543 VIP-2/SC/D 9SUB/F 2315162 532 VIP-3/SC/D37SUB/M/HW/C300 2900675 439
UMK- EC56/FRONT 2,5V/L 2976158 543 VIP-2/SC/D 9SUB/F/LED 2322197 533 VIP-3/SC/D37SUB/M/LED 2322171 533
U UMK- EC56/FRONT 2,5V/R 2976161 543 VIP-2/SC/D 9SUB/M 2315117 532 VIP-3/SC/D50SUB/F 2315201 533
UC-EMLP (11X9) 0819291 127 UMK- EC90/32/EX-XOL 2900110 544 VIP-2/SC/D 9SUB/M/LED 2322142 533 VIP-3/SC/D50SUB/F/LED 2322236 533
UC-EMLP (11X9) CUS 0824547 127 UMK- EC90/32/EX-XOR 2900109 544 VIP-2/SC/D15SUB/F 2315175 532 VIP-3/SC/D50SUB/M 2315159 533
UDK-RELG 4 2777056 409 UMK- EC90/32/EX-XUL 2969071 544 VIP-2/SC/D15SUB/F/LED 2322207 533 VIP-3/SC/D50SUB/M/LED 2322184 533
UKK 5-2R/NAMUR 2941662 183 UMK- EC90/32/EX-XUR 2969068 544 VIP-2/SC/D15SUB/M 2315120 532 VIP-3/SC/FLK14/8IM/LED/PLC 2322265 479
UM 25-10 MSTB/FRONT/Q 2959803 547 UMK- PVB 2971302 549 VIP-2/SC/D15SUB/M/LED 2322155 533 VIP-3/SC/FLK14/8IM/PLC 2322278 479
UM 25-18 MSTB/FRONT/Q 2959502 547 UMK- PVB 6 2972136 549 VIP-2/SC/D37SUB/M 2900676 439 VIP-3/SC/FLK26 2315052 525
UM 25-D 9SUB/B/FRONT/Q 2959560 536 UMK-16 OM-R/MF/MKDS 2972770 553 VIP-2/SC/D37SUB/M/SO 2900786 439 VIP-3/SC/FLK26/LED 2322087 525
UM 25-D 9SUB/S/FRONT/Q 2959573 536 UMK-16 OM-R/MF/MKDS/P 2972796 553 VIP-2/SC/FLK10 2315010 524 VIP-3/SC/FLK34 2315065 525
UM 25-D15SUB/B/FRONT/Q 2959586 536 UMK-16 OM/MF/MKDS 2972754 553 VIP-2/SC/FLK10/LED 2322045 525 VIP-3/SC/FLK34/LED 2322090 525
UM 25-D15SUB/S/FRONT/Q 2959599 536 UMK-16 RELS/KSR-G24/21/E/PLC 2974891 495 VIP-2/SC/FLK14 2315023 524 VIP-3/SC/FLK40 2315078 525
UM 25-D25SUB/B/FRONT/Q 2959609 536 UMK-16 RELS/KSR-G24/21/PLC 2974901 495 VIP-2/SC/FLK14/8M/PLC 2322281 476 VIP-3/SC/FLK40/LED 2322100 525
UM 25-D25SUB/S/FRONT/Q 2959612 536 UMK-16 RM 5DC/MKDS 2972974 551 VIP-2/SC/FLK14/8P/PLC 2322294 476 VIP-3/SC/FLK50 2315081 525
UM 25-FLK20/FRONT/Q 2959515 528 UMK-16 RM 12DC/MKDS 2972987 551 VIP-2/SC/FLK14/LED 2322058 525 VIP-3/SC/FLK50/LED 2322113 525
UM 45- 8RM/MR-G24/1/PLC 2962900 490 UMK-16 RM 24DC/MKDS 2972990 551 VIP-2/SC/FLK14/LED/PLC 2322249 470 VIP-3/SC/FLK60 2315094 525
UM 45-16RM/MR-G24/1/E/PLC 2962926 491 UMK-16 RM 60DC/MKDS 2973038 551 VIP-2/SC/FLK14/PLC 2315214 470 VIP-3/SC/FLK60/LED 2322126 525
UM 45-16RM/MR-G24/1/PLC 2962913 491 UMK-16 RM/KSR-G 24/21/E/PLC 2979508 495 VIP-2/SC/FLK16 2315036 524 VIP-3/SC/FLK64 2315104 525
UM 45-D37SUB/B/FRONT/Q 2959625 536 UMK-16 RM/KSR-G 24/21/PLC 2979498 495 VIP-2/SC/FLK16/LED 2322061 525 VIP-3/SC/FLK64/LED 2322139 525
UM 45-D37SUB/S/FRONT/Q 2959638 536 UMK-16 RM110DC/MKDS 2973041 551 VIP-2/SC/FLK20 2315049 524 VIP-3/SC/HD26SUB/F 2322414 539
UM 45-D50SUB/B/FRONT/Q 2959641 536 UMK-16 RM230AC/MKDS 2973067 551 VIP-2/SC/FLK20/LED 2322074 525 VIP-3/SC/HD26SUB/M 2322375 539
UM 45-D50SUB/S/FRONT/Q 2959654 536 UMK-32 MDSTB/MKKDS3/R 2970196 547 VIP-2/SC/FLK50 (1-40) /S7 2315243 472 VIP-3/SC/HD44SUB/F 2322427 539
UM 45-DI/DO/S/LA/SIM8 2968205 483 UMK-32 RM/MR-G24/1/PLC 2979472 492 VIP-2/SC/FLK50/16/SLC500 2322320 429 VIP-3/SC/HD44SUB/M 2322388 539
UM 45-DO/LA/SIM8 2968195 483 UMKS- C64M-VS 2970565 540 VIP-2/SC/FLK50/AB-1756 2322317 473 VIP-3/SC/HD62SUB/F 2322430 539
UM 45-FLK14/ 8IM/ZFKDS/PLC 2965211 481 UMKS- E48M-VS 2970154 541 VIP-2/SC/FLK50/LED/PLC 2322252 471 VIP-3/SC/HD62SUB/M 2322391 539
UM 45-FLK34/FRONT/Q 2959531 528 UMKS- F48M-VR 2970167 541 VIP-2/SC/FLK50/MODI-TSX/Q 2322304 473 VIP-3/SC/RJ45 2900701 546
UM 45-FLK40/FRONT/Q 2959544 528 UMKS- F48M-VS 2970714 541 VIP-2/SC/FLK50/PLC 2315227 471 VIP-CAB-FLK10-0,14/... 2318376 500
UM 45-FLK50/32IM/ZFKDS/PLC 2965224 481 URELG 3 2820136 404 VIP-2/SC/FLK50/S7/A-S400 2322359 472 VIP-CAB-FLK10/0,14/0,5M 2318305 500
UM 45-FLK50/FRONT/Q 2959557 528 UT 4-MTD-R/CVC 690/SET 2901667 12 VIP-2/SC/HD15SUB/F 2322401 539 VIP-CAB-FLK10/0,14/1,0M 2318318 500
UM- 8 RELS/KSR-G24/21/MT/PLC 2962463 497 VIP-2/SC/HD15SUB/M 2322326 539 VIP-CAB-FLK10/0,14/1,5M 2318321 500
UM- 8 RM/RT-G24/21/PLC 2968386 493 VIP-2/SC/PDM-2/16 2315256 548 VIP-CAB-FLK10/0,14/2,0M 2318334 500
UM- 8RM/KSR-G24/21/MS/PLC 2900890 498 VIP-2/SC/PDM-2/24 2315269 548 VIP-CAB-FLK10/0,14/3,0M 2318347 500
UM- 8RM/KSR-G24/21/MS/SI/PLC 2900893 499 VIP-2/SC/PDM-2/32 2315272 548 VIP-CAB-FLK10/0,14/4,0M 2318350 500
UM- 8RM/KSR-G24/21/SI/PLC 2900892 499 V VIP-2/SC/PDM-2/48 2903717 548 VIP-CAB-FLK10/0,14/6,0M 2318363 500
UM-16 RELS/KSR-G24/21/E/MT/PLC 2962379 497 V- 12- 24UC 2833864 388 VIP-3/PT/D25SUB/F 2903782 535 VIP-CAB-FLK14-0,14/... 2318457 500
UM-16 RELS/KSR-G24/21/MT/PLC 2962382 497 V- 48- 60UC 2833877 388 VIP-3/PT/D25SUB/F/LED 2904265 535 VIP-CAB-FLK14/0,14/0,5M 2318389 500
UM-25 FLK26/FRONT/Q 2959528 528 V-120-230UC 2833880 388 VIP-3/PT/D25SUB/M 2903781 535 VIP-CAB-FLK14/0,14/1,0M 2318392 500
UM-32 RM/RT-G24/21/PLC 2968373 493 V3- 12- 24UC 2833929 388 VIP-3/PT/D25SUB/M/LED 2904260 535 VIP-CAB-FLK14/0,14/1,5M 2318402 500
UM-32RM/KSR-G24/21/MS/PLC 2900891 498 V3- 48- 60UC 2833932 388 VIP-3/PT/D37SUB/F 2903784 535 VIP-CAB-FLK14/0,14/2,0M 2318415 500
UM-DELTA V/A/SI 5603256 435 V3-120-230UC 2833945 388 VIP-3/PT/D37SUB/F/LED 2904266 535 VIP-CAB-FLK14/0,14/3,0M 2318428 500
UM-DELTA V/A/SI/BFI/TP 5603258 435 VFD 5007 IL IB 2701054 50 VIP-3/PT/D37SUB/M 2903783 535 VIP-CAB-FLK14/0,14/4,0M 2318431 500
UM-DELTA V/D/SI 5603255 435 VFD 5015 IL IB 2701055 51 VIP-3/PT/D37SUB/M/HW/C300 2904276 439 VIP-CAB-FLK14/0,14/6,0M 2318444 500
UM-DELTA V/D/SI/BFI/TP 5603257 435 VFD 5022 IL IB 2701057 51 VIP-3/PT/D37SUB/M/LED 2904261 535 VIP-CAB-FLK14/16/0,5M/S7 2904514 457
UMK- 1 OM-R/AMS 2983002 553 VFD 5040 IL IB 2701058 51 VIP-3/PT/D50SUB/F 2903786 535 VIP-CAB-FLK14/16/1,0M/S7 2904515 457
UMK- 4 OM-R/MF 2970882 553 VIP-2/PT/2FLK14 (1-20) /S7 2903802 474 VIP-3/PT/D50SUB/F/LED 2904267 535 VIP-CAB-FLK14/16/1,5M/S7 2904516 457
UMK- 4 OM-R/MF/P 2972673 553 VIP-2/PT/2FLK14/AB-1756 2904288 475 VIP-3/PT/D50SUB/M 2903785 535 VIP-CAB-FLK14/16/10,0M/S7 2904524 457
UMK- 4 RM 5DC 2972819 550 VIP-2/PT/D 9SUB/F 2903778 534 VIP-3/PT/D50SUB/M/LED 2904262 535 VIP-CAB-FLK14/16/2,0M/S7 2904517 457
UMK- 4 RM 12DC 2972822 550 VIP-2/PT/D 9SUB/F/LED 2904263 535 VIP-3/PT/FLK14/8IM/LED/PLC 2904281 479 VIP-CAB-FLK14/16/2,5M/S7 2904518 457
UMK- 4 RM 24 2971344 550 VIP-2/PT/D 9SUB/M 2903777 534 VIP-3/PT/FLK14/8IM/PLC 2904282 479 VIP-CAB-FLK14/16/3,0M/S7 2904519 457
UMK- 4 RM 24DC 2972835 550 VIP-2/PT/D 9SUB/M/LED 2904258 535 VIP-3/PT/FLK26 2903791 527 VIP-CAB-FLK14/16/4,0M/S7 2904520 457
UMK- 4 RM 60DC 2972851 550 VIP-2/PT/D15SUB/F 2903780 534 VIP-3/PT/FLK26/LED 2904252 527 VIP-CAB-FLK14/16/5,0M/S7 2904521 457
UMK- 4 RM110DC 2972864 550 VIP-2/PT/D15SUB/F/LED 2904264 535 VIP-3/PT/FLK34 2903792 527 VIP-CAB-FLK14/16/6,0M/S7 2904522 457
UMK- 4 RM230AC 2972880 550 VIP-2/PT/D15SUB/M 2903779 534 VIP-3/PT/FLK34/LED 2904253 527 VIP-CAB-FLK14/16/8,0M/S7 2904523 457
UMK- 8 OM-R/MF/MKDS 2972738 553 VIP-2/PT/D15SUB/M/LED 2904259 535 VIP-3/PT/FLK40 2903793 527 VIP-CAB-FLK14/AXIO/0,14/0,5M 2901604 443
UMK- 8 OM-R/MF/MKDS/P 2972699 553 VIP-2/PT/D37SUB/M 2904277 439 VIP-3/PT/FLK40/LED 2904254 527 VIP-CAB-FLK14/AXIO/0,14/1,0M 2901605 443
UMK- 8 OM/MF/MKDS 2972712 553 VIP-2/PT/D37SUB/M/SO 2904278 439 VIP-3/PT/FLK50 2903794 527 VIP-CAB-FLK14/AXIO/0,14/1,5M 2901606 443
UMK- 8 RELS/KSR-24/21/21 2975722 551 VIP-2/PT/FLK10 2903787 526 VIP-3/PT/FLK50/LED 2904255 527 VIP-CAB-FLK14/AXIO/0,14/2,0M 2901607 443
UMK- 8 RELS/KSR-G24/21-21/PLC 2976187 496 VIP-2/PT/FLK10/LED 2904248 527 VIP-3/PT/FLK60 2903795 527 VIP-CAB-FLK14/AXIO/0,14/2,5M 2901608 443
UMK- 8 RELS/KSR-G24/21/PLC 2974914 494 VIP-2/PT/FLK14 2903788 526 VIP-3/PT/FLK60/LED 2904256 527 VIP-CAB-FLK14/AXIO/0,14/3,0M 2901609 443
UMK- 8 RM 5DC/MKDS 2972893 551 VIP-2/PT/FLK14/8M/PLC 2904283 476 VIP-3/PT/FLK64 2903796 527 VIP-CAB-FLK14/AXIO/0,14/4,0M 2901610 443
UMK- 8 RM 12DC/MKDS 2972903 551 VIP-2/PT/FLK14/8P/PLC 2904284 476 VIP-3/PT/FLK64/LED 2904257 527 VIP-CAB-FLK14/AXIO/0,14/6,0M 2901611 443
UMK- 8 RM 60DC/MKDS 2972932 551 VIP-2/PT/FLK14/LED 2904249 527 VIP-3/PT/HD26SUB/F 2904273 539 VIP-CAB-FLK14/FR/OE/0,14/0,5M 2900122 502
PHOENIX CONTACT 579

Index
Alphabetical
VIP-CAB-FLK14/FR/OE/0,14/1,0M 2900123 502 VIP-PA-FLK14/ 2,5M/S7 2322692 449


VIP-CAB-FLK16-0,14/... 2318538 500 VIP-PA-FLK14/ 8,0M/S7 2322757 449
VIP-CAB-FLK16/0,14/0,5M 2318460 500 VIP-PA-FLK14/10,0M/S7 2322760 449
VIP-CAB-FLK16/0,14/1,0M 2318473 500 VIP-PA-FLK50-4X14-S7/... 2900886 449

VIP-CAB-FLK16/0,14/1,5M 2318486 500 VIP-PA-FLK50-S7/... 2900885 448
VIP-CAB-FLK16/0,14/2,0M 2318499 500 VIP-PA-FLK50/ 0,5M/S7 2322443 448



VIP-CAB-FLK20-0,14/... 2318619 500 VIP-PA-FLK50/10,0M/S7 2322540 448
VIP-CAB-FLK20/0,14/0,5M 2318541 500 VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 0,5M/S7 2322553 449


VIP-CAB-FLK20/FR/OE/0,14/0,5M 2900138 503 VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 5,0M/S7 2322618 449

VIP-CAB-FLK20/FR/OE/0,14/3,0M 2900143 503 VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/10,0M/S7 2322650 449
VIP-CAB-FLK20/FR/OE/0,14/4,0M 2900144 503 VS-937/... 1402611 48
VIP-CAB-FLK20/FR/OE/0,14/6,0M 2900145 503
VIP-CAB-FLK26-0,14/... 2318693 501

VIP-CAB-FLK26/0,14/0,5M 2318622 501
VIP-CAB-FLK26/0,14/1,0M 2318635 501
VIP-CAB-FLK26/0,14/1,5M 2318648 501 Z
VIP-CAB-FLK26/0,14/2,0M 2318651 501 ZB 15:UNBEDRUCKT 0811972 318
VIP-CAB-FLK26/0,14/3,0M 2318664 501 ZB 5 :UNBEDRUCKT 1050004 318
VIP-CAB-FLK26/0,14/4,0M 2318677 501 ZB 6,LGS:FORTL.ZAHLEN 1051016 368
VIP-CAB-FLK26/0,14/6,0M 2318680 501 ZB 6:UNBEDRUCKT 1051003 318
VIP-CAB-FLK34-0,14/... 2318774 501

VIP-CAB-FLK34/0,14/0,5M 2318703 501
VIP-CAB-FLK34/0,14/1,0M 2318716 501
VIP-CAB-FLK34/0,14/1,5M 2318729 501
VIP-CAB-FLK34/0,14/2,0M 2318732 501

VIP-CAB-FLK34/0,14/3,0M 2318745 501
VIP-CAB-FLK34/0,14/4,0M 2318758 501
VIP-CAB-FLK34/0,14/6,0M 2318761 501
VIP-CAB-FLK40-0,14/... 2318855 501

VIP-CAB-FLK40/0,14/0,5M 2318787 501
VIP-CAB-FLK40/0,14/1,0M 2318790 501
VIP-CAB-FLK40/0,14/1,5M 2318800 501
VIP-CAB-FLK40/0,14/2,0M 2318813 501

VIP-CAB-FLK40/0,14/3,0M 2318826 501
VIP-CAB-FLK40/0,14/4,0M 2318839 501
VIP-CAB-FLK40/0,14/6,0M 2318842 501
VIP-CAB-FLK50-0,14/... 2318936 501

VIP-CAB-FLK50/0,14/0,5M 2318868 501
VIP-CAB-FLK50/0,14/1,0M 2318871 501
VIP-CAB-FLK50/0,14/1,5M 2318884 501
VIP-CAB-FLK50/0,14/2,0M 2318897 501

VIP-CAB-FLK50/0,14/3,0M 2318907 501
VIP-CAB-FLK50/0,14/4,0M 2318910 501
VIP-CAB-FLK50/0,14/6,0M 2318923 501
VIP-CAB-FLK50/FR/OE/0,14/0,5M 2900146 503

VIP-CAB-FLK50/FR/OE/0,14/1,0M 2900147 503
VIP-CAB-FLK50/FR/OE/0,14/1,5M 2900148 503
VIP-CAB-FLK50/FR/OE/0,14/2,0M 2900149 503
VIP-CAB-FLK50/FR/OE/0,14/3,0M 2900150 503

VIP-CAB-FLK50/FR/OE/0,14/4,0M 2900151 503
VIP-CAB-FLK50/FR/OE/0,14/6,0M 2900152 503
VIP-PA-FLK14-S7/... 2900887 449
VIP-PA-FLK14/ 0,5M/S7 2322663 449

VIP-PA-FLK14/ 1,0M/S7 2322676 449
VIP-PA-FLK14/ 1,5M/S7 2322689 449
VIP-PA-FLK14/ 2,0M/S7 2321790 449
580 PHOENIX CONTACT

7 HK Vts 13 en LR

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

7 HK Vts 13 en LR

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Interface Technology

and Switching Devices

Connection technology for field devices

Modular terminal blocks

Sensor/actuator cabling and industrial plug-in connectors

Marking systems, tools, and mounting material

Surge protection and power supply units

Control technology, I/O systems and automation infrastructure

Electronic switching devices and motor control 7

Measurement and control technology 53

Relay modules 265

System cabling for controllers 417

Technical information/index 566

Electronic switchgear and motor control

Measurement and control technology

Measurement and control technology

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 3

RIFLINE complete PLC series PR series DEK series

System cabling for controllers

Front adapters Termination boards V8 adapters System cables

Multi-channel relay modules Safety devices Monitoring relays Timer relays

Universal interface modules Potential distributors

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 5

Switching devices for starting, reversing,

Inline frequency inverters for the

Hybrid motor starters

IP67 motor starters

PROFINET motor starters Stainless steel base, IP67 protection

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 9

Electronic motor management This state can only be deactivated via a

Real power (P) Switch-on delay Delay time

Real power (P)

Time (t) Time (t) Time (t)

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 11

Technical data Technical data

Rated control supply current IS at US 25 mA 10 mA 25 mA 10 mA

Ordering data Ordering data

Multi-functional memory block for the INTERFACE system

- Flat design IFS-CONFSTICK1) 2986122 1 IFS-CONFSTICK1) 2986122 1

EMM 3-.../500AC-16-IFS EMM 3-.../500AC-IFS

Reverse running Reverse running

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 13

Status IFS TBUS

PROFIBUS DP EM-PB-GATEWAY-IFS1) 2297620 1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 15

Hybrid motor starters for controlling Short-circuit-proof hybrid motor starters

Hybrid motor starters with up to four Short-circuit-proof hybrid motor starters

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 17

L 97 96 95 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 L 97 96 95 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3

Technical data Technical data

Rated control supply current IS at US 40 mA 4 mA 40 mA 4 mA

Rated actuating current IC at UC 5 mA 7 mA 5 mA 7 mA

Ordering data Ordering data

ELR W3- 24DC/500AC- 2I 2297031 1

Conventional structure Structure with CONTACTRON

Us K1 + K2 = Emergency stop contactor K1 = “4 in 1” hybrid motor starter with reversing function

L 97 96 95 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3

Output current [A]

42 V AC ... 550 V AC 42 V AC ... 550 V AC T2 T3

100 A (t = 10 ms) 100 A (t = 10 ms) K1

Output current [A]

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 19

97 96 95 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 97 96 95 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3